hempel product data sheets

HEMPEL 

Product Data 

Manual

HEMPEL PRODUC DATA SHEETS 

老人牌产品说明书 


老人牌老人牌品說明書 

品說明書 

HEMPEL-HAI HONG COATINGS CO.,LTD 

海虹老人牌涂料有限公司 

海虹老人牌塗料有限公司 

二OO一年十二月

敬启者 

欢迎您使用此电子版说明书中文部分是海虹老人牌涂料有限公司 

R&D 根据 HEMPEL PRODUCT DATA SHEETS” 二一年六月 

版本翻译而成人 

HEMPEL 船舶漆工业保护漆和集装箱漆 

等集团产品仅供公司内部有关人员参考使用任何情况下均以英文 

最新版本为准希望使用者及时提出宝贵意见 

歡迎您 

此電子版中文說明書部分是海虹老人牌塗料有限公司 R&D 根據 

HEMPEL PRODUCT DATA SHEETS ”二一年六月版本翻譯而 

成主要包括 HEMPEL 船舶漆工業保護漆和集裝箱漆等集團品 

僅供公司內部有關人員參考使用任何情況下均以英文最新版本為 

準希望使用者及時提出寶貴意見 

海虹老人牌涂料有限公司 R&D 

海虹老人牌塗料有限公司 R&D 

2001 年 12 月 31 日

HEMPEL PRODUCT DATA SHEETS 



二零零一年十二月

Numerical Index Page 1/2 

DATA SHEETS DECEMBER 2001 

NUMERICAL INDEX 

Product no. Product Name Date 

02220 HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH ....................................... October 99 

03330 HEMPEL'S VARNISH ................................................ October 99 

05150 HEMPADUR® VARNISH ............................................. October 99 

05170 HEMPADUR®VARNISH ............................................. October 99 

05970 HEMPADUR®SEALER ................................................ May 2000 

06520 HEMPEL'S HI-VEE® LACQUER ....................................... October 99 

08XXX HEMPEL'S THINNERS .............................................. October 99 

10220 HEMPINOL® ................................................. September 2000 

10880 HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH ....................................... May 2000 

12050 HEMPALIN®PRIMER ................................................. May 2000 

13140 HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER® ............................................. May 2001 

13200 HEMPALIN®PRIMER HI-BUILD ...................................... October 99 

13624 HEMPAQUICK®PRIMER ....................................... September 2000 

15030 HEMPADUR®LTC ................................................... October 99 

15100 HEMPADUR® ....................................................... May 2001 

15130 HEMPADUR® ....................................................... May 2000 

15280 HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E .......................................October 1999 

15300 HEMPADUR®PRIMER ................................................ May 2000 

15341 HEMPADUR®ZINC ................................................... May 2000 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS .................................... May 2000 

15360 HEMPADUR®ZINC ................................................... May 2000 


15400 HEMPADUR® ...................................................... October 99 


15500 HEMPADUR® ................................................ September 2001 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS ............................. September 2001 

15552 HEMPADUR® ....................................................October 2001 

15560 HEMPADUR®FAST DRY ............................................. October 99 

15570 HEMPADUR® ................................................ September 2000 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS ................................... October 99 

15590/15591 HEMPADUR® ....................................................... May 2000 

15700 HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL® ............................................. October 99 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS ............................. September 2001 

15780 HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL® ........................................ December 2000 


15890 HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS ........................................ October 99 


16900 HEMPEL'S SILICONE ZINC .......................................... October 99 

17360 HEMPADUR®ZINC ................................................. March 2001 

17630/17633 HEMPADUR® .......................................................June 2001 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS .............................. December 2001 

18030 HEMUCRYL® PRIMER HI-BUILD ................................ December 2000 


18200 HEMUCRYL® TI-COAT ......................................... December 2000 


18500 HEMUDUR® .................................................. September 2000 

18560 HEMUDUR®ZINC ............................................. September 2000 

19151 HEMPATEX®E.V. PRIMER ........................................... October 99 

35250 HEMPADUR®FILLER ................................................ October 99 

35490/35493 HEMPADUR®SPRAY-GUARD® ........................................ May 2000 


INSTRUCTIONS FOR MANUAL APPLICATION ..................... October 99 

35530 HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH® ............................... November 2001 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS .................................October 2001 

35920 HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF ............................................July 2000 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................August 2001 

42460 HEMPALIN®UNDERCOAT ........................................... October 99 

45080 HEMPADUR® .....................................................August 2001 

45141/45143 HEMPADUR® ....................................................... May 2000 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS .................................... April 2001

Numerical Index Page 2/2 

Product no. Product Name Date 

45150 HEMPADUR® .....................................................August 2001 


45182 HEMPADUR® .......................................................June 2001 

45200 HEMPADUR®HI-BUILD ........................................ September 2001 

45221 HEMPADUR®HI-BUILD .............................................August 2001 

45540 HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH® ..................................... May 2001 

45742 HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH® ................................... March 2001 

45751 HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH® ............................... November 2001 

45880/45881 HEMPADUR®MASTIC ......................................... December 2001 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS ....................................June 2001 

45880 HEMPADUR®MARINE MASTIC ................................. December 2001 


46330 HEMPATEX®HI-BUILD .............................................. October 99 

46370 HEMPATEX®HI-BUILD ............................................... May 2001 

46410 HEMPATEX®HI-BUILD .............................................. October 99 

46820 HEMPATEX®HI-BUILD .............................................August 2001 

51570 HEMPEL'S SILVIUM® ................................................ May 2000 

52140 HEMPALIN®ENAMEL ................................................ May 2000 

52220 HEMPALIN®ENAMEL HI-BUILD ...................................... October 99 

52360 HEMPALIN®DANREX® .............................................. October 99 

53240 HEMPALIN®DECKPAINT ............................................ October 99 

55100 HEMPATHANE®ENAMEL ............................................ October 99 

55210 HEMPATHANE®TOPCOAT ..................................... September 2000 

55850 HEMPEL'S ENAMEL ................................................ October 99 

55910 HEMPATHANE®TOPCOAT .............................................July 2001 

56220 HEMPAFLEX®ANTI-STAIN ........................................... October 99 

56360 HEMPATEX®ENAMEL .................................................July 2000 

56430 HEMPATEX® ....................................................... October 99 

56540 HEMPEL'S HI-VEE® ................................................ October 99 

56900 HEMPEL'S SILICONE TOPCOAT ......................................June 2001 

56910 HEMPEL'S SILICONE ALUMINIUM .................................... May 2000 

56940 HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC ...................................... October 99 

58030 HEMUCRYL®ENAMEL HI-BUILD ................................ December 2000 


58230 HEMUCRYL® TOPCOAT HI-BUILD .................................. March 2001 


67420 HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS ....................................... October 99 

67500 HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT® ............................................ October 99 

7199B HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING COMBIC®TIN-FREE .................. September 2000 

74030 HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA .................. December 2000 

79031 HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC®SP-ACE ..................... December 2000 

79051 HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC®SP-ACE ..................... December 2000 

79070 HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC®SP-ACE .................... September 2000 

81900 HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC®SP-ECO ........................October 2001 

81920 HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC®SP-ECO ........................October 2001 

81950 HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC®SP-ECO ..................... November 2001 

84920 HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC® ..............................October 2001 

84950 HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC® ........................... December 2001 

85671 HEMPADUR® ....................................................October 2001 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS .................................October 2001 

99610 HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER ......................................... October 99 

99800 HEMUCRYL®THINNER ...............................................June 2001 

99810 HEMUCRYL®BRUSH AGENT ......................................... May 2000

EXPLANATORY NOTES TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS 

The product data sheets comprise descriptions of the products, product data, and guidelines/recommendations for their 

use. The purpose is to contribute to the best possible results when using the products. 

PRODUCT NAMES, QUALITY NUMBERS, AND SHADE NUMBERS. 

EXPLANATORY NOTES Page 1A/9 

PRODUCT NAMES: Generally the proprietary name of a Hempel paint is a collective name denoting the 

group and the generic type to which it belongs, thus: 

Physically drying: 

HEMPATEX® : Chlorinated rubber, acrylic (solvent-borne) 

HEMPANYL® : Vinyl, vinyl copolymer 

HEMUCRYL® : Acrylic (water-borne) 

Chemically curing: 

HEMPALIN® : Alkyd, modified alkyd (oxidatively drying) 

HEMPADUR® : Epoxy, modified epoxy (solvent-borne, solvent-free) 

HEMUDUR® : Epoxy (water-borne) 

HEMPATHANE® : Polyurethane (isocyanate) 

GALVOSIL® : Zinc silicate 

Note: Where a proprietary name is not used the product name is preceeded by 

HEMPEL'S. 

QUALITY NUMBERS: Each Hempel product is identified by a 5-digit quality number. The first two digits relate 

to the principal function and the generic type. The third and fourth digits are serial 

numbers. The fifth digit identifies specific formulas with the same product, e.g. high 

temperature curing/low, medium temperature curing, conformity to local legislation. 

Therefore, the first four digits define the end-user performance, ie the dried, cured paint 

material. The fifth digit usually relates to the conditions of application, however, may 

also be used purely for logistic reasons. 

First digit Function 

0 - - - - Clear varnish, thinner 

1 - - - - Primer for steel and other metals 

2 - - - - Primer for non-metallic substrates 

3 - - - - Paste product, high-solids material 

4 - - - - Intermediate coating, high-build coating used with/without 

primer and finishing coat 

5 - - - - Finishing coat 

6 - - - - Miscellaneous 

7 - - - - Antifouling paint 



Second digit Generic type 

- 0 - - - Asphalt, pitch, bitumen, tar 

- 1 - - - Oil, oil varnish, long-oil alkyd 

- 2 - - - Medium to long-oil alkyd 

Issued: October 1999/Page 1A of 9

- 3 - - - Short-oil alkyd, styrenated alkyd, epoxyester, silicone alkyd, 

urethane alkyd 

- 4 - - - Miscellaneous 

- 5 - - - Reactive binder (non-oxidative), one or two-component 

- 6 - - - Physically drying binder (solvent-borne) (other than - 0 - - -) 


- 8 - - - Aqueous dispersion, thinner 


Example: HEMPADUR 15570: 1 - - - - Primer for steel 

- 5 - - - Reactive binder 

- - 57 - Serial number 

- - - - 0 Standard formula 

SHADE NUMBERS: Hempel paints are supplied in colours identified by a 5-digit, standard shade number as 

follows: 

White : 10000 

Whitish, grey : 10010-19980 

Black : 19990 

Yellow, cream, buff : 20010-29990 

Blue, violet : 30010-39990 

Green : 40010-49990 

Red, orange, pink : 50010-59990 

Brown : 60010-69990 

Example: 

HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050-50410: 50410 = red shade 

Hempel’s standard shade numbers do not directly correlate to official colour standard 

numbers. However, colours corresponding to specific official standard colours may be 

established. 

Frequently used colours/shades are displayed in HEMPEL’s colour cards. 

The fifth digit may be used to identify specific formulas with the same shade, but a 

different type of pigments used, eg conformity to (local) legislation. 0 indicates a 

standard formulation, 6 lead-containing pigments. 

Note: The shades of primers, many intermediates and antifoulings may fluctuate as a 

distinct shade is not important for such products. 

Description: A short description of the product with emphasis on generic type, pigmentation, principal 

properties, and certain limitations. 

Recommended use: The purpose(s) for which the product is designed or particularly well suited. The product 

may be specified for other uses in tailormade paint systems for specific purposes. 

Service temperature: Indicates the maximum temperature that will have no immediate detrimental effect on 

the paint. 

Issued: October 1999/Page 2A of 9 


A service temperature constantly near the maximum will result in a shorter lifetime of 

the specified paint system compared to the lifetime anticipated when operating at 

normal temperatures. If service temperatures are often fluctuating between normal 

temperatures and near maximum temperatures this will result in an additional decrease 

in the anticipated lifetime of the paint system ("accelerated ageing"). 

Most paints will change appearance when exposed to high temperatures, either by a 

direct change of colour or by loosing gloss.

Approvals, certificates: A list of official and semi-official certificates and approvals. 

Other certificates and approvals than listed may be available from the nearest HEMPEL 

office. 

Availability: Delivery of certain products require notice in advance for logistic reasons. This is 

indicated by the expression “Local availability subject to confirmation”. 

PHYSICAL CONSTANTS 

Finish: The appearance of the paint film after drying under optimum conditions in laboratory, 

given as high gloss (>90), glossy (60-90), semi-gloss (30-60), semi-flat (15-30), or flat 

(

The Practical spreading rate is not given in the product data sheet as the variation is too 

great to be represented by one single figure. 

Consumption factor: The practical consumption is estimated by multiplying the theoretical consumption with a 

relevant Consumption Factor (CF). 

The Consumption Factor depends on a number of external conditions and cannot be 

stated in the product data sheet as the variation is too great to be represented by one 

single figure. 

Practical consumption = 

Area x CF 

Theoretical spreading rate 

The variation in the Consumption Factor is largely attributed to the following: 

1) Waviness of paint film: 

In order to ensure the specified minimum film thickness, a manually applied paint 

film will unavoidably a) show some waviness of the surface and b) a thickness 

distribution with an average value somewhat higher than the specified dry film 

thickness in order to fulfil eg an 80:20 rule. This leads to a higher consumption than 

theoretically calculated. 

2) Complexity and size/shape of the surface to be calculated: 

Complex, odd-shaped and small-sized surfaces are virtually impossible to paint 

without overspray and will therefore lead to higher consumption than theoretically 

calculated from the area square in question. 

3) Surface roughness of the substrate: 

Surface roughness of the substrate gives a "dead volume" to be filled up or in the 

case of shopprimers a "surface area ratio" greater than one and will therefore cause 

a higher consumption than theoretically calculated for a smooth substrate. 

4) Physical losses: 

Factors such as residues in cans, pumps and hoses, discarded paint due to 

exceeded pot life, wind loss, etc. will all contribute to a higher consumption. 

The Practical spreading rate thus varies with method of application, skill of the painter, 

shape of the object to be painted, texture of the substrate, film thickness applied, and 

working conditions. 

In any case it is not beneficial to stretch the paint as much as possible, but rather to try 

to obtain the specified thickness of the applied paint on the entire area. 

Flash point: The lowest temperature at which a liquid liberates sufficient vapour to form a mixture 

with the air near its surface which, if ignited, will make a small flash, but not catch fire. 

The flash points of HEMPEL’S paints are measured according to the Setaflash method 

(closed cup). For two-component products flash points are normally given for the mixed 

products. The figures are given as a guidance with a view to local regulations for 

precautions against fire during use. 

Adding THINNER to a paint may change the flash point of the diluted material. 

Specific gravity: The weight in kilogramme per litre at 25°C/77°F. An equivalent figure is given in lbs per 

US gallon. 

For two-component products the specific gravity is given for the mixed product. 

The specific gravity may in practice vary in an interval of a few percent compared to the 

theoretical value indicated in the product data sheet. 

Dry to touch: Drying time in the product data sheet is “dry to touch” unless otherwise indicated. 



For shopprimers a more relevant figure for "dry to handle" is given.

Drying times refer to a temperature of 20°C/68°F, 60-70% relative humidity, with 

adequate ventilation. 

"Dry to touch": A slight pressure with a finger does not leave a mark and the 

surface does not feel sticky 

"Dry to handle": The paint surface is suffiently hardened to be handled with care 

without coming off/being damaged. 

The drying process until "dry to touch" is - for solvent (or water) containing paints - first 

and foremost dependent on ventilation. Furthermore it depends on the temperature and 

on the film thickness of each coat applied. 

All surfaces should be ventilated. It should be noted that waterborne paints have higher 

requirements to ventilation than do solventborne paints. 

In the case of physically drying paints, drying time is also influenced by the number of 

coats, the total film thickness of the system and the film thickness per coat. As a rough 

rule of thumb, twice the film thickness of a given single coat will require approx 4 times 

the drying time with the same amount of ventilation. This goes for both solvent and 

waterborne paints. 

It should be stressed that when apply applying more coats, entrapped solvents may 

result in a softer film than if only one coat is applied. This is especially relevant in the 

case of physically drying paints. 

Also temperature has much infuence on the drying/curing time. A temperature drop to 

10°C/18°F will roughly require twice the drying time for physically drying paints. 

Fully cured: The curing time is given for two-component products at a (steel) temperature of 

20°C/68°F and provided adequate ventilation. The curing is accelerated at higher 

temperatures and retarded at lower temperatures. For some products the curing times 

at different temperatures are given as a table in the product data sheet/in the 

Application Instructions. For products where the curing time is given at 20°C/68°F only, 

the following rough rule of thumb can be utilized: 

The curing time is roughly halved at an increase in temperature of 10°C/18°F, and 

doubled at a decrease in temperature of 10°C/18°F. 

Curing will stop almost completely below the temperature stated under application 

conditions as the lowest temperature at which the paint should be applied. 

V.O.C.: The calculated weight of volatile organic content in gramme per litre. An equivalent figure 

is given in lbs per US gallon. 

Alternatively, VOC can be indicated by a measured value. 

For water-borne paints, two VOC figures are indicated: 

1. VOC calculated on total wet paint. 

2. VOC calculated omittting the water content in the wet paint (according to ASTM D 

3960). 

Shelf life: The time the product will keep in good condition when stored under cover in original, 

sealed containers under normal storage conditions. Shelf life is indicated only if it is one 

year or less at 25°C/77°F. It will decrease at higher temperatures, eg will be almost 

halved at 35°C/95°F. 



If no specific limitation is given, a paint should not be stored for more than five years at 

25°C/77°F or three years at 35°C/95°F for one-component products and three years at 

25°C/77°F or two years at 35°C/95°F for two-component products from the date of 

production. 

Long-term storage and storage at high temperatures may require careful remixing of the 

paint prior to application due to (slight) sediment in the can.

APPLICATION DETAILS 

If storage conditions are unknown and in any other case in doubt about suitability of a 

paint material this can be rather easily verified by checking the following: 

a. no corrosion of the inside unopened, undamaged cans 

b. apparent viscosity in can: after remix, paint must not appear gelatinous or require 

excessive thinning prior to proper application 

c. application in specified film thickness: a uniform, closed paint film is to be 

demonstrated 

d. drying time to be within the limit specified in the product data sheet 

The date of production is indicated in the first 3 digits of the batch number: 

The first digit indicates the year of production, the second and third digits indicate the 

month of production. 

Mixing ratio: Two-component, chemically curing products are supplied as BASE and CURING AGENT in 

the correct mixing ratio. The mixing ratio must be strictly adhered to, also when 

sub-dividing. As a general rule, add the CURING AGENT to the BASE 30 minutes 

(induction time) before use (at 20°C/68°F), unless the pot life is (very) short, and stir 

well. This is especially of importance when applying paints to low-temperture surfaces. 

In certain cases, more specific advice is given as to induction time. 

It is very important for two component products that the prescribed amount of CURING 

AGENT is added to the BASE. In order to ensure this the indicated thinner may in most 

cases beneficially be used to flush the CURING AGENT can. Once the material has been 

mixed the curing will proceed. Therefore, only the quantity needed within the pot life of 

the mixture should be mixed at a time. 

Application method: Gives the possible or recommended method(s) of application. As a general rule, the first 

coat of a rust-preventing primer should be applied by brush or airless spray to obtain 

best possible wetting and penetration into the substrate. 

Application by brush or roller usually demands more coats applied to achieve the 

specified film thickness than application by airless spray equipment. 

Thinner (max.vol): HEMPEL’S paints are delivered in such a way, that they are ready for application at 

20°C/68°F by brush or airless spray after stirring (for two-component products after 

mixing of BASE and CURING AGENT). This goes for a given normal application range of 

dry film thickness. If the paint is too thick, eg in cold weather or for special purposes eg 

application in lower film thickness, the THINNER(S) indicated under this heading may be 

added to give the required viscosity. The amount of thinner to be added, depends on 

prevailing temperature, spray method, etc. The usual maximum percentage is indicated 

for the respective application method. If more thinning is deemed necessary under 

special circumstances, consult nearest HEMPEL office. 

Adding a small percentage of thinner will give no measurable difference in the film 

thickness. There are cases, however, when a higher degree of thinning is necessary and 

justified. It should then be kept in mind that adding thinner increases the quantity of 

liquid paint without contributing to the solids content. Consequently, a proportionally 

higher wet film thickness must be applied when adding any significant amount of thinner 

in order to obtain the specified dry film thickness. 

VS% after thinning = 



VS% x 100 

% THINNER added + 100

Example: If 0.5 litre of THINNER is added to 20 litres of paint, then % 

THINNER added equals 

0.5 x 100 

20 

= 2.5% 

VS% after thinning equals 

VS% x 100 

102.5 


Note: Avoid unnecessary eg habitual thinning. 

Pot life: Roughly speaking, the pot life for solvent-borne paints depends on the paint 

temperature as follows: 

The pot life is halved at an increase in temperature of 10°C/18°F, and doubled at a 

decrease in temperature of 10°C/18°F. 

For HEMPADUR products the pot life is usually shorter for application by airless spray 

than for brush application. This is due to the fact that the anti-sagging properties are 

gradually lost after expiration of the pot life indicated for airless application. Thus the 

high dry film thickness usually specified by airless spray application is only obtainable 

within the pot life indicated for airless application. 

Note: Pot life cannot be extended by thinning. 

In the case of water-borne, two-component epoxy products this rule of thumb will not fit. 

The temperature's influence on the pot life is noted in the relevant data sheets. 

Nozzle orifice: A typical nozzle orifice (or a range of nozzle orifices) is indicated. 

Nozzle pressure: A nozzle pressure generally suitable is given. 

Note: Airless spray data are offered as a guidance and are subject to adjustment to 

suit the work at hand. 

Cleaning of tools: Normally the indicated HEMPEL THINNER can be used for cleaning of tools after use. 

Where special cleaning agents are recommended it is indicated on the product data 

sheet. 

Tools used in connection with waterborne paints may be difficult to clean. Therefore, it is 

especially important to follow the instructions stated in the product data sheets. 

Indicated film thickness, dry: Dry film thickness (dft) is indicated in a thickness frequently used in specifications. 

Note: Several products are specified in different film thicknesses for different purposes. 

Checking of dry film thicknesses is, generally, done with gauges calibrated on smooth 

reference steel panels. Shopprimers are controlled according to a special procedure, 

which is available at your nearest Hempel office. 

Indicated film thickness, wet: Wet film thickness (wft) is indicated in multiple of 25 micron (1 mil) in order to facilitate 

the practical measurements with the wet film thickness gauge (comb gauge). These 

values are rounded off to the multiple of 25 which is regarded most relevant in each 

case. 

Recoat interval: The time required or allowed to pass at 20°C/ 68°F or the relevant temperature range 

for the product in question before the subsequent coat is applied. The intervals are 

related to the temperature, film thickness, number of coats, type of future (in service) 

exposure and will be affected correspondingly. For maximum intervals the temperature in 

this context is the highest surface temperature during the period. For some products the 

interval is more critical in regard to intercoat adhesion than others. If the maximum 


interval is exceeded it may be necessary to roughen the surface to ensure adhesion of 

the next coat. On the other hand, for some paint types the interval may not be critical in 

respect of adhesion, but a primer coat should not be left unprotected for too long in an 

aggressive environment. 

If nothing else is mentioned the indicated intervals refer to recoating with the same 

paint. Other paints of different types may require other (recoating) intervals. 

Minimum and any maximum intervals should always be adhered to if the paint system is 

to provide maximum protection. 

Furthermore, beware of undesired influence of moisture and carbon dioxide on epoxy 

and polyurethane paints, which especially occurs at low temperatures and high humidity. 

This will result in a greasy surface preventing any adhesion of the subsequent coat. 

After exposure of any painted surface in polluted environment thorough cleaning by high 

pressure fresh water hosing or another appropriate measure is always recommended 

before recoating. 

Different minimum and maximum recoating intervals are given for certain products 

depending on the later exposure, ie 

• In atmospheric conditions mild 

medium 

severe 

• In water 


Details about recoat intervals are stated in the relevant painting specification. 

SURFACE PREPARATION: The recommended degree of cleaning of the surface before painting. The degrees of 

cleaning refer to ISO 8501-1:1988. Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting 

of Steel Surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 

For some products a minimum surface profile is mandatory. The profile so specified is 

given with reference to one or more of the roughness comparators: Rugotest No. 3, 

Keane-Tator Comparator, or the ISO Comparator. 

For previously painted surfaces the method and degree of preparatory cleaning is 

generally indicated. 

APPLICATION CONDITIONS: If climatic or other limits, beyond what is dictated by normal good painting practice, 

apply to the use of a particular quality of paint, this is indicated under this heading. 

As a general rule, paint should never be applied under adverse weather conditions. Even 

if the weather seems fit for painting there will be condensation if the temperature of the 

substrate is at or below the dew point (the temperature at which the atmospheric 

humidity condenses, e.g. as dew). To compensate for fluctuations the temperature of 

the surface should be at least a few degrees above the dew point during painting and 

drying. 3°C/5°F is often quoted as safe. 

Beware of ice on the surface at temperatures below the freezing point. 

In confined spaces it may be necessary to remove solvent vapours or water vapours by 

providing an adequate amount of fresh air constantly during application and drying, both 

for reasons of safety and health, and to assist evaporation. 

Keep the paint temperated (room temperature) when applying during winter. If not, the 

paint will require excessive thinning leading to an increased risk of sagging. Viscosity in 

any paint will increase if the temperature decreases. 

PRECEDING COAT: Recommendations of some preceding paint(s) known to be compatible with the product. 

No limitation is implied. Other compatible products may be specified depending on the 

purpose. In this context, shopprimers are regarded an integral part of the surface 

preparation. 


SUBSEQUENT COAT: Recommendations of some subsequent paint(s) known to be compatible with the 

product. No limitation is implied. Other compatible products may be specified depending 

on the purpose.´ 

REMARKS: Under this heading other relevant data or information are included. 

SAFETY: Under this heading general safety precautions when handling or working with the 

product are given. Packings are provided with applicable safety labels which should be 

observed. In addition, Material Safety Data Sheets, national or local safety regulations 

should always be followed. 

ISSUED: Month and year of issue, current formula. 

Note: The product data sheets are subject to change without notice and automatically 

void five years from issue. 

Additional notes and definitions of some expressions used in the product data sheets: 



Surface cleaning* 

Low pressure water cleaning (LP WC): up to 340 bar/5000 psi 

High pressure water cleaning (HP WC): 340-680 bar/5000-10.000 psi 

High pressure water jetting (HP WJ): 680-1700 bar/10.000-25.000 psi 

Ultra-high pressure water jetting (UHP WJ):above 1700 bar/25.000 psi 

*As defined in "Joint Surface Preparation Standard NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12, 1995". 

Note: Wet abrasive blasting may be performed with low or high pressure fresh water to 

which a relative small amount of abrasives is introduced, and in some cases inhibitors 

are added to prevent flash rusting (however, as a general rule it is recommended not to 

use inhibitors when cleaning areas to be immersed during service. Surplus of inhibitors 

may lead to osmotic blistering). 

A blast primer is a paint used for short term protection of a newly blast cleaned steel 

surface of an assembled structure in order to ease the working procedures. In this 

context blast primers are often regarded an integral part of the surface preparation. 

A holding primer is a paint used to prolong (hold) the protective lifetime of a shopprimer 

till the specified paint system proper can be applied. 

To apply a mist coat or flash coat is a two step application procedure used to minimize 

popping when painting on a porous substrate. At first, one or two spray passes are 

applied very thin to expel the air from the pores. As soon as this thin coat has flashed 

off, the film is built up to the specified film thickness. 

A tie coat is a layer of paint which improves the adhesion between coatings of different 

generic types, eg to "bridge" between conventional and advanced coatings, or between 

epoxy and physically drying paints. 

A sealer coat is a layer of paint which is used to seal off (fill the pores of) porous 

surfaces such as zinc silicates and empty, insoluble matrix of certain antifoulings. In this 

connection it prevents disturbance of the balance between binder and active pigments 

of the new antifouling. Furthermore, certain paints may be used as sealer coats to 

minimize popping of the following coat(s) when painting a porous substrate. 

When a paint is mentioned to be resistant to spillages and splashes of certain 

chemicals it is understood to be limited in both area and time. The spilt chemical must 

be removed as soon as possible and not remain on the surface more than 1-2 days. 

When stating both metric and US figures the US figures may be rounded off when an 

exact figure is of less importance.

SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS Page 1B/6 

SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS 

Among the several existing official and unofficial standards for cleaning of steel 

preparatory to painting, one - viz. 

The old SWEDISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION: 

Surface Preparations Standards for Painting Steel Surface (SIS 055900 - 1967) has 

gained prominence and acceptance across the frontiers. So much so that it has served 

as a model for and has even been adopted direct as national standard in other 

countries. Its cleaning degrees Sa 2, Sa 2½, etc. being practically universally 

recognized, they are referred to throughout this book in recommendations for cleaning 

of steel. 

The Swedish Standard, as it was usually called, was first to employ pictorial 

representations of the specified cleaning degrees. It is now superseded by 

INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ISO 8501-1:1988. Yet with the same photos as used by 

the SIS standard plus additionally four photos (flamecleaning) from the German 

standard DIN 55928, Part 4, Supplement 4. 

Other prominent standards, notably 

Issued: October 1999/Page 1B of 6 

STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTING COUNCIL (U.S.A.): 

Surface Preparation Specifications (SSPC-SP 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, and 10) 

BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION; Surface Finish of Blast-cleaned steel for Painting: 

(BS 4232 but now superseded by BS 7079) 

and 

DIN 55928, Protection of steel structures from corrosion by organic and metallic 

coatings; preparation and testing of surfaces (Germany) 

do also concern with the equipment, materials and procedures used to achieve the 

specified finish. 

The British Standard BS 4232 used drawings to indicate the (Second and Third quality) 

finishes, whereas the American and the German Standard use the same photos as ISO 

8501-1:1988. Yet, DIN 55928 includes photos of secondary surface preparation too. 

Except for BS 4232 they all take into account the state of the raw steel surface before 

cleaning, and grades the result accordingly: 

A: Steel surface largely covered with adherent mill scale but little, if any, rust. 

B: Steel surface which has begun to rust and from which the mill scale has begun to 

flake. 

C: Steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away or from which it can be 

scraped, but with slight pitting visible under normal vision. 

D: Steel surface on which the mill scale has rusted away and on which general 

pitting is visible under normal vision. 

A surface preparation method using high pressure water for cleaning is getting more 

common. The best definition of terms and surface preparation standards are presented 

by "Joint Surface Preparation Standard NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12" from 1995. 

For comparison of the standards see the following pages. The text of the individual 

Standards are quoted literally.

ISO 8501-1:1988 

Designation Description 


Sa 3 Blast-cleaning to visually clean steel. 

When viewed without magnification, the surface shall be free from visible oil, grease 

and dirt, and shall be free from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. It 

shall have a uniform metallic colour. See photographs A Sa 3, B Sa 3, C Sa 3 and D Sa 

3. 

Sa 2½ Very thorough blast-cleaning. 


and dirt, and from mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. Any remaining 

traces of contamination shall show only as slight stains in the form of spots or stripes. 

See photographs A Sa 2½, B Sa 2½, C Sa 2½ and D Sa 2½. 

Sa 2 Thorough blast-cleaning. 


and dirt, and from most of the mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter. Any 

residual contamination shall be firmly adhering (see note 2 below). See photographs B 

Sa 2, C Sa 2 and D Sa 2. 

Sa 1 Light blast-cleaning. 


and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter 

(see note 2). See photographs B Sa 1, C Sa 1 and D Sa 1. 

Notes: 

1. The term "foreign matter" may include water-soluble salts and welding residues. 

These contaminants cannot always be completely removed from the surface by 

dry blast-cleaning, hand and power tool cleaning or flame cleaning; wet blast- 

cleaning or hydrojetting may be necessary. 

2. Mill scale, rust or a paint coating is considered to be poorly adhering if it can be 

removed by lifting with a blunt putty knife. 

St 3 Very thorough hand and power tool cleaning. 

As for St 2, but the surface shall be treated much more thoroughly to give a metallic 

sheen arising from the metallic substrate. See photographs B St 3, C St 3 and D St 3. 

St 2 Thorough hand and power tool cleaning. 

When viewed without magnification, the surfaces shall be free from visible oil, grease 

and dirt, and from poorly adhering mill scale, rust, paint coatings and foreign matter 

(see note 2). See photographs B St 2, C St 2 and D St 2. 

Notes: 

1. For descriptions of surface preparation methods by hand and power tool cleaning, 

including treatment prior to, and after, the hand and power tool cleaning 

procedure, see ISO 8504-3. 

2. Preparation grade St 1 is not included as it would correspond to a surface 

unsuitable for painting. 

BS 7079-1990 Replaces BS 4232-1967. BS 7079-1990 is identical to ISO 8501-1: 1988. 

Issued: October 1999/Page 2B of 6

SSPC 



SSPC-SP-5 1.1 A white Metal Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall 

be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, 

corrosion products, and other foreign matter. 

1.2 ACCEPTABLE VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE THAT DO NOT AFFECT SURFACE 

CLEANLINESS as defined in Section 1.1 include variations caused by type of 

steel, original surface condition, thickness of the steel, weld metal, mill or 

fabrication marks, heat treating, heat affected zones, blasting abrasive, and 

differences in the blast pattern. 

1.3 When painting is specified, the surface shall be roughened to a degree suitable 

for the specified paint system. 

1.4 Immediately prior to paint application the surface shall comply with the degree 

of cleaning as specified herein. 

1.5 SSPC-Vis 1-89 or other visual standards of surface preparation may be specified 

to supplement the written definition. 

SSPC-SP-10 2.1 A Near-White Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be 

free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion 

products, and other foreign matter, except for staining as noted in Section 2.2. 

2.2 Staining shall be limited to no more than 5 per cent of each square inch of 

surface area and may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor 

discolorations caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of 

previously applied paint. 


CLEANLINESS as defined in sections 2.1 and 2.2 include variations caused by 

type of steel, weld metal, mill or fabrication marks, heat treating, heat affected 

zones, blasting abrasives, and differences in the blast pattern. 



2.5 Immediately prior to paint application, the surface shall comply with the degree 




SSPC-SP-6 3.1 A Commercial Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall 

be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, 

corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except for staining, as noted in 

Section 3.2. 


3.2 Staining shall be limited to no more than 33 per cent of each square inch of 

surface area and may consist of light shadows, slight streaks, or minor 

discolourations caused by stains of rust, stains of mill scale, or stains of 

previously applied paint. Slight residues of rust and paint may also be left in the 

bottoms of pits if the original surface is pitted. 


CLEANLINESS as defined in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 include variations caused by 

type of steel, original surface condition, thickness of the steel, weld metal, mill or 

fabrication marks, heat treating, heat affected zones, blasting abrasive, and 

differences in the blast pattern.

SSPC 



SSPC-SP-6, cont. 3.4 When painting is specified, the surface shall be roughened to a degree suitable 






SSPC-SP-7 4.1 A Brush-Off Blast Cleaned surface, when viewed without magnification, shall be 

free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose 

paint. Tightly adherent mill scale, rust, and paint may remain on the surface. Mill 

scale, rust, and paint are considered tightly adherent if they cannot be removed 

by lifting with a dull putty knife. 

4.2 The entire surface shall be subjected to the abrasive blast. The remaining mill 

scale, rust, or paint shall be tight. 







SSPC-SP-2 5.1 Hand tool cleaning is a method of preparing steel surfaces by the use of 

non-power hand tools. 


5.2 Hand tool cleaning removes all loose mill scale, loose rust, loose paint, and 

other loose detrimental foreign matter. It is not intended that adherent mill 

scale, rust, and paint be removed by this process. Mill scale, rust, and paint are 

considered adherent if they cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife. 

5.3 SSPC-Vis 1-89 or other visual standards of surface preparation agreed upon by 

the contracting parties may be used to further define the surface. 

DIN 55928 is not quoted (translated) but is fully in line with ISO 8501-1:1988 (except 

for the extra standards as mentioned on page 10). 

Comparing the standards, no doubt that Sa 3 and SSPC-SP-5 are identical in their 

demands to surface cleanliness. Also Sa 2½ and SSPC-SP-10 seem identical. 

Concerning Sa 2 and SSPC-SP-6 these differ slightly, SSPC-SP-6 expressing more 

demands to quality. SSPC-SP-6 requires remnants being stains only. Sa 2 states 

"residual contamination shall be firmly adhering". 

Note: For SSPC the written specification takes preference - for ISO 8501-1:1988, the 

photos.

Joint Surface Preparation Standard NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12: 

WJ visual preparation grades: 

Surface preparation and cleaning of steel and other hard materials by high and ultrahigh 

pressure water jetting prior to paint application. 

WJ-1 Removal of all previously existing visible rust, coatings, millscale and foreign matters to 

a uniform matt metal finish. 

WJ-2 UHP WJ cleaning to a uniform matt finish with at least 95% of the surface area being 

free of all previously existing visible residues and the remaining 5% only containing 

randomly dispersed stains of rust, coatings and foreign matters. 

WJ-3 HP WJ or UHP WJ to a uniform matt finish with at least two-thirds of the surface being 

free of all visible residues (except millscale) and the remaining one-third only containing 

randomly dispersed stains of previously existing rust, coatings and foreign matters. 

WJ-4 Uniform removal of all loose rust, millscale and loose coatings. 

SC-1 An SC-1 surface is free from all detectable contaminants as determined by using 

available field test equipment whose sensitivity approximates laboratory equipment. 

Contaminants relevant in this standard are chlorides, iron-soluble salts and sulphates. 

SC-2 An SC-2 surface has less than 7 microgram/cm² chloride contamination, less than 10 

microgram/cm² of soluble ferrous ions and/or less than 16 microgram/cm² sulphate 

contamination as verified by field or laboratory analysis using reliable, reproducible test 

equipment. 

SC-3 An SC-3 surface has less than 50 microgram/cm² chloride and sulphate contaminants 

as verified by field or laboratory analysis using reliable, reproducible test equipment. 

Definition of flash rust degree (Hempel standard): 


Qualitative description 

HEMPEL defines: 

FR-1 A surface which, after surface preparation, has rusted to form a yellow-brown layer, but 

in such a small amount that the initial surface condition of the cleaning can just be 

faintly seen. 

The rust may be evenly distributed or it may appear scattered over the surface. 

Furthermore, the rust layer is well adhering and will not readily come off to leave marks 

on a dry hand, which is swept over the surface with a gentle pressure. 

FR-2 A surface which has rusted to form a red-brown layer and in an amount that hides the 

initial surface condition of the cleaning. 

The rust may be evenly distributed or it may appear scattered over the surface. 

Furthermore, the rust is reasonably well adhering and only minor amounts will come off 

to leave marks on a dry hand, which is swept over the surface with a gentle pressure. 

FR-3 A surface which has rusted to a heavy red-brown layer that covers the surface 

completely. 


The rust is evenly distributed over the surface. Furthermore, the rust is loosely adhering 

and will easily come off and will leave significant marks on a dry hand, which is swept 

over the surface with a gentle pressure.

Quantitative description 

With the purpose of establishing a reference, HEMPEL has developed a tape test to 

distinguish between the different flash rust degrees FR-1, FR-2 and FR-3, as defined 

above. 

Procedure 

1. Select a spot on which to perform the test. 

2. Attach a piece of tape (as specified in ASTM D 3359) in a length of at least 5 cm 

(2") and rub thoroughly with a fingertip - not a nail - to make the tape adhere 

firmly. 

3. Peel off the tape and place it on a piece of white paper for reference. 

4. Repeat steps 2. and 3. 9 times on exactly the same spot using a new piece of 

tape each time. 

Assessment (after the 10th piece of tape) 

The flash rust degree is assessed on the basis of the amount and type of rust present 

on the 10th piece of tape and on the appearance of the test-spot relative to that of the 

adjacent areas. 

HEMPEL defines: 

FR-1 No rust on the tape. 


No or only a slight change of the test-spot. 

FR-2 Slight localized red-brown rust on the tape. 

A significant change of the test-spot, possibly showing localized areas of black rust. 

FR-3 Significant, uniform red-brown rust on the tape, also showing grains of black rust. 


A significant change of the test-spot, also showing localized areas of black rust.

ABRASIVE BLASTING, SURFACE PROFILE 

Not only inorganic zinc coatings and solventfree coatings, but most paint systems 

require a roughened substrate surface to obtain proper adhesion. The surface profile of 

the roughened substrates is characterized by a surface roughness and a roughness 

profile, which must be itemized separately in specifications for surface preparation. 

During field work the anchor pattern is conveniently assessed by visual or tactile 

comparison, using standardized comparators. Such comparators are e.g. Rugotest No. 

3, Keane-Tator Surface Profile Comparator, and ISO 8503 surface profile reference 

comparators. 

Surface roughness: In connection with surface preparation, roughness is defined as the irregularities in 

surface texture, which are caused by blastcleaning. 

The roughness can be characterized by several roughness values. Most often the 

roughness is designated by the maximum height of the profile (peak-to-valley height), 

RZ . Sometimes the arithmetical mean deviation of the profile RA, previously known as 

CLA- and AA-values (Centre Line Average and Arithmetical Average, respectively), is 

used. Designations in boldface are according to ISO Standard. 

Because these values may have very different numerical values assigned to them for a 

given surface, it is very important to distinguish between them. 

It is also important to note that roughness comparison specimens may use different 

roughness values. Rugotest No. 3 uses roughness numbers according to ISO 1302 and 

2632/II, which are assigned to RA values. Keane-Tator Surface Profile Comparator uses 

the maximum average peak-to-valley height, which ressembles RZ, while ISO surface 

profile reference comparators uses the designations “Fine”, “Medium”, and “Coarse”. 

Although it is not possible to calculate RA values from RZ and vice versa, a working group 

of the international Standards Sub-Committee TC 35/SC 12 has established that a 

good approximation for RZ is RA x 6. 

Roughness profile: Roughness profiles can be characterized as round or sharp edged. Steel shot produces 

a round profile, while not worn down steel grit as well as most mineral abrasives give a 

sharp edge. 

Issued: October 1999/Page 1C of 1 

SURFACE PROFILE Page 1C/1 

When a roughness profile is given in Hempel’s Product Data Sheets it is normally a 

sharp profile. 

Because optical effects play a role when judging a surface by means of comparators, 

both Rugotest No. 3, Keane-Tator Surface Profile Comparator, and ISO surface profile 

reference comparators have different scales for different profiles. 

Rugotest No. 3 has specimens for round and sharp profiles collected in one 

comparator. For greater roughness values there is even a division in fine and coarse 

grained finish. 

Keane-Tator Surface Profile Comparator has three different discs, designed by S (sand), 

G/S (steel or metallic grit), and SH (shot), respectively. ISO Comparators are obtainable 

either as a “G” version or a “S” version for use on gritblasted and shotblasted 

surfaces, respectively. 

The disc corresponding to the abrasive used must be selected for comparison.

CONVERSION TABLES 

To convert From To Multiply by 

Distance: mil micron 25 (25.4 is the correct value, 

but rounded in this book) 

micron mill 0.04 (0.0394 is the correct value, 

but rounded in this book) 

inches centimetre (cm) 2.54 

centimetre (cm) inches 0.3937 

feet metre 0.3048 

metre feet 3.2808 

yards metre 0.9144 

metre yards 1.0936 

nautical mile km 1.853 

km nautical mile 0.5396 

Area: sq.ft. sq. metre (m²) 0.0929 

sq.metre (m²) sq.ft. 10.764 

Volume: US gallon litre 3.785 

litre US gallon 0.264 

Imp. gallon litre 4.55 

litre Imp. gallon 0.22 

litre cu.ft. 0.0353 

cu.ft. litre 28.32 

Area/Volume: m²/litre sq.ft./US gallon 40.74 

sq.ft./US gallon m²/litre 0.0245 

m²/litre sq.ft./Imp. gallon 48.93 

sq.ft./Imp. gallon m²/liter 0.0204 

Weight: lbs kg 0.4536 

kg lbs 2.2046 

Density: kg/litre lbs/US gallon 8.344 

lbs/US gallon kg/litre 0.1198 

V.O.C.: g/litre lbs/US gallon 0.0083 

Pressure: atm. bar 1.013 

atm. kp/cm² 1.033 

atm. p.s.i. 14.70 

bar atm. 0.987 

bar kp/cm² 1.02 

bar p.s.i. 14.50 

kp/cm² atm. 0.968 

kp/cm² bar 0.981 

kp/cm² p.s.i. 14.22 

kp/cm² MPa 0.098 

p.s.i. atm. 0.068 

p.s.i. bar 0.069 

p.s.i. kp/cm² 0.07 

Notes: • atm. is the so called physical atmosphere (the pressure of 760 mm mercury). 

The technical atmosphere, at, is identical to kp/cm2. 

• 1 bar = 10 5 Pa (Pascal) = 10 5 Newton/m². 

CONVERSION TABLES Page 1D/5 

• MPa = MegaPascal = 10 6 Pascal = MegaNewton/m². 

• The so-called kilogram forces/cm² is considered equal to Kp/cm². 

Issued: October 1999/Page 1D of 5

To convert From To Calculate 

Temperature: Celcius Fahrenheit (9/5 x °C) + 32 

Fahrenheit Celcius 5/9 x (°F - 32) 

Film thickness: 

(micron) 

Wet Dry 

CALCULATION OF 

Dry Wet 

wft x VS% 

100 

dft x 100 

VS% 

wft = wet film thickness, dft = dry film thickness, VS% = Volume Solids 

Theoretical Spreading Rate (on completely smooth surface) 

VS% x 10 

desired dft (micron) 

In m² per litre = 

In sq.ft. per US gallon 

Theoretical Paint Consumption (on completely smooth surface) 

In litre = 

In US gallon = 

Practical consumption: 

area (m 2 ) x desired dft (micron) 

VS% x 10 

area (sq.ft.) x desired dft (mil) 

VS% x 16.04 

= 

VS% x 16.04 

desired dft (mil) 

The practical consumption is influenced by i) simple losses, by ii) additional consumption to fill up the "dead volume" of 

the surface roughness, but especially iii) by the "waviness" of the paint surface. However, the term "loss factor" is still 

used in parallel with the term "consumption factor" to describe a relationship between the theoretical, calculated 

consumption and a practical either observed de-factor consumption or an "aimed at" consumption. 

Practical consumption = 

However, as 

area x consumption factor 

theoretical spreading rate 

100 

Consumption factor = 100 z% (z = "loss" = simple loss + dead volume loss + waviness loss) 

and 

theoretical spreading rate = 

VS% x 10 

DFT 

the practical consumption could be written as 


10 x DFT x area 

VS% x (100-z%) 

where it is very important to use the "loss"for z and not the consumption factor. 


FORMULAS FOR ESTIMATING 

SURFACE AREAS OF SHIPS 

Bottom (incl. boottop): A = ((2 x d) + B) x Lpp x P 

where d = draught maximum (as per Lloyd’s) 

B = breadth extreme (as per Lloyd’s) 

Lpp = length betw. perpendiculars (as per Lloyd’s) 

or 

P = 0.90 for big tankers, 0.85 for bulk carriers, 0.70-0.75 for dry cargo liners 

A = Lpp x (Bm + 2 x D) x 

V 

Bm x Lpp x D 

where D = mean draft at paint line (m) 

Bm = breath moulded (m) 

Lpp = length between perpendiculars 

V = displacement (cubic metre) corresponding to the draft 

Boottop: A = 2 x h x (Lpp + 0.5 x B) 

where h = width of boottop (to be informed by owner) 

Lpp = length betw. perpendiculars (as per Lloyd’s) 


Topsides: A = 2 x H x (Loa + 0.5 x B) 

where H = height of topsides (depth - draught) (as per Lloyd’s) 

Loa = length over all (as per Lloyd’s) 


Weather Decks incl. upper A = Loa x B x N 

decks on superstructure, 

foundation, hatches and where Loa = length over all (as per Lloyd’s) 

top of deck houses: B = breadth extreme (as per Lloyd’s) 

N = 0.91 for big tankers and bulk carriers, 

0.88 for cargo liners, 0.84 for coasters, etc. 

Issued: October 1999/Page 3D of 5 


(accuracy depends on your choice of N which indicates 

the actual area in relation to its circumscribed rectangular)

ESTIMATING SIZE OF SURFACES: 

Plates: 

Plate thickness 

mm 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

sq.m/ 

ton 

254.5 

127.2 

84.8 

63.6 

50.9 

42.4 

36.4 

31.8 

28.3 

25.4 

23.1 

21.2 

19.6 

18.2 

17.0 

Plate thickness 

mm 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

sq.m/ 

ton 

15.9 

15.0 

14.1 

13.4 

12.7 

12.1 

11.6 

11.1 

10.6 

10.2 

9.8 

9.4 

9.1 

8.8 

8.5 

The indicated values are for both sides. If one side only, reduce by half. 

Pipes: Exterior area (sq.m/m): 

iD 

pi x eD 

pi = 3.14 

eD pi x iD 


eD = exterior diameter in metres 

Interior area (sq.m/m): 

pi = 3.14 

iD = interior diameter in metres 



ESTIMATING SIZE OF SURFACES - BEAMS AND PROFILES, examples: 

Disignation/ Size Weight Surface area 

shape kg/m sq.m/m sq.m/ton 

HEB 100 20.4 0.57 27.8 

160 42.6 0.92 21.5 

220 71.5 1.27 17.8 

280 103.0 1.62 15.7 

360 142.0 1.85 13.0 

600 212.0 2.32 10.9 

INP 80 5.94 0.30 51.2 

140 14.3 0.50 35.1 

200 26.2 0.71 27.1 

260 41.9 0.91 21.6 

340 68.0 1.15 16.9 

400 92.4 1.33 14.4 

RHS 20x20 1.1 0.08 70.8 

30x30 1.8 0.12 68.6 

40x40 2.4 0.16 67.2 

60x60 3.6 0.24 66.0 

80x80 7.3 0.32 44.1 

UNP 30 4.3 0.17 40.7 

50 5.6 0.23 41.5 

80 8.6 0.31 36.1 

180 22.0 0.61 27.8 

280 41.8 0.89 21.3 

400 71.8 1.18 16.4 

20x3 0.88 0.08 87.5 

25x4 1.5 0.10 66.9 

30x4 1.8 0.12 65.2 

40x4 2.4 0.16 64.1 

50x6 4.5 0.19 43.4 

50x9 6.5 0.19 30.0 

75x7 7.9 0.29 36.7 

75x10 11.1 0.29 26.2 

100x10 15.1 0.39 25.8 

100x16 23.2 0.39 16.8 

150x15 33.8 0.59 17.3 

In the case of the HEB beam, the first illustration, height and breadth are equal up to the size of 280. The "size" is the 

height and equal to the profile number. 

In the case of the INP beam, the "size" is the height and equal to the profile number. 

In the case of the UNP beam, the "size" is the height and equal to the profile number. 

In the case of the v-profile, the two flanges are reckoned equal, the second digit being the thickness of the steel. 


KEY TO OFFICIAL AND SEMI-OFFICIAL CERTIFICATES, APPROVALS, ETC., 

OF HEMPEL GROUP RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS 

Related to type of certificate 

A. LOW FLAME SPREAD (SOLAS) / OTHER FIRE TESTS 

A-3 SEE-BERUFGENOSSENSCHAFT, Hamburg, Germany 

(Conforms to the SOLAS Convention MSC 61 (67) and EU Directive 96/98/EC) 

10220 - HEMPINOL 10220 

12050 - HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 

13140 - HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 

13200 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 

15570 - HEMPADUR 15570 

35490/ - HEMPADUR SPRAYGUARD 35490/35493 

35493 

42460 - HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 

45880 - HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 

51570 - HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 

52140 - HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

52220 - HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 

52360 - HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 

53240 - HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 

55210 - HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 

A-9 BUREAU VERITAS, France 

12050 - HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050/HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

12050 - HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050/HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460/HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

12050 - HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050/HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 

13140 - HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 

13200 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200/HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 

13200 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200/HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 

15570 - HEMPADUR 15570 

CERTIFICATES & APPROVALS (by type) Page 1/12 






Issued: October 2001



A-13 LONDON UNDERGROUND LIMITED, Great Britain 

18030 - HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 1803/HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 5803 

58030 - HEMUCRUL PRIMER HI-BUILD 1803/HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 5803 

A-17 REGISTRO ITALIANO NAVALE (R.I.N.A.), Genoa, Italy 

(Conforms to the SOLAS Convention MSC 61 (67)) 

13200 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200/HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460/HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

42460 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200/HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460/HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

45150 - HEMPADUR 45150 

45150 - HEMPADUR 45150/HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 

52140 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200/HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460/HEMPALINE NAMEL 52140 

55210 - HEMPADUR 45150/HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 

A-20 DET NORSKE VERITAS, Denmark 

10220 - HEMPINOL 10220 






15570 - HEMPADUR 15570 


18030 - HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030/HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 








58030 - HEMUCRUL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030/HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 


A-22 LLOYD’S REGISTER OF SHIPPING, Great Britain 


A-24 DET NORSKE VERITAS, China 








B. WELDING PRIMERS 

B-1 LLOYD'S REGISTER OF SHIPPING, Great Britain 

15280 - HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 1528 

15300 - HEMPADUR PRIMER 1530 

15360 - HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 

15890 - HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 

B-2 DET NORSKE VERITAS, Norway 

15280 - HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 1528 (only produced in DK) 


B-3 GERMANISCHER Lloyd, Germany 



B-5 AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING, USA 


B-8 KOREAN REGISTER OF SHIPPING, Korea 


B-9 BUREAU VERITAS, France 


B-10 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 

Issued: October 2001 

CERTIFICATES & APPROVALS (by type) Page 3/12


B-11 REGISTRO ITALIANO NAVALE (R.I.N.A.), Genoa, Italy 

15890 . HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 

C. NON-TOXICITY OF WELDING FUMES 

C-2 THE DANISH WELDING INSTITUTE, Denmark 

(Test reports) 


15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 


C-3 SCHWEISSTECHNISCHE LEHR- UND VERSUCHSANSTALT, Duisburg, Germany 




D. NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 

D-1 NEWCASTLE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, Great Britain 

13624 - HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 1362 

15030 - HEMPADUR LTC 1503 

15130 - HEMPADUR 1513 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

15570 - HEMPADUR 1557 

17630 - HEMPADUR 17630 

35530 - HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 3553 

45141/ - HEMPADUR 45141/HEMPADUR 45143 

45143 

45150 - HEMPADUR 4515 

45200 - HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 4520 



45880/ - HEMPADUR MASTIC 4588 

45881 

46410 - HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 





56360 - HEMPATEX ENAMEL 5636 

D-3 FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, Washington, USA 


15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

15500 - HEMPADUR 15500 

15700 - HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 1570 

17630 - HEMPADUR 17630 

45141/ - HEMPADUR 45141/45143 

45143 


45880/ - HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 

45881 

51570 - HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 

52140 - HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 (white only) 


85671 - HEMPADUR 85671 

D-5 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 

15400 - HEMPADUR 15400 




E. CORROSION CONTROL 

E-1 LLOYD'S REGISTER OF SHIPPING, London, Great Britain 

CODE: 

Suitable for: 

B: Ballast water 

RS: Refined spirits 

C: Crude oil 

V: Void spaces 

E-1.1 Recognised Corrosion Control Coatings 

15030 - HEMPADUR LTC 1503 (B) 

15130 - HEMPADUR 1513 (B & C) 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 (B, RS & C) 

15500 - HEMPADUR 15500 


15700 - HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 1570 (B, RS, C & V) 


45141/ - HEMPADUR 4514 (B, RS & C) 

45143 

45751 - HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 4575 (B) 

E-1.2 Provisionally Recognized Corrosion Control Coatings 

17630/ - HEMPADUR 1763 (B) 

17633 

E-1.3 Low friction surface coating (applied to main ice belt) shell plating reduction of 1 mm 


E-1.4 Recognized Ballast Tank Maintenance Coating 

10880 - HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 

E-6 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 



E-8 MARITIME REGISTER OF SHIPPING, Russia 


15130 - HEMPADUR 1513 

15500 - HEMPADUR 1550 


17630 - HEMPADUR 1763 

45143 - HEMPADUR 45143 


E-9 GERMANISCHER LLOYD, Germany 

CODE: 

Suitable for: 

B: Ballast water 

N/B: Newbuilding 

MT: Maintenance 


15030 - HEMPADUR LTC 15030 (B, N/B & MT) 

15130 - HEMPADUR 15130 (B, N/B & MT) 

15570 - HEMPADUR 15570 (B, N/B) 

17630/ - HEMPADUR 17630/17633 (B, N/B & MT) 

17633 

45141/ - HEMPADUR 45141/45143 (B, MT) 

45143 

45150 - HEMPADUR 45150 (B, MT) 


45742 - HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742 (B, N/B) 

45751 - HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 (B, N/B) 

G. TANKS FOR SHIPPING OILS AND FATS 

G-2 SCIENTIFIC & TECHNICAL SERVICES LTD., Great Britain 

(According to FDA Section 175.300) 


I. POTABLE WATER TANKS (PIPE LINES INTERNAL) 

I-3 MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS, State of Kuwait 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

I-4 STATENS INSTITUT FOR FOLKEHELSE, Norway 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

I-9 WATER RESEARCH CENTRE, Great Britain 


85671 - HEMPADUR 85671 

I-13 MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY AND WATER, Kuwait 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

I-15 MINISTRY OF HEALTH OF THE CZECH REPUBLIC, the Czech Republic 


I-16 FOOD & ENVIRONMENT CONTROL CENTRE, Abu Dhabi, UAE 


I-17 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 

15400 - HEMPADUR 15400 


I-18 LANDESHYGIENEINSTITUT GREIFSWALD, Germany 


I-19 FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, Washington, USA 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 



I-23 CAMERA DI COMMERCIO INDUSTRIA ARTIGIANATO E AGRICOLTURA, Trieste, Italy 

15500 - HEMPADUR 15500 (incl. ethanol, olive oil and wine) 

35530 - HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 (incl. ethanol) 

45150 - HEMPADUR 45150 (incl. ethanol) 


I-24 STATE COMMITTEE OF SANITARY-EPIDEMIOLOGICAL INSPECTION OF RUSSIAN FEDERATION, Russia 

15500 - HEMPADUR 1550 

K. AVIATION FUEL 

K-1 Air BP, Great Britain 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

K-2 BP ARABIEN AGENCIES, Dubai, U.A.E. 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

K-4 SHELL INTERNATIONAL TRADING COMPANY, London, Great Britain 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

N. CARRIAGE OF FOODSTUFFS 

N-1 FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION, Washington D.C., USA 

"dry foodstuffs" according to Section 175.300 (refer to D-3) 

05150 - HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 


15400 - HEMPADUR 15400 

15500 - HEMPADUR 15500 


17630 - HEMPADUR 17630 

45141/ - HEMPADUR 45141/45143 

45143 



45880/ - HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 

45881 

52140 - HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 (white only) 


85671 - HEMPADUR 85671 



N-2 CASE CONSULTING LABORATORIES, USA 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

N-5 CSIRO FOOD RESEARCH LABORATORY, New South Wales, Australia 

46410 - HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 4641 (dry foodstuff) 

N-6 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 


P. ACIDS AND SEWAGE WATER 

P-1 MINISTRY OF PUBLIC WORKS, Kuwait 

15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

S. SLIP COEFFICIENT 

S-1 CORROSION CONTROL CONSULTANTS AND LABS, USA 



S-2 FORSCHUNGS- UND MATERIALPRÜFUNGSANSTALT, Baden-Wüttemberg, Otto Graf-Institut, Germany 



V. QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM 

V-1 SSAB, Sweden 



X. MISCELLANEOUS 

X-1 CROATIAN REGISTER OF SHIPPING, Split, Croatia 



15130 - HEMPADUR 15130 

15400 - HEMPADUR 15400 





X-3 DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND CONSTRUCTION, Melbourne, Australia 


X-4 STATE COMMITTEE OF SANITARY- EPIDEMIOLOGICAL INSPECTION OF RUSSIAN FEDERATION, Russia 

02220 - HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH 0222 

05970 - HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 



15130 - HEMPADUR 15130 



15500 - HEMPADUR 15500 

15560 - HEMPADUR 15560 

15570 - HEMPADUR 15570 




17630 - HEMPADUR 17630 

35250 - HEMPADUR FILLER 35250 


42460 - HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 

45141/ - HEMPADUR 45141/45143 

45143 

45150 - HEMPADUR 45150 

45182 - HEMPADUR 45182 










55100 - HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 




74030 - HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030 

79051 - HEMPEL'S A/F NAUTIC SP-ACE 79051 

79070 - HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79070 

85671 . HEMPADUR 85671 

X-6 DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT, Australia 

35490/ - HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 3549 

35493 

X-11 CENTRALNONA. ISLJEDOVATELJSKI PROJ. INSTITUT MORSKE FLOTE (CNIIMF), Russia 

13200 - HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 1320 


15130 - HEMPADUR 1513 



15400 - HEMPADUR 1540 

15570 - HEMPADUR 1557 

15590 - HEMPADUR 1559 



45141/ - HEMPADUR 4514 

45143 

45150 - HEMPADUR 4515 








X-15 MINISTRY OF MUNICIPAL AFFAIRS & AGRICULTURE, State of Qatar 


45150 - HEMPADUR 4515 



X-16 DEUTSCHE BAHN, Germany 


X-17 CHINA CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY, China 


X-18 DET NORSKE VERITAS, Singapore 

(Qualification test) 


35920 - HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 3592 

Certificates approved with four-digit quality numbers have been listed with only 4 digits. 


CERTIFICATES & APPROVALS (by product) Page 1/14 

KEY TO OFFICIAL AND SEMI-OFFICIAL CERTIFICATES, APPROVALS, ETC., 

OF HEMPEL GROUP RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS 

Related to product number 

* HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH 02220 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 * CARRIAGE OF FOODSTUFFS 

* HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 * MISCELLANEOUS 

State Committee of Sanitary-Epidemiological Inspectionf of 

Russian Federation, Russia (X-4) 

Food and Drug Administration, USA (N-1) 

* HEMPINOL 10220 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

State Committee of Sanitary-Epidemiological Inspectionf of 


See-Berufgenossenschaft, Germany (A-3) 

Det Norske Veritas, Denmark (A-20) 

* HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 * CORROSION CONTROL 

* HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

Recognized Ballast Tank Maintenance Coating (E-1.4) 


* MISCELLANEOUS 

State Committee of Sanitary-Epidemiological Inspection of Russian 

Federation, Russia (X-4) 


HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 

Bureau Veritas, France (A-9) 



HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 



Det Norske Veritas, China (A-24) 




HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 

HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Bureau Veritas, France (A-9) 



* HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 



* HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 



Centralnona. Isljedovateljski Proj. Institut Morske Flote (CNIIMF), 

Russia (X-11) 

Deutsche Bahn, Germany (X-16) 



HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (A-17) 


HEMPALIN HOLD PAINT 52220 





Croatian Register of Shipping, Croatia (X-1) 


HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 





* HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 13624 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 

Newcastle Occupational Health, Great Britain (D-1) 

* HEMPADUR LTC 15030 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 

cont. page 3 



* HEMPADUR LTC 15030 * CORROSION CONTROL 

cont. 

Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Great Britain 

(Recognized Corrosion Control Coatings) (E-1.1) 

Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia (E-8) 

Germanischer Lloyd, Germany (E-9) 


State Committee of Sanitary-Epidemiological Inspection of 


Centralnona. Isljedovateljski I Proj. Institut Morske Flote (CNIIMF), 

Russia (X-11) 

* HEMPADUR 15130 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 


* CORROSION CONTROL 






* HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 * WELDING PRIMERS 





Russia (X-11) 

Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Great Britain (B-1) 

Det Norske Veritas, Norway (B-2) 

Germanischer Lloyd, Germany (B-3) 

China Classification Society, China (B-10) 

* QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM 

SSAB, Sweden (V-1) 


* HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300 * WELDING PRIMERS 







China Classification Society, China (E-6) 



Russia (X-11)

* HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 * WELDING PRIMERS 


* NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 

Food and Drug Administration, USA (D-3) 


China Classification Society, China (E-6) 

* CARRIAGE OF FOODSTUFFS 






Russia (X-11) 

Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, Qatar (X-15) 






China Classification Society, China (D-5) 




* POTABLE WATER TANKS (PIPE LINES INTERNAL) 

Ministry of Public Works, Kuwait (I-3) 

Statens Institut for Folkehelse, Norway (I-4) 

Ministry of Electricity and Water, Kuwait (I-13) 

China Classification Society, China (I-17) 

Food and Drug Administration, USA (I-19) 

* AVIATION FUEL 

Air BP, Great Britain (K-1) 

BP Arabian Agencies, Dubai, UAE (K-2) 

Shell International Trading Company, Great Britain (K-4) 



Case Consulting Laboratories, USA (N-2) 

* ACIDS AND SEWAGE WATER 

Ministry of Public Works, Kuwait (P-1) 




Russia (X-11)








Camera Di Commercio Industria Artigianato E Agricoltura, Italy (I-23) 


Russian Federation, Russia (I-24) 




* HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPADUR 15570 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 








* NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOE 





* HEMPADUR 15590 * MISCELLANEOUS 






Russia (X-11) 


Russia (X-11)

* HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 






* TANKS FOR SHIPPING OILS AND FATS 

Scientific & Technical Services Ltd., Great Britain (G-2) 



* SLIP COEFFICIENT 

Corrosion Control Consultants and Labs, USA (S-1) 

Forschungs- und materialprüfungsanstalt, Otto Graf-Institut, 

Germany (S-2) 


* HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15780 * SLIP COEFFICIENT 

* HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 * WELDING PRIMERS 




Russia (X-11) 

Corrosion Control Consultants and Labs, USA (S-1) 


Det Norske Veritas, Norway (B-2) 

Germanischer Lloyd, Germany (B-3) 

American Bureau of Shipping, USA (B-5) 

Korean Register of Shipping, Korea (B-8) 

Bureau Veritas, France (B-9) 

Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (B-11) 

* QUALITY ASSURANCE 

SSAB, Sweden (V-1) 

* HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 * MISCELLANEOUS 






Russian Federation, Russia (X-4)






(Provisionally Recognized Corrosion Control Coatings) (E-1.2) 








* HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 

London Underground Limited, Great Britain (A-13) 


* HEMPADUR FILLER 35250 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 





Marine Safety Agency, Australia (X-6) 

* HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 






Water Research Centre, Great Britain (I-9) 

Ministry of Health of the Czech Republic, The Czech Republic (I-15) 

Food and Environment Control Centre, UAE (I-16) 

China Classification Society, China (I-17) 

Hygiene-Institut Greifswald, Germany (I-18) 

Camera Di Commercio Industria Artigianato E Agricoltura, Italy (I-23) 




Ministry of Health of the Czech Republic, The Czech Republic (X-11)

* HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 35920/35923 * MISCELLANEOUS 

Det Norske Veritas, Singapore (X-18) 

* HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 





HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

* HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 

HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Bureau Veritas, France (A-9) 



HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

* HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 

HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (A-17) 

* HEMPADUR 45141/45143 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 














Russia (X-11) 


cont. page 9 

Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (A-17) 




Newcastle Occupational Health, Great Britain (D-1)

* HEMPADUR 45150 * CORROSION CONTROL 

cont. 



Camera Di Commercio Industria Argigianato E Agricoltura, Italy (I-23) 





Russia (X-11) 

Ministry of Municipal Affairs & Agriculture, Qatar (X-15) 


HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 

Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (A-17) 

* HEMPADUR 45182 * MISCELLANEOUS 



* HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 




* POTABLE WATER TANKS (PIPELINES INTERNAL) 

Camera Di Commercio Industria Argigianato E Agricoltura, Italy (I-23) 



China Classification Society, China (N-6) 


* HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45221 * CARRIAGE OF FOODSTUFFS 




Russia (X-11) 



cont. page 10 






Germanischer Lloyd, Germany (E-9)

* HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742 * MISCELLANEOUS 

cont. 






* HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Great Britain (Recognized Corrosion 

Control Coatings) (E-1.1) 


(low friction surface coating (applied in main ice belt) 

shell plating reduction of 1 mm (E-1.3) 











* HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 * MISCELLANEOUS 






Russia (X-11) 

Department of Housing and Construction, Australia (X-3) 

Department Morskog Transporta, Russia (X-7) 

China Classification Society, China (X-17) 

* HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 



Newcastle Occupational Health, Great Britain (D-1)


CSIRO Food Research Laboratory, Australia (N-5) 


* HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 






* HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 



Food and Drug Administration, USA (D-3) (white only) 


Food and Drug Administration, USA (N-1) (white only) 



* HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 




Centralnona. Isljedovateljski I Proj. Morske Flote (CNIIMF), 

Russia (X-11) 



* HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Bureau Veritas, France (A-9) 





* HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 Registro Italiano Navale - RINA, Italy (A-17) 

* HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 




Lloyd’s register of Shipping, great Britain (A-22)




Russia (X-11) 


* HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 





* HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 










* HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 



Centralnona. Isljedovateljski I. Proj. Institut Morske Flote (CNIIMF), 

Russia (X-11) 






Russia (X-11 


* HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 







* HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 




* HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 * MISCELLANEOUS 

* HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 







HEMPADUR 45150 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

* HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 

Registro Italiana Navale (R.I.N.A.), Italy (A-17) 

* HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 * NON-CONTAMINATION OF GRAIN CARGOES 






Russia (X-11) 

HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 * LOW FLAME SPREAD 

* HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 

London Underground LImited, Great Britain (A-13) 


* HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING * MISCELLANEOUS 

ECONIMIC SP-SEA 74030 




NAUTIC SP-ACE 79051 




NAUTIC SP-ACE 79070 







Water Research Centre, Great Britain (I-9) 




Note: 

This list covers Group Products 2001, Marine, Protective, and Container. 




Russian Federation, Russia (X-4)

HEMPEL’S MARINE VARNISH 02220 

Description: HEMPEL’S MARINE VARNISH 02220 is a quick-drying clear urethane alkyd varnish. 

Recommended use: On new wood as well as over previously varnished wood, interior and exterior, above the 

waterline. 

Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation. 

PHYSICAL CONSTANTS: 

Colours/Shade nos: Transparent /00000 

Finish: Glossy 

Volume solids, %: 46 ± 1 

Theoretical spreading rate: 18.4 m²/litre - 25 micron 

738 sq.ft./US gallon - 1 mil 

Flash point: 38°C/100°F 

Specific gravity: 0.9 kg/litre - 7.5 lbs/US gallon 

Dry to touch: 2-3 hours at 20°C/68°F 

V.O.C.: 430 g/litre - 3.6 lbs/US gallon 

The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are subject 

to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1. 

Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book. 

APPLICATION DETAILS: 

Application method: Best results will be obtained with a flat varnish brush. Spray application is possible with 

most types of spray equipment after thinning, but this application method is mainly subject 

to specific local conditions, so no general guidelines can be given. 

Cleaning of tools: THINNER 08230 

Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1.0 mil 

Indicated film thickness, wet: 50 micron/2 mils 

Recoat interval, min: 6 hours (20°C/68°F) 

Recoat interval, max: See REMARKS overleaf 

Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and paint 

containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or national 

safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do not swallow. 

Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as protection of the 

environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas. 


1/2

2. HEMPEL’S MARINE VARNISH 02220 

SURFACE New wood: Saturate the dry surface with a commercial antimould fluid, preferably made from 

PREPARATION: fungicide dissolved in white spirit. Apply one coat HEMPEL’S MARINE VARNISH 02220 thinned with 

20% THINNER 08230. Apply a second coat HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH 02220 thinned 5-10%. 

Finally apply 3-5 coats HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH 02220 undiluted. 

For the best result rub with dry or wet fine sandpaper and dust off between coats for a smooth 

finish. 

Previously varnished wood: Wash surface with suitable cleaning agent. Do not use detergents 

unless they are removed completely, as otherwise residues can spoil the drying properties and give 

adhesion problems. Proceed as for new wood. In some cases the antimould treatment and the first 

thinned coats can be omitted. 

Note: Ammonia water may discolour oak, mahogany and teak. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry. Do not apply under humid conditions or at 

CONDITIONS: temperatures below 5°C/41°F. The moisture content in the wood should not exceed 16%. 

SUBSEQUENT None. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Recoating: Maximum recoating intervals related to later conditions of exposure (20°C/68°F): 

02220 

Surface temperature 

Recoated with 

(Quality nos only) 

Mild 

None 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

2 days 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, rub down the surface to ensure adhesion. 

Note: HEMPEL'S MARINE VARNISH 02220 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: October 1999 - 0222000000CO010 

HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S 

This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to 

applicable Product Data Sheets. 

Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience 

obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under 

the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 

User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 

SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and 

Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in 

said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of 

the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise. 

Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue. 

2/2

HEMPEL'S VARNISH 03330 

Description: HEMPEL'S VARNISH 03330 is a quick drying clear acrylic modified alkyd varnish. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat on top rails of open top containers painted with vinyl, acrylic or 

chlorinated rubber based paints to which PVC tarpaulins otherwise may stick. 



Colours/Shade nos: Transparent/00000 







Dry to touch: 1 hour (approx.) at 20°C/68°F 


The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are 

subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1. 



Application method: Best results will be obtained with a flat varnish brush. 

Spray application is possible with air spray after thinning with HEMPEL'S THINNER 

08080. Please consult your local Hempel representative. 


Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1 mil 


Recoat interval, min: not relevant 

Recoat interval, max.: none 

Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and 

paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or 

national safety regulations. This goes for personal protection such as, but not limited 

to, protection of lungs, eyes and of the skin, medical treatment in case of swallowing 

the paint or in case of other direct contact with the paint. Take necessary precautions 

against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as protection of the environment. 

Apply only in well ventilated areas and ensure that adequate forced ventilation exists 

when applying paint in confined spaces or when the air is stagnant. 


1/2

2. HEMPEL'S VARNISH 03330 

SURFACE On aged coatings: Remove oil and grease with suitable detergent, e.g. HEMPEL'S NAVI WASH 

PREPARATION: 99330. Remove detergent residues, salts and other contaminants by high pressure hosing. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry. 

CONDITIONS: Do not apply at temperatures below 5°C/41°F or above 85% relative humidity. 

PRECEDING HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Recoating Minimum recoating interval for recoating of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 or HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 

intervals: 46410 with HEMPEL'S VARNISH 03330 is 4-6 hours at 20°C/68°F. 

By brush or roller application the varnish should be "laid on", i.e. exert only a light pressure on 

tool and do not rework already varnished areas. 

Note: HEMPEL'S VARNISH 03330 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPADUR®VARNISH 05150 

CURING AGENT 95030 

Description: HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 is a solvent-free low molecular weight amine-cured epoxy 

varnish. It is a low viscous product with good penetration properties. Good wearing 

qualities and easy to clean. 

Recommended use: Treatment of wooden floors in containers to be in contact with dry foodstuffs. 

Service temperatures: Related to substrate. HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 itself resists a dry service 

temperature of maximum 140°C/284°F. Will anyhow yellow/darken in the case of such 

temperatures. 

Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of Food Additive Regulations (in respect of carriage of 

dry foodstuffs) of the Code of U.S. Federal Regulations. 



Colours/Shade nos.: Transparent/00000 

Finish: High gloss 

Solids content: 100% 


201 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils 

Flash point: >110°C/>230°F 


Surface dry: 16 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 24 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F 

Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 

V.O.C.: 0 g/litre - 0 lbs/US gallon 


to normal manufacturing tolerances. Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL book. The 

theoretical spreading rate has been calculated on the basis of a 100% solids volume. 


Mixing ratio for 05150: Base 05159 : Curing agent 95030 

7 : 3 by volume 

Application method: Brush, roller (See APPLICATION CONDITIONS) 

Thinner (max.vol.): See APPLICATION CONDITIONS overleaf 

Pot life: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) 

Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610 

Indicated film thickness, dry: 200 micron/8 mils 


Recoat interval: See REMARKS overleaf 



national safety regulations. This goes for personal protection such as, but not limited to, 

protection of lungs, eyes and of the skin, medical treatment in case of swallowing the 

paint or in case of other direct contact with the paint. Take necessary precautions 





1/2

2. HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 

SURFACE The surfaces to be treated must be clean and dry and free from grease and oil. Remove loose 

PREPARATION: material. 

New wood: If necessary the surface should be sanded. Carefully remove the dust. 

Previously varnished wood: If the type of old varnish is unknown, but hard and intact it might be 

possible to apply HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 on top. It is recommended first to apply HEMPADUR 

VARNISH 05150 on a small area. If required, cleaning is done with a suitable detergent followed by 

a very careful removal of all remnants of detergent, dirt etc. Usually the surface will furthermore 

need sanding, followed by a careful removal of dust. 

APPLICATION Surface saturation: It is recommended to saturate absorbent surfaces with a layer of 

CONDITIONS: HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 diluted 20-30% with THINNER 08570. May be topcoated after min. 

approx. 6 hours (20°C/68°F). 

Application method: When treating floors, the mixture may be poured out on the surface and then 

levelled with a roller made of hard rubber or with a broad rubber scraper. 

Conditions: Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. 

Moisture content of the wood should be below 16%. 

SUBSEQUENT Usually none. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Recoating: If two coats have to be applied then apply the second coat within 3 days at 20°C/68°F. 

Avoid contamination between layers. 

Notes: Exposure to sunshine will cause yellowing. 

HEMPADUR VARNISH 05150 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPADUR®VARNISH 05170 


Description: HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 is a polyamide cured epoxy varnish. Good wearing qualities 

and easy to clean. 

Recommended use: Treatment of wooden floors in containers to be in contact with dry foodstuffs. 

Service temperatures: Related to substrate. HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 itself resists a dry service 

temperature of maximum 140°C/284°F. Will anyhow yellow/darken in the case of such 

temperatures. 


dry foodstuffs) of the Code of U.S. Federal Regulations. 




Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: Not relevant (see REMARKS overleaf) 












Application method: Brush, roller (See APPLICATION CONDITIONS) 

Thinner (max.vol.): See APPLICATION CONDITIONS overleaf 

Pot life: 4 hours (20°C/68°F) 

Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610 

Indicated film thickness, dry: Not relevant 

Indicated film thickness, wet: Not relevant (see REMARKS overleaf) 











1/2

2. HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 

SURFACE The surfaces to be treated must be clean and dry and free from grease and oil. Remove loose 

PREPARATION: material. 

New wood: If necessary the surface should be sanded. Carefully remove the dust. 

Previously varnished wood: If the type of old varnish is unknown, but hard and intact it might be 

possible to apply HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 on top. It is recommended first to apply HEMPADUR 

VARNISH 05170 on a small area. If required, cleaning is done with a suitable detergent followed by 

a very careful removal of all remnants of detergent, dirt etc. Usually the surface will furthermore 

need sanding, followed by a careful removal of dust. 

APPLICATION Surface saturation: It is recommended to saturate absorbent surfaces with a layer of 

CONDITIONS: HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 diluted 80% with THINNER 08570. May be topcoated after min. 

approx. 20 hours (20°C/68°F). 

Application method: When treating floors, the mixture may be poured out on the surface and then 

levelled with a roller made of hard rubber. 

Conditions: Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. 

Moisture content of the wood should be below 16%. 

SUBSEQUENT Usually none. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Film thickness: The main purpose of the treatment with HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 is rather to impregnate the 

wooden surface than to produce a lacquer layer on top of it. 

Recoating: If two coats have to be applied then apply the second coat within 3 days at 20°C/68°F. 

Avoid contamination between layers. 

Notes: Exposure to sunshine will cause yellowing. 

HEMPADUR VARNISH 05170 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: October 1999 - 0517000000CR001 













2/2

HEMPADUR®SEALER 05970 


Description: HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 is a low molecular weight epoxy varnish cured with aromatic 

amine. It is a low viscous product with good penetration properties. 

Recommended use: For saturation of well cleaned concrete surfaces before application of pigmented paints. 

Must be applied in such an amount that the surface is just saturated. The surface 

should not appear smooth and even. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 is especially developed 

for use under heavy duty paint systems and chemical resistant coatings. 

Service temperatures: Related to substrate and subsequent coat. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 itself resists the 

following temperatures: 

Dry: In water: 

Maximum: 140°C/284°F 60°C/140°F 



Colours/Shade nos: Transparent, green/04200 

Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: Not relevant (See REMARKS overleaf) 












Application method: Airless spray Brush 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (up to 50%) 08450 (up to 50%) 


Nozzle orifice: .017"-.021" 

Nozzle pressure: 100 bar/1450 psi 

(Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment) 

Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 

Indicated film thickness, dry: Not relevant 

Indicated film thickness, wet: Not relevant (See REMARKS overleaf) 


Recoat interval, max: None (See REMARKS overleaf) 









Issued: May 2000 

1/2

2. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 

SURFACE All possible slip agent, oil, grease and other contaminants must be removed by eg abrasive 

PREPARATION: blasting, volatilizing by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent. Last mentioned in the 

following way: Saturation of the surface with fresh water. Washing with detergent followed by fresh 

water hosing. 

Depending on construction and purpose, abrasive blast, high pressure water jet or treat the 

concrete with power tools to obtain a rough and firm surface free of scum layer and other 

contamination. Remove dust and loose material. If mechanical treatment is impossible, the surface 

may be treated with acid etching. For this purpose an approx. 5% w/w nitric or phosphoric acid 

solution is recommended. Note: Strong acids, take necessary precautions, make sure that safety 

regulations are obeyed! Prior to etching the concrete should be saturated with fresh water to 

prevent acid corrosion of the reinforcement bars. Leave the acid to act for 3-4 minutes and hose 

down the surface with fresh water - preferably first a 5% w/w sodium hydroxide solution - and scrub 

carefully. After that the surface must dry homogeneously and appear as an even, rough surface 

free of a loose outer layer. The surface must have a pH reaction of between 6.5 - 8.0. If any of 

these conditions are not fulfilled, the process must be repeated. The surface must be dried with 

good ventilation for at least 2 days (65% relative humidity and 20°C/68°F). The pretreatment is 

controlled by scraping with a strong knife. The surface shall feel solid and hard, and the knife must 

only leave a clear scratch mark. 

APPLICATION The concrete must be fully cured, eg 28 days for normal Portland cement, and completely dry 

CONDITIONS: with a humidity content in the surface below 4%. The concrete must also be controlled for absence 

of capillary water action or for subsoil water. 

Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. Apply only 

on a dry surface, free of dust, grease, oil and other contamination - as described above. In 

confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

SUBSEQUENT According to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Film thicknesses/ HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 is used for saturation of the absorbent concrete surface. Application 

consumption: should be initiated by assessing the degree of dilution in order to obtain a correct result, ie up to 

approx 50%. The actual amount of thinner required will depend on temperatures, the surface and 

type of the concrete and the actual application technique. 

Furthermore, a practical theoretical spreading rate cannot be calculated. For practical purposes, 

approx. 14 m²/litre (570 sq.ft./US gallon) is indicated depending on the surface roughness, 

porosity of the concrete, and the application method. 

Appearance: In any case a glossy surface must not appear and such a surplus of HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 

must be removed by sanding before painting takes place. 

Note: HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 0597004200CO002 













2/2

HEMPEL'S HI-VEE®LACQUER 06520 

Description: HEMPEL'S HI-VEE LACQUER 06520 is a non-yellowing, clear varnish based on acrylic 

resin dissolved in white spirit. Physically drying. The inclusion of a UV absorber serves to 

protect the preceding paint film against ultraviolet radiation. 

Further benefits are water and dirt repellent properties. 

Recommended use: For protection of HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540, especially in outdoor exposure, to maintain 

the high visibility (HI-VEE) of the fluorescent effect. 

Not recommended for surfaces subject to excessive wear. 
















Application method: Best results are obtained with a flat varnish brush. Spray application is possible with 

most types of spray equipment after thinning with THINNER 08230, but this application 

method is mainly subject to specific local conditions, so no general guidelines can be 

given. 


Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1 mil 



Recoat interval, max: none (See REMARKS overleaf 










1/2

2. HEMPEL'S HI-VEE LACQUER 06520 

APPLICATION As dictated by normal good painting practice. 

CONDITIONS: In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: No maximum recoating interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, remove 

accumulated contamination by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPEL'S HI-VEE LACQUER 06520 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPEL’S THINNERS 08... 

HEMPEL PAINT is produced and supplied in such a way that thinning is normally not 

necessary provided the paint is properly mixed/stirred. 

However, if the paint is to be applied in a low film thickness (for instance as a "sealer 

coat") or if the paint has become too thick, e.g. in cold weather, the HEMPEL 

THINNER(s) indicated on the product data sheet may be added to obtain a consistency 

most suitable for application. As a general rule, thinning should be kept at a minimum 

as the quality of the paint work will suffer from too liberal thinning. However, if 

application is to take place at high temperatures (air and/or steel), thinning may even 

beyond the limits mentioned on the data sheets exceptionally be necessary in order to 

avoid dry-spray and poor film formation. 

HEMPEL’S THINNERS are blended to give the best results with regard to brushability, 

spray properties, etc. 

In some cases ordinary solvents may substitute. As such products are beyond our 

control, we disclaim any responsibility for the results. 

In each case the respective product data sheet and - when available - the APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS should be consulted. As regards the use of THINNERS for cleaning of 

tools, see REMARKS overleaf. 

HEMPEL’S 

THINNER NO. 

08080 

08230 

08450 

08510 

08570 


FLASH POINT 

(Setaflash 

closed cup) 

25°C/77°F 

32°C/90°F 

23°C/73°F 

3°C/37°F 

HIGHLY 

FLAMMABLE 

4°C/39°F 

EXAMPLES OF 

GENERAL USE 

1/2 

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULINGS 

NAUTIC SP-ACEs, ECONOMIC SP-SEA and 

GLOBIC SP-ECO 

HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240. 

HEMPAQUICK qualities 

All-purpose thinner for HEMPATEX qualities. 

HEMPATHANE topcoats and enamels. 

Thinner for HEMPALIN qualities (except HEMPALIN 

DECKPAINT 53240 and HEMPAQUICK qualities) and 

other alkyd-based products. 

General purpose thinner for HEMPADUR qualities. 

Special purpose thinner for 

HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 


HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 

HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15722 

HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890

2. HEMPEL’S THINNERS 08... 

HEMPEL’S 

THINNER NO. 

08700 

FLASH POINT 

(Setaflash 

closed cup) 

24°C/75°F 

EXAMPLES OF 

GENERAL USE 

HEMPEL’S GALVOSILs 

For HEMPADURs used as “non-popping” sealers on 

GALVOSILs. 

REMARKS: THINNER 08230 has a stronger thinning effect than white spirit or turpentine. 

Tools can usually be cleaned with the THINNER prescribed for the product. 

For cleaning of tools which have been used for HEMPADUR products, HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 

99610 is recommended. Do not use it for thinning, nor for cleaning after use of polyurethane 

products, HEMPATHANEs. 

Note: HEMPEL'S THINNERS are for professional use only. 

ISSUED: October 1999 0808000000CO004 

HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S 0823000000CO005 

0845000000CO009 

0851000000CO002 

0857000000CO007 

0870000000CO006 












2/2

HEMPINOL®10220 

Description: HEMPINOL 10220 is a physically drying, high-build, bituminous coating. 

Recommended use: For inexpensive short to medium-term anticorrosive protection of interior and exterior 

steelwork not exposed to direct sunlight. Not resistant to continuous mechanical stress. 


Certificates/Approvals: Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate. 


Colours/Shade nos: Black /19990 

Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: 3.0 m²/liter - 175 micron 




Surface dry: 10 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 16 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 






Application method: Airless spray Air spray Brush 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08080 (2%) 08080 (15%) 08080 (5%) 





Indicated film thickness, dry: 175 micron/7 mils (See REMARKS overleaf) 


Recoat interval, min: When dry 

Recoat interval, max: None 



national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do 

not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as 

protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas. 

Issued: September 2000 

1/2

2. HEMPINOL 10220 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2 or mechanical cleaning to St 3. 

PREPARATION: For temporary protection, if required, use a suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and 

contamination from storage and fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For 

repair and touch-up use HEMPINOL 10220. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material by 

abrasive blasting, power tool cleaning or water jetting. Dust off residues and allow the surface to 

dry. Touch up to full film thickness. 



PRECEDING None or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

This will alter spreading rate and may influence the amount of thinning necessary, drying time and 

recoating interval. Normal range is 125-200 micron/5-8 mils. 

Note: HEMPINOL 10220 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: September 2000 - 1022019990CO009 








SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, 

and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as 

expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from 

the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise. 


2/2

HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 

Description: HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 is a semi-hard, one-component, surface-tolerant, 

high-build coating. It is flexible, water resistant and corrosion-preventing. 

Recommended use: For short to medium-term repair and maintenance of ballast tanks, cofferdams and void 

spaces under conditions where abrasive blast cleaning is not feasible. Resistant to 

cathodic protection by sacrificial anodes. Resistant to foot traffic during survey of tanks, 

but not to continuous mechanical stress. 


Certificates/Approvals: Classification C1 by Marintek, Norway. 

Accepted by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping as a Maintenance Coating, Class 2. 


Colours/Shade nos: Alu-bronze/19820 - black/19990 

Finish: Flat 
































1/2

2. HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 

SURFACE Maintenance: Remove all oil and grease, mud and similar contaminants with suitable detergent 

PREPARATION: followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove rust scale and loose coating material by 

abrasive blasting, power tool cleaning or water jetting to minimum Sa 1, St 2 (ISO 8501:1988) or 

WJ-4 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12). Existing epoxy or coal tar epoxy system to be uniformly matted by 

grinding, abrasive sweep blasting or water jetting. Dust off residues. Allow the surface to dry. The 

durability of the system depends on the achieved degree of surface preparation. Insufficient 

removal of scale will result in later flaking. 




COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 


recoating interval. Normal range is 125-200 micron/5-8 mils per coat in a two-coat system. 

Application of HEMPEL'S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 as a one-coat system is possible, 

recommended dry film thickness is 300 micron. The durability of a one-coat system is very much 

influenced by the application method. 

Curing before Ballast tanks may be filled when all painted surfaces are completely dry. It is recommended to 

filling of tanks: ascertain the drying condition by a thorough inspection before filling. 

Maintenance: Regular maintenance of the coating is carried out touching up with HEMPEL'S BALLAST COAT SH 

10880 to full film thickness after having prepared the surface as described above. 

Note: HEMPEL’S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1088019820CO002 













2/2

HEMPALIN®PRIMER 12050 

Description: HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 is a relatively quick-drying, zinc phosphate primer, based on 

long oil alkyd and urethane alkyd. 

Recommended use: General purpose primer for HEMPALIN systems for protection of steel in mild to medium 

atmospheric corrosive environments. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F. 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish and German authorities according to 

IMO resolution MSC 61 (67). 

Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate. 

Please see REMARKS overleaf. 



Colours/Shade nos.: Green/40760 - Red/50410 

Finish: Flat 



491 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.6 mils 









Application method: Airless spray Air spray Brush/Roller 


Nozzle orifice: .018" 






Recoat interval, min: See REMARKS overleaf 










Issued May 2000 

1/2

2. HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2. For temporary protection, if required, 

PREPARATION: use a suitable shopprimer. Damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication 

should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPALIN PRIMER 

12050. 



abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 



SUBSEQUENT HEMPALIN system according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Some of the certificates are issued under the former quality number 1205. 

Film thicknesses: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range dry 

is 30-50 micron/1.2-2 mils. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals related to later conditions of exposure: 

(40 micron/1.6 mils dry film thickness of HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050) 

Steel temperature 

Recoated with 

(Quality Numbers only) 

HEMPALIN, except 53240 

53240 

Mild 

5 hrs 

2 days 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

8 hrs 

2 days 

Mild 

none 

none 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

3 days 

7 days 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 

intercoat adhesion. Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface 

thoroughly with (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1205040760CO016 













2/2

HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER®13140 

Description: HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 is a quick-drying, one-component, modified epoxy ester 

primer with zinc phosphate rust-inhibiting pigments. 

Recommended use: As a versatile primer on steel and metal surfaces for HEMPALIN or HEMPATEX in mild 

to medium corrosive atmospheric environment. It provides the possibility of reducing 

the number of primers for maintenance. 

Service temperature: Maximum, dry: 140°C/284°F (or as dictated by subsequent HEMPATEX topcoats). 



Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/12170 - Red/51320 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: ¾ (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 












Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S THINNER 08080 











1/2

HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ is recommended. A suitable zinc-free or low-zinc 

PREPARATION: shopprimer may be used for temporary protection if required. All damage of shopprimer and 


repair and touch-up use HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140. 

Smooth metal surfaces: Very careful degreasing and removal of other contaminants. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing. Remove all rust and other loose material by 

abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off 

residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

APPLICATION Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

CONDITIONS: condensation. 

In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPALIN or similar alkyds or HEMPATEX systems according to specification. 

COAT: Recoating with other qualities, see REMARKS below. 

REMARKS: 

Substrate: Smooth metal surfaces and zinc-coated steel are only relevant as substrate in case of later mild 

exposure conditions. 


This will alter spreading rate and may influence amount of thinning necessary, drying time, and 

recoating interval. Normal range is 25-80 micron/1-3.2 mils. 


(50 micron/2 mils dry film thickness of HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140) 


Recoated with 

HEMPALIN 1) 

HEMPATEX, HEMPALIN 2) 

Mild 

1 hour 

4 hours 

1) Dissolved in white spirit only 

2) Dissolved in aromatic solvents 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

2 hours 

6 hours 

Mild 

None 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 


intercoat adhesion. 

Recoating with Recoating with HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE is possible, but should be done with as thin layers 

epoxy and P.U.: as possible to minimize the risk of lifting. Furthermore, in this case - used as a “bridge coating” - it 

is recommended to apply HEMPEL’S UNI- PRIMER 13140 in 25 micron/1 mil dry film thickness 

only. Make a test patch to secure full compatibility between the old paint system and the new paint 

system. 

Minimum recoating interval (20°C/68°F) is 48 hours, maximum none. 

Notes: Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface thoroughly with high 

pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 

HEMPEL’S UNI-PRIMER 13140 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2001 - 1314012170CO006 













2/2 

3 days 

None

HEMPALIN®PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 

Description: HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 is a quick-drying, urethane-modified alkyd primer 

with zinc phosphate, rust-inhibiting pigments. 

Recommended use: General purpose primer for HEMPALIN systems for protection of steel in mild to medium 

atmospheric corrosive environments. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish and German authorities according to 





Colours/Shade nos: Yellow/22430 White/10000 

Finish: Flat Flat 

Volume solids, %: 45 ± 1 44 ± 1 

Theoretical spreading rate: 6.0 m²/litre - 75 micron 5.9 m²/litre - 75 micron 

241 sq.ft./US gallon - 3.0 mils 235 sq.ft./US gallon - 3.0 mils 

Flash point: 31°C/88°F 31°C/88°F 

Specific gravity: 1.2 kg/litre - 10.0 lbs/US gallon 1.2 kg/litre - 10.0 lbs/US gallon 

Surface dry: 1 (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 1 (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 4 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 4 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 

V.O.C.: 450 g/litre - 3.7 lbs/US gallon 445 g/litre - 3.7 lbs/US gallon 





Application method: Airless spray Brush (touch up) 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08080 (5%) 08080 (5%) 


















1/2

2. HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½ is recommended. For temporary protection, if required, use 

PREPARATION: a suitable zinc-free or low-zinc shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from 

storage and fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up 

use HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200. 






SUBSEQUENT HEMPALIN system according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Some of the certificates have been issued under the former quality number 1320. 



is 50-75 micron/2-3 mils. 


(75 micron/3 mils dry film thickness of HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200) 


Recoated with 

HEMPALIN, except 53240 and 13200 

13200 

53240 

Mild 

5 hours 

5 hours 

5 days 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

8 hours 

8 hours 

5 days 

Mild 

None 

None 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

3 days 

None 

10 days 



Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly with 

(high pressure) fresh water and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPAQUICK®PRIMER 13624 

Description: HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 13624 is a very quick-drying zinc phosphate pigmented alkyd 

primer. 

Recommended use: As a rust preventing primer on steel, machinery parts, etc. where quick drying is needed, 

both as a workshop primer for temporary protection and as a general purpose primer in 

fast drying alkyd-based systems for protection of steel in mild to medium atmospheric 

corrosive environments. 


Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo by Newcastle Occupational Health, Great 

Britain. 



Colours/Shade Nos: Light grey/12170 - Red/50710 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: ½ (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F 










(Airless spray are indicative and subject to adjustment) 


Indicated film thickness, dry: 80 micron/3.2 mils 










1/2

2. HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 13624 

SURFACE New Steel: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2, 

alternatively power tool cleaning to St 3 depending on the corrosion impact. 

On machinery: May be applied directly on steel and iron after degreasing and mechanical cleaning. 

Repair of damaged areas: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and 

other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material by 

abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning followed by fresh water cleaning. Touch up to full film 

thickness. 




SUBSEQUENT Xylene-based HEMPALINs and similar alkyds or according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Certificate is issued under the former quality number 1362. 


This will alter the spreading rate and may influence the amount of thinning necessary, drying time 

and recoating interval. Normal range is 40-80 micron/1.6-3.2 mils. 


(80 micron/3.2 mils dry film thickness of HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 13624) 


Recoated with 

HEMPALIN* 

*Dissolved in xylene only. 

Mild 

15 minutes 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

30 minutes 

Mild 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

Notes: Before recoating after exposure to contaminated environment, the surface should be thoroughly 

cleaned by high pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 

HEMPAQUICK PRIMER 13624 is for professional use only. 














None 

2/2

HEMPADUR®LTC 15030 


Description: HEMPADUR LTC 15030 is a low temperature curing (LTC), two-component, polyamide 

adduct cured coal tar epoxy, which provides a very hard-wearing coating, highly resistant 

to sea water, crude oil, fuel oil, etc. Not resistant to aromatic hydrocarbons, including 

some grades of petrol, or stronger solvents. 

Aliphatic hydrocarbons will discolour. 

Recommended use: For long-term protection of steel and concrete in severe corrosive environments and 

immersed areas, e.g. on submerged surfaces, in crude and fuel oil tanks, and water 

tanks, when the application temperatures are below approx. 10°C/50°F. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In oil: In water (no temperature gradient): 

Maximum: 90°C/194°F 60°C/140°F 45°C/113°F 

Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, Great 

Britain. 

Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping and Bureau Veritas as a corrosion control 

coating. 

Approved as a ballast tank coating by Germanischer Lloyd, Germany. 



Colours/Shade nos.: Black/19990 - Brown/60430 

Finish: Semi-gloss 

Volume solids, % 61 ± 1 





Surface dry: 4 (approx) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

-10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F +10°C/50°F 

Dry to touch: 60 hrs 24 hrs 12 hrs 

Fully cured: 65 days 30 days 15 days 


Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions, 

mechanical stirring may be necessary before usage. 







Application method: Airless spray Air spray Brush (touch-up) 


Pot life: 2 hours (10°C/50°F) 4 hours (10°C/50°F) 


















1/2

2. HEMPADUR LTC 15030 

SURFACE New steel: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary 

protection, if required, use suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from 


use HEMPADUR LTC 15030. 

Concrete: Remove slip agent and other possible contaminants by emulsion washing followed by 

(high pressure) fresh water hosing. Remove scum layer and loose matter to a hard, rough and 

uniform surface, preferably by abrasive blasting, possibly by other mechanical treatment or acid 

etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, e.g. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 (Furthermore, see the 

Product Data Sheet for 05970). 

Repair and maintenance: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and 

other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly by 

abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. 

WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum 

FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. 

Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 


CONDITIONS: condensation. HEMPADUR LTC 15030 may be applied and will cure at temperatures down to 

-10°C/15°F. The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 10°C/50°F. If the 

temperature of the paint is below 10°C/50°F thinning may be necessary, but this will cause lower 

film build and slower drying. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and 

drying. 

PRECEDING Steel: None or according to specification. 

COAT: Concrete: HEMPADUR SEALER 05970. 

SUBSEQUENT None or as per specification depending on area of use. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Certificates are issued under the former quality number 1503. 




Recoating: 

125 micron/5 mils of 15030 

Recoated with 

(Quality numbers only) 

15030, 45182 

46330 

-10°C/14°F 

54 hours 

45 hours 

Minimum 

0°C/32°F 

27 hours 

23 hours 

+10°C/50°F 

12 hours 

10 hours 

-10°C/14°F 

20 days 

68 hours 

Maximum 

0°C/32°F 

10 days 

34 hours 

+10°C/50°F 

4½ days 

15 hours 

The maximum recoating intervals between layers of HEMPADUR LTC 15030 can be doubled on the 

condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight, to water/condensation, or to (other) 

contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR LTC 

15030 must be free of any exudations. This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, 

drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, filmthickness and thinning within the above 

described limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided. If the maximum interval 

is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. 

Note: Do not put tanks into use before the coating is properly cured. Bleeding may occur into subsequent 

coat. The effect is cosmetic only and has no negative influence on neither the anticorrosive nor 

any antifouling properties of the final paint system. 

HEMPADUR LTC 15030 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPADUR®15100 


Description: HEMPADUR 15100 is a two-component, amine-adduct cured high build coal tar epoxy. It 

has excellent resistance to wear and impact as well as to sea water, waste water, fuel 

oil and to aliphatic solvents and it resists spillage of mineral acids and aromatic 

hydrocarbon solvents. 

It has a higher resistance to elevated temperature and temperature gradients than 

polyamide cured coal tar epoxies. 

Recommended use: HEMPADUR 15100 is recommended for long time corrosion protection of structural 

steel and concrete in severe corrosive and immersed environments. Typical areas are 

steel buried in aggressive soil, pipelines of steel and concrete, tanks containing fuel or 

lubrication oil, drill water, drill mud, warm water (see below) or steel and concrete in 

sewage treatment plants. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In water (maximum temperature gradient 35°C/63°F): 

Maximum: 100°C/212°F 90°C/194°F 



Colours/Shade nos: Black/19990 Brown/60420 

Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss 

Volume Solids, %: 55 ± 1 55 ± 1 


110 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils 110 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils 



Surface dry: 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 


Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 7 days at 20°C/68°F 



























1/2

HEMPADUR 15100 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, a suitable shopprimer may be 

PREPARATION: used. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be 

thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPADUR 15100. 

Depending on severity of later in-service exposure, abrasive blast sweeping or full removal by blast 

cleaning of intact shopprimer is recommended before coating with HEMPADUR 15100. 


high pressure hosing with fresh water. Remove scum layer and loose matter to a hard, rough and 


etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, e.g. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 (furthermore, please 

see Product Data Sheet for 05970). 

Repair and maintenance: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and 

other contaminants by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly by 

abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off 


APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. The 

CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface and that of the paint itself must also be above this limit. Apply only on 

a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. In 

confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING Steel: None, HEMPADUR 15590 or according to specification. 

COAT: Concrete: HEMPADUR SEALER 05970. 

SUBSEQUENT: None. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Service temperature: The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and 

chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product. 


This will alter spreading rate and may influence amount of thinning necessary, drying time and 



(200 micron/8 mils dry film thickness of HEMPADUR 15100) 


Recoated with 

(Quality number only) 

15100 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

6 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Water 

immersion 

6 hours 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

36 hours* 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Water 

immersion 

36 hours* 

*The maximum recoating interval between the layers of HEMPADUR 15100 can be prolonged to 4 days at 20°C/68°F on the 

condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight, water/condensation or to (other) contamination before 

recoating. Furthermore, the surface of the first coat of HEMPADUR 15100 must be free of any exudations. This is secured by 

keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, ie such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within 

the described limits. Note that excessive temperature during application/curing also must be avoided. 



Note: HEMPADUR 15100 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2001 - 1510019990CO005 










expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising 

from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise. 


2/2



Description: HEMPADUR 15130 is a two-component, polyamide cured coal tar epoxy which provides a 

very hardwearing coating, highly resistant to seawater and mineral oils. Limited 

resistance to a number of solvents. Aliphatic hydrocarbons may be discoloured. 

Recommended use: As a self-priming coating system for long-term protection of steel and concrete in 

severely corrosive environment. It provides excellent protection as a lining in crude and 

fuel oil tanks. 

If the exposure is acidic or a temperature gradient is developed, it is recommended to 

use HEMPADUR 15100. For application at lower temperatures, ie in the interval from 

-10°C/14°F to +10°C/50°F, it is recommended to use HEMPADUR LTC 15030. 

Service temperatures: Dry: Maximum 90°C/194°F (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Ballast water service: Resists normal ambient temperatures at sea* 

Other water service: 45°C/113°F (no temperature gradient) 

Other liquids: Contact HEMPEL 

*Avoid long-term exposure to negative temperature gradients. 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, Bureau Veritas 

and Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia, as a recognized corrosion control coating. 

Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, Great 

Britain. 


Classification B1 by Marintek, Norway. 



Colours/Shade nos: Black /19990 Brown/60430 


Volume solids, %: 70 ± 1 70 ± 1 





Surface dry: 6 (approx) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 5 (approx) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 7-8 hours at 20°C/68°F 6-7 hours at 20°C/68°F 











Application method: Airless spray Brush (touch-up) 




















1/2

2. HEMPADUR 15130 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use a suitable 

PREPARATION: shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be 

thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up, use HEMPADUR 15130. 




etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, eg HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 (furthermore, see the 

Product Data Sheet for HEMPADUR SEALER 05970). 



abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. 

WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum 

FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. 

Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 5°C/41°F. 

CONDITIONS: The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are 

obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F. Apply only on a dry and clean 

surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. 


SUBSEQUENT None or as per specification depending on area of use. 

COAT: 


Weathering/ The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and 

service chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product. 

temperatures: 




Recoating: The recoating intervals in hours for HEMPADUR 15130 (on condition of sufficient ventilation): 

Surface temperture 

DFT of HEMPADUR 15130 

HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 

46330 

HEMPADUR qualities 

Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

5°C/41°F 

125 

21 

54 

21 

7 d 

200 

39 

76 

39 

7 d 

10°C/50°F 

125 

14 

36 

14 

4½ d 

200 

25 

48 

25 

4½ d 

20°C/68°F 

125 

6 

16 

6 

48 

200 

11 

22 

11 

48 

30°C/86°F 

The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the 

condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight, water/condensation, or to (other) 

contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 

must be free of any exudations. This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and 

curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the above described 

limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided. If the maximum recoating interval 

is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. 

Notes: Bleeding may occur into subsequent coats. The effect is cosmetic only and has no negative 

influence on neither the anticorrosive nor the antifouling properties of the system. 

HEMPADUR 15130 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1513019990CO014 













2/2 

125 

4 

11 

4 

32 

200 

7 

14 

7 

32



Description: HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 is a two-component epoxy polyamide primer, 

pigmented with zincphosphate rust-inhibiting pigments. It is designed for automatic spray 

application as well as manual application. 

Recommended use: 1. As a shopprimer for protection of blastcleaned steel plate and other structural 

steel during the storage and building period. 

2. As an intermediate coat on zinc silicates or metal sprayed surfaces to minimize 

popping. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a welding primer by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping and Det Norske Veritas. 

Tested for non-toxicity of welding fumes by the Danish Welding Institute and 

Schweisstechnische Lehr- und Versuchsanstalt, Germany. 



Colours/Shade nos: Red/50890 

Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: See REMARKS overleaf 


Specific gravity: 1.1 kg/litre 

9.2 lbs/US gallon 

Dry to handle: 5-10 min. at 20°C/68°F 


V.O.C.: 640 g/litre - 5.3 lbs/US gallon (According to EPA Fed Ref Method 24) 







Application method: Airless spray Air spray Brush (touch up) 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08570 (20%) 08570 (20%) 08450 (20%) (See REMARKS overleaf) 






Indicated film thickness, dry: Shopprimer: Sealer: 

15 micron/0.6 mils 25 micron/1 mil 

(See REMARKS overleaf) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Indicated film thickness, wet: not relevant 125 micron/5 mils 









1/2



PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to cleaning degree 

specified for final coating system, usually Sa 2½. Apply immediately after cleaning. All damaged 

shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to 

recoating. For repair and touch-up use primer specified for final coating system. 

GALVOSILS: HEMPADUR 15280 can be applied when the "almost-cured" stage of the GALVOSIL is 

reached. Consult APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for the relevant GALVOSIL. Remove oil and grease 

etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by high pressure fresh water 

cleaning. After exposure to high humidity, zinc salts, "white rust", must be removed carefully by 

high pressure fresh water cleaning, if necessary combined with scrubbing with stiff nylon brushes. 


CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface and that of the paint itself must also be above this limit. Maximum 

steel temperature approximately 45°C/113°F. For shopprimer application at temperatures above 

app. 45°C/113°F special measures must be taken (See "Thinning" under REMARKS below). 

Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING None or HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL qualities according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT As per specification. 

COAT: 


Recommended dry film thickness: 20-25 micron/0.8-1 mil measured on a smooth test panel. 

Theoretical On steel abrasive blasted to a profile, Ra = 12½ micron/0.5 mils, equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, 

spreading rate: N10a-b, or Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 mils segments, or ISO Comparator Medium (G), the 

indicated 15 micron/0.6 mils film thickness corresponds to approximately 25 micron/1 mil 

measured on a smooth test panel (see special instructions for this procedure). Corresponding 

“theoretical” spreading rate will be 8.4 m²/litre (337 sq.ft./US gallon). On steel abrasive blasted to 

a profile, Ra = 6.3 micron/¼ mil, equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, N9a, or Keane-Tator Comparator, 

2.0 mils segments, or ISO Comparator Fine (G) the indicated 15 micron/0.6 mils film thickness 

corresponds to approximately 20 micron/0.8 mils measured on a smooth test panel (see special 

instructions for this procedure). Corresponding "theoretical" spreading rate will be 10.5 m²/litre 

(428 sq.ft./US gallon). As sealer: 8.8 m²/litre (359 sq.ft./US gallon). The shopprimer should be 

applied in a uniform film thickness. Avoid dry spray and exaggerated film thicknesses. 

Usual specified film thickness when used as a sealer is 25 micron/1 mil. The corresponding 

spreading rate is 8.4 m²/l (337 sq.ft./US gallon). 

Air Spray: Air spray is usually performed by having a low pressure (e.q. 10:1) piston pump pumping the 

shopprimer under constant re-circulation. 

"Sealer": The use of HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 as a "sealer coat" on zinc silicate is primarily 

intended for a recoat interval between the "sealer coat" and the subsequent coat being of medium 

length. In the case of a short recoat interval of HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 the zinc silicate 

must be fully cured (see relevant Product Data Sheet) before HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 is 

applied. Observe that long time exposure of the not fully coated system (i.e. zinc silicate plus 

HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 only) to humid environment may cause "white rust" to develop 

beneath the thin paint film of 15280. 

Recoating No maximum recoat interval for adhesion, but dictated by gradual breakdown and damage 

interval: during exposure and fabrication. 

Thinning: When applied at higher temperatures extra thinning or use of thinner with slower flash-off time may 

be needed to secure proper paint film formation. It is a must that a homogenous and smooth paint 

film is obtained. 

When used as a "sealer", dilute with minimum 10% THINNER 08700 to obtain optimal antipopping 

properties. 

Notes: Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high 

pressure water cleaning and allow to dry. 

HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER E 15280 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPADUR®PRIMER 15300 


Description: HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300 is a two-component polyamide-cured epoxy primer containing 

zinc phosphate as corrosion inhibiting pigment. It cures to a strong and rust-preventing 

coating. 

Recommended use: As a primer or intermediate coat in container systems. May be used as a general 

purpose epoxy primer according to painting specification. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In water (no temperature gradient): 

Maximum: 140°C/284°F 35°C/95°F 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a welding primer by Lloyd's Register of Shipping. 

Availability: Generally for container newbuildings only. 


Colours/Shade nos: Red/50890 - Grey/12170 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: 1 (app.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 












Pot life: 8 hours (20°C/68°F) (airless spray) 

8 hours (20°C/68°F) (brush) 





Indicated film thickness, dry: 40 micron/1.6 mils (See REMARKS overleaf) 












1/2

2. HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use a suitable 


thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPADUR PRIMER. 

Other metals and light alloys: Thorough degreasing and removal of any salty contamination. 

Abrasive sweeping to create a suitable dense anchor profile. 



power tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably to Sa 2½. 

Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300. Feather 

edges to sound intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for high pressure water 

jetting, wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, 

drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. 


CONDITIONS: The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/59°F or above to secure proper application 

properties. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 


condensation. 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Certificate has been issued under the former quality number 1530. 

Weathering/ The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more 

service sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also 

temperatures: reflected in this product. 


This will alter spreading rate and will influence the amount of thinning necessary, drying time and 

recoating interval. Normal range dry is 25-75 micron/1-3 mils. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals: 

Minimum (primarily only relevant for container coatings): 20 minutes’ flash-off time for 40 

micron/1.6 mils mils HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300 when topcoated with designed container 

coatings, epoxy, polyurethane, acrylic or CR types. 

The minimum recoating interval only applies in the case of forced ventilation, proper application 

and if the completed paint system is thoroughly dry before exposed to aggressive environments. 

Maximum: Recoating interval for non-immersion services is 24 hours for acrylic or CRs, 3 days for 

PUs and none for epoxies. 

In the case of long recoating intervals, a completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat 

adhesion. Any dirt, oil and grease to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high 

pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface 

layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water jetting may be 

relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning 

methods when properly executed. Consult HEMPEL for specific advice if in doubt. 

To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant. 

Note: HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1530050890CO003 










said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the 

Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise. 


2/2

HEMPADUR®ZINC 15341 


Description: HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 is a two-component polyamide cured zinc epoxy paint. It cures 

to a strong and corrosion resistant coating. 

Recommended use: For on-line application on containers. May be used as a zinc epoxy primer for other 

purposes according to separate painting specification. 




Colours/Shade nos: Red-grey/19830 

Finish: Semi-flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: 12 m²/litre - 40 micron 




Surface dry: ½ (app.) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 2 (app.) hours at 20°C/68°F 



















Recoat interval, min: As per separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

Recoat interval, max: As per separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 










1/2

2. HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 

SURFACE New steel: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2 ½, ISO 8501-1: 

1988. 

For temporary protection, if required, use suitable zinc shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and 


repair and touch-up use HEMPADUR ZINC 15341. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material 

preferably by dry abrasive blasting. Minor areas may be power tool cleaned. 

APPLICATION : Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. 

CONDITIONS The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper application 

properties. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 


condensation. 

PRECEDING None, or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPADUR or HEMPATEX as per specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Note: If used as anticorrosive protection under insulation of high temperature equipment it is very 

important that NO moisture can penetrate during slow-down periods. This to avoid risk of "wet 

corrosion" when the temperature rises. 

May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is 

30-50 micron/1.2-2 mils. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals related to later conditions of exposure: Consult separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by (high 

pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 



A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating 

intervals. Any dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter must be removed with suitable detergent 

followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. In addition, scrubbing with a stiff brush may be 

necessary to remove zinc corrosion products (white rust). 

Thinning: Use of THINNER 08570 will give a slightly faster flash-off than with THINNER 08450, but with a 

greater risk of dry-spray. 

Note: HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1534119830CO001 













2/2

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

For product description refer to product data sheet 



Film thickness: Depending on area of use the dry film thickness may vary between 30 micron/1.2 mil 

and up to 50 micron/2 mils. This will alter amount of thinning needed, spreading rate, 

drying time and recoating interval as described below. 

Indicated film thicknesses are as follows: 

Primer, When used as a primer in container systems the dry film thickness is approx. 30-40 

container systems: micron/1.2-1.6 mils corresponding to 60-80 micron/2.4-3.2 mils wet film thickness. 

Dilute 5-10% for airless spray. 

Spreading rates: The film thickness and the spreading rate are inversely proportional. By controlling the 

spreading rate, a check of the film thickness can be made. 

Theoretical spreading rate calculated for undiluted paint with: 

30 micron/1.2 mils is 16.0 m²/litre or 641 sq.ft./US gallon 

50 micron/2 mils is 9.6 m²/litre or 385 sq.ft./US gallon 

Thinners: Airless spray: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450 or 08570. Lowest nozzle pressure should be 

used when highest amount of thinner is added. THINNER 08570 is used for fast setting 

at application in shops. (Be aware of increased risk of dry spray). 

Air spray: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450. 

Application by brush: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450. 

Issued: May 2000/HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 - Page 1 of 3 

1/3

Physical data Drying time and recoating interval vary with film thickness, curing agent used, drying/ 

versus temperature: curing temperatures and later exposure conditions. 

15341 (CURING AGENT 95740) in dry film thicknesses of 30-40 micron/ 1.2-1.6 

mils: 


Drying time, approx minutes 

Curing time, approx days 

Interval for recoating with 

46330, 46370, 46410 

58030 

Atmospheric, medium 

Atmospheric, severe 

Immersion 


HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE qualities 



Immersion* 


46330, 46370, 46410 



Immersion 


58030 



Immersion 




Atmospheric, severe** 

Immersion** 


HEMPATHANE qualities 



Immersion 

10°C/50°F 

1 hour 

18 

MINIMUM recoating interval related to later conditions of exposure: 

40 minutes 

2½ hours 

Not relevant 

5 hours 

8 hours 

15 hours 

MAXIMUM recoating interval related to later conditions of exposure: 

40 hours 

30 hours 

Not relevant 

10 days 

5 days 

Not relevant 

None 

75 days 

75 days 

25 days 

7½ days 

Not relevant 

30 

7 

2/3 

20°C/68°F 

15 minutes 

1 hour 

Not relevant 

2 hours 

3 hours 

6 hours 

16 hours 

12 hours 

Not relevant 

4 days 

2 days 

Not relevant 

None 

30 days 

30 days 

10 days 

3 days 

Not relevant 

30°C/86°F 

20 

4 

7 minutes 

30 minutes 

Not relevant 

1 hour 

1½ hours 

3 hours 

8 hours 

6 hours 

Not relevant 

2 days 

1 day 

Not relevant 

None 

15 days 

15 days 

5 days 

1½ day 

Not relevant 

* NOT relevant for HEMPATHANE Qualities 

** Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. 

Please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 

Issued: May 2000/HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 - Page 2 of 3

The minimum recoating intervals assume sufficient ventilation and correct application. 

In case of forced ventilation and/or drying at higher temperatures sufficient 

"flash-off"time should be allowed for. Approximately 30 micron/1.6 mils dry film 

thickness count for minimum 15 minutes flash-off (at 20°C/68°F), approximately 50 

micron/3 mils: minimum 30 minutes (approx). 

The short minimum recoating intervals when overcoated with 46330, 46370 and 46410 

are provided only in case the finished paint system is through dry before exposure to 

the environment. 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, whatever the subsequent coat, 

roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure optimum intercoat adhesion. 

Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, irrespective of recoating 

interval, clean the surface thoroughly e.g. by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and 

allow to dry. 









Issued: May 2000 - 1534119830CO001 













Issued: May 2000/HEMPADUR ZINC 15341 - Page 3 of 3 

3/3



Description: HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 is a two-component polyamide cured zinc-rich epoxy primer. It 

cures to a hard wearing and highly weather-resistant coating. Offers cathodic protection 

of local mechanical damage. 

Recommended use: For on-line application on containers. Can be used as a zinc-rich epoxy primer for other 

purposes according to separate painting specification. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 160°C/320°F, however depending on the subsequent coat. 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a welding primer by Lloyd's Register of Shipping. 










Surface dry: 30 minutes at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 































1/2

2. HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by 

PREPARATION: (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, 

BN9a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 2.0 G/S or ISO Comparator, Medium (G). 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F The 

CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface must also be above these limits, respectively. 

The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/59°F or above. Apply only on a dry and clean 



SUBSEQUENT According to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Certificate has been issued under the quality number 1536. 





This will alter spreading rate and may influence amount of thinning necessary, drying time, and 

recoating interval. Normal range is 15-50 micron/0.6-2.0 mils. 


INSTRUCTIONS. 



Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by 

(high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry. In addition, scrubbing with a stiff brush may be 


Note: HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1536019830CO005 













2/2


For product description refer to product data sheet 



Film thickness: Depending on the area of use the typical dry film thickness may vary between 15 

micron/0.6 mil and up to 50 micron/2 mils. This will alter amount of thinning needed, 

spreading rate, drying time and recoating interval as described below. 

Indicated film thicknesses are as follows: 

Shopprimer, Containers: When used as a shopprimer in container systems a typical dry film thickness is 15 

micron/0.6 mil. Dilute 100-150% for airless spray, corresponding wet film thickness 

60-75 micron/2.4-3 mils. (Note: In the case of a high degree of thinning, the mixture is 

to be stirred constantly and recirculate until all paint has been used). 

Primer, When used as a primer in container systems the dry film thickness is approx. 30-40 

container systems: micron/1.2-1.6 mils corresponding to 60-80 micron/2.4-3.2 mils wet film thickness. 

Dilute 5-10% for airless spray. 

Spreading rates: The film thickness and the spreading rate are inversely proportional. By controlling the 

spreading rate, a check of the film thickness can be made. 

Theoretical spreading rate calculated for undiluted paint: 

15 micron/0.6 mil is 33.3 m²/litre or 1337 sq.ft./US gallon 

30 micron/1.2 mils is 16.7 m²/litre or 668 sq.ft./US gallon 

50 micron/2 mils is 10.0 m²/litre or 401 sq.ft./US gallon 

Thinner: Airless spray: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450 or 08570. Lowest nozzle pressure should be 

used when highest amount of thinner is added. THINNER 08570 is used for fast setting 

at application in shops. (Be aware of increased risk of dry spray). 

Issued: May 2000/15360 - Page 1 of 3 

1/3 

Air spray and application by brush: Usually only HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450.

Physical data Drying time and recoating interval vary with film thickness, drying/curing temperature and 

versus temperature: later exposure conditions. 

. 

HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 in a dry film thicknesses of 30-40 micron/1.2-1.6 mils: 


Drying time, approx minutes 

Curing time, approx days 


46330, 46370, 46410 

58030 



Immersion 





Immersion* 


46330, 46370, 46410 



Immersion 


58030 



Immersion 




Atmospheric, severe** 

Immersion** 





Immersion 

10°C/50°F 

1 hour 

18 

40 minutes 

2½ hours 

Not relevant 

5 hours 

8 hours 

15 hours 


40 hours 

30 hours 

Not relevant 

10 days 

5 days 

Not relevant 

None 

75 days 

75 days 

25 days 

7½ days 

Not relevant 

20°C/68°F 


30 

7 

15 minutes 

1 hour 

Not relevant 

2 hours 

3 hours 

6 hours 

16 hours 

12 hours 

Not relevant 

4 days 

2 days 

Not relevant 

None 

30 days 

30 days 

2/3 

10 days 

3 days 

Not relevant 

30°C/86°F 

20 

4 

7 minutes 

30 minutes 

Not relevant 

1 hour 

1½ hours 

3 hours 

8 hours 

6 hours 

Not relevant 

2 days 

1 day 

Not relevant 

None 

15 days 

15 days 

5 days 

1½ day 

Not relevant 




Issued: May 2000/15360 - Page 2 of 3

The minimum recoating intervals assume sufficient ventilation and correct application. In 

case of forced ventilation and/or drying at higher temperatures sufficient "flash-off"time 

should be allowed for. For approx.15 micron/1 mil dry film thickness count for minimum 

10 minutes flash-off (at 20°C/68°F), for approximately 30 micron/1.6 mils minimum 15 

minutes, for approximately 50 micron/3 mils minimum approximately 30 minutes. 

The short minimum recoating intervals when recoated with 46330, 46370 and 46410 

are only provided in case the finished paint system is through dry before exposure to the 

environment. 


roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure optimum intercoat adhesion. 


interval, clean the surface thoroughly e.g. by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and 

allow to dry. It is very important that any possible zinc salts, "white rust", are 

removed. Scrubbing with a stiff brush and plenty of water may be required. 









Issued: May 2000 - 1536019830CO004 














3/3



Description: HEMPADUR 15400 is a two-component, amine adduct cured epoxy paint, which cures to a 

coating with excellent resistance to a wide range of chemicals as tabulated in separate 

CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Recommended use: As a tank lining. 


Maximum: 140°C/284°F 50°C/122°F 

Wet service temperatures, other liquids: 

Consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of U.S. Federal Regulations in respect of carriage of dry 

and wet foodstuffs. 

Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating. 

Approved by Kuwaiti, Chinese and Norwegian authorities for fresh water tanks. 

Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, Great 

Britain. 

Tested for non-toxicity of welding fumes by the Danish Welding Institute. 



Colours/Shade nos: White/10000 - Light red/50900 







Surface dry: 3 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 













Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (5%) (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 08450 (5%) 









Recoat interval, max: 21 days (20°C/68°F) 







1/2


SURFACE Abrasive blasting to near white metal Sa 2½ with a surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 

PREPARATION: 3, BN10, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator, Rough Medium (G). (Please do 

also see Notes under REMARKS). 


CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface and that of the paint itself must also be above this limit. 

Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-76°F. 


condensation. Relative humidity max. 80%, preferably 40-60%. 


PRECEDING None, or as per specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or as per specification. 

COAT: 




80-125 micron/3.2-5 mils. 

Recoating: If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 


Curing: Do not put tanks into service until the paint system is completely cured - consult the corresponding 

CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE and APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

In the case of coating potable water tanks, it is a must that all solvents are evaporated and that 

the system is fully cured before the tanks are taken into use. It is furthermore recommended to fill 

the tank twice with water, each time for a period of not less than 24 hours, and finally flush with 

fresh water. 

Notes: This datasheet outlines the main guidelines and recommendations. For details the corresponding 

PAINTING SPECIFICATION must be consulted and strictly adhered to during execution of the work. 

The CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE and the corresponding PAINTING SPECIFICATION may be tailored 

to meet other conditions than stipulated above. Such adjustments may include the degree of 

surface preparation, conditions of application, dry film thickness, and recoating interval. 

HEMPADUR 15400 is for professional use only. 














2/2


For product description refer to the product data sheet 



Scope: These appliation instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and 

application of HEMPADUR 15400 as a tank coating. 

The following are general rules, which may be supplemented with more detailed 

descriptions when needed, for instance for major newbuildings/new constructions or 

extensive repair jobs. 

Steel work: All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint 

system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in weldings seams, undercuts, cracks, 

etc. should be avoided. If found, they must be remedied by welding and/or grinding. 

All weld spatters must be removed. 

All sharp edges must be removed or rounded off in such a way that the specified film 

thickness can be build-up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be 

approximately 1-2 mm. 

The steel must be of first class quality and should not have been allowed to rust more 

than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. Any laminations must be removed. 

All steel work (including welding, flamecutting, grinding) must be finished before the 

surface preparation starts. 

Surface preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil, grease, salts and other 

contamination with a suitable detergent followed by (high pressure) fresh water hosing. 

Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing of 

tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. Control for absence 

of contamination according to separate guidelines. 

On repair jobs, a rough blasting to remove all loosely adhering materials may be required 

before degreasing/washing is carried out. 

Old steel: Even after a very thorough tank cleanings, pits may typically contain 

contamination in the form of remnants of old cargoes as well as water soluble salts. For 

this reason, repeated detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary: 

After the first blasting, a very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if 

any "cargo bleeding" occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts are made. 

Reference is made to separate instructions. Special care should be taken in evaluating 

pitted areas. 

To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the steel 

surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1: 1988, Sa 2½. 

The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10, 

Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min. 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G). 

Use steel grit, aluminium silicate or similar sharp-edged abrasives of a good quality free 

of foreing matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for possible contamination 

according to separate guidelines. 

Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2 - 1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4 - 1.8 mm will 

usually create the desired surface profile when the air pressure measured at the nozzle 

is 6 - 7 bar/85 - 100 psi. 


1/6

The compressed air must be dry and clean. The compressor must be fitted with suitable 

oil and water traps. 

When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum 

cleaning. Abrasive particles not removed by vacuum cleaning are to be removed by 

brushing with clean brushes followed by vacuum cleaning. 

The importance of systematic working must be stressed when blasting. Poorly blasted 

areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection made after 

the rough cleaning. 

Shopprimed and previously painted surfaces: Existing coating materials to be 

completely removed. Depending on the type of shopprimer and the requested chemical 

resistance, the shopprimer should be removed completely or partly. Reference is made 

to HEMPEL's CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE/tank coating specification. 

Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surfce preparation are more detailed described in 

HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work. 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR 15400 is to be applied by airless spray equipment. Stripe coating and minor 

repairs can be carried out by brushing. 

Airless spray equipment: A large pump is preferred, with a pump capacity of 8-12 

litres/minute. 

Pump ratio: Min. 45:1 

Nozzle orifice: .018”-.021" 

Nozzle pressure: 200 bar (2900 psi) 

Hoses: To avoid excessive loss of pressure in long hoses, hoses with an 

internal diameter of up to 0.5" can be used 

(Spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment). 

Thinning: If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to dust-spray will 

require more thinning eg at higher temperatures. Thinning should only be at the required 

level to avoid possible risk of solvent entrapment. 

Only add thinner to the mixed paint. 

Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment to be cleaned thoroughly with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 

after use. 

Mixing, pot life: a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is 

necessary to mix smaller portions, this must be done properly by either weighing 

base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 87 parts by weight of base 

and 13 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 4.0 parts by volume base and 

1.0 parts by volume curing agent. 

b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a 

homogeneous mixture is obtained. 

c. Allow the mixed paint to prereact before application, see table below. 

d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the 

temperature of the paint as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can): 

Temperature of mixed paint 

Induction time, minutes 

Pot life, hours 

(10°C/50°F 1 ) 

(30) 

(4) 

15°C/59°F 1) 

25 

3 

20°C/68°F 

1) Below 15°C/59°F the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application. 


15 

2 

25°C/77°F 

10 

1½ 

30°C/86°F 2) 

2) Temperatures at 30°C/86°F and above should be avoided due to an enhanced risk of dry-spray and poor film 

formation. 

2/6 

5 

1

Application procedure: The first full coat is usually applied immediately after vacuum cleaning. The first stripe 

coat afterwards. The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between 

240-500 micron. 

The wet film thickness must be 175-200 micron and must be measured regularly. 

Film-build/continuity: With this tank coating, it is of special importance that a 

continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each coat. An application 

technique must be adopted to ensure good film formation on all surfaces and no dust 

spray. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, ie not too big. Select small 

nozzles for spray application of complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be 

used for regular surfaces. A proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 

30-50 cm, should be aimed at. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the 

paint must be suitable and the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure 

and capacity. At high working temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to 

avoid dust-spray. 

The paint layer must be applied homogenously and as close to the specification as 

possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled and heavy layers must be 

avoided because of the risk of sags and cracks and solvent retention. 

Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners 

etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary. 

The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and 

irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, must be remedied. 

Note: In the case of old, pit-corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is 

recommended to obtain better "penetration" in the fine pits. For this purpose, it is 

relevant to dilute approximately 10%. Application by brush is recommended and film 

thickness so low that the surface is "saturated" only. 

Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application should be stripe coated twice by 

brushing. The first stripe coat is applied either before or after the first full coat. The 

second stripe coat is most typically applied after the second full coat. Which procedure 

to follow depends on the actual working conditions. A sprayed coat using small spray 

nozzles with a narrow angle may substitute the second brush-applied stripe coat, 

however, lightening holes and similar, plus possible undercuts and similar will still 

demand brush- applied stripe coating. 

Micro climate: The actual climate conditions at the substrate during application: 

The minimum surface temperature is 10°C/50°F. 

The maximum surface temperature should preferably be below approximately 

30°C/86°F. In a warm climate it is recommended to carry out application during 

nighttime. Application at high temperatures, up to approximately 40°C/104°F, is 

possible, but extra care must be taken to avoid poor film formation and excessive 

spraydust. Extra thinning may also be necessary. 

The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb, a steel 

temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe. 

In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and drying 

to assist the evaporation of solvent. 

Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 80 micron, with a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F, a relative 

ventilation: air humidity of maximum 80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 15400 will be dry 

to touch after 8-10 hours. For similar drying conditions, the paint film will accept light 

traffic after approximately 24 hours. 

Correct film formation depends on an adequate ventilation during drying. 

A good guideline for tank coating work is to ventilate to a calculated 10% of LEL during 

application and until the coating is dry. 


3/6

One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 15400 gives off in total 123 litres solvent vapour until it 

is completely dry. 

The lower explosive limit, LEL, is 0.5%. 

To reach a common safety requirement of 10% LEL, the theoretical ventilation 

requirement is 250 m³ per litre paint. 

Because solvent vapours are heavier than atmospheric air, effective ventilation requires 

forced ventilation with exhaust from the lowest part of the tank. 

During the following period until full curing a few air shifts per hour will suffice. Take 

actions to avoid "pockets" of stagnant air. 


Actual safety precautions may require stronger ventilation. 

Curing time: Provided that adequate ventilation, recommended relative humidity, specified film 

thickness, and recommended minimum recoating interval are kept, the following curing 

times are valid: 


Curing time 

Filling of tanks with water can be 

tolerated after 

10°C/50°F 

18 days 

18 days 

15°C/59°F 

11 days 

11 days 

20°C/68°F 

7 days 

7 days 

25°C/77°F 

5 days 

5 days 

*Avoid application at elevated temperatures to avoid dry-spray and poor film formation. 

30°C/86°F 

3½ days 

3½ days 

(35°C/95°F)* 

(2½ days) 

(2½ days) 

Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity the following 

recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid: 


Minimum 

Maximum 

10°C/50°F 

30 hours 

28 days 

15°C/59°F 

14 hours 

25 days 

20°C/68°F 

10 hours 

21 days 

25°C/77°F 

7 hours 

18 days 

30°C/86°F 

5 hours 

14 days 

35°C/95°F 

4 hours 

10 days 

The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exceed 80% 

and the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum 

3°C/5°F above the dew point. 

The maximum intervals assume that the film formation is of good quality and without dry 

spray and that no kind of surface contamination exists except contamination which can 

be removed completely by vacuum cleaning. Furthermore, the coating must not have 

been exposed to direct sunlight for more than maximum 2 days. 

Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the 

paint application work: paint and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate 

stagings, spraying equipment and methods. 

Hold the spray gun at a right angle to and about 30-50 cm/1-1½ foot from the surface 

making even parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as per 

specification. 

Avoid dry spray (overspray creating excessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan 

angle, and the lowest possible pressure. A small fan angle should also be used, if spray 

application is used, for "stripe coating" of for instance reverse sides of stiffeners. 

Each layer must be applied homogeneously and as near above the specification of 80 

micron dry film thickness as possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled, and 

heavy layers must be avoided because of the risk of sagging, cracks and solvent 

retention. 

4/6 

Surface irregularities such as dry spray, sagging, exaggerated thickness or embedded 

dust or abrasives will have to be remedied. 

Issued: May 2000/15400 - Page 4 of 6

If sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care must 

be taken to avoid damage of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical means 

only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet, avoid 

sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces. 

The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous surface without pores, runners or 

contamination of any kind. 

For the standard specification following applies to the dry film thickness: 

The minimum dry film thickness is 240 micron, the maximum thickness to be aimed at 

is approximately 500 micron. The minimum dry film thickness is evaluated according to 

the "80-20" rule, i.e. no more than 20% of the total number of individual measurements 

must be lower than the minimum dry film thickness, and the lowest individual 

measurement must be at least 80% of the minimum dry film thickness, ie 192 micron. 

Dry film thickness control is not to be carried out within the first 24 hours after 

application of final coat (20°C, sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried 

out using an electromagnetic dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a 

smooth steel substrate. The maximum dry film thickness can be evaluated according to 

the "80-20" rule. 

Repairs: It is of great importance that all damage to the coating is repaired. 

Repair shall be started up as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc. 

must take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which 

shall be adjusted to the touch-up procedure. 

It is important that the repaired areas, as well as the rest of the coated areas, are fully 

cured before the tank is taken into use or washed by the tank cleaning system. 

The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a seawater test. Wash the 

tanks with clean seawater by means of the tank cleaning machines until profiles and/or 

heating coils on tanktop is covered. Allow the water to stay for minimum 3 days, after 

which period the tank is emptied and cleaned with clean fresh water to remove salts. 

The repair process: General: Before mechanical treatment is started, surfaces to be repaired have to be 

cleaned for any salts and other contamination. 

Areas less than 5 x 5 cm. 

The surface preparation can be executed by grinding to a clean rough metal surface, 

feathering edges of intact coating and slightly sanding the adjacent surface. 

Clean and wash with HEMPEL’S THINNER 08450. 

Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats of HEMPADUR 15400. 

Areas up to 1 square metre 

The surface preparation must be executed by vacuum blasting or open nozzle blasting so 

that the steel has a proper roughness and a cleanliness to Sa 2½-3 according to ISO 

8501-1:1988. The overlapping zone must be sanded or sweep blasted to ensure a good 

adhesion of the new paint. 


Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats or by spray 3 coats 

HEMPADUR 15400. 

Areas more than 1 square metre or areas where several damaged spots are 

concentrated. 

Treatment: Repeat the original specification. 


5/6









Issued: May 2000 - 1540010000CO012 














6/6



Description: HEMPADUR 15500 is a two-component, amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy (novolac) 

paint, which cures to a coating with excellent resistance to a wide range of chemicals as 

tabulated in separate CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Recommended use: As a tank lining. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In seawater (no temperature gradient): 

Maximum: 160°C/320°F 50°C/122°F 

Wet service temperatures, other liquids: 

Consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping and Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia, as 

a recognized corrosion control coating. 

Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of carriage 

of foodstuffs (FDA) for tanks larger than 2006 m³/530,000 US gallon. 



Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630 - Light red/50900 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: 2-3 hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 


Fully cured: 10 days at 20°C/68°F (See REMARKS overleaf) 









8.9 : 1.1 by volume 

93.8 : 6.2 by weight 


Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 08450 (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 


Induction time: 15 minutes (20°C/68°F) (see REMARKS overleaf) 







Recoat interval, min: 36/24 hours (20°C/68°F) 

Recoat interval, max: 21 days (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 







1/2


SURFACE For optimum performance to the full range of chemicals in accordance with the main CARGO 

PREPARATION: PROTECTION GUIDE, abrasive blasting to very near white metal Sa 2½-3 with a surface profile 

corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN10, Keane-Tator Comparator 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator 

Rough Medium (G). 

Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. The steel 

CONDITIONS: temperature must never drop below this limit until full curing has taken place. The 

temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F, best results are obtained at 

17-23°C/62-73°F. Relative humidity max. 80%, preferably 40-60%. Apply on a dry and clean 


Provide adequate ventilation during application and drying in confined spaces. 


PRECEDING None. 

COAT: 


COAT: 


Film thicknesses: Minimum total dry film thickness for the system is 300 micron/12 mils. May be specified in higher 

film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter spreading rate 

and influence drying time. For further information about film thicknesses, see separate 

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Recoating: Roughening of the surface is necessary if the maximum recoating interval is exceeded. 

Mixing: The thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT must be prereacted before application (15 

minutes at 20°C/68°F), at other temperatures, please see APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Thinning: Keep thinning at an absolute minimum. Do not dilute the components separately - only the mixture. 

Curing: Resistance to the widest range of cargoes is provided by additional heat curing, see APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS and CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 


ISSUED: September 2001 - 1550011630CR006 













2/2






Scope: These application instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and 

application of HEMPADUR 15500 as a tank coating. 
















contamination with a suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water hosing. 


tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. 


Control for absence of contamination according to separate guidelines. 



Old steel: Even after a very thorough tank cleanings, pits may typically contain 

contamination in the form of remnants of old cargoes as well as water soluble salts. For 

this reason, repeated detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After 

the first blasting, a very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any 

"cargo bleeding" occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to 

separate instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas 

- ask for special guidelines. 

Grit blast to min Sa 2½, ISO 8501-1:1988. 

To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the 

steel surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1:1988, very near 

to white metal Sa 2½-Sa 3. In practice, this requirement is to be understood as white 

metal Sa 3 at the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows a slight reduction at the 

moment of paint application. 



Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality free 

of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for possible contamination 


1/7


In case steel grit is used this must furthermore be controlled so that a proper grain size 

distribution is maintained. 

Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2 - 1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4 - 1.8 mm will 


is 6 - 7 bar/85 -100 psi. 









Shopprimed and previously painted surfaces: All shopprimer or existing coating 

materials to be completely removed. Avoid the use of zinc shopprimer whenever 

possible. 

However, if the steel is shopprimed with zinc, it is very important that all zinc is removed 

by abrasive blast cleaning. Separate check procedures will be necessary to demonstrate 

the effectiveness of removal. More blast cleaning may be deemed necessary! Use of a 

red zinc shopprimer will facilitate the visual check of the blast cleaning and is 

considered necessary in order to obtain an acceptable surface preparation. 

Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surface preparation are more detailed described 

in HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work. 











Thinning: If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to dry-spray will 





after use. 



base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 93.8 parts by weight of base 

and 6.2 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 8.9 parts by volume base 

and 1.1 parts by volume curing agent. 


2/7 



c. Allow the mixed paint to prereact before application, see table below.


d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the 



Induction time 

Pot life 

(15°C/59°F 1) ) 

(25 minutes) 

(4 hours) 

20°C/68°F 

15 minutes 

3 hours 

25°C/77°F 

10 minutes 

2 hours 

(30°C/86°F 2) ) 

(5 minutes) 

(1 hour) 

1) At 15°C/59°F and below, the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application. 

2) Temperatures at 30°C/86°F and above should be avoided due to a risk of dry-spray. 

Application procedure: The first full coat is usually applied immediately after vacuum cleaning. The first stripe 

coat afterwards. 

Film-build/continuity: With this tank coating intended for aggressive cargoes, it is of 

special importance that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of 

each coat. An application technique which will ensure good film formation and no 

dry-spray on all surfaces must be adopted. 

It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, ie not too big. Select small nozzles 

for spray application of complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for 

regular surfaces. 

A proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm, should be aimed 

at. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and 

the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working 

temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid dry-spray. 








Note: In the case of old, pit corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is 


relevant to dilute 5-10%. Application by brush is recommended and film thickness so low 

that the surface is "saturated" only. 


brushing immediately before the spray application. Typically, first stripe coat is applied 

after the first full coat and the second stripe coat after the second full coat. 

The second stripe coat with brush can be replaced with spray application with a small 

narrow nozzle, but still air slots and similar and possible undercuts (welds) and the like 

will require brush application. 

Film thicknesses: The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between 300-600 micron 

(max. 450 micron below 15°C)/12-24 mils (max. 18 mils below 59°F). 


Corresponding to 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, the wet film thickness must be 

150-175 micron/6-7 mils and must be measured regularly. 

Normally up to 200 micron/8 mils per coat may be accepted for 100 micron/4 mils 

specifications, but at temperatures below 15°C/59°F, it is important not to exceed a 

dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils in any area. 

3/7


Micro climate: The actual climate conditions at the substrate during application: 

The minimum surface temperature until full cure is 10°C/50°F. 

To ensure an all-over steel temperature of minimum 10°C/50°F, special attention should 

be paid to possible "cold bridges" eg stiffeners on deck. 

In case of steel temperatures lower than 10°C/50°F there is a severe risk of incomplete 

curing, resulting in a too open film with reduced chemical resistance. 

When the outside temperature is lower than 10°C/50°F, it is therefore recommended to 

use insulation mats on deck and in addition to aim at a general steel temperature of 

15°C/59°F to minimise the risk of (locally) too low steel temperatures. 

Furthermore, the steel temperature should be kept reasonably constant - within the 

range of ± 3°C/37°F is recommended. Any changes of the outside temperature should 

therefore be carefully monitored and heating equipment calibrated accordingly. 

A sudden drop of the steel temperature shortly after application will result in solvent 

entrapment and will cause a dry film containing vacuoles, ie resulting in reduced 

performance. 



nighttime. Application at high temperatures, up to approximately 40°C/105°F, is 

possible, but extra care must be taken to avoid poor film formation and excessive spray 

dust. 

The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb, a steel 

temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe. The relative 

humidity shall preferably be 40-60%, maximum 80%. 

In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and 

drying to assist the evaporation of solvent. 

Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 100 micron/4 mils, with a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F, a 

ventilation: relative air humidity of maximum 80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 15500 will 

be dry to touch after 4-6 hours. Under these drying conditions, the paint film will accept 

light traffic after approximately 16 hours. 





One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 15500 gives off in total 82 litres solvent vapour until it is 

completely dry. 






4/7 




Actual safety precautions may require stronger ventilation.






Curing time 

10°C/50°F 

18 days 

15°C/59°F 

14 days 

20°C/68°F 

10 days 

25°C/77°F 

8 days 

30°C/86°F 

7 days 

*Avoid application at elevated temperatures to avoid dry-spray and poor film formation. 

Post curing: Postcuring must take place within 3 months after final acceptance of the 

coating/delivery of the vessel. 

(35°C/95°F)* 

(6 days) 

Postcuring is accomplished by carrying a hot cargo of mineral lube oil, vegetable oil or 

animal oil at 60°C/140°F for 5 days or at 50°C/122°F for 10 days. 

Postcuring may also be accomplished by carrying clean seawater of minimum 

45°C/113°F and maximum 50°C/122°F provided all adjacent ballast tanks are empty 

and all adjacent cargo tanks are either empty or carrying a liquid cargo of minimum 

40°C/104°F. In case of seawater, postcuring time is 14 days. 

Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity the following 

recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid: 


Minimum after the first coat 

after the second coat 

Maximum: 

10°C/50°F* 

90 hours 

60 hours 

47 days 

* Absolut minimum temperature recommended. 

15°C/59°F 

60 hours 

40 hours 

34 days 

20°C/68°F 

36 hours 

24 hours 

21 days 

25°C/77°F 

24 hours 

16 hours 

16 days 

30°C/86°F 

18 hours 

12 hours 

14 days 

The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exceed 80% 

and the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum 


Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the paint 

paint application work: and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate 



Hold spray gun at a right angle to and about 30-50 cm from surface making even 

parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as per 


Avoid dry spray (overspray creating excessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan 



Each layer must be applied homogeneously and as near above the specification of 100 

micron/4 mils dry film thickness, as possible. The consumption of paint must be 

controlled, and heavy layers must be avoided because of the risk of sagging, cracks and 

solvent retention. 

Surface irregularities such as dry spray, saggings, exaggerated thickness or embedded 


If a sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care 

must be taken to avoid damage of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical 

means only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet, 

avoid sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces. 


contamination of any kind. 

5/7


Control of For the standard specification the following applies to the dry film thickness: 

dry film thicknesses: 

The minimum dry film thickness is 300 micron/12 mils, the maximum thickness is 

approximately 600 micron/24 mils (below 15°C/59°F: 450 micron/18 mils). The 

minimum dry film thickness is evaluated according to the "80-20" rule, ie no more than 

20% of the total number of individual measurements must be lower than the minimum 

dry film thickness, and the lowest individual measurement must be at least 80% of the 

minimum dry film thickness, ie 240 micron/9.6 mils. Dry film thickness control is not to 

be carried out within the first 24 hours after application of final coat (20°C/68°F, 

sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried out using an electromagnetic 

dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a smooth steel substrate. The 

maximum dry film thickness can also be evaluated according to the "80-20" rule. 

Taking into use: Do not use the tank before the coating is properly cured. Reference is made to curing 

time on page 5. 


Repair must be started up as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc. 

must take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which 

shall be adjusted to the touch-up procedure. 



The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a seawater test. Wash the 






Areas less than 5 x 5 cm. 




Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats of HEMPADUR 15500. 

Areas up to 1 sq.m. 


The surface preparation must be executed by vacuum blasting or open nozzle blasting 

so that the steel has a proper roughness and a cleanness to Sa 3 according to ISO 

8501:1988. The overlapping zone must be sanded or sweep blasted to ensure a good 



Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats or by spray 3 coats 


Areas more than 1 sq.m. or areas where several damaged spots are concentrated. 


6/7







Issued: September 2001 - 1550011630CR006 






Issued: the actual conditions of any intended September use of 2001 the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







7/7



Description: HEMPADUR 15552 is a two-component polyamide adduct-cured epoxy paint. It cures to 

a flexible, well adhering coating with good abrasion and impact resistance. Contains 

zinc phosphate. Cures down to -10°C/14°F. 

Recommended use: As a primer for on-line application of reefer containers. 

As a primer for HEMPATEX, HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE systems on hot dipped 

galvanized surfaces and stainless steel in moderately corrosive environments. 

HEMPADUR 15552 is also suited when roughening of the surface is not possible. 

Please see surface preparation overleaf. 




Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: 1 (app) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 3 (app) hours at 20°C/68°F 



Shelf life: ½ year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions, 


If the shelf life is exceeded please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 
























1/2


SURFACE Stainless steel surfaces or muffler grade steel surfaces (MGSS) of containers: Remove dirt, oil 

PREPARATION: and grease etc. with suitable detergent. 

Remove salt and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. It is very important 

that all contamination and dust are removed. 

Roughening of the surface is recommended for optimum adhesion. 

Galvanizing, zinc silicate painted or spray-metallized surfaces: Remove oil and grease, etc. with 

suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

Zinc salts (white rust) must be removed by high pressure hosing combined with rubbing with a stiff 

nylon brush if necessary. 

It is recommended to recoat spray-metallized surfaces as soon as possible to avoid possible 

contamination. 


CONDITIONS: condensation. At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will 

hinder adhesion. 

Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/14°F. The 

temperature of the surface must also be above this limit. 

The temperature of the paint itself should be 15-25°C/59-77°F. 


SUBSEQUENT HEMPADUR, HEMPATHANE or HEMPATEX qualities according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Passivation/: Ammonium chloride or any other passivation agent should not be present on the surface when 

surface preparation: coating the galvanized surface. 

Water should not be used for cooling down the steel. 

Cleaning of steel should not be initiated unless the steel temperature is below 30°C/86°F. 

Application: As the galvanized zinc layer may be porous it is recommended to apply a mist coat of undiluted 

HEMPADUR 15552, allow air to escape, and then apply a full coat of HEMPADUR 15552 a few 

minutes later. 



is 30-50 micron/1.2-2 mils, for containers normally 30 micron/1.2 mils. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals related to later conditions of exposure (50 micron/2 mils dry): 


Recoated with 

HEMPATEX 

HEMPADUR 

HEMPATHANE 

Mild 

15 minutes 

2 hours 

2 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

15 minutes 

2 hours 

2 hours 

Severe 

2 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

Mild 

None 

None 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

24 hours 

None* 

10 days* 

Severe 

12 hours 

None* 

3 days 

*Except for mild climatic conditions avoid long-term exposure of galvanized steel coated with a thin layer of paint only as this may 

create white rust under the paint. 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, whatever the subsequent coat, roughening of the 

surface is necessary to ensure optimum intercoat adhesion or in the case of recoating with 

coatings other than HEMPADUR, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 15552 within the 

above directions for recoating. 

A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially in the case of 

long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent 

followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. 

Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. 

Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the 

above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult HEMPEL for specific advice if 

in doubt. 
















2/2

HEMPADUR®FAST DRY 15560 


Description: HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 is a two-component, polyamine adduct cured epoxy paint 

with a very short drying time. Contains zinc phosphate. 

Recommended use: As a quick drying primer or intermediate coat in HEMPADUR systems for especially fast 

recoatable in-shop applications. 

Can be used for on-site work too if eg VOC compliance is requested. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 140°C/284°F. See REMARKS overleaf. 



Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170* - light grey/12430* (MIO version) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Finish: Flat 







Dry to touch: 1½-2 hours at 20°C/68°F 


V.O.C.: 330 g/litre - 2.7 lbs/US gallon (According to EPA Fed Ref Method 24) 

*Another shade: red 50630 may be available according to assortment list. 







Application method: Airless spray Air Spray Brush 

Thinner (max. vol.): 08450 (5%) 08450 (15%) 08450 (5%) 



















1/2

2. HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 

SURFACE New steel (dry conditions): Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use 

PREPARATION: suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication 

should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPADUR 

15560. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease, etc.with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material by wet 

or dry abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. After wet 

abrasive blasting hose down the surface with fresh water and allow to dry. Touch up bare spots to 

full film thickness. 


CONDITIONS: The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper application 

properties. 



COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPADUR, HEMPATHANE, HEMPATEX or HEMUCRYL as per specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Shade: CURING AGENT 97560 will become darker during storage. This will result in a darker and more 

yellowish shade than grey 12170. The colour change will have no influence on the performance. 

Weathering/ The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive 

service to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this 

temperatures: product. 



75-150 micron/3-6 mils. 


(Dry film thickness of HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 as indicated below) 


Exposure during service 

Recoated with 

HEMPATEX 

HEMPADUR 

HEMPATHANE 

58030 

Minimum 

In-field application* 

100 micron/4 mils 

Medium 

1 hour 

2 hours 

2 hours 

1 hour 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

2 hours 

3 hours 

3 hours 

2 hours 

Minimum 

Workshop application 

75 micron/3 mils 

Medium 

15 minutes 

1 hour 

1 hour 

1 hour 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

1 hour 

1½ hours 

1½ hours 

1½ hours 

Medium 

8 hours 

None 

10 days 

24 hours 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

8 hours 

None 

3 days 

8 hours 

*In case of general maintenance involving epoxy systems of high total dry film thickness, the minimum recoating interval may 

advantageously be doubled up. 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, whatever the subsequent coat, roughening of the 

surface is necessary to ensure optimum intercoat adhesion or in the case of recoating with 

coatings other than HEMPADUR, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 

within the above directions for recoating. 

A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially in the case of 


followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. 

Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. 

Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the 

above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult HEMPEL for specific advice if 

in doubt. 


Note: HEMPADUR FAST DRY 15560 is for professional use only. 














2/2



Description: HEMPADUR 15570 is a two component, polyamide-adduct cured epoxy paint, which 

cures to a strong and highly corrosion resistant coating, at temperatures down to 

-10°C/14°F. The Micaceous Iron Oxide pigmented light grey 12430 quality is also well 

suited for application under humid conditions, on damp steel surfaces, and may be 

applied on moist surfaces. 

Recommended use: 1. As a maintenance and repair primer, intermediate, and/or finishing coat in 

HEMPADUR systems in severely corrosive environment. As a finishing coat where 

a cosmetic appearance is of less importance. 

2. As a low temperature curing epoxy primer, intermediate, and/or finishing coat in 

paint systems according to specification. Well suited as a (blast) primer in coal tar 

epoxy systems. 






Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargoes at the Newcastle Occupational Health, 

Great Britain. 




Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/12430* (MIO) - Red/50630* 

Finish: Flat 






Dry to touch: 3-4 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F 



*Another shade: grey 12170 may be available according to assortment list. 







Application method: Airless spray Air Spray Brush 

















1/2


SURFACE New steel (dry conditions): Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use 



15570. 

Light alloys: Thorough degreasing and (light) abrasive sweeping to remove contamination and to 

secure adhesion - surface profile depending on later exposure. 

Stainless steel: (Eg ballast tanks of chemical carriers) to be abrasive blast cleaned to a uniform, 

sharp, dense profile (Rugotest No. 3, BN9a, ISO Comparator Medium (G), Keane-Tator Comparator 

2.0 G/S) corresponding to Rz minimum 50 micron. Any salts, grease, oil, etc. to be removed before 

abrasive blasting is commended. 


contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power 

tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) or by abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2, preferably to Sa 2½. 

Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR 15570. 

As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 

5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-1 maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is 

acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch 

up bare spots to full film thickness when the surface has reached the condition of being damp, 

may be moist. 

In case of wet abrasive blasting a suitable inhibitor may be used. Surplus inhibitor and residual 

abrasives and sludge must be removed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning before recoating. 

Cleaning with hot water is recommended. 

Note 1: Inhibitors are generally not recommended for surfaces which will be immersed during 

service. 

Note 2: Damp surfaces: Water is not readily detectable, but the temperature of the surface is 

below the dew point. Moist surfaces: pools of water and droplets have been removed, but there is 

a noticeable film of water. Wet surfaces: Droplets or pools of water are present). 

APPLICATION Use only where curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/14°F. 

CONDITIONS: At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the 

adhesion. 

The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper application 

properties. 


Occurrence of standing water or droplets on the painted surface immediately after application may 

result in discolouration. 


COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, HEMPADUR, HEMPATHANE, HEMPATEX or HEMUCRYL as per specification. 

COAT: 







50-125 micron/2-5 mils. 


INSTRUCTIONS. 



















2/2






Physical data Drying time and recoating interval vary with film thickness, temperature and later 

versus temperature: exposure conditions, thus: In-field application: 



Drying time, approx 

Curing time, approx 





Immersion** 


HEMPATEX HI-BUILDs 




58030 







Immersion*** 



Atmospheric 

Medium 

Severe 


-10°C/14°F 

36 hours 

2 months 

18 hours 

36 hours 



36 hours 

36 hours 

3 days 

3 days 

2 days 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

None 

None 

(90 days) 

90 days 

27 days 

0°C/32°F 

16 hours 

1 month 

9 hours 

18 hours 

18 hours 

18 hours 

36 hours 


36 hours 

23 hours 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

None 

None 

(90 days) 

45 days 

14 days 

10°C/50°F 

8 hours 

14 days 



HEMPATEX HI-BUILDs and 58030 (10°C/50°F or higher in the case of 58030) 

4 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

16 hours 

16 hours 

10 hours 

6 days 

3 days 

None 

None 

60 days 

20 days 

6 days 

20°C/68°F 

4 hours 

7 days 

2 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

5 hours 

3 days 

1½ days 

None 

None 

30 days 

10 days 

3 days 

** NOT relevant for HEMPATHANE Qualities. 

*** Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. 


Furthermore, please see page 2. 

1/2 

30°C/86°F 

3 hours 

5 days 

1½ hours 

3 hours 

3 hours 

3 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

4 hours 

1½ days 

1 days 

None 

None 

23 days 

5 days 

1½ days


Workshop application: 



Drying time, approx 

Curing time, approx 



HEMPATEX HI-BUILDs 

58030 







Immersion* 

10°C/50°F 

4 hours 

14 days 

30 minutes 

4 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

16 hours 


20°C/68°F 

2 hours 

7 days 

15 minutes 

2 hours 

2 hours 

2 hours 

8 hours 

30°C/86°F 

1½ hours 

5 days 

10 minutes 

1½ hours 

1½ hours 

1½ hours 

6 hours 

Maximum recoating intervals according to preceding table, page 1. 

Maximum recoating intervals: 


roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure optimum intercoat adhesion or in the 

case of recoating with coatings other than HEMPADUR, apply a (thin) additional coat of 

HEMPADUR 15570 within the above directions for recoating. 

Long recoating intervals: 

A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially in the 

case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg 

suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed 

by fresh water hosing. 

Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed 

as well. Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may 

also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult 

HEMPEL for specific advice if in doubt. 

To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be 

relevant. 

The short minimum recoating intervals when overcoated with 46330, 46370, 46410 

and 58030, HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE in case of workshop application, are only 

possible if the finished paint system is through dry before exposure to the environment. 


interval, clean surface thoroughly e.g. by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to 

dry. 









Issued: October 1999 - 1557012430CO007 







Issued: User. The Products are supplied October and all technical 1999 assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 






2/2

HEMPADUR®15590/ 


Medium to high temperatures: 15590 with CURING AGENT 95100 

Low temperatures: 15591 with CURING AGENT 97430 

Description: HEMPADUR 15590/15591 is a two-component epoxy primer coating especially for use 

on surfaces exposed to severe abrasion. 

Recommended use: As a blast primer for heavy duty epoxy systems according to specification. 

HEMPADUR 15590 with CURING AGENT 95100, amine adduct, is for use in 

temperatures of 5°C/41°F, preferably 10°C/50°F or higher. 

HEMPADUR 15591 with CURING AGENT 97430, polyamide adduct, facilitates curing at 

temperatures between 10°C/50°F and -10°C/14°F. 




Version; mixed product: 15590 15591 

Colours/Shade nos: Red/56880 Red/56880 


Volume solids, %: 44 ± 1 45 ± 1 











APPLICATION DETAILS: 15590 15591 

Mixing ratio: Base 15599 : Curing agent 95100 Base 15599 : Curing agent 97430 

15 : 4 by volume 3 : 1 by volume 

Application method: Airless spray Air spray Airless spray Air spray 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (5%) 08450 (15%) 08450 (5%) 08450 (15%) 









Recoat interval, max: 1 month (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 










1/2

2. HEMPADUR 15590/HEMPADUR 15591 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½-3 depending on area of use. Minimum surface profile 

PREPARATION: corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN11a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 5.5 G/S, or ISO Comparator 

Coarse (G) - or as per the specification for the subsequent coat(s). Oil and grease must be 

removed with suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water 

cleaning prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and dust. 

Maintenance: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of salt 

residues in pittings may call for wet abrasive blasting followed by dry abrasive blasting. 

Alternatively, dry abrasive blasting followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning, drying, and 

finally, dry abrasive blasting again. 

APPLICATION Apply only to a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

CONDITIONS: condensation. For application of HEMPADUR 15590, minimum temperature is 5°C/41°F, preferably 

above 10°C/50°F. Relative humidity maximum 80%, preferably below 60%. In case of application of 

HEMPADUR 15591 use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures higher than 

-10°C/ 14°F. 

The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be between 15°C/59°F and 25°C/77°F. 



COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH or according to specification. 

COAT: 15590: 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 and HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45750. May be used as a 

blast primer in HEMPADUR 15400 systems. 

15591: 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742. 

REMARKS: 



is 30-50 micron/1.2-2 mils. 

The stated minimum recoating interval may be halved for areas not intended for water immersion. 

To secure good adhesion and the best possible mechanical properties, the following implies: 

• The coating has been applied in a dry film thickness as near as possible to the specified 40 

micron. 

• The film formation has been of good quality and without any dry spray. 

• The drying and curing conditions have been according to APPLICATION CONDITIONS, please 

see above. (In the case of long recoating intervals: until full curing has been obtained). 

• No kind of surface contamination exists, except loose dust, etc. which is possible to remove by 

vacuum cleaning (tanks) / hosing down (exterior). 

The surface MUST be completely clean before recoating. The coating is checked carefully and 

should be without patchy, whitish, and/or greasy formations, which can hinder adhesion of 

subsequent coat. Note: Exudation of curing agent causes the mentioned patchy, whitish, 

and/or greasy formations which will take place if HEMPADUR 15590/15591 is applied at low 

temperature without proper induction time and/or if the coating is exposed to water (rain, 

condensation) during drying and curing. 

• Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. Please 

contact HEMPEL for further advice. 


intercoat adhesion. Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface 

thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry. HEMPADUR 15590/15591 will 

resist a hosing down of the surface 8 hours after application at a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F. 

Note: HEMPADUR 15590/15591 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 1559056880CO005/1559156880CO001 













2/2

HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL®15700 

HEMPEL’S ZINC DUST 97170 

Description: HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 is a two-component, solvent-borne, self-curing, inorganic 

zinc silicate with outstanding resistance against weathering and abrasion. 

It has excellent chemical resistance within the pH range 6-9. For service temperature 

range, see below. Applicable by airless spray. Offers cathodic protection of local 

mechanical damage. 

Recommended use: 1. As a general purpose, heavy-duty, rust-preventing primer. 

2. As a single, complete coating for long-term protection of steel exposed to 

moderately to severely corrosive environment and to abrasion. 

3. As a tank lining in accordance with the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Service temperatures: Dry conditions: 

• Resistant to permanent dry temperatures up to 500°C/932°F. 

Resistant to occasional short-term heating (peak temperatures) up to 

500°C/932°F while permanent service temperatures are otherwise below 

400°C/752°F. 

In the case of cyclic service conditions with regular periods of low and high 

temperatures, the temperature should be kept below 400°C/752°F. 

In the case of service temperatures above 400°C/752°F, it is of advantage to apply a 

topcoat of HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910. 

Humid conditions: Please see REMARKS overleaf. 

Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of Food Additive Regulation (in respect of carriage of 

dry foodstuffs) of the Code of Federal Regulations as found by review of the U.S. Food 

and Drug Administration (FDA). 

Certificated by Scientific & Technical Services to comply with the requirements of low 

moisture fats and oil according to FDA. 

Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating. 

Meets the requirements laid down by ASTM A-490 Class "B" for Slip-Co-efficient and 

Creep Resistance. 



Colours/Shade nos: Metal grey/19840 

Finish: Flat 






Dry to touch: 30 (approx.) min. at 20°C/68°F (65-75% RH) 

Fully cured: 3 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F (65-75% RH) (See REMARKS overleaf) 


Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. 

Shelf life is dependent on storage temperature. Shelf life is reduced at storage 

temperatures above 25°C/77°F. Do not store above 40°C/104°F. 

Shelf life is exceeded if the liquid is gelled or if the mixed product forms gels before 

application. 





Mixing ratio for 15700: Liquid 15709 : zinc dust 97170 

3.2 parts by weight : 6.8 parts by weight 

7.4 parts by volume : 2.6 parts by volume 


Thinner (max.vol.) 08700 (30%) 08700 (50%) 08700 (10%) 



















1/2

2. HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by (high 

PREPARATION: pressure) fresh water cleaning. Gritblasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a surface profile equivalent to 

Rugotest No. 3, BN10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, min. 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator rough 

MEDIUM (G). In case of new steel to be exposed to no more than medium aggressive (industrial) 

environment and without any extraordinary demands to lifetime, a surface preparation degree of 

SSPC-SP6 may suffice. 

Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS, and - as relevant - the corresponding PAINTING 

SPECIFICATION for cargo tanks. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 


At temperatures ranging from -10°C/15°F to 40°C/105°F. 

Curing needs minimum 65% relative humidity. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

SUBSEQUENT As a tank coating: none. Otherwise according to specification. 

COAT: 


Service Note: If used as anticorrosive protection under insulation of high temperature equipment it is very 

temperatures: important that NO moisture can penetrate during shut-down periods. This to avoid risk of "wet 


Wet service temperature, non-saline water: Maximum 60°C/140°F. 

Tank coating: Wet service temperature, other liquids: Consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE. 

Hot sea water washing and (low pressure) steam cleaning should never be executed on coatings 

which have not been in service for at least one month. Contact HEMPEL about temperatures 

permissible. 

Film thicknesses: If topcoated with a heavy- duty system, 50 micron/2 mils dry film thickness (75 micron/3 mils wet) 

is recommended. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS before recoating. 

For long-term protection without topcoat, 75 micron/3 mils dry film thickness (100-125 micron/4-5 

mils wet) is generally recommended. In tanks 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness (150 micron/6 

mils wet) is recommended but may be applied in 125 micron/5 mils dry film thickness (200 

micron/8 mils wet). 

High temperature To avoid cracking it is important to keep the dry film thickness at maximum 40-50 micron/1.6-2 

service: mils, especially in cases where service conditions include sudden temperature changes. 

Thinning: For application at high temperatures, a special thinner is available. 

Recoating: Minimum interval at 20°C/68°F, 65-75% RH for recoating with: 

HEMPADUR (system/high-build) 3 days, full curing (see APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

HEMPADUR (25 micron/1 mil) 24 hours 

Recoating intervals are strongly dependent on both temperature and humidity. Deviations from the 

standard conditions may shorten or prolong the recoating intervals. Consult separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

The recoating interval of 24 hours for 25 micron/1 mil HEMPADUR is only valid in case the 

subsequent coat is applied more than 1 week after (20°C/68°F), 75% RH, humid weather. 

Otherwise, the minimum recoating interval is the same as for system/high-build. 

Curing, cargo tanks: Before cargo tanks are taken into use, the coating must be completely through-cured. It is 

recommended to carry out low pressure hosing of the tanks with (fresh) water 2-3 times at ambient 

temperatures. Let the tanks remain wet between the washings. Reference is made to APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

Note: HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 




Scope: These application instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and 

application of HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700. 




Steel work: For optimum performance, eg relevant for cargo tank coating, the following is 

recommended: 

All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint 






approximately 1-2 mm. Any laminations must be removed. 


than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. 

Note: Porous surfaces such as certain types of cast iron cannot be properly protected 

with zinc silicate. Deeply corroded steel may also be difficult to protect with a zinc 

silicate. 






tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. Control for absence 

of contamination according to separate guidelines. 




Old steel: Even after a very thorough cleaning, pits may typically contain contamination 

in the form of remnants of chemicals/water soluble salts. For this reason, repeated 

detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After the first blasting, a 

very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any "chemical bleeding" 

occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to separate 

instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas - ask for 

special guidelines. 

Grit blast to min Sa 2½, ISO 8501-1:1988. 

To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the steel 

surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1:1988, very near to 

white metal Sa 2½-Sa 3. In practice, this requirement is to be understood as white 

metal Sa 3 at the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows for a slight reduction at the 

moment of paint application. 

The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10a, 

Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G). 

1/8


In case of new steel to be exposed to no more than medium aggressive (industrial) 

environment and without any extraordinary demands to lifetime, a surface preparation 

degree of SSPC-SP6 may suffice. 

Note: A lower surface profile than specified will cause reduced adhesion and increased 

tendency to mud cracking. 

Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality 

free of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for absence of contamination 


Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2-1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4-1.8 mm will 


is 6-7 bar/85-100 psi. 









Old tank coatings: Must be completely removed. If the steel is pit corroded, the above 

guidelines for "Old steel" must be followed. 

Shopprimed surfaces: When shoppriming is required only zinc silicate shopprimer such 

as HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 may be used and preferably in a reddish shade. 

Before recoating with GALVOSIL 15700, intact shopprimer must be abrasive grit swept in 

order to obtain specified roughness. A uniform sweep blasting is required, removing 

minimum 70% of the shopprimer followed by vacuum cleaning to remove accumulated 

dirt and zinc salts and to ensure adhesion. 

Welds, rusty spots, burned areas, and all areas with other types of shopprimers than 

zinc silicates of a type like HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 must be completely 

abrasive grit blasted as described above. 

Application equipment: GALVOSIL 15700 can be applied by conventional spray equipment (pressure pot type), 

airless spray equipment, or by brush. 


Conventional Spray equipment: Standard industrial spray equipment with mechanical 

agitator and pressure regulators, air filters, and water traps. 

Air hose: 10 mm (3/8") internal diameter. 

Material hose: 13 mm (1/2") internal diameter. 

Hoses should be as short as possible, preferably not longer than 10 metres/30 feet. 

Pot pressure: 2.5-5 bar (35-70 psi) 

Atomization pressure: 1.5-2.5 bar (20-35 psi) 

Nozzle orifice: 1.8-2.2 mm (.070"-.085") 

(Spray-data are indicative and subject to adjustment). 

Thinning, if required: max. 50% of THINNER 08700. 

The pressure pot must be placed at the same level as or at a higher level than the spray 

gun when spraying, owing to the weight of the material. Alternatively a piston-pump (e.g. 

10:1) may be used instead of the pressure pot. This will facilitate the use of longer 

hoses or having the spray gun at a higher level than the pump. 

2/8


When painting undersides, the spray gun will need intermittent cleaning with THINNER 

08700 to prevent clogging of the nozzle. 

With conventional spray application regulation of the pot and the atomizing air pressures 

can be made as follows: 

1. Shut off the atomizing air. 

2. Regulate the pressure in the pot so that the material reaches approximately 60 

cm/20" horizontally out from the gun before falling to the ground. 

3. Turn on the atomizing air using lowest possible pressure. 

Airless spray equipment: A large, slow-working pump is preferred, e.g 30:1, with a pump 

capacity of 8-12 litres/minute. The in-line filter should be 60 mesh. 

Gaskets: Teflon 

Nozzle orifice: .019" through .023". 

Fan angle: 40° through 70°. 

Nozzle pressure: 100-150 bar (1400-2100 psi). 


Thinning, if required: max. 30% of THINNER 08700. 

Thinning: The amount of thinning necessary will depend upon prevailing conditions: Temperature, 

humidity, wind/ventilation, method of spraying, spray equipment, etc. 

In the case of a high level of thinning and/or long stops in application, the mixed paint 

must be recirculated to avoid settlement of zinc particles in the spray hoses. 

The coating must be wet and smooth just after application. Besides correct spray 

technique, the amount of thinner added must be selected securing this optimum film 

formation. 

Too little thinning will typically lead to dry-spray and too much thinning to sagging and 

settling of zinc particles in the can or in the spray hoses. 

Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment must be cleaned thoroughly with THINNER 08700 after use. 

AddItionally for conventional spray-guns: 

In the case of short stops, prevent packing of zinc around the needle by placing the 

spray gun in THINNER 08700 and let some air pass the spray gun. In the case of longer 

stops, clean the spray gun with THINNER 08700. 

Mixing: a. Do not open packings until immediately before use. The entire content of the two 

packings must be used for each batch to ensure a correct mixture. Left-overs in 

the packings cannot be used later. Protect the ZINC DUST against moisture 

before mixing. 

Pot life: 8 hours at 20°C/68°F. 

b. Before mixing, shake or stir the GALVOSIL 15709 LIQUID very thoroughly. 

c. Pour the ZINC DUST slowly down into the LIQUID with constant mechanical 

stirring. Do not mix in the reverse order. Continue stirring until the mixture is free 

of lumps. 

d. Strain the mixture through a screen, 60 - 80 mesh (250 - 160 DIN Norm. 4188). 

Temperature of paint: In a hot climate it is important that the cans with LIQUID are kept out of the sun and that 

the temperature of the liquid is kept below 30°C/86°F in order to avoid excessive dry 

spray. 


3/8


Application procedure, Maintain constant agitation of the mixture until the batch is depleted. 

general: 

The spray gun should be kept at a distance of 30-50 cm from the surface. Hold the 

spray gun at a right angle to the surface, making even, parallel passes with about 50% 

overlap. 

Besides correct spray technique the amount of thinner added must be carefully adjusted 

to secure optimum film formation. The coating must be wet and smooth just after 

application. It is important to avoid dry-spraying. 

Select small nozzles (small orifice and small fan angle) for spray application of 

complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for regular surfaces. 

The wet film thickness must be checked immediately after application, but it can only be 

used as a rough guidance because of the fast drying. 

Application procedure, When used as a tank coating, HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is normally specified in 

tank coating: 1 x 100 micron/1 x 4 mils - minimum 80 micron/3.2 mils, maximum 150 micron/6 mils. 

To achieve a correct film formation within these limits, it is recommended to apply two 

coats "wet-in-almost-dry": 

Apply one coat and apply the second coat within 15-30 minutes before the first coat has 

turned grey but is still dark. 

When following this procedure, HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 must be thinned 

approximately 15% in order to avoid too high film thicknesses. 

Too high film thicknesses on welds in corners must be smoothened by a flat brush, 

approximately 1" wide. 

When coating tanks, it is of the utmost importance to avoid dry-spray, which is a 

typical indication of poor film formation. 

Poor film formation of a one-coat tank coating system like HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 

in a dry film thickness of 100 micron/4 mils may result in immediate failure. 

Any dry-sprayed areas must be smoothened by scraping with a spatula (rounded 

corners) or by light sandpapering or by using a cleaning sponge ("3M", "Scotch-brite" 

type). 

After vacuum cleaning as necessary, the smoothened areas are applied a thin coat of 

HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 achieved by using 20-25% thinning. 

Note: If working conditions ask for it some hours may elapse between the first and the 

second coat provided that the relative humidity is kept constantly low, but it is 

recommended to finalize the application as soon as possible and within the same 

working shift. 

Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application must be stripe coated with a 

brush immediately before or after the spray application 

Microclimate: The actual climatic conditions at the substrate during application and until acceptance: 


The minimum surface temperature is -10°C/14°F. 

The maximum recommended surface temperature is approx. 40°C/104°F. Higher steel 

temperatures are acceptable provided dry-spray is avoided by (extra thinning and) proper 

spray application. In extreme cases a reduction of the dry film thickness may also be 

necessary. In a warm climate it is recommended to carry out application during 

nighttime. 

4/8 

The steel temperature must be above the dewpoint. As a rule of thumb a steel 

temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dewpoint can be considered safe.


With temperatures at or below 0°C/32°F beware of ice on the surface, which will hinder 

the adhesion, and use a capacitive RH-meter for measuring the relative humidity. 

In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and drying 

to assist the evaporation of solvent. All surfaces must be ventilated. However, avoid 

ventilators blowing directly onto the freshly applied paint. 

Drying and curing, Correct film formation depends on an adequate ventilation during drying. 

ventilation: 



One litre undiluted HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 gives off in total 160 litres solvent 

vapour until it is completely dry. 


To reach a common safety requirement of 10% LEL, the thoretical ventilation 







Actual safety precautions may require stronger ventilation. 

It is recommended to keep the relative humidity low during application and drying. 

Thereafter, let the relative humidity raise by "natural means", i.e. the dehumidifiers are 

notched off and normal ventilation used. However, it is recommended to let 

dehumidifiers run until dry film thicknesses have been checked - and if needed - rectified 

by an extra paint application. 

Curing time: Curing is dependent on (steel) temperatures and relative humidities. 

At 20°C/68°F and 65-75% RH, curing requires approximately 3 days. At lower 

temperatures and relative humidity, curing time will increase considerably. Please 

contact Hempel for further instructions. 

The relative humidity should be minimum 65% - and the minimum temperature 

-10°C/14°F - during the period of curing. Hosing down of tanks can support curing, but 

should if possible await the state of "near to complete" curing - please see below. 

The coating will resist light showers after 1-2 hours at 20°C/68°F and 75% relative 

humidity. Curing may be promoted at low humidity by hosing down the surface with water 

4 hours after application and keeping the surface constantly wet until curing is complete. 

If salt water is used, rinse with fresh water if the surface is to be overcoated. 

State of curing: Can be checked by rubbing the coating with a rag soaked in THINNER 08700. If the 

coating remains unaffected, state of curing is sufficient for recoating with other paint 

materials (when used as a cargo tank coating this state of curing may be described as 

"near to complete"). 

Full curing for cargo loading: 


Before tanks are taken into use, the coating must be completely through-cured. This 

is secured by low pressure hosing/washing the tanks with (fresh) water 2-3 times 

after the above described condition of "near to complete curing" has been obtained. 

By using the tank washing equipment, the normal ½ hour cycle is applied with half a 

day to one day between washings. Let the tanks remain wet between the washing. 

5/8


Full curing is confirmed by rubbing the coating with methyl ethyl ketone. 

The coating will now be fully resistant according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, 

but as long as the porosities are not yet filled with zinc salts, absorption of cargoes 

will take place, maybe making cleaning more difficult. 

Curing may also be checked by scraping with e.g. a knife or a coin which shall produce a 

bright mark leaving some loosened zinc dust but no irregular detachment. 

Full hardness will be obtained after weathering for some time. 

Recommended For long time protection, when topcoated with heavy-duty systems: 

film thickness: 50 micron/2 mils dry; 75 micron/3 mils wet, (undiluted). 

For long time protection, without topcoat: 

75-100 micron/3-4 mils dry; 125-150 micron/5-6 mils wet, (undiluted). 

In tanks: 100 micron/4 mils dry; 150 micron/6 mils wet, (undiluted), may be specified. 

For a tank coating specification the film thickness should be controlled according to the 

80-20 rule, ie 80% of the dry film thickness measurements must be equal to or greater 

than the specified film thickness (100 micron/4 mils) and of those below the specified 

film thickness, no measurements must be lower than 80% of the 100 micron/4 mils. 

Narrow frames, girders and similar areas not very accessible the film thickness could be 

controlled according to the 70-30 rule, 

Too high dry film thickness, ie above approximately 150 micron/6 mils dry, should be 

avoided due to the risk of mud cracking or peeling. Please observe that according to 

accepted rules of measuring "a measurement" is to be the mean of three single point 

measurements taken in a close vicinity. 

Note: Special care is necessary to ensure proper film thickness on welding seams, 

edges, corners, ribs, etc. 

Extra coat (by itself): Too low film thickness can be made good by applying an extra coat of HEMPEL'S 

GALVOSIL 15700. Surface preparation procedure - if necessary - and dilution of paint 

according to page 4 "Application procedure, tank coating". 

The maximum interval for applying an extra coat is 7 days provided that the relative 

humidity is kept below 60%, absolute maximum is 65%, all the time until recoating and 

that the painted surface is not exposed to open weather, contamination of the like. 

Spreading rate: Theoretical (on a smooth surface): 

dft, micron 

50 

75 

100 

dft, mils 

2 

3 

4 

m²/litre 

12.8 

8.5 

6.4 

Practical (with a consumption factor of 1.8): 

dft, micron 

50 

75 

100 

dft, mils 

2 

3 

4 

m²/litre 

7.1 

4.7 

3.6 

sq.ft./US gallon 

513 

342 

257 

sq.ft./US gallon 

Recoating interval HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 must be fully cured before recoating with a full paint 

(other paints): system. By recoating with sealer in 25 micron/1 mil only, the interval can be reduced to 

eg 24 hours at 20°C/68°F and 65-75% RH provided that the following coats are applied 

after HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is fully cured. 

Topcoating procedure: Non-weathered zinc silicate coatings are porous and popping may occur in the 

subsequent coat(s). 


6/8 

285 

190 

143


One way to reduce the risk of popping is to apply a mist coat as the first pass of the 

subsequent coat, let the air escape, and then apply the remainder of the topcoat. 

Some of HEMPEL's products will substantially reduce the risk of popping when applied 

directly on top of the zinc silicate. See painting specification. 

Advanced paint systems are recommended for topcoating, e.g. HEMPADUR qualities. 

Surface cleaning: The cleaning before topcoating depends on the condition of the surface: 


1. Intact zinc silicate surface with sporadic formation of “white rust” (zinc corrosion 

products). 

a. Remove oil, grease, dirt, etc. by detergent wash. 

b. Remove "white rust" by high pressure fresh water cleaning 200-350 bar 

(2900-5000 psi) at a nozzle-to-surface distance of 15-20 cm (6-8"). 

If the surface is only slightly contaminated, corresponding to 1-2 months 

of exposure in a mildly corrosive environment, hosing down of the surface 

with fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes (nylon) may be sufficient 

and more practical. Check that the coating is through dry before recoating. 

2. Zinc silicate surface with extreme formation of “white rust” which cannot be 

removed as described above. 


b. Abrasive blast sweep to remove "white rust", followed by vacuum cleaning 

to remove abrasives and dust. 

c. Restore the zinc layer with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or zinc 

epoxy (HEMPADUR ZINC). 

3. Damaged areas, burns, weld spatters, etc. 


b. Remove weld spatters. 

7/8 

c. Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½, followed by thorough removal of 

abrasives and dust by vacuum cleaning. 

d. Restore the zinc layer with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or zinc 

epoxy (HEMPADUR ZINC).










Issued: September 2001 - 1570019840CO026 






Issued: the actual conditions of any intended September use of 2001 the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







8/8


HEMPEL’S ZINC DUST 97170 

Description: HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15780 is a two-component, medium-zinc, solvent-borne, self-curing 

inorganic zinc silicate coating. Applicable by airless spray. 

Recommended use: As a general purpose rust-preventing primer in "high-build" paint systems for long-life 

protection of steel exposed to moderately to severely corrosive environment. 

Service temperatures: Maximum service temperature is depending on the subsequent coat. 



and Drug Administration. 

Meets the requirements laid down in ASTM A-490 Class "B" for Slip-Co-efficient and 

Creep Resistance. 



Colours/shade nos: Metal grey/19840 

Finish: Flat 






Dry to touch: 30 (approx.) min. at 20°C/68°F (75% RH) 

Fully cured: 3 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F (75% RH) 


Shelf life: 6 months (25°C/77°F) from time of production. 




application. 




APPLICATION DETAILS: Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

Mixing ratio for 15780: Liquid 15789 : Zinc dust 97170 

4.1 parts by weight : 5.9 parts by weight 

15.4 parts by volume : 3.8 parts by volume 




Nozzle orifice: .019" - .023" 







Recoat interval, max: See SUBSEQUENT COAT overleaf 






Issued: December 2000 

1/2

2. HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15780 


PREPARATION: pressure) fresh water cleaning. Gritblasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a surface profile equivalent to 

Rugotest No. 3, BN10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, min. 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator rough 

MEDIUM (G). In case of new steel to be exposed to no more than medium aggressive (industrial) 

environment and without any extraordinary demands to lifetime, a surface preparation degree of 

SSPC-SP6 may suffice. 


APPLICATION AND From -10°C/15°F to 40°C/104°F. 

CURING Curing needs minimum 65% relative humidity. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

CONDITIONS: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPADUR systems according to specification. Recoating is expected to take place within 6 

COAT: months after application of HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15780. 





Film thicknesses: 50 micron/2 mils dry film thickness is recommended, but 75 micron/3 mils dry film thickness (125 

micron/5 mil wet) may be specified, this will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and 

recoating interval. 

Recoating intervals: Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS before recoating. 

Minimum interval for recoating with: 20°C/68°F, 75% RH 

HEMPADUR (system/high-build) 72 hours (when fully cured) 

HEMPADUR (25 micron/1 mil) 24 hours 

Recoating intervals are strongly dependent on both temperature and humidity, and deviations from 

the standard conditions may shorten or prolong the recoating interval. 


The recoating interval of 24 hours for 25 micron/1 mil HEMPADUR is only valid in case the 

subsequent coat is applied more than 1 week after (20°C/68°F), 75% RH, humid weather. 

Otherwise, the minimum recoating interval is the same as for system/high-build. 

Note: HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15780 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: December 2000 - 1578019840CO009 













2/2


For product description please refer to data sheet 


Scope: This application instruction covers surface preparation, application equipment and 

application of HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15780. 

For optimum performance, the following is recommended: 







approximately 1-2 mm. Any laminations must be removed. 


than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. 

Note: Porous surfaces such as certain types of cast iron cannot be properly protected 

with zinc silicate. Deeply corroded steel may also be difficult to protect with a zinc 

silicate. 



Surface preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil and grease and other 

contamination with a suitable detergent followed by fresh water high pressure hosing. 

Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing 

(tanks) are removed by fresh water wash (scrubbing with stiff brushes). 

Grit blast to min. Sa 2½, ISO 8501-1: 1988. 


Surface profile equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10a Keane-Tator Surface 

Comparator, G/S min 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G). 

In case of new steel to be exposed to no more than medium aggressive (industrial) 

environment and without any extraordinary demands to lifetime, a surface preparation 

degree of SSPC-SP6 may suffice. 

Use steel grit, aluminium silicate or similar sharp edged abrasive of a good quality free 

of foreign matters, soft particles and the like. Control for absence of contamination 




Steel grit with a particle size of 0.2-1.0 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4-1.8 mm will 

usually create the desired surface profile when the airpressure measured behind the 

nozzle is 6-7 bars/85-100 psi. 

When blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum cleaning. 

Note: Lower surface profile than specified will cause reduced adhesion and increased 

tendency to mudcracking. On the other hand too high surface profile (steel grit) should 

be avoided as this may introduce a risk of pin-point rusting. 

1/5

Shopprimed surfaces: 

If HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15722 or other zinc silicate product is used for 

preliminary protection, abrasive sweep intact surface before final coating with GALVOSIL 

15780 to remove accumulated dirt and zinc salt and to ensure adhesion. 

Application: GALVOSIL 15780 can be applied by conventional spray (pressure pot type), airless 

spray or brush. 

Equipment: 

Conventional Spray: Standard industrial spray equipment with mechanical agitator and 

pressure regulators, air filters and water traps. 

Air hose: 10 mm (3/8") internal diameter. 

Material hose: 13 mm (1/2") internal diameter. 

Hoses should be as short as possible, preferably not longer than 10 metres (33"). 

Pot pressure: 2½-5 bar (37-72 p.s.i.) 

Atomization pressure: 1½-2½ bar (22-37 p.s.i.) 

Nozzle orifice: 1.8-2.2 mm (.070"-.085") 

(Spray-data are indicative and subject to adjustment). 

Thinning, if required: max. 50%. (See note below). 

When spraying, the pressure pot must be placed at the same, or a higher level than the 

gun, due to the weight of the material. Alternatively a piston-pump (e.g. 10:1) may be 

used instead of the pressure pot. This will facilitate use of longer hoses or having the 

spraygun higher than the pump. 

Maintain constant agitation of the mixture until the batch is depleted. 

The spray gun should be kept at a maximum distance of 25-30 cm/1 foot from the 

surface. Hold the spray gun at a right angle to the surface making even parallel passes 

with about 50% overlap. Besides correct spray technique, the amount of thinner added 

must be carefully adjusted to secure optimum film formation. The coating must be wet 

and smooth just after application. 

In case of painting undersides, the spray gun will need intermittent cleaning with 

THINNER 08700 to prevent clogging of the nozzle. 

At short stops, prevent packing of zinc around the needle by placing spraygun in 

thinner, letting some air pass the gun. At longer stops, clean spraygun with thinner. 

After use the hole equipment is cleaned thoroughly with THINNER 08700. 

Airless Spray: A large slow-working pump is preferred, e.g 30:1, with a pump capacity of 

8-12 litres/minute. In-line filter 60 mesh. 

Teflon gaskets. 

Nozzle orifice: 019" through .023", 40° through 70°. 

Nozzle pressure: 100-150 bar (1430-2100 p.s.i.). 

Thinning, if required: max. 30%. (See NOTE below). 



After use, the whole equipment is cleaned thoroughly with THINNER 08700. 

Note: The amount of thinning necessary will depend upon prevailing conditions: 

temperature, humidity, wind/ventilation, method of spraying etc. 

In the case of a high level of thinning and/or long stops in application, the mixed paint 

must be recirculated to avoid settlement of zinc particles in the spray hoses. 

2/5

The coating must be wet and smooth just after application. Besides correct spray 

technique the amount of thinner added must be selected securing this optimum film 

formation. 

Select small nozzles for spray application of complicated structures, bigger nozzles may 

be used for regular surfaces. 

Too little thinning will typically lead to dry-spray and too much thinning to sagging and 

settling of zinc particles in the can. 

Wet film thickness must be checked immediately after application, but can be used as 

a rough guidance only because of the fast drying. 

Mixing: a. Do not open packings until immediately before use. The entire content of the 


the packings cannot be used later. Protect the ZINC DUST against moisture 

before mixing. 


b. Before mixing, shake or stir the GALVOSIL 15789 LIQUID very thoroughly. 

c. Pour the ZINC DUST slowly down into the LIQUID, with constant mechanical 

stirring. Do not mix in reverse order. Continue stirring until mixture is free of 

lumps. 

d. Strain the mixture through a screen, 60-80 mesh (250-160 DIN Norm. 4188). 

Temperature of paint: In a hot climate it is important that the cans with LIQUID are kept out of the sun and 

that the temperature of the liquid is kept below 30°C/86°F in order to avoid excessive 

dry spray. 

Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray should be stripe coated with brush 

immediately before spray application - if necessary also after spray application. 

Microclimate: (Actual climatic conditions at substrate). 

During application: minimum surface temperature -10°C (14°F). Maximum 

recommended temperature approx. 40°C (approximately 104°F), but higher steel 

temperatures will be possible provided dry-spray is avoided by extra thinning and proper 

spray application. In extreme cases reduction of dry film thickness may also be 

necessary. 

Steel temperature has to be above the dew point. As a rule of thump a steel 

temperature 3°C (5°F) above the dewpoint can be considered safe. At temperatures 

below the freezing point extra care should be taken, in this case measurement of 

relative humidity has to be done with a capacitive RH-meter. 

In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and 

drying to assist solvent evaporation. Ventilation for this purpose is recommended to be 

a minimum corresponding to a few air shifts per hour along all surfaces. However, avoid 

ventilators blowing directly onto the freshly applied paint. 

After application until complete curing: minimum steel temperature -10°C (14°F), 

relative humidity minimum 65%. 

Curing time: Curing is dependent on (steel) temperatures and relative humidities. 


At 20°C/68°F and 75% RH, curing requires approximately 3 days. At lower temperatures 

and relative humidity, curing time will increase considerably. Please contact Hempel for 

further instructions. 

3/5 

The coating will resist light showers after 1-2 hours at 20°C (68°F) and 75% relative 

humidity. 

To accelerate curing at lower humidity hose down surface with water 4 hours after 

application and keep surface constantly wet until curing is complete.

Complete curing can be checked by rubbing the coating with a rag soaked in THINNER 

08700. If the coating remains unaffected, the curing is complete and ready for 

recoating. 

Also scraping with e.g. a knife must only give a bright mark, leaving some loosened zinc 

dust, but no irregular detachment. Full hardness will first be obtained after weathering 

for some time. 

Film thickness: Permanent protection, with topcoat: 

Preferably 50 micron (2 mils) dry; 75 micron (3 mils) wet, however, 75 micron (3 mils) 

dry; approximately 125 micron (5 mils) wet, may be specified. In case of a long-term 

durable paint system, the total thickness of the subsequent coat is to be at least 150 

micron/6 mils. 

Special care should be taken to ensure proper thickness on welding seams, edges, 

corners, ribs, etc. 

Extra coat Too low film thickness can be made good by applying an extra coat of HEMPEL'S 

(recoating with self): GALVOSIL 15780. Surface preparation procedure - if necessary - and dilution of paint 

according to page 4 "Application procedure, tank coating". 

Spreading rate: 

The maximum interval for applying an extra coat is 7 days provided that the relative 

humidity is kept below 60%, absolute maximum is 65%, all the time until recoating and 

that the painted surface is not exposed to open weather, contamination of the like. 

There is a risk of mudcracking or peeling with overthick coats (more than approx. 125 

micron/5 mils dry film thickness). 

Theoretical: 

(on smooth surface): 

Practical (consumption 

factor 1.8): 

50 

75 

50 

75 

(2) 

(3) 

(2) 

(3) 

m²/litre 

12.4 

8.3 

6.9 

4.6 

(sq.ft./US gallon 

Recoating For recoating advanced paint systems shall be used, e.g. HEMPADUR. 

(with other paints): 

Recoating is expected to take place within 6 months after application of GALVOSIL 

15780. 

Micron 

Recoating interval: When fully cured (see CURING TIME). 


(Mils) 

Non-weathered zinc silicate coating are porous, and popping may occur in the 

subsequent coat. The best way to avoid popping is to apply a mist coat in the first pass 

of the topcoat. Let the air escape and apply the rest of the topcoat. 

Some of HEMPEL's products will substantially reduce the risk of popping when applied 

directly on top of the zinc silicate. See painting specification. 

497 

331 

276 

184 

Topcoating procedures depend on the condition of the surface as described below: 

1. Intact zinc silicate with sporadic formation of "white rust". 

a. Remove oil, grease, dirt etc. by detergent wash. 

b. Remove “white rust” by high pressure water jetting with fresh water 

(250-300 bar (3625-4350 psi) at a nozzle distance of 15-20 cm (6-8")). 

If the surface is only slightly contaminated, corresponding to 1-2 months of exposure in 

a mild climate, hosing down of the surface and scrubbing with stiff brushes (nylon) may 

be more practical. 

Make sure that the film is through dry before recoating. 

4/5

2. Zinc silicate surface with extreme formation of “white rust” which cannot be 

removed as described above. 

a. Remove oil, grease and dirt by a detergent wash (or solvent wash). 

b. Sandsweeping for removal of contaminants. Thorough removal of dust by 

vacuum cleaning. 

c. Touch up with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or HEMPADUR ZINC 

15360/15363/ HEMPEL’S ZINC PRIMER 16490. 

3. Damaged areas, burns, weld spatter, etc. 

a. Remove oil, grease and dirt by a detergent wash (or solvent wash). 

b. Remove weld spatters. 

c. Blasting to min. Sa 2½, thorough removal of dust by vacuum cleaning. 

d. Restore the zinc layer with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or HEMPADUR 

ZINC 15360/15363/HEMPEL’S ZINC PRIMER 16490. 









Issued: May 2000 - 1578019840CO009 














5/5


HEMPEL’S LIQUID 99751 

Description: HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 is a two-component, low-zinc, solvent-borne ethyl 

silicate shopprimer, designed for automatic spray application. Especially suited, where 

welding (MIG/MAG) and gas-cutting properties are of importance. 

Recommended use: For short to medium-term protection of blastcleaned steel plates and other structural 

steel during the storage, fabrication, and construction periods. 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a welding primer by Lloyd's Register of Shipping, American Bureau of 

Shipping, Det Norske Veritas, Germanischer Lloyd, Korean Register of Shipping, Bureau 

Veritas, RINA, Italy and Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia. 

See REMARKS overleaf. 



Colours/Shade nos: Reddish grey/19890 - Grey/19840 

Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: See REMARKS overleaf 



Dry to handle: 3-4 minutes at 20°C/68°F 

Fully cured: 4 days at 20°C/68°F (75% RH) 


(According to EPA Fed Ref Method 24) 



tempertures above 25°C/77°F. Do not store above 40°C/104°F or below 5°C/40°F. 


application. 





Mixing ratio for 15890: Base 15899 : Liquid 99751 



Thinner (max.vol.): 08570 or 08700 (30%) 08700 (30%) 08570 or 08700 (15%) 

(See REMARKS overleaf) 

Pot life: 24 hours (20°C/68°F) (Closed container, constant stirring) (See REMARKS overleaf) 




Cleaning of tools: THINNER 08570 or 08700 

Indicated film thickness, dry: 15 micron/0.6 mil (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Indicated film thickness, wet: Not relevant 

Recoat interval, min: When fully cured 











1/2

2. HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease with suitable detergent. Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a 

PREPARATION: surface profile equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. N9a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 2 mils segments 

or ISO Comparator Medium (G,S). 

For special purposes gritblasting is necessary. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

CONDITIONS: condensation. Minimum steel temperature 0°C/32°F, max. approximately 55°C/131°F: 

Curing: Minimum temperature for curing 0°C/32°F, minimum 50%, preferably above 65% relative 

humidity. 


SUBSEQUENT As per specification. 

COAT: 


Film thicknesses On steel abrasive blasted to a profile Ra = 12½ micron (½ mil), equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, 

and theoretical N10a-b, or Keane-Tator Comparator, 3 mils segments, the indicated 15 micron/0.6 mil film 

spreading rates: thickness corresponds to approx. 25 micron/1 mil measured on a smooth test panel (see special 

instructions for this procedure). The corresponding "theoretical" spreading rate will be 10.0 

m²/litre (401 sq.ft./US gallon) (reddish grey shade 19890). 

On steel abrasive blasted to a profile Ra = 6.3 micron (1/4 mil), equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, 

N9a, or Keane-Tator Comparator, 2 mils segments, the indicated 15 micron/0.6 mil film thickness 

corresponds to approx. 20 micron/0.8 mil measured on a smooth test panel (see special 

instructions for this procedure). The corresponding "theoretical" spreading rate will be 12.5 

m²/litre (501 sq.ft./US gallon) (reddish grey shade 19890). 

The shopprimer should be applied in a uniform film thickness. Avoid dry spray and exaggerated film 

thicknesses. 

Depending on requested protective lifetime the dry film thickness may be varied. Minimum is 

approximately 10 micron/0.4 mil, maximum 20 micron/0.8 mil as specified on a blasted surface. 

Thinning: Selection of proper thinner is related to application conditions. At high temperatures, a special 

THINNER 08740 with a very slow flash-off may be used - please consult separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

Curing: Curing time is prolonged at relative humidity below 75%. 

Recoating: No maximum recoating interval for adhesion, but dictated by gradual breakdown and damage 

during exposure and fabrication. Regarding treatment before recoating, please consult the 


Shelf life: If shelf life is exceeded, it is usually possible to use the zincpaste (BASE), if any settling can be 

remixed. The LIQUID may be used provided it shows no signs of turbidity, but pot life will be very 

much shortened, see below. In any case, possible surpassing of storage time will be of 1-2 months 

maximum (20°C/68°F) for the LIQUID. 

Pot life: The pot life may be gradually reduced to 8 hours (20°C/68°F) as the liquid approaches the end of 

its shelf life, assuming that it is stored under favourable conditions. 

Note: HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 is for professional use only. 














2/2


For product data description refer to the product data sheet 


HEMPEL'S LIQUID 99751 

Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and 

application of HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890. 

Surface preparation: a. Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil and grease and other 

contamination with a suitable detergent, followed by high pressure fresh water 

hosing. 

b. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½, ISO 8501-1: 1988. 

The abrasives must be capable of developing a surface profile equivalent to 

Rugotest No. 3, N9a to N10a (Ra = 6-12.5 micron/1/4-1/2 mil), Keane-Tator 

Surface Comparator, 2-3 mils segments (average maximum peak to valley 

roughness 50-75 micron/2-3 mils), or ISO Comparator, Medium (G,S). 

Note: In case of abrasive blasting with shot instead of grit the resulting surface 

profile will give lower adhesive values and thereby reduced mechanical properties 

of the coating. Recoating with heavy-duty systems such as HEMPADUR qualities 

can then generally be recommended only after a very thorough abrasive 

gritsweeping. Also for recoating with zinc silicates such as GALVOSIL 15700 a 

thorough abrasive grit sweeping is mandatory to give the required surface profile. 

c. When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove all grit and dust by vacuum 

cleaning. 

Note: As abrasive blasted surfaces will rust rapidly, HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 

15890 must be applied immediately after the abrasive blasting and de-dusting. If 

re-rusting occurs, re-blasting is necessary. 

Application equipment: HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 can be applied by conventional spray equipment 

(pressure pot type only), airless spray equipment and brush. 

Conventional spray equipment: 

Standard industrial spray equipment with mechanical agitator, pressure regulator, air 

filters, and water traps. 

Pot pressure: 2.5-5 bar (35-75 psi) 

Atomizing pressure: 1.5-2.5 bar (20-35 psi) 

Air hose: 10 mm (3/8") internal diameter 

Material hose: 13 mm (1/2") internal diameter 


Note: The hoses should be as short as possible, preferable not longer than 10 

metres/35 feet. Place the pressure pot at the same level as or at a higher level than 

the spray gun when spraying, owing to the weight of the paint. 

The pressure pot may advantageously be replaced by a piston pump with a low ratio of 

pressures. 

1/4 

In case of application stops, if possible re-circulate the paint through the hoses to 

avoid settling. 

Clean all equipment promptly after use with the THINNER used. 

Leave THINNER in the hoses when the equipment is not in use. 

Issued: October 1999/15890 - Page 1 of 4

Airless spray equipment: 

A large, slow-working, piston pump is recommended. 

Gaskets: Teflon 

Nozzle orifice: .019" through .023" 

Fan angle: 65° through 80°. 

Nozzle pressure: 80 bar (1200 psi). 


Note: During application stops, if possible re-circulate the paint through the hoses to 

avoid settling. 

Clean all equipment promptly after use with the THINNER used. 

Leave THINNER in the hoses when the equipment is not in use. 

Mixing: a. Do not open packings until immediately before use. The entire content of the two 


the packings cannot be used later. 

b. Before mixing, shake or stir the liquid very thoroughly. 

c. Mix only in the proportions supplied. Do not vary or sub-divide. 

d. Pour the liquid slowly into the zinc paste with constant mechanical stirring. Do not 

mix in the reverse order. Continue stirring until the mixture is free of lumps. 

e. Strain the mixture through a screen, 60-80 mesh (250-160 DIN Norm. 4188). 

f. For use in automatic shoppriming plants, adjust the mixture to a viscosity of 

15-18 sec/DIN 4 or equal with the prescribed thinner. 

Thinning: Dilute the mixed product only. 

For airless spray application, add maximum 30% of THINNER. 

For conventional spray application, add maximum 30% of THINNER. 

For touch up by brush, add maximum 15% of THINNER. 

Note: THINNER 08570 has a very fast flash-off which makes it suitable at low 

temperatures but gives risk for dry-spray at high temperatures. THINNER 08570 is 

generally not recommended for conventional spray application. 

THINNER 08700 has a relative slow flash-off with good film formation at high 

temperatures but slower drying at low temperatures. 

If application takes place at high temperatures, ie 40-55°C/104-131°F, a special 

THINNER 08740 with even lower flash-off than THINNER 08700 should be used. 

Correct selection of thinner is dependent on the actual application conditions. 

Pot life: 24 hours at 20°C/68°F in a tightly closed container. 

Note: Prepare only the quantity that can be used within this period. Maintain constant 

agitation until the batch is depleted. After expiration of the pot life the mixture must not 

be used even if it may appear to be unchanged. 

The pot life may be gradually reduced to 8 hours (20°C/68°F) as the liquid approaches 

the end of its shelf life, assuming that it is stored under favourable conditions. 

Application: The coating must be wet and smooth just after application. Avoid dry-spray and 

excessive film thicknesses, which especially may be encountered at manual spray 

application. 

Micro climate: Steel temperature: min 0°C/32°F, max . approximately 55°C/131°F. 

Issued: October 1999/15890 - Page 2 of 4 

2/4

Note: The temperature should be a few degrees above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. At the freezing point beware of ice on the surface. 

For application beyond the stated intervals contact HEMPEL for guidance. 

Drying time: Dry to handle in 3-4 minutes at 20°C/68°F and sufficient ventilation in 15 micron/0.6 

mil dry film thickness. 

Note: These figures apply when the temperature of the steel does not differ appreciably 

from that of the surroundings. 

Plates can be transported or stacked as soon as dry to handle. 

Processing is only recommended when fully cured. 

Curing time: Dependent on temperature and humidity. 

Relative humidity: min. 50%, preferably above 65% 

Min. temperature for curing is 0°C/32°F. 

At 20°C/68°F and min. 75% relative humidity the coating will be fully cured in 4 days. 

At low humidities, curing can be promoted by hosing down the surface with water 24 

hours after application and by keeping the surface constantly wet until curing is 

complete. 

Complete curing, in the sense of being ready for recoating, can be checked by rubbing 

the coating with a rag soaked in THINNER 08700 used. If the coating remains 

unaffected, the curing is complete. 

Recoating interval: HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 must be fully cured before recoating. 

Recoating procedure: Remove oil and grease, dirt, etc. with suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing. 

Remove weld spatters. Damaged areas, burns, etc. to be cleaned by rotary wire 

brushing, by disc grinding, by abrasive sweeping, or by abrasive blasting according to 

specification and touch up with the primer of the coating system proper. In case of 

"white rust" on intact surfaces, it is recommended to clean by fresh water hosing and 

scrubbing with stiff brushes. 

It is risky to make a general cleaning of the exposed surface by grinding, and especially 

by wire-brushing as this process easily tends to give a smooth, polished surface to 

which the adhesion of following coats usually will be reduced. 

In any case abrasive grit sweep the entire surface if the subsequent coat is GALVOSIL 

15700 or similar, or if the shopprimer is polished (smooth) and the following paint 

system will be exposed to aggressive environments during service. 

Especially if the paint system will be exposed to heavy wear - for instance a 

MULTI-STRENGTH-system - a very thorough abrasive grit sweeping is recommended, in 

severe cases a full reblasting. 

Removal of dust is mandatory before recoating. 


3/4

Safety precautions: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and 






















4/4

HEMPEL’S SILICONE ZINC 16900 

Description: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ZINC 16900 is a heat resistant zinc pigmented silicone primer. It 

is air drying at ambient temperature and resists temperatures up to 400°C/750°F. (See 

REMARKS overleaf) 

Recommended use: As a primer for long-time corrosion protection of steel exposed to high temperatures 

(from 100°C/210°F to 400°C/750°F). 

Service temperatures: Maximum service temperature is depending on the subsequent coat. When topcoated 

with HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 dry service temperature is max. 

400°C/750°F. 



Colours/Shade nos: Metal grey/19840 

Finish: Flat 



571 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.6 mil 














(Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustments) 




Recoat interval, min: 4 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 











1/2

2. HEMPEL’S SILICONE ZINC 16900 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease etc. thoroughly with suitable detergent. Remove salts and other 

PREPARATION: contaminants by high pressure fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. If shopprimer is required, only zinc silicate type is recommended. 

APPLICATION Clean and dry surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. In confined 

CONDITIONS: spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING None, or zinc silicate shopprimer. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900, HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910, HEMPEL’S 

COAT: SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 or similar according to specification. 

REMARKS: Note: If used as anticorrosive protection under insulation of high temperature equipment it is very 



Do not expose the paint system to heat before it is through dry (minimum 24 hours at 20°C/68°F). 

Film thicknesses: It is recommended to avoid too high thicknesses of the paint as this will give a risk of blistering at 

later heating. For high temperature service, the total dry film thickness of the paintsystem should 

preferably be kept at 75 micron/3 mils. 

Recoating May be recoated both at ambient temperature and after being heated for one hour to a 

intervals: temperature above 200°C/392°F. 

Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface thoroughly by high 


Note: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ZINC 16900 is for professional use only. 














2/2



Description: HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 is a two-component, zinc rich epoxy primer. It cures to a hard 

wearing and highly weather-resistant coating. Offers cathodic protection of local 


Recommended use: As a "V.O.C.-compliant", versatile, long-term primer on steel for epoxy, vinyl and acrylic 

coating systems in medium to severely corrosive environments. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 160°C/320°F, however, depending on the subsequent coat. 




Finish: Flat 



521 sq.ft./S gallon - 2 mils 



Surface dry: ½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 


























Issued: March 2001 

1/2

HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease thoroughly with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants 

PREPARATION: by high pressure fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, 

BN9a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 2.0 G/S, 2 S, or ISO Comparator, Medium (G). 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/15°F. The 

CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface must also be above this limit. The paint itself should be 15°C/59°F or 

above. Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. 


SUBSEQUENT As listed below in accordance with specification. 

COAT: 





Most typical range is 40-50 micron/1.6-2 mils, but thicknesses down to 15 micron/0.6 mils (extra 

thinning) and up to 80 micron/3.2 mils may be possible. This will alter spreading rate and may 

influence amount of thinning necessary, drying time, and recoating interval. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals, 50 micron dry film thickness for HEMPADUR ZINC 17360: 


Recoated with 

(Quality numbers only) 

58030 

46410. 46370 

46330 

17630 

45880 

Medium 

30 minutes 

30 minutes 

30 minutes 

2 hours 

2 hours 

Atmospheric 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Severe 

1 hour 

1 hour 

1 hour 

4 hours 

4 hours 

Water 

immersion** 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

4 hours 

Not relevant 

Medium 

12 hours 

8 hours 

12 hours 

None 

None 

Atmospheric 

* Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. 


Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Severe 

8 hours 

5 hours 

8 hours 

30 days* 

30 days* 

Water 

immersion** 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

30 days* 

Not relevant 

** Water immersion service is only recommended if HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 is applied in maximum 30-40 micron/1.2-1.6 mils 

and recoated with en epoxy coating system in 250-300 micron/10-12 mils. 



Note: Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high 

pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. In addition, scrubbing with a stiff brush may be 


HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: March 2001 - 1736019830CO007 













2/2




Low to medium temperatures: 17633 with CURING AGENT 98420 

Description: HEMPADUR 17630/17633 is a two-component, high-build, polyamide adduct-cured 

epoxy paint which cures to a hard and tough coating with good resistance to abrasion, 

seawater and crude oils. 

Recommended use: As a selfprimed coating for ballast water tanks and similar. As a primer for epoxy 

systems for atmospheric or in-water service. Suitable for application down to -10°C/ 

15°F. 

HEMPADUR 17633 is intended for use in cold/temperate climates, HEMPADUR 17630 

is intended for use in temperate to warm climates. 






Certificates/Approvals: Classification B1 by Marintek, Norway. 

Approved by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping as a provisionally recognized corrosion control 

coating. 

Approved as a corrosion control coating by Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia. 


HEMPADUR 17630 has been tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the 

Newcastle Occupational Health, Great Britain. 

Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of 

carriage of dry foodstuffs (FDA). 




Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170 - cream/20320 Grey/12170 - cream/20320 

Finish: Semi-flat Semi-flat 

Volume solids, %: 68 ± 1 68 ± 1 


182 sq.ft./S gallon - 6 mils 182 sq.ft./S gallon - 6 mils 



Dry to touch: 7-8 hours at 20°C/68°F 20 hours (app.) at 5°C/41°F 








4 : 1 parts by volume 4 : 1 parts by volume 

Application method: Airless spray Brush Airless spray Brush 



Induction time: See REMARKS overleaf 








Recoat interval, max: See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 






Issued: June 2001 

1/2

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 



protection, if required, use a suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination 

from storage and fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and 

touch up, use HEMPADUR 17630. 



power tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably to Sa 2½. 

Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR 17630/17633. As an 

alterntive to dry cleaning, waterjetting to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust 

degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to 

sound and intact paint. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water jetting or wet 

abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high pressure fresh water hosing, 

drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/14°F (curing 

CONDITIONS: agent 98420) and 0°C/32°F (curing agent 97330). The temperature of the paint itself should be 

above 15°C/59°F for proper application. Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature 

above the dew point to avoid condensation. 


SUBSEQUENT None or according to specification. 

COAT: 








Mixing/ To facilitate proper application properties it is recommended to allow the thoroughly mixed BASE 

induction time: and CURING AGENT to prereact before application. In case two-component spray-equipment is 

used, paint material is to be heated. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 


ISSUED: June 2001 - 1763012170CO004 / 1763312170CO001 













2/2

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 







Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment and 

application details for HEMPADUR 17630/17633. 

Ballast tanks, steel work: For optimum performance the following is recommended: 


system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in welding seams, undercuts, etc. 

should be avoided. If found, they may necessitate extra stripe coating or filling (however, 

the classification societies' recommendations are to be followed). 

All sharp edges to be broken or rounded depending on the actual conditions and the 

design lifetime. Laminations to be removed. However, rolled profiles, etc. from the steel 

mills normally have acceptably rounded edges. 

All loose weld spatters to be removed. 

Well adhering, scattered weld spatters are acceptable, but will need additional touch-up. 

If dense, they must be removed by grinding. 

Requirements to the "surface quality" of welds according to WELD REPLICA NACE RP 

0178 minimum Grade E (NACE Standard RP0178-95). 

Abrasive blasting/ Before blasting any deposits of grease or oil must be removed from the steel surface 

abrasive sweep blasting: with a suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing. Minor spots of oil/grease may 

be cleaned with thinner and clean rags - avoid smearing out the contamination. Possible 

alkali weld deposits, chemicals used for testing of welds, soap residues from the 

pressure testing must be removed by fresh water hosing. 

Issued: December 2001 - page 1 of 5 

Repair: 

Before blasting, old steel surfaces must be checked for any contamination. Possible 

blisters must be broken. If thick rust scale has been removed or deep pittings have 

been encountered, control procedures for contamination must be carried out. If still 

contaminated, the abrasive blast cleaned steel surface will need a repeated cleaning for 

salts and/or oil/grease followed by final abrasive blast cleaning. 

Newbuilding/new steelwork: To obtain full performance of the ballast tank coating, 

welds, burns, damaged and rusty shopprimer must be abrasive blast cleaned to Sa 2½. 

Minor areas mechanically cleaned to St 3. 

If welds have previously been coated with a (shop)primer just after welding this 

(shop)primer must be removed by abrasive blasting (sweeping) in order to obtain 

optimum performance. 

Intact shopprimer: 

Zinc salted surfaces, deposits of black iron oxides of plasma cutting and similar foreign 

matters to be removed by light abrasive sweep blasting. Chalk markings and plate 

marking of a non-compatible nature to be removed as well. 

The shopprimer must have been checked randomly for excessive film thicknesses and 

areas detected to have film thicknesses above approx 40 micron/1.6 mils (as measured 

directly on the shopprimed surface with equipment calibrated on smooth steel) are to be 

sweep blasted in order to remove most of the shopprimer. 

1/5

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 

Spot-checking for possible salt contamination of the surface to be executed before and 

after abrasive sweep blasting. 

When blasting, the importance of working systematically must be stressed. Poorly 

blasted areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection 

made after the rough cleaning. 

In the case of abrasive blast cleaning, the surface profile must be equivalent to 

Rugotest No. 3, BN9-BN10 or Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S. According to ISO 

8503-1 the grade will be MEDIUM (G). 

Note: If any doubt exists about the quality of the primary surface preparation (before 

shoppriming), the substrate must be re-blasted in situ as defined above. 

Block assembly zones: Overlap zones must be treated with great care. Damage caused 

by possible over-blasting must be avoided, paint edges must be feathered and 

consecutive layers of paint coatings given greater and greater overlaps - old layers being 

roughened corresponding to these overlaps (when sand papering, use free-cut paper, 

grain size 80). 

Furthermore, these areas may be either masked off with tape - to keep them as narrow 

as possible - or left with a thin zinc epoxy primer coat applied on these areas after 

secondary surface preparation at blockstage. 

Secondary surface preparation of block assembly zones are preferably to be abrasive 

spot-blasted. However, mechanical cleaning to St 3 may be acceptable if zones are 

narrow and an extra coat of HEMPADUR 17630/17633 is applied to these areas. The 

procedure of masking off with tape or using the zinc epoxy primer as described above 

may advantageously be used in case of mechanical cleaning. 

Repair: 

Corroded pits deeper than approx 2 mm, but not repaired by welding, are recommended 

to be filled with HEMPADUR EPOXY FILLER 35250 after blast priming has been carried 

out. 

Stainless Steel: (Ballast tanks of chemical carriers) to be abrasive blast cleaned to a 

uniform, sharp, dense, profile (Rugotest No. 3, BN9-10, ISO Comparator Medium (G), 

Keane-Tator Comparator 2.0 G/S corresponding to Rz minimum 50 micron). Any salts, 

grease, oil etc. to be removed before abrasive blasting is commenced. 

Water jetting: This procedure will primarily be relevant for repair jobs. However, the very good removal 

of water-soluble salts may also make it useful in other cases. 

The resulting standard is to be equal to the WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12 "Surface 

Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and other Hard Materials by High and Ultra-High 

Pressure Water Jetting prior to Recoating", 1995). 

Sufficient dehumidification equipment must be used to dry out the tanks as quickly as 

possible between the water jetting and the coating application. 

Local ventilators may be required to distribute the drying air evenly in tanks. All "slurry" 

is to be removed before it dries. New rust will be acceptable as discoloration only, not 

as powdery, loose rust. Acceptable degree of "flash rust" is maximum FR-2 (HEMPEL 

standard). Inhibitors are not to be used. 

All surfaces must be free from contamination at the time of painting and the relative 

humidity is to be below 85%. 

Refurbishment: It is recommended to carry out rough abrasive blast cleaning - or water jetting - to 

facilitate visual inspection and any necessary repair of the existing steel work. In the 

case of pit-corroded tank bottoms this rough blasting will also provide a better basis for 

a decision between welding of corroded pits or repair by filling. 


2/5

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 

A main concern is the contamination from sea water (water-soluble, corrosive salts). The 

preventive method will be to include very thorough cleaning with plenty of fresh water, 

please see below. 

The maximum allowable concentration of chlorides on steel surfaces immediately 

before application is 7.0 microgrammes/cm² as detected by the "Bresle Method". 

In the case of contamination, cleaning procedures must be repeated and/or improved. 

Especially pit-corroded steel will need special attention and the only possible way to 

remove contamination from the pits may often be to carry out very thorough cleaning 

with fresh water after abrasive blast cleaning. After repeated control and drying, the 

entire surface will need abrasive blast cleaning to obtain the specified degree of 

cleaning. Alternatively, the pit-corroded areas are cleaned by water jetting, any surplus of 

water is mopped up or removed by vacuum cleaning, allow to dry. 

Note: Actual type of steel work and surface preparation is dependent on factors such 

a shipyard technology, contractual specification, required lifetime, etc. Reference is 

also made to HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Ballast Tank Coating Work. 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR 17630/17633, being a high viscosity material, may require special 

measures to be taken at application. 

Recommended airless spray equipment: 

Pump ratio: min 45:1 

Pump output: 12 litres/minute (theoretical) 

Input pressure: min. 6 bar/90 psi 

Spray hoses: max. 100 metres/300 feet, ½” internal diameter 

max. 30 metres/100 feet, 3/8" internal diameter 


Filter: 60 mesh 

Regular surfaces: 

Nozzle size: .021"-.023” 

Fan angle: 60-80°. 

Complicated surfaces: 

Nozzle size: .019" 

Fan angle: 40°. 


After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with HEMPEL’S TOOL 

CLEANER 99610. 

Note: Increasing hose diameter may ease paint flow thereby improving the spray fan. If 

longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1, 

maintaining the high output capacity of the pump. 

Alternatively up to approximately 5% THINNER 08450 may be added, but thinning must 

be done with care as the maximum obtainable film thickness is reduced significantly by 

overthinning. 

3/5 

Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment.

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 

Application: Film-build/continuity: With this ballast tank coating it is of special importance that a 

continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each spray applied coat. 

An application technique which will ensure good film formation on all surfaces must be 

adopted. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and to have 

a proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be aimed 

at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of 

stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas a stripe coat will usually be necessary. To obtain 

good and steady atomising, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray 

equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working 

temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid dust-spray. 

The paint layer must be applied homogeneously and as close to the specification as 

possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled to avoid exaggerated film 

thickness, eg by controlling paint consumption and/or measuring wet film thickness. 


irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, should be remedied. 

Stripe coating: may either be applied by airless spray, (relatively small, narrow-angled 

nozzles) or by hand-tools. Apply the stripe coat as a uniform, regular film without 

excessive brush or roller marks in order to avoid cratering by entrapped air. 

Pot life/mixing/ When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 3 hours at 15°C/59°F and 2 

induction time: hours at 20°C/68°F. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat developed by 

(both curing agents): the chemical reaction between BASE and CURING AGENT may make the corresponding 

practical pot life shorter. 

a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is 


base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 86 parts by weight of base 

and 14 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 4.0 parts by volume base and 

1.0 parts by volume curing agent. 



c. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the 



Pot life 

15°C/59°F 1) 

3 hours 

20°C/68°F 

2 hours 

25°C/77°F 

1½ hours 

30°C/86°F 2) 

1 hour 

1) At 15°C/59°F and below, the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application. 

2) Temperatures above 30°C/86°F should preferably be avoided. 

Induction time: 

At steel temperatures below 5°C/41°F the paint may advantageously be prereacted 

10-20 minutes before spray application (longer pre-reaction time at lower temperatures). 

When two-component spray equipment is used, heating may be relevant to obtain a 

proper spray fan and a uniform and smooth paint film. This can either be done by 

preheating the two-component paint or by using a flow-heater on the pressure side. As 

an indication, a paint temperature of approx 40°C/104°F will be relevant, but has to be 

adjusted according to the actual conditions. 

Physical data (HEMPADUR 17630 in a dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils): 

versus temperature: 


Drying time 

Curing time 

Initial curing* 

0°C/32°F 

32 hours 

28 days 

20 days 


10°C/50°F 

14 hours 

14 days 

10 days 

20°C/68°F 

7 hours 

7 days 

5 days 

4/5 

30°C/86°F 

5 hours 

3½ days 

2½ days

HEMPADUR 17630/17633 

(HEMPADUR 17633 in a dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils): 


Drying time 

Curing time 

Initial curing* 

-10°C/14°F 

63 hours 

56 days 

40 days 

0°C/32°F 

32 hours 

28 days 

20 days 

10°C/50°F 

14 hours 

14 days 

10 days 

* When the state "initial curing" has been reached, the coating may exceptionally be exposed 

to ballast water provided it has been applied within the specified limits of film thicknesses 

and the all painted areas have been subject to thorough ventilation. 

Recoating: Recoating intervals (provided proper ventilation) 

(150 micron/6 mils dry film thickness) 


Recoated with: 

(quality no. only) 

Itself (ballast tanks) 

45182 

46330 

16 hours 

16 hours 

16 hours 

Minimum 

8 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

17630 

10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F -10°C/14°F 

90 days* 

90 days 

24 hours 

Maximum 

30 days* 

30 days 

12 hours 

3 days 

3 days 

3 days 

Minimum 

0°C/32°F -10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F 

36 hours 

36 hours 

36 hours 

17633 

Maximum 

(90 days)* 

(90 days) 

108 hours 

90 days* 

90 days 

54 hours 

*Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. Please contact HEMPEL 

for further advice. 





HEMPADUR 17630/17633 within the following directions for recoating: 

• Long recoating intervals: 

A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially in 

the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with 

eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be 

removed by fresh water hosing. 

• Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be 

removed as well. Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer 

and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly 

executed. Consult HEMPEL for specific advice if in doubt. 


relevant 






Issued: December 2001 - 1763012170CO004/1763312170CO001 

HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S. 





Issued: 

the actual conditions of any intended 

December 

use of 

2001 

the Products 

- page 5 of 

herein 

5 

must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







5/5

HEMUCRYL®PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 

Description: HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 is a water-borne, acrylic dispersion paint with good 

anticorrosive properties. Especially suited for application by airless spray. 

Recommended use: As a primer in water-borne paint systems on interior and exterior steelwork in mildly to 

moderately corrosive environment. 

May also be used as a primer in water-borne paint systems on hot dip galvanized steel, 

aluminium, and stainless steel in mildly corrosive environment. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish authorities according to IMO 

resolution MSC 61 (67). 

Has a Danish EC-type Examination Certificate. 



Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/12170 - Red/50710 

Finish: Flat 




Flash point: > 66°C/151°F 


Surface dry: ½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 1½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F 


135 g/litre - 1.1 lbs/US gallon (ASTM D 3960 - water-reduced) 






Thinner (max. vol.): Fresh water (5%) HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 (3-8%) 




Cleaning of tools: Fresh water (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 











1/2

2. HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 

SURFACE See separate HEMUCRYL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

PREPARATION: 

APPLICATION See separate HEMYCRYL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

CONDITIONS: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 



is 50-100 micron/2-4 mils. When used in 50 micron dry film thickness, 3-5% thinning will be 

necessary to secure proper film formation. For proper film formation the recommended nozzle sizes 

should be used. 

Brush application: Add 3-8% by volume of HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810. Typical dry film thickness per coat will 

be 30-40 micron/1.2-1.6 mils. 

Recoating: No maximum recoating interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere remove 

accumulated contamination by high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 

Other REMARKS: See separate HEMUCRYL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Note: HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 is for professional use only. 














2/2



HEMPEL’S HEMUCRYL product range 

Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation and application conditions of 

HEMPEL’S HEMUCRYLs. 

Surface preparation, New steel: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

primers: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 

2½. For temporary protection, if required, use suitable shopprimer. All damaged 

shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be thoroughly 

cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use the specified HEMUCRYL 

primer type. 

Repair: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove rust and loose paint by 

abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning to St 3 before recoating. Touch up bare spots 

with the specified HEMUCRYL primer type. 

Aluminium: Very thorough degreasing, followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning 

to remove all salts and other contamination. Any anodizing must be completely 

removed. Thorough sand papering or abrasive sweeping with mineral abrasives is 

recommended. Cast aluminium is recommended to be abrasive swept to a uniform, 

evenly grey appearance. 

Stainless steel: Very thorough degreasing with alkaline degreaser, ie HEMPEL'S LIGHT 

CLEANER 99350, followed by fresh water hosing to remove all contamination. 

Hot-dipped galvanized steel: Wet rubbing/grinding with ammonia water 1:20 followed 

by fresh water hosing. In the case this method is not feasible, the procedure as 

described for stainless steel may be used. 

Zinc silicate coated surfaces: Remove oil and grease, etc, with suitable detergent. 

Remove salt and other contaminants by high pressure fresh water cleaning. After 

exposure to high humidity, zinc salts ("white rust") must be removed carefully by (high 

pressure) fresh water cleaning - if necessary combined with scrubbing with stiff nylon 

brushes. Consult the APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for the relevant GALVOSIL product. 

Note: 

Among the HEMUCRYL primer types, HEMUCRYL TI-COAT 18200 is designed to be used 

as the first coat on aluminium, hot-dop galvanized steel, stainless steel and on zinc 

silicate coated surfaces. 

Surface preparation, Preceding coats should be sound and tightly adhering. Remove oil and grease with 

topcoats: suitable detergent. Remove salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water 

cleaning. Remove rust and loose material by abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. 

Dust off residues. Touch up to full system before recoating with specified HEMUCRYL 

topcoat type. 

Concrete: Any oil, grease and other contaminants should be removed by eg volatilizing 

by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent, the latter in the following way: 

1/2 

1) Saturation of the surface with fresh water 

2) Washing with suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing 

Remove loose material eg by stiff brushes or blasting, high pressure jetting or flame 

cleaning followed by fresh water hosing depending on circumstances. Three last 

mentioned methods are also able to remove scum layer if necessary. After surface 

preparation the surface should feel solid and hard. Remove dust. 

Saturate surface with suitable sealer, eg microdispersed acrylic type or by the 

HEMUCRYL topcoat diluted 15-20% with water. 

Issued: December 2000/HEMPEL’s HEMUCRYLs - Page 1 of 2

Application conditions: Use only where application can proceed at temperatures above 5°C/41°F, preferably 

above 10°C/50°F. Apply on a clean and dry surface with a temperature above the dew 

point to avoid condensation. 

Relative humidity: During application above 60%, preferably 75-90%, to avoid dry spray. 

If RH is below 60%, special thinner may be added in order to reduce dry spray. During 

drying below 80%, preferably between 40-60%. (Contact HEMPEL for further advice). 

Good ventilation during application and drying is necessary. Especially during drying it is 

of utmost importance that sufficient ventilation is covering all parts of the surfaces 

painted. Ventilation requirements to remove water vapours liberated during application 

and drying are app 75 m³/litre of the paint at 20°C/68°F. (Relative humidity of the air 

supply 40%). 

REMARKS: 

Good painting practice: The durability/performance of water-borne coatings is to a very high degree depending 

on the fulfilment of good painting practice. For instance application to riveted and 

skip-welded constructions will require extra care when coating sharp edges, riveted 

joints, etc. Avoid too high thicknesses per coat. Preferably apply an extra stripe coat. 

"Edge effect": Furthermore, as water-borne paints have a high tendency to "withdraw" from sharp 

edges, etc., proper corrosion protection will be highly supported by careful rounding of 

edges and that any joints are completely closed and tight. 

Exposure to low temperatures If the painted items will be exposed to humidity/water at temperatures below 5-10°C/ 

shortly after application: 41-50°F shortly after finishing the paint application, it is of utmost importance for later 

good performance that following rules are complied with: 

• Excessive film thickness must be avoided. 

• The (last applied) paint layer must dry for at least 6 hours at 20°C/68°F - 40-60% 

RH, 12 hours at 10°C/50°F - 40-60% RH before exposure to temperatures below 

5°C/41°F and/or condensation/water exposure. 

Avoid outdoor application in seasons with low night temperatures, frost and frost in 

combination with condensation or rain. 

Shelf life/storage: Store at temperatures between 5°C-40°C/41°F-104°F. Shelf life is reduced at 

temperatures above 30°C/86°F. Do not expose to frost during storage and transport, or 

before the coating is dry. 

Cleaning of tools: Tools must be cleaned immediately with lukewarm soap water and/or fresh water 

followed by thoroughly rinsing to remove residues of detergent. 

Dried remains of paint can be removed with HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 






Note: Any deviations from the above of a particular HEMUCRYL will be stated in the product 

data sheet for this paint. 







the 

Issued: 

actual conditions of any intended 

December 

use of 

2000/HEMPEL’s 

the Products herein 

HEMUCRYLs 

must be 

- 

determined 

Page 2 of 2 

exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







2/2

HEMUCRYL®TI-COAT 18200 

Description: HEMUCRYL TI-COAT 18200 is a water-borne acrylic dispersion paint with good adhesive 

properties. 

Recommended use: In mild to moderate corrosive environment as a primer on hot dip galvanized steel, 

aluminium and stainless steel. See SUBSEQUENT COAT overleaf. 





Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: 19.0 m²/litre - 20 microns 




Surface dry: 15 (approx.) min. at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 30 (approx.) min. at 20°C/68°F 


125/litre - 1.0 lbs/US gallon (ASTM D 3960 - water-reduced) 






Thinner (max. vol.): Fresh water (5%) Fresh water (5%) 





Indicated film thickness, dry: 20 microns/0.8 mils 

Indicated film thickness, wet: 50 microns/2 mils 

Recoat interval, min: 24 hours (at 20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 








1/2

2. HEMUCRYL TI-COAT 18200 


PREPARATION: 

APPLICATION See separate HEMUCRYL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

CONDITIONS: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMUCRYL, HEMPALIN, HEMPATEX systems or HEMPATHANE topcoats according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Recoating: If the subsequent coat is a HEMUCRYL-system the minimum recoating interval can be reduced to 2 

hours at 20°C/68°F and ventilation. Reference is made to separate HEMUCRYL APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

No maximum recoating interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere remove 



Note: HEMUCRYL TI-COAT 18200 is for professional use only. 














2/2











primer type. 




















Note: 








topcoat type. 



1/2 




















supply 40%). 

REMARKS: 




































the 

Issued: 


December 

use of 



HEMUCRYLs 

must be 

- 

determined 

Page 2 of 2 








2/2

HEMUDUR®18500 


Description: HEMUDUR 18500 is a water-borne two-component polyamine cured epoxy primer 

containing corrosive inhibiting pigment. It cures to a strong and rust-preventing coat. 

Recommended use: In mildly to moderately corrosive environments as a general purpose primer on steel 

constructions (see REMARKS overleaf). 




Colours/Shade nos: Grey/11150 







Surface dry: 2 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F 




60 g/litre - 0.5 lbs/US gallon (ASTM D 3960 - water-reduced) 








Thinner (max.vol.): Fresh water (5%) Fresh water (5%) 

Pot life: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

30 minutes (15°C/59°F) 

Nozzle orifice: .015"-.019" (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Nozzle pressure: Min. 150 bar/2200 psi 


Cleaning of tools: Fresh water (See REMARKS overleaf) 




(75 micron/3 mils dry film thickness of HEMUDUR 18500) 


Recoated with 

HEMUCRYL 

HEMUDUR 

Mild 

2 hours 

2 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

6 hours 

6 hours 

Severe 

6 hours 

6 hours 

Mild 

None* 

None* 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

1 week* 

None* 

* Before recoating, clean the surface thoroughly for all contamination.To check adequate quality of the 

preparatory cleaning, a test patch is recommended before actual recoating. 

Severe 

24 hours* 

3 weeks* 

If the maximum interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 

intercoat adhesion 







1/2

2. HEMUDUR 18500 


PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. For 

temporary protection, if required, use suitable shopprimer. All damaged shopprimer and 


repair and touch-up use HEMUDUR 18500. 

Repair: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants 

by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove rust and loose paint by abrasive blasting or power 

tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) before recoating. Touch up bare spots with HEMUDUR 18500. 


CONDITIONS: Apply on a clean and dry surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. 

Relative humidity: During drying below 80%, preferably between 40-60%. Good ventilation during 

application and drying is necessary. During drying it is of the utmost importance that sufficient 

ventilation is covering all parts of the surfaces painted. Ventilation requirements to remove the 

water vapours liberated during application and drying are approx. 75 m³/litre of paint at 

20°C/68°F. (Relative humidity of the air supply 40%.) 

PRECEDING None, HEMPADUR ZINC 15360, HEMUDUR ZINC 18560 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMUDUR, HEMUCRYL or according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Application: For proper film formation the recommended nozzle sizes should be used. 



recoating interval. Normal range is 50-100 micron/2-4 mils. Application at lower film thicknesses 

is possible, but requires thinning for proper film formation. 

Good painting: The durability/performance of water-borne coatings is to a very high degree depending on the 

practice: fulfilment of good painting practice. For instance application to riveted and skip-welded 

constructions will require extra care when coating sharp edges, riveted joints, etc. Avoid too high 

thicknesses per coat. Preferably apply an extra stripe coat. 

"Edge effect": As water-borne paints have a high tendency to "withdraw" from sharp edges, etc., proper corrosion 

protection will be highly supported by careful rounding of edges and that any joints are completely 

closed and tight. 

Exposure to low If the painted items will be exposed to humidity/water at temperatures below 15°C/59°F shortly 

temperature shortly after finishing the paint application, it is of utmost importance for later good performance that 

after application: the following rules are complied with: 

• Excessive film thickness must be avoided 

• The (last applied) paint layer must dry for at least 6 hours at 20°C/68°F - 40-60% RH before 

exposure to temperatures below 15°C/59°F and/or condensation/water exposure. 

Avoid outdoor application in seasons with low night temperatures especially in combination with 

condensation or rain. 

Cleaning of tools: Tools must be cleaned immediately with lukewarm soap water and/or fresh water followed by 

thoroughly rinsing to remove residues of detergent. Dried paint residues may be removed with 

HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Shelf life/storage: Store at temperatures between 5-40°C/41-105°F. The shelf life is reduced at temperatures above 

30°C/86°F. Do not expose to frost during storage and transport. 

Pot life: The pot life time is not indicated eg by an increase in viscosity. Although the paint still looks 

usable after 1 hour at 20°C/68°F, it is important that the paint is no longer used as its 

protective properties are dramatically reduced after this time. Be aware that the pot life will 

decrease when the temperature decreases, eg to 30 minutes at 15°C/59°F. Use eg an alarm 

clock to indicate when the pot life has been exceeded. 

Note: HEMUDUR 18500 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMUDUR®ZINC 18560 

ZINC POWDER 97110 


Description: HEMUDUR ZINC 18560 is a three-component, water-borne, zinc rich epoxy primer. It 

cures to a strong and anticorrosive coating that offers cathodic protection of local 


Recommended use: In moderately to severely atmospheric exposure as an anticorrosive primer for 

waterborne paint systems. 





Finish: Flat 



409 sq.ft/US gallon - 2 mils 



Surface dry: 1 (approx) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 




16 g/litre - 0.1 lbs/US gallon (ASTM D 3960 - water reduced) 





Mixing ratio for 18560: BASE 18569, 4.3 parts by volume : ZINC POWDER 97110, 17.0 parts by weight (totally 

6.7 parts by volume) : CURING AGENT 97700, 3.3 parts by volume. 

Add ZINC POWDER 97110 slowly while stirring to BASE 18569. Stir constantly with an 

efficient mechanical mixer and continue until a homogeneous mixture is obtained. Then 

mix with CURING AGENT 97700. 


Thinner (max.vol.): Fresh water (10%) Fresh water (5%) 

Pot life: 3 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

1½ hours (15°C/59°F) 



(Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment). 

Cleaning of tools: Fresh water (See REMARKS overleaf) 




(50 micron/2 mils dry film thickness of HEMUDUR 18560, steel temp. 20°C/68°F) 

Recoated with 

HEMUCRYL 

HEMUDUR 

Mild 

2 hours 

2 hours* 

Minimum 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

3 hours 

3 hours 

Severe 

3 hours 

3 hours 

Mild 

None** 

None** 

Maximum 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

1 week** 

None** 

Severe 

24 hours** 

3 weeks** 

* HEMUDUR ZINC 18560 can be recoated with HEMUDUR 18500 with a mininimum recoating interval of 10 

minutes if both layers are specified in 30 micron/1.2 mils dry film thickness and are fully dried before 

applying a third coat. 

** The surface must be completely clean before recoating. In the case of "white rust", scrubbing with a stiff 

brush and plenty of water may be necessary. 

If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary 

to ensure intercoat adhesion 







1/2

2. HEMUDUR ZINC 18560 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease thoroughly with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants 

PREPARATION: by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface 

profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN9a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 2.0 G/S or ISO 

Comparator, Medium (G). 


CONDITIONS: Apply to a clean and dry surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. 

Relative humidity: During drying below 80%, preferably between 40-60%. 

Good ventilation during application and drying is necessary. 

During drying it is of utmost importance that sufficient ventilation is covering all parts of the 

surfaces painted. Ventilation requirements to remove the water vapours liberated during application 

and drying are approx. 75 m³/litre of paint at 20°C/68°F. (Relative humidity of the air supply 40%.) 

SUBSEQUENT HEMUDUR, HEMUCRYL or according to specification. 

COAT: 







recoating interval. Normal range is 30-75 micron/1.2-3.0 mils. 

Good painting: The durability/performance of waterborne coatings is to a very high degree depending on the 

practice: fulfilment of good painting practice. For instance application to riveted and skip-welded 

constructions will require extra care when coating sharp edges, riveted joints, etc. Avoid too high 

thicknesses per coat. Preferably apply an extra stripe coat. 

"Edge effect": As water-borne paints have a high tendency to "withdraw" from sharp edges, etc., proper corrosion 

protection will be highly supported by careful rounding of edges and that any joints are completely 

closed and tight. 

Exposure to low If the painted items will be exposed to humidity/water at temperatures below 15°C/59°F shortly 

temperature shortly after finishing the paint application, it is of utmost importance for later good performance that 

after application: the following rules are complied with: 

• Excessive film thickness must be avoided 

• The (last applied) paint layer must dry for at least 6 hours at 20°C/68°F - 40-60% RH before 

exposure to temperatures below 15°C/59°F and/or condensation/water exposure. 

Avoid outdoor application in seasons with low night temperatures especially in combination with 

condensation or rain. 

Cleaning of tools: Tools must be cleaned immediately with lukewarm soap water and/or fresh water followed by 

thoroughly rinsing to remove residues of detergent. Dried paint residues may be removed with 


Shelf life/storage: Store at temperatures between 5-40°C/41-104°F. The shelf life is reduced at temperatures above 

30°C/86°F. Do not expose to frost during storage and transport. 

Pot life: The pot life time is not visible eg by an increase in viscosity. Although the paint still looks 

usable after 3 hours at 20°C/68°F, it is important that the paint is no longer used as its 

protective properties are dramatically reduced after this time. Be aware that the pot life will 

decrease when the temperature decreases eg to 1½ hour at 15°C/59°F. Use eg an alarm clock 

to indicate when the pot life has been exceeded. Temperatures indicated are understood as the 

common temperature for both paint material and the steel to be painted. 

Note: HEMUDUR ZINC 18560 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPATEX®E.V. PRIMER 19151 

Former name: Werofa Spezial E-Firnis 19151D 

Description: HEMPATEX E.V. PRIMER 19151 is a paint based on a special resin for temporary 

corrosion protection of high temperature equipment. 

Recommended use: As a temporary corrosion protection during storage and fabrication of high temperature 

equipment such as pipes, heating coils and hot ventilation channels. 

When heated, the paint decomposes slowly under moderate release of gases. 

Approvals, certificates: Approved as a welding primer according to DAST-Richtlinie 006 (20 micron/0.8 mil dry 

film thickness). 




Finish: Flat 

Volume solids, %: 48 ± 1 (DIN 53219) 

Theoretical spreading rate: 8 m²/litre - 60 micron 




Dry to touch: 30 (approx) minutes at 20°C/68°F 






Application method: Airless spray Brush Roller 


Nozzle orifice: .013"-0.017" 



Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08080 














1/2

2. HEMPATEX E.V. PRIMER 19151 

SURFACE Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. 

PREPARATION: Remove salt and loose material. 

Blast cleaning will improve the anticorrosion properties. 

APPLICATION AND Clean and dry surface with temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. Use only 

CURING where application and drying can proceed at temperatures above 0°C/30°F with a relative 

CONDITIONS: humidity below 80% RH. 

SUBSEQUENT None 

COAT: 

REMARKS: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose. This will alter 

spreading rate and may influence drying time. 

Note: HEMPATEX E.V. PRIMER 19151 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: October 1999 - 1915150670CS002 













2/2

HEMPADUR®FILLER 35250 


Description: HEMPADUR FILLER 35250 is a two-component, solvent-free, epoxy filler,which - when fully 

cured - is resistant to water, aliphatic hydrocarbons, and related products. Can be applied 

in thick coats up to approximately 5 mm without runs or sags. 

Recommended use: 1. As a filler for metals, hardwood, and other rigid materials. 

2. For filling of pinholes in weldings and similar irregularities in steel work not later 

exposed to strong chemicals. 


Maximum: 140°C/284°F 35°C/95°F 



Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/19810 






Fully cured: 5 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F 








Application method: Putty knife, or similar. 

Thinner (max.vol.): Do not dilute 




Recoat interval, max: 24 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

1/2 1/2 







2. HEMPADUR FILLER 35250 

SURFACE Metal: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants 

PREPARATION: by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting, power tool cleaning or sanding, 

depending on material and condition of the surface. Pitted steel should be blast cleaned and/or 

ground with high speed burrs. Round off sharp edges. Finally clean the area with HEMPEL’S 

THINNER 08450. Priming after abrasive blast cleaning can be done with a thin layer of eg 



CONDITIONS: The temperature of the substrate should also be above this limit. Apply only on a dry and clean 


SUBSEQUENT Can be recoated with HEMPALIN, HEMPATEX or HEMPADUR qualities according to specification. 

COAT: High-gloss finishes such as HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT, should not be applied directly on top of 

HEMPADUR FILLER 35250. An intermediate coat eg of a suitable HEMPADUR coating is 

recommended. 

REMARKS: Mix and stir the two components thoroughly until an even light grey colour is achieved, whereafter 

the filler is ready for use. 

Do not mix more than is necessary for use within the pot life. 



May be sanded after 16 hours (20°C/68°F). 

Note: HEMPADUR FILLER 35250 is for professional use only. 



2/2 2/2 











Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.

HEMPADUR®SPRAY-GUARD®35490/ 

HEMPADUR®SPRAY-GUARD®35493 

High temperatures: 35490 with CURING AGENT 95690 

Medium temperatures: 35493 with CURING AGENT 95790 

Description: HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 is a solvent-free, two-component, epoxy 

coating. It cures to a hard, abrasion-resistant, protective coating. It can be spray 

applied in one coat at a minimum film thickness of 2.5 mm (100 mils). 

Recommended use: As a heavy duty coating on steel and concrete exposed to severe corrosive conditions 

and/or abrasion such as splashzones, decks and ramps. Colour retention will be of 

minor importance. 

CURING AGENT 95690 suited for application at temperatures above 20°C/68°F. 

CURING AGENT 95790 suited for application at temperatures between 10°C/50°F and 

20°C/68°F. 

Conforms with NORSOK M-501, system no. 4 (high temperature version). 


Maximum: 140°C/284°F 35°C/95°F 




Colours/Shade nos: Grey-green/41690 

Finish: Semi-gloss, textured 


Theoretical spreading rate: 0.4 m²/litre - 2.5 mm 

16.0 sq.ft./US gallon - 100 mils 



Surface dry: See REMARKS overleaf 

Dry to touch: See REMARKS overleaf 

Fully cured: See REMARKS overleaf 


1/2 1/2 


subject to normal manufacturing tolerances. Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL book. 

The theoretical spreading rate has been calculated on the basis of a 100% solids volume. 



5.6 : 1.0 by volume; 23.0 : 2.0 by weight 5.7 : 1.0 by volume; 23.0 : 2.15 by weight 

Application method: Spray (small areas: notched trowel) Spray (small areas: notched trowel) 

(Consult separate Application Instructions) (Consult separate Application Instructions) 

Thinner (max. vol.): Do not dilute (see REMARKS overleaf) Do not dilute (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Pot life: See REMARKS overleaf See REMARKS overleaf 

Recommended equipment: Air spray by worm-pump equipment, by hose pump or by modified piston pump. 

(Consult separate Application Instructions) 

For small areas Quick Spray Hopper Gun. 

Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Indicated film thickness, dry: 2.5 mm/100 mils 

Indicated film thickness, wet: 2.5 mm/100 mils 

Recoating interval, min: See REMARKS overleaf 

Recoating interval, max: See REMARKS overleaf 









Issued: May 2000

2. HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 

SURFACE Steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½ or Sa 3 depending on area of use. 

PREPARATION: Surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3 BN11, Keane-Tator Comparator 5.5 G/S, or ISO 

Comparator, Coarse (G). Oil and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning prior to blasting. After blasting clean the 

surface carefully from abrasives and dust. The blasted and cleaned surface may advantageously 

be primed with HEMPADUR 15590. 

Concrete: Remove slip agent and other possible contaminants by emulsion cleaning followed by 


uniform surface, preferably by abrasive blasting, possibly by other mechanical treatment, flame 

cleaning or acid etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, e.g. HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 

(furthermore, see Product Data Sheet for 05970). Further information about surface preparation to 

be found in separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for 35490/35493. 

APPLICATION Use only on a clean and dry surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

CONDITIONS: condensation when application and curing can proceed as listed: 

Cured with 

Minimum appl temperature of substrate: 

Curing will proceed down to: 

Fully cured: 

Surface dry (ISO 1517): 

Dry to touch: 

Dry to handle: 

Curing agent 95690 

20°C/68°F 

10°C/50°F 

7 days at 20°C/68°F 

about 3 hrs at 20°C/68°F 


about 3 days at 20°C/68°F 

Curing agent 95790 

10°C/50°F 

2°C/36°F 

7 days at 10°C/50°F 



about 3 days at 10°C/50°F 

To facilitate stirring and mixing, the material temperature should in no case be less than approx 

20°C/68°F. 

PRECEDING None, HEMPADUR SEALER 05970, HEMPADUR 15590, or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or HEMPADUR qualities according to specification. In case a "smoothening" of the surface 

COAT: is required, HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45750 may be used. 

REMARKS: 




Film thicknesses: May be specified and applied in higher film thicknesses than indicated. Not recommended below 

2.5 mm /100 mils, since HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 will not form a close and 

pinhole-free film at lower film thicknesses. 

Adhesion: Proper adhesion is obtained by applying HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 directly to the 

steel. If a blast primer is required, HEMPADUR 15590 is recommended. 

Thinning: Do not dilute as this will influence adhesion and cohesion of the paint system. 

Pot life: 

Recoating interval: 

Material temperature 

With curing agent 95690 


Substrate temperature 



30°C/86°F 

30 minutes 

Not relevant 

Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

20°C/68°F 

1 hour 

30 minutes 

30°C/86°F 

4 hours 

2 weeks 

2 hours 

2 weeks 

10°C/50°F 

Not relevant 

1 hour 

20°C/68°F 

8 hours 

1 month 

4 hours 

1 month 

10°C/50°F 

Not relevant 

2 months 

8 hours 

2 months 

In the case of contamination before recoating, very careful cleaning is a must. 

Repair work should include recoating of a part of the surrounding, intact, original paint, which must 

be cleaned and roughened prior to application. 

For further details consult separate Application Instructions. 

Note: HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 is for professional use only. 



2/2 2/2 











Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.




Medium temperatures: 35493 with CURING AGENT 95790 

Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation and application in connection 

with HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493. 

Surface preparation: Steel: Heavily scaled surfaces may advantageously be descaled mechanically (e.g. 

hammering) prior to abrasive blasting. 

Rough welds and sharp edges should be ground and rounded off prior to abrasive 

blasting. Weld spatters to be removed. 

Prior to blast cleaning the steel, remove oil, grease, and other contamination with 

suitable detergent followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Other chemical 

contamination shall be neutralized and/or flushed. 

Alkali deposits on new welding seams to be removed with fresh water. 

All steel surfaces to be protected must be abrasive gritblasted to minimum "near white 

metal", Sa 2½, ISO 8501-1:1988. 

For very severe service conditions, abrasive gritblasting to "white metal", Sa 3, ISO 

8501-1: 1988 can be necessary. 

The minimum required surface profile is Ra = 25 micron, corresponding to Rugotest No. 

3, BN11, Keane-Tator Comparator 5.5 G/S, or ISO Comparator Coarse (G). The profile 

is obtained with sharp, angular abrasives. 

All blasted surfaces must be cleaned from dust, abrasives, etc. prior to painting. 

HEMPADUR 15590 may be used as blast primer according to specification. 

Concrete: The concrete must be of good quality and fully cured, eg 28 days for normal 

Portland cement, and completely dry with a humidity content in the surface below 4%. 

The concrete must also be controlled for absence of capillary water action or for subsoil 

water. 

Minimum pull-off value should normally be 20 kilopond/cm² measured after surface 

preparation. Any cracks, crevices and voids must be repaired. 

All possible slip agent, oil, grease and other contaminants must be removed by eg 

abrasive blasting, volatilizing by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent. The 

last mentioned in the following way: Saturation of the surface with fresh water. Washing 

with detergent followed by fresh water hosing. 

Depending on construction and purpose, abrasive blast, high pressure water jet or treat 

the concrete with power tools to obtain a rough and firm surface free of scum layer and 

other contamination. Remove dust and loose material. 

If mechanical treatment is impossible, the surface may be treated with acid etching. For 

this purpose an approx. 5% w/w nitric or phosphoric acid solution is recommended. 

Note: Strong acids, take necessary precautions, make sure that safety regulations are 

obeyed! 

Issued: October 1999/35490-45493 - Page 1 of 5 

1/5

Prior to etching the concrete should be saturated with fresh water to prevent acid 

corrosion of the reinforcement bars. Leave the acid to act for 3-4 minutes and hose 

down the surface with fresh water - preferably first a 5% w/w sodium hydroxide solution - 

and scrub carefully. After that the surface must dry homogenously and appear as an 

even, rough surface free of a loose outer layer. The surface must have a pH reaction of 

between 6.5-8.0. If any of these conditions are not fulfilled, the process must be 

repeated. The surface must be dried with good ventilation for at least 2 days at 65% 

relative humidity and 20°C/68°F. 

Pretreatment is controlled by scraping with a strong knife. The surface must feel solid 

and hard, and the knife must only leave a clear scratch mark. 

Seal the surface with HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 in such a way that the surface is just 

saturated. Any surplus must be removed (do also see the Product Data Sheet for 

HEMPADUR SEALER 05970). 

Application equipment: The following pumps are recommended for application of HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 

35490/35493: 

For major jobs: 

a. Worm pump type, vertically situated, eg: 

PUTZMEISTER SPRAY BOY II 

Model no. 20975.005 (air driven) 

Worm pump, electrically or air driven. Pump house D 4 1/2, Art. 70829004. 

Mantel material, benzene resistant, Neoprene, 70827006. 

Best working temperatures between 10°C/50°F and 30°C/86°F 

b. Hose pump ("Carrousel" pump), eg: 

BREDEL Hosepump type SP 40. Pump hose 40 mm in diameter, preferably of 

synthetic rubber. Electrically or air driven. Motorpower for instance 1.5 kW, 

geared to give an output speed of 7-55 rpm. 

Best working temperatures between 10°C/50°F and 30°C/86°F. 

c. Piston pump type with hopper, eg: 

GROVER MFG CORP. Model 473 TSD 

Modified, divorced piston pump 10:1 (7.5:1 can also be used). 

Best working temperatures above 20°C/68°F 

For small as well as major jobs: 

d. GRACO President, Modified Model 225-841, 10:1 Piston Pump. 

For repair and small constructions: 

e. PUTZMEISTER QUICK SPRAY. 

Note: Other Hopper guns are available. 

Spray guns: 

Ball Valve guns from Maskin A/B Tumac, Sweden 

No. 04131.001, Putzmeister, West Germany 

Serie 22517, Grover, Texas 

Nozzle Orifice: 

3-7 mm depending on circumstances 

Material Hose: 

Internally lined hose is recommended e.g. Uniroyal Mamili SAE 16CR 1T 3434. Length 

up to 15 metres/50 feet. 

For piston pumps max. 10 metres/35 feet. 

For hose pump max. 20 metres/70 feet. 


2/5

Mixing machine: 

For large jobs the use of a mixing machine is recommended, e.g.: 

PENNINE G5 Mixer from: PENNINE Industrial Equipment Ltd., Great Britain. 

Note: Other spray and mixing equipment than above mentioned may be usable. 

Do not dilute. 

Application by trowel is possible, but primarily relevant for small horizontal areas. Use 

a wide-notched trowel with an opening of 10 mm to ensure that a sufficient film 

thickness has been achieved. Smoothen out with a plain spatula dipped in THINNER 

08080. Keep a uniform pressure with the spatula. Finally, if a textured surface is 

required, the wet coating is rolled over with a textured nylon roller dipped in THINNER 

08080. 

Mixing: HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 is delivered in two components, viz: 

BASE 35499 and CURING AGENT 95690 for use at temperatures above 20°C/68°F, or 

BASE 35499 and CURING AGENT 95790 for use at temperatures between 20°C/68°F 

and 10°C/50°F. 

Stir the base thoroughly several minutes with a powerful, mechanical mixer. 

Add the content of the smaller can, the CURING AGENT, into the larger can and stir 

again. Minimize the residues in the small can. 

It is important to ensure that all BASE material is homogeneously incorporated into the 

mixture after which HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 is ready for application. 

If it is necessary to mix smaller portions than supplied, then extreme care must be 

taken to ensure that BASE as well as CURING AGENT separately are made completely 

homogenous by thorough stirring before subdividing. 

The mixing ratio is: 

"Medium temperatures", 35493: 

BASE, HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35499 : 10.7 parts by weight or 5.7 parts by volume 

CURING AGENT 95790 : 1.0 part by weight or 1.0 part by volume. 

"High temperatures", 35490: 

BASE, HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35499 : 11.5 parts by weight or 5.6 parts by volume 

CURING AGENT 95690 : 1.0 part by weight or 1.0 part by volume. 

Pot life: CURING AGENT 95690 CURING AGENT 95790 

At 30°C/86°F: 30 minutes At 20°C/68°F: 30 minutes 

At 25°C/77°F: 45 minutes At 15°C/59°F: 45 minutes 

At 20°C/68°F: 1 hour At 10°C/50°F: 1 hour 

Do not mix more material than can be used during the pot life at the prevailing 

temperature. In hot climate it is recommended to mix only one set at a time just prior to 

use. 

Procedure: Worm and hose type pump: 

Flush the pump with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Empty the pump. Mix and add HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490 or 35493 to the 

hopper. 

Nozzle orifice: Approximately 5 mm, air pressure 4-6 bar/60-90 psi. 

Pressure, air driven machinery, worm type pump: 

Airmotor: 1.5-2 bar/20-30 psi 

The best distance between gun and substrate is 25-50 cm/1-2 feet. 

The hopper must be completely free of previous mixture before re-loading with 

HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490 or 35493. 

To avoid material being pressed into the air chamber of the gun, turn on the atomizing 

air before starting the pump. 


3/5

Piston pump: 

Flush the pump and the hose with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Remove HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 from the pump by opening lower ball valve. 

Mix HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490 or 35493 and load the pump. 

Nozzle orifice: Approximately 7 mm. 

Air pressure: 

Nozzle: 3-6 bar/45-90 psi 

Input, 10:1 pump: 1.5-4 bar/20-60 psi 

Open the relax-a-valve a little before spraying. 

The best distance between gun and substrate is 25-40 cm/1-1.5 foot. 

Stop of Even for short interruptions of spraying it is important to stop the gun and the pump 

spray application: simultaneously to prevent paint build-up in hoses and gun. Automatic devices for this 

purpose can be delivered as standard for most equipment. 

If the nozzle is blocked, the following procedure is mandatory: 

• Remove and clean cap and nozzle separately. 

• Circulate the material at equal pressures (do not increase the pressure on the 

material hose). 

Control of wet The applied paint film thickness must be measured immediately after application with 

film thickness: a wet film thickness gauge suitable for this range of thicknesses (scale: 1-5 mm/40-200 

mils). 

Besides, control of consumption in relation to the area coated is carried out regularly. 

Theoretically, a film thickness of 2.5 mm corresponds to a consumption of 2.5 litres 

HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490 or 35493 per square metre. 

Additional material must be applied in case the thickness is insufficient, and in case of 

improper film formation. 

Equipment cleaning: Thorough cleaning of equipment is essential for a continuous, problem-free operation. 

During application: 

Keep the sides of the hopper free of "old" material by scraping the sides regularly. 

After application: 

Immediately after finishing the application pump a high viscosity lubricating oil through 

the equipment to press out the sandy remnants of HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/ 

35493 to avoid settling around fittings, nozzle, piston, etc. Then follow by flushing 

pump, hose, and the relax-valve, if any, with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Take cup and nozzle off the gun and flush the system at maximum speed. 

To ease cleaning insert a sponge in the material hose and pump it through the hose 

several times. In case the material hose is not internally lined finalize by rinsing with 

high viscosity lubricating oil to prevent drying out of the hose. If the above-mentioned 

precautions are not taken, there is a risk of problematic starting-up later on. 

Take the pump house apart and ensure it is thoroughly clean. In mortar type machinery 

lubricate the worm. Leave the pump unassembled after cleaning. 

For the piston pump types HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 will cause a 

relatively high degree of wearing of packings for which reason extra sets should always 

be at hand. 

Check of the dry film: The dry film is checked all over for discontinuities and correct minimum thickness with a 

High Voltage Holiday Detector operating at 12 KV. These checks can take place on 

HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490 after curing with CURING AGENT 95690 for minimum 

24 hours at 20°C/68°F, on HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35493 after curing with CURING 

AGENT 95790 for minimum 24 hours at 10°C/50°F. 


4/5

Discontinuities and areas with too low film thickness showing spark discharge must be 

touched up. 

Touch-up: For repair and touch-up HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 can be used. On 

minor spots HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/ 35493 may be applied by spatula. Large 

areas are repaired by applying the specified film thickness after proper surface 

preparation as described above. 









Issued: October 1999 - 3549041690CO007 / 3549341690CO002 














5/5

INSTRUCTIONS FOR MANUAL APPLICATION OF 

Supplementary to the Product Data Sheet with Application Instructions 

Surface preparation: According to Product Data Sheet. 



HEMPADUR 15590 in a dry film thickness of 50 micron can be used as a blast primer, 

reference is made to the Product Data Sheet. 

Application: After careful mixing, HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 is applied by a widenotched 

trowel with 10 mm clearance. 

In order to close notches from trowelling and to obtain a uniform layer, smoothen with a 

spatula dipped into HEMPEL'S THINNER 08080. Keep a uniform pressure with the 

spatula. 

To obtain a non-skid surface, roll the surface with a nylon roller with hair of a medium 

length. Should be dipped into HEMPEL'S THINNER 08080. 

Checking: The film thickness is checked by measuring the wet film as well as by calculating the 

consumption corresponding to the area. Theoretically, a film thickness of 2.5 mm 

corresponds to 2.5 litres of HEMPADUR SPRAY-GUARD 35490/35493 per square metre. 

The coating is checked all over for pinholes by high-voltage pinhole detection with 12 

kilovolt. Where sparks are observed the spots are marked and repaired with specified 

thickness as a minimum. 



Instructions for Manual Application 1/1 












Issued: October 2000/35490-35493 - Page 1 of 1

HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH®35530 


Description: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is a solvent-free, two-component, high-build, 

polyamine cured epoxy paint, which cures to a coating with good resistance to fresh 

water, sea water, crude oil, and to abrasion. 

Applicable in thick coats by standard heavy duty airless spray equipment. 

Harmless to grain cargo. 

Recommended use: 1. As a heavy duty coating on steel exposed to abrasion where solvent-free materials 

are required. Full colour retention will be of secondary importance. 

If solvent containing paints are accepted, HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 

substitutes. 

2. As a lining in potable water tanks and pipelines. Please see Certificates/Approvals. 

For application in warm climates. Please see APPLICATION CONDITIONS overleaf. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In fresh water (directly on steel): 

Maximum: 140°C/284°F 35°C/95°F (no temperature gradient) 



Britain. 

Approved by Water Research Centre, Great Britain, for potable water up to 23°C/73°F. 

Approved by Ministry of Electricity & Water, Bahrain, for potable water. 



Colours/Shade nos: Grey/10500 - Red/51320 

















Stir CURING AGENT before adding it to the BASE. 


(Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Thinner (max.vol.): Do not dilute (Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Pot life: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) (Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Nozzle orifice: .019" -.031" 

Nozzle pressure: min. 250 bar/3600 psi 





Recoat interval, min: See REMARKS overleaf and separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

Recoat interval, max: See REMARKS overleaf and separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 






Issued: November 2001 

1/2

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 

SURFACE When used as a heavy duty coating or in potable water tanks and pipelines: 

PREPARATION: Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: recommended profile is Rz minimum 100 

micron/4 mils - maximum 150 micron/6 mils corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G). Oil and 

grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) 

fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and 

dust. 

On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of salt residues in 

pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry 

abrasive blasting again. Alternatively, water jetting may be used provided the steel surface has 

already the surface profile as described above. 



uniform surface, preferably by abrasive blasting, possibly by other mechanical treatment, flame 

cleaning or acid etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, eg HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 

(furthermore, please see Product Data Sheet for 05970). 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above10°C/50°F. 

CONDITIONS: The temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F for proper application. In-can 

temperature of the paint should preferably be below 25°C/77°F. 


condensation. Relative humidity max 85%. 

For application in warm climates, HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 may preferably replace 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 as a heavy duty coating. For potable water tanks and pipes 

please check local product assortment. 

PRECEDING None, HEMPADUR SEALER 05970, HEMPADUR 15590 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, HEMPADUR or HEMPATHANE qualities as per specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Certificates have been issued under the former quality number 3553. 

Weathering/ The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive 

service to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this 

temperatures: product. 





(300 micron/12 mils dry film thickness of HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530) 


Recoated with 

HEMPADUR 

HEMPATHANE 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

24 hours 

12 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Water 

immersion 

24 hours 

Not relevant 

Atmospheric 

Severe 

5 days 

24 hours 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Water 

immersion 

5 days 

Not relevant 

Mix and stir the two components until an even colour is achieved, whereafter the paint is ready for 

use. If improved colour stability is requested for exposure to sunshine, it is recommended to 

topcoat with e.g. HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210. 

Potable water tanks: See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS, as to time before taking into use and post treatment of coated 

surfaces to be in contact with potable water. 

Note: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: November 2001 - 3553010500CO002 













2/2







application details for HEMPADUR 35530. 

Surface preparation: Steel: 

Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: recommended profile is Rz 

minimum 100 micron/4 mils - maximum 150 micron/6 mils corresponding to ISO 

Comparator Coarse (G). Oil and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts 

and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After 

blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and dust. HEMPADUR 15590 may be 

used as a blast primer/hold-coat. 


On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of salt 

residues in pittings may call for dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, 

drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. Alternatively, water jetting may be used 

provided the steel surface has already the surface profile as described above. 

In case of extensively pit-corroded surfaces (tank bottoms): Remove oil and grease 

with suitable detergent. Blasting to Sa 2, ISO 8501-1: 1988. Pittings on tank bottoms 

are often omega-shaped (typically in the case of chloride-induced corrosion) for which 

reason the following procedure is recommended: 

After rough cleaning for dust and abrasives, the tank surfaces are to be thoroughly high 

pressure fresh water hosed. Let the water remain in the tank so that all pit corroded 

areas are covered by approx 5 cm/2" of water. 

After 24 hours the water is removed by wet vacuum cleaning and the tank is dried. 

If needed, i.e. if there is still salt contamination to be found in the pits, the washing 

treatment has to be repeated. After cleaning, the surfaces are blasted to min. Sa 2½ 

with a surface roughness profile as described above. After blasting clean the surface 

carefully for abrasives and dust. Special care must be taken when cleaning the tank 

bottom. 

Concrete: The concrete must be of good quality and fully cured, eg 28 days for normal 

Portland cement, and completely dry with a humidity content in the surface below 4%. 

The concrete must also be controlled for absence of capillary water action or for subsoil 

water. 

Minimum pull-off value should normally be 20 kilopond/cm² measured after surface 

preparation. Any cracks, crevices and voids must be repaired. 

All possible slip agent, oil, grease and other contaminants must be removed by eg 

abrasive blasting, volatilizing by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent. The 

last mentioned in the following way: Saturation of the surface with fresh water. Washing 

with suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing. 

Depending on construction and purpose, abrasive blast, high pressure water jet or treat 

the concrete with power tools to obtain a rough and firm surface free of scum layer and 

other contamination. Remove dust and loose material. 

If mechanical treatment is impossible, the surface may be treated with acid etching. For 

this purpose an approx. 5% w/w nitric or phosphoric acid solution is recommended. 

Note: Strong acids, take necessary precautions, make sure that safety regulations are 

obeyed! 

1/5


Prior to etching the concrete should be saturated with fresh water to prevent acid 

corrosion of the reinforcement bars. Leave the acid to act for 3-4 minutes and hose 

down the surface with fresh water - preferably first a 5% w/w sodium hydroxide solution 

- and scrub carefully. After that the surface must dry homogenously and appear as an 

even, rough surface free of a loose outer layer. The surface must have a pH reaction of 

between 6.5-8.0. If any of these conditions are not fulfilled, the process must be 

repeated. The surface must be dried with good ventilation for at least 2 days at 65% 

relative humidity and 20°C/68°F. The pretreatment is controlled by scraping with a 

strong knife. The surface must feel solid and hard, and the knife must only leave a clear 

scratch mark. 

Seal the surface with HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 in such a way that the surface is just 

saturated. Surplus must be removed (do also see the Product Data sheet for 

HEMPADUR SEALER 05970). 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530, being a solventfree, high viscosity material, 

requires special measures to be taken at application. 

Standard airless heavy duty spray equipment: 

Pump ratio: min 45:1 (See Note below) 


Input pressure: min 6 bar/90 psi 

Spray hoses: max 15 metres/50 feet, 3/8" internal diameter 

max 3 metres/10 feet, 1/4" internal diameter 


Nozzle size: .023" through .031" 




Fan angle: 40° 

Note: Avoid the use of a suction hose. Use an interchangeable pipe, which makes it 

possible to remove cured paint If longer spray hoses are necessary the pump ratio must 

be raised to 60:1 or more, yet the high output capacity of the pump must be maintained. 

Thinning: Alternatively 1-2% THINNER 08450 may be added, but thinning must be done with care 

as the antisagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. Do NOT use 

thinning when coating surfaces to be in contact with potable water. 

Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment. 

Mixing: Stir the CURING AGENT 95530 well before mixing with BASE. Continue the mixing until a 

complete uniform colour is achieved. 


Hot airless spray equipment: 

Use the same airless spray pump as described above. 

On the output side of the pump an electrically heated, explosion proof, high pressure, 

material heater is fitted. For instance 2500 Watt, max. working pressure well above 300 

bar (4-1 safety factor) equipment. 

Spray hoses: 45 metres/150 feet, 3/8" internal diameter. 

3 metres/10 feet, 1/4" internal diameter. 



Fan angle: 40-60° 


Nozzle size: .019" through .023". 


2/5


Procedure for hot airless spray: 

a) Follow the supplier’s instructions for the use of the heater. 

b) At surrounding temperatures below approximately 15°C/59°F start by heating up 

the hoses by recirculation of THINNER 08450 or HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 

99610. 

c) Keep THINNER 08450 or HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610 readily available for 

fast cleaning of the equipment. 

d) Start spraying immediately after proper mixing and mechanical stirring of BASE 

35539 and CURING AGENT 95530. 

e) Adjust the heater to approximately 50°C/122°F and check this temperature at 

short intervals. 

f) The spraying should as far as possible run continuously. At any break longer than 

2-3 minutes, switch off the heat and flush the equipment immediately and 

thoroughly with one of the solvents mentioned above under c). 

g) After finishing the application, switch off the heat and clean the equipment 

immediately with THINNER 08450 or HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 

Continue the cleaning by re-circulation for at least 30 minutes. 

Pit-corroded surfaces: In case of extensive pit corrosion (old tank bottoms) it is 

advisable to apply the first coat by brush. The coating must be worked well into all pits 

facilitating a good wetting of the steel and closing the porosities. The following coat(s) 

can be applied by brush as well as by airless spray (as per above) securing full covering 

of the uneven/rough surface. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is one hour at 20°C/68°F. 

However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat developed by the chemical reaction 

between BASE and CURING AGENT is so intense that the corresponding practical pot life 

is substantially shorter. 

Therefore: 

• Irrespective of equipment, use the paint immediately after mixing. At a normal 

application speed the 20 litres/5 US gallons are used in approx. 10 minutes. 

• Keep an eye on the paint temperature frequently for instance by touching the can 

with your hand. If it feels more than hand warm, discard the paint and flush the 

equipment immediately irrespective of type of spray equipment. 

Paint temperature: If the in-can temperature is below approximately 15°C/59°F viscosity will be too high for 

application. If the paint temperature at mixing is 25°C/77°F or higher a substantial risk 

of shortened pot life and curing in can/spray equipment exists. When working in warm, 

sub-tropical/ tropical climates a refrigerated container can be used for storing/ 

cooling of the paint before application. 

Application: Film-build/continuity: With this typical one-coat tank coating it is of great importance 

that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained. An application technique which will 

ensure good film formation on all surfaces must be adopted. It is very important to use 

nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and to have a proper, uniform distance of the 

spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be 

taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners etc. The usual way of obtaining 

this result is to spray-coat all these areas separately followed by a full coat all over. 

Furthermore, stripe coating by brush will typically be required. To obtain good and steady 

atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray equipment must be 

sufficient in output pressure and capacity. 


3/5



possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled to avoid exaggerated film 

thickness, eg by controlling paint consumption and/or measuring wet film thickness. 



Stripe coating: Edges, corners, manual welds, and places difficult to cover properly by spray application 

should be stripe coated (touched up) either before or after the spray application. 

One or two stripe coats will usually be necessary, but depending on actual conditions. 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENTGH 35530 may be slightly thinned with THINNER 08450, 

except for stripe coating of surfaces to be in contact with potable water. 

Extra film thickness: Extra thickness - extra layer(s) - may be necessary in case of severely pitted and/or 

where very high degrees of antiabrasive properties are needed. 

Two- coat application: When applied in two coats it is an advantage to apply the first coat thicker than the 

second coat, for instance 300 micron for first, 200 micron for the second layer. 

Recoating intervals: Within a maximum of 85% Relative Humidity the following recoating 

intervals apply (d=days h=hours): 

Steel temperature °C/°F 



Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

10/50 

60 h 

13 d 

30 h 

60 h 

15/59 

38 h 

8 d 

19 h 

38 h 

20/68 

24 h 

5 d 

12 h 

24 h 

25/77 

16 h 

3½ d 

8 h 

16 h 

30/86 

12 h 

2½ d 

6 h 

12 h 

35/95 

9 hours 

44 hours 

4½ h 

9 h 

40/104 

8 hours 

36 hours 

The layer of HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 must NOT be exposed to (steel) 

temperatures below 10°C/50°F, to condensing humidity nor to relative humidities higher 

than 85% before recoating. 

Curing table: The following curing times apply: 


Fully cured 

"Initial curing" 

18 days 

7½ days 

11 days 

5 days 

7 days 

3 days 

5 days 

2 days 

3½ days 

1½ days 

Time before taking Tanks or pipelines should generally not be taken into use before HEMPADUR 

into use: MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is fully cured (see above). 

10/50 

15/59 

20/68 

Full curing is mandatory in case of potable water service. 

25/77 

30/86 

35/95 

2½ days 

1 day 

Exposure to ballast water and crude oil may exceptionally take place after an "initial 

curing" time as listed above. 

Water resistance: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is resistant to light showers and condensation 

after an initial curing time as listed: 


Minimum time 


10°C/50°F 

60 hours 

15°C/59°F 

32 hours 

20°C/68°F 

24 hours 

25°C/77°F 

20 hours 

30°C/86°F 

15 hours 

4 h 

8 h 

40/104 

2 days 

1 day 

Note: HEMPADUR 35530 must not be exposed to water or high humidity between 

stripe coating and full coating respectively between full coating and any necessary 

second full coating as there is a certain risk of curing agent exudation which will hinder 

adhesion. If exudation is present on the surface this must be removed by very thorough 

cleaning. Cleaning should be carried out by hand-warm fresh water washing at a 

pressure of approx 60 bar. Such cleaning must not take place before the minimum 

curing time for obtaining water resistance as listed above has elapsed. Contact the 

nearest Hempel office for further details. 

4/5


Ventilation during Ventilation is not required for drying/curing of the coating, but some ventilation is 

application: recommended in order to remove eg spraydust from application. 

Minimum out-docking When the painted surface will be exposed to abrasion shortly after out-docking, the 

interval of ships: recommended minimum drying/curing time before out-docking is: 


Minimum days 

10/50 

12½ 

15/59 

8 

20/68 

5 

25/77 

3½ 

30/86 

2½ 

(35/95) 

(2) 

(40/104) 

When out-docking takes place into water with a temperature at or above 10°C/50°F, and 

sufficient time afterwards is allowed for full cure before the coating is exposed to 

abrasion, the recommended minimum time before out-docking is: 


Minimum days 

10/50 

7½ 

15/59 

5 

20/68 

3 

25/77 

2 

30/86 

1½ 

(35/95) 

(1) 

(1½) 

(40/104) 

Notes: 

1. The temperatures in the tables above are mean values, but the temperature during 

curing should at no time come below 10°C/50°F. 

2. Curing will proceed under water when the water temperature is above 10°C/50°F. 

Remarks: Stripe coating is recommended in tanks. 

In case of deep pittings higher film thickness is recommended on areas with pittings. 

Post treatment of coated After complete curing, i.e. minimum 7 days at 20°C/68°F, and before being taken 

surfaces to be in contact into use, the surfaces must be cleaned properly. This will be subject to local/individual 

with potable water: specification or regulation but at least for tanks a careful hosing down with clean fresh 

water (max. 40°C/104°F if warm water is used) and/or - if possible - by filling with water 

allowed to stand for at least 24 hours. Drain and repeat the procedure, and finally flush 

with clean fresh water. Desinfication by for instance chlorination can be very aggressive 

towards the coating and separate instructions are available. 














Issued: 

SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, 

October 

unless otherwise 

2001 

expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, 





5/5 

(1)

HEMPEL’S POLYESTER GF 35920 

HARDENER 99020 

Description: HEMPEL’S POLYESTER GF 35920 is a high solid, two-component heavy duty lining system 

based on isophthalic polyester acrylic copolymer reinforced with glass flakes. 

Applicable in thick coats by standard heavy duty airless spray equipment. 

Recommended use: 1. As rust preventing coating for areas exposed to high abrasion and impact. 

2. As rust preventing coating for areas requiring short interval between application 

and seawater immersion - 6 hours at 20°C/68°F is required. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In water (maximum temperature gradient 35°C/63°F): 

Maximum: 140°C/284°F 80°C/176°F 



Finish: Flat 

Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630 - Yellow/20820 (RAL 1006) 

Volume solids, %: 90 (See REMARKS overleaf) 















Mixing ratio: Base 35929 : Hardener 99020 

97.5 : 1.5 by volume 

Application method: Airless spray Brush/roller (See separate Application instructions) 

Thinner: Do not dilute (See separate Application instructions) 

Pot life: 45 minutes (20°C/68°F) (See separate Application instructions) 

Nozzle orifice: .030"-.060" (Reversible) 

Nozzle pressure: min 275 bar/4000 psi 


Cleaning of tools: Styrene and methyl ethyl ketone (See separate Application instructions) 



Recoating interval, min: with itself: 2 hours (20°C/68°F); others: 16 hours (20°C/68°F) 

Recoating interval, max: 3 days (20°C/68°F) 






Issued: July 2000 

1/2

2. HEMPEL’S POLYESTER GF 35920 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. 

PREPARATION: Minimum surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 11, Keane-Tator Comparator, 5.5 

G/S, or ISO Comparator Coarse (G). Oil and grease must be removed by suitable detergent, salts 

and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After blasting clean 

the surface carefully from abrasives and dust. 

Maintenance: On old exposed areas excessive amounts of soluble salt residues (in pittings) may 

call for water jet cleaning or wet abrasive blasting followed by dry abrasive blasting. Alternatively dry 

abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. 

APPLICATION Use only when application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 10°C/50°F. 

CONDITIONS: The in-can temperature of the polyester material should be between 15°C/59°F and 25°C/77°F to 

facilitate proper application properties. 


condensation. Relative humidity max. 85%. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during 

application and curing. 


COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or solvent-based coatings as per specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 


Normal range dry is 650-750 micron/26-30 mils. Absolute minimum is 500 micron/20 mils. 

Maximum not more than 1250 micron/50 mils. 

Volume solids: Theoretically, the products contains 100% solid. 

By practical spray application, however, one of the reactive components added in surplus will be 

lost as volatile in an amount of approx 0.035 kg per litre. 

Furthermore, the curing process is accompanied by a contraction of approximately 6%. These two 

factors result in a volume solids of 90% and a spreading rate of 1.4 m²/l at 650 micron. 

By extremely unfavourable application conditions, higher losses may result in a "theoretical" 

spreading rate of approximately 1.2 m²/l at 650 micron. The curing is, however, not affected by the 

higher loss. 

Note: HEMPEL’S POLYESTER GF 35920 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: July 2000 - 3592011630 













2/2

HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 35920 




HARDENER 99020 


application details for HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 35920. 

Surface preparation: New steel: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. 

Minimum surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN11, Keane-Tator 

Comparator, 5.5 G/S, or ISO Comparator Coarse (G). After blasting, clean the surface 

carefully from abrasives and dust. 

On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for dry abrasive 

blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again 

as described above. 

Application equipment: HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 35920, being a high-viscosity material, requires special 


Standard airless heavy-duty spray equipment: 

Pump ratio: min 45:1 (See Note below) 

Pump output: min. 12 litres/minute (theoretical) 


Spray hoses: max. 15 metres/50 feet, 3/8" internal diameter, nylon lined 




reversible tip 

Fan angle: 40-60° 

Note: Avoid the use of a suction hose. Use an interchangeable pipe, which makes it 

possible to remove cured paint. 

The pump should preferably be fitted with leather seals although Teflon (PTFE) seals are 

acceptable for small jobs. 

If longer spray hoses are necessary, up to 50 metres/150 feet hose (½" internal 

diameter) can be added. The pump ratio must be raised to 60:1 or more, yet, the high 

output capacity of the pump must be maintained. Before application starts, the filter 

should be removed and hoses should be washed with styrene. 

Thinning: Alternatively max. 5% styrene may be added, but thinning must be done with care as the 

anti-sagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. 


Mixing: Steel temperature between 10°C/50°F and 20°C/68°F: 

Add ½ a bottle of HARDENER 99020 into the BASE 35929 and mix for 1 minute. Add 

the second half of HARDENER 99020 and continue to stir until contents are thoroughly 

mixed (approx. 2 minutes). 

Issued: August 2001 

Before start-up, the pump must be flushed with styrene. 

1/3 

At spray stop the equipment should be flushed out using a small amount of styrene, 

followed by methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) for at least 15 minutes. Where spraying is to 

continue, flush with styrene.


The pump should work fast during flushing operations and care taken to ensure that 

equipment is throughly cleaned. 

Steel temperature at and above 20°C/68°F: 

1. Add the content of 1 bottle of RETARDER 99190 and mix thoroughly by mechanical 

agitation with BASE 35929 only. 

After mixing RETARDER 99190 with BASE 35929 it is essential that at least 5 

minutes are allowed before commencing the addition of the HARDENER 99020. 

2. HARDENER 99020 should then be added as described on page 1. 

UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES RETARDER 99190 SHOULD BE ADDED AFTER THE 

HARDENER 99020 HAS BEEN ADDED. THIS WILL TOTALLY NEGATE THE CURING 

REACTION. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 45 minutes at 20°C/68°F. 

However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat developed by the chemical reaction 

is so intense that the corresponding practical pot life is substantially shorter. 

Therefore: 

• Irrespective of equipment, use the paint immediately after mixing. At a normal 

application speed the 20 litres/5 US gallons are used in approx. 10 minutes. 

• Keep an eye on the paint temperature frequently for instance by touching the can 

with your hand. If it feels more than hand warm, discard the paint and flush the 

equipment immediately irrespective of type of spray equipment. 

Paint temperature: If the temperature in the can is below approximately 15°C/59°F, the viscosity will be too 

high for application. If the paint temperature when mixing is 25°C/77°F or higher, a 

substantial risk of shortened pot life and curing in can/spray equipment exists. When 

working in warm, subtropical/tropical climates a refrigerated container can be used for 

storing/cooling of the paint before application. 

Stripe coating: Edges, corners, manual welds, and places difficult to cover properly by spray application 

should be stripe coated (touched up) either before or after the spray application. 

One or two stripe coats will usually be necessary, but depending on actual conditions. 

Extra film thickness: Extra thickness - extra layer(s) - may be necessary in case of severely pitted and/or 

where very high degrees of antiabrasive properties are needed. 

Indicated film thickness: 1500 micron on splash zone areas, 1000 micron on immersed areas below splash 

zone, and 750 micron on decks are recommend. 

Recoating intervals: Within a maximum of 85% Relative Humidity the following recoating intervals apply: 


With 35920 

With other paints 

(solvent-based) 

Min 

Max 

Min 

Max 

10°C/50°F 

5 hours 

7½ days 

32 hours 

7½ days 

15°C/59°F 

3 hours 

5 days 

24 hours 

5 days 

20°C/68°F 

2 hours 

3 days 

16 hours 

3 days 

25°C/77°F 

1½ hours 

2 days 

12 hours 

2 days 

30°C/86°F 

1 hour 

1½ days 

8 hours 

1½ days 

(35°C/95°F) 

(45 min.) 

(1 day) 

(6 hours) 

(1 day) 

The polyester MUST NOT be exposed to (steel) temperatures below 10°C/50°F nor to 

condensation or Relative Humidity higher than 85% before recoating. 

Cleaning of tools: The equipment should be flushed out and cleaned using styrene followed by methyl ethyl 

ketone (MEK). 


2/3


Curing table: The following curing times apply: 


Fully cured 

10°C/50°F 

18 days 

15°C/59°F 

11 days 

20°C/68°F 

7 days 

25°C/77°F 

5 days 

30°C/86°F 

3½ days 

(35°C/95°F) 

(2½ days) 

Time before taking When the painted surface will be exposed to heavy duty service (e.g. exposure to 

into service: chemicals, heavy wear and tear), the recommended minimum curing time is: 


Minimum 

10°C/50°F 

7½ days 

15°C/59°F 

5 days 

20°C/68°F 

3 days 

25°C/77°F 

2 days 

30°C/86°F 

1½ days 

If not exposed to heavy duty service (eg exposure to light traffic only): 


Minimum 

10°C/50°F 

60 hours 

15°C/59°F 

40 hours 

20°C/68°F 

24 hours 

25°C/77°F 

16 hours 

30°C/86°F 

12 hours 

(35°C/95°F) 

(1 day) 

(35°C/95°F) 

(8 hours) 

HEMPEL'S POLYESTER GF 35920 is resistant to immersion in calm seawater after an 

initial curing time as listed hereunder. 


Minimum 

10°C/50°F 

15 hours 

15°C/59°F 

10 hours 

20°C/68°F 

6 hours 

25°C/77°F 

5 hours 

30°C/86°F 

4 hours 

(35°C/95°F) 

(3 hours) 

Notes: 

1. The temperatures in the tables above are mean values, but the temperature 

during curing should at no time come below 10°C/50°F. 

2. Curing will proceed under water when the water temperature is above 

10°C/50°F. 

3. Less curing than stated above before exposure to seawater may result in significant 

discoloration of the surface. 

Remarks: Stripe coating is recommended on surfaces difficult to cover properly by spray. 

In case of deep pittings higher film thickness is recommended on areas with pittings. 

To secure sufficient curing at low surface temperatures as well as to secure a 

pinhole-free paint film at any temperature, the product should always be applied in a wet 

film thickness above 600 micron. 






Issued: August 2001 - 3592011630 







Issued: User. The Products are supplied August and all 2001 technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 






3/3

HEMPALIN®UNDERCOAT 42460 

Description: HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 is a fairly quick-drying alkyd paint. 

Recommended use: As a general purpose undercoating in alkyd paint systems on exterior and interior 

steelwork, wood, plaster, etc. in mildly to moderately corrosive environment. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish and German authorities according 

to IMO resolution MSC 61 (67). 

Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination certificate. 



Colours/Shade nos.: White/10000 

Finish: Flat 





















Recoat interval max: See REMARKS overleaf 










1/2

2. HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 



PRECEDING HEMPALIN PRIMERS or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPALIN ENAMELS or according to specification. 

COAT: 



This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range 

dry is 30-40 micron/1.2-1.6 mils. 

Thinning: THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, howeer, with a certain risk of wrinkling of a 

preceding fresh HEMPALIN coat. 


(40 micron/1.6 mils dry film thickness of HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460) 

Surface Temperature 

Recoated with 

HEMPALIN 

(white spirit only) 

Mild 

5 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

8 hours 

Mild 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

If this maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 


Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface thoroughly by (high 

pressure) fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 is for professional use only. 














7 days 

2/2



Description: HEMPADUR 45080 is a high-build, modified, two-component epoxy paint, which cures to 

a coating with good resistance to water, splashes of mineral oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons, 

and to abrasion and impact. Limited resistance to aromatic and stronger solvents, and 

to acids and oxidizing materials. Minimum curing temperature -10°C/14°F. 

Recommended use: As an intermediate coat with no maximum recoating interval in HEMPADUR/ 

HEMPATHANE systems. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F (see REMARKS overleaf). 



Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: 1½ (app) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 








Mixing ratio: Base 45089 : Curing agent 95010 








Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 or THINNER 08450 











1/2




Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/14°F. The 

temperature of the paint itself should be minimum 15°C/59°F. 


PRECEDING HEMPADUR primers/intermediate coats or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPATHANE topcoats according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 


service sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected 

temperatures: in this product. 




Recoating: Before recoating, clean the surface thoroughly of all contamination. Especially at long intervals 

before recoating very careful cleaning is required. 

To check adequate quality of the preparatory cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual 

recoating. 

Recoating intervals related to later conditions of exposure: 



Recoated with 

HEMPATHANE topcoats 

Medium 

4 hours 

Minimum 

Severe 

8 hours 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

None* 

Maximum 

*If there is any doubt about the adequacy of the surface preparation, a thin, fresh coat of 

HEMPADUR 45080 is applied to secure adhesion of the following coat. 


ISSUED: August 2001 - 4508011630CO004 












Severe 


None* 

2/2





Description: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 is a two-component, polyamide adduct cured epoxy paint with 

good wetting properties and low water permeability. It is selfpriming and forms a hard 

and tough coating which has good resistance against abrasion and impact as well as to 

seawater, mineral oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons and splashes from petrol and related 

products. Harmless to grain cargoes. 

Recommended use: 1. As a high build primer, intermediate and/or finishing coat in (heavy duty) paint 

systems according to specification. (As a finishing coat where a cosmetic 

appearance is of less importance). 

2. For repair and maintenance work at application temperatures above -10°C/15°F on 

hatch covers, decks, in cargo holds, etc. 

3. As a ballast tank coating. 

HEMPADUR 45143 is intended for use in cold/temperate climates, HEMPADUR 45141 

for warmer climates - see APPLICATION CONDITIONS overleaf. 






Certificates/Approvals: See REMARKS overleaf. 




Colours/Shade nos: Red/50630* Red/50630* 


Volume solids, %: 60 ± 1 60 ± 1 





Surface dry: 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 5 (approx.) hrs at 5°C/41°F (ISO 1517) 


Fully cured: 7 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F 20 (approx.) days at 5°C/41°F 


*Other shades inlcuding a MIO version, colour no. 12430, according to assortment list. 







Application method: Airless spray Brush Airless spray Brush 



Pot life: 2 hrs (20°C/68°F) 4 hrs (20°C/68°F) 2 hrs (15°C/59°F) 4 hrs (15°C/59°F) 






Indicated film thickness, dry: 150 micron/ 6 mils (See REMARKS overleaf) 













1/2

2. HEMPADUR 45141/45143 

SURFACE New steel: When used selfprimed surface preparation as to specification. When being an integral 

PREPARATION: part in heavy duty systems abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. Reference is made to separate 


New steel, ballast tanks and similar areas: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, 

if required, use a suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage 

and fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting - preferably by abrasive blasting. 

For repair and touch-up, use HEMPADUR 45141/45143. 

Stainless steel: (Ballast tanks in chemical carriers) to be abrasive blasted to a uniform, sharp, 

dense profile, ISO Comparator Medium (G), corresponding to Rz minimum 50 micron. Any salts, 

grease, oil, etc. to be removed before abrasive blasting is commenced. 



power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot-repairs) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably to Sa 2½. 

Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR 45141/45143. As an 

alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), 

may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-1 maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before 

application. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off residues. 

On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water jetting, wet 

abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and 


APPLICATION Apply only on a dry an clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

CONDITIONS: condensation. HEMPADUR 45143 is intended for curing conditions down to -10°C/14°F, 

HEMPADUR 45141 is to be selected in warmer climates. A shift from 45143 to 45141 is most 

convenient to take place when the temperature is between 15°C/59°F and 25°C/77°F, however, 

HEMPADUR 45141 may be used for curing conditions down to 0°C/32°F in cases where surfaces 

are not to be immersed. Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 

18-22°C/64-72°F. In warm climates, the paint should be stored in a cool place. At paint 

temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in the case of very long spray hoses, thinning may be necessary. 

This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. 



COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Certificates/ Certificates have been issued under the former quality number 4514. 

Approvals: Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating. Tested for 

non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, Great Britain. 


Classified as a class 1 material according to BS 476, Part 7: 1987 (fire testing). 

Accepted as a corrosion control coating by Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia. 

Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of carriage of dry 

foodstuffs (FDA) in spaces with an internal surface area larger than 1000 m²/10,750 sq.ft. 







Thinning: Thinning above 5% may cause lower film build and slower drying/curing. Mix the components 

thoroughly. 

Induction time: If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to 

pre-react 30 minutes before use. 

Recoating: Recoat intervals related to later conditions of exposure: Consult separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 



If the maximum recoat interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 















2/2

HEMPADUR 45141/45143 








application details for HEMPADUR 45141/45143. 

Surface preparation: General: In order to obtain best performance, abrasive blast cleaning is recommended. 

However, HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may be applied on rusty steel surfaces where 

higher performance is needed than obtainable with conventional coatings but where 

mechanical cleaning and dust removal can only be carried out (beside the removal of 

salts and of oily contaminants). 

Remove oil and grease with suitable detergent, salt and other contaminants by (high 

pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE: 

Spot-repairs: 

Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 or by abrasive blasting 

to minimum Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the 

performance of HEMPADUR 45141/45143. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water 

jetting to minimum WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP12), may be used. A 

flash-rust degree of FR-1 maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before 

application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Brush off loose material. Touch up 

to full film thickness. 

Compatibility: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may be used in connection with other generic 

paint systems than epoxy and polyurethanes. 

In any case it is a must that the old paint system is tightly adhering and is properly 

prepared before the touch-up is performed. It is recommended to make a test patch. 

Full coating: 

Issued: April 2001 

Compatibility with old system: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may exceptionally be applied 

directly on top of an old alkyd paint system provided this is tightly adhering. It is 

furthermore preferable that the old system is less than approximately 500 micron in film 

thickness. A test patch should always be performed before fullcoating is decided. Even 

old chlorinated rubber and vinyl systems may be overcoated but with an inherent risk of 

later tendency to "liftings" along mechanical damage and similar weaknesses. 

Removal of old system: Full coating after mechanical removal of an old paint system is 

possible too. Yet, it must be considered that mechanical cleaning may produce a very 

smooth surface giving reason to reduced adhesive forces. 

Note: Another risk is left over of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent 

brightness without showing any adhesive defects. Yet, the exposure to open air during 

cleaning may have started a continuous oxidation of the hard black rust making it 

mechanically weak and of poor adhesion to the underlying steel surface. Later, during 

service, the scale plus overlaying paintmaterial may flake off. 

When used for immersion service: 

1. Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. After abrasive blasting, clean the surface carefully from 

abrasives and dust. For temporary protection, if required, use suitable shopprimer. 

All damage to shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be 

thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. 

1/5

HEMPADUR 45141/45143 

Stainless steel: (Ballast tanks in chemical carriers) to be abrasive blasted to a 

uniform, sharp, dense profile, ISO Comparator Medium (G), corresponding to Rz 

minimum 50 micron. Any salts, grease, oil, etc. to be removed before abrasive 

blasting is commenced. 

2. If the HEMPADUR 45141/45143 will form an integral part of heavy duty systems 

(impact and antiabrasion purposes) best performance will be obtained by applying it 

directly to the blast-cleaned steel, subsidiary using HEMPADUR 15590 as "blast 

primer". 

Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of 

salt residues in pittings may call for high pressure water jetting, wet abrasive blasting, 

alternatively dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, 

dry abrasive blasting again. 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 being a high viscosity material, may require special 






Spray hoses: max 100 metres/300 feet, ½” internal diameter 



Filter: 60 mesh 


Nozzle size: .021"-.023" 


Complicated surfaces (and touch up): 

Nozzle size: .019" 


After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with HEMPEL’S TOOL 


Note: Increasing hose diameter may increase paint flow, thereby improving the spray 

fan. If longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1, 



be done with care as the maximum obtainable film thickness is reduced significantly by 

overthinning. 


Application: Film-build/continuity: With this paintmaterial applied in one/few coat(s) it is of special 

importance that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each 

coat. An application technique which will ensure good film formation on all surfaces 

must be adopted. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and 

to have a proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be 

aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of 

stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary. To obtain 

good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray 





possible. Avoid exaggerated film thickness due to the risk of sagging, cracks and solvent 

retention. The paint consumption must be controlled. 

2/5

HEMPADUR 45141/45143 



On poorly prepared surfaces it is always recommended to apply first coat by brush. 

Extra thinning will facilitate the penetration of the paint material but will also require an 

extra layer to be applied. 

Wet/dry film thickness: The thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may give a rather "wavy"surface of 

the paint just after application. This smoothens at drying but can make it necessary to 

let the wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. In many cases, the wet film 

thickness reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher than calculated. As the wavy 

surface becomes more smooth at drying this extra wet film thickness readings will not 

cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise stipulated. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 2 hours at 15°C/59°F when 

using CURING AGENT 97430. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat 

developed by the chemical reaction between BASE and CURING AGENT may make the 

corresponding practical pot life shorter. 

At these temperatures therefore: Irrespective of equipment, use the paint immediately 

after mixing. (At a normal application speed the 20 litres/5 US gallons are used in 

approx. 10 minutes.) Anyhow, at paint temperatures, as an exception, being lower than 

15°C/59°F allow the mixture to pre-react approximately 30 minutes before use. After 

this induction time, apply the paint immediately. 









Issued: April 2001 - 4514350630CO001/4514150630CO003 


Attached: Tables of "physical data versus temperature" 

In relation to recoating intervals the following is very important: 





HEMPADUR 45141/45143 within the following directions for recoating: 

• Long recoating intervals: 


the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with 

eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be 

removed by fresh water hosing. 

• Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be 

removed as well. Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer 

and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly 

executed. Consult HEMPEL for specific advice if in doubt. 


relevant. 





Issued: the actual conditions of any intended April 2001 use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







3/5

HEMPADUR 45141/45143 




Drying time 

Curing time 







Immersion* 





Interval for recoating with 58030 

Atmospheric Medium 

Severe 

Interval for recoating with HEMPADUR qualities 



Immersion** 

Interval for recoating with HEMPATHANE qualities 



Immersion 





20°C/68°F 

7 hours 

7 days 

MINIMUM recoating interval 

related to later conditions of exposure: 

Interval recoating with 46410, 56360 

6 hours 

8 hours 

11 hours 

11 hours 

Interval for recoating with HEMPADUR and 


8 hours 

9 hours 

12 hours 

MAXIMUM recoating interval 

related to later conditions of exposure: 

12 hours 

12 hours 

10 hours 

10 hours 

3 days 

1½ days 

None 

None 

30 days 

10 days 

3 days 

Not relevant 

30°C/86°F 

3½ hours 

3½ days 

3 hours 

4 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

4 hours 

5 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

5 hours 

5 hours 

36 hours 

18 hours 

None 

None 

15 days 

5 days 

36 hours 

Not relevant 

* Not relevant for HEMPATHANE qualities. 




4/5

HEMPADUR 45141/45143 




Drying time 

Curing time 







Immersion* 










Immersion** 


Atmospheric. medium 







-10°C/14°F 

35 hours 

2 months 

Interval for recoating with 46410, 56360 

28 hours 

36 hours 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

36 hours 

45 hours 

54 hours 

4 days 

4 days 

2½ days 

2½ days 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

None 

None 

(90 days) 

90 days 

30 days 

0°C/32°F 

14 hours 

28 days 

14 hours 

18 hours 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

Interval for recoating with HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE qualities 

18 hours 

23 hours 

27 hours 


45 hours 

45 hours 

34 hours 

34 hours 

Not relevant 

Not relevant 

None 

None 

90 days 

45 days 

15 days 

10°C/50°F 

7 hours 

14 days 


6 hours 

8 hours 

12 hours 

12 hours 

8 hours 

10 hours 

12 hours 

20 hours 

20 hours 

15 hours 

15 hours 

6 days 

3 days 

None 

None 

60 days 

20 days 

6 days 

20°C/68°F 

4 hours 

7 days 

3 hours 

4 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

4 hours 

5 hours 

6 hours 

10 hours 

10 hours 

7½ hours 

7½ hours 

3 days 

1½ days 

None 

None 

30 days 

10 days 

3 days 

* Not relevant for HEMPATHANE qualities. 




5/5



Description: HEMPADUR 45150 is a two-component, high solids, polyamine cured epoxy paint with 

good self-priming properties. 

Recommended use: Especially for repair and maintenance work when high demands to surface preparation 

cannot be obtained completely and where good compatibility with existing paint system 

is required. Facilitates furthermore a high dry film thickness per touch-up coat. 

May be used as a high build primer, intermediate and/or finishing coat in paint systems 

according to specification when a low solvent content and high film thickness per coat 

are required. As a finishing coat where a "cosmetic appearance" is only of less 

importance. 


Maximum: 80°C/176°F 30°C/86°F 



Britain. 

Classified as class 1 material according to BS 476: Part 7: 1987 (fire testing). 



Colours/Shade nos: Red/50630* - Grey/12170* 











*Another shade grey 11480 according to assortment list. 





Mixing ratio for 45150: Base 45159 : Curing agent 95450 (see REMARKS overleaf) 



Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (5%) 08450 (5%) (See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Pot life: 2 hrs (20°C/68°F) 3 hrs (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 


(See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 





Indicated film thickness, wet: 250 micron/10 mils (See REMARKS overleaf) 









1/2


SURFACE Repair and maintenance: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and 

PREPARATION: other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly by 

power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot-repairs) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably to Sa 2½. 

Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR 4515. As an alternative 

to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. 

A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather 

edges to sound intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for high pressure water 

jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high pressure fresh 

water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. Please see APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

New steel: When used as intermediate and/or finishing coat surface preparation as to Product 

Data Sheet for the preceding primer coat (HEMPADUR primers). When used selfpriming surface 

preparation as to specification. 

GALVOSILS: Please see APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

APPLICATION Apply only on a dry and clean surface. Use only where application and curing can proceed at 

CONDITIONS: temperatures above approx. 15°C/59°F. The temperature of the paint itself should also be 

minimum 15°C/59°F. 

At high temperatures use the product immediately after a thorough mixing and stirring. See 

REMARKS below. 


PRECEDING None or according to specification. HEMPADUR 45150 may be used directly on zinc silicates or 

COAT: metal-sprayed surfaces - reference is made to APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 


COAT: 

REMARKS: Please see separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Certificates have been issued under the former quality number 4515. 

Weathering/ The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in ourdoor exposure and to become more 



Colour: Light shades will have a tendency to yellow when exposed to sunshine and darken when exposed 

to heat. 


For airless spray application normal range is 150-250 micron/6-10 mils. This will alter spreading 

rate and may slightly influence drying time and recoating interval. Concerning measurement of wet 

film thickness, please consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

For application by brush, obtainable dry film thicknesses are up to 100-125 micron/4-5 mils per 

coat. 

Curing agent: Note: At certain stockpoints, HEMPADUR 45150 may be supplied with an alternative, low-viscosity 

CURING AGENT 95454 in order to facilitate spray application in a dry film thickness of 75-150 

micron/3-6 mils. This curing agent can be used for brush application too if a smooth surface is 

required. Contact HEMPEL for further advice. 

Pot life: The pot life is dependent on packing size and temperature. For bigger packings and a temperature 

at 35°C/95°F the pot life will be reduced to approx. 15 minutes. 

Recoating: Recoat intervals related to later conditions of exposure: Consult separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 



















2/2







application details for HEMPADUR 45150. 

Surface preparation: General: In order to obtain best performance, abrasive blast cleaning or water jetting is 

recommended. However, HEMPADUR 45150 may be applied to steel surfaces where 

less good surface preparation is possible, but where higher performance is required 

than obtainable with conventional coatings. 

The high solids content of HEMPADUR 45150 reduces the risk of solvent entrapment 

which, together with its flexibility, highly improves its compatibility with coatings of other 

generic types. 




Spot-repairs: 

Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 or by abrasive blasting 

to minimum Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the 

performance of HEMPADUR 45150. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to 

minimum WJ-3, preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP12), may be used. A flash-rust 

degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather 

edges to sound and intact areas. Brush off loose material. Touch up to full film 

thickness. 

Compatibility: HEMPADUR 45150 may be used in connection with other generic paint 

systems than epoxy and polyurethanes. 

In any case it is a must that the old paint system is tightly adhering and is properly 

prepared before the touch-up is performed. It is recommended to make a test patch. 

Full coating: 


Compatibility with old system: Due to its low solvent content HEMPADUR 45150 may 

be applied directly on top of an old alkyd paint system provided this is tightly adhering. It 

is furthermore preferable that the old system is less than approximately 500 micron in 

film thickness. A test patch should always be performed before fullcoating is decided. 

Even old chlorinated rubber and vinyl systems may be recoated but with a risk of later 

tendency to “liftings” along mechanical damage and similar weaknesses. This is mainly 

due to the difference in physical properties of the underlying old, thermoplastic paint film 

compared to the new HEMPADUR 45150. 

Removal of old system: Full coating after complete mechanical removal of an old paint 

system is possible too. Yet, it must be considered that mechanical cleaning may 

produce a very smooth surface giving reason to reduced adhesive forces. 

Note: Another risk is left over of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent 


cleaning may have started a continuous oxidation of the hard black rust making it 



1/4


When used for immersion service, repair: 

Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly 

by power tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) or by abrasive blasting to min Sa 2, 

preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of 

HEMPADUR 45150. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-3, 

preferably WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash rust degree of 

maximum FR-2 (HEMPEL standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to 

sound intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of 




NEW STEEL: 

When used as intermediate and/or finishing coat surface preparation as to Product Data 

Sheet for the preceding primer coat (HEMPADUR primers). When used selfpriming 

surface preparation as to specification. 

When applied to GALVOSILS: 

HEMPADUR 45150 can be applied when the GALVOSIL has cured sufficiently for 

recoating. Consult APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for the relevant GALVOSIL. Remove oil 

and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by high 

pressure fresh water cleaning. After exposure to high humidity, zinc salts, "white rust", 

must be removed carefully by high pressure fresh water cleaning, if necessary combined 

with scrubbing with stiff nylon brushes. 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR 45150 being a relatively high viscosity material, may require special 
















After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with THINNER 08450 or 





2/4 

Alternatively up to approx. 5% THINNER 08450 may be added, but thinning must be 

done with care as the anti-sagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. 

Airless spray data are indicative and subject to adjustment.







aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of 

stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary. To obtain 

good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray 








On poorly prepared surfaces it is always recommended to apply the first coat by brush. 

Extra thinning will facilitate the penetration of the paint material, but will also require an 


Non-popping on zinc-silicate (GALVOSILS) or on spray-metallized surfaces: Dilute 

HEMPADUR 45150 with minimum 30% THINNER 08450 and apply a flash coat. After 

approximately 24 hours (20°C/68°F), a full coat of HEMPADUR 45150 is applied. This 

procedure only applies to HEMPADUR 45150 or HEMPADUR 45150/HEMPATHANE 

55210 systems. 

Wet/dry film thickness: Please note that the thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR 45150 may give a rather "wavy" 

surface of the paint just after application - especially when using the "high-build" 

CURING AGENT 95450. This smoothens at drying, but can make it necessary to let the 

wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. In many cases the wet film 

thickness. reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher than calculated. As the wavy 

surface becomes more smooth at drying, this extra wet film thickness. readings will not 

cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise stipulated. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 2 hours at 20°C/68°F. 

However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, and used under warm climate conditions (up 

to approximately 35°C/95°F) the heat developed by the chemical reaction between 

BASE and CURING AGENT may make the corresponding practical pot life shorter. 

Therefore: Irrespective of equipment, use the paint immediately after mixing. (At a 

normal application speed the 20 litres/5 US gallons are used in approximately 10 

minutes.) 

Application at low For temperatures below 15°C/59°F reference is made to Product Data Sheet for 

temperatures: HEMPADUR 45143. 









Issued: May 2000 - 4515050630CO005 


Attached: Table of "physical data versus temperature" 





Issued: the actual conditions of any intended May 2000 use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or 







3/4


Physical data HEMPADUR 45150 in a dry film thickness of 200 micron/8 mils: 



Drying time 

Curing time 



Immersion* 





Immersion** 



Immersion* 








Immersion*** 








15°C/59°C 

24 hours 

12 days 

Interval for recoating with 46330, 46410, 56360 

7 hours 

10 hours 

14 hours 

27 hours 

27 hours 


20 hours 

27 hours 

27 hours 


Interval for recoating with 46330 and 46410 

40 hours 

40 hours 

30 hours 

27 hours 

20 hours 

12 days 

7 days 

None 

None 

5 months 

None 

10 days 

20°C/68°F 

14 hours 

7 days 


4 hours 

6 hours 

8 hours 

16 hours 

16 hours 

12 hours 

16 hours 

16 hours 

24 hours 

24 hours 

18 hours 

16 hours 

12 hours 

7 days 

4 days 

None 

None 

90 days 

None 

6 days 

30°C/86°F 

7 hours 

3½ days 

2 hours 

3 hours 

4 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

6 hours 

8 hours 

8 hours 

12 hours 

12 hours 

9 hours 

8 hours 

6 hours 

3½ days 

2 days 

None 

None 

45 days 

None 

3 days 

* Only 46330 are recommended for this exposure 

** NOT relevant for HEMPATHANE Qualities 

*** Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. 






HEMPADUR 45150 within the above directions for recoating. 

Long recoating intervals: 



suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by 

fresh water hosing. 

Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as 

well. Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also 

replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult HEMPEL 

for specific advice if in doubt. 


relevant. 

4/4



Description: HEMPADUR 45182 is a two-component, low-temperature curing, modified polyamide 

adduct cured epoxy. 

Recommended use: For marine and protective use as a "tie coat" between epoxy and physically drying 

coatings. For marine use also as a “sealer” of old antifouling. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 80°C/176°F 



Colours/Shade nos.: Yellowish grey/25150 

Finish: Flat 




















(Airless spray data are indicative and subejct to adjustment) 


Indicated film thickness, dry: 100 micron/4 mils (see REMARKS overleaf) 



Recoat interval, max: Antifoulings: 3 days (20°C/68°F) 

Other topcoats, for areas above water: according to separate painting specification 







1/2


SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection if required use suitable 

PREPARATION: shopprimer. Any damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and fabrication should be 

thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For priming purposes, specified HEMPADUR paint. 


contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

When used as “tie coat”: remove all rust and other loose material by abrasive blasting or 

powertool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch up to full 

film thickness with specified HEMPADUR paint (see REMARKS below). 

When used as “sealer” on old antifouling: a very careful high pressure freshwater cleaning -or 

jetting, if needed - to remove possible leached layer of antifouling and make sure that old layers of 

weak intercoat adhesion (“sandwich” structure”) really is removed. 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures higher than -10°C/14°F. The 

CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface and that of the paint itself must also be above this limit. Apply only on 

a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. 

In confined spaces such as sea chest or stagnant air under large flat bottoms provide adequate 

ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING HEMPADUR systems according to specification or old antifouling system well cleaned and in good 

condition. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT Antifouling or other physically drying solvent based paints according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 



dry is 75-125 micron/3-5 mils. As “sealer” typically to be specified in 50 -75 micron/2-3 mils dry 

film thickness. Thinning may be required to facilitate proper film formation. 

Film thicknesses, HEMPADUR 45182 is designed for recoating with antifoulings in any normal specified total 

subsequent coats: film thicknesses. HEMPADUR 45182 is not designed for recoating with heavy duty epoxy systems. 

Later maintenance of paint systems with HEMPADUR 45182 as a part of the system is accordingly 

most conveniently carried out by touch-up with a “mastic” type epoxy and with a proper overlap of 

intact surrounding paint system. 

Recoating: A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially in the case of 


followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any 

degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water 

jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the 

above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. To check whether the quality of the 

surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant. A thin extra coat of HEMPADUR 45182 

may advantageously be applied if there is any doubt about suitability of cleaning process. 


ISSUED: June 2001 - 4518225150CR001 













2/2

HEMPADUR®HI-BUILD 45200 


Description: HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200 is a two-component, high build epoxy paint. It forms a hard 

and tough coating resistant to seawater, mineral oils and splashes from petrol and 

related products. 

Recommended use: As an intermediate or finishing coat designed for on-line application of containers. 

Service temperatures: Dry: 

Maximum: 140°C/284°F 


Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of U.S. Federal Regulations in respect of carriage of dry 

foodstuffs. 



Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170* 












*Other shades according to assortment list. 







Thinner (max. vol.): 08450 (10%) 08450 (10%) 


Pot life: 5 hours (20°C/68°F) (airless) 






Indicated film thickness, dry: 80 micron/3.2 mils (see REMARKS overleaf) 










1/2

HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use 



HI-BUILD 45200 or other specified HEMPADUR paint. 


contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and other loose material by 

abrasive blasting or powertool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off 



CONDITIONS: condensation. Use only when application and curing can proceed at temperatures above 

10°C/50°F, preferably above 15°C/59°F. The temperature of the surface must also be above this 

limit. The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper 

application properties. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and 

drying. 

PRECEDING None, HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300, HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, HEMPATHANE qualities or according to specification. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Colours: Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to chlorinecontaining 

atmosphere. 

Leaded colours may become discoloured when exposed to sulphide-containing atmosphere. 






is 60-90 micron/2.4-3.6 mils for use on containers. For other uses (contact Hempel) normal range 

is 100-125 micron/4-5 mils which is achieved by none or limited diluting at application. 

Recoating interval: According to relevant container painting specification. 

Note: HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPADUR®HI-BUILD 45221 


Description: HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45221 is a two-component, high build epoxy paint. It forms a hard 

and tough coating resistant to abrasion, impact, seawater, diesel oil, splashes from 

petrol and related products. Limited resistance to vegetable oils and strong solvents 

such as ketones and esters. Not recommended for acids, alkalies, or strong oxidizing 

solutions. 

Recommended use: As an intermediate or finishing coat designed for on-line application of containers. 


Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of carriage 

of dry foodstuffs. 










Surface dry: 1 (app.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 



























1/2

HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45221 



10°C/50°F, preferably above 15°C/59°F. 

The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be between 18°C/64°F and 25°C/77°F to 

secure proper application properties. 


PRECEDING None, HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300, HEMPADUR ZINC 15360 or according to 

COAT: specification. 

SUBSEQUENT None, HEMPATHANE qualities, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 or according to specification. 

COAT: 







30-60 micron/1.2-2.4 mils. 

Application: If zinc silicate primer preceedes, HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45221 is to be applied by a special 

flash-coat technique. Cover the zinc silicate with a mist-coat of 45221 in a thickness 

corresponding to max. 40 micron dry film thickness - appearance being of a patchy nature. Let the 

air escape and apply full coat according to specification maximum 10 minutes (20°C/68°F) later. 

Recoating According to relevant container painting specification. 

interval: 

Note: HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45221 is for professional use only. 














2/2



Description: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45540 is an amine-adduct cured epoxy coating. It is a 

hard, impact and abrasion resistant coating eg for splash zones. 

Recommended use: As a self-primed, high build coating primarily for maintenance of eg splash zones, jetty 

pilings and bridge underdecks. 


Maximum: 140°C/284°F 80°C/176°F (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Certificates/Approvals: Conforms with NORSOK M-501, rev. 4, system no. 7 below splash zone. 



Colours/Shade nos: Black/19990 



Theoretical spreading rate: 2.4 m²/litre - 350 microns 





Surface dry: 4 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 










Application method: Airless spray 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (5%) 

Pot life: 1 hour at 20°C/68°F 








Recoat interval, max: 5 days (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 







1/2


SURFACE New steel (dry conditions): Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½, (ISO 8501-1:1988) with a surface profile 

PREPARATION: equivalent to Rugotest No. 3 BN 10b, Keane-Tator Comparator 3.0 G/S or ISO Comparator, ROUGH 

MEDIUM (G). 

Remove any oil, grease and other contaminants by detergent and salts by high fresh water hosing 

prior to abrasive blasting. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease, etc.with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material by wet or 

dry abrasive blasting or for minor areas power tool cleaning. Feather edges to sound and intact 

areas. After wet abrasive blasting hose down the surface by hot water rinsing ("steam cleaning"). 

Touch up bare spots to full film thickness when the surface has become visually dry. 

APPLICATION HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45540 may be applied and will cure at temperatures down to 

CONDITIONS: 5°C/41°F. 

The temperature of the paint itself should be above 15°C/59°F. The best result is obtained at 

20-30°C/68-86°F. 

In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation. 


COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Service Maximum peak temperature in water is 90°C/194°F. 

temperatures: 

Recoating: If the maximum recoat interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure 

adhesion. 


ISSUED: May 2001 - 4554019990CR002 













2/2



Description: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742 is a self-priming, two-component, high-build, 

polyamide/adduct cured epoxy paint which cures to an abrasion resistant coating with 

good resistance to seawater. Applicable by standard heavy duty airless spray 

equipment. Minimum curing temperature -10°C/14°F. 

Recommended use: As a heavy duty coating for areas exposed to abrasion such as ramps, ship hulls and 

holds of bulk carriers. 

Can be used as a ballast tank coating. 

As a finishing coat where a cosmetic appearance is of less importance. 






Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, 





Colours/Shades nos: Grey/12340 - Red/50630 








Fully cured: 20 (approx.) days at 5°C/41°F 







3 :1 by volume 



Pot life: 1 hour (15°C/50°F) 2 hours (15°C/50°F) 















1/2


SURFACE New steel, "heavy duty use": Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Grit surface profile, Rz minimum 

PREPARATION: 100 micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G). Oil and grease 

must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh 

water hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasive and dust. 


if required, use a suitable shopprimer. Damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and 

fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. The best performance will be 

obtained by abrasive spot-blasting and abrasive sweep blasting of the intact shopprimer. For repair 

and touch-up use HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742. 


dense profile, ISO Comparator Medium (G). Corresponding to Rz minimum 50 micron. Any salts, 




abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning (minor areas only). Feather edges to sound intact areas. 

Dust off residues. Touch-up to full film thickness. 

On old ship bottoms and similar pit corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may 

call for dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive 

blasting again. Alternatively, water jetting may be used provided the steel surface has already the 

surface profile as described above: New steel, "heavy duty use". 

APPLICATION Use only where application and curing can proceed at temperatures above -10°C/14°F. The 

CONDITIONS: temperature of the paint itself should be above 15°C/59°F, preferably above 20°C/68°F for proper 

application. Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. Relative humidity max. 90%. 


PRECEDING HEMPADUR 15591, HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742 self-primed. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or as per specification, depending on area of use. 

COAT: 





It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 

(approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per minute. 

Recoating: The following recoating intervals apply for well ventilated areas: 

(175 micron/7 mils dry film thickness of HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45742) 

Surface temperatures 

HEMPADUR 

HEMPATHANE 

Minimum 

16 hours 

16 hours 

5°C/41°F 

Maximum 

60 days 

3 days 

Minimum 

6 hours 

6 hours 

20°C/68°F 

Maximum 

30 days 

1 day 

The long maximum recoating interval for HEMPADUR will be reduced if the coating is more than 

just scarcely exposed to direct sunlight before recoating. 

If the interval is exceeded, roughening of surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. 

Normally not to be diluted, but exceptionally 1-2% HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450 may be used. 















2/2



Description: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 is a self-priming, two-component, high-build, 

polyamide/amine cured epoxy paint which cures to an abrasion resistant coating with 

good resistance to seawater. Applicable by standard heavy duty airless spray equipment. 

Minimum curing temperature 10°C/50°F. 

Recommended use: As a heavy duty coating for areas exposed to abrasion such as ramps, ship hulls and 

holds of bulk carriers. 

As a ballast tank coating for special purposes such as chemical carriers carrying hot 

cargoes. 

As a finishing coat where a cosmetic appearance is of less importance. 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 is intended for application in cold climates and 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 is intended for warm climates. 







Britain. 

Approved by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating. 


Recognized by Lloyd’s Register of Shipping as a low friction surface coating for ships 

navigating in first year ice conditions. 

Conforms with Norsok M-501, system no. 7. 




















Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (5%) 08450 (2%) (see REMARKS overleaf) 









Recoat interval, max: 30 days (20°C/68°F) 







1/2


SURFACE New steel, "heavy duty use": Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: 

PREPARATION: recommended profile is Rz minimum 100 micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO 

Comparator Coarse (G). Oil and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the 

surface carefully from abrasive and dust. 


if required, use a suitable shopprimer. Damage of shopprimer and contamination from storage and 

fabrication should be thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. The best performance will be 

obtained by abrasive spot-blasting of welds, rusty spots, etc. and by abrasive sweep blasting of 

the intact shopprimer. For repair and touch-up use HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751. 


dense profile, ISO Comparator Medium (G), corresponding to Rz minimum 50 micron. Any salts, 




abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning (minor areas only). Feather edges to sound intact areas. 

Dust off residues. Touch-up to full film thickness. 

On old ship bottoms and similar pit corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may 

call for dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive 

blasting again. Alternatively, water jetting may be used provided the steel surface has already the 

surface profile as described above: New steel, "heavy duty use". 


CONDITIONS: temperature of the paint itself should be above 15°C/59°F, preferably above 20°C/68°F for proper 

application. Apply only on a dry and clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. Relative humidity max. 90%. 


PRECEDING None, but HEMPADUR 15590 can be used as a "blast primer". 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or HEMPADUR-paint as per specification, depending on area of use. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: Some certificates have been issued under the former quality number 45750 or 4575. 

HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 is identical with the former 45750 except that mixing ratio 

and thixotropy properties have been adjusted to specific demands of application, for instance dual 

feed two component spray equipment and supply in 1000 litres paint containers. 






dry is 150-250 micron/6-10 mils. 

It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission rate of 60:1 

(approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per minute. 

Recoating: The long maximum recoating interval for HEMPADUR will be reduced if the coating is more than 

just scarcely exposed to direct sunshine before recoating. 

If the interval is exceeded, roughening of surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. 

Thinning: Normally not to be diluted. 


ISSUED: November 2001 - 4575112340CO002 













2/2

HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45880/ 

HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45881 



Description: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 is a two-component polyamide adduct cured, high 

solids, high build epoxy paint. It forms a hard and tough coating and has good wetting 

properties. Low temperature curing. 

Recommended use: As a selfprimed paint system or as an intermediate or finishing coat in epoxy systems 

in medium to severely corrosive atmospheric environment and where a high solid 

content is required. 

The MIO (micaceous iron oxide) pigment version may be specified where extended 

recoating properties for polyurethane topcoats are requested (typically travel coating). 

As a topcoat where the usual outdoor cosmetic appearance of epoxy paints is 

acceptable. 

May be used directly on cured zinc silicate (GALVOSIL products) or spray-metallized 

surfaces to minimize popping. 





carriage of dry foodstuffs (FDA) in spaces with an internal surface area larger than 1000 

m²/10,750 sq.ft. 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45881 is in accordance with Aramco’s specification APCS 26 and 

26T. 



Version, mixed product: 45880 45881 

Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170* Grey/12170* 

Finish: Semi--gloss Semi--gloss 

Volume solids, %: 77 ± 1 77 ± 1 





Dry to touch: 4 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F 3 (approx) hours at 30°C/86°F 




*Other shades including a MIO version, colour no. 12430, according to assortment list. 




45880 45881 



Application method: Airless spray Brush (touch up) Airless spray Brush (touch up) 

Thinner (max. vol.): Depending on purpose usually less than 5% THINNER 08450 (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Pot life: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) (Airless spray) 1½ hour (30°C/86°F) (Airless spray) 

2 hours (20°C/68°F) (Brush) 2 hours (30°C/86°F) (Brush) 

(See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) (See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Nozzle orifice: .017"-.023" (See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 



Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 or HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450 



Recoat interval, min: According to separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

Recoat interval, max: According to separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 







1/2

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 

SURFACE New steel: When used as an intermediate or finishing coat please refer to the data sheet for the 

PREPARATION: preceding GALVOSIL or HEMPADUR primer. When used as a primer please refer to the 


Zinc silicate painted or spray-metallized surfaces: Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable 

detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Zinc salts 

(white rust) must be removed by high pressure hosing combined with rubbing with a stiff nylon 

brush if necessary. It is recommended to recoat spray-metallized surfaces as soon as possible to 

avoid possible contamination. 




etching. Seal surface with suitable sealer, eg HEMPADUR SEALER 05970 (furthermore, please see 

Product Data Sheet for 05970). 



power tool cleaning to minimum St 2 (spot-repairs) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably 

to Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR MASTIC 

45880/45881. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. WJ-3 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 

12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before 







-10°C/14°F for HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 and above approx 25°C/77°F for HEMPADUR MASTIC 

45881. The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/59°F or above, but advantageously 

below approximately 30°C/86°F to secure proper application properties. Optimal spraying 

properties are obtained at a paint temperature of 18-22°C/64-72°F. In warmer climates, the paint 

should be stored in a cool place and the paint temperature should preferably be kept below 

30°C/86°F. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. In cases 

where faster drying at very low temperatures is required, HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 may 

advantageously be replaced by HEMPADUR 45143. Please also see separate APPLICATION 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

PRECEDING and 

SUBSEQUENT COAT: None or according to specification. 


Colours/Colour- Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to chlorinecontaining 

stability: atmosphere. 


Like other epoxy coatings in white/whitish colour a yellowing may take place in cases of application 

under unfavourable weather conditions, especially sudden drops in temperature during drying and 

intial cure and/or lack of ventilation. 

Weathering/service The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive 

temperatures: to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this 

product. 

Film thicknesses/ May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

thinning: This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range dry 

is 125-200 micron/5-8 mils. May be specified in lower film thickness for which purpose additional 

thinning is required, please see separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. Avoid application of 

excessive film thicknesses. 

Application onto zinc It is recommended to apply HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 by using a "mist-coat" procedure 

silicate or spray- provided the paint temperature is approximately above 20°C/68°F: A thin, undiluted coat is applied 

metallized surfaces (the mist coat) and after a few minutes, a second coat is applied in the full specified film 

(thinning): thickness. If the paint temperature is below 20°C/68°F, thinning (max 15%) may be required. 

Note: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: December 2001 - 4588012170CO009/ 4588112170CO006 - Industry 













2/2




HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45880/ 

HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45881 




application details for HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881. 


However, HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 has “surface tolerant” properties and 

offers higher performance than many other coatings when applied to surfaces 

mechanically cleaned only (salts, oil, grease etc. shall always be removed). 



NEW STEEL: 

When used as intermediate and/or finishing coat, surface preparation according to 

Product Data Sheet for the preceding primer coat (HEMPADUR primers). When used as 

a selfpriming coat, surface preparation according to specification. 

When applied to GALVOSILS: 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 can be applied when the GALVOSIL is cured. 

Consult APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for the relevant GALVOSIL. Remove oil and grease 

etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by high pressure 

fresh water cleaning. After exposure to high humidity, zinc salts, "white rust", must be 

removed carefully by high pressure fresh water cleaning, if necessary combined with 

scrubbing with stiff nylon brushes. 


Spot-repairs: 


Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power tool cleaning to minimum St 2 (spot-repairs) 

or by abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface 

preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881. As an 

alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP12), 

may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable 

before application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Brush off loose material. 

Touch up to full film thickness. 

1/6 

Compatibility: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 may be used in connection with 

other generic paint systems than epoxy and polyurethanes. 

It is recommended to make a test patch. In any case it is a must that the old paint 

system is tightly adhering and is properly prepared before the touch-up is performed.


Full coating: 

Compatibility with old system: In general full compatibility can be expected with old 

epoxy systems. A test patch should always be performed before fullcoating is decided. 

If the old epoxy is not weathered/chalked or if it is topcoated with polyurethane, it is 

recommended to roughen the surface before recoating. Furthermore, very thorough 

cleaning is a must. Any dirt, chalked surface material, oil and grease should be 

removed with suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water hosing of the 

entire surface. 


system is possible too. Yet, it must be considered that mechanical cleaning by disc 

grinding or by rotating wire brushing may produce a very smooth surface giving reason 

to reduced adhesive forces. 

Note: Another risk is remains of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent 


cleaning may have started a further oxidation of the hard black rust making it 



Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salty water, excessive amounts of 




Application equipment: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 being a high solids and a relatively high viscosity 

material, may require special measures to be taken at application. 


Pump ratio: min. 45:1 












After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with THINNER 08450 

or HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610. 




Alternatively up to approx. 5% THINNER 08450 may be added, but thinning must be 

done with care as the anti-sagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. 


Induction time: Should the paint temperature as an exception be 15°C/59°F or below, it is an 

advantage to allow the two components to prereact before application. This is 

especially relevant in the case of substrate temperatures also being below 15°C/59°F. 


2/6


In case of a paint temperature at 15°C/59°F, an induction time of 15 minutes is 

recommended. In case of a paint temperature at 10°C/50°F, an induction time of 25 

minutes is recommended. In order to obtain proper application properties, the paint 

temperature should preferably never be below 10°C/50°F. 






aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides 

of stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas application of a stripecoat will therefore be good 

painting practice. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must 

be suitable and the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and 

capacity. At high working temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid 

dust-spray. 


possible. Avoid exaggerated film thickness due to the risk of sagging, cracks and 

solvent retention. The paint consumption must be controlled. 



On poorly prepared surfaces it is always recommended to apply the first coat by brush. 



Wet/dry film thickness: Please note that the thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 may give 

a rather "wavy" surface of the paint just after application. This smoothens at drying, but 

can make it necessary to let the wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. 

In many cases the wet film thickness, reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher 

than calculated. As the wavy surface becomes more smooth during drying these extra 

wet film thickness readings will not cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise 

stipulated. 

Film thickness/thinning: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 is normally specified in 125-200 micron/5-8 mils. 

Depending on ambient conditions, usually maximum 5% thinning with THINNER 08450 

is relevant, however, increasing at high temperatures to ensure proper film formation 

and avoid dust spray. May be specified down to 75 micron/3 mils. To obtain optimum 

film formation in film thicknesses lower than 125 micron/5 mils dry film thickness 

additional thinning with 5-10% THINNER 08450 is recommended. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 1 hour at 20°C/68°F for 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 respectively 1½ hours at 30°C/86°F for HEMPADUR 

MASTIC 45881. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, and used under warm 

climate conditions, the heat developed by the chemical reaction between BASE and 

CURING AGENT may make the corresponding practical pot life shorter. 

Therefore: At high temperatures, use the paint immediately after mixing irrespective of 

equipment. 



3/6



versus temperature: exposure conditions: 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 in a dry film thickness of 100-150 micron/4-6 mils: 

Surface temperature: 

Drying time (approx) 

Curing time (approx) 



Atmospheric, 

medium or severe 



-10°C/14°F 

6 days 

5 months 

8 days 

12 days 

Interval for recoating with HEMPATEX qualities 

8 days 

Interval for recoating with HEMUCRYL topcoats 

N/R 

N/R 

-5°C/23°F 

3 days 

2½months 

4 days 

6 days 

4 days 

N/R 

N/R 

0°C/32°F 

24 hours 

1 month 



30 hours 

42 hours 

30 hours 

N/R 

N/R 

10°C/50°F 

10 hours 

14 days 

12 hours 

18 hours 

12 hours 

12 hours 

18 hours 

20°C/68°F 

4 hours 

7 days 

5 hours 

7 hours 

5 hours 

5 hours 

7 hours 

30°C/86°F 

3 hours 

5 days 

4 hours 

5 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

5 hours 

Notes: 

• Avoid sudden drops in (substrate) temperatures during drying/initial curing. It is especially important that the 

substrate temperature does not drop significantly before application of the acrylic or polyurethane finish and 

that proper ventilation is maintained. 

• If faster handling or recoating at lower temperatures is required, HEMPADUR 45143 may be used. 

• In case of low temperatures, it is recommended that HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 has been given a proper 

induction time before application. Under such conditions, consider paint temperature equal to substrate 

temperature and follow the rules given on page 2. 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 in a dry film thickness of 200 micron/8 mils: 









Atmospheric, 





-10°C/14°F 

12 days 

5 months 

10 days 

14 days 

10 days 

-5°C/23°F 

6 days 

2½ months 

5 days 

7 days 

5 days 

MINIMUM Interval for recoating with HEMUCRYL topcoats 

N/R 

N/R 

N/R 

N/R 

0°C/32°F 

36 hours 

1 month 

42 hours 

60 hours 

42 hours 

N/R 

N/R 

4/6 

10°C/50°F 

15 hours 

14 days 

18 hours 

25 hours 

18 hours 

18 hours 

25 hours 

20°C/68°F 

6 hours 

7 days 

7 hours 

10 hours 

7 hours 

7 hours 

10 hours 

30°C/86°F 

4½ hours 

5 days 

5 hours 

8 hours 

5 hours 

5 hours 

8 hours 

Notes: 





• In case of low temperatures, it is recommended that HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 has been given a proper 

induction time before application. Under such conditions, consider paint temperature equal to substrate 

temperature and follow the rules given on page 2/3.


HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 (independent on dry film thicknesses): 




Atmospheric, medium° 

Atmospheric, severe° 

Atmospheric, 

medium and severe 

-10°C/14°F 



None 

None 

Interval for recoating with HEMPATHANE topcoats 

4 months 

4 weeks 


20 days 

3 months 

21 days 




N/R 

N/R 

-5°C/23°F 

None 

None 

10 days 

N/R 

N/R 

0°C/32°F 

None 

None 

2 months 

14 days 

72 hours 

N/R 

N/R 

10°C/50°F 

None 

None 

4 weeks 

6 days 

30 hours 

6 days 

3 day 

20°C/68°F 

None 

None 

21 days 

3 days 

12 hours 

3 days 

1½ days 

30°C/86°F 

None 

None 

14 days 

2 days 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45881 in a dry film thickness of 100-150 micron/4-6 mils: 






20°C/68°F 

4 hours 

7 days 



HEMPADUR, HEMPATHANE, HEMPATEX and HEMUCRYL qualities 

5 hours 

7 hours 

30°C/86°F 

3 hours 

5 days 

4 hours 

5 hours 

40°C/104°F 

2 hours 

3 days 

3 hours 

4 hours 

* 1) Avoid sudden drops in (substrate) temperatures during drying/initial curing. 

2) If faster handling is required at lower temperatures, HEMPADUR 45143 may be used. 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45881 in a dry film thickness of 200 micron/8 mils: 






20°C/68°F 

6 hours 

7 days 



HEMPADUR, HEMPATHANE, HEMPATEX and HEMUCRYL qualities 

7 hours 

10 hours 

30°C/86°F 

5 hours 

5 days 

5 hours 

8 hours 

40°C/104°F 

4 hours 

3 days 

4 hours 

6 hours 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45881 (independent on dry film thickness): 






Atmospheric 





20°C/68°F 


None 

None 


21 days 

3 days 


12 hours 

3 days 

1½ days 

30°C/86°F 

None 

None 

14 days 

2 days 

9 hours 

2 days 

1 day 

40°C/104°F 


None 

None 

7 days 

1 day 

6 hours 

5/6 

1 day 

12 hours 

9 hours 

2 days 

1 day


Specific Notes for overcoating with HEMPATHANE TOPCOATS: 

°i) Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may 

apply. Please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 

°ii) The MIO version, colour no. 12430, may provide extended recoating properties if 

HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 in shade 12430 is applied in a film thickness 

that allows a MIO structure to develop. This is typically achieved in a dry film 

thickness range of 50-100 micron/2-4 mils for which reason further thinning is 

relevant. Reference is made to page 3. 

Prior to application of HEMPATHANEs it is mandatory to clean the surface thoroughly to 

ensure that any contamination in the rough MIO surface structure is removed. 

To determine whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may 

be relevant. However, such a test is not the final proof of long-term durability, but if the 

result is doubtful, repeated cleaning will be relevant. A more safe solution could be to 

refresh the surface with a new thin (diluted) coat of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881. 

The MIO concept is typically for use as a “travel coat” on industrial objects. 

The dark shade of the MIO pigment should be taken into account when selecting 

subsequent shades. 

For typical marine coatings, prolonged overcoating intervals can be obtained by using 

HEMPADUR 45080 as a preceding coat. 

General notes on prolonged recoating intervals: 

Besides the notes stated under the tables for minimum recoating intervals, the 

following applies: 


thecase of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg 








be relevant, however, this test patch should not be a final proof of the durability of the 

coating systems. 






Issued: June 2001 - 4588012170CO009/ 4588112170C0006 




Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or 

experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or 

appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined 

exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to 

Issued: 

HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS 

June 

OF 

2001 

SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. 

The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not 

limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or 

consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or 

otherwise. 


6/6

HEMPADUR®MARINE MASTIC 45880 


Description: HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 is a two-component, high solids, high build epoxy 

mastic paint. It is selfpriming, has good wetting properties, and forms a hard and tough 

coating with good resistance to abrasion, spillage of mineral oils and to seawater. Low 

temperature curing. 

Recommended use: As a high build primer, intermediate and/or finishing coat in epoxy systems according to 

specification - typically when a low solvent content and high film thickness per coat are 

required. 

As a general performance coating for onboard touch-up, repair and maintenance work 

and full refurbishment of exterior hull, cargo holds (dry and wet), weather decks, 

topsides and superstructure when a need for few products outweighs more specialised 

coatings. 

As a finishing coat where the cosmetic appearance of epoxy paints is acceptable. 



Classified as class 1 material according to BS 476: Part 7: 1987 (fire testing). 


carriage of dry foodstuffs (FDA) in spaces with an internal surface area larger than 1000 

m²/10,750 sq.ft. 





Colours/Shade nos: Grey/11480 - Green/40640 - Red/50630* 

Finish: Semi--gloss 









*Other shades may be available - subject to prior confirmation. 







Application method: Airless spray Hand tools (touch up) 

Thinner (max. vol.): Depending on purpose usually less than 5% THINNER 08450 (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Pot life: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) (Airless spray) 

2 hours (20°C/68°F) (Brush) 

(See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Nozzle orifice: .017"-.023" (See separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 



Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 or HEMPEL'S THINNER 08450 



Recoat interval, min: According to separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 

Recoat interval, max: According to separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS 







1/2

2. HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 

SURFACE New steel: When used as an intermediate or finishing coat please refer to the data sheet for the 

PREPARATION: preceding GALVOSIL or HEMPADUR primer. When used as a primer please refer to the 




power tool cleaning to minimum St 2 (spot repairs) or by abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably 

to Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR MARINE 

MASTIC 45880. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to min. WJ-3 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 

12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before 


When used for immersion service, repair: As above, yet St 3 (spot repairs) or Sa 2½ or WJ-2 is 

recommended. 





CONDITIONS: condensation. Recommended lowest temperature is 0°C/32°F, yet curing takes place down to 

-10°/14°F. The temperature of the paint itself should be 15°C/59°F or above, but below 

approximately 30°C/86°F to secure proper application properties. Optimal spraying properties are 

obtained at a paint temperature of 18-22°C/64-72°F. In warm climates, the paint should be stored 

in a cool place. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

In cases where faster drying at very low temperatures is required, HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 

45880 may advantageously be replaced by HEMPADUR 45143. Please also see separate 



COAT: 


COAT: 





Film thicknesses/ May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

thinning: This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range dry 

is 125-200 micron/5-8 mils. Avoid application of excessive film thicknesses. 

May be specified in lower film thickness for which purpose additional thinning is required, please 

see separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. If the paint temperature is below 20°C/68°F, extra 

thinning (max 15%) may also be required. 

Two coats: The typical dry film thickness for a two coat system is 150 micron/6 mils each coat. 

Application onto zinc It is recommended to apply HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 by using a "mist-coat" procedure 

silicate or spray- provided the paint temperature is above approximately 20°C/68°F: A thin, undiluted coat is 

metallized surfaces: applied (the mist coat) and after a few minutes, a second coat is applied in the full specified film 

thickness. 

Note: HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: December 2001 - 4588011480CO006 - Marine 













2/2

HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 



HEMPADUR®MARINE MASTIC 45880 



application details for HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880. 


However, HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 has “surface tolerant” properties and 

offers higher performance than many other coatings when applied to surfaces 

mechanically cleaned only (salts, oil, grease etc. shall always be removed). 




When used for atmospheric exposure: 

Issued: December 2001 / Page 1 of 5 

Spot-repairs: 

Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power tool cleaning to minimum St 2 (spot-repairs) 

or by abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface 

preparation will improve the performance of HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880. As an 

alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-3 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP12), 

may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard) is acceptable 

before application. Feather edges to sound and intact areas. Brush off loose material. 

Touch up to full film thickness. 

Compatibility: HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 may be used in connection with 

other generic paint systems than epoxy and polyurethanes. 

It is recommended to make a test patch. In any case it is a must that the old paint 

system is tightly adhering and is properly prepared before the touch-up is performed. 

Full coating: 

Compatibility with old system: In general full compatibility can be expected with old 

epoxy systems. A test patch should always be performed before fullcoating is decided. If 

the old epoxy is not weathered/chalked or if it is top coated with polyurethane, it is 

recommended to roughen the surface before recoating. Furthermore, very thorough 

cleaning is a must. Any dirt, chalked surface material, oil and grease should be removed 

with suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning of the entire 

surface. 


system is possible too. Yet, it must be considered that mechanical cleaning by disc 

grinding or by rotating wire brushing may produce a very smooth surface giving reason to 

reduced adhesive forces. 

Note: Another risk is remains of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent 


cleaning may have started a further oxidation of the hard black rust making it 


service, the scale plus overlaying paint material may flake off. 

When used for immersion service, repair: 

Remove oil and grease, etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 

contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Clean damaged areas thoroughly 

by power tool cleaning to St 3 (minor areas) or by abrasive blasting to min Sa 2, 

preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the performance of 

HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to 

minimum WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash rust degree of 

maximum FR-2 preferably FR-1 (HEMPEL standard) is acceptable before application. 

Feather edges to sound intact areas. Dust off residues. Touch up to full film thickness. 

1/5


Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to sea water, excessive amounts of 




NEW STEEL: 

When used as intermediate and/or finishing coat, surface preparation according to 

Product Data Sheet for the preceding primer coat (HEMPADUR primers). When used as a 

self priming coat, surface preparation according to specification. 

Application equipment: HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 being a high solids and a relatively high viscosity 

material, may require special measures to be taken at application. 


Pump ratio: min. 45:1 












After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with THINNER 08450 or 






be done with care as the anti-sagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. 


Induction time: In case of a paint temperature at 15°C/59°F or below, it is an advantage to allow the 

two components to prereact before application. This is especially relevant in the case of 

substrate temperatures also being below 15°C/59°F. 

In case of a paint temperature at 15°C/59°F, an induction time of 15 minutes is 

recommended. In case of a paint temperature at 10°C/50°F, an induction time of 25 

minutes is recommended. In order to obtain proper application properties, the paint 

temperature should preferably never be below 10°C/50°F. 

Application Film-build/continuity: With this paint material applied in one/few coat(s) it is of special 

larger surfaces: importance that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each 

spray applied coat. An application technique which will ensure good film formation on all 

surfaces must be adopted. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, not too 

big, and to have a proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm 

should be aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, 

rear sides of stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas application of a stripe coat will 

therefore be good painting practice. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity 

of the paint must be suitable and the spray equipment must be sufficient in output 

pressure and capacity. At high working temperatures, use of extra thinner may be 

necessary to avoid dust-spray. 


2/5







At application with hand tools, brush, but especially by roller the natural tendency to a 

more uneven paint film obtained by these methods, is to be counteracted by more coats 

applied. If at all possible each coat is to be applied across the preceding one - in 

general follow good painting practise. 

Brush application: On poorly prepared surfaces it is always recommended to apply the first coat by brush. 



Wet/dry film thickness Please note that the thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 may give 

spray application: a rather "wavy" surface of the paint just after application. This smoothens at drying, but 

can make it necessary to let the wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. In 

many cases the wet film thickness reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher than 

calculated. As the wavy surface becomes more smooth during drying this apparently 

higher wet film thickness will not cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise 

stipulated. 

Film thickness/thinning: HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 is normally specified in 125-200 micron/5-8 mils. 

The typical film thickness for a two coat system is 150 micron/6 mils each coat. Usually 

a maximum of 5% thinning with THINNER 08450 is relevant. However, depending on 

ambient conditions, additional thinning may be required. May be specified down to 75 

micron/3 mils. To obtain optimum film formation in film thicknesses lower than 125 

micron/5 mils dry film thickness additional thinning with 5-10% THINNER 08450 is 

recommended. 

Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 1 hour at 20°C/68°F for 

HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, and 

used under warm climate conditions, the heat developed by the chemical reaction 

between BASE and CURING AGENT may make the corresponding practical pot life 

shorter. 

Therefore: At high temperatures, use the paint immediately after mixing irrespective of 

equipment. 






Issued: December 2001 - 4588011480CO006 - Marine 















3/5



versus temperature: exposure conditions: 

HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 in a dry film thickness of 100-150 micron/4-6 mils 

typically touch up by brush: 






Immersion 




Atmospheric, 


Immersion* 

-5°C/23°F 

3 days 

2½ months 



4 days 

6 days 

7 days 


4 days 

6 days 

4 days 

4 days 





-5°C/23°F 

N/A 

0°C/32°F 

24 hours 

1 month 

30 hours 

42 hours 

50 hours 

30 hours 

42 hours 

30 hours 

30 hours 

0°C/32°F 

N/A 

10°C/50°F 

10 hours 

14 days 

12 hours 

18 hours 

22 hours 

12 hours 

18 hours 

12 hours 

12 hours 

10°C/50°F 

12 hours 

18 hours 

20°C/68°F 

4 hours 

7 days 

5 hours 

7 hours 

8 hours 

5 hours 

7 hours 

5 hours 

5 hours 

20°C/68°F 

5 hours 

7 hours 

30°C/86°F 

3 hours 

5 days 

4 hours 

5 hours 

6 hours 

4 hours 

5 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

30°C/86°F 

4 hours 

5 hours 

40°C/104°F 

2 hours 

3 days 

3 hours 

4 hours 

5 hours 

3 hours 

4 hours 

3 hours 

3 hours 

40°C/104°F 

3 hours 

4 hours 

* Only HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is recommended for this exposure 

Notes: 




• If faster handling or recoating at lower temperatures is required, HEMPADUR 45143 may be used 

• In case of low temperatures, it is recommended that HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 has been given a 

proper induction time before application. Under such conditions consider paint temperature equal to substrate 


HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 in a dry film thickness of 200 micron/8 mils, 

typically by airless spray: 






Immersion 



Atmospheric, 


Immersion* 

-5°C/23°F 

6 days 

2½ months 


5 days 

7 days 

8 days 

5 days 

7 days 


5 days 

5 days 

0°C/32°F 

36 hours 

1 month 


42 hours 

60 hours 

3 days 


42 hours 

60 hours 

42 hours 

42 hours 

MINIMUM Interval for recoating with HEMUCRYL topcoats 




-5°C/23°F 

N/A 

0°C/32°F 

N/A 

10°C/50°F 

15 hours 

14 days 

18 hours 

25 hours 

30 hours 

18 hours 

25 hours 

18 hours 

18 hours 

10°C/50°F 

18 hours 

25 hours 


Notes: 


4/5 

20°C/68°F 

6 hours 

7 days 

7 hours 

10 hours 

12 hours 

7 hours 

10 hours 

7 hours 

7 hours 

20°C/68°F 

7 hours 

10 hours 

30°C/86°F 

5 hours 

5 days 

5 hours 

8 hours 

10 hours 

5 hours 

8 hours 

5 hours 

5 hours 

30°C/86°F 

5 hours 

8 hours 

40°C/104°F 

4 hours 

3 days 

4 hours 

6 hours 

8 hours 

4 hours 

6 hours 

4 hours 

4 hours 

40°C/104°F 

4 hours 

6 hours






• In case of low temperatures, it is recommended that HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 has been given a 

proper induction time before application. Under such conditions consider paint temperature equal to substrate 


MAXIMUM recoating intervals of HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880 (independent on 

dry film thickness): 




Immersion° 



Atmospheric, 

medium and severe 

Immersion* 

-5°C/23°F 



None 

None 

90 days 


3 months 

21 days 


10 days 

10 days 

2 months 

14 days 





-5°C/23°F 

N/A 

N/A 


0°C/32°F 

None 

None 

90 days 

72 hours 

72 hours 

0°C/32°F 

N/A, 

N/A 

10°C/50°F 

None 

None 

60 days 

4 weeks 

6 days 

30 hours 

30 hours 

10°C/50°F 

6 days 

3 days 

20°C/68°F 

None 

None 

30 days 

21 days 

3 days 

12 hours 

12 hours 

20°C/68°F 

3 days 

1½ day 

30°C/86°F 

None 

None 

23 days 

14 days 

2 days 

9 hours 

9 hours 

30°C/86°F 

2 days 

1 day 

40°C/104°F 

None 

None 

15 days 

10 days 

36 hours 

6 hours 

6 hours 

40°C/104°F 

36 hours 

18 hours 


°) Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may 

apply. Please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 

Specific Notes for overcoating with HEMPATHANE TOPCOATS: 

Prior to application of HEMPATHANES it is mandatory to clean the surface thoroughly. 


be relevant. However, such a test is not the final proof of long-term durability, but if the 

result is doubtful, repeated cleaning will be relevant. A more safe solution could be to 

refresh the surface with a new thin (diluted) coat of HEMPADUR MARINE MASTIC 45880. 

General notes on prolonged recoating intervals: 

Besides the notes stated under the tables for minimum recoating intervals, the following 

applies: 










be relevant, however, this test patch should not be a final proof of the durability of the 

coating. 

5/5

HEMPATEX®HI-BUILD 46330 

Description: HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is based on chlorinated rubber. Physically drying. Resistant 

to salt water, splashes of mineral oils, aliphatic solvents and a wide range of 

chemicals, but not to animal and vegetable oils or aromatic solvents. 

Recommended use: Selfprimed, or as an intermidiate or finishing coat on steel structures in moderately to 

severely corrosive environment, including permanently submerged surfaces. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 80°C/176°F (see remarks overleaf). 




Finish: Flat 































1/2

2. HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. For temporary protection, if required, use suitable 


thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease , etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and other 






COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or HEMPATEX system as per specification. 

COAT: Ship bottoms: Antifouling according to specification. 

REMARKS: 

Service As HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged mechanical exposure at 

temperatures: temperatures above approximately 40°C/105°F may cause film indentation. When temperature 

drops below, mechanical strength is recovered. 



is 40-100 micron/1.6-4 mils. A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total 

film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may 

also retain solvents, it is generally recommended not to apply HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 in 

excessive film thickness. 

Recoating: In case of multi-coat application, drying time and minimum recoating interval will be influenced by 

the number of coats and by the thickness of each coat applied - reference is made to the 

corresponding painting specification. 

No maximum recoating interval, but before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, 

clean the surface thoroughly by high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is for professional use only. 














2/2


Description: HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 is a physically drying high build paint with optimum colour 

retention. Based on acrylic resin and chlorinated plasticizer. Resistant to salt water, 

splashes of aliphatic hydrocarbons, animal and vegetable oils. 

Recommended use: 1. As an exterior finishing coat on containers. 

2. As an intermediate or finishing coat in HEMPATEX systems in moderately to 

severely corrosive environment. 


Availability: Normally available on orders for container newbuildings only. 


Colours/Shade Nos: White/10000* 







Surface dry: ½ (approx) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 



*Concerning other shades, reference is made to HEMPEL'S CONTAINER COLOUR CARD. 
























1/2


SURFACE Repair and Maintenance: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. Remove salt and 

PREPARATION: other contaminants by high pressure fresh water cleaning. Followed by: 

For steel: Remove all rust and loose material by abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Dust off 

residues. Touch up bare spots with e.g. suitable primer followed by HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 to 

full film thickness. 

For other metals, concrete: Reference is made to the corresponding painting specification and to 

the Product Data Sheet for the primer/sealer. 



PRECEDING HEMPADUR ZINC 15360/15363, HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300/15302 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360, or as per specification depending on area of use. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 


atmosphere. 


Service As HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46370 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged mechanical exposure at 

temperatures: temperatures above approx. 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When temperature drops 

below, mechanical strength is recovered. 


This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoat interval. Normal range is 

75-100 microns/3-4 mils. A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total 




Recoating: In case of multicoat application, drying time and minimum recoat interval are influenced by the 

actual film thickness and number of coats applied. Reference is made to the corresponding 

painting specification. 


clean the surface thoroughly by high pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 















2/2


Description: HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 is a physically drying high build paint with good colour 

retention as a semi-flat finish. Based on acrylic resin, alkyd and non-chlorinated 

plasticizer. Contains zinc phosphate. Resistant to salt water, splashes of aliphatic 

hydrocarbons, animal and vegetable oils. 

Recommended use: 1. As a primer, intermediate or finishing coat in HEMPATEX-systems in moderately 

corrosive environment. 

2. As a selfprimed repair and touch-up coating for containers as well as other cases 

where a fast and economic repair job is desired. 

3. As a finishing coat for containers. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 80°C/176°F (See REMARKS overleaf). 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved by CSIRO, Australia for carriage of foodstuffs. 



Colours/Shade nos: Grey/11480* - Red/50630* 























Recoat interval, min: When dry (See REMARKS overleaf) 











1/2




protection, if required, use suitable shopprimer. All damage of shopprimer and contamination from 


use HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410. 


other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

Remove all rust and loose material by abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. Dust off residues. 

Touch up bare spots with HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 to full film thickness. 




COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Colours: Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to sulphide and chlorinecontaining 

atmosphere. 

Service As HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged, mechanical exposure at 

temperatures: temperatures above approx. 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When temperature drops 

below, mechanical strength is recovered. 



75-125 micron/3-5 mils. To obtain an even dry film thickness (of 125 micron), application in two 

passes (wet-in-wet) is recommended. If applied by roller, e.g. as deckcoating, usual dry film 

thickness is approx. 50 microns per coat. A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a 

too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As 

each coat may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended not to apply HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 

46410 in excessive film thickness. 

Deck coating: If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly on the first coat of 

HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 while still wet (consumption approx. 2.5 kg/5.5 lbs to 25 m² /270 

sq.ft.). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPATEX 

HI-BUILD 46410. Antiskid properties can also be obtained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTISLIP 

BEADS 67420 into 20 litre of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410. 

Recoating: For multicoat application minimum recoating interval is influenced by the actual film thickness and 

number of coats applied. Reference is made to the corresponding painting specification. 

















2/2


Description: HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46820 is based on acrylic resin, physically drying. Optimum colour 

retention. Resistant to salt water, splashes of aliphatic hydrocarbons, animal and 

vegetable oils. 

Recommended use: 1. As a finishing coat on structural steel in moderately to severely corrosive 

environments. 

2. As a finishing coat on containers, rolling stocks, etc. 

Note about application and touch-up, please see REMARKS overleaf. 




Colours/Shade nos: Grey/17700 Light alu./19000 

Finish: Semi-flat Semi-flat 

Volume solids, %: 33 ± 1 31 ± 1 


165 sq.ft/US gallon - 3.2 mils 155 sq.ft/US gallon - 3.2 mils 









Application method: Airless spray Air spray Brush (touch up) 


Nozzle orifice: .017"-.021" (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Nozzle pressure: 175 bar/2500 psi (See REMARKS overleaf) 



Indicated film thickness, dry: 80 microns/3.2 mils (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Indicated film thickness, wet: 250 microns/10 mils 

Recoat interval, min.: When dry (See REMARKS overleaf) 








1/2

HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46820 


PREPARATION: pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and loose material by abrasive blasting or power 

tool cleaning. Dust off residues. Prime/touch up with suitable primer followed by HEMPATEX 

46820 to full film thickness. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry, its temperature must be above the dew point to 

CONDITIONS: avoid condensation. In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300/15302, HEMPADUR ZINC 15360/15363 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Service Being a thermoplastic product, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above approximately 

temperatures: 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When temperature drops below, mechanical strength is 

recovered. 

Application: Way of application will influence the appearance of the paint film. Spray application, especially by 

conventional spray, will facilitate optimum appearance. If applied by brush, use a flat brush not 

more than 10 cm/4" wide. After the paint has been distributed it should be laid off with light 

strokes and in one direction only. If the paint is worked too much with brush or roller, it will become 

streaky and grayish and loose its lustre. 

Irrespective of measures taken during application, touch-up may, however, cause areas of 

different visual appearance as to different gloss or sheen. 

This effect is cosmetic only and has no influence on the protective properties. 



60-100 micron/2.4-4 mils. A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total 




In any case, avoid exaggerated filmthicknesses. For this reason it is also recommended to use 

lowest possible nozzle orifice and pressure when applied by airless spray. 

Recoating: In case of multi-coat application, drying time and minimum recoat interval will be influenced by the 

number of coats and by the thickness of each coat applied - reference is made to the 

corresponding painting specification. 


high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 















2/2

HEMPEL'S SILVIUM®51570 

Description: HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 is an oleoresinous general purpose aluminium paint with 

good light reflection. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat on steel and woodwork exterior and interior in mild to moderately 

corrosive environment where an aluminium surface or light reflection is desired, and/or 

for moderately hot surface. 




and Drug Administration. 

Approved by German authorities as a low flame spread material according to IMO 


Has a German EC-type Examination Certificate. 



Colours/Shade nos: Aluminium/19000 

Finish: Glossy (See REMARKS overleaf) 













Thinner (max. vol.): Do not dilute (See REMARKS overleaf) 





Indicated film thickness. dry: 25 micron/1 mil 













1/2

2. HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 

SURFACE Sound and intact areas primed with eg HEMPALIN or other suitable alkyd primers (temperature 

PREPARATION: range: see PRECEDING COAT below) can be recoated directly after all contamination from storage 

and fabrication has been thoroughly removed. For other areas remove all rust and loose material by 

power tool cleaning to St 3 or abrasive blasting to Sa 2. 

Maintenance: Remove oil and grease etc. with suitable detergent. 

Remove salt and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove all rust and 

loose material by abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning. 

Dust off residues. Touch up with recommended primer. 



PRECEDING Steel surface temperature: Preceding coat: 

COAT: 

Below 120°C/248°F HEMPALIN PRIMERS 

120°-200°C/248°-390°F Self primed 


COAT: 


Application: Spray application is recommended. 

For brush application use a flat brush not more than 10 cm/4" wide. Do not dilute. After the paint 

has been laid on, it should be distributed with light strokes and in one direction only. If the paint is 

worked too much with brush or roller, it will become streaky and greyish and loose its lustre. The 

effect is cosmetic only and has no influence on the protective properties. 

Finish: At high temperatures HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 will become greyish and loose its lustre. This 

effect is cosmetic only and has no influence on the protective properties. 

Note: HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 5157019000CO010 













2/2

HEMPALIN®ENAMEL 52140 

Description: HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 is a glossy alkyd enamel which forms a weather resistant 

coating. It is flexible and resistant to salt water and spillage of mineral oil and other 

aliphatic hydrocarbons. 

Recommended use: As a general purpose finishing coat in alkyd systems on exterior and interior steel 

and woodwork in mildly to moderately corrosive environment. 

As a finishing coat in engine rooms including tanktops, main engines and auxiliary 

machinery. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F (these temperatures may cause yellowing/discoloration). 

Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish, German, Belgian and Italian 

authorities according to IMO resolution MSC 61 (67). 




Colours/Shade nos: White/10000* Black/19990* 

Finish: Glossy Glossy 

Volume solids, %: 46 ± 1 43 ± 1 





Surface dry: 2½ (approx) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 2½ (approx) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 









Thinner (max. vol.): 08230 (5%) 08230 (15%) 08230 (5%) (See REMARKS overleaf) 


















1/2

2. HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 



PREDEDING HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050, HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200, HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 or 

COAT: according to specification. 


COAT: 



atmosphere. 


Film thicknesses: May be specified in other filmthicknesses than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoat interval. Normal range 30-40 

micron/1.2-1.6 mils. 

Thinning: THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, however, with a certain risk of wrinkling of the 

preceding fresh coat of HEMPALIN. 

Recoating: Recoat intervals related to later conditions of exposure: 

(30 micron/1.2 mils dry film thickness of HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140) 


Recoated with 

(quality numbers only) 

52140 

Mild 

8 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

8 hours 

Mild 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

5 days 

If the maximum recoat interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is recommended to ensure 



(high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry. 

Note: HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 5214010000CO016 













2/2

HEMPALIN®ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 

Description: HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 is an alkyd paint, which can be applied in high film 

thickness by airless spray. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat in HEMPALIN Systems on interior and exterior steel in mildly to 

moderately corrosive environment. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish authorities according to IMO 





Colours/Shade nos: White/10000 




314 sq.ft/US gallon - 2.4 mils 



Surface dry: 2½ (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 


























1/2

2. HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 



PRECEDING HEMPALIN PRIMER HI-BUILD 13200 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 


Recoating: Recoat intervals related to later conditions of exposure: 

(60 micron/2.4 mils dry film thickness of HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220) 


Recoated with 

(quality number only) 

52220 

Mild 

12 hours 

Minimum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

16 hours 

Mild 

None 

Maximum 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

If the maximum recoat interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is recommended to ensure 




May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. 

This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoat interval. 

Do not expose liquid paint to temperatures above 40°C/104°F neither during storage nor in 

connection with application. 

Note: HEMPALIN ENAMEL HI-BUILD 52220 is for professional use only. 














2/2 

5 days

HEMPALIN®DANREX®52360 

Description: HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 is a versatile, alkyd-based, economy paint with fairly good 

penetration into rough and porous substrate. 

Harmless to grain cargo. 

Recommended use: 1. As a self-primed paint system on interior steel and woodwork, e.g. in dry cargo 

holds. 

2. As a primer for alkyd-based paint systems in mild environment. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by German authorities according to IMO 


Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, 


Complies with Section 175.300 of Food Additive Regulations (in respect of carriage of 

dry foodstuffs) of the Code of U.S. Federal Regulations (FDA). 




Colours/Shade nos: Grey/10670 Red/50610 


Volume solids, %: 56 ± 1 57 ± 1 











Application methods: Airless spray Air spray Brush/Roller 

Thinner (max. vol.): 08230 (5%) 08230 (15%) 08230 (5%) (See REMARKS overleaf) 


















1/2

2. HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 

SURFACE New steel: Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2. For temporary protection, if required, use suitable 


thoroughly cleaned prior to final painting. For repair and touch-up use HEMPALIN DANREX 52360. 






PRECEDING None, HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 is normally used as a self-contained system. 

COAT: May be recoated with oil or alkyd based paints according to specification, eg: 

Interior: HEMPALIN HOLD PAINT 51560. 

Exterior: (HEMPALIN UNDERCOAT 42460 followed by) alkyd-based finishing coat(s). 




Thinning: THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, however, with a certain risk of wrinkling of a 

preceding fresh HEMPALIN coat. 

Note: HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPALIN®DECKPAINT 53240 

Description: HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 is a quick-drying, styrenated alkyd paint. Hardwearing and 

resistant to sunlight, salt water, and to oil splashes, but not to aromatic hydrocarbons, 

such as certain types of petrol (gasoline). For a skid-proof surface, see REMARKS 

overleaf. 

Recommended use: As a general purpose finishing coat, interior and exterior, on steel decks, stairways, 

catwalks, etc., in mildly to moderately corrosive environment. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish and German authorities according 

to IMO resolution MSC 61 (67). 




Colours/Shade nos: Green/40640 Red/50630 


Volume solids, %: 42 ± 1 41 ± 1 





Dry to touch: 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F 















Recoat interval, max: 4 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 










1/2

2. HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 



PRECEDING HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 


Recoating: Recoating should take place when the first coat is dry and within 4 hours. If this interval is 

exceeded, do not recoat until after two weeks. No maximum interval for adhesion. 


pressure) fresh water cleaning and allow to dry. 

If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly over the first coat of 

HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 while still wet. (Consumption: approximately 7.5 kg 67500 to 20 

litres of paint). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPALIN 

DECKPAINT 53240. 

Anti-skid properties can also be attained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 

into 20 litre of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240. 

Note: HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPATHANE®ENAMEL 55100 


Description: HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 is a two-component, high-gloss acrylic polyurethane 

enamel with good gloss and colour retention. 

Recommended use: As a glossy decorative finishing coat on a variety of substrates such as steel, 

aluminium, glassfibre, reinforced polyester, plywood, hardwood etc. in severely 

corrosive atmospheric environment. 

Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F. 




Colours/Shade nos: White/10000* 

Finish: High-gloss 





Specific Gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon 

Surface dry: 2½ (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 












Thinner (max.vol.): See REMARKS overleaf See REMARKS overleaf 08080 (5%) 



Nozzle pressure 75-100 bar /1100 -1450 psi 
















1/2

2. HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry at the time of application, and its temperature must 

AND CURING be above the dew point to avoid condensation. Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F. 

CONDITIONS: At the freezing point and below, be aware of the risk of ice on the surface which will hinder the 

adhesion. Light rain, high humidity and/or condensation during application and the following 16 

hours (20°C/68°F) may adversely affect the film formation. The humidity of plywood/hardwood 

should not exceed 16% w/w. 


PRECEDING HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200/45201, HEMPADUR 45304, HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 or according 

COAT: to specification. 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 


atmosphere. 


Service At service temperatures above 100°C/212°F, slight discoloration may be expected. 

temperatures: 



20-40 micron/0.8 -1.6 mils. 

Thinning: The type and amount of thinner depend on application conditions, application method, 

temperature, ventilation, and substrate. THINNER 0808 is recommended in general. THINNER 

08510 may be used alternatively depending on local conditions. 

Airless spray: 15-20% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions more than 25% may be 

necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation. 

Conventional air spray: Dilute to a viscosity of 17-20 s/DIN 4 (approx 35% by volume). Use lowest 

possible air pressure and a small nozzle. 

For both kinds of spray application the best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of 

HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 at first, and then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness 

giving a uniform film formation. Do not exaggerate the film thickness. 

Recoating 

and drying/curing 

time: 

Physical data versus temperatures (35 micron/1.4 mil dry film thickness - sufficient ventilation): 


Dry to touch, approx. 

Resist condensing humidity/ 

light showers after: 

Fully cured, 70% RH 

Recoating interval, 

recoating 55100 with 55100 

Min 

Max* 

-10°C/14°F 

45 hours 

(7 days) 

(2 months) 

3 days 

(6 months) 

0°C/32°F 

20 hours 

3 days 

32 days 

1½ day 

(6 months) 

10°C/50°F 

9 hours 

32 hours 

14 days 

16 hours 

(6 months) 

20°C/68°F 

5 hours 

16 hours 

7 days 

8 hours 

3 months 

30°C/86°F 

3 hours 

12 hours 

5 days 

6 hours 

2 months 

*The maximum recoating intervals apply to surfaces exposed to very severe conditions of periodical immersion, heavy condensation, 

great variations in temperatures, chemical attack and/or abrasion during service life of the coating system. Under other 

conditions no maximum recoating interval. A completely clean surface is anyhow mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, 

especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt,oil, and grease has to be removed. e.g. with suitable detergent. Salts to be 

removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before 

actual recoating. 


intercoat adhesion. In the case of recoating with other paint materials maximum will be 1-3 days 

(20°C/68°F) depending on type. 

Notes: CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed 

until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure might exist. Even small traces of 

water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects. 

HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55100 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPATHANE®TOPCOAT 55210 


Description: HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 is a two-component, semi-gloss acrylic polyurethane 

coating with good gloss and colour retention. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat for protection of structural steel in severely corrosive atmospheric 

environment, where light-fastness and gloss retention are required. 

Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F. 


Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by German and Italian authorities according to 





Colours/Shade nos: White/10000* Blue/30840* 


Volume solids, %: 52 ± 1 51 ± 1 





Surface dry: 2½ (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 2½ (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 












Thinner (max. vol.): See REMARKS overleaf 08080 (5%) 
















1/2

2. HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 


AND CURING be above the dew point to avoid condensation. Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F. 

CONDITIONS: At the freezing point and below, be aware of the risk of ice on the surface which will hinder the 

adhesion. High humidity and/or condensation during application and the following 16 hours 

(20°C/68°F) may adversely affect the film formation. 


PRECEDING HEMPADUR 45141/45143, HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200/45201, HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 or 

COAT: according to specification. 


COAT: 



atmosphere. 


Service At service temperatures above 100°C/212°F, slight discoloration may be expected. 

temperatures: 



40-60 micron/1.6-2.4 mils. 

Thinning: The type and amount of thinner depend on application conditions, application method, 

temperature, ventilation, and substrate. THINNER 08080 is recommended in general. THINNER 

08510 may be used alternatively depending on local conditions. 

Airless spray: 5-15% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions up to more than 20% 

may be necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation. 

The best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55210 at first, and 

then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness giving a uniform film formation. Do not 

exaggerate the film thickness. 

Electrostatic spray: 10% thinning with specified thinner is recommended. Please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 

Recoating 

and drying/curing 

time: 

Physical data versus temperatures: 


Dry to touch, approx. 

Resist condensing humidity/ 

light showers after*: 

Fully cured, 70% RH 

Recoating interval, 

recoating 55210 with 55210 

Min 

Max 

-10°C/14°F 

3 days 

(7 days) 

(2 months) 

6 days 

None 

0°C/32°F 

36 hours 

3 days 

32 days 

3 days 

None 

10°C/50°F 

16 hours 

32 hours 

14 days 

32 hours 

None 

20°C/68°F 

8 hours 

16 hours 

7 days 

16 hours 

*Faster drying and curing may be obtained by using an "accelerator" - consult HEMPEL for further advice. 

None 

30°C/86°F 

6 hours 

12 hours 

5 days 

12 hours 

A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long 

recoating intervals. Any dirt,oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with suitable detergent. 

Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning 

a test patch is recommended before actual recoating. 



water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects. 

HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 is for professional use only. 














2/2 

None

HEMPEL’S ENAMEL 55850 


Description: HEMPEL’S ENAMEL 55850 is a two-component oxiraneester based topcoat. Resistant 

to splashes of petrol, mineral oils, and mild acids. VOC-compliant. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat in two-pack anti-corrosive systems where safety rules preclude the 

use of isocyanate cured paints. In moderately to severely atmospheric environments. 










































1/2

2. HEMPEL’S ENAMEL 55850 


CONDITIONS: temperature of the surface and that of the paint itself must also be above this limit. 

Apply only on a dry and completely clean surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid 

condensation. 


PRECEDING According to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 


atmosphere. 




50-75 micron/2.0-3.0 mils. 

Recoating: Maximum recoat interval related to later conditions of exposure: 


Recoated with 

(quality number only) 

55850 

Mild 

None 

20°C/68°F 

Atmospheric 

Medium 

None 

Severe 

3 months 

A completely clean surface is anyhow mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long 

recoat intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease has to be removed, e.g. with suitable detergent. Salts to 

be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test 

patch is recommended before actual recoating. 

The test patch reveals insufficient intercoat adhesion, roughening of the surface is necessary. 



Gloss: A slight tendency to chalk in outdoor exposure does not detract from the protective properties. 

Note: HEMPEL'S ENAMEL 55850 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPATHANE®TOPCOAT 55910 


Description: HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55910 is a very flexible, two-component polyurethane topcoat. 

Recommended use: As a VOC-compliant, high-build finishing coat for protection of structural steel in 

corrosive environment, especially for maintenance purposes. 

Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F (see REMARKS overleaf) 



Colours/Shade nos: White/10000 

















Application method: Airless spray (see REMARKS overleaf) Brush (see REMARKS overleaf) 






Cleaning of tools: THINNER 08080/08880 




Recoat interval, max: None (see REMARKS overleaf) 







1/2



CONDITIONS: be above the dew point to avoid condensation. Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F. 

At the freezing point and below, be aware of the risk of ice on the surface which will hinder the 

adhesion. High humidity and/or condensation during application and the following 24 hours 

(20°C/68°F) may adversely affect the film formation. 


PRECEDING According to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Service At service temperatures above 90°C/176°F, HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55910 will become more soft. 

temperatures: Furthermore, discoloration may occur. 

Colours: Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to sulphide and chlorinecontaining 

atmosphere. 


Normal range dry is minimum 75 micron/3 mils (undiluted), maximum 125 micron/5 mils. This will 

alter spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoat interval. 

Recoat interval: Maximum recoating interval: A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat 

adhesion, especially at long recoat intervals. Any dirt,oil, and grease has to be removed. e.g. 

with suitable detergent followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Salts to be removed by 

fresh water hosing. 

To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual 

recoating. 

In case of recoating with other paint materials maximum will be 1-3 days (20°C/68°F) depending 

on type. 



water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot life and result in film defects. 

HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55910 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: July 2001 - 5591010000CR001 













2/2

HEMPAFLEX®ANTI-STAIN 56220 

Description: HEMPAFLEX ANTI-STAIN 56220 is a modified finishing coat for epoxy and acrylic based 

paint systems. Physically drying. Resistant to salt water and splashes of aliphatic 

hydrocarbons. 

A smooth surface and special chemical compounds minimize surface contamination 

such as rust runners. 

Recommended use: As an exterior finishing coat in HEMPATEX and HEMPADUR systems in moderately to 


Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 80°C/175°F (See REMARKS overleaf). 



Colours/Shade Nos: Cream/20320 (Other shades according to assortment list) 







Surface dry: 1 (approx) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 







Application method: Brush/Roller 

Thinner (max. vol.): 08080 (5%) (See REMARKS overleaf) 















1/2

2. HEMPAFLEX ANTI-STAIN 56220 

APPLICATION As dictated by normal good painting practice. Dry and clean surface with a temperature above 

CONDITIONS: the dew point. 


PRECEDING HEMPATEX, HEMPADUR qualities, or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Service As HEMPAFLEX ANTI-STAIN 56220 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged mechanical exposure at 

temperatures: temperatures above approx. 40°C/105°F may cause film indentation. When the temperature drops 

below, the mechanical strength is recovered. 

Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high 


Airless spray: Airless spray application will be possible provided the following precautions are taken: 

Dilute the paint before application (approx 10%), avoid too high film thicknesses (ie not more 

than 40 micron/1.6 mils). Use a spray method based on many passes with a fast movement of 

the spray gun. In this way a smooth, uniform appearance can be obtained. 

Recommended nozzle orifice: .017"-.019". 

Nozzle pressure: 150 bar/2200 psi. 

To check optimal spray conditions, a test patch is recommended prior to actual full-scale 

application. 

Note: HEMPAFLEX ANTI-STAIN 56220 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPATEX®ENAMEL 56360 

Description: HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 is a finishing coat based on acrylic resin and 

non-chlorinated plasticizer for optimum gloss and colour retention. Physically drying. 

Resistant to salt water, splashes of aliphatic hydrocarbons and animal and vegetable 

oils. 

Recommended use: As an interior and exterior finishing coat in HEMPATEX systems in moderately to 







Colours/Shade nos: Black/19990* Orange/50040* 


Volume solids, %: 31 ± 1 33 ± 1 





























Apply only in well ventilated areas. 


1/2

2. HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 

APPLICATION As dictated by normal good painting practice. Dry and clean surface at a temperature above the 

CONDITIONS: dew point. 


PRECEDING HEMPATEX HI-BUILD qualities, or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 



atmosphere. 


Service As HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged direct contact at 

temperatures: temperatures 

above approx. 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When the temperature drops below, the 

mechanical strength is recovered. 

Film thicknesses: A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may 

cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may also retain solvents, it is 

generally recommended not to apply HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 in excessive film thickness. 

Recoating: Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high 


Overlapping with certain other paints may cause cracking. Refer to Remarks of relevant Painting 

Specification. 

Skid-proof If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly on the first coat of 

surfaces: HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 while still wet (consumption approx. 2.5 kg/5.5 lbs to 25 m²/270 

sq.ft.). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPATEX ENAMEL 

56360. Antiskid properties can also be obtained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTISLIP BEADS 

67420 into 20 litres of HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360. 

Note: HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: July 2000 - 5636019990CO009 













2/2

HEMPATEX®56430 

Description: HEMPATEX 56430 is a physically drying paint with optimum colour retention. Based on 

acrylic resin alkyd and non-chlorinated plasticizer. Resistant to salt water, splashes of 

aliphatic solvents, animal and vegetable oils. 

Recommended use: 1. As an exterior finishing coat on containers. 

2. As a finishing coat in HEMPATEX systems in moderately to severely corrosive 

environment. 


Availability: Normally only available on orders for container newbuildings. 


Colours/Shade nos: Orange/54406* 

Finish: Flat 







Surface dry: 15 (approx.) minutes at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 


V.O.C. 545 g/litre - 4.5 lbs/US gallon 

*Concerning other shades, reference is made to HEMPEL'S CONTAINER COLOUR CARD. 













Recoat interval, min: 1 hour (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Recoat interval, max: none (See REMARKS overleaf) 










1/2

2. HEMPATEX 56430 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry, its temperature must be above the dew point to 

CONDITIONS: avoid condensation. 


PRECEDING HEMPADUR PRIMER 15300/15302, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None, or as per specification depending on area of use. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: 


atmosphere. 


As HEMPATEX 56430 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged mechanical exposure at temperatures 

above approx. 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When temperature drops below, the 

mechanical strength is recovered. 


Normal range is 30-50 micron/1.6-2 mils.This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying 

time and recoat interval. A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film 

thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may also 

retain solvents, it is generally recommended not to apply HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 56430 in excessive 

film thickness. 

Recoating: In case of multicoat application minimum recoat interval is influenced by the actual film thickness 

and number of coats applied. Reference is made to the corresponding painting specification. 

No maximum recoat interval, but before recoating after exposure in contaminated environment, 



ISSUED: October 1999 - 5643054406CS001 













2/2

HEMPEL'S HI-VEE®56540 

Description: HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540 is a non-hiding, but strongly day-light reflecting acrylic paint 

with fluorescent pigments which give intense colour impression and high visibility 

(HI-VEE). It has no effect in darkness, and it needs HEMPEL'S HI-VEE LACQUER 06520 

on top in order to improve the light fastness. 

Recommended use: For life-saving equipment and for warning purposes such as protruding or moving 

objects, etc. 




Colours/Shades nos: Orange/50180* 

































1/2

2. HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540 



PRECEDING White, preferably flat HEMPATEX paint or according to specification. HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540 is 

COAT: applied on a white surface in order to obtain optimum light reflection. 

SUBSEQUENT HEMPEL'S HI-VEE LACQUER 06520, which contains ultra-violet radiation absorbing filter. 

COAT: 

REMARKS: As HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540 is a thermoplastic product, prolonged mechanical exposure at 

temperatures above approx. 40°C/104°F may cause film indentation. When temperature drops 

below, the mechanical strength is recovered. 

Do not expose liquid paint to temperatures above 40°C/104°F neither during storage nor in 

connection with application. 

Note: HEMPEL'S HI-VEE 56540 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900 

Description: HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900 is a heat resistant paint, pigmented with inert 

pigments. 

Recommended use: For long-term protection of hot pipelines, exhaust pipes, smoke stacks and other hot 

surfaces up to 200°C/392°F. In corrosive environment see PRECEDING COAT overleaf. 




Colours/Shade nos: White/10000 Black/19990 

Finish: Semi-flat (See REMARKS overleaf) Semi-flat (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Volume solids, %: 59 ± 1 55 ± 1 


946 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.0 mil 882 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.0 mil 
















Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1 mil (See REMARKS overleaf) 


Recoat interval, min.: 24 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Recoat interval, max.: See REMARKS overleaf 







1/2

HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900 


PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. If shopprimer is required, only zinc silicate type is recommended. 



PRECEDING Can be used directly on blast-cleaned steel. For maximum corrosion protection, a primer coat of 

COAT: one of the following paints is recommended (40 micron/1.6 mil dry film thicknesses): 

HEMPEL’S SILICONE ZINC 16900 or HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700. 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 

Gloss: After exposure to heat the gloss is reduced. 

Thermoplasticity: The paint film is somewhat thermoplastic also after heating. 


later heating. THINNER 08080 must be added at application to secure the low dry film thickness. 

High temperature For high temperature service, the total dry film thickness of the paint system should preferably be 

service: kept at 75 micron/3 mils as maximum. 

First exposure Do not expose the paint system to heat before it is through dry (minimum 24 hours at 

to heat: 20°C/68°F). 

Recoating: May be recoated when through dry (24 hours at 20°C/68°F). 



Zinc silicate primer: If HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900 is applied on zinc silicate coatings, such as HEMPEL’S 

GALVOSIL 15700, popping may occur after application or after first heating up. 

The best way to avoid popping is to apply a mist coat in the first pass of HEMPEL’S SILICONE 

TOPCOAT 56900. Let the air escape and apply the full coat of HEMPEL'S SILICONE TOPCOAT 

56900. 

Note: HEMPEL’S SILICONE TOPCOAT 56900 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: June 2001 - 5690010000CO001 













2/2

HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 

Description: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 is a heat resistant aluminium pigmented paint. 


surfaces. In corrosive environment see PRECEDING COAT overleaf. 



PHYSICAL CONSTANTS 


Finish: Semi-flat (See REMARKS overleaf) 






Surface dry: 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 













Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1 mil (See REMARKS overleaf) 













1/2

2. HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 


PREPARATION: contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½. 






This will lower the heat resistance, reference is made to the product data sheets for the mentioned 

primers. 


COAT: 

REMARKS: 




Curing: To obtain full curing HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 requires heating to minimum 

200°C/392°F for at least 5 days as the coating will otherwise exhibit certain thermoplasticity. 




to heat: 20°C/68°F). 

Recoating: May be recoated when through dry (24 hours at 20°C/68°F) or after being heated for one hour to 

approximately 200°C/392°F. 



Zinc silicate primer: If HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 is applied on zinc silicate coatings, such as HEMPEL’S 

GALVOSIL 15700, popping may occur after application or after first heating up. 


ALUMINIUM 56910. Let the air escape and apply the full coat of HEMPEL'S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 

56910. 

Note: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ALUMINIUM 56910 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: May 2000 - 5691019000CO003 













2/2

HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 

Description: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 is a heat resistant acrylic modified silicone paint. 

It is air drying at ambient temperature. 


surfaces up to 200°C/390°F, resist short time exposure up to 300°C/570°F. When 

heated to above 200°C/390°F for longer periods a certain discolouration may occur, 

which do not affect the protective properties of the product. In corrosive environment 

see PRECEDING COAT overleaf. 





Finish: Semi-flat (see REMARKS overleaf) 




















Indicated film thickness, dry: 25 micron/1 mil (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Indicated film thickness, wet: 50-100 micron/2-4 mils (depending on colour) 












1/2

2. HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 


PREPARATION: contaminants by high pressure fresh water cleaning. 

Abrasive blasting to Sa 2½, SSPC-SP-10. If shopprimer is required, only zinc silicate type is 

recommended. 

APPLICATION Clean and dry surface with a temperature above dewpoint to avoid condensation. In confined 






COAT: 

REMARKS: 


Thermoplasticity: The paint film is somewhat thermoplastic also after heating. 






to heat: 20°C/68°F). 

Recoating: May be recoated when through dry (8 hours at 20°C/68°F) or after being heated for one hour to 

approximately 200°C/392°F. 

Before overcoating after exposure in contaminated environment, clean surface thoroughly by high 


Zinc silicate If HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 is applied on zinc silicate coatings, such as HEMPEL’S 

primer: GALVOSIL 15700, popping may occur after application or after first heating up. 


ACRYLIC 56940. Allow the air to escape and apply the full coat of HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 

56940. 

Note: HEMPEL’S SILICONE ACRYLIC 56940 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMUCRYL®ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 

Description: HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 is a water-borne, acrylic dispersion based paint.It 

dries to a non-yellowing and glossy coating with low dirt pick-up, good weathering 

properties, and high gloss retention. 

Especially suited for application by airless spray. 

Recommended use: As a glossy, finishing coat in water-borne paint systems, interior and exterior, in mildly to 

moderately corrosive environment. For use on buildings the relatively high resistance to 

diffusion of water vapour and carbon dioxide should be taken into account. 

For handrails and the similar, a chemically curing coating is alternatively recommended. 


Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by British and Canadian authorities. 

Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish authorities according to IMO 


Has a Danish EC-type Examination Certificate. 









Specific gravity: 1.2 kg/l itre - 10.0 lbs/US gallon 

Surface dry: ¾ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 

Dry to touch: 1½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (See REMARKS overleaf) 









Thinner (max.vol): Fresh water (5%) HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 (3-8%) 

Nozzle orifice: 015"-.019" (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 














1/2

2. HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 


PREPARATION: 


CONDITIONS: 

PRECEDING HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030, HEMUDUR 18500 or according to specification. 

COAT: Other paints may precede but consult nearest HEMPEL office. Certain types of aged, solvent based 

coatings can be recoated after a careful cleaning. A testpatch is recommended. Aged, chemically 

cured coatings (alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane etc.) may also precede. Yet, only recommended in case 

of later mild exposure - roughening may be necessary and a test patch is recommended. 


Colours: Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to chlorine-containing 

atmosphere. 


Film thicknesses: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated. This will alter spreading rate and may 

influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is 50-100 micron/2-4 mils dry film 

thickness. When used in 50 micron dry film thickness, 3-5% thinning will be necessary to secure 

proper film formation. Beware of overthinning, which may cause formation of fisheyes. 


If application is done by roller/brush, apply liberally. Use brushes with synthetic fibres. Rollers 

should either be mohair or felt. 

For brush application, add 3-8% by volume of HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810. 




HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 is for professional use only. 














2/2











primer type. 




















Note: 








topcoat type. 



1/2 




















supply 40%). 

REMARKS: 




































the 

Issued: 


December 

use of 



HEMUCRYLs 

must be 

- 

determined 

Page 2 of 2 








2/2

HEMUCRYL®TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230 

Description: HEMUCRYL TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230 is a water-borne, acrylic dispersion based paint. It 

dries to a non-yellowing and semi-flat coating with low dirt pick-up and good weathering 

properties. It has a fairly good resistance to spillage of chemicals and to washing. 

Especially suited for application by airless spray. 

Recommended use: As a finishing coat in water-borne paint systems, interior and exterior, in mildly to 

moderately corrosive environment. For use on buildings the relatively high resistance to 

diffusion of water vapour and carbondioxide should be taken into account. 











Dry to touch: 1½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (See REMARKS overleaf) 

V.O.C. 2 g/litre - 0.0 lbs/US gallon 








Thinner (max.vol): Fresh water (5%) HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 (3-8%) 

Nozzle orifice: 015"-.019" (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 














1/2

HEMUCRYL TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230 


PREPARATION: 


CONDITIONS: 

PRECEDING HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030 or HEMUDUR 18500. 

COAT: Other paints may precede but consult nearest HEMPEL office. Certain types of aged, solvent 

based coatings can be recoated after a careful cleaning. A testpatch is recommended. 

Aged, chemically cured coatings (alkyd, epoxy, polyurethane etc.) may also precede. Yet, only 

recommended in case of later mild exposure - roughening may be necessary and a testpatch is 

recommended. 

REMARKS: 


atmosphere. 


Film thicknesses: May be specified in another film thickness than indicated. This will alter spreading rate and may 

influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range dry is 50-100 micron/2-4 mils dry film 

thickness. When used in 50 micron dry film thickness, 3-5% thinning will be necessary to secure 

proper film formation. 


If application is done by brush/roller, apply liberally. Use brushes with synthetic fibres. Rollers 

should either be mohair or felt. 

For brush/roller application, add 3-8% by volume of HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810. 



Other REMARRKS: See separate HEMUCRYL APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

HEMUCRYL TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230 is for professional use only. 














2/2











primer type. 




















Note: 








topcoat type. 



1/2 




















supply 40%). 

REMARKS: 




































the 

Issued: 


December 

use of 



HEMUCRYLs 

must be 

- 

determined 

Page 2 of 2 








2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 are hollow, aluminium silicate spheres (“glass 

pearls”) of diameters between 5 and 200 micron. 

Recommended use: To obtain anti-skid properties on decks and other areas where a skid-proof surface is 

required. To be mixed with the paint before application. 



Colour: Off-white/greyish 

Specific gravity: 0.7 kg/litre (approx.) 

Particle shape: Spherical 

Remarks: Store under dry and clean conditions. 

Use approximately the following amount in weight of HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 

67420: 

Approx. 0.8 kg/1.8 lbs of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres or 5 US 

gallons of HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360. 

Approx. 1.0 kg/2.2 lbs of HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres or 5 US 

gallons of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 or of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240. 


gallons of HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210. 


gallons of HEMPADUR HI-BUILD 45200/45201. 

HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 must be stirred thoroughly into the paint until a 

uniform mixture has been obtained. 

Apply the mixture by brush, by roller, or by conventional spray equipment using pressure 

vessel and large nozzle orifice. 

Note: HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 is for professional use only. 






















1/1

HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT®67500 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 is flame dried silica sand of which the average particle 

size is approximately 0.5 millimetre. 

Recommended use: To obtain anti-skid properties on decks and other areas where a skid-proof surface is 

required. 



Colour: Greyish 

Specific gravity: 2.7 (approx.) kg/litre 

Particle shape: Grit 

Remarks: Being heavy and rather coarse HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 should not be stirred into 

the paint before its application. For such purpose use HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 

67420. 

HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 should be sprinkled evenly on the surface immediately 

upon application of the penultimate coat of the paint system while the paint is still wet. 

Consumption approximately 2.5 kg/5.5 lbs of HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 to 25 sq.m/ 

270 sq.feet. 

When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply the final coat. 

HEMPEL’S ANTI-SLINT 67500 should be kept dry and clean. 

Do not mix contaminated sweepings with new supplies. 

Note: HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 is for professional use only. 






















1/1

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING COMBIC®7199B 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING COMBIC 7199B is a tin-free, self-polishing antifouling, which 

has a high content of cuprous oxide and organic bioactive material. 

TIN-FREE 

Recommended use: As antifouling to be used when paints containing tin are not suitable. As an antifouling 

for maintenance of bottom on vessels operating in global trade and with short idle 

periods. 



Colours/Shade nos: Light red/50300 - Red/51110 

Finish: Flat 












Application method: Airless spray (see REMARKS overleaf) Brush/Roller (see REMARKS overleaf) 





Cleaning of tools: HEMPEL'S THINNER 08080 











1/2

2. HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING COMBIC 7199B 

SURFACE Existing organotin copolymer based selfpolishing antifouling: Remove possible oil and grease 

PREPARATION: etc. with suitable detergent, followed by careful high pressure fresh water cleaning. Ensure that any 

possible leached surface layer is removed effectively. 

Allow the surface to dry before recoating. 

Sealer: Whether to use a sealer coat or not depends on the type and condition of the existing 

antifouling. 

APPLICATION The surface must be completely clean and dry at the time of application and its temperature must 

CONDITIONS: be above the dew point to avoid condensation. 

In confined spaces such as sea chests and stagnant air under large flat bottoms provide adequate 


PRECEDING HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: This product contains heavy particles. Stir well before use. 

By providing a constantly active surface during its lifetime, this antifouling is gradually sacrificed in 

the process. 

Colour: The colour of the system changes in accordance with the colours of the coats applied. 

The initial colour may vary within the same shade. Most pronounced in shade 50300. The final 

colour will appear after exposure to saltwater. This has no influence on the antifouling 

performance. Light red 50300 turns whitish in direct contact with seawater. 

Indicated film thickness will vary according to specification. This will alter spreading rate and may 

influence drying time. In case of multi-coat application, drying time and minimum recoat interval will 

be influenced by the number of coats and by the thickness of each coat applied - reference is made 

to the corresponding painting specification. 

Range and control of dry film thickness: 80 micron/3.2 mils to 125 micron/5 mils. Keep thinning 

to a minimum to ensure that correct film thickness is obtained. The proper way of governing the 

film thickness is to sub-divide the areas to be painted and calculate the amount of paint to be 

applied on each sub-divided area. The exact amount of paint calculated must be applied evenly on 

the area. For further information, please consult the corresponding painting specification. 

Recommended number of coats: As per specification depending on existing hull condition, trading 

pattern, and intended service life. 

No maximum recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, remove 

accumulated contamination by high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow to dry before applying 

next coat. 

If roller/brush application exceptionally is utilized (e.g. to line cut) more coats are necessary to 

achieve the recommended film thickness. 

Undocking: Minimum undocking time depends on number of coats applied, film thickness, and the 

prevailing temperature. For further information, please consult the corresponding painting 


Maximum undocking time depends on the atmospheric conditions (UV-radiation, temperature, 

degree of air pollution, etc.). It is important to carry out a thorough high pressure fresh water 

cleaning after prolonged exposure. Exposure to the atmosphere up to 6 months normally presents 

no problem when such cleaning is carried out. 

Note: HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING COMBIC 7199B is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: September 2000 - 7199B50300CO003 













2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030 is a high-build, high-solids, 

self-polishing antifouling. It is based on organotin copolymer reinforced with extra 

bio-active compounds. 

Due to its self-renewing effect this product maintains an effective bio-active surface 

during its entire service life. 

Gives a certain surface smoothing. 

Recommended use: As an economic selfpolishing antifouling for vessels with medium to high speed and 

activities. 

Suitable for upgrading the antifouling system on old vessels without costly surface 

preparation. 

The actual specification is based on input of the operational parameters into our 

"Computer Aided Specification" (CAS) system. 



Colours/Shade nos: Light red/50300 - Red/51110 (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Finish: Flat 


Theoretical spreading rate: 5.6 m²/litre - 100 micron (see REMARKS overleaf) 










Application method: Airless spray Brush/Roller (See REMARKS overleaf) 
















1/2

2. HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030 





Existing non-selfpolishing antifouling: Remove possible oil and grease, etc. with suitable 

detergent, followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning, also to remove possible weak structure 

of leached antifouling. Allow the surface to dry before recoating. Whether or not to use a sealer 

coat depends on the type and condition of the existing antifouling. 





PRECEDING HEMPADUR 45182, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330, or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 



the process. 

Colour: The colour of the system changes in accordance with the colours of the coats applied. The initial 

colour may vary within the same shade. Most pronounced in shade 50300. The final colour will 

appear after exposure to saltwater. This has no influence on the antifouling performance. Light red 

50300 changes to whitish in direct contact with seawater. 



be influenced by the number of coats and by the thickness of each coat applied - reference is 

made to the corresponding painting specification. 

Range and control of dry film thickness: 60 micron/2.4 mils to 150 micron/6.0 mils per coat. 

Keep thinning to a minimum to ensure that correct film thickness is obtained. The proper way of 

governing the film thickness is to sub-divide the areas to be painted and calculate the amount of 

paint to be applied on each sub-divided area. The exact amount of paint calculated must be 

applied evenly on the area. For further information, please consult the corresponding painting 


Recommended number of coats and total maximum film thickness: The CAS system puts certain 

limitations on painting specifications based on HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030. 

The HEMPEL office in charge will be able to make an exact specification. 

Recoating: No maximum recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, 

remove accumulated contamination by high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow to dry before 

applying next coat. 

If roller/brush application exceptionally is utilized (eg to line cut) more coats are necessary to 





Maximum undocking time depends on the exposure conditions, degree of air pollution, etc. The 

most important factor is to carry out a thorough high pressure fresh water cleaning after prolonged 

exposure. Outfitting of up to 6 months followed by such cleaning normally presents no problem. 

Longer outfitting periods to be evaluated from case to case. The recommended maximum 

undocking interval relates to vertical bottom only. Flat bottom, which has not been exposed to 

direct sunlight, will for all normal practical building schedules have a no-maximum value. 

Note: HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING ECONOMIC SP-SEA 74030 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC®SP-ACE 79031 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79031 is a high-build, high-solids self-polishing 

antifouling. It is based on an organotin copolymer reinforced with extra bio-active 

compounds. 

The copolymer hydrolyses in seawater and releases bio-active compounds at a 

controlled and constant rate. This self-renewing effect ensures that a bio-active 

interface to the seawater is produced and maintained constantly during the entire 

service life of the system. The system provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a high performance fouling control coating for ship hulls operating worldwide at 

medium to high speed. This product is especially suited for vessels with high activity 

and short port calls, ie will cover the need for most deep-sea trading vessels. 

The actual selection and specification of HEMPEL's selfpolishing antifoulings is based 

on input of the operational parameters into our "Computer Aided Specification System" 

(CAS). 




Finish: Flat 





Specific gravity: 1.7 kg/litre- 14.2 lbs/US gallon 























1/2

2. HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79031 









PRECEDING HEMPADUR 45182 or according to specification. 

COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None or as per specification. 

COAT: 



the process. 









Range and control of dry film thickness: 60 micron/2.4 mils to 160 micron/6.4 mils. Keep 

thinning to a minimum to ensure that correct film thickness is obtained. The proper way of 








pattern and intended service life. 

Recoat interval: No maximum recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted 

atmosphere, remove accumulated contamination by high pressure fresh water cleaning and allow 

to dry before applying next coat. 










Note: HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79031 is for professional use only. 














2/2


Description: HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79051 is a high-build, high-solids self-polishing 


compounds. 

The copolymer hydrolyses in seawater and releases bio-active compounds at a controlled 

and constant rate. This self-renewing effect ensures that a bio-active interface to the 

seawater is produced and maintained constantly during the entire service life of the 

system. The system provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a high performance fouling control coating for ship hulls operating worldwide at 

medium speed. This product is especially suited for vessels with moderate to high 

activity and frequent port calls. 



(CAS). 




Finish: Flat 



















Indicated film thickness, wet: 225 micron/9.0 mils 









1/2











COAT: 

SUBSEQUENT None or as per specification. 

COAT: 



the process. 


















pattern, and intended service life. 



























2/2


Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING NAUTIC SP-ACE 79070 is a high-build, high-solids self-polishing 


compounds. 

The copolymer hydrolyses in seawater and releases bio-active compounds at a controlled 

and constant rate. This self-renewing effect ensures that a bio-active interface to the 

seawater is produced and maintained constantly during the entire service life of the 

system. The system provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a high performance fouling control coating for vessels operating at low speed or have 

a low activity such as FPSO's and certain ferries. 



(CAS). 



Colours/Shade nos: Red/51110* - light red/50300* (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Finish: Flat 






Dry to touch: 5 hours (approx) at 20°C/68°F 


*Another shade: black 19990 according to assortment list. 





Application method: Airless spray Brush/Roller (See REMARKS overleaf) 








Recoat interval, min.: 7 hours (20°C/68°F) 

Recoat interval, max.: See REMARKS overleaf 







1/2











COAT: 


COAT: 



the process. 


















pattern and intended service life. 



























2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC®SP-ECO 81900 

TIN-FREE 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC SP-ECO 81900 is a high solids, tin-free and 

self-polishing antifouling. Polishing takes place based on an ion exchange resulting in a 

hydrolysable activated layer. An inorganic fibre reinforcement of the resin matrix ensures 

effective polishing control and mechanical strength. A powerful bioactive mixture and its 

self-renewing effect makes it suitable for protection in the severe fouling conditions of 

coastal waters. The system provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a tin-free antifouling for bottom and boottop on vessels operating in coastal trade at 

low to medium speeds and (down to) low to medium activity with medium to long idle 

periods in temperate climate, short to medium idle periods in tropical climate. 




Finish: Flat 












Application method: Airless spray (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Thinner (max. vol.): 08080 (5%) 







Recoat interval: As per painting specification 







1/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC SP-ECO 81900 

SURFACE Newbuilding: as per relevant painting specification. 

PREPARATION: Maintenance: 

Existing old selfpolishing or ablative antifouling: Remove possible oil and grease etc. with 

suitable detergent, followed by high pressure fresh water cleaning for a thorough removal of any 

possible weak structure of leached antifouling. 

Allow the surface to dry before coating. 


antifouling. 


CONDITIONS: be above the dew point to avoid condensation. In confined spaces such as sea chests and 

stagnant air under large flat bottoms provide adequate ventilation during application and drying. 

PRECEDING HEMPADUR 45182, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 

REMARKS: This product contains heavy particles. Stir well before use. By providing a constantly active surface 

during its lifetime, this antifouling is gradually sacrificed in the process. 

Colour: The GLOBIC’s are never tinted and as the high load of cuprous oxide influences the shade a 

certain variation from batch to batch is allowable. Most pronounced in the light colour. Exposure to 

humid weather shortly after application is likely to cause discolouration. This is a surface 

phenomenon only and has no influence on performance nor recoatability. Light red 50300 changes 

to whitish in direct contact with seawater. 

Redocking: At redocking, HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC SP-ECO 81900 can be recoated after thorough 

cleaning and removal of any poorly adhering surface layer on the antifouling. 

Reference is made to SURFACE PREPARATION above. If recoated with other types of antifouling, 

other surface preparation methods may be required - contact HEMPEL. 

Application Standard airless heavy-duty spray equipment: 

equipment: Pump ratio: min 45:1 (see Note below) 

Pump output: min 12 litres/minute (theoretical) 



Note: If longer spray hoses are necessary, up to 50 metres/150 feet hose (½" internal diameter) 

can be added. The pump ratio must be raised to 60:1 or more, however, the high output capacity 

of the pump must be maintained. 

A reversible nozzle is recommended. 

Filter: Surge tank filter should be 60 mesh (250 micron/10 mils), tip filter should be removed. 

Filter to be cleaned at regular intervals. 

Film thicknesses: Range and control of dry film thickness: 80 micron/3.2 mils to 150 micron/6 mils. Indicated film 

thickness will vary according to specification. This will alter spreading rate and may influence drying 

time. In case of multi-coat application, drying time and minimum recoat interval will be influenced 

by the number of coats and by the thickness of each coat applied - reference is made to the 

corresponding painting specification. Keep thinning to a minimum to ensure that correct film 

thickness is obtained. The proper way of governing the film thickness is to sub-divide the areas to 

be painted and calculate the amount of paint to be applied on each sub-divided area. The exact 

amount of paint calculated must be applied evenly on the area. For further information, please 

consult the corresponding painting specification. 

Recommended As per specification depending on existing hull condition, trading pattern, and intended service life. 

numer of coats: No maximum recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, remove 


next coat. 

Undocking: Minimum undocking time depends on number of coats applied, film thickness, the prevailing 

temperature and the subsequent exposure/service conditions. For further information, please 

consult the corresponding painting specification. Maximum undocking time depends on the 

atmospheric conditions (UV radiation, temperature, degree of atmospheric pollution, etc.). 

Exposure to the atmosphere in up to 6 months normally presents no problems but extraordinary 

contamination may call for a freshwater high pressure hosing - contact Hempel. 

Note: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC SP-ECO 81900 is for professional use only. 














2/2


TIN-FREE 


self-polishing antifouling. Polishing is based on an ion exchange, resulting in a 



self-renewing effect makes it suitable for protection on deep-sea vessels. The system 

provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a tin-free antifouling for bottom and boottop on vessels operating at medium to high 

speed and activity with short idle periods. 




Finish: Flat 



























1/2









antifouling. 




PRECEDING HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330, HEMPADUR 45182 or according to specification. 

COAT: 


COAT: 




certain variation from batch to batch is allowable. Most pronounced in the light colour. Exposure to 

humid weather shortly after application is likely to cause discolouration. This is a surface 

phenomenon only and has no influence on performance nor recoatability. Light red 50300 changes 

to whitish in direct contact with seawater. 


























number of coats: No maximum recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, remove 


next coat. 


temperature and the subsequent exposure/service condition. For further information, please 





Note: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC 81920 is for professional use only. 














2/2


TIN-FREE 


self-polishing antifouling. Polishing is based on an ion exchange, resulting in a 



self-renewing effect makes it suitable for protection on deep-sea vessels. The system 

provides a certain control of roughness. 

Recommended use: As a tin-free antifouling for bottom and boottop on vessels operating at medium to high 

speed and high activity with short idle periods. 



Colours/Shade nos: Brown/60600 - Red/51110 

Finish: Flat 



























1/2









antifouling. 





COAT: 


COAT: 




certain variation from batch to batch is allowable. Exposure to humid weather shortly after 

application may cause discolouration. This is a surface phenomenon only and has no influence on 

performance nor recoatability. 




























next coat. 







Note: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING GLOBIC 81950 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: November 2001 - 8195051110CR005 













2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC®84920 

TIN-FREE 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84920 is a high solids, tin-free, self-polishing 

antifouling. Polishing is based on an ion exchange, resulting in a hydrolysable activated 

layer. An inorganic fibre reinforcement of the resin matrix ensures effective polishing 

control and mechanical strength. 

Recommended use: As an economic tin-free antifouling for bottom and boottop on vessels operating at 

medium to high speed and activity with short idle periods, and with drydocking interval of 

up to 36 months on vertical sides and up to 60 months on flat bottom. 



Colours/Shade nos: Light red/50220 - Brown/60700 (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Finish: Flat 




























1/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84920 








antifouling. 





COAT: 


COAT: 



Colour: The initial colour may vary within the same shade. Most pronounced in shade 50220. The final 


performance. Light red 50220 changes to yellowish and brown 60700 to greyish in direct contact 

with seawater. 

Redocking: At redocking, HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84920 can be recoated after thorough cleaning 

and removal of any poorly adhering surface layer on the antifouling. Reference is made to SURFACE 

PREPARATION above. If recoated with other types of antifouling, other surface preparation methods 

may be required - contact HEMPEL. 






















number of coats: No maximum, recoat interval, but after prolonged exposure to polluted atmosphere, remove 


next coat. 







Note: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84920 is for professional use only. 














2/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC®84950 

TIN-FREE 

Description: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84950 is a high solids, tin-free, self-polishing 

antifouling. Polishing is based on an ion exchange, resulting in a hydrolysable activated 

layer. An inorganic fibre reinforcement of the resin matrix ensures effective polishing 

control and mechanical strength. 

Recommended use: As an economic tin-free antifouling for bottom and boottop on deep-see going vessels 

operating at medium to high speed and high activity with short idle periods, and with 

drydocking interval of up to 36 months on vertical sides and up to 60 months on flat 

bottom. 



Colours/Shade nos: Light red/50220 - Brown/60700 (see REMARKS overleaf) 

Finish: Flat 




























1/2

HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84950 








antifouling. 





COAT: 


COAT: 



Colour: The initial colour may vary within the same shade. Most pronounced in shade 50220. The final 


performance. Light red 50220 changes to yellowish and brown 60700 to greyish in direct contact 

with seawater. 

Redocking: At redocking, HEMPEL'S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84950 can be recoated after thorough 

cleaning and removal of any poor adhering surface layer or leached layer on the antifouling. 


























next coat. 







Note: HEMPEL’S ANTIFOULING OCEANIC 84950 is for professional use only. 

ISSUED: December 2001 - 8495050220CR001 













2/2



Description: HEMPADUR 85671 is a two-component, amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy (novolac) 

coating with very good adhesion and high temperature, water and chemical resistance. 

Recommended use: As an interior lining in tanks, pipelines etc. for hot water, brine, crude oil, etc. 

For coating of potable water tanks. 

As a primer coat in specific painting systems. 

Service temperatures: Dry: In water (maximum gradient 15°C/59°F): 

Maximum: 160°C/320°F 90°C/194°F 

For higher temperatures see REMARKS overleaf. 

Certificates/Approvals: HEMPADUR 85671 is in accordance with ARAMCO's specification APCS 2A, 2B and 2C 

(See REMARKS overleaf). 

Approved for use in potable water tanks by the Water Research Centre, England. 



Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630, Light red/50900 

Finish: Flat 






Surface dry: 2-3 hours at 20°C/68°F 




Shelf life: ½ year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions, 


If the shelf life is exceeded please contact HEMPEL for further advice. 







13.8 : 1.0 by weight 

Application method: Airless spray. Spinning disc. Brush (touch-up) 

Thinner (max.vol.): 08450 (See APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS) 

Pot life: 3 hours (20°C/68°F) (See REMARKS overleaf) 

Induction time: 15 minutes (20°C/68°F) (see REMARKS overleaf) 















1/2


SURFACE For optimum performance abrasive blasting to very near white metal Sa 2½-3, with a surface 

PREPARATION: profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN10, Keane-Tator Comparator 3.0 G/S, or ISO 

Comparator Rough Medium (G). 


CONDITIONS: temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F, best results are obtained at 

17-23°C/62-73°F. Relative humidity max. 80%, preferably 40-60%. Apply on a dry and clean 

surface with a temperature above the dew point to avoid condensation. Furthermore, reference is 

made to special APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. 

Provide adequate ventilation during application and drying in confined spaces. 

PRECEDING COAT: None. 

SUBSEQUENT COAT: None. 

REMARKS: 

High temperature May be used under insulation, pipes and the like in one or two-coat systems. Dry film thicknesses 

service: should not exceed 250 micron/10 mils. However, at temperatures above 175°C/350°F, max 

260°C/500°F, it is recommended to apply max 125 micron/5 mils. 

The coating should be cured for at least 7 days at 20°C/68°F before exposure to high 

temperatures. The coating will discolour at high service temperatures. 

Film thicknesses: The minimum total dry film thickness for the system is normally 300 microns/12 mils. May be 

specified in other film thicknesses than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will 

alter spreading rate, influence drying time and minimum recoating intervals. The specification may 

read up to 125 micron/5 mils dry film thickness per coat, exceptionally 150 micron/6 mils. 

Pot life: As per Aramco's requirements, gel time is above 8 hours at a can temperature of 23°C/73°F and 

above 2 hours at a can temperature of 40°C/164°F. For optimum spray application properties, the 

mixture should be used within 2 hours at 20°C/68°F. 

Recoating MInimum: 

intervals: Non-potable water service: 36 hours (20°C/68°F) between the first and second coat, 24 hours 

(20°C/68°F) between the second and third coat. 

Potable water service: 3 days (20°C/68°F) between coats. 

Maximum: 

21 days (20°C/68°F). 



Notes to • The coating is to be applied in a dry film thickness as near as possible to the specified 100 

application and micron/4 mils (or higher if specified). 

recoating: • Film formation of each coat has to be of good quality, free from defects such as pinholes and 

without any dry spray. 

• Drying and curing conditions have to be according to APPLICATION CONDITIONS until full curing 

has been obtained. 

• No kind of surface contamination must exist except loose dust, abrasives, loose dry-spray, 

which is possible to remove by vacuum cleaning before overcoating. 

The surface MUST be completely clean before overcoating. 

• The coating must only be (exceptionally) exposed to strong, direct sunlight (ultraviolet light) in 

short periods. 

• The coating is to be checked carefully and should have no patchy, whitish, and/or greasy 

formation, which can hinder adhesion of the subsequent coat. 

Note: Exudation of the curing agent causes the mentioned patchy, whitish, and/or gready 

formation, which will take place if HEMPADUR 85671 is applied at low temperatures without proper 

induction time and/or if the coating is exposed to water (rain, condensation) during drying and 

curing. 

Mixing: The thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT must be prereacted before application (15 minutes 

at 20°C/68°F). Keep thinning at an absolute minimum. Do not dilute the components separately - 

only the mixture. 

Disclaimer: Any reference to a company standard or specification in this Technical Product Data sheet shall not 

be construed as a recommendation by that company to purchase. 















2/2






Scope: These appliation instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and 

application of HEMPADUR 85671. 




Steel work: For optimum performance, the following is recommended: 






thickness can be built up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be 









tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. 


Control for absence of contamination according to separate guidelines. 



Old steel: Even after a very thorough cleaning, pits may typically contain contamination 

in the form of remnants of chemicals/water soluble salts. For this reason, repeated 

detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After the first blasting, a 

very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any "chemical bleeding" 

occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to separate 

instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas - ask for 

special guidelines. 

For optimum performance, gritblast to very near white metal, Sa 2½-3, ISO 

8501-1:1988. In practice this requirement is to be understood as white metal Sa 3 at 

the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows a slight reduction at the moment of paint 

application. 



Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality free 

of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for absence of contamination 


1/6


In case steel grit is used this must furthermore be controlled so that a proper grain size 

distribution is maintained. 

Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2-1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4-1.8 mm will 


is 6-7 bar/85 -100 psi. 









Shopprimed and previously painted surfaces: All shopprimer or existing coating 

materials to be completely removed. Avoid the use of zinc shopprimer whenever 

possible. 

However, if the steel is shopprimed with zinc, it is very important that all zinc is removed 

by abrasive blast cleaning. Separate check procedures will be necessary to demonstrate 

the effectiveness of removal. More blast cleaning may be deemed necessary! Use of a 

red zinc shopprimer will facilitate the visual check of the blast cleaning and is 

considered necessary in order to obtain an acceptable surface preparation. 

Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surface preparation are more detailed described 

in HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work. 











Thinning If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to dry-spray will 




Spraying properties are influenced by the induction time (premix time). Too much 

"thixotropy" will disappear after a certain reaction of the mixed components. 


after use. 


necessary to mix smaller portions, this must only be done by weighing base and 

curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 158 parts by weight of base and 11.4 

parts by weight of curing agent or by volume 8.8 parts by volume base and 1.2 

parts by volume curing agent. 


2/6 


homogeneous mixture is obtained.


c. Allow the mixed paint to prereact before application, see table below. 

d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exeeded. The pot life depends on the 

paint’s temperature as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can): 


Induction time 

Spray application within 

(15°C/59°F 1) ) 

(25 minutes) 

(4 hours) 

20°C/68°F 

15 minutes 

3 hours 

25°C/77°F 

10 minutes 

2 hours 

(30°C/86°F 2) ) 

(5 minutes) 

(1 hours) 

1) Below 15°C/59°F the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application. 

2) Temperatures at 30°C/86°F and above should be avoided due to a risk of dry-spray. 

Application procedure: The first full coat is usually applied immediately after vacuum cleaning. First stripe coat 

to follow afterwards. 

Film-build/continuity: With this tank coating intended for aggressive service, it is of 

special importance that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of 

each coat. An application technique which will ensure good film formation and no 

dry-spray on all surfaces must be adopted. 

It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, ie not too big. Select small nozzles 

for spray application of complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for 

regular surfaces. 

A proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm, should be aimed 

at. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and 

the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working 

temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid dry-spray. 








Note: In case of old, pit corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is 


relevant to dilute 5-10%. Application by brush is recommended and film thickness so low 

that the surface is "saturated" only. 


brushing immediately before the spray application. First stripe coat is applied after the 

first full coat and second stripe coat after second full coat. 

The second stripe coat with brush can be replaced with spray application with a small 

narrow nozzle, but still air slots and similar and possible undercuts (welds) and the like 

will require brush application. 

Film thicknesses: The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between 300-600 micron 

(max. 450 micron below 15°C)/12-24 mils (max. 18 mils below 59°F). 


Corresponding to 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, the wet film thickness must be 

150-175 micron/6-7 mils and must be measured regularly. 

Normally up to 200 micron/8 mils per coat may be accepted for 100 micron/4 mils 

specifications, but at temperatures below 15°C/59°F, it is important not to exceed a 

dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils in any area. 

3/6


Microclimate: The actual climate conditions at the substrate during application: 

The minimum surface temperature until full cure is 10°C/50°F. 

To ensure an all-over steel temperature of minimum 10°C/50°F, special attention should 

be paid to possible "cold bridges" eg stiffeners on deck. 

In case of steel temperatures lower than 10°C/50°F there is a severe risk of incomplete 

curing, resulting in a too open film with reduced chemical resistance. 

When the outside temperature is lower than 10°C/50°F, it is therefore recommended to 

use insulation mats on deck and in addition to aim at a general steel temperature of 

15°C/59°F to minimise the risk of too low steel temperatures. 

Furthermore, the steel temperature should be kept reasonably constant - within the 

range of ± 3°C/37°F is recommended. Any changes of the outside temperature should 

therefore be carefully monitored and heating equipment calibrated accordingly. 

A sudden drop of the steel temperature shortly after application will result in solvent 

entrapment and will cause a dry film containing vacuoles, ie resulting in reduced 

performance. 



nighttime. Application at higher temperatures is possible, but extra care must be taken 

to avoid poor film formation and excessive spray-dust. 

The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb a steel 

temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe. 

The relative humidity should preferably be 40-60%, maximum 80%. In confined spaces, 

supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and drying to assist the 

evaporation of solvent. 

Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 100 micron/4 mils, a (steel) temperature of 20°C/68°F, a 

ventilation: relative air humidity of 40-80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 85671 will be dry 

to touch after approximately 4-6 hours and accepts light traffic after approximately 16 

hours. 





One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 85671 gives off in total 81 litres solvent vapour until it is 

completely dry. 






4/6 




Actual safety precautions may require stronger ventilation.





Steel 

temperature 

Curing time 

10°C/50°F 15°C/59°F 20°C/68°F 25°C/77°F 30°C/86°F 35°C/95°F 40°C/104°F 

18 days 

14 days 

10 days 

Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity for the 

following recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid: 


Minimum, 

non-potable water service 

- between the first and 

the second coat 

- between the second 

and the third coat 

Potable water service, 

all coats; minimum: 

Maximum 

10°C/50°F* 

90 hours 

60 hours 

7½ days 

47 days 

15°C/59°F 

60 hours 

40 hours 

5 days 

34 days 

* Absolute minimum temperature recommended. 

8 days 

20°C/68°F 

36 hours 

24 hours 

3 days 

21 days 

7 days 

25°C/77°F 

24 hours 

16 hours 

2 days 

16 days 

6 days 

30°C/86°F 

18 hours 

12 hours 

36 hours 

14 days 

4 days 

35°C/95°F 

14 hours 

9 hours 

30 hours 

11 days 

The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exeed 80% and 

the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum 


Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the paint 

paint application work: and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate 


Hold spray gun at a right angle to and about 30 cm/1 foot from surface making even 

parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as per 


Avoid dry spray (overspray creating exessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan 



Each layer must be applied homogeneously, must be free from pinholes and other 

defects and as near above the specification of 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, as 

possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled, and heavy layers must be 

avoided because of the risk of saggings, cracks and solvent retention. 

Surface irregularities such as dry spray, saggings, exaggerated thickness or embedded 


If a sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care 

must be taken to avoid damaging of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical 

means only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet, 

avoid sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces. 


pollution of any kind. 

Control of For the standard specification following applies to the dry film thickness: 

dry film thicknesses: 

The minimum dry film thickness is 300 micron/12 mils, maximum recommended 

thickness is 600 micron/24 mils (below 15°C/59°F: 450 micron/18 mils). The minimum 

dry film thickness is evaluated according to the "80-20" rule, ie no more than 20% of 

the total number of individual measurements must be lower than the minimum dry film 

thickness, and the lowest individual measurement must be at least 80% of minimum dry 

film thickness, ie 240 micron/9.6 mils. The maximum dry film thickness can also be 

evaluated according to the "80-20" rule. 


5/6


Dry film thickness control must not be carried out within the first 24 hours after 

application of final coat (20°C, sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried 

out using an electromagnetic dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a 

smooth steel substrate. 

Taking into use: Do not use the tank or pipeline before the coating is properly cured. Reference is made 

to curing time on page 5. When cured, but before taking the tank into use for potable 

water, fill twice with water each time for a period of no less than 24 hours and finally 

flush with fresh water. 


Repair shall be started as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc. must 

take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which should 

be adjusted to the touch-up procedure. 



The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a seawater test: Wash the 






Areas less than 5 x 5 cm: 




Touch-up to full film thickness with minimum 3 coats of HEMPADUR 85671. 

Areas up to 1 sq.m: 

The surface preparation must be executed by vacuum blasting or open nozzle blasting 

so that the steel has a proper roughness and a cleanness to Sa 3 according to ISO 

8501:1988. The overlapping zone must be sanded or sweep blasted to ensure a good 



Touch-up to full film thickness with minimum 3 coats HEMPADUR 85671. 

Areas above 1 sq.m. or areas where several damaged spots are concentrated: 







Issued: October 2001 - 8567111630CR002 







Issued: 

User. The Products are supplied 

October 

and all technical 

2001 

assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 






6/6

HEMPEL'S LIGHT CLEAN 99350 

Description: HEMPEL’S LIGHT CLEAN 99350 is a solvent-free concentrated alkaline cleaner based 

on emulsifiers, surface-active agents and water. The product is biodegradable. 

Recommended use: For cleaning and degreasing of painted surfaces before recoating. Especially suited for 

removal of dirt, soot and u.v. light degraded surface-layers. Suited for use in high 

pressure cleaning equipment. 




Flash point: Non-flammable 



pH value: App. 12 undiluted 

App. 11 (10% solution) 


Application method: Apply by stiff brush or by spraying using lowest possible pressure. To be diluted with 

fresh water: 1-20 parts of fresh water to 1 part of HEMPEL’S LIGHT CLEAN 99350. After 

5 minutes the surface must be high pressure hosed with fresh water or carefully 

scrubbed with plenty of fresh water until all residues have been removed. If HEMPEL’S 

LIGHT CLEAN 99350 leaves a white film, it can be removed with warm water. 

Remarks: Shake HEMPEL’S LIGHT CLEAN 99350 before use. 

Due to alkaline properties HEMPEL’S LIGHT CLEAN 99350 is not suited for cleaning of 

self-polishing antifoulings and for cleaning of aluminium. 

Do not expose to frost. 

Note: HEMPEL'S LIGHT CLEAN 99350 is for professional use only. 









Issued: May 2000 - 9935000000CO003 













1/1

HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 

Description: HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610 is a blend of strong solvents for cleaning of tools that 

have been used for mixing or application of two-component epoxy products. 

It has better cleaning properties than epoxy thinners. 

Does not contain chlorinated solvent. 

Recommended use: For cleaning of brushes, paint rollers, spray equipment, and other tools which have 

been used for mixing or application of HEMPADUR products. 

Do not use as thinner for any paint. 



Colours/Shade Nos: Transparent/00000 

Volume solids: 0% 





Remarks: Cleaning should take place as soon as possible after use of the tools. 

Spray equipment does not require rinsing or flushing after use of HEMPEL’S TOOL 


Do not use on cloth, linoleum, plexiglass, plastics, asphalt floors, and similar. 

Do not use it for cleaning of equipment after application of polyurethanes 

(HEMPATHANEs). 

Note: HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610 is for professional use only. 






















1/1

HEMUCRYL®THINNER 99800 

Description: HEMUCRYL THINNER 99800 is a water-borne thinner containing a thickener to avoid 

sagging. 

Recommended use: For dilution of water-borne acrylic paints when low relative humidity are causing an 

unacceptable level of dry spraying. Can be added up to 50%* by volume to slow down 

the drying time without reduction of the maximum possible dry filmthickness. 




Volume solids, %: 0,9 







Remarks: Recommended to be used together with HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030, 

HEMUCRYL ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 or HEMUCRYL TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230. 

Add HEMUCRYL THINNER 99800 to the paint and stir well with a mechanical stirrer. 

The paint will get a gel-like consistency when HEMUCRYL THINNER 99800 has been 

added. 

The table below shows the wet film thickness is going to be increased to obtain the 

specified dry filmthickness and the increase in drying time for different levels of 

addition. The increase in drying time is calculated on basis of a paint with a volume 

solid on 44% (58030). 

Volume % 

99800 added 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

Increase wet 

filmthickness % 

10 

20 

30 

40 

50 

Minimum recoating 

interval (75 micron dry) 

2¼ hours 

2½ hours 

2½ hours 

3 hours 

3 hours 

* It is recommended to add max. 20% to HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI BUILD 18030. 






Note: HEMUCRYL THINNER 99800 is for professional use only. 

Issued: June 2001 - 9980000000CO003 













1/1

HEMUCRYL®BRUSH AGENT 99810 

Description: HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 is a water-borne compound containing a 

flow-improving thickener. 

Recommended use: Addition of HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT to a water-borne acrylic paint will increase the 

high shear viscosity of the paint thereby making it more suitable for application by brush 

or roller. Eg relevant for touch-up work. 











Remarks: Recommended as an additive to HEMUCRYL PRIMER HI-BUILD 18030, HEMUCRYL 

ENAMEL HI-BUILD 58030 or HEMUCRYL TOPCOAT HI-BUILD 58230 when a brush 

applicable paint is required. 

Add HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 in 3-8% by volume to the paint and stir well with 

a mechanical stirrer. The viscosity of the paint will increase proportional to the amount 

of thickener added. 

After addition of HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810, the paint is less suitable for airless 

application as this may cause microfoaming in the paint surface. 

Note: HEMUCRYL BRUSH AGENT 99810 is for professional use only. 









Issued: May 2000 - 9981000000CO002 













1/1

老人牌老人牌产品说明书 





目录 

前言 

产品说明书 

闪锈度评定 HEMP 标准 

常用单位换算表 

计算公式 

02220 

03330 

05150 

05170 

05970 

06520 

08xxx 

10220 

10880 

12050 

13140 

13200 

13624 

15030 

15100 

15130 

15280 

15300 

15341* 

15360* 

15400* 

15500* 

15552 

15560 

15570* 

15590/15591 

15700* 

15780* 

15890* 

16900 

17360 

17630/17633* 

18030* 

18200* 

18500 

18560 

19151 

35250 

35490/35493* 

35530* 

35920* 

42460 

45080 

45141/45143* 

45150* 

45182 

45200 

45221 

45540 

45742 

45751 

45880/45881* 

45880* 

46330 

46370 

46410 

46820 

51560 

51570 

52140 

52220 

52360 

53240 

55100 

55210 

55850 

55910 

56220 

56360 

56430 

56540 

56900 

56910 

56940 

58030* 

58230* 

67420 

67500 

7199B 

74030 

79031 

79051 

79070 

81900 

81920 

81950 

84920 

84950 

85671* 

99350 

99610 

99800 

99810 

* 附施工指导

产品说明书介绍 

产品说明书介绍 

产品说明书中各标题的定义和范围概述如下 

特性对产品类型颜料组成基本特性和使用限度有重点地作简要的介绍 

用途阐述产品的设计目的或特别用途产品在其它方面的用途或其它配用品种在这一 

项内也有介绍 

使用温度标出最大使用温度在该温度下漆膜不会立即破坏但漆膜长期处于最大使用温 

度情况下将会缩短其预期使用寿命 

批准 

物理参数 

漆面 

列出官方或半官方认可或批准证书 

指漆膜干后的光泽度分为高光泽有光半光半平光和平光实际状态有赖 

于施工条件干燥和固化条件 

颜色/色号油漆的颜色用标准色号标明不同颜色的物理参数可能有区别 

体积固体含量体积固体含量以下面的公式表示 

干膜厚度 

SV ──── ×100 

湿膜厚度 

这是在实验室条件下按ISO 3233或ASTM D2697方法测定的 

该方法测得的数值通常比理论计算值略高 

理论涂布率完全光滑表面在要求的干膜厚度下的理论涂布率按下面公式计算 

SV ×10 

─────── = 米/升 

干膜厚度(微米) 

由于不同的用途产品的干膜厚度可以变更因而其理论涂布率也会相应变更 

理论涂布率不适用于多孔的材料如木材混凝土等实际涂布率受到施工方 

法工人技术施工表面的形状施工物的质地漆膜厚度和工作条件等因素的 

影响而有差别因此不可能在本说明书中提供通用的确切数据施工中不要求 

增加油漆的用量但要求达到漆膜的规定厚度 

实际消耗量以下列公式计算 

面积×CF 

────── = 实际消耗量 

理论涂布率 

CF-消耗因子 

影响消耗因子的因素也很多因此也不可能给出一个通用确切的数据 

闪点油漆挥发出的气体与空气混合后飘浮在油漆的表面一接触火点就能产生微弱的 

闪光但并不燃烧闪光时的最低温度即为闪点 

“老人”牌产品的闪点均用密封杯法测定双组份产品的闪点除特别说明外均为 

混合后产品的闪点这一数据是按照各地的规定在贮存运输和使用时为了防

止火灾发生而提供给用户作为安全指南油漆里加入稀释剂后混合物的闪点将 

有所变更 

比重即某产品在温度为25 时每升的重量(以公斤计) 双组份产品的比重均为混合后 

产品的比重 

表干 

指触干 

油漆表面不会粘附灰尘以前的时间 ISO1517) 

本说明书中所提到的“干燥时间”除特别注明外均为指触干时间条件为20 气 

温与通风充足 “指触干”是指用手指轻轻压漆膜而不留下印痕或觉得粘手对 

于车间底漆 “指触干”指表面已足够硬化可以小心搬运漆膜在干燥过程中干 

燥时间与通风量温度和漆膜厚度有关对于物理干燥型油漆还与施涂的道数 

及总的漆膜厚度有关 

完全固化固化时间是对双组份油漆产品而言固化时间以周围20 的平均温度为准在整 

个固化过程中温度高会促进固化而温度低则减缓固化的过程根据经验温 

度在10 时固化时间比正常温度条件下(20 )增加一倍温度30 时固化时间 

减半固化在施工条件指定的最低温度以下几乎停止 

挥发性有机化合以克/升表示 

物含量(V.O.C) 对于水性漆标出两种 VOC值 

1.以总湿漆计算 2.扣除水含量的湿漆计算 ASTM D3960 

贮存时间是在正常贮存条件下产品在原来密封容器中保持良好质量状况的时间稳定贮存 

期限于一年以内是指存放在20 或以下的环境温度升高通常会缩短贮存期 

施工说明 

混合比率凡双组份产品供货时均向用户提供基料和固化剂的正确混合比例若分次使用也 

要保持混合比例不变除混合使用期非常短的产品以外一般在涂用前半小时把 

固化剂加入基料中(20 ), 同时搅拌均匀可用少量稀释剂冲洗固化剂桶以保持混 

合比例不变双组份油漆一旦混合均匀固化作用立即开始所以每次混合油 

漆的数量应不超过该产品一次使用所需的数量否则将造成浪费 

施工方法提供必要或建议的施工方法按照一般规定第一层防锈底漆应当用刷涂或无空 

气喷涂进行施工以取得最佳的湿润性和穿透性如果用刷涂或滚涂一般建议 

多涂几道以确保规定的干膜厚度 

稀释剂(最大用量) “老人”牌油漆在供货时稀释剂已调配妥当可直接用刷涂或无空气喷涂法施工 

如果油漆过稠(如在寒冷季节), 或因特殊用法可加入少量在这栏所述的稀释 

剂以达到理想稠度对不同施工方法规定了稀释剂的最大用量稀释剂使用过 

量会导致不良的效果稀释剂的用量根据当时的温度和施工方法而定 

油漆中加入少许稀释剂后不会对漆膜厚度造成明显的差异如果需要加入较多的 

稀释剂时应切记稀释剂的加入增多了液状油漆的用量同时减低了该产品的固 

体含量因此加入相当用量的稀释剂后只有合乎比例地施涂较厚的湿漆膜才 

会得到要求的干膜厚度 

SV ×100 

SV (稀释后)= ────────── 

加入稀释剂量 100 

注意应避免不必要的习惯性的稀释 

混合使用时间即双组份产品混合后的安全使用期限溶剂型双组份产品的混合使用时间依油漆 

温度而定一般地说温度增加10 使混合使用时间减半温度减少10 则混合 

使用时间加倍加稀释剂不会延长混合使用时间环氧漆的混合使用时间采用

无空气喷涂时比用刷涂为短对于要求高的漆膜厚度必须采用无空气喷涂同 

时不能超过其混合使用时间才能达到目的水基型环氧漆的混合使用时间不适 

用上述规律温度的影响在说明书中已注明 

喷孔列出适用的喷孔尺寸或其范围 

喷出压力无空气喷涂资料只作为参考可按施工时实际需要加以调整 

工具清洗指出工具使用后应使用何种稀释剂或类似的溶剂清洗工具如需用专门清洁剂则 

另作推荐 

漆膜厚度即每层涂漆形成的湿漆膜厚度(以25微米的整数倍表示)和正常情况下油漆配套要 

求的干漆膜厚度有些产品由于不同的使用目的有不同漆膜厚度的规定测定 

干膜厚度一般是在平滑参照板上进行车间底漆的厚度测量另有特别规定程序 

重涂间隔即加涂油漆前的间歇时间(20 或有关的温度范围) 重涂间隔与温度漆膜厚 

度涂层数及将来暴露情况有关最大重涂间隔的温度是指这一期间的最高表面 

温度某些油漆的附着力所受重涂间隔的影响比其它种类油漆大如重涂间隔已 

超过规定的限度应将先涂漆膜磨粗以保证加涂油漆的附着力另外有些油漆品 

种的附着力不受重涂间隔过长的影响但必须注意底漆漆膜不应在恶劣环境下 

不加保护地长期裸露这里所指的重涂间隔是指同类型油漆前后涂用的间隔油 

漆的类型不同其重涂间隔也不同漆面在污染环境中暴露后加涂前需要用高压 

淡水冲净或用其它适当的方法把先涂的漆面冲洗干净 

表面处理指出涂漆前钢面应达到的清洁程度本说明书中提出的清洁程度是依照ISO8501 

- 1 1988的标准某些产品还指出表面要求的形状即粗糙程度用 

RUGOTEST NO.3对照板比较同时指出旧漆面重新涂饰时的方法和应达到的 

清洁度 

施工条件如果某种油漆对气候或其它施工限制有特别的要求则在“施工条件”中注明总 

的要求是天气恶劣时不应涂漆表面潮湿也会影响涂漆效果如果表面温度等 

于或低于露点会出现水珠凝结现象为了避免施工期间表面温度的变化而影响效 

果最好在涂漆和干燥期间保持表面温度应至少高于露点几度一般认为高于3 

是安全的在狭窄空间进行施工和干燥期间须保持大量空气流通这样既有利 

于安全和健康又能帮助移去溶剂蒸汽或水蒸汽 

先涂油漆提供能与某产品配套使用的预先涂用油漆一般不注明限制某些产品可能根据 

使用的目的而另有专门说明 

车间底漆已经包括在表面处理部分 

加涂油漆建议能与某产品配套使用的后涂油漆一般不注明限制某些产品可能根据使用 

的目的而另有专门说明 

备注在这一项中注明在上述各项中未包括在内的有关数字和资料 

安全为处理和使用各种油漆提供安全措施的说明另外在产品包装上还贴有标签 

可指导实施同时还应遵守国家和地区安全条例 

公布日期注明公布的年和月份 

产品数据可能需要随时调整并自公布日期起五年后自行失效

闪锈 flash rust 度的评定老人牌标准 

定性描述 

FR―1 经处理的表面生锈形成黄棕色锈层但锈很少原表面隐约可见 

锈层可能均匀分布或散布整个表面锈层附着良好用干燥的手轻轻擦拭不会脱落在 

手上留下痕迹 

FR―2 表面生锈形成红棕色锈层锈层能遮盖住原表面 

锈层可能均匀分布或散布整个表面锈层附着较好用干燥的手轻轻擦拭只有少量脱 

落在手上留下痕迹 

FR―3 表面生锈形成厚的红棕色锈层锈层能完全遮盖住原表面 

锈层分布均匀松散用干燥的手轻轻擦拭很容易脱落并在手上留下明显痕迹 

定量描述 

作为参考老人牌建立了胶带试验方法来鉴别上述 FR―1 FR―2 FR―3 闪锈等级 

试验步骤 

1 选取一块试验区域 

2 取一块胶带符合 ASTM D3359 的要求长度不小于 5 厘米用手指不要用指 

甲将其紧贴于试验区 

3 将胶带撕下放在作参考的白纸上 

4 在同一区域每次用新的胶带重复步骤 2 3 九次 

评价第十条胶带后 

由第十条胶带上锈的量和类型以及试验区与邻近区域的外观来评价闪锈等级 

FR―1 胶带上无锈 

试验区无变化或微小变化 

FR―2 胶带上有微量局部的红棕色锈 

试验区有明显变化可能局部有黑锈 

FR―3 胶带上有明显均匀的红棕色锈同时可见粒状黑锈 

试验区有明显变化局部有黑锈 

公布日期 2001 年 12 月



由非法定单位换算为法定单位应乘以反换算 

长度 

密尔微米 25.4 0.0394 

英寸厘米 2.54 0.3937 

英尺米 0.3048 3.2808 

码米 0.9144 1.0936 

海里千米 1.853 0.5396 

面积 

英尺 2 米 2 0.093 10.764 

重量 

磅公斤 0.454 2.205 

体积 

美加升 3.785 0.264 

英加升 4.55 0.22 

面积/体积 

英尺 2 /美米 2 /升 0.0245 40.74 

英尺 2 /英米 2 /升 0.0204 48.93 

密度 

磅/美加公斤/升 0.120 8.344 

磅/美加克/升 120.48 0.0083 

压力 

公斤力/厘米 2 兆帕 0.098 10.204 

巴兆帕 0.099 10.101 

大气压兆帕 0.101 9.90 

磅/英寸 2 兆帕 0.006 166.67 

温度 

F 5/9×(F-32) (9/5× ) 32

计算公式 

漆膜厚度漆膜厚度(微米 

漆膜厚度漆膜厚度微米微米): 微米 

湿膜厚度湿膜厚度 × 固体容积比率 

固体容积比率(SV 固体容积比率 ) 

干膜厚度干膜厚度 = ─────────────── 

─────────────── 

─────────────── 

100 

干膜厚度干膜厚度 × 100 

湿膜厚度湿膜厚度 = ────────── 

────────── 

固体容积比率 

固体容积比率(SV 固体容积比率 

固体容积比率 ) 

理论涂布率 

理论涂布率(完全光滑表面 

理论涂布率完全光滑表面 

完全光滑表面) 

完全光滑表面 


固体容积比率(SV 固体容积比率 )×10 

每升涂盖面积 

每升涂盖面积(米/升) 每升涂盖面积 = ─────────── 

─────────── 

干膜厚度干膜厚度(微米 

干膜厚度微米微米) 微米 

理论油漆用量 

理论油漆用量理论油漆用量完全光滑表面 



涂布面积涂布面积米 2 ×干膜厚度干膜厚度干膜厚度微米 

微米 

湿膜厚度湿膜厚度 = ────────── 

────────── 


固体容积比率(SV 固体容积比率 ) ×100 

船舶表面面积计算公式 

船舶表面面积计算公式 

船底船底(包括水线部位 

船底包括水线部位 

包括水线部位) 包括水线部位 A = [(2×d)+B]×LPP×P 

d 重载线最大吃水深度 

重载线最大吃水深度 

重载线最大吃水深度 

B 船的最大宽度 

船的最大宽度 

LPP 两柱间长度 

两柱间长度 

P 造船系数造船系数-- 造船系数 

大油轮大油轮 0.90 

散装船散装船 0.85 

干货船干货船 0.70-0.75 

水线水线 

A = 2×h×(LPP+0.5×B) 

h 水线之阔度 

水线之阔度 

LPP 两柱间长度 

两柱间长度 



干舷干舷 

A = 2×H×(Loa+0.5×B) 

H 干舷的高度 

干舷的高度 

Loa 船的全长 

船的全长 



甲板甲板(包括上层甲板 

甲板包括上层甲板 

A = Loa×B×N 

甲板甲板舱盖及船楼顶 

舱盖及船楼顶 Loa 船的全长 

船的全长 

部) 



N 大油轮及散装船大油轮及散装船 0.91 

货船货船 0.88 

沿海轮船沿海轮船 0.84

特性 

用途 

老人牌海洋性清漆02220 

“老人”牌海洋性清漆02220是一种快干的氨基甲酸乙酯醇酸清漆 

适用于水线以上新木材及曾涂过清漆的旧木材的内外表面 

物理参数 

颜色(色号) 透明/00000 

漆面有光 

体积固体含量% 46±1 

理论涂布率 18.4米 2 /升(以25微米干膜计) 

闪点 38 

比重 0.9公斤/升 

指触干 

挥发性有机化合 

2-3小时(20 ) 

物含量(V.O.C): 430克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法: 用平头清漆刷刷涂效果最好稀释后大多数喷涂设备都可使用但这种施工方法 

须根据不同部位的特殊情况而定所以没有固定的工作方法 

工具清洗: “老人”牌稀释剂08230 

漆膜厚度湿膜 50微米 

干膜 25微米 

重涂间隔最小 6小时(20 ) 

最大见备注 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参考 

材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规避免吸入和吞服 

也不要使本品接触皮肤和眼睛必须采取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通 

风良好的情况下施工本品

“老人”牌海洋性清漆02220 

产品说明书(续) 

表面处理新木材用防霉液最好是含杀菌剂的白节水浸透干燥的木材表面然后用含 

有20%稀释剂08230的“老人”牌清漆02220施涂第一度再用含有5-10%稀释剂 

08230的本品涂第二度最后不加稀释再用本品加涂3-5度若要效果好可在每 

一度间用干或湿细砂纸将漆面磨光和去尘后再涂下一层漆 

曾涂过清漆的旧木材用适当的清洁剂清洗施工表面一般不用脱脂剂除非脱脂 

剂使用后能完全被除净因为残留的脱脂剂会影响漆膜表面的干燥性能和降低加涂 

漆膜的附着力 

清漆的施涂 

施涂程序与“新木材”在有些情况下可省去防霉处理及第一度稀释的 

施工条件施工表面必须完全清洁干燥在潮湿的情况下或气温低于5 时不宜涂漆木 

材内部的含水量不得超过16% 

加涂油漆无需加涂 

备注 

注意 

最大重涂间隔(与以后暴露环境有关) 

表面温度 20 

重涂油漆 

大气环境 

轻度中等 

02220 无 2天 

如超过最大重涂间隔应将表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力 

本品仅适于专业用途 

公布日期 1999年10月 0222000000CO010

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌清漆03330是一种快干的丙烯酸改性醇酸清漆 

老人牌清漆03330 

作为面漆涂用于敞开式货柜的顶部栏杆以免聚氯乙烯帆布与涂有乙烯基丙烯酸基 

或氯化橡胶基涂料的货柜粘在一起 

物理参数 

颜色(色号) 透明/00000 

漆面有光 

体积固体含量 32±1% 


闪点 25 


指触干约1小时(20 ) 


物含量(V.O.C): 

570克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法用平头清漆刷刷涂效果最好用老人牌稀释剂08080稀释后可用空气喷涂设 

备喷涂可就近咨询海虹老人牌涂料公司的技术服务代表 




重涂间隔最小无关 

最大无 

安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考老 

人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规人身保护包 

括但不限于肺眼和皮肤的保护如果吞服或与皮肤直接接触应立即求医必须采 

取预防措施防火防爆及保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或 

空气不流通处施工,必须提供强力通风

“老人”牌清漆03330 


表面处理旧漆表面用适当的清洁剂如老人牌清洗剂99330清洗掉表面的油脂用高压淡水 

冲洗掉残余的清洁剂盐份和其它污染物 

施工条件施工表面必须完全清洁干燥 

在气温低于5 或相对湿度高于85%时不宜涂漆 

先涂油漆老人牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370 46410或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 

本品在老人牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370或46410上的最小重涂间隔为4~6小时 20 

刷涂或滚涂施工时只可对施工工具施加轻微的压力不可对已经涂过本品 

的表面再施工 


公布日期 1999年10月–0333000000CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧清漆05150 

固化剂95030 

“老人”牌环氧清漆05150是一种无溶剂低分子量胺固化的环氧漆本品粘度小具 

有良好的渗透性耐磨性能好容易清洗 

可涂于与食物接触的集装箱内木质底板 

使用温度与底材有关在干燥条件下最大耐温 140 在这种温度下会泛黄发暗 

批准 

本品符合美国联邦条例第175.300章“关于干食品运载”的规定 

物理参数 

颜色/色号透明/00000 

光泽高光 

体积固体含量 100% 


闪点 110 以上 


表面干约16小时(20 ) 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 

物含量V.O.C. 0克/升 

施工说明 

混合比例基料05159 固化剂95030=7 3(体积比) 

施工方法刷涂滚涂 (见"施工条件“) 

稀释剂 

(量大用量) 

(见施工条件 

混合使用时间 1小时(20 ) 

工具清洗老人牌工具清洗剂99610 



重涂间隔见备注 

安全 


材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规个人保护包括但并 

不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或其它直接接触本品应立即求医必须采取 

预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或空 

气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风

“老人”牌环氧清漆05150 


表面处理表面要求清洁干燥无油脂清除表面松散物质 

新木材如果必要用砂纸处理表面小心除去尘污 

涂过清漆的木材如果不清楚旧清漆类型但旧漆膜坚硬完整可以先做小面积试 

验再覆涂05150 如果需要可用适当的清洁剂清洗表面然后小心除去表面残余 

的清洁剂和污尘通常表面需要用砂纸进一步打磨然后小心除去污尘 

施工条件对吸附性表面可以先用20%-30%“老人”牌稀释剂08570稀释本品浸透一层最小6 

小时(20 )后再用未稀释的本品涂覆 

施工方法在施工地板时可把油漆倒在表面然后再滚涂或刮平 

条件施工与固化仅在10 以上才能进行木材含水份应不超过16% 


备注 

注意 

重涂间隔如果要涂二道涂层,那么第二道涂层应在3天之内涂完(20 ),在涂层之间 

应避免污染 

本品暴露于阳光下会引起泛黄 

本品仅适用于专业用途 

公布日期 1999年10月 0515000000CO007

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧清漆05170 

固化剂95040 

老人牌环氧清漆05170是一种聚酰胺固化的环氧清漆耐磨性能好容易清洗 

可涂于与食物接触的集装箱内木质底板 

使用温度与底材有关在干燥条件下最大耐温 140 在这种温度下会泛黄发暗 

批准 

物理参数 

颜色/色号透明/00000 

光泽哑光 


理论涂布率无关参见备注 

闪点 26 以上 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 

物含量 480克/升 

本品符合美国联邦条例第175.300章“关于干食品运载”的规定 

施工说明: 

混合比例基料05179:固化剂95040=3:1(体积比) 

施工方法刷涂滚涂(见"施工条件“) 

稀释剂 


见”施工条件” 



漆膜厚度湿膜无关 

干膜无关 


安全 






“老人”牌环氧清漆05170 


表面处理表面要求清洁干燥无油脂清除表面松散物质 

新木材如果必要用砂纸处理表面小心除去尘污 

涂过清漆的木材如果不清楚旧清漆类型但旧漆膜坚硬完整可以先用本品做小 

面积试验如果需要可用适当的清洁剂清洗表面然后小心除去表面残余的清洁 

剂和污尘通常表面需要用砂纸进一步打磨然后小心除去污尘 

施工条件表面浸泡对吸附性表面可以先用80%“老人”牌稀释剂08570稀释本品浸透一层 

最小20小时(20 )后再涂覆 

施工方法在施工地板时可把混合油漆倒在表面然后再滚涂或刮平 

施工条件施工与固化仅在10 以上才能进行木材含水份应不超过16% 


备注 

注意 

漆膜厚度使用本品的目的不是要在木板上形成一层清漆膜而是要浸透木板表面 

重涂间隔如果要涂二道涂层,那么第二道涂层应在三天之内涂完(20 ) 在涂层之 

间应避免污染 

本品暴露于阳光下会引起泛黄 


公布日期 1999年10月–0517000000CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧封闭漆05970 

固化剂95950 

老人牌环氧封闭漆05970是一种低分子量的芳香胺固化的环氧清漆它具有粘度 

低渗透性好的特点 

用于在色漆施工前,封闭干净的混凝土表面它的使用量以刚好能饱和混凝土表面 

为准且表面不能平滑特别适用于高性能油漆系统和抗化学性涂层配套 

使用温度与底材和下一道涂层有关 05970本身可耐以下温度 

干燥在水中 

最大 140 60 

物理参数 

颜色/色号透明,绿色/04200 

光泽平光 

固体体积% 52±1 

理论涂布率见备注 

闪点 27 


指触干 2-4小时(20 ) 

完全固化 

挥发性有机化 

7天(20 ) 

合物含量(V.O.C) 430克/升 

施工说明 

混合比例基料05979 固化剂95950=4 1(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂 

稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 50% 50% 


喷孔 0.43-0.53毫米 

喷出压力 10.0兆帕 

(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 ) 


漆膜厚度干膜无关 

湿膜无关(见备注) 


最大无(见备注) 

安全 






老人牌环氧封闭漆05970 


表面处理所有增滑剂油脂及其它污染物必须通过喷砂挥发灼烧清洁或者使用适当清洁剂 

除去最后采用淡水浸泡表面清洁剂后,再用淡水冲洗 

根据被涂物的结构和使用目的,可选用喷砂高压淡水喷射或者使用动力工具处理 

混凝土表面以便除去残渣和其它污染物,获得一个粗糙而坚固的表面除去灰尘和 

疏松的物质如果机械处理的办法不能使用,可采用酸洗的方法处理表面,使用 

5%(重量比)的硝酸或磷酸溶液清洗注意对于强酸,要采取必要的防护措施, 

遵循安全使用规则!在酸洗之前要用淡水浸泡混凝土以防止酸液腐蚀其中的钢筋增 

强结构让酸液浸洗3-4分钟,然后用淡水冲洗首先用5%(重量比)的NaOH溶液-再用 

淡水仔细清洗经过上述步骤处理并均匀干燥之后,表面应该平整粗糙,没有疏松 

的物质表面PH值范围必须在6.5-8.0之间如果达不到上述要求,必须重新处理 

表面必须经过至少2天的通风干燥(相对湿度65%,温度20 ) 预处理的质量控制一 

般使用较为坚硬的刀片划刻,处理后的表面必须坚实,只允许留下一道清晰的刀痕 

施工条件混凝土必须完全固化,对于普通硅酸盐水泥大约28天彻底干燥后表面湿度应在4% 

以下还必须控制混凝土的毛细管作用或地基水份 

仅在10 以上气温条件下施工和固化仅在没有灰尘没有油脂和其它污染物的 

表面施工在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,必须提供足够的通风 

加涂油漆根据规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

漆膜厚度/使用量老人牌环氧封闭漆05970用于浸涂吸附性混凝土表面为了得到 

良好的使用效果使用前必须估计稀释的程度如稀释剂最大用量为50% 实际稀 

释剂的需要量由温度施工表面情况混凝土类型和施工技术决定 

另外实际理论涂布率无法计算根据混凝土表面粗糙度表面空隙率和施工方法, 

一般实际使用量大约为14米 2 /升 

外观无论如何漆面不能有光泽多余的05970在涂漆前要用砂纸除去 


公布日期 2000年5月 0597004200CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌抗紫外线清漆06520 

“老人”牌抗紫外线清漆06520是一种以丙烯酸树脂配制而成的不泛黄清漆属物理 

干燥型本品可保护先涂漆膜免受紫外线幅射同时也有防水和防尘作用 

作为“老人”牌荧光漆56540的保护材料尤其适用于室外暴露部位以保证漆层的荧 

光效果本品不适合涂在磨损严重的表面 

物理参数 

颜色/色号无色透明/00000 

漆面有光 



闪点 32 


指触干 


1-2小时(20 ) 

物含量(V.O.C) 580克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法用平头清漆刷刷涂效果最好用稀释剂08230稀释后大多数喷涂设备都可使用 

但这种施工方法须根据不同部位的特殊情况而定所以没有固定的工作方法 

工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08230 




最大不限(见备注) 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考材 

料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规个人保护包括但不限于 

肺眼和皮肤的保护如果吞服或油漆直接接触皮肤应立即求医必须采取措施防 

火防爆和保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或空气不流通 

处施工,必须提供强力通风 

施工条件在正常要求的最佳施工条件下使用本品 

在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌荧光漆56540 


备注 

注意 

无最大重涂间隔但长期暴露于污染环境中的施工表面在重涂之前需用(高压)淡水 

清洗掉污垢任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 0652000000CO007

概述 

备注 

注意 

老人牌稀释剂08XX0 

“老人”牌油漆出厂时已调整好一般不需稀释可直接涂用如果油漆变得过稠如 

天气寒冷或要求的漆膜厚度很低如封闭漆可在施工时用产品说明书指明的 

稀释剂适当调配以取得良好的效果根据一般规律稀释剂应保持在最小的限量 

调整得太稀会影响油漆质量 

如果在高温条件下施工为了能形成完好的漆膜并避免干喷稀释程度可以超出上 

述限制 

“老人”牌稀释剂与“老人”牌油漆混合后用刷涂或喷涂均能取得良好效果在某些 

情况下一般溶剂可代替稀释剂使用但此类溶剂不在我们控制之内所以本公司 

对其使用效果概不负责 

希望用户在各种施工情况下都要参考本公司产品说明书和施工指导 

有关将稀释剂用作工具清洗剂的情况参见备注 

稀释剂 

闪点(密封杯 

08080 25 

使用范围 

防污漆系列,快干甲板漆53240 

快干漆氯化橡胶漆及丙烯酸漆系列 

聚氨酯系列的面漆和磁漆 

08230 32 醇酸漆稀释剂(除53240和快干漆外) 

08450 23 环氧系列漆的通用稀释剂 

08510 3 (高度易燃) 聚氨酯磁漆55100和聚氨酯面漆55210的特 

殊用途稀释剂 

08570 4 车间底漆15280,15722,15890 

08700 24 

含硅富锌漆,用作封闭硅酸锌漆防止"起泡" 

的环氧漆 

稀释剂08230比白节水或松香水的稀释能力强一般可用该产品的稀释剂清洗工 

具对于施涂环氧漆后的工具建议用工具清洗剂99610清洗但不可将其用作稀 

释剂或施涂聚氨酯漆后的工具清洗剂 


公布日期 1999年10月 0808000000CO004 

0823000000CO005 

0845000000CO009 

0851000000CO002 

0857000000CO007 

0870000000CO006

特性 

用途 

批准 

“老人”牌沥青厚浆漆10220是一种物理干燥型厚浆沥青漆 

老人牌沥青厚浆漆10220 

作为经济型中短期防腐蚀保护涂料用于不暴露在阳光下的钢结构内外表面不抗 

连续的机械压力 

本品获德国丹麦EC型检验证书 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黑色/19990 

漆面平光 



闪点 38 


表干约10小时(20 ) 

指触干 


约16小时(20 ) 


施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂 

稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 2% 15% 5% 

喷孔 0.53-0.64毫米 


(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 ) 



干膜 175微米(见备注) 

重涂间隔最小干后 

最大不限 

安全 





“老人”牌沥青厚浆漆10220 


表面处理新钢材喷砂使表面至少达到Sa2级标准或机械处理至St3级如需临时保护 

钢面,可涂用适当的车间底漆最后复涂前所有破损的车间底漆和在加工和储运期 

间受污染的部分都必需清理干净再用本品进行修补 

维修保养用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份及其他污物用 

喷砂法动力工具或水枪除掉锈迹及松散物质扫除残渣任其自干补涂使其达 

到旧的漆膜厚度 

施工条件按照正常良好条件进行 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间需大量通风 

先涂油漆无,或根据配套施涂 

加涂油漆无 

备注 

注意 

根据使用目的和区域调整漆膜厚度但这会影响涂布率稀释剂用量干燥时间和 

重涂间隔干膜正常范围为125-200微米 


公布日期 2000年9月 1022019990CO009

特性 

用途 

批准 

老人牌压载舱漆10880 

“老人”牌压载舱漆10880是一种单组份表面要求不高的半硬厚浆漆具有柔韧性 

耐水性防锈性 

作为中短期修补漆涂用于压载舱围堰及无法喷砂处理的表面具有牺牲阳极保护 

阴极的性能在检查船舱时可以脚踩但不抗连续的机械压力 

经挪威有关机构批准为C1级涂料经劳氏船级社认可为二级修补漆 

物理参数 

颜色/色号铝铜色/19820-黑色/19990 

漆面平光 



闪点 38 


表干约10小时(20 ) 



物含量(V.O.C) 

375克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂 0808 008080 08080 

(最大用量) 2% 15% 5% 

喷孔 0.53-0.63毫米 







最大不限 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考老 





“老人”牌压载舱漆10880 


表面处理维修保养用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂污泥及其它污染物再用(高压)淡水冲洗 

用喷砂法动力工具或水枪除掉锈迹及松散物质至Sa1,St2(ISO8501 1988)或 

WJ-4(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 通过研磨扫砂或水喷洗均匀磨粗原有的环氧或 

煤焦油环氧配套扫除残渣任其自干补涂使其达到旧的漆膜厚度油漆配套的 

耐久性视表面处理的情况而定不完全清除锈皮会导致漆膜脱落现象 



先涂油漆无,或根据配套施涂 


备注 

注意 

可根据使用目的和区域调整漆膜厚度但这会影响涂布率稀释剂用量干燥时间 

和重涂间隔在双度漆的配套中每度漆的干膜正常范围为125-200微米 

本品以单度法施工是可以的建议其干膜厚度为300微米以单度法施工的漆膜的 

耐久性主要取决于施工方法 

压载舱装水前的固化压载舱装水时涂漆表面应完全干燥建议装水前彻底检查漆 

膜的干燥情况 

维修应定期维护漆膜配套按照上述方法进行表面处理后用本品补涂至完整漆 

膜厚度 


公布日期 2000年5月-1088019820CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸防锈底漆12050 

“老人”牌醇酸防锈底漆12050是一种由长油醇酸树脂和氨基甲酸乙酯醇酸树脂配制 

成的相对快干磷酸锌底漆 

作为“老人”牌醇酸系列漆的通用底漆用于保护在轻微至中等腐蚀性环境下的钢 

板 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温为120 

批准 

根据国际海事组织MSC61 67 决议经丹麦德国有关机构批准本产品为“低 

火焰传播材料” 

本品获得丹麦德国的EC型检测认证 

请见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号绿色/40760 红色/50410 

漆面平光 



闪点 38 


指触干 


2-4小时(20 ) 


施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂/滚涂 

稀释剂 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 5% 

喷孔 0.46毫米 







安全 



不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或直接接触本品应立即求医必须采取预防 

措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或空气不 

流通处施工必须提供强力通风

“老人”牌醇酸防锈底漆12050 


表面处理新钢材喷砂至少达到Sa2级如需临时保护表面可涂上适当的车间底漆最 

后喷涂前将储存与加工中破损的车间底漆及污染部位清理干净用本品进行补涂 

保养用适当的清洗剂除去油和脂用高压淡水清除盐和其他污染物用喷 

砂或动力工具清除锈迹和松散漆层扫除残余物补涂至完整漆膜厚度 



加涂油漆可根据使用区域按规定加涂“老人”牌醇酸系列漆 

备注 

注意 

某些证书发布是本品型号为1205 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域调整漆膜厚度但这会影响涂布率干燥时间和重 

涂间隔干膜正常范围为30-50微米 

重涂重涂间隔与以后所暴露的环境有关以40微米干膜计 

最小最大 

钢板温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 

除53240外的"老人"牌醇 

酸漆系列 

53240 

大气环境大气环境 

轻度中等轻度中等 

5小时 

2天 

8小时 

2天 

无关 

无关 

3天 

7天 

如果超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜间的附着力 

加涂前若先涂漆膜暴露于污染环境须用高压淡水将表面冲净任其自干 


公布日期 2000年5月 1205040760CO016

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧酯底漆13140 

“老人”牌环氧酯底漆13140是一种含磷酸锌防锈颜料的单组份快干改性环氧酯底 

漆 

作为老人牌醇酸漆氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆的通用底漆涂用在轻微至中等腐蚀大气 

环境下的钢材表面本品可减少维修时底漆的涂层数 

使用温度最大(干燥状态) 140 或按照加涂的氯化橡胶或丙烯酸类漆面漆规定 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅灰色/12170-红色/51320 

漆面平光 



闪点 30 


表干约0.75小时 20 

指触干 


约2小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(10%) 08080(10%) 

喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 

喷出压力 15.0兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 ) 





安全 




风良好的情况下施工本品 

表面处理新钢材建议喷砂至Sa2.5级标准必要时可涂一层无锌或低锌车间底漆以临时 

保护喷砂后的表面在最后喷涂前应彻底清理干净在储运和加工过程中被损坏的车 

间底漆以及沾污的部位用本品补涂 

光滑金属表面小心除去油脂和其它污染物 

保养用适当的清洁剂去除油迹滑脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物 

用喷砂或动力工具清除所有锈迹和松散漆膜 

漆膜厚度 

磨平边角扫除残留物补涂至完整

“老人”牌环氧酯底漆13140 


施工条件在干燥清洁的表面使用本品施工表面温度高于露点避免凝露在狭窄空间施 

工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风 

加涂油漆可按规定加涂“老人”牌醇酸漆系列氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆系列 

若加涂其它品种请参阅备注 

备注 

注意 

底材光滑金属表面和镀锌铁仅在轻微腐蚀环境下用作底材 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率稀释量干燥 

时间和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为25-80微米 

重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关以50微米干膜计 

最小最大 

钢板温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 



"老人"牌醇酸漆系列 1 1小时 2小时无关 3天 

"老人"牌氯化橡胶 

或丙烯酸漆系列 2 4小时 6小时无关无关 

1 仅限溶于白节水的醇酸漆 

2 仅限溶于芳香族溶剂的氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆 

如超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜间的附着力 

用环氧漆和聚氨酯漆重涂可用“老人”牌环氧漆和聚氨酯漆重涂但是其漆膜应尽 

量薄以避免漆膜“咬起” 在这种情况下即本品用作“过渡涂层”时建议只涂干膜厚 

度为25微米的漆膜厚度全面施涂前应作小试以确保新旧漆膜完全配套最小 

重涂间隔(20 时)为48小时,无最大重涂间隔 

在污染环境暴露后的重涂表面,应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干本品仅适 

于专业用途 

公布日期 2001年5月 1314012170CO006

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸厚浆底漆13200 

“老人”牌醇酸厚浆底漆13200是一种含有磷酸锌颜料的聚氨酯改性快干醇酸底漆 

作为“老人”牌醇酸系列漆通用底漆,涂用在轻微至中等腐蚀性大气环境下在钢板 

使用温度干燥条件下最大耐温 120 

批准 

被丹麦德国有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61 67 决议批准为低火焰传播涂 

料本品获得丹麦德国的欧共体证书 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黄色/22430 白色/10000 

漆面平光平光 

体积固体含量% 45±1 44±1 

理论涂布率 6.0米 2 /升 5.9米 2 /升(以75微米干膜计) 

闪点 31 31 

比重 1.2公斤/升 1.2公斤/升 

表干约1小时约1小时(20 ) 

指触干约4小时约4小时(20 ) 



450克/升 445克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂(补涂) 

稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

喷出压力 20.0兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 ) 





安全 






“老人”牌醇酸厚浆底漆13200 


表面处理新钢材建议喷砂至Sa2.5级必要时可涂一层车间底漆以临时保护喷砂后的表 

面最后涂漆之前应将储存和加工时破损的车间底漆及污物彻底清理干净,然后用 

本品进行补涂 

保养用适当的清洁剂去除油迹滑脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物,用喷 

砂或动力工具清除所有锈迹和松散漆膜扫除残留物,补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

施工条件在正常要求的最佳施工条件下使用本品 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风 

加涂油漆可按规定加涂“老人”牌醇酸漆系列 

备注 

注意 

有些证书发布时本品的型号为1320 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥时间和重 

涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为50-75微米 

重涂重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 (以75微米干膜计) 

最小最大 

钢板温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 

除53240和13200外的 

"老人"牌醇酸漆系列 

13200 

53240 



5小时 

5小时 

5天 

8小时 

8小时 

5天 

无关 

无关 

无关 

3天 

无关 

10天 

如超过最大重涂间隔,应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜间的附着力 

在污染环境暴露后的表面,重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净,任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 1320022430CO007

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌快干醇酸底漆13624 

“老人”牌快干醇酸底漆13624是一种含磷酸锌的非常快干的醇酸树脂底漆 

可作为防锈底漆涂用于需要快干的钢材机械部件等部位可用作车间底漆起临时 

保护作用也可作为醇酸基油漆配套的通用底漆用于保护轻微至中等腐蚀性大气环 

境中的钢材 

使用温度干燥状态下最大耐温 120 

批准 

经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会检测,本品对谷物无污染 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅灰色/12170 红色/50710 

漆面平光 

体积固体含量 47±1 


闪点 31 


表面干约0.5小时 20 

指触干 


约1小时 20 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 10 15 5 

喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

喷出压力 15.0兆帕无空气喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 





安全 





“老人”牌快干醇酸底漆13624 

产品说明书续 

表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物用(高压)淡水清洗掉盐迹和其它污 

物喷砂处理至最少Sa2级或根据锈蚀程度用动力工具清理至St3级 

机械表面经脱脂和机械清理后本品可直接涂在钢材表面 

破损部位的修补用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物用高压淡水清洗掉盐迹 

和其它污物用喷砂法或动力工具清理掉全部锈迹和松散物质然后用淡水冲洗表 

面补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

施工条件仅在干燥洁净和温度高于露点的条件下施工以避免凝露在狭窄处施工和干燥期 

间应大量通风 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸漆或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

证书发布时本品型号为1362 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以修改漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率稀释 

剂用量干燥时间和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为40 80微米 

重涂重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关以80微米干膜计 

最小最大 

钢板温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 



"老人"牌醇酸漆* 15分钟 30分钟无关无关 

*仅限溶解于二甲苯 

在污染环境暴露后重涂前,必须用高压淡水彻底冲洗表面,任其自干 


公布日期 2000年9月 1362412170CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧低温漆15030 

固化剂97030 

“老人”牌环氧低温漆15030是一种低温固化双组分聚酰胺加成物固化煤焦油环氧涂 

料漆膜具有优异的耐磨耐海水原油燃油的性能本品不耐芳烃类溶剂包 

括某些等级的汽油和强溶剂脂族溶剂会使漆膜变色 

可作严重腐蚀环境下钢板和混凝土的长效保护涂料适用于浸泡部位如船底 

原油燃油舱压载水舱等施工温度低于10 

使用温度干燥在油中在水中(无温差) 

(最大) 90 60 45 

批准 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”测定对谷物无污染被“劳氏船级社”认可为抗腐蚀 

涂料经德国劳氏船级社认可为压载舱涂料 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黑色/19990 棕色/60430 

漆面半光 



闪点 25 


表干约4小时(20 ) 

10 0 +10 

指触干 60 24 12(小时) 

完全固化 


65 30 15(天) 


保存期生产之日起1年 25 ,视储存条件而定使用前需搅拌 

施工说明 

混合比率基料15039 固化剂97030=3 1(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂(修补) 

稀释剂(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(10%) 08450(5%) 


喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 


工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洗剂99610 




安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参考 





“老人”牌环氧低温漆15030 


表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂除去油脂等污物用高压淡水冲洗掉盐 

份及其它污物喷砂使表面达到Sa2.5级标准若需要涂一层适当的车间底漆临 

时保护钢面 

用15030修补 

涂漆前把储运和加工时被损坏的车间底漆以及污染物彻底清理干净 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它污染物,再用(高压)淡水冲洗用喷砂或其它机 

械处理或酸蚀除去浮层和松散物使表面坚硬粗糙和均一用适当的封闭漆封闭 

表面,如“老人”牌05970(详见05970产品说明书) 

维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物用喷砂 

法或动力工具彻底清理破损区域也可用水喷射法至WJ-3级,最好为WJ-2级 

(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 涂漆前最大允许"闪蚀"为FR-2级("老人"牌标准) 磨平 

边角扫除残留物补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

施工条件表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点避免水汽凝结本品可在低至-10 的气温下施 

工及固化,油漆本身温度最好10 以上如果低于10 就必须稀释但这会降低 

漆膜厚度及延缓干燥在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

先涂油漆钢板无或按规定 

混凝土 “老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970 

加涂油漆无须加涂或根据使用区域按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

证书发布时本品的型号为1503 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域修改漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率干燥时 

间稀释量和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为100-125微米 

重涂间隔本品125微米干膜的重涂间隔为 

在125微米 

的15030上 

的重涂间隔 

15030 

45182 

最小最大 

-10 0 10 -10 0 10 

54小时 27小时 12小时 20天 10天 4.5天 

46330 45小时 23小时 10小时 68小时 34小时 15小时 

本品层间最大重涂间隔可以加倍,但漆膜重涂前不得暴露于阳光水/结露或其它污 

染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何渗出现象注意保证一定的施工干燥 

和固化条件如注意通风温度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀释等就可避免渗出 

还应避免超温如果超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜 

间的附着力漆膜完全固化后才可投入使用也许会渗色到后涂漆层但这只影 

响美观不会影响整个油漆配套的抗腐蚀与防污性能 


公布日期 1999年10月 1503019990CO012

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧漆15100 

固化剂95100 

“老人”牌环氧漆15100是一种双组分胺加成物固化煤焦油环氧厚浆涂料漆膜耐磨 

耐冲击耐海水废水燃油脂肪族溶剂等性能优异也耐无机酸和芳香族溶剂 

的溅泼相对聚酰胺固化焦油环氧漆而言有较高的抗温和温度梯度性能 

用作严重腐蚀和浸泡环境下钢板和混凝土的长效保护涂料如埋在浸湿土壤下的 

钢材钢和混凝土管道装燃油或润滑油或钻井水和泥浆或热水的储罐污水处理 

厂的钢和混凝土结构 

使用温度干燥在水中(最大温差35 ) 

(最大) 100 90 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黑色/19990 棕色/60420 

漆面半光半光 

体积固体含量% 55±1 55±1 

理论涂布率 2.8米 2 /升 2.8米 2 /升 (以200微米干膜计) 

闪点 13 13 


表干约4小时约4小时 (20 ) 

指触干约6小时约6小时 (20 ) 

完全固化 


7天 7天 (20 ) 

物含量(V.O.C) 390克/升 390克/升 

保存期生产之日起1年(25 ),视储存条件而定使用前需搅拌 

施工说明 



稀释剂(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用时间 2小时 6小时 (20 ) 







安全 





“老人”牌环氧漆15100 


表面处理新钢材喷砂使表面达到Sa2.5级标准若需要涂一层适当的车间底漆临时保 

护钢面涂漆前把储运和加工时被损坏的车间底漆以及污染物彻底清理干净用 

15100修补如果系统将暴露于严重腐蚀性环境用本品涂覆时建议先扫砂或喷砂 

清理掉全部车间底漆 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它污染物,再用高压淡水冲洗用喷砂或其它机 




法或动力工具彻底清理破损区域磨平边角扫除残留物补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

施工条件本品仅在温度10 以上的气温下施工及固化,施工表面及油漆本身的温度也必须在 

10 之上表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点避免水汽凝结 

在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

先涂油漆钢材无 “老人”牌环氧漆15590或按规定加涂 

混凝土 “老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970 

加涂油漆无须加涂 

备注使用温度本品高温下受机械作用和化学作用的影响更明显 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域修改漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率稀释量干燥时间和重涂 

间隔干膜厚度正常范围为125-200微米 

重涂间隔重涂间隔与暴露环境有关 (15100干膜厚度200微米) 

注意 

最小最大 

钢板温度 20 20 

重涂油漆大气环境 

严重 

水浸泡 

大气环境 

严重 

水浸泡 

15100 6小时 6小时 36小时* 36小时* 

*本品层间最大重涂间隔在20 时可以延长至4天,但漆膜重涂前不得暴露于阳光 

水/结露或其它污染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何渗出现象注意保证 

一定的施工干燥和固化条件如注意通风温度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀释 

等就可避免渗出还应避免超温 



公布日期 2001年5月 1510019990CO005

特性 

用途 


固化剂95140 

“老人”牌环氧漆15130是一种双组分聚酰胺固化煤焦油环氧涂料漆膜耐磨耐海 

水矿物油等性能良好本品不耐多数溶剂脂肪族溶剂会使漆膜变色 

可自作底漆,用作严重腐蚀环境下钢板和混凝土的长效保护涂料作为原油和燃油 

储罐的内衬可提供优良的保护如果暴露于酸性的或温差较大的环境,建议采用老 

人”牌环氧漆15100 如在-10 至10 温度范围的低温使用建议采用“老人”牌环 

氧低温漆15030 

使用温度干燥最大耐温90 见备注 

压载舱水中耐正常海水温度 

其他水中 45 避免长期浸泡于负温差中 

其它液体中请与老人牌办事处联系 

批准 

被“劳氏船级社” 美国船舶局俄罗斯船级社认可为抗腐蚀涂料经英国“纽卡斯尔 

职业健康协会”测定对谷物无污染经挪威海事组织试验,被列为最高类别,B1级 

经德国劳氏船级社认可为压载舱涂料 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黑色/19990 棕色/60430 


体积固体含量% 70±1 70±1 

理论涂布率 5.6米 2 /升 5.6米 2 /升 (以125微米干膜计) 

闪点 25 25 


表干约6小时约5小时 (20 ) 

指触干 7-8小时 6-7小时 (20 ) 

完全固化 


7天 7天 (20 ) 


保存期生产之日起1年 25 ,视储存条件而定使用前需搅拌 

施工说明 


施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂(修补) 

稀释剂(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用时间 2小时 6小时(20 ) 






重涂间隔见备注



安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参考 




气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

表面处理新钢材喷砂使表面达到Sa2.5级若需要涂一层适当的车间底漆临时保护钢 

面涂漆前把储运和加工时被损坏的车间底漆以及污染物彻底清理干净用15130 

修补 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它污染物,再用(高压)淡水冲洗用喷砂或其它机 



维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污没物用喷砂 

法或动力工具彻底清理破损区域也可用水喷射法至WJ-3级,最好为WJ-2级 

(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 涂漆前最大允许"闪蚀"为FR-2级("老人"牌标准) 磨平 

边角扫除残留物补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

施工条件本品仅在温度5 以上的气温下施工及固化,油漆本身温度最好15 以上施工表面 

及油漆本身的最佳温度范围在15-25 之间表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点避 

免水汽凝结在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

加涂油漆无须加涂或根据使用区域按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 


耐候性/使用温度在高温下本品易受机械及化学作用的影响 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域修改漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率干燥时 

间和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为125-200微米 

重涂间隔本品的重涂间隔为(在良好通风的情况下) 单位小时 

表面温度 5 10 20 30 

本品干膜厚度(um) 125 200 125 200 125 200 125 200 

"老人"牌氯化橡最小 

胶厚浆漆46330 最大 

"老人"牌环氧漆最小 

最大 

21 

54 

21 

7d 

39 

76 

39 

7d 

14 

36 

14 

4.5d 

25 

48 

25 

4.5d 

本品层间最大重涂间隔可以加倍,但漆膜重涂前不得暴露于阳光水/结露或其它污 

染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何渗出现象注意保证一定的施工干燥 

和固化条件如注意通风温度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀释等就可避免渗出 

还应避免超温如果超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜 

间的附着力 

也许会渗色到后涂漆层但这只影响美观不会影响整个油漆配套的抗腐蚀与防污 

性能 


公布日期 2000年5月 1513019990CO004 

6 

16 

6 

48 

11 

22 

11 

48 

4 

11 

4 

32 

7 

14 

7 

32

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧车间底漆15280 

固化剂95270 

“老人”牌环氧车间底漆15280是一种双组份环氧聚酰胺底漆含磷酸锌防锈颜料 

专为自动喷涂施工而设计,也可手工施涂 

1.作为贮存和加工期间经喷砂除锈的钢板或其它结构钢材的车间底漆 

2.可作为中间漆涂于喷涂有硅酸锌或金属涂层的表面以减少起泡现象 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温达140 

批准 

物理参数 

颜色/色号红色/50890 

漆面平光 



闪点 0 


指触干约5-10分钟(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



640克/升 

经“劳氏船级社”和“挪威船级社”认可为焊接底漆经丹麦焊接协会和德国SV检验焊 

接烟雾无毒 

施工说明 



稀释剂(最大) 08570(20%) 08570(20%) 08450(20%) 





漆膜厚度作车间底漆作封闭漆 

湿膜无关 125微米 

干膜 15微米 25微米见备注 



安全 






“老人”牌环氧车间底漆15280 


表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂除去油脂等污物用高压淡水冲洗掉盐份及其它污物 

喷砂清洁度按油漆配套的要求而定,一般是Sa2.5 喷砂后应立即涂漆涂覆前先 

将贮存和运输中损坏的车间底漆和污染部位彻底清理干净采用油漆配套表中所指 

定的底漆补涂 

硅漆锌涂料在硅酸锌涂料达到“几乎完全固化”阶段可施涂本品用适当的清洁剂 

除掉油脂等用高压淡水冲掉盐份和其它污物在高湿度环境暴露后务必用高压 

淡水冲洗若有必要用尼龙硬刷擦洗小心除掉锌盐(白锈) 请参考有关的硅酸锌 

涂料的施工指导 

施工条件仅在施工及固化得以正常进行的10 以上温度条件下使用本品施工表面温度和 

油漆本身温度也必须在上述温度范围之内最高钢板温度限制为45 作为车间 

底漆温度45 以上时施工必须采取特别措施(见备注) 表面要求清洁干燥,温度高 

于露点避免水汽凝结在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风 

先涂油漆无,或根据配套先涂“老人”牌硅酸锌涂料 

加涂油漆按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 


平滑试板上理想干膜厚度为20-25微米 

理论涂布率喷砂后在粗糙度Ra=12.5微米,相当于Rugotest标准No.3,N10a-b的钢 

板表面 Keane-Tator比较板3.0mils或ISO标准中等G级 15微米干膜厚度相当于 

光滑测试板上25微米厚度见产品说明书相应的理论涂布率为8.4平方米/升 

在喷沙钢板粗糙度Ra=6.3微米,相当于Rugotest标准NO.3,N9a的钢板表面 

Keane-Tator比较板2.0mils或ISO标准细微G级 15微米干膜厚度相当于光滑测试 

板上20微米厚度相应的理论涂布率为10.5平方米/升作为封闭漆为8.8平方米/ 

升涂膜必须均匀一致,避免干喷和过厚作为封闭漆一般的漆膜厚度为25微米 

相应的涂布率为8.4米 2 /升 

空气喷涂通常用一个低压活塞泵连续循环抽送车间底漆 

“封闭漆 ” 本品一般用于“封闭漆”与其加涂油漆的重涂间隔为中等长度时的场合 

如作为硅酸锌底漆的“封闭漆” 由于15280的重涂间隔短,硅酸锌底漆必须完全固化 

(参考相应的产品说明书)后,才可重涂必须留意没有涂装完全的体系(如只涂了硅 

酸锌和15280)在长期暴露于湿环境后会在薄的15280涂层下产生“白锈” 

重涂间隔对于附着力来说无最大重涂间隔但具体情况视漆膜暴露于污染及加工 

中受损坏的程度而定 

稀释剂在高温下施工必须额外稀释或使用“闪出”慢的稀释剂以保证适当的成膜 

性能施涂的漆膜必须均匀平滑作为封闭漆时,至少以10%的稀释剂08700稀释以 

达到好的抗起泡性暴露于污染环境重涂前用高压淡水冲洗表面任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 15288050890CO00

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧底漆15300 

固化剂95040 

“老人”牌环氧底漆15300是一种含有磷酸锌防腐颜料的双组份环氧底漆可形成坚 

硬高效防锈的漆膜 

可作为集装箱配套中的底漆或中间漆也可按配套要求作为通用环氧底漆 

使用温度干燥条件下在水中(无温差) 

最大 140 35 

批准 

本品被“劳氏船级社”认可为焊接底漆 

物理参数 

颜色/色号红色/50890 灰色/12170 

漆面平光 


理论涂布率 13.0米 2 /升(干膜厚度40微米 

闪点 26 



指触干 2-3小时(20 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工说明 



稀释剂(最大) 08450(25%) 08450(50%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用时间 8小时(20 )(无空气喷涂 

8小时 20 )(刷涂 


喷出压力 17.5兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 





安全 






“老人”牌环氧底漆15300 


表面处理新钢材喷砂达到Sa2.5 必要时可涂一层车间底漆以临时保护喷砂的表面最 

后喷涂前应彻底清理在贮运和加工过程中破损的车间底漆以及沾污的部位再用本 

品修补 

其它金属和轻合金 

面 

彻底清除油脂及盐份扫砂金属表面以形成适当密度的粗糙表 

维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物,用动力 

工具清理破损部位至St3级局部修补或用喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级,最好Sa2.5 

级良好的表面处理会改善“老人”牌环氧漆15300的性能磨平边角清除残余物 

补涂至原漆膜厚度 

对点蚀表面残留的盐分用高压淡水喷洗湿喷砂清理或干喷砂清理用高压淡 

水冲洗干后再干喷砂一次 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以正常进行的10 以上温度条件下使用本品油漆本身的温度 

应在15 或以上以取得良好的施工效果在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应大量通 

风表面必须完全清洁干燥表面温度在露点以上以避免凝露 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

颁发证书时本品的编号为1530 

耐候性/使用温度本品在户外露天使用时表面有粉化倾向在高温条件下受 

化学作用和机械作用影响更为明显 

漆膜厚度可依照使用的目的和区域修改漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率干燥 

时间重涂间隔和稀释剂用量干膜厚度正常范围为25-75微米 

重涂重涂间隔 

最小主要与作为集装箱漆有关 40微米厚的老人牌环氧底漆15300以特定的集 

装箱漆环氧聚氨酯丙烯酸以及氯化橡胶类漆加涂时漆膜至少应有有20分 

钟的闪干时间 

最小重涂间隔只适用于强力通风 

腐蚀性的介质接触 

正确施工的情况并且漆膜在完全干燥前不能与 

最大在无浸泡使用条件下丙烯酸类或氯化橡胶类需要24小时重涂间隔聚氨 

酯类需要3天环氧类无重涂间隔 

如果重涂间隔很长为了保证漆膜间良好的附着力漆膜表面必须是清洁的必须 

用合适的清洁剂和高压清水清除污物油脂清水冲去盐份因长时间暴露而表面 

状况变差的漆层必须除去 

有疑问可向海虹公司咨询 

可用高压喷水代替以上几种清洗方法除去上述漆层如 

为检查表面清洗的情况可作局部试验 


公布日期 2000年5月-1530050890CO003

特性 

用途 

使用温度干燥时最大140 

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15341 

固化剂95740 

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15341是一种双组份富锌环氧漆可固化形成坚硬耐腐蚀涂层 

可用于集装箱生产线上的涂装根据油漆的配套可以作为其他用途的含锌环氧底 

漆 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰红色/19830 

漆面半平光 

体积固体含量 48 1 

理论涂布率 12米 2 /升以40微米干膜计) 

闪点 30 


表干约0.5小时(20 ) 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工说明 

混合比率基料15349 固化剂95740 

3 1 体积比 


稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 15 5 

混合使用期 8小时(20 )(无空气喷涂) 

8小时(20 )(刷涂) 

喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 


无空气喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 

工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洁剂99610 



重涂间隔见本品施工指导 

安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参考 







表面处理新钢板用适当的清洁剂除去油脂等污染物用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其 

它污染物喷砂至Sa2.5级 ISO8501-1 1988 

若需临时保护可使用适当的含锌车间底漆在进行最后涂装之前储存和装配期 

间造成的车间底漆损坏和污染必须彻底清理修补和保养时可使用本品 

维修用适当的清洁剂除去油和脂等污染物用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污 

染物最好采用干喷砂法除去所有锈和疏松物质较小的区域可用动力工具清理 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的10 以上的温度条件下使用油漆本身的温度 

应高于15 以确保其固有的施工性能在狭窄处施工和干燥期间应提供大量 

通风只能在干燥清洁的表面上施工温度须高于露点以避免冷凝 

先涂油漆无或按规定涂装 

加涂油漆按规定加涂“老人”牌环氧漆氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆 

备注 

注意 

注意如果绝缘条件下用作高温设备的防腐蚀保护漆为了避免因温度升高而造 

成湿腐蚀必须使之在停机期间无湿气渗透 

根据使用目的和区域可以调整漆膜厚度 

干膜厚度正常范围为30-50微米 

这将改变涂布率干燥时间和重涂间隔 

重涂间隔重涂间隔与以后暴露的环境有关参阅本品施工指导在污染环境 

中暴露后的表面重涂前须用高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干 

若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力为了确保 

漆膜间的附着力表面必须完全干净特别是在较长重涂间隔时必须用适当的洗 

涤剂除去灰尘油脂和其它外来物质并用高压淡水冲洗另外必要时用 

硬刷扫除锌腐蚀性产物白锈 

稀释使用稀释剂08570会比稀释剂08450闪出稍快但会有较大的干喷危险 


公布日期 2000年5月–1534119830CO001

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15341施工指导 

固化剂 95740 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域的不同可以在30-50微米范围内调整干膜厚度这将改变涂 

布率稀释剂用量干燥时间和重涂间隔 

建议漆膜厚度如下 

箱漆配套底漆用作箱漆配套的底漆时其干膜厚度约为30-40微米相应的湿膜厚度为60-80微 

米无空气喷涂时稀释5-10% 

涂布率 

稀释剂 

漆膜厚度与涂布率成反比关系通过控制涂布率能控制漆膜厚度 

未稀释油漆的理论涂布率计算如下 

漆膜厚度(微米) 理论涂布率(米 2 /升) 

30 16.0 

50 9.6 

无空气喷涂 “老人”牌稀释剂08450或08570 如稀释剂加入越多所用喷出压力 

应越小稀释剂08570适用于车间快干施工应小心干喷 

空气喷涂 “老人”牌稀释剂08450 

刷涂 

“老人”牌稀释剂08450


施工指导续 

物理参数与干燥时间重涂间隔与漆膜厚度使用固化剂干燥和固化温度及以后的暴露环 

温度间的关系境有关 

15341 固化剂95740 以30-40微米干膜厚度计 

表面温度 10 20 30 

干燥时间分钟 1小时 30 20 

固化时间天 18 7 4 

最小重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关 

用46330 46370 46410 58030重涂的间隔 

大气环境:中等 40分钟 15分钟 7分钟 

大气环境:严重 2.5小时 1小时 30分钟 

浸泡 

无关无关无关 

用“老人”牌环氧漆系列和聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境:中等 5小时 2小时 1小时 

大气环境:严重 8小时 3小时 1.5小时 

浸泡* 

15小时 6小时 3小时 

最大重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关 

用46330 46370 46410重涂的间隔 

大气环境:中等 40小时 16小时 8小时 

大气环境:严重 30小时 12小时 6小时 

浸泡 

用58030重涂的间隔 


大气环境:中等 10天 4天 2天 

大气环境:严重 5天 2天 1天 

浸泡 


用“老人”牌环氧漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境:中等无关无关无关 

大气环境:严重** 75天 30天 15天 

浸泡** 

75天 30天 15天 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境:中等 25天 10天 5天 

大气环境:严重 7.5天 3天 1.5天 

浸泡 


*对“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列无关 

**根据本地的实际情况,可以延长最大重涂间隔 

如需进一步意见,请与本公司联系


安全 


上述最小重涂间隔是以足够的通风和正确的施工为前提的允许强力通风或在较高 

温度下干燥有足够的“闪出”时间 20 时 30微米干膜厚度应最小有15分钟“闪出” 

时间 50微米干膜厚度应最小有30分钟“闪出”时间 

当用46330 46370 46410重涂时只有在整个油漆配套完成并彻底干燥后才暴 

露于环境中时方可采用短的最小重涂间隔 

如果超过最大重涂间隔无论随后用何种油漆重涂都必须将底漆表面打磨粗糙再 

加涂以确保漆层间的附着力 

加涂前若先涂漆膜暴露于污染环境则不考虑重涂间隔需先用高压淡水将表面彻 

底冲洗干净任其自干 






公布日期 2000年5月–1534119830CO001

特性 

用途 


固化剂95740 

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15360是一种双组份富锌环氧底漆可形成坚硬耐磨耐 

候的漆膜本品对局部破损区域提供阴极保护 

可用于集装箱生产线上的涂装根据油漆的配套可以用作为其他用途的富锌环氧 

底漆 

使用温度干燥时最大160 取决于加涂油漆 

批准 

经“劳氏船级社”认可为焊接底漆 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰红色/19830 

漆面 

半平光 


理论涂布率 12.5米 2 /升以40微米干膜计) 

闪点 30 


表面干 30分钟(20 ) 

指触干 

约2小时(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



施工说明 

混合比率基料15369 固化剂95740 

4 1 体积比 


稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 30 50 5 

混合使用期 8小时(20 ) 无空气喷涂 

8小时(20 ) 刷涂 

喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 





干膜 40微米 (见备注) 


安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参 

考材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规个人保护包括 

但并不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或其它直接接触本品应立即求医必 

须采取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭 

窄处或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风



表面处理用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物用高压淡水清洗掉盐迹和其它污物喷砂至 

Sa2.5级表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest No.3,BN9a 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以正常进行的10 以上的温度条件下使用施工表面温度也 

应分别高于这个限度油漆本身的温度应高于15 为避免水汽凝结须在干 

燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面上施工在狭窄处施工和干燥期间应大量通 

风 


备注 

注意 

发布证书时本品型号为1536 

注意如果绝缘条件下用作高温设备的防腐蚀保护漆为了避免因温度升高而 

造成湿腐蚀必须使之在停机期间无湿气渗透 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率稀释剂用 

量干燥时间和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为15━50微米 

重涂间隔重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关参阅本品施工指导 

若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力在污染环 

境暴露后重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗表面任其自干另外还应用硬刷刷除 

锌蚀物白锈 


公布日期 2000年5月 – 1536019830C0005

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15360施工指导 

固化剂95740 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以在15━50微米范围内调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率 

稀释剂用量干燥时间和重涂间隔建议漆膜厚度如下 

箱漆配套的车间底漆 

本品用作箱漆配套的车间底漆其典型的干膜厚度为15微米无空气喷涂时本品 

稀释100 150%,相应湿膜厚度为60 75微米注意大量稀释时须不停地 

搅拌和循环混合漆料直至用完 

箱漆配套的底漆本品用作箱漆配套的底漆其干膜厚度约为30-40微米无空气喷涂时本品稀释5 

10% 相应湿膜厚度为60 80微米 

涂布率 

稀释剂 

漆膜厚度与涂布率成反比关系通过控制涂布率能控制漆膜厚度未稀释油漆的 

理论涂布率计算如下 

漆膜厚度(微米) 理论涂布率(米 2 /升) 

15 33.3 

30 16.7 

50 10.0 

无空气喷涂 “老人”牌稀释剂08450或08570 如稀释剂加入越多所用喷出压 

力应越小稀释剂08570适用于车间快干施工小心干喷 

空气喷涂和刷涂一般使用 “老人”牌稀释剂08450



物理参数与干燥时间重涂间隔与漆膜厚度干燥和固化温度及以后的暴露环境有关 

温度间的关系 

“老人”牌环氧富锌漆15360以30-40微米干膜厚度计 

表面温度 10 20 30 

干燥时间分钟 1小时 30 20 

固化时间天 

18 7 4 


用46330 46370 46410 58030重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 40分钟 15分钟 7分钟 

大气环境严重 2.5小时 1小时 30分钟 

浸泡 



大气环境中等 5小时 2小时 1小时 

大气环境严重 8小时 3小时 1.5小时 

浸泡* 

15小时 6小时 3小时 


用46330 46370 46410重涂的间隔 


大气环境严重 30小时 12小时 6小时 

浸泡 



大气环境中等 10天 4天 2天 

大气环境严重 5天 2天 1天 

浸泡 



大气环境中等 


大气环境严重** 75天 30天 15天 

浸泡** 

75天 30天 15天 


大气环境中等 25天 10天 5天 

大气环境严重 7.5天 3天 1.5天 

浸泡 


* 对“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列无关 

**根据本地的实际情况, 可以延长最大重涂间隔 

如需进一步意见,请与本公司联系



上述最小重涂间隔是以足够的通风和正确的施工为前提的允许强力通风或在较 

高温度下干燥有足够的“闪出”时间 20 时 15 微米干膜厚度应最小有10分钟" 

闪出"时间, 30微米干膜厚应最小有15分钟"闪出"时间, 50微米干膜厚度应最小有 

30分钟"闪出"时间 

当用46330,46370,46410重涂时, 只有当整个油漆配套完成并彻底干燥后方暴露 

于环境中时, 方可采用短的最小重涂间隔 

如果超过最大重涂间隔无论随后用何种油漆重涂都必须将底漆表面打磨粗糙 

再加涂以确保漆层间的附着力 

加涂前若先涂漆膜暴露于污染环境则不考虑重涂间隔需先用高压淡水将表面 

彻底冲洗干净任其自干必须去除全部锌盐 “白锈” 必要时用硬刷和大 

量的淡水擦洗 

安全小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参 


但并不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或其它直接接触本品应立即求医必 

须采取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭 

窄处或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

公布日期 2000年5月 – 1536019830C0004

特性 

用途 


固化剂95100 

“老人”牌环氧漆15400是一种双组份胺加成固化的环氧涂料,具有耐多种化学品 

货物保护指南中列及的的优良性能 

作舱用内衬漆 

使用温度干燥在水中无温差 

最大 140 50 

在其它液体中的使用温度参见货物保护指南 

批准 

符合美国食品和药物管理局审批的“联邦条例”中关于干和湿食物运输规定的第 

175.300章经“劳氏船级社”认可为防腐蚀涂料经中国船级社科威特及挪威有 

关机构认可为饮水舱用漆经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会鉴定为对谷物无害产品 

经丹麦焊接协会测定焊接烟雾无毒 

物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000 浅红色/50900 


体积固体含量% 48 1 


闪点 26 



指触干 8-10小时(20 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


储存期 1年(25 )储存期视储存条件而定,使用前必须进行机械搅拌 

施工说明 


施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂(修补用) 

稀释剂(最大) 08450(5%)(见备注) 08450(5%) 





漆膜厚度湿膜 175微米; 



最大 21天 20 

安全 







表面处理喷砂至接近于出白级-Sa2.5级表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10 

Keane-Tator比较板3.0G/S或ISO比较板粗糙度中等G级参阅本品备注中注意 

项 

施工条件仅在施工与固化得以正常进行的10 以上的温度条件下使用施工表面与油漆本 

身的温度也不得低于10 当温度15-25 之间施工喷涂效果最佳施工表面必须 

清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免凝露最大相对湿度为80% 最好在40%-60%之 

间 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间必须大量通风 

先涂油漆无或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 




重涂若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力 

固化漆膜完全固化后货舱才可以投入使用参阅相应的货物保护指南和 

施工指导 

本品涂用于饮水舱时必须确认溶剂已全部挥发漆膜已完全固化建议注水浸泡 

两次每次浸泡时间不得少于24小时最后用淡水冲洗方能使用 

本产品说明书只简略地概括了主要事项详细内容请参阅相应的油漆配套并且施工 

过程中应严格遵守货物保护指南及相应配套还可以调整以满足上述条件以外 

的其它特殊条件调整的内容可能包括表面处理施工条件干膜厚度及重涂间隔 


公布日期 1999年10月–1540010000CO012

老人牌环氧漆15400施工指导 

固化剂95100 

内容范围本施工指导内容包括表面处理施工工具及15400作为仓漆的施工方法以下 

只是一般规则,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的维修工程需要时可作进一步的补 

充 

钢结构 

全部焊缝必须经过适当的表面处理以确保漆膜质量在各方面完好焊缝应无针孔 

断裂和裂缝如有发现必须焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部焊溅 

除掉或磨平尖锐边缘,使规定的漆膜厚度均匀地涂布在全部表面上磨平半径约1-2 

毫米 

选用的钢材要求质量最佳,锈蚀度不得超过国际标准B级(IS08501-1 1988) 所有 

切割电焊磨平钢板的工序均必须在表面处理之前完成 

表面处理喷砂前先用适当的清洁剂除去钢板表面上的油迹滑脂和其它污染物再用高压淡 

水冲洗用淡水和硬刷洗去电焊留下的碱迹及压力试验时留下的肥皂痕迹其他污 

染物的控制参考另外条款维修时可能需要扫砂以除去松散物然后除油和清洗 

旧钢材尽管货舱清洗非常彻底;通常旧钢材的锈蚀部位还可能含有残余旧货和 

水溶性的盐份因此需反复多次用清洁剂清洗和喷砂处理 

首度喷砂后,真空吸尘清洁表面以确定渗漏的旧货物及水溶性盐份是否还残留参 

考其它条款评估锈蚀部位时应特别细心 

为达到“货物保护指南”所要求的良好耐化学性,必须对钢材表面进行喷砂处理直至 

金属表面接近露白,相当于国际标准(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5级喷砂后的表 

面粗糙度应至少相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10 Keane-Tator表面比较板 

3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1标准的粗糙度中等G级选用无杂质和软颗粒的优质钢 

砂硅酸铝砂等类似的尖硬物作为喷砂材料杂质控制参见其它条款 

如喷出压力为0.6-0.7兆帕,可选用大小为0.2-1.2毫米的粗钢砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅 

酸铝砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

压缩空气要求干燥清洁压缩机需备有合适的油阀及水阀 

喷砂结束后,用真空吸尘器清除残留表面的砂粒和尘埃 

刷刷干净后再用真空吸尘器吸尘 

不能吸走的砂粒,用干净毛 

喷砂时要重视机器的运作状况 

位的喷砂处理不理想 

由于表面有灰尘粗喷砂后的检查很难确定哪个部 

涂有车间底漆和旧舱漆的表面必须去除全部旧舱漆根据车间底漆的类型和所需 

的耐化学性能可将车间底漆部分或全部除去 

规定 

参阅货物保护指南和舱漆配套的 

注钢铁表面及处理在关于舱漆施工的老人技术标准中有详细的描述 

施工工具 “老人”牌环氧漆15400可使用无空气喷涂设备,小面积修补可用刷涂 

无空气喷涂设备--选用大型泵泵容量为8-12升/分钟 

泵比率最小45 1 

喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 


传送管为了避免压力损失传送管的内径须达到12.7 

(空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 )


稀释 


若需要稀释,使用“老人”牌稀释剂08450不超过10% 如果可能出现干喷就需要更 

高的稀释量稀释只有达到要求的标准才能避免溶剂截留 

只在混合油漆中加入稀释剂 

工具清洗施工后,用“老人”牌工具清洗剂99610彻底清洗整套设备 

混合及混合 1 必须混合两个包装内的全部基料及固化剂如需较小量应按基料固化剂 

使用时间 87 13 重量比或4 1 体积比混合 

2 使用干净的混合器搅拌达到完全均匀 

3 让混合好的油漆预反应一段时间见下表 

4 在混合使用时间内必须用完油漆混合使用时间与油漆温度关系见下表对 

20升包装而言 

混合后油漆温度 10 15 20 25 30 

预反应时间分钟 

混合使用时间小时 

30 

4 

25 

3 

15 

2 

注 1)温度低于15 时粘度会太高而不适合无空气喷涂 

2)避免温度高于30 以防干喷或成膜不佳 

施工程序真空吸尘清洁后应立即进行第一道全涂然后补涂一道最后喷涂涂完三道漆后 

干膜厚度必须在240-500微米之间 

涂漆时应经常测量湿膜厚度以保证每道漆的湿膜厚度控制在175-200微米之间 

成膜及连续性为了保证货舱耐腐蚀施工时每道漆膜必须连续且无针孔必须采 

用保证全部表面状态良好的施工技术喷孔不能太大对于复杂结构表面的喷涂应 

选用喷孔小的喷枪,一般表面用大孔喷枪喷枪与表面成直角距离保持在30-50厘 

米油漆粘度应合适以保证良好的雾化效果喷涂设备应有足够的喷出压力和喷出 

量高温时应加入较多稀释剂以避免干喷 

涂层应按规格要求尽量涂布均匀控制油漆用量不可太厚以避免流挂起皱和溶 

剂残留另外更应注意用刷涂法涂覆尖角空隙及边角等最后一道漆膜必须均 

匀平滑表面无灰尘粗粒及干喷现象 

注意对于有锈蚀孔的旧钢材宜用稀的油漆涂第一层以使油漆渗入微孔建 

议约稀释10%进行刷涂湿膜厚度刚使表面达到饱和状态 

刷涂 

那些用喷涂施工困难的地方应刷涂两道在第一次全涂前或后刷涂第一遍第二道 

刷涂在第二次全涂后进行施工方法依工作环境而定第二道刷涂也可应用小喷孔 

小角度喷涂代替但是对减重孔及类似部位和凹坑及类似部位仍然要求进行刷 

涂 

气候条件施工期间底材的气候条件 

施工表面最低温度是10 

表面最高温度最好低于30 若在热带地区,建议在夜间施工在高于40 下施工 

应多加小心以防成膜不佳和过度干喷必要时可额外稀释 

钢板表面温度必须高于露点一般高于露点3 比较安全在狭窄空间内施工与干 

燥期间应大量通风以帮助溶剂挥发 

10 

1.5 

5 

1



干燥固化及通风在干膜80微米钢板温度为20 相对湿度80% 大量通风的条件下 15400指 

触干时间为8-10小时在以上条件下施工24小时以后漆膜可承受轻度负荷 

漆膜成型有赖于干燥期间足够的通风 

舱漆施工时须保持足够的通风至爆炸下限的10% 直到漆膜干燥为止 

一升未稀释的“老人”牌15400在干燥期间会挥发出123升溶剂蒸气 

爆炸极限的低限为0.5% 

为了满足一般的安全要求爆炸下限的10% 1升油漆挥发出的溶剂蒸汽须要约 

250米 3 空气“稀释” 注意溶剂蒸汽比空气重因此需对船舱强力通风,并保证船舱的 

最低部位有通风出口 

在完全固化以前要保持空气流通避免空气滞留 

如需更详细的建议请与本公司联系 

实际安全预防可能需要更强的通风 

固化时间提供足够的通风在前述的相对湿度干膜厚度条件下以及在最小重涂间隔内重涂 

时固化时间如下 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 35 


注水时间天 

18 

18 

11 

11 

*不得在高温下施工以避免干喷或成膜不佳 

重涂间隔提供足够的通风在前述的相对湿度条件下重涂间隔与钢板温度关系 

7 

7 

5 

5 

3.5 

3.5 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 35 

最小小时 

最大天 

30 

28 

14 

25 

重涂前后最大相对湿度不超过80%,钢板温度应高于露点,最少3 

最大重涂间隔只在漆膜完好没有干喷及表面没有真空除尘所不能除去的污物条件 

下有效另外漆膜在阳光下曝晒不允许超过天 

施工条件干喷会降低漆膜防护性能且使以后清洗变得困难可以使用足够的脚手架转换 

喷涂设备和改变喷涂方法得以避免 

喷枪与表面角度要适宜距离保持在30-50厘米平行移动并按要求控制湿膜厚度 

使用较小的扇面及尽可能低的压力以避免干喷喷涂扇面应小些用刷涂法涂覆边 

角每道涂层应按规格要求尽量涂布均匀且干膜厚度约为80微米或稍厚些控制 

油漆使用量因为湿膜太厚会引起流挂起皱和溶剂残留 

对于漆膜病态如干喷流挂超厚粗粒等必须进行修整 

如果在漆层表面需要打磨如舱底必须非常小心避免损坏表面建议使用轻型打 

磨机应避免打磨焊接处不规则处及垂直表面附近 

最后一道漆膜必须均匀无孔隙突起及其它污物 

标准施工干膜厚度 

最小干膜厚度为240微米最大干膜厚度约为500微米用“80-20”规则估计干膜厚 

度即低于最小干膜厚度的测量值不得多于20% 最低测量值应高于最小干膜厚度 

的80% 即192微米干膜厚度测量应在20 足够通风条件下24小时以后用磁 

电干膜仪经校正后进行最大干膜厚度同样用“80-20”规则估计厚度 

10 

21 

7 

18 

5 

14 

2.5 

2.5 

4 

10


修补 


对漆膜的缺陷进行修补是相当重要的 

修补应尽早进行修补应在安装脚手架的同时进行在拆除脚手架时进行补涂在 

清洗船舱及船舱投入使用前修补的部分必须完全固化 

漆膜的损坏程度可用海水测试用干净的海水清洗船舱至舱顶的加热管和顶部将 

盐水至少保留3天然后排空盐水用淡水洗掉盐份 

修补过程修补一般过程在机械处理前必须修补表面清除表面盐分及其它污物 

修补小于5×5厘米的表面 

打磨金属表面使之干净粗糙磨薄补涂部位稍微打磨周边 

用“老人”牌稀释剂08450清洗 

用漆刷补涂4道或喷涂3道15400至完整漆膜厚度 

修补约平方米表面 

用真空喷砂或开孔喷砂法处理表面至Sa2.5-3级(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接 

部位应打磨或扫砂以保证新涂层的附着力 



修补大于平方米表面或有多个损坏部位的表面 

处理方法按原来的规定进行处理 

安全 






公布日期 2000年5月–1540010000CO012

特性 

用途 


固化剂97580 

“老人”牌环氧漆15500是一种双组份胺加成固化的酚醛环氧涂料,具有耐多种化学 

品货物保护指南中列及的的优良性能 

用作舱用内衬漆 

使用温度干燥在海水中无温差 

最大 160 50 

在其它液体中使用温度参阅相应的货物保护指南 

批准 

经“劳氏船级社”和俄罗斯船级社认可为防腐蚀涂料经意大利有关部门认可为饮水 

舱用漆符合美国FDA关于食物运载的联邦条例第175.300条款适用于体积大于 

2006米 3 的粮舱 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰白色/11630-浅红色/50900 

漆面平光 



闪点 26 


表面干 2-3小时(20 ) 


完全固化 10天(20 )(见备注) 



325克/升 

储存期 1年(25 )储存期视储存条件而定,使用前必须进行机械搅拌 

施工说明 

混合比率基料15509 固化剂97580 =8.9 1.1(体积比) 

=93.8 6.2(重量比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂(修补用) 

稀释剂(最大) 08450 08450(见备注) 


预反应时间 15分钟见备注 

喷孔 0.46-0.58毫米 





重涂间隔最小 36/24小时(20 )(见备注) 

最大 21天(20 )(见备注) 

安全 







表面处理为使油漆性能更好地发挥,适应货物保护指南所述的化学制品,应喷砂至接近于 

出白级Sa2.5-3级标准,表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10 Keane- 

Tator比较板3.0G/S或ISO比较板中等G级参照相应的施工指导 

施工条件仅在施工与固化得以正常进行的10 以上的温度条件下使用漆膜完全固化前 

钢板温度不得底于此温度油漆本身的温度不得低于15 最好在17 23 之间, 

施工效果最佳施工表面必须清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免凝露最大相对湿度 

为80% 最好在40%-60%之间在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间必须大量通风参阅 

相应的施工指导 

先涂油漆无 


备注 

注意 

有些证书发布时本品型号为1550 

漆膜厚度配套体系最小干膜总厚度为300微米可根据使用目的和部位调高漆膜 

厚度这将改变涂布率和干燥时间关于漆膜厚度的详细情况 

请参阅本品的 

重涂间隔 

施工指导 

最小用于饮水舱 3天 20 时每道之间 

不用于饮水舱 36小时 20 时第一道与第二道之间 

24小时 20 时第二道与第三道之间 

最大 21天 20 

若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙 

混合完全混合基料和固化剂后需预反应15分钟 20 再施工其它温度下 

预反应时间见施工指导 

稀释尽量少使用稀释剂仅对混合后油漆进行稀释 

固化通过加热固化可耐多种化学品参阅施工指导和货物保护指南 


公布日期 2001年6月–1550011630CR006


固化剂97580 

内容范围本施工指导内容包括表面处理施工工具及15500的施工方法以下只是一般 

规则,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的维修工程需要时可作进一步的补充 

钢结构 

全部焊缝必须经适当表面处理以确保漆膜质量焊缝应无针孔凹坑和裂缝等如 

有发现应含接和/或研磨以修正之 

所有焊接处必须完整无影响涂层连续的断裂和裂缝去除焊溅 

除掉或磨平尖锐边缘,使规定的漆膜厚度均匀地涂布在全部表面上磨平半径约1-2 

毫米 

选用的钢材要求质量最佳,锈蚀度不得超过国际标准B级 ISO8501-1 1988) 所 

有的锈蚀物必须除去 

所有切割电焊磨平钢板的工序均必须在表面处理之前完成 



染物的控制参考另外条款 

维修时可能需要扫砂以除去松散物然后除油和清洗 



首度喷砂后,真空吸尘清洁表面以确定渗漏的旧货物及水溶性盐份是否还残留参 

考其它条款评估锈蚀部位时应特别细心 

粗粒喷砂至最少Sa2.5级 ISO8501-1 1988 为达到“货物保护指南”所要求的 

良好耐化学性,必须对钢材表面进行喷砂处理直至金属表面接近露白,相当于国际标 

准(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5 Sa3级实际中该要求相当于喷砂时金属表面露 

白Sa3级,但油漆施工时,可略微降低要求 

喷砂后的表面粗糙度应至少相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10 

比较板3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙度中等G级 

Keane-tator表面 

选用无杂质和软颗粒的优质钢砂硅酸铝砂等类似的尖硬物作为喷砂材料杂质控 

制参见其它条款如选用钢砂必须确保钢砂有适当的粒径分布 

如喷出压力为0.6-0.7兆帕,可选用大小为0.2-1.2毫米的粗钢砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅 

酸铝砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

压缩空气要求干燥清洁压缩机需备有合适的油阀及水阀 







涂有车间底漆和旧舱漆的表面 

间底漆 

必须去除全部的车间底漆和旧舱漆免使用富锌车 

如果已使用富锌车间底漆必须用喷砂法彻底除去检查喷砂除漆效果以保证彻底 

有必要时要重新喷砂如富锌车间底漆是红色的用肉眼很容易判定除漆效果这 

对于获得良好的表面十分必要 

注意在“老人”牌舱漆施工的技术标准中有关于钢结构表面处理更详细的描述



施工工具 “老人”牌环氧漆15500可使用无空气喷涂设备,小面积修补可用刷涂 

无空气喷涂设备选用大型泵泵容量为8-12升/分钟 


喷孔 0.46 0.58毫米 


软管为避免过多的压力损失所使用的软管内径不应超过12.7cm 


稀释 

若需要稀释,使用稀释剂08450不超过10% 只加入混合后的涂料中在易喷的情况 

下如高温下稀释剂用量可以超过10% 一般稀释剂用量不得超过需要量以免 

溶剂残留 

工具清洗施工后,用“老人”牌工具清洗剂99610彻底清洗整套设备 

混合及混合使用时间 

1.必须混合两个包装内的全部基料和固化剂如需较小量应按基料固化剂 93.8 

6.2 重量比或8.9 1.1 体积比混合 

2.使用干净的混合器搅拌达到完全均匀彻底搅拌混合漆料 

3.施工前让混合好的油漆预反应一段时间见下表 

4.在混合使用时间内必须用完油漆 

升包装而言 

混合使用时间与油漆温度关系见下表对20 

混合后油漆温度 15 20 25 30 

预反应时间分钟 

25 15 10 

混合使用时间小时 4 3 2 

注 1)温度等于或低于15 时粘度太高不适合用无空气喷涂 

2)为避免干喷施工温度最好不超过30 

施工程序真空吸尘清洁后应立即进行第一道全涂然后再刷涂第一道 

成膜及连续性为了保证货舱耐腐蚀施工时每道漆膜必须连续且无针孔必须采 

用保证全部表面状态良好的施工技术 

喷孔不能太大对于复杂结构表面的喷涂应选用喷孔小的喷枪,一般表面用大孔喷 

枪喷枪与表面成直角距离保持在30-50厘米油漆粘度应合适以保证良好的雾 

化效果 

干喷 

喷涂设备应有足够的喷出压力和喷出量高温时应加入较多稀释剂以避免 


剂残留另外更应注意用刷涂法涂覆尖角空隙及边角等最后一道漆膜必须均 

匀平滑表面无灰尘粗粒及干喷现象 

注意对于有锈蚀孔的旧钢材宜用稀的油漆涂第一层以使油漆渗入微孔建 

议稀释5 10%进行刷涂湿膜厚度刚使表面达到饱和状态 

刷涂 

那些用喷涂施工困难的地方应在喷涂前刷涂两道通常在第一次全涂后刷涂第一 

遍而第二道刷涂在第二次全涂后进行第二道刷涂可用小孔喷枪喷涂代替但是 

在气空焊缝切口等类似部位仍需刷涂 

漆膜厚度涂完三道漆后的最后干膜厚度必须在300-600微米 15 以下450微米范围内 

对应于100微米干膜厚度湿膜厚度必须在150-175微米左右务必定期测量湿膜 

厚度通常每道200微米的湿膜厚度可以得到100微米的干膜厚度但是在温度低 

于15 时切记在任何部位都不可超过150微米 

5 

1





要确保全部钢板的温度最低为10 就需特别注意诸如甲板加强筋等温度较低的 

部位 

如果钢板温度低于10 油漆就很有可能固化不完全从而导致漆膜不致密耐 

化学腐蚀性降低当外界温度低于10 时建议在甲板上用隔热毡尽可能使钢 

板温度接近15 以最小化上述危险 

而且钢板温度应保持恒定温差变化应在 3 范围内须密切注意外界温差变 

化以对加热设备相应调整 

施工不久钢板温度突然降低会导致溶剂滞留和干膜中有气泡使漆膜性能降低 

表面最高温度最好低于30 若在热带地区,建议在夜间施工在高达40 的高温 

下施工应多加小心以避免差的成膜性或干喷钢板表面温度必须高于露点一般 

高于露点3 比较安全在狭窄空间内施工与干燥期间应大量通风以帮助溶剂挥发 

干燥和固化在干膜100微米钢板温度为20 相对湿度80% 大量通风的条件下 15500指 

触干时间为4 6小时在以上条件下施工16小时以后漆膜可承受轻度负荷 

漆膜成型有赖于干燥期间足够的通风 

一升未稀释的“老人”牌15500在干燥期间会挥发82升溶剂蒸气 

爆炸极限的低限为1.0% 为满足一般的安全要求爆炸极限的低限的10% 理 

论通风量必须达到82m 3 每升漆 

注意溶剂蒸汽比空气重因此需对船舱强力通风,并保证船舱的最低部位有通风出 

口在完全固化以前要保持通风防止空气滞留 

如需更详细的建议请与本公司联系 

实际中的安全防范可能需要更强的通风 



钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 )* 

固化时间天 18 14 10 8 7 6 

*为避免干喷和漆膜状况不佳禁止在高温下施工 

快速固化快速固化必须在涂层质量被认可或轮船交货以后的3个月内进行 

可通过装入加热的货物使之快速固化如注入热的油性润滑油或动植物油使舱内钢 

板温度达到60 并保持5天或50 保持10天快速固化必须在油漆涂装被最后认可 

或船舶交付的三个月内进行在相临的压载舱全部空载相临的货舱全部空载或装 

有温度大于40 的液体货物时也可以通过装载最小温度为45 最大温度为50 

的干净海水进行快速固化海水中固化需14天 

重涂间隔提供足够的通风在前述的相对湿度条件下重涂间隔与钢板温度关系 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 

不用于饮水舱 

最小涂第一道后 

涂第二道后 

用于饮水舱 

每一道后最小 

最大 

90小时 

60小时 

7.5天 

53天 

60小时 

40小时 

5天 

36天 

36小时 

24小时 

3天 

21天 

24小时 

16小时 

2天 

14天 

重涂前后最大相对湿度不超过80%,钢板温度应高于露点,最少3 

18小时 

12小时 

36小时 

11天






使用较小的扇面及尽可能低的压力以避免干喷喷涂时喷涂扇面应小些用刷涂 

法涂覆肋板的背面 

每道涂层应按规格要求尽量涂布均匀且干膜厚度约为100微米或稍厚些 

控制油漆使用量避免湿膜太厚因为会引起流挂起皱和溶剂残留 


如果漆层表面需要用砂纸打磨如舱底必须非常小心避免损坏表面若用机械方 

法只能使用轻型打磨机应避免打磨焊接处不规则处及垂直表面附近 

最后一道漆膜必须均匀无孔隙突起及其它污物 

干膜厚度标准施工干膜厚度 

最小干膜厚度为300微米最大干膜厚度约为600微米低于15 时 450微米 

用“80 20”规则估计干膜厚度即低于最小干膜厚度的测量值不得多于20% 最低 

测量值应高于最小干膜厚度的80% 即240微米干膜厚度测量应在20 足够通 

风条件下24小时以后用电磁干膜仪经在平滑钢板上校正后进行最大干膜厚度 

可用“80-20”规则估计厚度 

饮水舱使用漆膜完全固化前不准投入使用可参考第5页的固化时间表完全固化后建议注 

水浸泡两次每次浸泡时间不得少于24小时最后用淡水冲洗方能使用 

修补 


修补应尽早进行对安装脚手架的部位在拆除脚手架时进行补涂在清洗船舱及 

船舱投入使用前修补的部分必须完全固化 



修补过程修补一般过程在机械处理前修补的表面应清除表面盐分及其它污物 


打磨金属表面使之干净粗糙磨薄补涂部位稍微打磨周边 


用漆刷补涂4道15500至完整漆膜厚度 


用真空喷砂或开孔喷砂法处理表面至Sa3级(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接部位应打磨 

或扫砂以保证新涂层的附着力 





安全 





公布日期 2000年9月–1550011630CR006

特性 

用途 


固化剂97290 

“老人"牌环氧漆15552是一种双组份聚酰胺加成物固化环氧漆可形成柔韧附着良 

好的漆膜具有良好的耐磨擦性和耐撞击性本品含有磷酸锌可在温度低至-10 

下固化 

作为底漆用于冷藏集装箱的在线施工 

作为老人牌氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆环氧漆及聚氨酯漆配套的底漆涂用于中等腐 

蚀性环境下的热浸镀锌表面和不锈钢表面本品也适用于不能打磨粗糙的表面 

请参见“表面处理”项 

使用温度干燥条件下最高使用温度为140 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰白/11630 

漆面平光 


理论涂布率 8.2米 2 /升以50微米干膜计 

闪点 : 30 




完全固化 7天(20 ) 



535克/升 

储存期半年 25 储存期视储存条件而定使用前应机械搅拌如超过储存期请 

向海虹老人牌公司有关部门咨询 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 


喷孔 0.43~0.48毫米 







安全 


人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规避免吸入溶 

剂蒸汽皮肤和眼睛不得接触本品禁止吞服必须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护 

环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品


产品说明(续) 

表面处理不锈钢表面或集装箱钢铁表面用适当的清洁剂去除灰尘油和脂等用高压 

淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物必须将污染物和灰尘全部清除为取得最佳附着力 

建议将待涂表面打磨粗糙 

镀锌表面硅酸锌表面或金属喷涂表面用适当的清洁剂除去灰尘油和脂等用 

高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物高压水冲洗必要时加上硬尼龙刷擦洗去除锌 

盐白锈对金属喷涂表面应尽快覆涂以免污染 

施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁温度高于露点以避免冷凝在冰点以下时要注意表面上的 

结冰它们会影响附着力 

只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的-10 以上温度条件下使用本品表面温度也必 

须在此温度以上 

油漆本身温度必须在15-25 之间 


加涂油漆按规定涂装“老人”牌环氧漆聚氨酯漆丙烯酸或氯化橡胶漆 

备注 

注意 

钝化在镀锌表面施涂时表面上须无氯化铵或其它钝化剂存在禁止用水对钢板 

降温除非钢板温度低于30 否则不得清洗钢板 

施工由于镀锌板可能多孔故建议先雾喷一度未经稀释的本品让空气逸出数 

分钟后再全涂一度 



重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露的条件有关以50微米干膜计 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 


重涂油漆轻度中等严重轻度中等严重 

老人牌丙烯酸或 

氯化橡胶漆 

15分钟 15分钟 2小时无 24小时 

老人牌环氧漆 2小时 2小时 6小时无无 

老人牌聚氨酯漆 2小时 2小时 6小时无 

* 

10天 * 

12小时 

无 * 

3天 

*除非在轻微气候条件下否则仅薄涂一层油漆的镀锌铁不适合长时间暴露以避免 

因长时间暴露后在漆层底部产生白锈 

如超过最大重涂间隔不管何种后加涂层都应将表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附 

着力或者在用非老人牌环氧漆重涂时在上述重涂条件下额外施涂一层薄薄的本 

品 

必须保证漆膜表面完全清洁尤其在重涂间隔较长的情况下以确保层间的附着力 

用适当的清洁剂清除表面的灰尘和油脂然后用高压淡水冲洗淡水冲洗除去盐份 

另外必须去除长时间暴露后形成的退化的表面层有关的水喷射可以去除退化的 

表面层只要使用得当也可以取代上述清理方法如有疑问请向海虹老人牌公 

司的有关部门咨询 

为检查表面清理的质量可用小块面积做试验 


公布日期 2001年4月–1555211630CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌快干环氧漆15560 

固化剂97560 

“老人"牌环氧漆15552是一种双组份聚胺加成物固化的非常快干环氧漆本品含有 

磷酸锌 

作为老人牌环氧漆配套的快干底漆或中间漆尤其适用于快速重涂的室内施工 

场合 

如要求遵守VOC含量符合规定本品也可用于现场施工 

使用温度干燥条件下最高使用温度为140 参见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/12170*–浅灰色/12430* 参见备注 

漆面平光 



闪点 : 27 


表干约0.5小时(20 ) 

指触干约1.5~2小时(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



330克/升 

*另一种颜色红色50630可供选择 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 


喷孔 0.48~0.53毫米 







安全小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考老 




空气不流通处施工,必须提供强力通风 

表面处理新钢材干燥条件下喷砂至Sa2.5级必要时用车间底漆作临时保护最后涂 

漆前必须彻底清理掉破损的车间底漆及储存和加工期间形成的污染物可用本品 

维修和补涂 

维修用适当的清洁剂清洗掉油脂等高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物用湿 

/干喷砂或动力工具彻底清理掉锈迹及松散物质磨平边角湿喷砂后用淡水冲洗 

表面任其自干补涂裸露部位至完整漆膜厚度



施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的0 以上温度条件下使用本品油漆本身温度必 

须在15 以上以取得适宜的施工性能 



加涂油漆按规定涂装“老人”牌环氧漆聚氨酯漆丙烯酸或氯化橡胶漆或水性丙烯酸漆 

备注 

注意 

颜色储存期间固化剂97560会变暗导致灰色12170变暗颜色变化对漆膜性 

能没有任何影响 

耐候性/使用温度本品也有环氧涂料的天然缺陷室外曝晒易粉化以及在高温下 

易受机械及化学作用的影响 



重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露的条件有关干膜厚度见下表 

最小 

现场施工* 

100微米干膜 

最小 

室内施工 

75微米干膜 

最大 

表面温度 20 20 20 

暴露环境大气环境大气环境大气环境 

重涂油漆中等严重中等严重中等严重 

老人牌丙烯酸或氯 

化橡胶漆 

老人牌环氧漆 

老人牌聚氨酯漆 

58030 

1小时 

2小时 

2小时 

1小时 

2小时 

3小时 

3小时 

2小时 

15分钟 

1小时 

1小时 

1小时 

1小时 

1.5小时 

1.5小时 

1.5小时 

8小时 

无 

10天 

24小时 

8小时 

无 

3天 

8小时 

*如果一般维修牵涉到高干膜厚度的环氧涂料最小重涂间隔可以加倍 

除非在轻微气候条件下否则仅薄涂一层油漆的镀锌铁不适合长时间暴露以避免因 

长时间暴露后在漆层底部产生白锈 

如超过最大重涂间隔不管何种后加涂层都应将表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附 

着力或者在用非老人牌环氧漆重涂时在上述重涂条件下额外施涂一层薄薄的本 

品 

必须保证漆膜表面完全清洁尤其在重涂间隔较长的情况下以确保层间的附着力 

用适当的清洁剂清除表面的灰尘和油脂然后用高压淡水冲洗淡水冲洗除去盐份 

另外必须去除长时间暴露后形成的退化的表面层有关的水喷射可以去除退化的 

表面层只要使用得当也可以取代上述清理方法如有疑问请向海虹老人牌公 

司的有关部门咨询 

为检查表面清理的质量可用小块面积做试验 


公布日期 1999年10月–1556012170CO005

特性 

用途 


固化剂95570 

“老人"牌环氧漆15570是一种双组份聚酰胺加成物固化环氧漆在气温低至 10 

时也可形成坚硬耐腐蚀的漆膜以云母氧化铁颜料配制的品种(浅灰12430)也很 

适于在潮湿条件下施工,即可涂在微湿表面及潮湿表面 

可在严重腐蚀性环境下作为“老人”牌环氧漆系列的修补底漆中间漆或面漆 

如装饰性要求不高可作面漆 

可作规定的油漆配套的低温固化环氧底漆中间漆或面漆也适用于煤焦油环 

氧漆的底漆在温暖的气候条件下 “老人”牌环氧底漆15300可以代替本品 

使用温度干燥最大140 见备注 

压载舱水中耐海水中正常温度* 

其它场合水中 40 无温差 

其它液体请向老人牌公司有关部门咨询 

*不得长期暴露于负温差环境 

批准 

本品经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会检验证明对谷物无污染获得了德国和丹麦EC- 

类检测认证 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅灰色/12430 红色/50630 可根据需要提供其它颜色 

漆面平光 



闪点 25 


指触干约3-4小时(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



430克/升 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 


喷孔 0.48-0.53毫米 






重涂间隔见本品施工指导


安全 






表面处理新钢材 (干燥条件下) 喷砂至Sa2.5级标准若需要可涂适当的车间底漆临时保 

护喷砂后的表面最后涂漆之前应将储运和加工时破损的车间底漆及污物彻底清 

理干净然后用本品进行补涂 

轻合金彻底除脂和轻微喷砂以除去表面污染物和保证附着力表面粗糙度视 

乎日后曝露情况而定 

不锈钢对化学品货轮的压载舱须喷砂至Rugotest标准的No.3,BN9a 相当于 

ISO比较板中等G级 Keane-Tator比较板 2.0G/S 或Rz最小50微米形成均匀 

尖锐致密的粗糙表面喷砂处理前清除全部的盐份和油脂等 

保养用适当的清洁剂去除油和脂用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物用 

动力工具彻底清理损伤的区域至St3级标准细小区域或喷砂达到至少Sa2级 

最好Sa2.5级标准表面处理后会提高本品的性能也可使用水喷射到至少WJ-3 

级标准最好为WJ-2级(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 施工前可以接受最大FR-2 

Hempel标准的闪锈度磨平边角清除残余物待表面达到潮湿或微湿时 

用本品补涂至完整的漆膜厚度 

湿喷砂时可用适当的缓蚀剂最后涂覆之前必须用高压淡水将多余的缓蚀剂和残 

砂清洗干净建议用热水冲洗 

注1 缓蚀剂一般不适于用在将浸泡的表面 

注2 微湿表面表面上的水份肉眼不易看出但表面温度低于露点 

潮湿表面表面的水珠已抹去但肉眼可见一层水膜 

湿润表面表面上可见小水滴 

施工条件仅在施工及固化得以正常进行的 10 以上温度条件下使用本品当温度在冰点 

或冰点以下时表面可能会结冰而影响漆膜的附着力油漆本身的温度必须在15 

以上以保证施工效果在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风刚涂过的 

表面上有水珠出现会导致漆膜褪色 


加涂油漆无或按规定加涂“老人”牌环氧漆聚氨酯漆水性丙烯酸漆氯化橡胶或丙烯酸 

漆系列 

备注 

注意 


耐候性/使用温度作为环氧涂料本品在室外暴露容易粉化并在高温下易受 

机械损伤和化学作用的影响 



重涂重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关参见本品施工指导在污染环境暴露 

后的重涂表面应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干如超过最大重涂间隔 

应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜间的附着力 


公布日期 2000年9月–1557012430CO007


固化剂95570 

物理参数与温干燥时间和重涂间隔受漆膜厚度温度及以后暴露环境影响户外施工时物 

度间的关系理参数与温度间的关系以100微米干膜计 

表面温度 -10 0 10 20 30 

干燥时间小时 36 16 8 4 3 

固化时间天 2个月 1个月 14 7 5 


用老人牌丙烯酸厚浆漆 

和58030重涂的间隔使用58030时温度应不低于10 

大气环境中等 18小时 9小时 4小时 2小时 1.5小时 

大气环境严重 36小时 18小时 8小时 4小时 3小时 


大气环境中等 36小时 18小时 8小时 4 小时 3 小时 

大气环境严重 36小时 18小时 8小时 4 小时 3 小时 

浸泡** 

3天 36小时 16小时 8小时 6小时 


用老人牌丙烯酸厚浆漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 3天 36小时 16小时 8 小时 6 小时 

大气环境严重 2天 23小时 10小时 5小时 4小时 


大气环境中等无关无关 6天 3 天 1.5 天 

大气环境严重无关无关 3天 1.5天 1天 


大气环境中等无无无无无 

大气环境严重无无无无无 

浸泡*** 

(90天) (90天) 60天 30天 23天 


大气环境中等 90天 45天 20天 10 天 5 天 

大气环境严重 27天 14天 6天 3天 1.5天 

**对“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列无关 

***根据具体情况超过最大重涂间隔也可以施工 

欲知详情请向“老人”牌公司有关部门咨询


安全 

施工指导(续) 

车间施工时物理参数与温度间的关系以75微米干膜计 

表面温度 10 20 30 

干燥时间约小时 4 2 1.5 

固化时间约天 14 7 5 

最小重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 

用老人牌丙烯酸漆和58030重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 30分钟 15分钟 10分钟 


用“老人”牌环氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 4小时 2小时 1.5小时 


浸泡* 16小时 8小时 6小时 

*对“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列无关 

最大重涂间隔请参照前表 

最大重涂间隔如超过最大重涂间隔不管何种加涂油漆都应将底漆表面打磨粗 

糙再加涂或在用非“老人”牌环氧漆重涂时施涂一层薄薄的15570以确保漆膜间的最 

佳附着力 

重涂间隔较长为保证涂层间的附着力待涂表面必须完全清洁尤其在重涂间隔 

较长的情况下先用适当的清洁剂清洗再用高压淡水冲洗去除灰尘和油脂等淡 

水冲洗清除盐份 

另外必须清除全部由于长期暴露形成的退化表面层有关的水喷射可以去除退化 

表面层因此只要进行适当可以取代前述清理方法如有疑问请向“老人”牌公司 

有关部门咨询 

为检查表面清理质量状况可用一块小布片做试验 

用46330,46370,46410和58030 及在车间施工的情况下用“老人”牌环氧漆和聚氨 

酯漆重涂时较短的最小重涂间隔以已涂油漆配套暴露环境前已完全干燥为条件 

不论重涂间隔之大小在污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前应用“高压”淡水冲洗干净 

任其自干 






公布日期 1999年10月–1557012430CO007

特性 

用途 

使用温度干燥 

最大 140 

老人牌环氧漆15590/15591 

中高温固化剂95100 

低温固化剂97430 

“老人”牌环氧漆15590/15591是一种双组份胺加成固化的环氧底漆,特别适合使用 

于将受严重磨损的表面 

作环氧重防腐配套中的喷砂底漆以氨加成物95100为固化剂的老人牌环氧漆 

15590适用于5-10 或更高温度 

以聚纤氨加成物97430为固化剂的老人牌环氧漆15591适用于-10到10 之间更高 

温度 

物理参数 

混合产品 15590 15591 

颜色/色号红色/56880 红色/56880 


体积固体含量% 44 1 45 1 

理论涂布率 11.0米 2 /升(以40微米干膜计) 11.3米 2 /升(以40微米干膜计) 

闪点 26 26 


指触干约3小时(20 ) 约9小时(5 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 20天(5 ) 


施工说明 15590 15591 

混合比率基料15599 固化剂95100 基料15599 固化剂97430 

15 4(体积比) 3 1(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂无空气喷涂空气喷涂 

稀释剂(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(15%) 08450(5%) 08450(15%) 

混合使用时间 2小时(20 ) 2小时(20 ) 







最大 1月(20 )(见备注) 

安全 






老人牌环氧漆15590/老人牌环氧漆15591 


表面处理新钢材根据所在区域喷砂至Sa2.5-3级表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的 

NO.3,BN11a Keane-Tator比较板5.5G/S或ISO比较板粗糙度 G 或按加涂油漆 

规定的粗糙度喷砂前用适当的清洁剂除去油脂等污物用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份 

及其它污物喷砂后仔细清除表面砂粒和灰尘 

保养在曝露于盐水的旧钢板表面有大量的盐份残留在锈瘢中可能需湿喷砂 

再干喷砂将其除去也可采取干喷砂--高压淡水清洗--干燥--再干喷砂的方法 

施工条件施工表面必须清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免凝露老人牌环氧漆15590施工的最 

低温度5 ,最好高于10 相对湿度最大为80% 最好低于60% 老人牌环氧漆 

15591只可在高于-10 的情况下使用油漆本身的温度最好在15 -25 之间在 

狭窄空间施工和干燥期间必须大量通风 


加涂油漆老人牌环氧漆或按规定加涂 

15590 老人牌环氧超强漆35530和老人牌环氧超强漆45750在老人牌环氧15400 

系列中可以作为喷沙底漆 

15591 老人牌环氧超强漆45742 

备注 

注意 



在不会被水浸到的地方上述最小重涂间隔可以减半为保证最好的附着力和机械 

性能前述最大重涂间隔隐含下列条件 

----干膜厚尽可能接近规定的40微米 

----成膜良好没有干喷 

----完全固化前干燥和固化条件符合“施工条件” 见前述 

----表面无污物可被吸尘器吸走或可被水冲走的污物如尘等除外重涂前表面 

必须干净涂层必须仔细检查不可存在疤痕发白油脂状的现象因为这种东 

西可能会减弱后涂油漆的附着力注意如果低温施工15590/15591而没有适当的 

诱导时间或漆膜在干燥期间遇水(雨水露水) 固化剂会渗出产生疤痕发白油 

脂状的现象 

----根据本地的实际情况可适当增加最大重涂间隔欲知详情请向老人公司咨 

询 

如果超过最大重涂间隔需打毛表面以增加层间附着力曝露于污染环境后重涂 

前需用高压淡水彻底清洗表面并任其自干在钢板温度为20 时施工8小时 

后才可以用水冲洗 


公布日期 2000年5月–1559056880CO005/1559156880CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌含硅富锌漆15700 

老人牌锌粉97170 

“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700是一种双组份溶剂基自固化的无机硅酸锌涂料耐候 

耐磨性能优异在PH值6-9的介质中有优良的耐化学品性能耐温性能见后述可 

用无空气喷涂法施工可提供局部机械破损的阴极保护 

用作通用的高性能防锈底漆 

作为单一完整的长效保护漆涂用于暴露在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中及易于磨 

损的钢材表面 

用作舱漆参照货物保护指南 

使用温度干燥环境下 

• 耐持久高温达500 

• 当施工温度有波动且通常温度低于400 时耐偶然的短暂高温达500 

• 如果施工温度存在着有规律的高低波动则温度应保持在400 以下 

如果使用温度高于400 最好使用老人牌硅酮铝粉漆56910 

湿润环境下见备注 

批准 

符合美国FDA提出的联邦条例之食物附加条例关于干食物运输第175.300章; 

经科技部确认符合美国FDA低水份脂肪和油的要求;经“劳氏船级社”认可为防腐蚀 

涂料符合ASTMA-490B级规定的关于滑动系数及蠕变阻力的条件. 

物理参数 

颜色/色号金属灰色/19840 

漆面平光 



闪点 14 


指触干约30分钟(20 ,65-75%RH) 

完全固化 


约3天(20 ,65-75%RH)(见备注) 


储存期 1年(25 ) 

储存期视储存温度而定如温度高于25 ,储存期相应减少本品储存温度不得高 

于40 如液体胶化或混合漆料施工前胶化说明储存时间已超过储存期 

施工说明 

混合比率基料15709 锌粉97170=3.2 6.8(重量比) 

7.4 2.6(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂(修补用) 

稀释剂(最大) 08700(30%) 08700(50%) 08700(10%) 


喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 


工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08700

“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700 



重涂间隔最小见备注 


安全 







表面处理用适当的清洁剂去除油迹滑脂用(高压)淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物粗粒喷砂 

至少达到Sa2.5级标准,表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10a,Keane- 

Tator比较板最小3.0G/S或ISO比较板的中等粗糙度 G 当新钢材暴露于不超过 

中等腐蚀工业级环境中且钢材对寿命没有特殊要求表面处理达到SSPC- 

SP6级就可 

参阅本品施工指导及有关货舱的油漆配套 

施工条件表面清洁干燥,温度高于露点,避免凝露施工温度范围在-10 -40 之间,固化要求 

的最低相对湿度为65% 请参阅本品施工指导 

加涂油漆作为舱漆无或根据配套加涂 

备注 

注意 

某些证书发布时,本品型号为1570 

注意如果用作带绝缘的高温设备的防腐蚀漆,特别注意在停机期间不能有水汽 

渗透,这可避免在温度升高时出现"湿腐蚀"的危险 

潮湿环境下使用温度(不含盐水) 最大60 

潮湿环境下使用温度(其它液体) 参照相应的货物保护指南 

在投入使用不到一个月的表面上禁止用热海水及低压蒸汽清洗可以向海虹老人 

牌涂料有限公司有关部门咨询允许温度 

漆膜厚度如面漆涂用高性能油漆系列干膜厚度要求50微米湿膜75微米 

重涂前参考施工指南 ;不涂面漆的长效保护建议干膜厚度75微米(湿膜100-125 

微米);涂在船舱内部时,建议干膜厚度100微米(湿膜 150微米),但实际施工时干膜 

厚度也可达125微米(湿膜 200微米) 

高温施工要避免漆膜裂缝首要的就是保证干膜厚度在40-50微米之间在温度 

会发生突变的情况下施工更须如此 

稀释高温条件下施工须用指定稀释剂 

重涂间隔相对湿度为65-75% 20 时最小重涂间隔, 

“老人”牌环氧漆系列(厚浆)3天完全固化(见 

“老人”牌环氧漆(25微米)24小时 

施工指导 ) 

温度和湿度对重涂间隔影响很大若不按标准条件施工则重涂间隔会相应地延长或 

缩短参阅施工指导 

25微米“老人”牌环氧漆的24小时重涂间隔仅适于一周以后才加涂油漆的情况,否则 

最小重涂间隔也应与厚浆漆相同 

固化只有在漆膜完全固化后才可将货舱投入使用建议用低压淡水冲洗货舱 

2-3次,两次冲洗之间,应保持货舱潮湿请参阅施工指导 


公布日期 1999年10月–1570019840CO026

老人牌含硅富锌漆15700施工指导 


规则,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的维修工程需要时可作进一步的补充 

钢结构 


断裂和裂缝如有发现必须焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部焊溅除掉或 

磨平尖锐边缘,使规定的漆膜厚度均匀地涂布在全部表面上磨平半径约1-2毫米 

选用的钢材要求质量最佳,锈蚀度不得超过国际标准B级(IS08501-1 1988) 

注意硅酸锌涂料不适用于保护诸如铸铁这样的多孔材料腐蚀严重的钢板也不 

适用硅酸锌涂料保护 




染物的控制参考另外条款 




首度喷砂后,真空吸尘清洁表面以确定货物是否会漏出及水溶性盐份是否还残留 

参考其它条款评估锈蚀部位时应特别细心 

粗粒喷砂至国际标准(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5级 

为达到“货物保护指南”所要求的良好耐化学性,必须对钢材表面进行喷砂处理直至 

金属表面露白,相当于国际标准(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5-Sa3级实际中该要求 

相当于喷砂时金属表面露白Sa3级,但油漆施工时,可略微降低要求 

喷砂后的表面粗糙度应至少相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN10a 

面比较板3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙度中等G级 

Keane-Tator表 

当新钢材暴露于不超过中等腐蚀 

表面处理达到SSPC-SP6级就可 

工业级环境中且钢材对寿命没有特殊要求 

注意如果表面粗糙度比规定要求低,会减少漆膜附着力,并使其易于破裂选用 

无杂质和软颗粒的优质钢砂 

见其它条款 

硅酸铝砂等类似的尖硬物作为喷砂材料杂质控制参 

如喷出压力为0.6-0.7兆帕,可选/用大小为0.2-1.2毫米的钢砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸 

铝砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

压缩空气要求干燥纯净压缩机需备有合适的油阀及水阀 







旧舱漆 

的规定 

必须去除全部旧舱漆如果钢材锈蚀严重必须遵守上述“旧钢材”项下 

涂有车间底漆的表面 

牌车间底漆15722 

如果需要施涂车间底漆,仅可用硅酸锌车间底漆如“老人” 

用本品涂覆前,必须粗粒扫砂去除完整车间底漆,然后真空吸尘去除表面污物和锌盐 

并确保漆膜附着力 

焊缝锈斑烧焦部位和所有涂过非硅酸锌车间底漆的部位必须按照上述方法进行 

彻底的粗粒喷砂处理



施工工具 “老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700可使用传统喷涂设备(压力罐型) 无空气喷涂设备或漆 

刷进行施工 

稀释剂 

传统的喷涂设备--使用配有机械搅拌压力调节器空气过滤器和水分离器的标准 

工业喷涂设备 

空气软管内径10毫米 

材料软管内径13毫米 

此类软管应尽量短些,最好不超过10米 

压力罐压力 0.25-0.5兆帕 

雾化压力 0.15-0.25兆帕 

喷孔 1.8-2.2毫米 

(喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 ) 

若需要稀释,使用“老人”牌稀释剂08700不超过50% 

由于涂料重,所以喷涂时要使压力罐与喷枪保持在同一水平线上或略高于喷枪也 

可使用活塞泵(如 10 1)代替压力罐因为这有利于使用较长的软管及使喷枪高 

于泵 

当下侧施工时喷枪要间断的用稀释剂08700清洗以防堵塞喷孔传统喷涂施工时 

压力罐及雾化气压的的调节如下 

1 关闭雾化气 

2 调节压力罐的压力使漆料在落地前的水平喷出距离达到60cm 

3 以尽可能低的压力打开雾化气体 

无空气喷涂设备--选用大型慢速活塞泵,如 30 1 泵容量为8-12升/分钟内衬网 

筛为60目 

垫圈聚四氟乙烯 

喷孔 0.43-0.58毫米 

喷涂扇面 40-70° 

喷出压力 10.0-15.0兆帕 


若需要稀释,使用“老人”牌稀释剂08700不超过30% 

必要的稀释量取决于温度湿度风力通风施工方法和施工设备等条件 

如果稀释量大或施工中长时间停顿应保持混合漆料回流来避免锌粉沉淀在管道 

中应采用正确的喷涂技术和正确的稀释剂用量以保证漆膜在刚施工完后湿润光 

滑太少的稀释剂会导致干喷太多的稀释剂会导致流挂和锌粉在罐中沉淀 

工具清洗施工后,用“老人”牌稀释剂08700彻底清洗整套设备 

此外,用传统喷枪时应注意喷涂暂停时,为防止锌粉堵塞枪头,应将喷枪浸在“老人” 

牌稀释剂08700中,并让少量空气通过喷枪喷枪较长时间不用,应用稀释剂08700 

清洗干净 

混合 

1.使用时才得打开包装每次必须用完两个包装内的全部材料以确保正确混合比 

例桶内剩下的残余不得留待下次再用混合前应避免锌粉受潮 

2.混合前彻底摇晃或搅拌15709液体 

3.持续机械搅拌的同时将锌粉慢慢地倒入液体中不得反向操作继续搅拌直至混 

合体内无团块 

4.用60-80目的筛过滤混合材料




油漆温度在夏天,装液体的罐不能置于阳光下,液体温度应保持在30 以下,以避免干喷 

施工程序施工时不停地搅拌混合涂料直至该桶用完 

喷枪与表面成直角距离保持在30-50厘米,喷枪平稳平行地向前移动,约50%的重叠 

喷涂 

除了正确的喷涂技术稀释剂的加入量也应仔细掌握以确保最佳成膜刚涂好的漆 

膜必须是湿润光滑状须避免干喷对于复杂结构表面的喷涂应选用喷孔小的喷枪, 

一般表面用大孔喷枪 

涂完立即测量湿膜厚度,由于干燥迅速,测量结果仅可作为粗略的参考 

舱漆施工当作为舱用涂料时涂层的正常规格为1X100微米最小80微米最大150微米) 

为保证漆膜在规定的厚度范围内状况良好一般建议双度漆施工 

即施涂第一道漆后15-30分钟内施涂第二道漆当第一度漆膜表面未干透但已变暗 

时用这种方法施工时必须稀释本品约15%以避免漆膜太厚如角焊缝处的漆 

膜太厚可用宽约2.5厘米的平头漆刷刷平 

喷涂船舱时必须避免因干喷引起的成膜不佳 

如果类似干膜厚度为100微米的本品的单涂层舱漆配套漆膜状况不良 

会立刻受到破坏 

其防护性能 

任何干喷部位漆膜必须用刮刀刮除 

棉("3M","Scotch-brite"型)磨平. 

磨平边角或用砂纸轻度扫砂或用清理用海 

上述清理过的部位如必要先用真空吸尘法清理,再用稀释20-25%的本品薄涂一层. 

注意如果工作条件要求在两道漆施工之间有几个小时的时间应确保环境的相 

对湿度一直保持在较低水平 

工 

但也建议尽可能快地在同样的工班内完成双度漆施 

刷涂 

那些喷涂不到的地方应先刷涂一遍再喷涂或喷涂后再刷涂一次 


施工表面最低温度是-10 

表面最高允许温度是40 如果不是干喷而是经过稀释并且操作正确钢板表 

面温度也可稍高一些个别情况下有必要减少干膜厚度若在热带地区,建议在 

夜间施工 

钢板表面温度必须高于露点一般高于露点3 比较安全温度0 或0 以下表面 

会结冰从而影响漆膜的附着力用相对湿度测量仪测量相对湿度 

在狭窄空间内施工与干燥期间应提供足够的通风以帮助溶剂的挥发通风仅是指不 

停地有微风吹拂表面而不是用鼓风机对着刚涂过的漆面吹



干燥固化及通风完好的漆膜取决于漆膜干燥时是否有足够的通风 

舱漆施工时要保持通风达到爆炸极限的下限的10% 直到漆膜干燥为止 

在没完全干燥前 1升没兑稀的15700释放160升溶剂气体 

要达到爆炸下限的10 这一安全要求理论的通风量为1升油漆320 3 

因为溶剂挥发气体的比重比空气大要保证有效的通风就要在船舱最低部提供强力 

通风 

在以后直至漆膜完全固化前每小时通风量达到船舱体积的几倍即已够但也得采 

取措施避免空气滞留 

欲知详情请与老人公司联系 

实际应用中的安全预防可能要求更强力的通风 

在施工和干燥期间要求保持较低的相对湿度干燥后让相对湿度自然上升关闭 

减湿器并采用自然通风要求检查完干膜厚度后才关闭减湿器必要时可再涂一度 

以补漆膜厚度不足 

固化时间钢材表面温度和相对湿度决定固化速率 

在温度为20 相对湿度65-75%的条件下固化大约需3天时间如果温度湿度 

都较低固化时间会显著延长详情请联络海虹老人牌公司技术服务部 

固化期间最低的相对湿度为65%,最低的温度为-10 对船舱冲水有助于漆膜固 

化但冲水要在漆膜接近固化时才进行 

在温度为20 相对湿度75%的条件下漆层经过1-2小时后可耐小雨在相对湿 

度低时若想加速固化可在施工4小时后用水冲洗表面保持表面湿润以促使固 

化的完成若使用海水表面在涂覆前必须用淡水冲洗 

固化状态用浸透“老人”牌稀释剂08700的抹布擦拭漆面若漆层不受影响说明漆膜已接近 

完全固化适合重涂 (当用作货舱漆时,此种固化状态被认为是"接近完全固化".) 

船舱漆投入使用前舱漆必须完全固化漆膜接近完全固化后用低压淡水冲洗2-3 

次用船舱专用清洗工具清洗船舱正常清洗每次需用0.5小时两次清洗的间隔 

为半天至一天两次冲洗之间要保持船舱湿润 

用甲乙酮擦拭漆面以确定漆膜是否已经完全固化 

这时船舱漆膜已符合“货物保护指南” 但若漆膜细孔未被锌盐填实就会发生细 

孔吸附货物的现象这可能使清洗变得更困难 

也可用下法检查固化程度用一硬币或小刀划刮漆面若仅留下带点锌粉的发亮划 

痕而无明显破损表面漆膜的固化已经完成 

暴露放置一段时间漆膜会更坚硬 

漆膜厚度作为长久保护涂层而以重防腐漆系列为面漆时 

干膜50微米;湿膜约75微米(无稀释) 

作为长久保护涂层而不涂面漆时 

干膜75-100微米;湿膜约125-150微米(无稀释) 

涂在船舱部位干膜为100微米;湿膜为150微米(无稀释) 

舱漆配套的漆膜厚度必须符合80-20规则,即80%的干膜厚度测量结果必须等于或 

大于规定的漆膜厚度100微米,而小于规定漆膜厚度的数据应都不小于规定漆膜厚 

度100微米的80% 狭窄结构梁及类似不易施工部位漆膜厚度的 

控制可以符合70-30规则 

为避免漆膜破裂或脱落干膜应避免太厚即不大于150微米请注意根据通行测 

量方法 “每个测量结果”都是附近三点测量结果的平均值 

注意在焊缝边角肋材等部位涂漆时应特别小心以保证适当的漆膜厚度



补涂油漆漆膜厚度若不够要求必须在漆膜完全固化以前加涂一道稀释的15700 如果需要 

表面处理过程和油漆的稀释可参考第5页的舱漆施工 

重涂时相对湿度应保持在60%以下决不可超过65% 在这种情况下最大重涂 

间隔为7天重涂以前油漆表面不应暴露于户外或污染的环境中 

涂布率 

在光滑表面上的理论涂布率实际涂布率(以消耗率为1.8计) 

干膜厚度(微米) 涂布率(米 2 /升) 干膜厚度(微米) 涂布率(米 2 /升) 

50 12.8 50 7.1 

75 8.5 75 4.7 

100 6.4 100 3.6 

重涂间隔 15700必须完全固化后才可重涂如果用25微米厚的封闭漆重涂,则重涂间隔可减 

少至24小时(20 ,RH65-75%) 但其后的涂层必须在15700完全固化后才可重涂 

涂面漆的程序未老化的硅酸锌涂层是多孔的若直接涂覆其上易使漆膜起泡因此应先薄薄地扫 

涂一次让气体逸出然后再涂覆全部涂层一些“老人”牌产品涂在硅酸锌漆上可 

大大地避免涂层起泡表面涂覆建议选用较高级的油漆系列如“老人”牌环氧漆系 

列 

表面清理涂饰面漆前清洁情况视表面条件而定 

1.完整的硅酸锌漆膜表面有少量"白锈"(锌腐蚀物)形成时 

1)用清洁剂去除表面油脂灰尘等污物 

2)用20.0-35.0兆帕,与表面喷距为15-20厘米的高压淡水洗去"白锈" 

如果表面只受轻微污染,其程度相当于在温和的气候中暴露1-2个月,则一般冲洗 

表面,再用硬刷(尼龙刷)刷净表面涂复前应确保表面已完全干燥 

2.硅酸锌表面产生大量“白锈”,以致无法用上述方法除掉时 


2)扫砂清除“白锈”,然后用真空清洁法去除砂粒及灰尘 

3)用富锌类漆补涂,如溶剂型“老人”牌含硅富锌漆,环氧富锌漆 

3.破损部位,烧伤和焊接处等 


2)除掉焊渣 

3)喷砂处理至Sa2.5级,用真空清洁法去除砂粒灰尘 

4)用富锌类漆补涂,如溶剂型“老人”牌含硅富锌漆,环氧富锌漆 

安全 






公布日期 2000年5月–1570019840CO026

特性 

用途 

老人牌含硅富锌漆15780 

老人牌锌粉97170 

“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15780是一种双组份溶剂型自固化无机硅酸锌涂料可用无空 

气喷涂法施工 

可作为长效油漆配套中的通用防锈底漆涂用于暴露在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中的 

钢材表面 

使用温度最高使用温度取决于加涂油漆 

批准 

符合美国FDA提出的联邦条例之食物附加条例关于干食物运输第175.300章; 

符合ASTMA-490B级规定的关于滑动系数及蠕变阻力的条件. 

物理参数 


漆面平光 



闪点 14 


指触干约30分钟(20 ,75%RH) 

完全固化 


约3天(20 ,75%RH) 


储存期 6个月(25 ) 

储存期视储存温度而定如温度高于25 储存期相应减少本品储存温度不得 

高于40 如液体胶化或混合漆料施工前胶化,说明储存时间已超过储存期 

施工说明 

混合比率液体15789 锌粉97170 = 4.1 5.9 重量比 

= 15.4 3.8 体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂修补用 

稀释剂 08700 08700 08700 

(最大用量) 30% 50% 10% 


喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 





干膜 50微米见备注 


最大见"加涂油漆"项



表面处理用适当的清洁剂除去油污在用高压淡水冲掉其它附着物粗粒喷砂至少达到Sa2.5 

级标准表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的No.3,BN10a Keane-Tator比较板最小 

3.0G/S或ISO比较板中等G级当新钢材暴露于不超过中等腐蚀工业级的环境 

且对寿命没有特殊要求时表面处理达SSPC-SP6级即可 

参阅本品施工指导 

施工和固化施工温度范围在-10 -40 之间固化需要的最低相对湿度为65% 

条件 

请参阅本品施工指导 

加涂油漆按规定加涂“老人”牌环氧漆系列加涂应在施涂本品后6个月内进行 

备注 

注意 

证书发布时,本品型号为1578 

注意如果在绝缘情况下用作高温设备防锈保护那么在停机期间无水汽渗透 

是非常重要的这样可避免温度升高时的“湿腐蚀”危险 

漆膜厚度如本品用作高性能油漆配套的底漆干膜厚度要求50微米,然而干膜厚 

度75微米(湿膜125微米)也是可行的这会改变涂布率影响干燥时间和重涂间隔 

重涂间隔重涂前应参照施工指导 

最小重涂间隔 20 ,相对湿度75% 

“老人”牌环氧漆系列(厚浆) 72小时,(完全固化) 

“老人”牌环氧漆(25微米) 24小时 

温度和湿度对重涂间隔影响很大若不按标准条件施工则重涂间隔会相应延长或缩 

短参阅施工指导 

25微米“老人”牌环氧漆的24小时重涂间隔仅适于在(20 ),75%RH,潮湿天气下7天 

以后才加涂油漆的情况否则最小重涂间隔也应与厚浆漆相同 


公布日期 2000年12月 1578019840CO009

老人牌含硅富锌漆15780施工指导 

内容范围本施工指导涉及“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15780的表面处理施工设备和施工方法 

钢结构 

为了获得最优性能应如下操作 


断裂和裂缝如有发现必须焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部焊溅 

除掉或磨平尖锐边缘使规定的漆膜厚度均匀地涂布在全部表面上磨平半径约1-2 

毫米除掉全部松散层. 

选用的钢材要求质量最佳,锈蚀度不得超过国际标准B级(ISO8501-1 1988) 

注意硅酸锌涂料不适用于保护诸如铸铁这样的多孔材料腐蚀严重的钢板也不 

适用硅酸锌涂料保护 



水冲洗用淡水和硬刷洗去电焊留下的碱迹及测试船舱压力时留下的肥皂痕迹 

粗粒喷砂至少达到国际标准(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5级喷砂后的表面粗糙度相 

当于Rugotest标准的No.3,BN10a 

ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙度中等G级 

Keane-Tator比较板最小3.0G/S或 

当新钢材暴露于不超过中等腐蚀 

表面处理达到SSPC-SP6级就可 

工业级环境中且钢材对寿命没有特殊要求 

选用不含杂质和软颗粒的优质钢砂 

据相关的说明控制磨料纯度 

硅酸铝砂等类似的尖硬物作为喷砂材料可依 


如喷出压力为0.6-0.7兆帕,可选用大小为0.2-1.0毫米的钢砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸 


喷砂结束后真空吸尘清除残留表面的砂粒和尘埃 

注意如果表面粗糙度比规定要求低会减少漆膜附着力并使其易于破裂另 

外也应避免表面粗糙度过高以防点蚀 

涂有车间底漆的表面 

如果表面涂有诸如“老人”牌车间底漆15722或其它硅酸锌产品作临时性保护漆,用 

本品涂覆前,必须扫砂整个表面以去除表面污物和锌盐并确保漆膜附着力



施工说明 “老人”牌含硅富锌漆15780可使用传统喷涂设备(压力罐型) 

刷进行施工 

施工工具 

无空气喷涂设备或漆 

传统的喷涂 

喷涂设备 

使用配有机械搅拌压力调节器空气过滤器和水分离器的标准工业 



此类软管应尽量短些最好不超过10米 


雾化压力 0.15-0.25兆帕 

喷孔 1.8-2.2毫米 

喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 

若需要稀释使用“老人”牌稀释剂08700不超过50% (见“注意”项 

由于涂料重所以喷涂时要使压力罐与喷枪保持在同一水平线上或略高于喷枪也 

可使用低压活塞泵 

喷枪高于泵 

如 10 1 代替压力罐因为这有利于使用较长的软管及使 

施工时不停地搅拌混合涂料直至该桶用完喷枪与表面的最大距离保持在25-30厘 

米喷枪平稳平行地向前移动与表面角度适宜约50%的重叠喷涂除了正确的 

喷涂技术稀释剂的加入量也应仔细掌握以确保最佳成膜刚涂过的漆膜必须是 

湿润光滑状 

若在下侧施工应间断地用稀释剂08700清洗喷枪以防喷孔堵塞 

喷涂暂停时为防止锌粉堵塞枪头应将喷枪浸在“老人”牌稀释剂08700中,并让少 

量空气通过喷枪喷枪较长时间不用应用稀释剂清洗干净施工后用“老人”牌 

稀释剂08700彻底清洗整套设备 

无空气喷涂设备 

筛为60目 

选用大型慢速活塞泵,如30 1 泵容量为8-12升/分钟内衬网 


喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米;40°-70°角 

喷出压力 10.0-15.0兆帕 

若需要稀释使用“老人”牌稀释剂08700不超过30% 


施工完成后立即用稀释剂08700清洗全部设备 

注意必要的稀释量取决于温度湿度风力通风和施工方法等条件在高度 

稀释和长时间停止施工情况下,必须循环混合的油漆,以免锌粒在喷管中沉降 

刚涂过的漆膜必须是湿润光滑状 

掌握以确保最佳成膜 

除了正确的喷涂技术稀释剂的加入量也应仔细 

对于复杂结构表面的喷涂应选用喷孔小的喷枪 

孔 

对大面积的表面则选择较大的喷 

稀释不够会导致干喷过度稀释会引起流挂和锌粒沉降于罐中 

涂完立即测量湿膜厚度由于干燥迅速测量结果仅可作为粗略的参考 

混合 

1 使用时才得打开包装每次必须用完两个包装内的材料以确保正确的混合比例 

桶内剩下的残余不得留待下次再用混合前应避免锌粉受潮 

2 混合前彻底摇晃或搅拌15789液体 

3 持续机械搅拌的同时将锌粉慢慢地倒入液体中不得反向操作继续搅拌直至 

混合体内无团块 

4 用60-80目的筛过滤混合材料




油漆温度若天气炎热务必保存装有15789液体的容器在荫凉处保证液体温度不高于30 

以避免干喷过度 

刷涂 

那些喷涂不到的地方应先刷涂一遍再喷涂为达到规定的漆膜厚度喷涂后还得再 

刷涂一次 

气候条件施工表面的实际气候条件 

施工期间施工表面最低温度是-10 表面最高允许温度约40 如果通过额外 

稀释漆料并且施工操作正确钢板表面温度也可稍高一些个别情况下有必要减 

少干膜厚度 

钢板表面温度必须高于露点一般高于露点3 比较安全如环境温度低于0 ,施 

工时应特别小心,并用相对湿度测量仪测量相对湿度 

在狭窄空间内施工与干燥期间应提供足够的通风以帮助溶剂的挥发建议在表面上 

的通风量应几倍于船舱体积但不是用鼓风机对着刚涂过的漆面吹 

在施工后直至漆膜完全固化前施工表面最低温度为 10 ,最低相对湿度65% 

固化时间钢材表面温度和相对湿度决定固化速率 

在温度为20 相对湿度75%的条件下固化需要约3天在较低温度和湿度下 

固化时间会明显延长请向海虹老人牌公司进一步咨询 

漆层涂过1-2小时后可耐小雨 20 ,75%RH) 

若相对湿度低可在施工4小时后用水冲洗表面以加速固化进程保持表面湿润直 

至固化完成 

用浸透“老人”牌稀释剂08700的抹布擦拭漆面若漆层不受影响说明漆膜已完全 

固化适合重涂 

也可用下法检查固化程度用一小刀划刮漆面若仅留下带点锌粉的发亮划痕而无 

明显破损表面漆膜的固化已经完成而漆膜要在耐候一段时间后才能完全坚硬 

漆膜厚度作为长久保护涂层而涂有面漆时建议 

干膜50微米;湿膜约75微米,或干膜75微米湿膜约125微米如涂用长效耐久油漆 

配套,加涂油漆的总漆膜厚度至少为150微米. 

在焊缝边角肋材等部位涂漆时应特别小心以保证适当的漆膜厚度 

补涂油漆(自重涂) 

漆膜厚度若不够要求可补涂一道稀释的15780 如需要表面处理及油漆稀释,请参 

照"老人"牌含硅富锌漆15700的施工指导中的"施工程序,舱漆"项 

只要重涂前的相对湿度一直保持在60%(最大65%)以下,以及涂漆表面不暴露于露 

天及类似的污染物,补涂的最大重涂间隔为7天. 

若漆膜过厚干膜厚度超过125微米容易干裂或剥落


涂布率 


理论涂布率在光滑表面上 

实际涂布率消耗率为1.8 

微米平方米/升 

50 

12.4 

75 

8.3 

50 

6.9 

75 

4.6 

其它油漆重涂面漆涂覆建议选用较高级的油漆系列如“老人”牌环氧漆系列面漆涂覆应在施涂 

本品后6个月内进行 

重涂间隔完全固化时见“固化时间”项 

未老化的硅酸锌涂层是多孔的若直接涂覆其上易使漆膜起泡因此应先薄薄地 

扫涂一层让气体逸出然后再涂覆全部涂层 

一些“老人”牌产品涂在硅酸锌漆上可大大地避免涂层起泡参阅油漆配套 

涂饰面漆的程序视下列表面条件而定 

1.完整的硅酸锌漆膜表面有少量“白锈”(锌腐蚀物)形成时 

1)用清洁剂清洗去除表面油脂灰尘等污物 

2)用25.0-30.0兆帕喷嘴距表面15-20厘米的高压淡水洗去“白锈” 

如果表面只受轻微污染其程度相当于在温和的气候中暴露1-2个月则一般冲 

洗表面再用硬刷(尼龙刷)刷净表面 

涂覆前应确保表面已完全干燥 

2.硅酸锌表面产生大量“白锈” 以致无法用上述方法除掉时 

1)用清洁剂或溶剂去除表面油脂灰尘污物 

2)扫砂清除“白锈” 然后真空清洁法去除灰尘 

3)用“老人”牌含硅富锌漆环氧富锌漆15360/15363 或富锌底漆16490补涂 

3.破损部位烧伤和焊接处等 

1)用清洁剂或溶剂去除表面油脂灰尘等污物 

2)除掉焊渣 

3)喷砂处理至少达Sa2.5级,用真空清洁法去除砂粒灰尘 

4)用“老人”牌含硅富锌类漆,或环氧富锌漆15360/15363,或富锌底漆16490补 

涂 

安全 






公布日期 2000年5月 1578019840CO009

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酸锌车间底漆15890 

老人牌液体99751 

“老人”牌硅酸锌车间底漆15890是一种双组份低锌溶剂型硅酸乙酯车间底漆专为 

自动喷涂施工而设计特别适用于要求焊接(惰性气体保护焊)和气割的场合 

在储存装配和建造期间用于喷砂清洁的钢板和其他钢结构的短到中期保护 

批准证书本品被劳氏船级社美国船检局挪威船级社德国劳氏南韩船级社意大利船 

检局和俄罗斯船级社认可为焊接底漆 

见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号红灰色/19890 灰色/19840 

漆面平光 



闪点 5 


指触干 3-4分钟(20 ) 

完全固化 


4天(20 相对湿度 75%) 


储存期 6个月(25 ) 

储存期视储存温度而定如温度高于25 储存期相应减少本品储存温度不得 

高于40 

存期 

或低于5 如液体胶化或混合漆料施工前胶化说明储存时间已超过储 

施工说明 

混合比率基料15899 液体99751=2 3(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂空气喷涂刷涂补漆用 

稀释剂 08570或08700 08700 08570或08700 

(最大用量) 30% 

见备注 

30% 15% 

混合使用时间 24小时(20 )(漆桶密封持续搅拌见备注 

喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08570或08700 

漆膜厚度湿膜不确定 


重涂间隔最小完全固化 

最大不限见备注

“老人”牌硅酸锌车间底漆15890 

安全 





预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或 

空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

表面处理用适当的清洁剂除去油和脂喷砂至少达到Sa2.5级表面粗糙度相当于Rugotes 

标准的No.3 最少N9a或Keane-Tator比较板2mils的粗糙度或ISO比较板中等 

(G,S 必要时可采用粗粒喷砂 

施工条件施工表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结钢板最低温度在0 ,最高 

约55 固化需要的最低温度为0 ,最低相对湿度为50% 最好在65%以上请参 

阅本品施工指导 


备注 

注意 


漆膜厚度和理论涂布率喷砂后在粗糙度Ra=12.5微米相当于Rugotest标准的 

No.3,N10a-b或Keane-Tator比较板3mils粗糙度的钢板表面 15微米干膜厚度相当 

于光滑测试板上25微米厚度,相应的理论涂布率为10.0米 2 /升红灰色19890 

粗糙度Ra=6.3微米相当于Rugotest标准的No.3 N9a或Keane-Tator比较板2mils 

粗糙度的钢板表面 15微米干膜厚度相当于光滑测试板上20微米厚度相应的理 

论涂布率为12.5米 2 /升(红灰色19890) 

车间底漆的漆膜厚度必须均匀一致避免干喷和过厚 

根据规定的涂层保护寿命 

微米 

可改变干膜厚度最小干膜厚度约10微米最大为20 

稀释稀释剂的选择与施工条件有关在高温下可选用“闪出”非常慢的特殊稀 

释剂08740 请参阅本品的施工指导 

固化相对湿度低于75%时固化时间相应延长 

重涂对于附着力来说无最大重涂间隔由加工和暴露时间漆膜逐渐破损的情况 

而定重涂前的处理请参阅本品的施工指导 

储存期如果超过了储存期但漆料可以搅拌均匀则锌浆仍然可以使用如果 

液体没有明显浑浊则液体也仍然可以使用但混合使用期会缩短对于液体来说 

超过储存期最大只能1 2个月(20 ) 

混合使用期当油漆储存在良好的环境中时混合使用期会随着储存期的结束而逐 

渐缩短到8小时 20 


公布日期 1999年10月 1589019890CO008

老人牌硅酸锌车间底漆15890施工指导 

老人”牌液体99751 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌车间底漆15890产品说明书的补充说明内容包括表面 

处理施工工具及15890的施工方法 

表面处理 1 喷砂前先用适当的清洁剂除去表面油脂和其它污染物再用高压淡水冲洗 

2 喷砂至Sa2.5级 ISO8501-1 1988标准喷砂后的钢板表面粗糙度应相当于 

Rugotest标准的No.3,N9a-N10a(Ra=6-12.5微米)或Keane-Tator标准板2-3mils 

粗糙表面上波峰到波谷的平均粗糙度为50-75微米)或ISO标准板中级 G S 

注意如果用钢丸而不是用粗砂喷砂表面的粗糙度就不足以满足附着力需要而 

降低漆膜的机械性能若要涂覆“老人”牌环氧漆高性能系列一般要求非常彻底的 

粗粒扫砂处理另外若用硅酸锌漆如“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700重涂,也必须做 

彻底的粗粒扫砂以达到规定的粗糙度 

3 喷砂完成后用真空清洁法清除所有的砂粒和灰尘 

注意因为喷砂后的钢板很容易生锈所以必须马上施涂“老人”牌硅酸锌车间底 

漆15890 如果已经生锈则需重新喷砂 

施工工具 “老人”牌硅酸锌车间底漆15890可使用传统喷涂设备(压力罐型) 

或漆刷进行施工 


传统的喷涂设备 

工业喷涂设备 

使用配有机械搅拌压力调节器空气过滤器和水分离器的标准 


雾化压力 0.15-0.25兆帕 



(喷涂资料仅供参考实用时可以调整 ) 

注意软管应尽量短最好不长于10米由于涂料重所以喷涂时要使压力罐 

与喷枪保持在同一水平线上或略高于喷枪 

使用低压活塞泵代替压力罐比较好 

喷涂暂停时可能的话应使油漆在整个软管中再循环以免沉降 

施工后立即用配套的稀释剂彻底清洗整个施工设备 

设备不用时应使稀释剂留在软管里 

无空气喷涂设备选用大型慢速活塞泵 


喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 

喷涂扇面 65º-80º 

喷孔压力 8.0兆帕 


注意喷涂暂停时可能的话应使油漆在整个软管中再循环以免沉淀施工后 

立即用配套的稀释剂彻底清洗整个施工设备 

设备不用时应使稀释剂留在软管里


混合 

稀释 


1.使用时才得打开包装每次必须用完两个包装内的全部材料以确保正确的混合比 

例桶内剩下的残余不得留待下次再用 

2.混合前彻底摇晃或搅拌液体 

3.只能用提供的比例混合不得任意更改 

4.持续机械搅拌的同时将液体慢慢的倒入含锌粉的基料中不得反向操作继续搅 

拌直至混合体内无团块 

5.用60-80目的筛过滤混合材料 

6.若用在车间底漆自动涂装流水线上则应用规定的稀释剂把混合物的黏度调至 

15-18秒/DIN4 

仅稀释已混合的产品 

无空气喷涂稀释剂用量最大30% 

传统喷涂稀释剂用量最大30% 

刷漆修补稀释剂用量最大15% 

注意 “老人”牌稀释剂08570的挥发迅速所以适于用在低温施工用在高温下 

有干喷的危险一般不适合传统喷涂 

“老人”牌稀释剂08700的挥发相对慢些 

燥慢 

适合高温下施工而成膜好,若低温施工则干 

在40-55 高温下施工时可选用“闪出”慢的特殊稀释剂08740 正确选用稀释剂应 

根据实际的施工条件 

混合使用期 24小时(20 储存于密封容器内) 

注意混合的漆料正好够这段时间使用施工时不停地搅拌混合漆料直至该桶用 

完一旦超过混合使用时间剩下的混合漆料不得再用尽管它表面上没有变化 

当油漆储存在良好的环境中时混合使用期会随着储存期的结束而逐渐缩短到8小 

时 20 

施工 

刚施工后的漆面呈湿润光滑状避免干喷和漆膜过厚手工喷涂尤其容易产生这种 

缺陷 

气候条件钢板表面温度最低0 ,最高约55 

注 

冰 

意钢板表面温度必须高于露点几度以避免凝露温度在冰点时注意表面会结 

施工时若不符规定应与海虹老人牌公司技术服务部联系 

干燥时间 15微米干膜厚在充足通风 20 条件下需3-4分钟便可达指触干阶段 

注意此干燥时间是指钢板温度和环境温度无明显差别的情况指触干后钢板 

便可运输叠放漆膜完全固化后方可加工 

固化时间根据温度和湿度而定 

相对湿度最低50%,最好在65%以上 

固化的最低温度在0 

在20 相对湿度75%以上的条件下,漆膜4天便可完全固化 

当湿度低时通过施涂24小时后用淡水冲洗表面及持续保持漆面湿润的方法可加 

速固化过程 

漆膜在可用于重涂意义上的完全固化可用下法检查用一浸满稀释剂08700的布抹 

擦漆面若漆膜不受损坏则说明已达到完全固化



重涂间隔 15890必须完全固化后才可重涂 

重涂程序先用适当的清洁剂再用淡水清除表面油脂污垢等除去焊疤破损烧灼等部位 

用转式钢刷或喷砂根据规定清理及用配套的底漆补涂若完整的表面有“白锈” 建 

议用淡水清洗而后用硬刷刷洗 

用钢刷磨擦或打磨漆面会使漆面光滑从而降低后涂漆膜的附着力 

如果后涂漆膜是“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700或类似产品或车间底漆被抛光而后涂 

配套将暴露于严重污染环境,则表面无论如何要求粗粒扫砂 

若漆膜需接触重磨损而加涂高强度油漆系列则建议进行彻底的全面扫砂若磨损 

严重则要求二次全面喷砂 

重涂前必须扫除表面灰尘 

安全 






公布日期 1999年10月–1589019890CO008

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酮富锌漆16900 

“老人”牌硅酮富锌漆16900是耐热的硅酮富锌底漆可在常温下空气干燥耐热温 

度高达400 见备注 

可作为长效防护底漆涂在暴露于高温下的钢板 100 400 ) 

使用温度最高使用温度取决于加涂油漆当使用“老人”牌硅酮铝粉漆56910为面漆时干燥 

时最大耐温400 

物理参数 


漆面平光 



闪点 25 



指触干 


2 3小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 







重涂间隔最小 4小时(20 )(见备注) 


安全 






“老人”牌硅酮富锌漆16900 


表面处理用适当的清洁剂清除油脂再用高压淡水清除盐份及其它污物喷砂至Sa2.5级 

如果需用车间底漆建议仅使用硅酸锌系列 

施工条件施工表面必须清洁干燥且温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结在狭窄空间施工和干燥 

期间,应足够的通风 

先涂油漆无或硅酸锌系列车间底漆 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌硅酮面漆56900 硅酮铝粉漆56910 硅酮丙烯酸漆56940或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

注意如果用作带绝缘的高温设备的防腐蚀漆特别注意在停机期间不能有水汽 

渗透这可避免在温度升高时出现湿腐蚀的危险 

在油漆未完全干燥以前避免受热 20 时最少24小时 

漆膜厚度避免漆膜厚度过高否则在随后加热下可能会起泡在高温条件下使用 

涂层体系干膜总厚度最好在75微米 

重涂间隔在常温下或加热至200 以上1小时后可以重涂暴露于污染环境中重 

涂前必须用高压淡水彻底冲洗表面任其自干 

重涂前如果暴露于污染的环境中须用高压淡水完全清洁表面并使其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 1690019840CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧富锌底漆17360 

固化剂97040 

“老人"牌环氧富锌底漆17360是一种双组份富锌环氧漆可形成坚韧耐磨耐候性优 

异的漆膜提供局部机械破损部位的阴极保护 

本品是一种VOC含量符合规定的通用型长效防锈底漆可作为老人牌环氧漆 

乙烯漆及丙烯酸漆配套的底漆涂用于中等至严重腐蚀性境下的钢材表面 

使用温度干燥条件下最高使用温度为160 但是要视加涂油漆而定 

物理参数 

颜色/色号红灰色/19830 

漆面平光 



闪点 : 24 


表干约0.5小时(20 ) 


完全固化 7天(20 ) 



335克/升 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 参见备注 


喷孔 0.43~0.48毫米 







安全 





“老人”牌环氧富锌底漆17360 


表面处理用适当的清洁剂彻底去除油和脂等用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物 

喷砂至Sa2.5级表面呈尖锐状相当于RugotestNo.3的BN9a,Keane-Tator比较板 

的2.0G/S之2S,或ISO比较板的中等(G)级. 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的-10 以上温度条件下使用本品表面温度也必 

须在此温度以上油漆本身温度必须15 以上施工表面必须干燥清洁温度高 

于露点以避免冷凝 


加涂油漆如下表所示 

备注 

注意 

注意如用作高温设备绝缘层底下的防锈保护涂层必须注意在停机状态时不得让 

任何水蒸汽渗透进入以免温度升高时产生湿腐蚀 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度大多数情况下干膜范围为40~50 

微米但是可以低至15微米也可以高至80微米这将改变涂布率干燥时间和 

重涂间隔以及稀释剂用量 

重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露的条件有关以50微米干膜计 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 

大气环境 

中等严重 

水浸** 

大气环境 

中等严重 

58030 

30分钟 1小时无关 12小时 8小时 

46410 46370 30分钟 1小时无关 8小时 5小时 

46330 

17630 

45880 

30分钟 

2小时 

2小时 

1小时 

4小时 

4小时 

无关 

4小时 

无关 

12小时 

无 

无 

8小时 

30天* 

30天 * 

水浸** 

无关 

无关 

无关 

30天* 

无关 

*视具体情况超过最大重涂间隔也可施工请向海虹老人牌公司咨询 

**水浸仅适用于本品最大干膜厚度为30~40微米并用250~300微米环氧涂料重涂的 

情况 

如超过最大重涂间隔必须将表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力 

在污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前必须用高压淡水冲洗干净任其自干此外还 

应用硬刷刷除锌腐蚀物白锈 


公布日期 2001年3月–1736019830CO007

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633 


低中温固化剂98420 

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633厚浆聚酰胺加成物固化环氧漆固化后形成的坚韧 

漆膜具有很好的耐海水耐磨损和耐原油性能 

本品可自作底漆用于压载水仓或类似部位可作为大气和水下环境环氧配套中的 

底漆可在低至-10 的温度环境下施工 

老人牌环氧漆17633主要在寒带或温带使用老人牌环氧漆17630主要在 

热带使用 


压载仓水中抗常温下的海水* 

其他水环境 40 无温差 

其他液体中与老人公司联系 

*避免长期暴露于负温差环境中 

批准 

老人牌环氧漆17630/17633已经经不列颠纽卡斯尔职业健康组织检测对谷物 

无污染 

物理参数 

混合产品 17630 17633 

颜色/色号灰色/12170 黄色/20320 灰色/12170 黄色/20320 

漆面半平光半平光 

体积固体含量 68 1 68 1 

理论涂布率 4.5米 2 /升以150微米干膜计 4.5米 2 /升以150微米干膜计 

闪点 32 32 


指触干 7-8小时(20 ) 约20小时(5 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 20天(5 ) 


施工说明 17630 17633 

混合比例基料17639 固化剂97330 基料17639 固化剂98420 

=4 1 体积比 =4 1 体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂无空气喷涂刷涂 

稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 5 5 

混合使用期 2小时(20 ) 2小时(20 ) 

预反应时间见备注 

喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 






重涂间隔最小 8小时 20 ) 

最大见备注

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633 

安全 






表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物高压淡水清洗掉盐迹和其它污物 

喷砂至Sa2.5级如需临时保护表面可涂上适当的车间底漆最后涂漆前将储 

存与加工中破损的车间底漆及污染部位清理干净用17630补涂 

维修与保养用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物高压淡水清洗掉盐迹和其它污物 

用动力工具彻底清除破损区域至St3级(小面积)或喷砂处理到至少Sa2级,最好至 

Sa2.5级良好的表面处理将提高17630/17633的性能也可用水喷至WJ-2级 

(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12) 施工前可允许闪锈等级最大FR-2级(HEMPEL标准),磨 

平边角扫除残余物补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

在点蚀的表面,过量的盐残留物需用水喷或湿喷砂除去 

清洗--干燥--再干喷砂的方法 

也可采取干喷砂--高压淡水 

施工条件仅在温度高于-10 固化剂98420 和高于0 固化剂97330 施工和固化得以 

进行的条件下使用本品油漆本身的温度最好高于15 施工表面必须清洁干 

燥温度高于露点以避免凝露在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间必须大量通风 


备注 

注意 


耐候性/使用温度作为环氧涂料本品在室外暴露容易粉化并在高温下更易 

受机械损伤和化学作用的影响 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥时间和 

重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为125━200微米 

混合/诱导反应时间为了发挥更好的施工性能最好在施工以前完全混合基料和 

固化剂以进行预反应如果使用双组分喷涂设备基料和固化剂需要加热才可请 

参考使用说明书 


公布日期 2001年6月 1763012170CO004/1763312170CO001

老人牌环氧漆17630/17633施工指导 


低中温固化剂98420 

内容范围本施工指导是对老人牌环氧漆17630/17633的祥细说明内容包括表面处理 

施工工具及17630/17633的施工方法 

压载舱/钢结构为获最佳性能推荐如下 

全部焊缝必须经适当的表面处理以确保漆膜质量,避免在焊缝咬边等部位出现小 

孔如发现有小孔需额外刷涂一道或填实小空但应遵守船级社的有关规定 

根据实际条件和设计寿命磨平全部尖锐边角去除剥离层通常扎钢的曲面被视为 

已磨平 

去除全部松散的焊渣 

附着良好分布稀疏的焊渣虽无需去除但需额外补涂稠密的焊渣必须通过研磨 

去除 

焊缝“表面质量”至少应达到WELDREPLICANACERP0178标准的E级 NACE标准 

的RP0178-95 

喷砂/扫砂喷砂前用适当的清洁剂清洗掉油脂再用高压淡水冲洗用稀释剂和干净的布碎 

擦洗掉小块油脂应避免直接抹擦油迹用淡水冲洗掉碱性焊迹用于电焊测试的 

化学品及压力试验留下的肥皂痕迹 

维修喷砂前须检查旧钢材表面的污染情况清除表面浮泡在去除较厚的锈 

片后或遇到严重点蚀的部位时必须设法清除脏物如喷砂处理过的钢铁表面仍有 

污染需清洗多次以去除盐份及油脂最后喷砂清理 

新造船/新钢结构为使压载舱涂层防护性能最佳须喷砂处理电焊灼伤的部位 

破损及锈蚀的车间底漆,使表面粗糙度达到Sa2.5级如面积不大可机械清理至St3 

级 

如在电焊后即在焊缝处涂上车间底漆为保证漆膜最佳性能须喷砂除掉车 

间底漆 

完整的车间底漆轻度扫砂以清除掉表面锌盐等离子切割产生的黑色氧化铁残迹 

及类似的杂质同时须去除无相容性的粉笔记号及钢板上的标记 

随机抽检车间底漆的漆膜厚度如膜厚超过40微米在光滑钢板上校正过的干膜仪 

直接在车间底漆表面上测得的值须喷砂以去除车间底漆的大部分 

扫砂前后都需局部检查表面是否有盐份残留 

喷砂时必须重视机器的运转状况 

部位的喷砂处理不理想 

由于表面有灰尘粗喷砂后的检查很难确定哪个 

喷砂处理后的表面粗糙度必须相当于Rugotest标准的No.3,BN9-BN10,或Keane- 

Tator比较板的3.0G/S 根据ISO8503-1标准应达到中级 G 注意如对初 

级表面处理 

喷砂 

施工车间底漆前的质量存有疑问必须依照上述要求当场进行重新 

组装部位小心处理重叠部位避免过度喷砂造成的破损磨平漆膜棱边后涂层 

比先涂层的重叠部位要一层比一层大磨粗重叠部位的先涂层可用80#砂纸打磨 

此外为保证重叠部位尽可能窄可用胶带盖住或在组装阶段的二级表面处理后 

对这些部位施涂一层薄薄的环氧富锌底漆 

重叠部位的二级表面处理最好采用局部喷砂法如重叠部位较窄且要额外施涂一度 

可机械清理至St3级 

比较有利 

这时按照上述方法用胶带盖住或施涂环氧富锌底漆可能

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633 

水喷射 

翻新 


维修 

对锈蚀深度超过2毫米且未经电焊修补的部位 

35250填实 

喷砂后可用“老人”牌环氧修补漆 

不锈钢化学品货轮的压载舱对不锈钢表面进行喷砂处理使其形成均匀稠 

密的尖锐粗糙表面表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的No.3,BN9-10 ISO比较板 

的中等 G 或Keane-Tator比较板的2.0G/S或Rz最小50微米) 喷纱前须清除掉 

全部的盐份油脂等污物 

水喷射主要和维修有关但由于能有效清除水溶性盐份水喷射也可用于其它场合 

经水喷射处理的表面应达到联合标准WJ-2级 NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12 钢材和其 

他坚硬原材料表面重涂以前须经高压和超高压水喷处理及清洁 1995 

经水喷射的船舱施涂前应尽快干燥因此须采用足够的去湿设备使用通风设备使 

干燥空气在舱内分布均匀 “污泥”干燥前将其全部清除由于新生成的锈迹只是颜 

色变化并未形成粉末状的疏松的铁锈所以无需清除闪锈最大允许为FR-2 

级老人标准不得使用缓蚀剂待涂的全部表面必须无污染相对湿度不超过 

85% 

建议采用粗喷砂或水喷射以便对现存的钢结构目测检查并进行必要的维修 

粗喷砂也有利于决定对点蚀的舱底采用电焊修补还是采用修补漆填实 

用大量淡水彻底清洗海水污染水溶性腐蚀性的盐份的表面参见下文待涂的 

钢铁表面上氯化物的最大容许含量为7.0毫克/厘米 2 (依照“Bresle法”测定 

如有污染应反复多次清洗特别是对点蚀部位需要特别关注去除点蚀部位污 

染物的唯一方法是喷砂后用淡水彻底清洗经多次清洗干燥后需对全部表面进行 

喷砂处理以达到规定的等级另外也可用高速淡水冲洗点蚀部位用抹布擦去残 

余的水或用真空清洁法去除任其自干 

注意实际上钢结构及表面处理的类型取决于下列因素船舶制造技术合共 

规定使用寿命等请参考关于压载舱涂装的老人技术标准 

施工设备因老人牌环氧17630/17633是一种高粘度的涂料所以对施工有特殊要求 

无空气喷涂设备━ 

泵比率至少45 1 

喷出量 12升/分钟理论 

进料压力最小0.6兆帕 

喷管最长100米/内径12.7毫米 

最长30米/内径9.5毫米 


筛网 60目 

一般表面━ 

喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

扇面 60-80° 

复杂表面━ 


扇面 40°

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633 

施工 


施工完成后立即用“老人”牌工具清洗剂99610清洗设备 

注意增加软管内径会增加油漆流量同时使喷涂扇面扩大如果需要较长的软 

管泵比率必须升至60 1以上并且保持较高的喷出量 

也可最多加入5 

小心谨慎 

的稀释剂08450,但过多的稀释会减少漆膜厚度所以稀释时必须 


成膜涂装压载舱时每一度油漆的施涂必须形成一个连贯的无针孔的漆膜 

因此施工人员必须采用能确保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的喷涂技术施工时喷孔 

尺寸必须适宜不要太大喷枪离表面的距离必须适当均匀保持在30━50cm 

之间对边角小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂通常在这些部位采取刷涂 

为保证喷出的漆料雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷涂设备有较高的喷 

出压力和喷出量如果施工温度较高可多加些稀释剂以免干喷 

喷涂后的漆层必须均匀并尽可能符合规定要求此外,还必须通过控制油漆消耗量 

或测量湿膜厚度来控制油漆消耗成膜必须均匀光滑如有灰尘砂粒干喷等 

现象必须清除干净 

混合使用时间/混合/预反应时间 

标准条件下测得的混合使用时间为3小时 15 和2小时 20 但是在20 

升混合量中基料和固化剂的化学反应所产生的热相对缩短了实际的混合使用时间 

1 必须混合两个包装内的全部基料及固化剂如需较少量应按基料固化剂 86 

14 重量比或4 1 体积比混合 

2 使用干净的混合器搅拌达到完全均匀 

3 在混合使用时间内必须用完油漆混合使用时间与油漆温度关系见下表对 

20升包装而言 

混合后油漆温度 15 20 25 30 

混合使用时间小时 3 2 1.5 1 

注 1)温度低于15 时粘度会太高而不适合无空气喷涂 

2)避免温度高于30 

预反应时间 

当钢铁温度低于5 

间越长 

时最好在喷涂施工前预反应10 20分钟温度越低预反应时 

当用双组份双面进料的喷涂设备施工时是否能够获得适当的喷涂扇面和均匀光 

滑的漆膜与加热有关可以对双组份预热或用流体加热器在加压侧加热油漆温度 

约40 可作为参考温度但根据具体情况须作调整

“老人”牌环氧漆17630/17633 


温度时间的关系 17630 以150微米干膜计 

表面温度 0 10 20 30 

重涂 

安全 

干燥时间约小时 32 14 7 5 

固化时间约天 28 14 7 3.5 

初固化* 

约天 20 10 5 2.5 

17633 以150微米干膜计 

表面温度 -10 0 10 

干燥时间约小时 63 32 14 

固化时间约天 56 28 14 

初固化* 约天 40 20 10 

*达到“初固化”阶段时只要漆膜厚度在规定的范围内并且已涂的全部表面经过彻底 

通风那么在特殊情况下初固化的涂层可以暴露于压载水中 

重涂间隔提供适当的通风以150微米干膜计 

17630 17633 

最小最大最小最大 

钢板温度 10 20 10 20 -10 0 -10 0 

重涂油漆 

自涂压载 

舱 

16小时 8小时 90天* 30天* 3天 36小时 

90 

天 

90天* 

45182 16小时 8小时 90天 30天 3天 36小时 

90 

天 

90天 

46330 16小时 8小时 24小时 12小时 3天 36小时 108小 

时 

54小时 

*根据本地的实际情况 

涂间隔 

适当增大重涂间隔欲知详情请于本公司联系最大重 

如果延长最大重涂间隔无论是那种加涂油漆都要磨粗表面以确保最佳层间附着 

力若用非环氧漆重涂就要按下列说明施涂一层薄薄的老人牌环氧17630/17633 

. 较长重涂间隔 

完全清洁的表面可以确保层间附着力特别是在重涂间隔较长时任何污垢油脂 

都必须用适当的洗涤剂除去再用高压淡水冲洗盐迹用淡水冲洗 

. 由于长期暴露导致的退化表面层也必须被除去如果使用得当水喷可以去 

除退化表面层也可以取代上述清洁方法如有疑问请与本公司联系 

小面积的实验可以检测表面清洁度是否足够 





公布日期 2001年3月 1763012170CO004/1763312170CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030是一种水性丙烯酸乳胶漆具有良好的防锈性能 

特别适用于无空气喷涂施工 

作为水性漆配套的底漆涂用于轻度至中等腐蚀性环境下的内外钢材表面也可作为 

水性漆配套的底漆涂用于轻度腐蚀环境下的热浸镀锌钢板铝板及不锈钢板表面 


物理参数 

颜色/色号浅灰色/12170–红色/50710 

漆面平光 



闪点 >66 


表干约0.5小时(20 ) 

指触干 


约1.5小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂淡水老人牌丙烯酸乳胶漆刷涂剂99810 

(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

喷孔 0.38~0.48毫米 



工具清洗淡水参见施工指导 



重涂间隔最小 2小时 20 


安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 


表面处理参见老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指导 

施工条件参见老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指导 

加涂油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58030 或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度正常干膜范围为50~100微米 

如干膜厚度要求50微米应对本品稀释3~5%以便成膜良好为成膜良好还应采 

用规定的喷孔尺寸 

刷涂按体积比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷涂剂99810 每度的干膜厚 

度为30~40微米 

重涂无最大重涂间隔但是在污染大气环境暴露后应用高压淡水清洗掉累积的污 

染物任其自干 

其它参见老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指导 


公布日期 2000年12月–1803012170CO009

范围 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指导 


有关产品性能请参照产品说明书本施工指导包括表面处理和施工条件 

表面处理/底漆新钢材用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份和其它污染物喷 

砂至最小Sa2.5 如必要用适当的车间底漆临时保护最后涂漆前必须清理掉储 

存和装配期间产生的破损的车间底漆及污染物用本品按规定维修和补涂 

维修用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份和其它污染物重涂 

前用喷砂法去除锈迹和松散漆层或用动力工具清理至St3级用本品补涂裸露部 

位 

铝材去除油脂应非常彻底然后用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污染物必须全部 

去除氧化膜可用砂纸彻底打磨或用矿物磨料扫砂处理对铸铝应扫砂至均匀的 

灰色表面 

不锈钢用碱性脱脂剂即老人牌清洗剂99350非常彻底地清除油脂然后用淡水冲 

洗掉全部污染物 

热浸镀锌钢板用1 20的氨水湿擦洗或研磨然后用淡水冲洗如本法不可行 

可用不锈钢项下的方法 

硅酸锌涂层表面用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份和其它污 

染物在高湿环境暴露后必须用高压淡水清洗掉锌盐白锈如必要用 

硬尼龙刷擦洗参照有关老人牌硅酸锌涂料的施工指导 

注意 

在所有的老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆中老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200作为第 

一度漆专门涂用于铝材热浸镀锌钢板不锈钢及硅酸锌涂层表面 

表面处理/面漆先涂油漆应完好并附着良好用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐 

份和其它污染物用喷砂法或动力工具清理掉锈迹及松散物质扫除残余物用老 

人牌水性丙烯酸面漆涂覆前补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

水泥用火焰燃烧法或用适当的清洁剂去除掉全部的油脂和其它污染物按下列步 

骤 

用清洁剂清洗 

1) 用淡水浸泡水泥表面 

2) 用适当的清洁剂清洗然后用淡水冲洗 

用硬刷或喷砂高压水喷射或火焰燃烧法去除表面的松散物质然后视情况用淡水 

冲洗如必要也可用上述三种方法清除浮渣层表面处理后的表面应坚硬结实 

扫除灰尘 

用适当的封闭剂如丙烯酸型乳液或经水稀释15~20%的老人牌水性丙烯酸面漆 

浸泡表面 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的5 以上最好10 以上温度条件下使用本品 

施工表面必须干燥清洁温度高于露点以避免冷凝 

相对湿度施工期间要求湿度60%以上最好75~90% 以避免干喷如相对湿度 

低于60% 应添加特殊的稀释剂以避免干喷干燥期间相对湿度应低于80% 最 

好在40~60%的范围内请向海虹老人牌涂料有限公司的有关部门咨询以了解更 

详细的情况施工和干燥期间应保证良好的通风尤其是在干燥期间确保已涂表 

面的各个部位都有良好的通风是非常重要的除去施工和干燥期间释放出的水份所 

需的通风量约为75米 3 /升漆 20 通风所输送的空气的相对湿度为40%

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆18030 

备注 

安全 

注意 

公布日期 2000年12月 

施工指导 

水性涂料的耐久性在很大程度上取决于良好施工比如在尖锐边角铆钉和跳焊部 

位的施工需额外仔细避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好额外条涂一边 

边角效应由于水性涂料很容易从尖锐边角部位流开为保护边角免遭腐蚀 

需磨平边角连接部位的漆膜必须完全封闭和结实 

施工后即暴露于低温环境如果涂漆部件在完成涂漆后马上暴露于5~10 以下的 

潮湿环境下遵守下列规则是极其重要的 

•必须避免漆膜过厚 

•在暴露于温度5 和凝露或水中的环境之前最后施工的漆层必须干燥至少6小时 

20 40~60%RH 12小时 10 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚温度较低霜冬及霜冬兼有凝露或雨水的季节户外施工 

储存期/储存储存温度保持在5~40 之间温度超过30 时储存期相应减少 

在储存和运输或在漆膜干燥期间不得暴露于霜冻环境 

工具清洗使用后的工具必须立即用温热的肥皂水和/或淡水清洗然后彻底冲洗 

以清除掉清洁剂残余物 

干燥后的油漆残余物可用老人牌工具清洁剂99610去除 




环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品 

某一特定的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆与上述内容的不同部分陈述在该产品的产品说 

明书

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200是一种水性丙烯酸乳胶漆具有良好的附着力 

作为底漆涂用于轻度至中等腐蚀性境下的热浸镀锌钢板铝板及不锈钢板表面参 

见加涂油漆项下 


物理参数 

颜色/色号红色/50710 

漆面平光 



闪点 >66 


表干约15分钟(20 ) 

指触干 


约30分钟(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂淡水淡水 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

喷孔 0.38~0.43毫米 






重涂间隔最小 24小时 20 见备注 

最大无见备注 

安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200 




加涂油漆按规定加涂老人牌水性丙烯酸漆醇酸漆氯化橡胶漆丙烯酸漆或老人 

牌聚氨酯面漆 

备注 

注意 

重涂如果加涂油漆是老人牌水性丙烯酸漆在20 及通风条件下最小重涂 

间隔可以减少至2小时参见本品施工指导 

无最大重涂间隔但是在污染大气环境暴露后应用高压淡水清洗掉累积的污染物 

任其自干 



公布日期 2000年12月–1820050710CO008

范围 










位 



灰色表面 








注意 







骤用清洁剂清洗 





扫除灰尘 


浸泡表面 










备注 

安全 

注意 


施工指导 









20 40~60%RH 12小时 10 40~60%RH 












明书

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性环氧底漆18500 

固化剂97710 

“老人"牌水性环氧底漆18500是一种水性双组份聚胺固化环氧底漆含有腐蚀抑制 

剂可形成坚韧的防锈漆膜 

作为通用底漆涂用于轻度至中等腐蚀性环境下的钢结构表面见备注 


物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11150 




闪点 : >66 




完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工说明 

混合比例基料18509 固化剂97710=2 3 体积比 



(最大用量) 5%5% 

混合使用期 1小时 20 见备注 

30分钟 15 

喷孔 0.38~0.48毫米 

喷出压力最小15.0兆帕 


工具清洗淡水见备注 



重涂间隔重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关以75微米干膜厚度计 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 



老人牌水性丙烯酸漆 2小时 6小时 6小时无* 1周* 24小时* 

老人牌水性环氧漆 2小时 6小时 6小时无* 无* 3周* 

*重涂前 

局部试验 

必须彻底清除全部污染物为检验表面清洗的质量建议实际重涂前作 

如超过最大重涂间隔应打磨粗糙表面以确保层见附着力 

安全 





“老人”牌水性环氧底漆18500 


表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份和其它污染物喷 





位 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的15 以上温度条件下使用本品 


相对湿度干燥期间相对湿度应低于80% 最好在40~60%的范围内施工和干 

燥期间应保证良好的通风尤其是在干燥期间确保已涂表面的各个部位都有良好的 

通风是非常重要的除去施工和干燥期间释放出的水份所需的通风量约为75米 3 / 

升漆 20 通风所输送的空气的相对湿度为40% 

先涂油漆无老人牌富锌底漆15360 老人牌水性环氧富锌底漆18560或按规定加 

涂 

加涂油漆老人牌水性环氧漆水性丙烯酸漆或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

施工应选用规定的喷孔尺寸以便成膜良好 


更低漆膜厚度的施工也是可能的但是应稀释本品以便成膜良好 


位的施工需额外仔细避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好额外条涂一遍 

边角效应由于水性涂料很容易从尖锐边角流开为保护边角免遭腐蚀需磨 

平边角连接部位的漆膜必须完全封闭和结实 

施工后即暴露于低温环境如果涂漆部件在完成涂漆后马上暴露于15 以下的潮 

湿环境遵守下列规则是极其重要的 


•在暴露于温度低于15 和凝露或水中的环境之前最后施工的漆层必须干燥至少6 

小时 20 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚温度较低尤其是在兼有凝露或雨水的季节户外施工 


以清除掉清洁剂残余物干燥后的油漆残余物可用老人牌工具清洁剂99610去 

除 


在储存和运输期间不得暴露于霜冻环境 

混合使用期混合使用期并不是由黏度增加表征的虽然在20 条件下 1小时后 

的混合物看上去仍然可用但是这时的油漆的保护性能已经大受影响所以不可再 

用必须注意温度降低时混合使用期会降低在15 时降低至30分钟最好用闹 

钟提示混合使用期什么时候到了 


公布日期 2000年12月–1850011150CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性环氧富锌底漆18560 

锌粉97110 

固化剂97700 

“老人"牌水性环氧富锌底漆18560是一种水性三组份富锌环氧底漆可形成坚韧的防 

锈漆膜对局部破损部位可提供阴极保护 

作为水性漆配套的底漆涂用于轻度至严重腐蚀性境下的钢结构表面 


物理参数 


漆面平光 



闪点 : >66 




完全干 


7天(20 ) 


施工说明 

混合比例基料18569 锌粉97110 固化剂97700=4.3 6.7 3.3 体积比一边搅拌一边 

慢慢加入锌粉至基料中 

后再与固化剂97700混合 

用一台高效的机械搅拌机不停的搅拌直至混合物均匀然 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂补涂 


(最大用量) 10% 5% 

混合使用期 3小时 20 见备注 

1.5小时 15 

喷孔 0.38~0.48毫米 



工具清洗淡水见备注 



重涂间隔重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关干膜厚度50微米钢板温度为20 

最小最大 



老人牌水性丙烯酸漆 2小时 3小时 3小时无** 1周** 24小时** 

老人牌水性环氧漆 2小时* 3小时 3小时无** 无** 3周** 

*本品可用老人牌水性环氧底漆18500重涂如果两层的干膜厚度均为30微米 

且在完全干燥后加涂第三度漆那么其最小重涂间隔为10分钟 

**重涂前必须彻底清除全部污染物如有白锈可用硬刷和大量水擦洗 

如超过最大重涂间隔应打磨粗糙表面以确保层见附着力

“老人”牌水性环氧富锌底漆18560 

安全 






表面处理用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂再用(高压)淡水冲洗掉盐份和其它污染物用喷砂法喷 

砂至Sa2.5 形成的尖锐粗糙表面相当于RugotestNo.3的BN9a,Keane-Tator比较板 

的2.0G/S或ISO比较板的中等 G 级 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的15 以上温度条件下使用本品施工表面必须 

干燥清洁温度高于露点以避免冷凝 

相对湿度干燥期间相对湿度应低于80% 最好在40~60%的范围内 

施工和干燥期间应保证良好的通风 

在干燥期间确保已涂表面的各个部位都有良好的通风是非常重要的除去施工和干 

燥期间释放出的水份所需的通风量约为75米 3 /升漆 20 通风所输送的空气 

的相对湿度为40% 

加涂油漆老人牌水性环氧漆水性丙烯酸漆或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

注意如用作高温设备绝缘层底下的防锈保护涂层必须注意在停机状态时不得让 

任何水蒸汽渗透进入以免温度升高时产生湿腐蚀 

施工应选用规定的喷孔尺寸以便成膜良好 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度正常干膜范围为30~75微米更 

低漆膜厚度的施工也是可能的但是应稀释本品以便成膜良好 


位的施工需额外仔细避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好额外条涂一遍 

边角效应由于水性涂料很容易从尖锐边角流开为保护边角免遭腐蚀需磨 

平边角连接部位的漆膜必须完全封闭和结实 

施工后即暴露于低温环境如果涂漆部件在完成涂漆后马上暴露于15 以下的潮 

湿环境下遵守下列规则是极其重要的 


•在暴露于温度低于15 和凝露或水中的环境之前最后施工的漆层必须干燥至少6 

小时 20 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚温度较低尤其是在兼有凝露或雨水的季节户外施工 


以清除掉清洁剂残余物干燥后的油漆残余物可用老人牌工具清洁剂99610去 

除 


在储存和运输期间不得暴露于霜冻环境 

混合使用期混合使用期并不是由黏度增加表征的虽然在20 条件下 3小时后 

的混合物看上去仍然可用但是这时的油漆的保护性能已经大受影响所以不可再 

用必须注意温度降低时混合使用期会降低在15 时降低至1.5小时最好用闹 

钟提示混合使用期什么时候到了 


公布日期 2001年9月–1856019840CO001

特性 

用途 

批准 

老人牌防锈底漆19151 

老编号 19151D 

“老人”牌防锈底漆19151是一种由特殊树脂配制的用于高温设备临时保护的防锈 

漆 

作为高温设备诸如管道加热绕管和热风烟道的储存和制作期间的临时防锈保护 

受热时油漆本身缓慢分解逐渐释放出气体 

根据DAST-Richtlinie006(20微米干膜厚度)认可为防锈底漆 

物理参数 

颜色(色号) 红色/50670 

漆面平光 


理论涂布率 8米 2 /升(以25微米干膜计) 

闪点 24 


指触干约30分钟(20 ) 



405克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂滚涂 

稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 5% 

喷孔 0.33~0.46毫米 






最大无 

安全 






“老人”牌防锈底漆19151 


表面处理用适当的清洁剂清洗掉表面的油脂去除盐份和松散物质喷砂清理会改善防锈性 

能 

施工和固化条件施工表面必须完全清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免凝露仅在施工和干燥得以进 

行的温度高于0 和相对湿度低于80%时使用本品 


备注 

注意 

可根据使用目的调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥时间 


公布日期 1999年10月–1915150670CS002

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧修补漆35250 

固化剂95250 

“老人”牌环氧修补漆35250是一种无溶剂双组份环氧填料完全固化时耐水脂肪 

烃溶剂和类似物漆膜厚度可达约5毫米而无流挂现象 

1.可作为金属硬木和其它硬质材料的修补漆 

2.适用于修补以后暴露于强化学溶剂下的焊缝针孔或类似结构 

使用温度干燥条件在水中(无温差) 

最高耐温 140 35 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅灰/19810 

漆面半光 

固体体积 100% 

闪点 92 



完全固化 


约5天(20 ) 


施工说明 


施工方法用油灰刀刮涂或类似方法 

稀释剂不必稀释 




最大 24小时(20 )(参见备注) 

安全 





“老人”牌环氧修补漆35250 


表面处理金属用适当的清洁剂去除油脂用(高压)淡水除去盐份和其它污物根据材料 

和表面条件选择喷砂动力工具和砂磨处理表面剥蚀钢材必须用喷砂或用高速磨 

处理磨平尖锐边角最后用“老人”牌稀释剂08450清洗表面经喷砂处理的表面 

可喷涂一层薄薄的底漆,如“老人”牌环氧漆15590 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以正常进行的5 以上温度条件下使用本品施工表面温度也应 

高于此限度施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以避免凝露 

加涂油漆按规定加涂“老人”牌醇酸漆氯化橡胶或环氧漆高光面漆如“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆 

不能直接涂覆于本品上建议先涂一层“老人”牌环氧中间漆 

备注 

注意 

将两组份充分混合并搅拌至颜色为均匀浅灰色即可使用然后准备好要使用的填充 

料 

混合使用期内,一次不可混合过多 

如果超过最大重涂间隔,应将底漆表面打磨粗糙再加涂以确保漆膜间的附着力 

在20 条件下16小时后可用砂纸磨粗 


公布日期 1999年10月 3525019810CO006

特性 

用途 

批准 

老人牌环氧漆35490/35493 

高温 35490固化剂95690 

中等温度 35493固化剂95790 

“老人"牌环氧漆35490/35493是一种无溶剂双组份环氧漆可形成坚韧耐磨的保护 

漆膜可单度漆施工最小漆膜厚度为2.5毫米 

作为高性能涂料涂用于暴露于严重腐蚀性环境和/或摩擦部位诸如溅区 

机坪的钢材和混凝土表面 

甲板和停 

固化剂95690 适宜于20 以上施工 

固化剂95790 适宜于10 和20 之间施工 

本品符合NORSOKM-501系统号4 高温版的规定 


最大使用温度 140 35 

见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰绿色/41690 

漆面平光浮雕面 



闪点 >60 


表干见备注 

指触干见备注 

完全固化见备注 



0 

施工说明 35490 35493 

混合比率基料35499 固化剂95690 基料35499 固化剂95790 

=5.6 1.0(体积比) =5.7 1.0 体积比 

=23.0 2.0 重量比 =23.0 2.15 重量比 

施工方法喷涂小面积用凹槽泥刀抹平喷涂小面积用凹槽泥刀抹平 

稀释剂无需稀释见备注无需稀释见备注 

(最大用量) 参考本品施工指导参考本品施工指导 

混合使用时间见备注见备注 

施工设备用蜗轮泵软管泵或改良滑塞泵喷涂设备进行空气喷涂参见施工指导对 

于小面积可用漏斗式快速喷枪 


漆膜厚度湿膜 2.5毫米 

干膜 2.5毫米 



安全 






“老人”牌环氧漆35490/35493 


表面处理钢材根据使用部位喷砂至Sa2.5或Sa3 表面粗糙度相当于 

RugotestNo.3,BN11,Keane-Tator比较板5.5G/S,或ISO比较板粗糙度G级.用适当 

的清洁剂彻底去除油和脂等喷砂前用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物喷砂 

后仔细清理掉表面的砂粒和灰尘经过清洗和喷砂处理的表面施涂老人牌环 

氧漆15590作底漆 

混凝土用乳化剂清洗掉脱模剂及污物再用高压淡水冲洗最好用喷砂法也可用 

机械处理火焰清理法或酸蚀法清除松散物质得到坚固粗糙的均一表面用封 

闭漆如“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970 参见“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970产品说明书 

封闭表面关于表面处理的更详细情况请参照本品的施工指导 

施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁温度高于露点以避免冷凝施工和固化按如下条件进行 

固化剂 95690 95790 

底材最小施工温度 20 10 

最低固化温度 10 2 

完全固化 7天 20 7天 10 

表干 ISO1517 约3小时 20 约3小时 10 

指触干约8小时 20 约8小时 10 

搬运干约3天 20 约3天 10 

为加快搅拌和混合漆料温度不得低于20 

先涂油漆无老人牌封闭底漆05970 环氧底漆15590 或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无或按规定加涂老人牌环氧漆系列如需光滑表面可加涂老人牌超强 

度环氧漆45750 

备注 

注意 

本品在室外暴露时容易粉化在高温下易受机械和化学作用的影响 

漆膜厚度实际施工时的漆膜厚度比规定值高漆膜厚度不得低于2.5毫米因为 

如果漆膜厚度较低就不能形成致密无针孔的漆膜 

附着力将本品直接喷涂到钢材表面可以获得良好的俯着力如果需要喷砂底漆 

可用老人牌环氧底漆15590 

稀释无须稀释稀释会影响油漆配套的附着力和内聚力 

混合使用时间 

材料温度 30 20 10 

固化剂95690 30分钟 1小时无关 

固化剂95790 

重涂 

无关 30分钟 1小时 

底材温度 30 20 10 

固化剂95690最小 4小时 

8小时 

无关 

最大 

2周 

1个月 

2个月 

固化剂95790最小 2小时 

4小时 

8小时 

最大 

2周 

1个月 

2个月 

污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前必须进行仔细清洗 

修补工作应包括周围部分无损原漆膜的重涂 

并打磨粗糙 

对这部分漆膜重涂前必须清洗干净 

详细情况请参阅本品施工指导 


公布日期 2001年9月–3549041690CO007/3549341690CO002


内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌环氧漆35490/35493产品说明书的补充说明,内容包括“老 

人”牌环氧漆35490/35493的表面处理,施工设备及施工的详细说明 

表面处理钢材对锈蚀严重的钢材表面喷砂处理前应进行机械如铁锤敲打除锈处理 

喷砂前磨平粗糙焊缝和尖锐边角去除焊渣 

喷砂清理钢板前用适当的清洁剂去除油脂和其它污物然后用高压淡水清晰中 

性化处理和/或冲洗掉其它化学品污染 

用淡水去除新焊缝上的碱迹全部被保护的钢材表面必须喷砂处理至最少近白色 

金属级粗糙度即Sa2.5 ISO8501-1 1988 

如使用环境非常恶劣喷砂至白色金属级粗糙度即Sa3(ISO8501-1 1988) 

规定的最小粗糙度为RA=25微米相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN11 Keane- 

Tator比较板5.5G/S 或ISO比较板粗糙度G级用尖锐磨料喷砂可以获得规定的粗 

糙度 

涂漆前全部喷砂表面必须无灰尘及磨料颗粒等杂质 

混凝土 

混凝土要求质量好并且完全固化如普通水泥固化时间为28天表面湿度达到4% 

以下对毛细管作用及地下水也必须控制 

修补好所有划痕裂缝及空隙表面处理后最小拉脱强度值应达到20千磅/厘米 2 

用喷砂法灼烧法或适当的清洗剂清洗掉润滑剂油脂及污物如使用清洗剂应 

先使混凝土表面吸水达到饱和用清洗剂清洗后再用淡水冲洗 

为了得到坚固粗糙的无灰尘及污物的表面根据具体的结构和用途可用喷砂法 

高压淡水冲洗或动力工具处理去除灰尘和松散物质 

如不能使用机械处理可用酸蚀法建议使用5%的硝酸或磷酸溶液 

注意使用强酸必须特别小心必须懂得其安全使用方法 

为了防止酸腐蚀钢筋结构酸蚀前应用淡水使混凝土表面饱和让酸反应3-4分钟 

后用淡水冲洗最好使用5%的氢氧化钠溶液擦洗干燥后表面应粗糙且无松散 

物质 

PH值在6.5—8.0之间如不符合以上条件则重新处理混凝土表面必须在20 

65%相对湿度及良好通风条件下至少干燥2天表面预处理后表面必须坚硬用小 

刀划时仅有划痕 

用“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970刚好封闭表面必须去除多余的封闭漆参见“老人” 

牌环氧封闭漆05970产品说明书 

施工工具下列几种泵可用于施工本品 

大工程 

a 直立式蜗轮泵喷涂设备如 

PUTZMEISTERSPRAYBOY 

型号 20975.005 气动 

电动或气动蜗轮泵泵室D41/2,Art.70829004 

外壳材质耐苯聚氯丁橡胶 70827006 

最佳工作温度 10 ~30 

b 软管泵 Carrousel 泵喷涂设备如 

BREDEL软管泵喷涂设备型号SP40 软管内径40毫米最好用合成橡胶制 

造 

电动或气动电动功率为1.5kw 转速为7~55rpm 

最佳工作温度 10 ~30 

c 带漏斗滑塞泵喷涂设备如 

GROVERMFGCORP 型号 473TSD 

10 1 7.5 1也可用改良分离式滑塞泵

混合 

最佳工作温度 20 以上 

大小工程通用 

d GRACOPresident,改良型225-841 10 1滑塞泵 

维修和小工程 

e PUTZMEISTER快速喷涂机 

注意也有其它漏斗式喷枪 

喷枪 

球阀喷枪产于瑞典MaskinA/BTumac公司 

No.04131.001,Putzmeister,WestGermany. 

Serie22517,Grover,Texas. 

喷孔 

根据具体情况选定在3~7毫米范围内的孔径 

软管 

内衬软管建议用UniroyalMamiliSAE16CR1T3434 软管长度可达15米 

对滑塞泵最长10米 

对软管泵最长20米 

混合机 

对大工程混合机可用英国PENNINE工业设备公式生产的PENNINEG5混合机 

注意其它喷涂和混合设备也是可用的 

不得稀释 

可用泥工刀施工但主要用于水平的小面积施工用一种开口为10毫米的宽槽口 

泥工刀以确保有足够的漆膜厚度用在老人牌稀释剂里浸过的平头刮刀刮平油 

漆 

对刮刀的用力要均匀最后如想要得到浮雕漆面的效果可用在老人牌稀释剂 

08080浸过的浮雕尼龙辊滚过湿膜表面 

本品是以双组份包装即基料35499和固化剂95690 温度20 以上或基料35499 

和固化剂95790 温度在10 和20 之间 

用功率强大的机械混合器彻底搅拌基料数分钟然后把小罐的固化剂到入大罐的基 

料中再搅拌保证小罐的固化剂残余量最少 

全部基料和固化剂混合彻底均匀后即可用于施工 

如果少量混合本品称量之前彻底搅拌基料和固化剂确保基料和固化剂分别混合均 

匀 

混合比率 

中温 35493 

基料35499 10.7 重量比或5.7 体积比 

固化剂95790 1.0 重量比或1.0 体积比 

高温 35490 

基料35499 11.5 重量比或5.6 体积比 

固化剂95690 1.0 重量比或1.0 体积比 

混合使用时间固化剂95690 固化剂95790 

30 30分钟 20 30分钟 

25 45分钟 15 45分钟 

20 1小时 10 1小时 

不过量混合在当前温度下的混合使用期内能够使用的漆料如气候炎热仅在使用 

前一次只混合一组油漆

使用步骤蜗轮泵和软管泵 

用老人牌工具清洗剂99610清洗泵 

泵清空后混合基料和固化剂并将混合漆料倒入漏斗中 

喷孔约5毫米气压为0.4~0.6兆帕 

蜗轮泵气动机压力空气压缩机 0.15~0.2兆帕 

喷枪和底材之间的最佳距离为25~50厘米 

漏斗用本品重先装料前必须干净无残留漆料 

为避免漆料压入喷枪气室先打开雾化气再启动泵 

滑塞泵 

用老人牌工具清洗剂99610清洗泵和软管 

打开底部球阀去除泵中的清洗剂混合本品的基料和固化剂然后将混合漆料倒 

入泵中 

喷孔约7毫米 

气压 

喷出压力 0.3~0.6兆帕 

输入压力 10 1泵 0.15~0.4兆帕 

喷涂前先打开缓冲阀门少许 

喷枪和底材之间的最佳距离为25~40厘米 

喷涂施工关机即使短暂停止喷涂也必须同时停止喷枪和泵以防在软管和喷枪中积累油漆用于 

此种场合的自动装置为适用于大多数设备的标准装置 

如喷孔堵塞必须遵守下列步骤 

●拆开喷嘴帽和喷嘴并分别清洗 

●在同等压力下循环漆料不得增加材料软管的压力 

湿膜厚度控制湿膜厚度的测量必须在施工后立即进行所用的湿膜厚度仪的量度范围应符合实际 

的湿膜厚度范围量度范围 1~5毫米此外应定期控制每平方米已涂面积所 

用的油漆量 2.5毫米湿膜厚度的单位面积油漆消耗量的理论值相当于每平方米2.5 

升如厚度不足以及成膜不当必须额外喷涂 

工具清洗要使设备连续正常运行必须彻底清洗设备 

施工期间 

定期用刮刀刮漏斗的四壁以保持干净无残余的油漆 

施工后 

施工完成以后立即在设备中泵入高黏度润滑油以压出本品的砂状残余物以防堵塞 

喷嘴滑塞等部件然后用老人牌工具清洗剂99610冲洗泵软管和缓冲阀 

卸下喷枪的喷嘴帽和喷嘴并以最大的速度冲洗整个设备为使清洗方便可在材 

料软管中塞进一块海绵启动泵令海棉通过软管该过程应反复数次如材料软管 

无内衬须用高黏度润滑油冲洗以防软管硬化若不采取上述预防措施将来启动 

设备会 

有危险 

拆下泵室并彻底清洗蜗轮泵润滑蜗轮泵清洗后无需装将蜗轮泵装上喷涂设备 

对于滑塞泵式喷涂设备本品对设备中的密封件磨损较严重因此应常备此种备件 

干膜检查用高压 12kv 探测器检查全部干漆膜表面上的不连续性并修正最小漆摸厚度 

对老人牌环氧漆35490的检查应在用固化剂95690在20 温度条件下最少固化 

24小时后进行对老人牌环氧漆35493的检查应在用固化剂95790在10 温度 

条件下最少固化24小时后进行在检查过程中干膜不连续的部位和漆摸膜厚度 

太低的部位会产生火花该部位必须补涂


补涂 

安全 

可用本品维修和补涂对小面积部位可用刮刀施工对大面积部位按照上述方 

法在进行适当的表面处理后补涂至规定的漆摸厚度 

小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考 

老人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规人身保 

护包括但不限于肺眼和皮肤的保护如果吞服或与皮肤直接接触应立即求医必 

须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄 

处或空气不流通处施工,必须提供强力通风 

公布日期 2000年5月-3549041690CO007/3549341690CO002

老人牌环氧漆35490/35493手工施工说明书 

本章为老人牌环氧漆35490/35493 产品说明书和施工指导的补充说明 

表面处理根据产品说明书 

可用干膜厚度为50微米的老人牌环氧底漆15590作为喷砂底漆请参考本品产品说明 

书 

施工 

检查 


仔细混合后可用槽隙为10毫米的宽槽口泥工刀施工 

为填实这种泥工刀施工引起的缝隙并使涂层平整用浸过老人牌稀释剂08080的刮刀抹 

平对刮刀的用力要均匀 

为使漆面平整可用中等毛长的尼龙辊滚过漆面尼龙辊应先在老人牌稀释剂浸过 

漆膜厚度的检查可直接测量湿膜也可以通过计算对应面积的油漆消耗量来取得漆膜厚度值 

2.5毫米厚的单位面积油漆消耗量的理论值相当于每平方米2.5升油漆 

用高压 12kv 针孔探测器检查全部干漆膜表面上的针孔在检查过程中将产 

生火花的部位作上记号并至少补涂至规定的漆膜厚度

特性 

用途 

老人牌超强度环氧漆35530 

固化剂95530 

"老人"牌超强度环氧漆35530是一种双组份无溶剂厚浆聚胺固化环氧涂料固化后 

的漆膜具有良好的耐淡水海水原油及磨蚀性能本品可以使用标准的高性能无 

空气喷涂设备做厚涂层涂装本品对谷物无害 

1.作为高性能涂料用于颜色保持不是很重要磨损严重而要求无溶剂的钢板表面 

如允许使用带溶剂的油漆可用“老人”牌超强度环氧漆45750代替本品 

2.作为饮用水舱内衬用漆请参见批准如用于温暖环境请参阅施工条件 

使用温度干燥时在淡水中无温差 

最大 140 35 

见备注 

批准 

经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会鉴定为对谷物无害产品 

经英国水研究中心认可为不高于23 的饮水舱涂料 

经巴林电力及水利部认可为饮水舱涂料 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/10500 红色/51320 

漆面半光 



闪点 >100 


表干约12小时 20 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工说明 

混合比率基料35539 固化剂95530=3.0 1.0(体积比) 

施工方法 

固化剂加入基料前必须搅匀 

无空气喷涂或刷涂(补涂用) 

参见本品施工指导 

稀释剂不必稀释参见本品施工指导 

混合使用时间 1小时(20 ) 参见本品施工指导 

喷孔 0.48-0.79毫米 




漆膜厚度湿膜 300微米; 见备注 


重涂间隔见备注及本品施工指导

"老人"牌超强度环氧漆35530 

安全 





预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处 

或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

表面处理作为高性能涂料或淡水舱用漆时 

喷砂至少达Sa2.5级标准表面粗糙度推荐为Rz最小100微米最大150微米相 

当ISO粗糙度G级喷砂前用适宜的清洁剂去除油迹滑脂,用高压淡水清除盐 

迹和其它污物喷砂后仔细清理掉表面的砂粒和灰尘 

涂用于在盐水中暴露过的旧钢材表面因在点蚀部位盐锈积垢严重,要求喷砂高 

压淡水冲洗干燥后,再干喷砂一次如果钢板表面已经达到了上面要求的粗糙度 

可直接用水冲洗 

混凝土用乳化剂清洗掉润滑剂及污物再用高压淡水冲洗最好用喷砂法也可 

用机械处理火焰清理法或酸蚀法清除松散物质得到坚固粗糙的表面用封闭 

漆如“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970 参见“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970产品说明书封 

闭表面 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以正常进行的10 以上温度条件下使用本品 

油漆本身的温度最好高于15 而低于25 以利于施工为避免水汽凝结只能在 

干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面上施工相对湿度不超过85% 

在温暖条件下最好用老人牌超强度环氧漆45750替代本品作为高性能对于饮 

用水舱漆请查阅该产品说明书 

先涂油漆无 “老人”牌封闭漆05970 “老人”牌环氧漆15590 或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无 "老人"牌环氧漆系列 "老人"牌聚氨酯漆系列或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 



漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥 

时间和重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为200-300微米 

重涂重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关(以300微米干膜计) 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 

大气环境 

腐蚀严重 

大气环境 

浸于水中腐蚀严重浸于水中 

“老人”牌环氧漆 24小时 24小时 5天 5天 

“老人”牌聚氨酯漆 12小时无关 24小时无关 

混合并搅拌本品双组分至漆料颜色均匀才可施工 

如果要求暴露于日晒而颜色稳定则建议涂用"老人"牌聚氨酯面漆55210 

饮水舱漆膜干透以前不得投入使用漆膜干透以后装饮用水前先灌满水两次 

每次至少浸泡24小时最后再用淡水冲洗也可用热水冲洗水温最高50 

此类清洗必须遵守当地有关规定 


公布日期 2000年5月 3553010500CO002

老人牌超强度环氧漆35530施工指导 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌超强度环氧漆35530产品说明书的补充说明,内容包括“老 

人”牌超强度环氧漆35530的表面处理,施工设备及施工的详细说明 

表面处理作为高性能涂层或用于淡水舱时 

喷砂至少达Sa2.5 推荐表面粗糙度为Rz最小100微米最大150微米当于ISO标 

准粗糙度G级喷砂前用适当的清洁剂清洗掉表面的油脂,用高压淡水清洗盐份及 

其它污物 

沙底漆 

喷砂后,仔细清理掉表面的砂粒和灰尘老人牌环氧漆15590可以用作喷 

涂用于暴露在盐水中的旧钢材表面 

干燥后,再干喷砂一次 

因盐锈积垢严重,要求干喷砂并高压淡水冲洗; 

混凝土混凝土要求质量好并且完全固化如普通水泥固化时间为28天表面湿 

度达到4%以下对毛细管作用及地下水也必须控制 

修补好所有划痕裂缝及空隙表面处理后最小拉脱强度应达到20千磅/cm2 用喷 

砂法灼烧法或用适当的清洁剂洗掉润滑剂油脂及污物使用清洁剂来处理时 

按下列方法 

再用淡水冲洗 

用淡水湿润使混凝土表面吸水达到饱和用适合的清洁剂清洗后 

为了得到坚固粗糙的无灰尘及污物的表面可用喷砂法高压淡水冲洗或动力工 

具处理除去灰尘及松散物 

如不能使用机械处理可用酸蚀法建议使用5% w/w 的硝酸或磷酸溶液 

注意使用强酸必须特别小心必须懂得其安全使用方法 

为了防止酸腐蚀钢筋结构酸蚀前应用淡水使混凝土表面饱和让酸反应3-4分钟 

后用淡水冲洗最好使用5%(w/w)的氢氧化钠溶液擦洗干燥后表面应粗糙且无 

松散物质 PH值在6.5—8.0之间如不符合以上条件则重新处理 

混凝土表面必须在20 65%相对湿度及良好通风条件下至少干燥2天表面预处 

理后表面必须坚硬用小刀划时仅有划痕 

用“老人”牌环氧封闭漆05970封闭表面 

漆05970产品说明书 

除去多余的油漆参见“老人”牌环氧封闭 

施工工具因 

求 

老人牌超强环氧漆35530是一种无溶剂高粘度的涂料,所以对施工有特殊要 

标准的高效无空气喷涂设备 

泵比率 

至少45 1(见注意事项) 

泵出量 

12升/分钟(理论) 

进泵压力最小0.6兆帕 

喷管 

最长15米内径9.5毫米 


一般表面 

喷孔 

0.58-0.79毫米 

扇面 

40-60° 

复杂表面 

喷孔 

0.48-0.58毫米 

扇面 

40° 

注意事项避免使用吸管,选用可更换的管道以便清理硬化的漆块如果需要较长 

的软管,泵比率必须升至60 1及以上,并且保持较高的泵出量

“老人”牌超强度环氧漆35530 

稀释 

混合 


可加入1-2%的稀释剂08450,但过量的稀释会引起流挂,所以稀释时必须小心谨慎 

当涂装饮用水舱不要稀释 


固化剂95530与基料混合前应彻底搅匀 

无空气热喷涂设备 

使用与上述相同的无空气喷涂泵 

混合后搅至颜色完全均匀 

在泵的输出部位必须配有电加热的防爆的耐高压的物料加热装置 

可用最大功率为2500瓦工作压力最好大于30兆帕(安全系数4-1)或类似的设备 

喷管 

45米,内径9.5毫米; 

3米,内径6.4毫米 

一般表面 

喷孔 

0.58-0.79毫米 

扇面 

40-60° 

复杂表面 

喷孔 

0.48-0.58毫米 

扇面 

40° 

无空气热喷涂的工序 

1)根据泵的说明书使用加热器 

2)在周围温度低于15 时,使用“老人”牌稀释剂08450或工具清洗剂 

99610循环回流加热软管 

3)随时备有稀释剂08450或清洗剂99610供设备的快速清洗之用 

4)适当的混合和机械搅拌基料35539与固化剂95530,在混合达到要求后,立即开始 

喷涂 

5)把加热器温度调至50 左右,并经常检查 

6)喷涂应尽量不间断地进行任何间断若超过2-3分钟,即关闭加热器用第3)条提及 

的任一种溶剂迅速彻底清洗设备 

7)喷涂完成后,关闭加热器,立即用08450或99610清洗设备 

循环清洗30分钟以上 

至少连续 

混合使用时间标准条件下测得的混合使用期为1小时(20 ) 但是,在20升混合量中基料与固化剂 

剧烈的化学反应使实际的混合使用时间缩短因此 

•无论何种设备,混合好后都应立即使用油漆正常的涂漆速度是约在10分钟内用完20升油漆 

•随时观察油漆的温度,可用手触摸容器,若比手温热,则不管何种设备都应丢弃油漆并立即清洗设备 

油漆温度若油漆混合温度约15 以下,则其粘度在施工时会太高 

若混合时漆温高于25 ,则很可能使油漆混合使用时间缩短,并在混合容器和喷涂 

设备中发生固化若在温带亚热带及热带环境中施工,则施工前可用冷藏箱储存 

并冷却本品 

施工 

漆膜形成及连续性用本品施涂一度舱漆时重要的就是要获得一个连续的无针 

孔的漆膜全部表面必须采用一种恰当的施工方法以确保完好的漆膜组成喷嘴 

尺寸不能太大喷枪和地面之间的距离要适当并保持不变一般在30 50厘米之 

间对边角小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂一般的方法是全涂一度以后 

再在上述部位分别施涂一度而且通常在这些部位采取刷涂为保证喷出的漆料 

雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷涂设备有较高的喷出压力和喷出量


刷涂 


诸如边角焊缝以及喷涂难以覆盖到的部位,必须用漆刷在喷涂前或喷涂后手工刷 

涂一般需要刷涂一至二度,视具体情况而定本品除用在饮用水舱刷涂外,可用稀 

释剂08450稍微稀释 

额外漆膜厚度对于剥蚀严重或需要高抗磨蚀性的区域,有必要额外涂厚漆膜 

双度施工若双度漆施工,建议首度漆涂得比二度漆厚一点,例如第一度300微米厚,第二度 

200微米厚 

重涂间隔下列重涂间隔是以最大相对湿度85%为条件的 h表示小时 d表示天 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

“老人”牌环氧 

漆系列 

最小 

最大 

60h 

13d 

38h 

8d 

24h 

5d 

16h 

3.5 

d 

12h 

2.5 

d 

9h 

44h 

8h 

36h 

“老人”牌聚氨 

酯漆系列 

最小 

最大 

30h 

60h 

19h 

38h 

12h 

24h 

8h 

16h 

6h 

12h 

4.5 

h 

9h 

4h 

8h 

本品漆层在重涂前不可暴露于(钢板)温度10 以下或凝露湿度或相对湿度高于 

85%的环境中 

固化时间不同条件下的固化时间如下 

钢板温度 

完全固化天 

初固化时间天 

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

18 

7.5 

11 

5 

7 

3 

5 

2 

3.5 

1.5 

水舱启用通常本品漆膜完全固化之前不得使用船舱见上表 

饮用水舱必须等漆膜完全固化后才可使用 

压载水舱及原油舱特殊情况下可在初固化后使用(见上表) 

耐水性 

本品初固化后耐微雨和凝露的时间如下表 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 

2.5 

1 

最短时间 60小时 32小时 24小时 20小时 15小时 

注意 35530系列多涂层配套时,每一涂层间不得暴露于水中或高湿度情况下否则 

会使固化剂渗出从而减弱附着力如果表面已有渗出物用接近手温且压力约6兆 

帕淡水全面清洗以除掉渗出的固化剂在上表提到的获得耐水性的最小固化时间以 

前不应进行上述清洁 

若有疑问请与海虹老人牌公司技术服务部联系 

2 

1



通风要求油漆干燥和固化时不需要大量通风但需要适量的通风以除去施工产生的漆雾 

最小下水间隔出坞后涂漆表面将即刻暴露于磨蚀环境时,所需要的最短固化时间如下 

备注 

安全 

钢板温度( ) 10 15 20 25 30 (35) (40) 

最小(天) 12.5 8 5 3.5 2.5 (2) (1.5) 

若船只下水的水温在10 或以上漆膜暴露于磨蚀环境前有足够的时间可完全固 

化,下水前的最短固化时间为 

钢板温度( ) 10 15 20 25 30 (35) (40) 

最小(天) 7.5 5 3 2 1.5 (1) (1) 

注意 1.上表中的温度只是个平均值但是固化期间的温度不得低于10 

2.如果水温在10 以上,固化可在水中进行 

船舱建议用刷涂法施工 

锈蚀严重的部位经处理后漆膜应涂厚一点 






公布日期 2000年5月 3553010500CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920 

硬化剂99020 

"老人"牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920是一种双组份高固体份高性能内衬涂料以间苯二甲 

酸聚酯丙烯酸共聚物为基料并经玻璃鳞片强化本品可以使用标准的高性能无空 

气喷涂设备做厚涂层涂装 

1.作为易受磨损和冲撞表面的防锈涂料 

2.作为施工和海水浸泡之间需短暂间隔(如在20 时间隔6小时)的待涂表面的防锈 

涂料 

使用温度干燥时在水中(最大温差35 ) 

(最大) 140 80 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11630 黄色/20820(RAL1006) 

漆面哑光 



闪点 26 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


储存期半年(25 ) 储存期视储存温度而定如储存温度超过25 储存期相应减少如 

超过储存期储存温度不得超过40 

施工说明 

混合比率基料35929 硬化剂99020=97.5 1.5(体积比) 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂/滚涂(参见本品施工指导 ) 

稀释剂不必稀释(参见本品施工指导 ) 

混合使用时间 45分钟(20 )(参见本品施工指导 ) 

喷孔 0.76~1.52毫米 



工具清洗苯乙烯和甲乙酮(参见本品施工指导 ) 



最小重涂间隔自重涂 2小时(20 ) 它重涂 16小时(20 ) 

最大重涂间隔 3天(20 ) 

安全 





"老人"牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920 


表面处理新钢材喷砂至少达Sa2.5级标准表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的 

No.3,BN11,Keane-Tator比较板5.5G/S或ISO粗糙度G级喷砂前用适宜的清洁剂 

去除油迹滑脂,用(高压)淡水清除盐迹和其它污物喷砂后仔细清理掉表面的砂 

粒和灰尘 

维修在暴露过的旧钢材表面因在点蚀部位盐锈积垢严重,要求先水喷洗或湿喷 

砂再干喷砂或者先干喷砂再高压淡水冲洗干燥后再干喷砂一次 


最好高于15 而低于25 以利于施工为避免水汽凝结只能在干燥洁净而温度 

又高于露点的表面上施工相对湿度不超过85% 在狭窄空间施工和固化期间须提 

供足够通风 



备注漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度干膜厚度正常范围为650~750 

微米最小干膜厚度为500微米最大干膜厚度为1250微米 

体积固体含量本品的理论固体含量为100% 但是在实际施工过程中过量加 

入的某组份反应物会挥发掉挥发量约为0.035千克/升而且固化后的漆膜会收 

缩约6% 这些因素决定了本品的体积固体含量为90% 涂布率为1.4米 2 /升(以650 

微米干膜计) 

如果施工在极端不利的条件下进行油漆的损耗会更大从而使本品的理论涂 

布率降低至约1.2米 2 /升(以650微米干膜计) 但是这并不影响漆膜的固化 

注意 


公布日期 2000年7月-3592011630

老人牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920施工指导 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920产品说明书的补充说明,内容包括“老 

人”牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920的表面处理,施工设备及施工的详细说明 

表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂清洗掉表面的油脂,用高压淡水清洗盐份及其它污物 

喷砂至Sa2.5 表面粗糙度相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,BN11 Keane-Tator比较 

板5.5G/S或ISO粗糙度G级喷砂后,仔细清理掉表面的砂粒和灰尘在点蚀表面 

因盐锈积垢严重,要求干喷砂并高压淡水冲洗;干燥后,再干喷砂一次 

施工工具因35920是一种高粘度的涂料,所以对施工有特殊要求 

标准的高效无空气喷涂设备 

泵比率至少45 1(见注意事项) 

泵出量 12升/分钟(理论) 

进泵压力最小0.6兆帕 

喷管最长15米内径9.5毫米(尼龙内衬); 


一般表面 

喷孔 0.76~1.52毫米 

扇面 40~60° 

注意事项避免使用吸管,选用可更换的管道以便清理硬化的漆块虽然特氟隆 

(PTFE)密封圈对小工程来说是可行的但是最好用皮革密封圈如果需要较长的 

软管可以加长50米(内径12.7毫米) 泵比率必须升至60 1以上,并且保持较高的 

泵出量施工开始前应拆掉过滤器并用苯乙烯清洗软管 

稀释 

混合 

可加入最大量为5%的苯乙烯,但过量的稀释会引起流挂,所以稀释时必须小心谨慎 


钢板温度在10 ~20 之间 

在基料35929中加入半瓶硬化剂99020 混合1分钟加入另一半瓶硬化剂99020 

继续搅拌直至彻底搅匀(约2分钟) 

启动前必须用苯乙烯清洗泵 

喷涂停止时应用少量苯乙烯冲洗设备再用甲乙酮冲洗至少15分钟什么时候 

继续喷涂什么时候用苯乙烯冲洗 

在冲洗操作时泵的运行速度应较快并小心谨慎确保设备彻底冲洗干净 

钢板温度20 以上 

1 在基料35929中加入一瓶硬化剂99020 用机械搅拌器彻底搅匀 

在基料35929中加入阻聚剂99190后必须等待至少5分钟才可加入硬化剂99020 

2 按照混合项下所述的方法加入硬化剂 

阻聚剂决不可以在加入硬化剂99020以后加入如若不然阻聚剂的加入会严重影 

响固化反应 

混合使用时间标准条件下测得的混合使用期为45分钟(20 ) 但是,在20升混合量中基料与硬化 

剂剧烈的化学反应产生大量的热使实际的混合使用时间大大缩短因此 

•无论何种设备,混合好后都应立即使用油漆正常的涂漆速度是约在10分钟内用完 

20升油漆 

•随时观察油漆的温度,可用手触摸容器,若比手温热,则不管何种设备都应丢弃油漆 

并立即清洗设备

老人牌玻璃鳞片聚酯漆35920 


油漆温度若油漆混合温度约15 以下,则其粘度在施工时会太高若混合时漆温高于25 , 

则很可能使油漆混合使用时间缩短,并在混合容器和喷涂设备中发生固化若在温 

带亚热带及热带环境中施工,则施工前可用冷藏箱储存并冷却本品 

刷涂诸如边角焊缝以及喷涂难以覆盖到的部位,必须用漆刷在喷涂前后手工补涂一 

般需要刷涂一至二度视具体情况而定 

额外漆膜厚度对于剥蚀严重或需要高抗磨蚀性的区域,有必要额外涂厚漆膜 

漆膜厚度溅污区 1500微米溅污区以下的浸泡区 1000微米甲板 750微米 

重涂间隔下列重涂间隔是以最大相对湿度85%为条件的 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

用35920 最小 5小时 3小时 2小时 1.5小时 1小时 (45分) 

重涂最大 7.5天 5天 3天 2天 1.5小时 (1天) 

用其它油 

漆重涂 

最小 

最大 

32小时 

7.5天 

24小时 

5天 

16小时 

3天 

12小时 

2天 

8小时 

1.5天 

(6小时) 

(1天) 

本品漆层在重涂前不可暴露于(钢板)温度10 以下或凝露或相对湿度高于85%的 

环境中 

工具清洗先用苯乙烯冲洗设备然后用甲乙酮清洗干净 

固化时间不同条件下的固化时间如下 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

完全固化 18天 11天 7天 5天 3.5天 (2.5天) 

启用 

备注 

安全 


若启用后涂漆表面将暴露于恶劣环境(如暴露于化学品重载磨损和拉扯等) 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化时间 7.5天 5天 3天 2天 1.5天 (1天) 

若启用后涂漆表面将不暴露于恶劣环境(如仅暴露于轻载磨损等) 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化时间 60小时 40小时 24小时 16小时 12小时 (8小时) 

按下列时间初固化后本品耐平静海水浸泡 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化时间 15小时 10小时 6小时 5小时 4小时 (3小时) 

注意 

1 上表中的温度为平均值但是固化期间的温度不得低于10 

2 如水温高于10 那么即使在水下本品也会固化 

3 如不按上述要求在暴露海水前完全固化那么漆膜表面会显著变色 

对于喷涂难以覆盖到的部位,建议用刷涂对于剥蚀严重的部位建议涂厚一点 

为保证在低表面温度下充分固化以及在任何温度下形成无针孔的漆膜施工本品的 

湿膜厚度必须高于600微米 





特性 

用途 

“老人”牌醇酸中间漆42460是一种颇为快干的醇酸漆 

老人牌醇酸中间漆42460 

作为醇酸系列漆的中间漆涂用在轻微至中等腐蚀性环境下的钢板木材和灰泥等 

材料的内外表面 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温为120 

批准 

经丹麦德国有关构根据“国际海事组织”MSC61 67 决议批准本产品为“低火 

焰传播材料” 

本品已经获得了德国和丹麦EC-类检验认证 

物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000 

漆面平光 



闪点 38 


指触干 


约4小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 082300823008230 

(最大用量) 5%15%5% 

喷孔 0.38-0.46毫米 







安全 






“老人”牌醇酸中间漆42460 




先涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆或按规定涂装 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸磁漆或按规定涂装 

备注 

注意 

部分证书颁发时本产品编号为4246 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域调整漆膜厚度但这会影响涂布率干燥时间稀 

释 “老人”牌稀释剂08080适用于喷涂法施工但有造成刚施工不久的“老人”牌醇 

酸漆起皱的危险 

重涂重涂间隔与以后所暴露的环境有关以40微米干膜计 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 

老人牌醇酸漆(仅以 

白节水为稀释剂) 



5小时 8小时无关 7天 


加涂前若先涂漆膜暴露于污染环境须用高压淡水将表面冲净任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 4246010000CO017

特性 

用途 


固化剂95010 

老人牌环氧漆45080是一种厚浆改性双组份环氧漆其漆膜具有良好的抗水, 

抗矿物油和脂肪族碳氢化合物的能力耐磨损,耐撞击耐芳烃强溶剂及酸和氧 

化性物质的能力有限最小固化温度为-10 

作为无最大重涂间隔要求的“老人”牌环氧漆或聚氨酯漆配套的中间漆 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温达120 见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰白/11630-灰色/12170 可根据需要提供其它颜色 

漆面哑光 


理论涂布率 6.4米 2 /升(以75微米干膜厚计) 

闪点 30 


表面干约1.5小时(20 ) 


完全固化 7天(20 ) 



495克/升 

施工说明 

混合比率基料45089 固化剂95010=8.4 1.6(体积比) 


稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 


喷孔 0.38-0.53毫米 

喷出压力 15.0兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整) 

工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洗剂99610或稀释剂08450 





安全 







施工条件为避免水汽凝结,表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点仅在施工及固化得以正常进行 

的-10 以上温度条件下使用本品油漆本身的温度一定要高于-10 在狭窄空间 

施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧底漆/中间漆或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌聚氨酯面漆或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 



漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域改变漆膜厚度,这样会影响涂布率,干燥时间和重 

涂间隔一般干膜厚度在50—125微米 

重涂重涂前彻底清除杂质在长间隔后更需仔细清洁建议在重涂前作小块试验 

检查清洗是否干净 

重涂间隔(与以后暴露环境有关) 以75微米干膜计 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 

大气环境 

重涂油漆中等严重中等严重 

老人牌聚氨酯面漆 4小时 8小时无* 无* 

*如对表面处理是否适当有疑问可以再薄薄施涂一度本品以确保加涂油漆的附着力 

本品仅适用于专业用途

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 

高温固化剂97820 

低到中温固化剂97430 

“老人”牌环氧漆4514是一种双组份聚酰胺加成物固化环氧漆良好的湿润性和较低 

水渗透率本品可自作底漆坚韧的漆膜可耐磨损碰撞耐海水矿物油和脂肪 

烃溶剂也耐柴油汽油润滑油及相应产品的溅污本品对谷物无害 

1.可作为高性能漆配套的厚浆底漆中间漆和/或面漆 (外观在装饰性要求不高时 

可作面漆) 

2.可作为环氧漆系列的修补漆在温度 10 以上施工用于高标准的表面处理难以 

达到的舱盖甲板货舱等部位 

3.可作为压载舱漆 

45143在低温条件下使用 45141在较高温条件下使用参见施工指导 

使用温度干燥最大150 

压载舱水中耐正常的周围海水温度* 


其它液体请向海虹老人牌涂料有限公司有关部门咨询 

*不得长时间浸泡在负温差海水中 

物理参数 

混合产品 45141 45143 

颜色/色号红色/50630 红色/50630 可根据需求提供其它颜色 


体积固体含量 60 1 60 1 

理论涂布率 4.0米 2 /升 4.0米 2 /升以150微米干膜计 

闪点 25 25 


表面干 : 约4小时(20 ) 约5小时(5 ) 

指触干约7小时(20 ) 约11小时(5 ) 

完全固化 


约7天(20 ) 约20天(5 ) 

物含量(V.O.C): 385克/升 385克/升 

施工说明 

45141 45143 

混合比例基料45148 固化剂97820 基料45148 固化剂97430 

3 1 体积比 3 1 体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂无空气喷涂刷涂 

稀释剂 08450 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 5 5 

(见备注) (见备注) 

混合使用期 2小时(20 ) 4小时(20 ) 2小时(15 ) 4小时(15 )(见备注) 

喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洁剂99610或稀释剂08450

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 




安全 




不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护. 如果吞服或其它直接接触本品应立即求医必须采 

取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或 

空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

表面处理新钢材━当自作底漆时表面处理根据配套说明而定当用作高性能配套的中间涂 

层时喷砂至Sa2.5级参阅本品的施工指导 

新钢材压载舱及类似部位━喷砂至Sa2.5级,SSPC-SP-10 如需临时保护表面 

可涂上适当的车间底漆最后涂漆前将储存与加工中破损的车间底漆及污染部位清 

理干净最好喷砂处理用4514补涂 

不锈钢(装化学品的压载舱)--喷砂至均匀尖锐密集的粗糙表面,ISO比较板的中 

等(G),相当于Rz最小50微米喷砂前需清除所有的盐份,油脂等污物 

维修与保养━用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等污物高压淡水清洗掉盐迹和其它污物 

用动力工具清除锈迹及松散物质至St3级局部修补或喷砂处理至Sa2级,最好至 

Sa2.5级良好的表面处理将提高4514的性能也可用水喷至最小WJ-3级,最好是 

WJ-2级(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12),施工前可允许闪锈等级最大FR-2级(HEMPEL 

标准),磨平边角扫除残余物 

在点蚀的表面,过量的盐残留物需用水冲洗,湿喷砂后,用高压淡水冲洗,干燥,最后再 

干喷砂 

施工条件为避免水汽凝结须在干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面才能施工 45143的固 

化条件在-10 以上,而45141则在较温暖的气候条件下使用当温度在15 -25 之 

间时,从45143到45141转换最方便在不被浸泡的地方 45143的固化条件最低可 

到0 油漆温度在18-22 时喷涂效果最佳本品应存放在阴凉处油漆温度 

低于15 或喷涂设备软管很长时须稀释本品但这将降低漆膜厚度并延长干 

燥时间在狭窄处施工和干燥期间应大量通风 


加涂油漆无或按规定涂饰 

备注 

请参阅本品的施工指导 


批准 :经“劳氏船级社”认可为防腐蚀涂料经英国"纽卡斯尔职业健康协会"检测本 

品对谷物无污染经德国劳氏船级社认可作为压载舱漆 

根据BS476Part7:1987(耐火试验)标准,本品属一级材料 

符合美国食品和药物管理局审批的 

1000m 

联邦条例第175.300章关于在内表面积大于 

2 空间运输干食物的规定 

耐老化/使用温度作为环氧涂料本品露天暴露易粉化并且在高温下更易受机 

械和化学作用的影响 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥时间和 

重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为125━175微米 

稀释 :稀释量超过5%会引起膜厚降低和延长干燥/固化时间两组份须充分混合

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 

注意 


诱导时间:如果油漆温度低于10 混合后应预反应30分钟后方可施涂 

重涂间隔重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关参阅本品施工指导 

在污染环境暴露后重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗表面任其自干 

若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力 


公布日期 2000年5月—4514350630CO002/4514150630CO003

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143施工指导 


低到中温固化剂97430 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌环氧漆4514产品说明书的补充说明内容包括“老人”牌 

环氧漆4514的表面处理施工设备及涂装 

表面处理一般情况━ 

建议采取喷砂清洁表面以发挥最佳油漆性能但是对于那些要求高性能涂层而不 

能作机械清理和除尘清除盐迹和油性污染除外的表面本品也可涂在锈蚀的钢 

板表面 

用适当的清洁剂去除油脂与油污物用高压淡水清洗掉盐份及其它污物 

维修与保养━ 

局部修补用动力工具清除锈迹及松散物质至St3级或喷砂处理至Sa2级,最好至 

Sa2.5级良好的表面处理将提高4514的性能也可使用水喷至最小WJ-3级,最好 

是WJ-2级(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12),施工前可允许闪锈等级一级最大FR-2级 

(HEMPEL标准),磨平边角扫除松散物质补涂至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性━除环氧漆与聚氨酯漆外本品还可与其它普通油漆联用但在补涂前绝对 

要求旧漆膜附着紧实而且处理良好建议做小试检查 

全涂 

与旧配套相溶━本品可直接涂在附着力尚强的旧醇酸漆表面另外旧漆膜厚度最 

好少于500微米在决定全部涂漆前应做小试本品甚至也可涂在旧氯化橡胶或 

丙烯酸漆和乙烯漆配套表面但日后在机械损伤部位和类似的薄弱环节漆膜容易咬 

起这主要是因为下面一层热塑性旧漆膜与较硬的4514漆膜的物理性质不同造成 

的 

旧油漆配套的清除━也可以机械清除掉全部旧漆层再涂本品但必须考虑到机械处 

理会使表面太光滑从而降低漆膜的附着力 

注意机械处理时,残留的坚硬的黑色锈片因被打磨得很光滑将会引起漆膜脱落 

清洁阶段坚硬的黑锈片不断氧化变得薄弱无法牢牢地附在钢板表面在日后的使 

用中这些锈片连同上面的漆膜会一起剥落下来 

用于浸泡区域━ 

喷砂至Sa2.5级喷砂后仔细清扫掉表面的砂粒和尘埃若需要临时保护 

可涂用适当的车间底漆最后涂装之前彻底清理掉储存与装配期间破损的车间底 

漆和沾上的污物 

不锈钢━ 化学物品货轮的压载舱对不锈钢表面进行喷砂处理使其形成均匀稠 

密的尖锐粗糙表面表面粗糙度为ISO比较板中等G级相当于Rz最小 50微米 

喷砂前须清除掉全部盐迹和油脂等污物 

若本品用作高性能漆配套中的一部分以防止碰撞和磨损时将其直接涂在喷砂 

清洁过的钢板表面可获得最佳效果另外也可用“老人”牌环氧漆15590作“喷砂底 

漆” 

注意涂用于旧船底和类似的腐蚀表面因盐锈积垢严重要求湿喷砂干喷砂交 

替进行再用高压淡水冲洗干燥后再干喷砂一次

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 


施工设备因4514是一种高粘度的涂料所以对施工有特殊要求 


泵比率至少45:1 






筛网 60目 


喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

扇面 60━80° 



扇面 40° 

施工 

施工完成后立即用“老人”牌工具清洗剂99610清洗设备 

注意增加软管内径将会增加油漆流量从而增大喷涂扇面如果需要较长的软 

管泵比率必须升至60:1以上并且保持较高的喷出量 


小心谨慎 

的稀释剂08450,但过多的稀释会减少漆膜厚度所以稀释时必须 


成膜施工时经过一度或数度的涂装必须形成一个连贯的无针孔的漆膜因此 

施工人员必须采用能确保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的喷涂技术施工时喷孔尺寸必 

须适宜不要太大喷枪离表面的距离必须适当均匀保持在30━50cm之间 

对边角小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂通常在这些部位采取刷涂为保 

证喷出的漆料雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷涂设备有较高的喷出压 

力和喷出量如果施工温度较高可多加些稀释剂以免干喷 

喷涂后的漆层必须均匀并尽可能符合规定要求此外,还必须控制油漆消耗,避免漆 

层过厚以免流挂干裂和溶剂残留成膜必须均匀光滑如有灰尘砂粒干喷 

等现象必须清除干净 

对于表面处理较差的部位 

但需要多涂一层 

建议首度采用刷涂额外的稀释有利于油漆的渗透性 

湿/干膜厚度 4514的触变性使刚施工过的表面很不平坦而干后就可平整光滑所以要求实际 

的湿膜厚度略比规定的高一点一般情况实际湿膜厚度比规定的高出25━50微 

米由于波浪状的漆膜干后变得较为平整所以湿膜厚度略高不会造成比规定更多 

的消耗 

混合使用时间标准条件下测得的混合使用时间为2小时 15 固化剂97430 但是在20 

升混合量中基料和固化剂的化学反应所产生的热相对缩短了实际的混合使用时间 

因此在以上温度下混合好后应立即使用油漆正常的涂漆速度是在约10分钟 

内用完20升油漆若漆料温度低于15 先让混合漆料预反应30分钟再立刻施 

涂

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 


安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应参考 





发布日期 2001年9月 4514350630CO001/4514150630CO003 

附物理参数与温度关系表 

关于重涂间隔下列内容是非常重要的 

最大重涂间隔 

如超过最大重涂间隔不论何种加涂油漆都需要磨粗表面以确保漆磨间的附着力 

或者在用非“老人”牌环氧涂料重涂时根据下列有关重涂的指引额外施涂一层薄 

薄的本品 

较长的重涂间隔 

表面必须完全干净以确保漆膜间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔较长时 

用适当的清洁剂去除一切灰尘油脂等再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份 

另外必须去除由于长时间暴露引起的退化表面层可用水喷射去除退化表面层 

如使用得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑问请向海虹老人牌涂料公 

司咨询 

为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试验

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 

物理参数与以45141,150微米干膜厚度计 

温度间的关系 


表面温度 20 30 

干燥时间小时 


7小时 

7天 


用46330 46410 56360重涂的间隔 


大气环境严重 

浸泡 




6小时 

8小时 

8小时 

11小时 

11小时 

3.5小时 

3.5天 

3小时 

4小时 

4小时 

6小时 

6小时 




浸泡** 

8小时 

9小时 

12小时 


用46410,46330重涂的间隔 



浸泡* 







12小时 

12小时 

10小时 

10小时 

10小时 

3天 

1.5天 




浸泡*** 

无关 

无关 

30天 




浸泡 

10天 

3天 

无关 

4小时 

5小时 

6小时 

6小时 

6小时 

5小时 

5小时 

5小时 

36小时 

18小时 

无关 

无关 

15天 

5天 

36小时 

无关 

*仅46330适于浸泡 


***根据本地的实际情况适当的延长最大重涂间隔 

如想获得进一步的建议请与本公司联系

“老人”牌环氧漆45141/45143 


物理参数与 

温度间的关系以45143,150微米干膜厚度计 

表面温度 -10 0 10 20 

干燥时间小时 


35小时 

2月 


用46330 46410 56360重涂的间隔 



浸泡 




28小时 

36小时 

36小时 

无关 

无关 

14小时 

28天 

14小时 

18小时 

18小时 

无关 

无关 




浸泡** 

36小时 

45小时 

54小时 


用46410,46330重涂的间隔 



浸泡* 







4天 

4天 

3天 

2.5天 

2.5天 

无关 

无关 




浸泡*** 

无关 

无关 

(90天) 




90天 

30天 

18小时 

23小时 

27小时 

45小时 

45小时 

36小时 

34小时 

34小时 

无关 

无关 

无关 

无关 

90天 

45天 

15天 

*仅46330适于此种浸泡 


***根据本地的实际情况适当的延长最大重涂间隔 

如想获得进一步的建议请与本公司联系 

7小时 

14天 

6小时 

8小时 

8小时 

12小时 

12小时 

8小时 

10小时 

12小时 

20小时 

20小时 

16小时 

15小时 

15小时 

6天 

3天 

无关 

无关 

60天 

20天 

6天 

4小时 

7天 

3小时 

4小时 

4小时 

6小时 

6小时 

4小时 

5小时 

6小时 

10小时 

10小时 

8小时 

7.5小时 

7.5小时 

3天 

1.5天 

无关 

无关 

30天 

10天 

3天

特性 

用途 


固化剂95450 

“老人”牌环氧漆45150是一种双组份高固体份聚胺固化环氧漆本品可形成较 

好自作底漆 

1.特别适于作为修补漆用于那些无法达到高质量表面处理而需和旧漆有良好相容 

性的部位有利于在补涂时形成高干漆模厚度的涂层 

2.可作为油漆配套中的厚浆底漆中间漆和/或面漆用于那些要求低溶剂含量及高 

漆膜厚度的部位作为面漆只适用于对面漆装饰性要求不高的地方 


最高耐温 80 30 

见备注 

批准 

物理参数 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”检测本品对谷物无害根据1987年版英国标准 

BS476第七章本品属于级材料耐火试验 

颜色/色号红色/50630 灰色/12170 * 

漆面半光 


理论涂布率 4.1米 2 /升(以200微米干膜厚计) 

闪点 25 




完全固化 7天(20 ) 



170克/升 

施工说明 

混合比率基料45159 固化剂95450 1 1(体积比) 


稀释剂 08450 08450(见施工指导) 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

混合使用时间 2小时(20 ) 3小时(20 ) 

喷孔 0.48-0.58毫米(见施工指导) 



漆膜厚度干膜 200微米 

湿膜 250微米; 


安全 







表面处理维修和保养—用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物,用动力 

工具清理破损部位至St3级局部修补或用干喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级,最好Sa2.5 

级良好的表面处理会改善“老人”牌环氧漆4515的性能可用水喷代替干洗清理 

至WJ-3级,最好WJ-2级 NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12 施工前许可的最大闪蚀度为 

FR-2级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角清除残余物补涂使其达到原漆膜厚度 

对点蚀表面残留的盐分用水喷湿喷砂清理用高压淡水冲洗干后再干喷砂一 

次 

新钢材—若用作中间漆和/或面漆,表面处理按照"产品说明书"中关于先涂底漆("老 

人"牌环氧底漆)的说明若用作底漆使用表面处理按照规定进行含硅富锌漆 

见施工指导 

施工条件施工表面须干燥洁净仅在施工及固化得以正常进行的15 以上温度条件下使 

用本品油漆本身的温度也不得低于15 

若高温下施工,应在彻底混合与搅拌后立即施涂见备注 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

先涂油漆无,或按规定先涂本品可直接涂用于已喷涂有硅酸锌漆和金属的表面参见本 

品施工指导 

加涂油漆无,或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

请参阅本品的施工指导 


耐老化/使用温度本品露天暴露易粉化漆膜在高温下更易受机械和化学作用的 

影响 

可根据使用目的和区域改变漆膜厚度,这样会影响涂布率,干燥时间和重涂间隔干 

膜厚度正常范围为150—250微米关于湿膜厚度测量,请参阅本品的施工指导 

若刷涂施工每度漆的干膜厚度范围为100 125微米 

注意在某些仓储点为便于干膜厚度要求为75 150微米的喷涂施工可提供与 

本品配套使用的低粘度固化剂95454 刷涂法施涂本品如要求漆面平滑也应使 

用此种固化剂如想了解更多的信息请与海虹老人牌公司联系 

混合使用时间取决于包装规格和温度若包装规格较大且温度为35 ,混合使用时 

间就减至15分钟 

浅色在阳光中暴露后会泛黄,而遇热会变暗 

重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关参阅本品的施工指导 

在污染环境暴露后重涂前用高压淡水彻底冲洗表面任其自干 

若超过最大重涂间隔应将底漆表面打磨粗糙以确保漆膜间的附着力 


公布日期 2000年9月–4515050630CO005

“老人”牌环氧漆45150施工指导 

固化剂95450 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌环氧漆45150产品说明书的补充说明内容包括“老人” 

牌环氧漆45150的表面处理施工设备及涂装 

表面处理一般情况━ 

建议采取喷砂或高压淡水喷洗清洁表面以发挥最佳油漆性能但是对于那些要求 

高性能涂层而不能作机械清理和除尘清除盐迹和油污除外的表面本品也可涂 

在表面清洁不好的钢板表面提供最好的防护 

“老人”牌环氧漆45150含较高的固体份,可减少溶剂截留和增强与其它种类油漆的 

相溶性 

用适当的清洁剂去除油脂与油污等用高压淡水清洗掉盐份及其它污物 

维修与保养━ 

破损区域的修补━用动力工具清理破损部位至St3级小面积或用干喷砂法清理 

至最小Sa2级,最好Sa2.5级良好的表面处理会改善“老人”牌环氧漆45150的性能 

可用水喷代替干洗清理至WJ-3级,最好WJ-2级 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 

施工前许可的最大闪蚀度为FR 2级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角扫刷掉松散物 

质补涂至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性━除环氧漆与聚氨酯漆外本品还可与其它普通油漆联用但在补涂前绝对 

要求旧漆膜附着紧实而且处理良好建议做小试检查 

全涂 

与旧配套相溶━因溶剂含量较低本品可直接涂在附着力尚强的旧醇酸漆表面另 

外旧漆膜厚度最好少于500微米在决定全部涂漆前应做小试本品甚至也可 

涂在旧氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆和乙烯漆配套表面但日后在机械损伤部位和类似的薄 

弱环节漆膜容易咬起这主要是因为下面一层热塑性旧漆膜与较硬的45150漆膜的 

物理性质不同造成的 

旧油漆配套的清除━也可以机械清除掉全部旧漆层再涂本品但必须考虑到机械处 

理会使表面太光滑从而降低漆膜的附着力 

注意机械处理时会把坚硬的黑色锈片打磨得很光滑而显不出任何影响附着力的迹 

象但是清洁阶段表面暴露于空气而使坚硬的黑锈片不断氧化变得薄弱无法牢牢 

地附在钢板表面在日后的使用中这些锈片连同上面的漆膜会一起剥落下来 

用于浸泡区域━ 

用适当的清洁剂去除油脂与油污等用高压淡水清洗掉盐份及其它污物用动 

力工具清理破损部位至St3级小面积或用干喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级,最好喷砂 

至Sa2.5级良好的表面处理会改善“老人”牌环氧漆45150的性能可用水喷代替干 

洗清理至WJ-3级,最好WJ-2级 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前许可的最 

大闪蚀度为FR-2级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角扫刷掉松散物质补涂至原漆 

膜厚度 

注意涂用于在海水中浸泡过的旧钢板表面因点蚀部位的盐锈积垢严重要求湿 

喷砂干喷砂交替进行再用高压淡水冲洗干燥后再干喷砂一次 

新钢材 

用作中间漆和/或面漆时按先涂底漆 “老人”牌环氧底漆产品说明书的要求进行 

表面处理自作底漆时按规定进行在“老人”牌硅酸锌底漆上施涂本品时硅酸 

锌涂层经过固化充分后可以施涂“老人”牌45150 

参照有关硅酸锌底漆的施工指导用适当的清洁剂除去油脂等 

用高压淡水冲洗去除盐份和其它污物在高湿度环境暴露后必须用高淡水冲洗 

仔细清除锌盐和“白锈” 若有必要还可用坚硬的尼龙刷刷除












喷孔 0.53 0.64毫米 

扇面 60° 


喷孔 0.48 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 

施工完成后立即用“老人”牌稀释剂08450或工具清洗剂99610清洗设备 

注意增加软管内径将会增加油漆流量从而增大喷涂扇面如果需要较长的软管 

泵比率必须升至60 1以上并且保持较高的喷出量也可最多加入5 的稀释剂 

08450 但过多的稀释会引起流挂所以稀释时必须小心谨慎 


施工 

成膜施工时每一度的涂装必须形成一个连续的无针孔的漆膜因此施工人员 

必须采用能确保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的喷涂技术施工时喷孔尺寸必须适宜 

不要太大喷枪离表面的距离必须适当均匀保持在30━50cm之间对边角 

小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂通常在这些部位采取刷涂为保证喷出的 

漆料雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷涂设备有较高的喷出压力和喷 

出量如果施工温度较高可多加些稀释剂以免干喷 

喷涂后的漆层必须均匀并尽可能符合规定要求此外还必须控制油漆消耗避免 

漆层过厚以免流挂和干裂 

成膜必须均匀光滑如有灰尘砂粒干喷等现象必须清除干净 

对于表面处理较差的部位建议首度采用刷涂额外的稀释有利于油漆的渗透性 


确保在喷涂有硅酸锌漆 “老人”牌硅酸锌底漆或金属涂层的表面上施涂本品时没 

有起泡现象用至少30%的“老人”牌稀释剂08450稀释闪喷一度约24小时 20 

后再全涂一度本方法仅适用于“老人”牌环氧漆45150或45150/55210配套 

湿/干膜厚度注意 45150的触变性使刚施工过的表面很不平坦尤其在使用厚浆固化剂95450 

时,而干后就可平整光滑所以要求实际的湿膜厚度略比规定的高一点一般情况 

实际湿膜厚度比规定的高出25━50微米由于波浪状的漆膜干后变得较为平整 

所以湿膜厚度略高不会造成比规定更多的消耗 

混合使用时间标准条件下测得的混合使用时间为2小时 20 但是如果在炎热气候条件(比 

如温度达到约35 )下施涂20升混合漆料,基料和固化剂的化学反应所产生的热相 

对缩短了实际的混合使用时间因此不管使用何种设备混合好后应立即使用油 

漆 (正常的涂漆速度是在约10分钟内用完20升油漆 ) 

低温条件下施工若气温低于15 请参阅"老人"牌环氧漆45143的产品说明书


安全 




不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或其他直接接触本品应立即求医必须采取 



公布日期 2000年5月–4515050630CO005 

附物理参数与温度间的关系表



物理参数与 

温度间的关系以200微米干膜厚度计 

表面温度 15 20 30 

干燥时间 

24 小时 

固化时间 

12 天 


用 46330,46410,56360 重涂的间隔 


大气环境 

浸泡* 

严重 

用 58030 重涂的间隔 



7 小时 

10 小时 

14 小时 

14 小时 

7 天 

4 小时 

6 小时 

8 小时 

27 小时 16 小时 

27 小时 16 小时 

用“老人”牌环氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 


20 小时 12 小时 


27 小时 16 小时 

浸泡** 

27 小时 16 小时 


用 46330,46410 重涂的间隔 


40 小时 24 小时 


40 小时 24 小时 

浸泡* 

30 小时 18 小时 



27 小时 16 小时 


20 小时 12 小时 



12 小时 7 小时 


7 天 4 天 



大气环境 

浸泡*** 

严重 

无 

无 

5 个月 

无 

无 

90 天 

7 小时 

3.5 天 

2 小时 

3 小时 

4 小时 

8 小时 

8 小时 

6 小时 

8 小时 

8 小时 

12 小时 

12 小时 

9 小时 

8 小时 

6 小时 

3.5 小时 

2 天 

无 

无 

45 天 



无 

无 

无 


10 天 6 天 3 天 

*仅46330适于浸泡 


***根据本地的实际情况适当的延长重涂间隔 

如想获得进一步的建议请与本公司联系 



或者在用非“老人”牌环氧涂料重涂时 

薄的本品 

较长的重涂间隔 

根据上述有关重涂的指引额外施涂一层薄 

表面必须完全干净以确保漆膜间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔较长时用适当的清洁 

剂去除一切灰尘油脂等再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份 


如使用得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑问请向海虹老人牌涂料 

公司咨询为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试验

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧过渡漆45182 

固化剂98180 

“老人"牌环氧过渡漆45182是一种双组份低温固化改性聚酰胺加成物固化的环氧 

漆 

在船舶漆和工业漆配套中作为环氧漆和物理干涂层之间的过渡漆在船舶漆配套中 

本品也可作为旧防污漆的封闭底漆 


物理参数 

颜色/色号黄灰色/25150 

漆面哑光 



闪点 : 23 



完全固化 7天(20 ) 



490克/升 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 









最大防污漆 3天 20 水线以上部位的其它面漆根据油漆配套规定 

安全 





“老人”牌环氧过渡漆45182 


表面处理新钢材喷砂至Sa2.5级若需要临时保护可用适当的车间底漆最后喷涂前应 

将储存和制造期间破损的车间底漆及污染物彻底清理掉喷砂底漆可用规定的老 

人牌环氧漆 

维修用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物 

如用作过渡漆喷砂处理或动力工具清理掉全部的锈迹和其它松散物质磨平边角 

扫除残余物用规定的老人牌环氧漆见备注补涂至完整漆膜厚度 

若用作旧防污漆的封闭漆用高压淡水彻底清洗或喷洗如需要以去除防污漆的 

析出层确保层间附着力脆弱的旧漆层确实已经清除掉 

施工条件只能在施工和固化得以正常进行的-10 以上温度条件下使用本品表面温度油漆 

本身的温度也必须在此温度以上施工表面必须干燥清洁温度高于露点以避免冷 

凝在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应提供足够的通风 

先涂油漆按规定先涂老人牌环氧漆或经过良好清理的旧防污漆层 

加涂油漆防污漆或按规定加涂物理干油漆 

备注 

注意 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变干燥时间和重涂间隔 

正常干膜范围为75~125微米作为封闭漆典型的干膜厚度范围为50~75微米 

可能需要稀释以使成膜良好 

漆膜厚度/加涂油漆本品的设计目的是用防污漆以任何正常的规定的总漆膜厚度 

重涂而不是用高性能环氧涂料重涂对以本品作为一部分的油漆配套的维修可 

用老人牌环氧漆45880补涂并与周围完好漆膜有部分重叠 

重涂表面必须完全干净以确保漆膜间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔较长时用适当 

的清洁剂去除一切灰尘油脂等再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份另外 

必须去除由于长时间暴露引起的退化表面层可用水喷射去除退化表面层如使用 

得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试 

验 

如对清洗过程是否适当有疑问可以再薄薄施涂一度本品 


公布日期 2001年6月–4518225150CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌环氧厚浆漆45200 

固化剂95040 

“老人”牌环氧厚浆漆45200是一种双组份厚浆环氧漆可形成坚韧的漆膜,耐磨耐碰 

撞,耐海水和柴油也耐汽油燃油润滑油及相应产品的的溅污对谷物无污染 

可用作在严重腐蚀环境下自作底漆的配套或环氧漆系列的中间漆和面漆如装饰性 

要求不高可作面漆也可作金属喷涂或硅酸锌底漆的封闭底漆用于环氧漆系列 


(最大温度 140 35 

见备注 

批准 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/12170* 



理论涂布率 5.9米 2 /升 

闪点 26 



指触干 6-8小时 20 

完全固化 


7天 20 

物含量 V.O.C 395克/升 

本品经德国有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61 67 决议认可为低火焰传播涂料 

符合美国联邦条例关于运载干食物的175.300条款经“英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协 

会”检验对谷物无污染 

施工说明 

混合比率基料45209 固化剂95040=3.0 1.0体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂补涂用 

稀释剂 08450 08450 见备注 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

混合使用时间 5小时(20 )8小时(20 ) 

喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 




漆膜厚度干膜 100微米(见备注) 

湿膜 175微米 

重涂间隔见备注

“老人”牌环氧厚浆漆45200 

安全 






表面处理新钢材喷砂至Sa2.5级标准,必要时,为保护刚喷砂的表面可涂上一层适当的车间 

底漆最后施工前彻底清理在贮运和加工过程中被损坏的车间底漆以及沾污的部 

位用本品修补损坏部分 

保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物用喷砂或动 

力工具除去浮锈和其它松散物质 

到原漆膜厚度 

磨平边角扫除残渣补上完整的漆膜使其达 

施工条件施工表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结在10 以上,最好在15 以 

上的温度条件下,施工和固化可以正常进行表面温度也必须高于这一限度油漆 

本身温度应高于15 以保证正常的施工性能在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量 

通风 

先涂油漆无,或涂“老人”牌环氧底漆15300 环氧富锌漆15360,或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无,或涂“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列,或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 


颜色某些无铅的红黄颜料所形成的漆膜暴露在含氯的大气中可能会褪色含 

铅的颜料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大气中可能会褪色 

气候/施工温度本品在户外暴露易粉化在高温下易受机械和化学作用的影响 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域修改漆膜厚度,但这会相应改变涂布率,干燥时间 

和重涂间隔干膜正常修改范围在100-125微米 

封闭漆当作为封闭漆用在金属喷涂涂层或硅酸锌底漆上时必须用稀释剂 

08700稀释10-15% 建议干漆膜厚度 40微米,必须应用“闪涂”法施工 

重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关 

表面温度 

重涂油漆 

老人牌氯化橡胶或 

丙烯酸漆 


老人牌环氧漆 

最小最大 

45200 

20 

以100微米干膜计 

中等严重中等严重 

6小时 

12小时 

12小时 

6小时 

16小时 

16小时 

16小时 

10天 

无 

12小时 

3天 

无 


或者在用非“老人”牌环氧涂料重涂时根据上述有关重涂的指引额外施涂一层薄 

薄的本品表面必须完全干净以确保漆膜间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔较长时用 

适当的清洁剂去除一切灰尘油脂等再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份另 

外必须去除由于长时间暴露引起的退化表面层可用水喷射去除退化表面层如 

使用得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑问请向海虹老人牌涂料公司 

咨询为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试验 


公布日期 2001年6月–4520012170CO011


固化剂97220 

特性老人牌环氧厚浆漆45221是一种双组份厚浆环氧漆可形成坚韧的漆膜耐磨耐 

碰撞耐海水和柴油也耐汽油及相应产品的溅污对植物油及强溶剂如酮酯类 

的耐力有限不耐酸碱或强氧化性溶液 

用途可作为集装箱流水线施工的中间漆或面漆 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温达140 

批准本品符合美国联邦条例关于运载干食物的第175.300条款 

物理参数 


漆面半哑光 


理论涂布率 8.0米 2 /升 (以60微米干膜计) 

闪点 22 


表面干约1小时 20 

指触干约4小时 20 

完全固化 7 天 20 

挥发性有机化合 465克/升 


施工说明 

混合比例基料45225 固化剂97220 = 3.0 1.0 体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂修补 

稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 

混合使用期 8小时 20 12小时 20 

喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 






重涂间隔最小: 见备注 

最大: 见备注 

安全: 小心使用本品使用前和使用时, 请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外, 还应参考 

老人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规人身 

保护包括但不限于肺眼和皮肤的保护如果吞服或与皮肤直接接触应立即求医 

必须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭 

窄处或空气不流通处施工, 必须提供强力通风



施工条件为避免水汽凝结须在干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面才能施工仅在施工和固 

化得以进行的10 以上最好15 以上温度条件下使用本品油漆本身的温度应在 

18~25 范围内以保证正常的施工性能 

在狭窄处施工和干燥期间应大量通风 

先涂油漆无 “老人”牌环氧底漆15300 环氧富锌底漆15360 或按规定先涂 

备注证书发布时本品型号为4522 

老化/使用温度本品在露天暴露后易自然粉化使得漆膜在高温下更易受机械和化学 

作用的影响 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和区域可以调整漆膜厚度但这会相应改变涂布率干燥时 

间和重涂间隔正常干膜范围在30~60微米 

施工若硅酸锌底漆先涂本品可采用特殊的薄涂法施工对硅酸锌漆层雾喷一度最 

大干膜厚度为40微米的本品━外观质地不太均匀让空气逸出不超过10分钟后 

20 再按说明全涂一度 

重涂间隔参照有关的箱漆配套 

注意本品仅适用于专业用途 

公布日期 2000年5月 – 4522111150CO001


固化剂97531 

特性老人牌超强度环氧漆45540是一种胺加成物固化的环氧漆可形成坚韧的漆膜 

耐磨耐碰撞可用于溅污区 

用途作为可自作底漆的厚浆涂料主要用于溅污区码头和桥底板的维修 


最大耐温 140 80 见备注 

批准本品符合NORSOK M-501(第4修订本)第7系统号的关于溅污区涂装的规定 

物理参数 

颜色/色号黑色/19990 

漆面有光 


理论涂布率 2.4米 2 /升 (以350微米干膜计) 

闪点 14 


表面干约4小时 20 



挥发性有机化合 170克/升 


施工说明 

混合比例基料45549 固化剂97531 = 4.0 1.0 体积比 

施工方法无空气喷涂 

稀释剂 08450 

(最大用量) 5 

混合使用期 1小时 20 

喷孔 0.53 0.58毫米 






重涂间隔最小: 16小时 

最大: 5 天见备注 

安全小心使用本品使用前和使用时, 请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外, 还应参考 

老人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规避免吸 

入溶剂蒸汽皮肤和眼睛不得接触本品禁止吞服必须采取预防措施防火防爆及 

保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品



表面处理: 新钢材干燥喷砂至Sa2.5级 ISO 8501-1 1988 表面粗糙度相当于 

Rugotest标准的No.3, BN10b, Keane-Tator比较板3.0G/S或ISO 粗糙度中等 G 

级喷砂前用适宜的清洁剂去除油迹滑脂和其它污物, 用高压淡水清除盐迹 

喷砂后仔细清理掉表面的砂粒和灰尘 

维修用适当的清洁剂清洗掉油脂等高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物用湿/ 

干喷砂或动力工具彻底清理掉锈迹及松散物质磨平边角湿喷砂后用热淡水冲洗 

蒸汽清洗表面任其自干当目测表面干燥时补涂裸露部位至完整漆膜厚 

度 

施工条件本品可在温度低至5 条件下施工和固化油漆本身的温度应15 以上最好在 

20~30 范围内 

在狭窄处施工和干燥期间应大量通风 


加涂油漆无或按规定先涂 

备注使用温度在水中的最大峰值温度为90 

重涂如超过最大重涂间隔应将表面打磨粗糙以确保附着力 

注意本品仅适用于专业用途 

公布日期 2001年5月 –4554019990CR002

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌超强环氧漆45742 

固化剂97360 

“老人”牌超强环氧漆45742是一种可自作底漆的双组份厚浆聚酰胺加成物固化环氧 

漆固化后形成耐磨涂层,具有良好的耐海水性可用标准高效无空气喷涂设备施 

工最小固化温度为-10 

作为高性能涂料,用于要求耐磨损的钢板上,如台阶,船壳和干货舱可用作压载舱涂 

层 

如装饰性要求不高可用作面漆 





*不得在负温差的海水中长期浸泡 

批准 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”检测对谷物无污染德国劳氏船级社认可为压载舱 

涂料 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/12340 红色/50630 

漆面半光 

固体体积% 57±1 


闪点 25 



完全固化 


约20天(5 ) 


施工说明 

混合比率基料45749:固化剂97360=3:1(体积比) 


稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 2% 2% 










安全 



也不要使本品接触皮肤和眼睛 


必须采取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通

“老人”牌超强环氧漆45742 


表面处理新钢材,“高性能用途” 喷砂至最小Sa2.5 表面粗糙度Rz最小 100微米,最大 150 

微米,相当于ISO比较板Coarse(G) 用适当的清洁剂除去油脂喷砂前用(高压)淡 

水冲洗除去盐份和其它污物喷砂后仔细清洁表面除去磨料和灰尘 

新钢材,压载舱及类似区域喷砂至Sa2.5 如需临时保护,则涂以适当的车间底漆 

在终涂前,车间底漆的损伤储存和组装期间的污染必须彻底清除对整个车间底 

漆的点喷和扫喷处理将获得最好的效果用45742进行修补 

不锈钢 (化学品轮压载舱)喷砂清洁成为一个均匀尖锐致密的表面,表面粗糙 

度相当于ISO比较板中等(G) 

脂等污物 

相当于Ra最小50微米在喷砂前除去任何盐份油 

维修和保养用适当的清洁剂去除油脂用(高压)淡水冲洗除去盐份和其它污物 

用喷砂或动力工具(适于较小区域)彻底清理破损区域 

补使其达到漆膜厚度 

磨平边角清除残余物修 

旧船底部及类似腐蚀区域由于积存有过多的盐份,需要依次用干喷砂高压淡水 

冲洗干燥,最后再干喷砂如果钢铁表面已经处理达到新钢材,“高性能用途”要求 

的粗糙度,也可用水喷射清洗 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以进行的-10 以上使用本品油漆本身的温度应该在15 以上, 

最好在20 以上以利于施工为避免水汽凝结,施工表面要求干燥清洁,温度高于露 

点相对湿度不超过90% 在狭窄处施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧漆15591 或用本品自作底漆 

加涂油漆无,或者根据使用区域按配套加涂 

备注 

注意 


本品在室外暴露时容易粉化在高温下易受机械和化学作用的影响使用标准高效 

无空气喷涂设备,泵压输出比为60 1(约),理论输出量为每分钟最少12升 

下列重涂间隔适用于通风良好的区域(以175微米干膜计) 

表面温度 5 20 


环氧漆 

16小时 60天 6小时 30天 

聚氨酯漆 

16小时 3天 6小时 1天 

对环氧漆来说,即使短时间暴露于阳光直射之下,也会导致最大重涂间隔的缩短 

如果超过最大重涂间隔,必须磨粗表面以保证涂层间的附着力一般情况下不必稀 

释,如需稀释则加1-2%的稀释剂08450 


公布日期 2001年3月–4574212430CO003


固化剂97652 

特性 “老人”牌超强度环氧漆45751是一种可自作底漆的双组份厚浆聚酰胺/胺固化的环 

氧漆固化后形成耐磨涂层,具有良好的耐海水性可用标准高效无空气喷涂设备 

施工最小固化温度为10 

用途作为高性能涂料,用于要求耐磨损的钢板上,如台阶,船壳和干货舱 

可用作特殊用途如运载热货物的化学品轮的压载舱涂层 

如装饰性要求不高可用作面漆 





批准 

*不得在负温差的海水中浸泡 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”检测对谷物无污染 

经劳氏船级社认可为防腐蚀涂料 

经劳氏船级社认可为第一年航行在结冰水域的轮船的低摩擦表面涂料 

符合NorsokM-501第7系统号的规定 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/12340-红色/50630 

漆面半光 

固体体积 75±1% 


闪点 25 


指触干 7~8小时 20 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



255克/升 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 2% 2% 


喷孔 0.53~0.58毫米 



工具清洗老人”牌工具清洗剂99610 



重涂间隔最小 6小时 

最大 30天 

安全 



剂蒸汽皮肤和眼睛不得接触本品禁止吞必须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护环 

境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品



表面处理新钢材,“高性能用途” 喷砂至最小Sa2.5 经表面喷砂后的表面粗糙度Rz最小 100 

微米,最大 150微米,相当于ISO比较板的Coarse(G)级用适当的清洁剂除去油脂 

喷砂前用(高压)淡水冲洗除去盐份和其它污物喷砂后仔细清洁表面除去磨料和灰 

尘 

新钢材,压载舱及类似区域喷砂至Sa2.5 如需临时保护,则涂以适当的车间底漆 

最后涂漆前,破损的车间底漆及储存和组装期间的污染必须彻底清除对焊缝和锈 

蚀部位的局部喷砂以及对完好车间底漆的扫喷处理可获得最好的效果用本品修 

补 

不锈钢 (化学品轮压载舱)喷砂清洁成为一个均匀尖锐致密的表面,表面粗糙度 

相当于ISO比较板中级(G) 相当于Rz最小50微米在喷砂前去除全部盐份油脂 

等污物 

维修和保养用适当的清洁剂去除油脂用(高压)淡水冲洗除去盐份和其它污物 

用喷砂或动力工具(适于较小区域)彻底清理破损区域磨平边角清除残余物修 

补至完整漆膜厚度 

旧船底部及类似腐蚀区域由于积存有过多的盐份,需要依次用干喷砂高压淡水 

冲洗干燥,最后再干喷砂如果钢铁表面已经达到新钢材,“高性能用途”要求的粗 

糙度,也可用水喷射清洗 

施工条件仅在施工和固化得以进行的10 以上使用本品油漆本身的温度应该在15 以上, 

最好在20 以上以利于施工为避免水汽凝结,施工表面要求干燥清洁,温度高于露 

点相对湿度不超过90% 在狭窄处施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆无但是“老人”牌环氧漆15590可作喷砂底漆 

加涂油漆无,或者根据使用区域按配套加涂老人牌环氧漆 

备注 

注意 

除混合比率和触变性为满足特定施工需要如双组分施工设备及以1000升容器包装 

而有所调整本品完全等同于以前的产品45750 



漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域改变漆膜厚度,这样会影响干燥时间和重涂间隔 

一般干膜厚度在150—250微米 

使用标准高效无空气喷涂设备,泵压输出比为60 1(约),理论输出量为每分钟最少12 

升 

对环氧漆来说,即使在重涂前短时间暴露于阳光直射之下,也会导致最大重涂间隔的 

缩短 

如果超过最大重涂间隔,必须磨粗表面以保证涂层间的附着力 

一般情况下不必稀释 


公布日期 2001年6月 4575112340CO001

老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


中低温固化剂95880 

特性 : “老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881是一种双组份聚酰胺加成物固化高固份厚 

浆环氧漆其漆膜坚韧,具有良好的湿润性可低温固化 

用途 

可作为自做底漆的油漆配套也可在环氧配套中做中间漆和/或面漆使用于 

中至严重腐蚀性大气环境或使用于要求高固份的场合 

如需要延长重涂间隔以加涂聚氨酯面漆可以配套使用本品的云母氧化铁 

MIO 漆常称为过渡涂层 

如室外暴露的环氧涂料外观可以接受本品可作为面漆 

可直接涂在已固化的硅酸锌底漆或金属喷涂表面以减少起泡 

使用温度干燥条件下最大 120 

批准 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”检测本品对谷物无害 

符合美国联邦条例关于在内部表面积大于1000m 2 的空间的干食物运载的第 

175.300章的规定 

老人牌厚浆环氧漆45881符合Aramco规定中的第APCS 26和26T条 

物理参数: 

混合产品 45880 45881 

颜色/色号: 灰色/12170* 灰色/12170* 

漆面 : 半光半光 

体积固体含量: 80±1% 80±1% 

理论涂布率: 5.3米 2 /升 5.3米 2 /升 (以150微米干膜厚计) 

闪点 : 35 35 

比重 : 1.4公斤/升 1.4公斤/升 

指触干 : 约4小时(20 ) 约3小时(30 ) 

完全固化: 


7天(20 ) 5天(30 ) 


*其它颜色包括本品的云母氧化铁漆颜色12430和根据需要提供的其它颜色 

施工说明: 45880 45881 

混合比率: 基料45889:固化剂95880 基料45889:固化剂95881 

=3:1(体积比) =3:1(体积比) 

施工方法: 无空气喷涂刷涂修补无空气喷涂刷涂修补 

稀释剂(最大用量): 视使用目的而定一般用少于5%的老人牌稀释剂08450 见备注 

混合使用期: 1小时(20 ) 无空气喷涂 1.5小时(30 ) 无空气喷涂 

2小时(20 ) 刷涂 2小时(30 ) 刷涂 

(见施工指导 ) (见施工指导 ) 

喷孔 : 0.43-0.58毫米(见施工指导 ) 

喷出压力: 25.0兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整) 

工具清洗: “老人”牌工具清洗剂99610或稀释剂08450 

漆膜厚度: 湿膜:200微米 

干膜:150微米(见备注) 

重涂间隔: 见施工指导

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用时, 请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外, 还应参 

考老人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规避免 

吸入溶剂蒸汽皮肤和眼睛不得接触本品禁止吞必须采取预防措施防火防爆及 

保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品 

公布日期 2001年6月

老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881施工指导 


中低温固化剂95880 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881产品说明书的补充说明 

内容包括“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881的表面处理施工设备及涂装 

表面处理一般情况:建议采取喷砂清洁表面以发挥最佳油漆性能但是本品对表面处理 

的要求不高如涂用于仅经过机械清洁过的表面盐份油脂等已被去除 

本品的性能要比许多其它涂料性能更好 

用适当的清洁剂去除油脂等用高压淡水清洗掉盐份及其它污物 

新钢材 

作中间漆和/或面漆时表面处理参考先涂底漆(“老人”牌环氧底漆)的产品说明 

书作自作底涂层时根据规定进行表面处理 

硅酸锌底漆 

在硅酸锌底漆固化时施工本品参考硅酸锌底漆施工指导用适当的清 

洁剂清除油脂用(高压)淡水清除盐份和其它污物暴露于高湿度环境后 

必须用高压淡水小心冲洗掉锌盐(“白锈”),必要时可用硬尼龙刷擦洗 

维修与保养: 

破损区域的修补: 

用动力工具清理破损部位至St3级小面积或用干喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级, 

最好Sa2.5级良好的表面处理会改善本品的性能可用水喷代替干洗清理 

至最少WJ-2级 NACE-NO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前许可的最大闪蚀度为 

FR 2级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角扫刷掉松散物质补涂至原漆膜厚 

度 

相容性除环氧漆与聚氨酯漆外本品还可与其它品种油漆联用但在补涂 

前绝对要求旧漆膜附着紧实而且处理良好建议做小试检查 

全涂 

与旧配套相容一般而言与旧的环氧漆能完全相容在全部涂漆前也应做小 

试检查如果旧的环氧漆未经老化/粉化或涂有聚氨酯面漆建议涂漆前打磨 

表面必须彻底清洗表面用适当的清洁剂去除尘粉化物油脂等用高 

压淡水清洗整个表面 

除去旧配套也可在机械清除旧配套后全部涂漆但必须考虑机械清除会使 

表面光滑而影响附着力 

注意清理至表面发亮的坚硬黑色锈斑看似对附着力没有影响实际上有危 

险在清理过程中坚硬的黑锈暴露在空气中继续氧化导致其与金属底材间 

附着力减弱在后期的使用中锈斑连同其上的漆层可能会脱落 

注意在盐水中暴露过的旧钢板表面由于盐锈积垢严重, 可用水喷或湿喷 

砂进行表面处理也可按照干喷砂-高压淡水冲洗-干燥-再干喷砂的过程进行 

处理

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


施工设备因本品是一种高粘度的涂料所以对施工有特殊要求 





喷管最长100米直径12.5mm 

最长30米直径9.5mm 

最长6 米直径6.4mm 

一般表面: 

喷孔 0.53 0.58毫米 

扇面 60° 

复杂表面(和补涂): 

喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 


注意增大软管直径可增加油漆的流量由此改善喷涂闪面如果需要较长 

的软管泵比率必须升至60:1以上并且保持较高的喷出量也可最多加入5 

的稀释剂08450 但过多的稀释剂会引起流挂所 

以稀释时必须小心谨慎 


诱导期 

施工 

当漆料温度低于15 时特别是底材温度也低于15 时在施工前最好让两 

组份预反应一段时间漆料温度15 时建议预反应15分钟漆料温度10 

时建议预反应25分钟为获得好的施工性能漆料温度决不能低于10 

成膜施工时每一度的涂装必须形成一个连续的无针孔的漆膜因此施 

工人员必须采用能确保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的喷涂技术施工时喷孔尺 

寸必须适宜不要太大喷枪离表面的距离必须适当均匀保持在30━50cm 

之间对边角小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂通常在这些部位采 

取刷涂为保证喷出的漆料雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷 

涂设备有较高的喷出压力和喷出量如果施工温度较高可多加些稀释剂以 

免干喷 

喷涂后的漆层必须均匀并尽可能符合规定要求避免漆层过厚以免流挂,干裂 

和溶剂残留必须控制油漆消耗量 

成膜必须均匀光滑如有灰尘砂粒干喷等现象必须补救处理对于 

表面处理较差的部位建议首度采用刷涂额外的稀释有利于油漆的渗透性 


湿膜/干膜厚度请注意在刚施工完后因为本品的触变性漆膜表面会呈波纹状干燥过程 

中波纹会变平由于波纹实测湿膜厚度应比规定的厚一般情况下实测 

湿膜厚度应比计算值厚25-50微米由于干燥过程中波纹变平额外的漆膜厚 

度不会导致油漆消耗量增加 

混合使用时间在标准条件下老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880的混合使用时间为1小时 20 

而45881的混合使用时间为1.5小时 30 但是如果在炎热气候 

条件下施涂20升混合漆料, 基料和固化剂的化学反 

应所产生的热相对缩短了实际的混合使用时间因此在这种温度下不管 

使用何种设备混合好后应立即使用油漆 

附录 

物理参数与温度之间关系表

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


物理参数与温度 

之间关系干燥时间和重涂间隔会随着漆膜厚度温度和将来暴露环境的变化而变化 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的干膜厚度为100~150微米 

表面温度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

干燥时间约 6天 3天 24小时 10小时 4小时 3小时 

固化时间约 5个月 2.5个月 1个月 14天 7天 5天 


用老人牌环氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 8天 4天 30小时 12小时 5小时 4小时 

大气环境严重 12天 6天 42小时 18小时 7小时 5小时 

用老人牌氯化橡胶漆或丙烯酸漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境 

中等或严重 8天 4天 30小时 12小时 5小时 4小时 

用老人牌水性丙烯酸面漆重涂的最小间隔 

大气环境中等无关无关无关 12小时 5小时 4小时 

大气环境严重无关无关无关 18小时 7小时 5小时 

注意 

在干燥/初固化期间底材温度不得突然下降尤其重要的是在丙烯 

酸或聚氨酯面漆施工前底材温度不得显著下降并保持充足的通风 

若需要尽快处理被涂物件或在较低温度下重涂可使用老人牌环氧厚 

浆漆45143 

若温度较低建议本品在施工前有适当的诱导期在这样的情况下油漆 

温度应相等于底材温度并遵守前述规则 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的干膜厚度为200微米 

表面温度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

干燥时间约 12天 6 天 36小时 15小时 6小时 4.5小时 

固化时间约 5个月 2.5个月 1个月 14天 7天 5天 


用老人牌环氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 10天 5天 42小时 18小时 7小时 5小时 

大气环境严重 14天 7天 60小时 25小时 10小时 8小时 


大气环境 



大气环境中等无关无关无关 18小时 7小时 5小时 

大气环境严重无关无关无关 25小时 10小时 8小时 

注意 

在干燥/初固化期间底材温度不得突然下降尤其重要的是在丙烯 

酸或聚氨酯面漆施工前底材温度不得显著下降并保持充足的通风 

若需要尽快处理被涂物件或在较低温度下重涂可使用老人牌环氧厚 

浆漆45143 

若温度较低建议本品在施工前有适当的诱导期在这样的情况下油漆 

温度应相等于底材温度并遵守前述规则

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880 与干膜厚度无关 

表面温度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

最大重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 

用老人牌环氧漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等无无 

无无无无 

大气环境严重无无 

无无无无 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 4个月 3个月 2个月 4星期 21天 14天 

大气环境严重 4星期 21天 14天 6天 3天 2天 


大气环境 



大气环境中等无关无关无关 6小时 3天 2天 

大气环境严重无关无关无关 3小时 1.5天 1天 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45881的干膜厚度为100~150微米 

表面温度 20 30 40 

干燥时间约 4小时 3小时 2小时 

固化时间约 7小时 5天 

3天 


用老人牌环氧漆聚氨酯漆氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆和水性丙 

烯酸漆重涂的间隔 


大气环境严重 7小时 5小时 4小时 

*在干燥/初固化期间底材温度不得突然下降 

*若需要尽快处理被涂物件或在较低温度下重涂 

漆45143 

可使用老人牌环氧厚浆 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45881的干膜厚度为200微米 

表面温度 20 30 40 

干燥时间约 6小时 5小时 4小时 

固化时间约 7小时 5天 

3天 


用老人牌环氧漆聚氨酯漆氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆和水性丙 

烯酸漆重涂的间隔 


大气环境严重 10小时 8小时 6小时

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881 


“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45881 与干膜厚度无关 

表面温度 20 30 40 

最大重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 

用老人牌环氧漆系列重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等无 

无 

无 

大气环境严重无 

无 

无 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 21天 

14天 

7天 

大气环境严重 3天 

2天 

1天 


大气环境 12小时 9小时 6小时 




3天 

1.5天 

2天 

1天 

1天 

12小时 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重涂时的特殊注意事项 

°I 根据具体情况可以延长最大重涂间隔详细情况请咨询海虹老人牌涂料公 

司有关部门 

°ii 如果色号为12430的老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880/45881的漆膜厚度利于云母 

氧化铁结构形成那么本品的重涂间隔可以延长利于云母氧化铁结构形成的干膜 

厚度范围为50~100微米为此需要额外稀释请参照前述有关内容 

施工老人牌聚氨酯面漆前必须彻底清洗表面以去除粗糙云母氧化铁表面结构 

上的污染物 

为检查表面清洁的程度可在小块面积做试验而此种试验并不是漆膜长效耐久性 

的最终证明因此如对结果有怀疑需再次清洗一种更安全的办法是用稀释 

过的本品在表面上重新薄薄喷涂一层 

云母氧化铁结构这一概念适用于工业构件的过渡涂层 

在选择加涂油漆的颜色时应考虑云母氧化铁颜料的深颜色 

如用于船舶漆涂层以老人牌环氧漆45080作为先涂油漆时可以延长本品的 

重涂间隔 

延长重涂间隔的一般注意事项 

除了在最小重涂间隔关系表中陈述的注意事项外还应遵守下列要求 

必须彻底清洁表面以确保层间附着力尤其是在重涂间隔较长时必须用适当的清 

洁剂去除灰尘和油脂再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份 


如使用得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法 

为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试验 

安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用时, 请注 

意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考老人牌公司材料安全说明并遵守有关 

国家或当地政府规定的安全法规避免吸入溶剂蒸汽皮肤和眼睛不得接触本品 

禁止吞服 

本品 

必须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护环境只可在通风良好的情况下施工 

公布日期 2001年6月–4588012170CO009/4588112170CO0056

特性 

用途 

批准 

老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880 

固化剂95880 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880是一种双组份高固份环氧漆其漆膜坚韧,具有良好的 

湿润性耐磨耐矿物油耐海水性是低温固化型漆 

本品用于轮船外壳货舱及暴露甲板的修补和维护适用于大多数海洋轮船的修复 

和补涂工作 

在环氧配套中可作为厚浆底漆中间漆和/或面漆特别适合于中等至严重腐蚀大气 

环境或使用于要求高固体份和每层都要求高漆膜厚度的场合 

如室外暴露的环氧涂料外观可以接受本品可作为面漆 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”检测本品对谷物无害 

根据1987年版英国标准BS476第七章本品属于1级材料耐火试验 

在内表面积大于1000m 2 时符合美国联邦条例关于运载干食物的175.300条款 

本品已经获得了德国和丹麦EC类型的检验认证 

使用温度干燥条件下最大 120 见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11480–绿色/40640 

漆面半光 


理论涂布率 4.0平方米/升(以200微米干膜厚计) 

闪点 35 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


另一种颜色红50630可供选择 

施工说明 

混合比率基料45889:固化剂95880=3:1(体积比) 


稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 根据用途稀释剂08450最大用量不超过5% 见备注 

混合使用期 1小时(20 ) 无空气喷涂 

2小时(20 ) 刷涂 

见"施工指导" 

喷孔 0.43-0.58毫米 





重涂间隔见"施工指导"

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880 

安全 






表面处理新钢材若作为中间漆或面漆,请参考先涂含硅富锌漆或环氧底漆的产品说明书 

若作为底漆根据规定进行底材处理 

修补和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物,彻底清理 

破损区域用动力工具处理至不低于Sa2级(小面积)或喷砂至Sa2-Sa2.5级表面处 

理越好漆膜表现越好也可用水喷进行表面处理至WJ-3(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12), 

施工前最大闪锈等级FR-2(“老人”牌标准) 

余物 

磨平边角补涂至原漆膜厚度清理残 

浸泡部分的修补要求同上在点蚀表面;由于盐锈积垢严重,可用水喷或湿喷砂进 

行表面处理也可用干喷砂-高压淡水冲洗-干燥-再干喷砂进行处理 

施工条件为避免水汽凝结,表面要求清洁干燥,温度高于露点推荐的最低温度为0 但在大 

于-10 的情况下固化仍可进行油漆本身的温度一定要高于15 但最好低于 

30 以保证施工性能温度在18-22 可获得最佳施工效果在温暖的气候下漆 

料应储存在凉爽的地方在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应提供足够通风 

在很低的气温下要求快速干燥是可以用老人牌环氧漆45143代替“老人”牌厚浆环氧 

漆45880 请同时参照施工说明 

先涂油漆无,或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 

该产品以旧型号4588认可 


漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和区域改变漆膜厚度,这样会影响涂布率,干燥时间和重 

涂间隔一般干膜厚度在125—200微米避免漆膜过厚 

如果因某种目的要求更薄的漆膜那就需要额外加入稀释剂请看单独的使用说明 

如果油漆本身温度低于20 也需另加稀释剂不大于15% 

双度漆对于双度漆其每度干膜的厚度一般为150微米 

硅酸锌漆或金属喷涂表面建议在油漆温度高于20 时采用“雾喷”法施工喷一度 

薄的未稀释过的涂层几分钟后再喷涂规定厚度的漆膜 


公布日期 2001年6月–45880011480CO006

老人牌厚浆环氧漆45880施工指导 

固化剂95880 

内容范围本施工指导是“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880产品说明书的补充说明内容包括”老 

人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的表面处理施工设备及涂装 

表面处理一般情况建议采取喷砂清洁表面以发挥最佳油漆性能但是,“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆 

45880有较好的表面适应性对于只经过机械清洁盐迹和油污等被除去的表面 

本品与其他许多油漆相比可以获得更好的效果 

维修与保养 

在大气中暴露的情况 

破损区域的修补 

用动力工具清理破损部位至St2级小面积或用干喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级,最好 

Sa2.5级良好的表面处理会改善“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的性能可用水喷代替 

干洗清理至最少WJ-3级 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前许可的最大闪蚀 

度为FR 2级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角扫刷掉松散物质补涂至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性除环氧漆与聚氨酯漆外本品还可与其它品种油漆联用但在补涂前绝 

对要求旧漆膜附着紧实而且处理良好建议做小试检查 

全涂 

与旧配套相容一般而言与旧的环氧漆能完全相容在全部涂漆前也应做小试检查 

如果旧的环氧漆已经粉化或涂有聚氨酯面漆建议涂漆前打磨表面彻底清洗表面 

用适当的清洁剂去除尘粉化物油脂等用高压淡水清洗整个表面 

除去旧配套也可在机械清除旧配套后全部涂漆但必须考虑机械清除会使表面光 

滑而影响附着力 

注意清洗至表面发白的坚硬黑色锈斑对附着力没有影响但有潜在危险在清洗 

过程中黑锈暴露在空气中继续氧化导致其与金属底材间附着力减弱在后期的使 

用中锈斑连同其上的漆层可能会脱落 

在水中浸泡的情况 

用适当的清洁剂除去油污然后用高压淡水除去盐迹和其他污染物用动力工具清 

理破损部位至St3级小面积或用干喷砂法清理至最小Sa2级,最好Sa2.5级良好 

的表面处理会改善“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的性能可用水喷代替干洗清理至 

最少WJ-2级 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前许可的最大闪蚀度为FR 2级 

最好为FR 1级 HEMPEL标准磨平边角扫刷掉松散物质补涂至原漆膜厚 

度 

注意在暴露于盐水的旧钢板表面由于盐锈积垢严重,可用水喷或湿喷砂进行表面 

处理也可用干喷砂-高压淡水冲洗-干燥-再干喷砂进行处理 

新钢材 

作中间漆和面漆时表面处理参考先涂底漆的产品说明书(“老人”牌环氧底漆) 作 

自作底涂层时根据规定进行表面处理








喷管最长100米直径12.7mm 



一般表面 

喷孔 0.53 0.58毫米 

扇面 60° 

复杂表面(和补涂) 

喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 


注意增加软管的直径会使油漆流量相应增加从而导致喷吐扇面增加如果需要 

较长的软管泵比率必须升至60:1以上并且保持较高的喷出量也可最多加入5 

的稀释剂08450 但过多的稀释会引起流挂所以稀释时必须小心谨慎 


诱导期 

当漆料温度低于15 时特别是底材温度低于15 时在施工前最好让两组份预反 

应一段时间 

漆料温度15 时建议预反应15分钟漆料温度10 时建议预反应25分钟为 

获得好的施工性能漆料温度决不能低于10 

较大面积施工成膜施工时每一度的涂装必须形成一个连续的无针孔的漆膜因此施工人 

员必须采用能确保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的喷涂技术施工时喷孔尺寸必须适 

宜不要太大喷枪离表面的距离必须适当均匀保持在30━50cm之间对边 

角小孔加强筋背侧等部位必须仔细喷涂通常在这些部位采取刷涂是比较好的 

一种方法为保证喷出的漆料雾化良好且稳定漆料粘度必须适当并保证喷涂设 

备有较高的喷出压力和喷出量如果施工温度较高可多加些稀释剂以免干喷 

喷涂后的漆层必须均匀并尽可能符合规定要求避免漆层过厚以免流挂,干裂和溶剂 

残留此外还必须控制油漆消耗 

成膜必须均匀光滑如有灰尘砂粒干喷等现象必须补救处理 

刷涂 

对于表面处理较差的部位建议首度采用刷涂额外的稀释有利于油漆的渗透性 


喷涂施工的 

湿膜/干膜厚度请注意在刚施工完后因为“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880的触变性漆膜表面会呈波 

纹状干燥过程中波纹会变平由于波纹实测湿膜厚度应比预定的厚一般情况 

下实测湿膜厚度应比预定的厚25-50微米由于干燥过程中波纹变平这种明显 

较高的膜厚度不会导致油漆消耗量增加 

漆膜厚度/稀释 ”老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880一般厚度在125-200微米间对于双层漆其每层干膜的 

厚度一般为150微米一般情况下用稀释剂08450稀释最大不超过5% 但根据 

实际情况可能会需要额外加入稀释剂漆膜厚度可以低至75微米在干膜厚度低 

于125微米的情况下为了获得最佳漆膜推荐用稀释剂08450稀释5-10%



混合使用时间对于”老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880 标准条件下测得的混合使用时间为1小时 20 

但是如果在炎热气候条件下施涂20升混合漆料,基料和固化剂的化学反应所产生 

的热相对缩短了实际的混合使用时间因此在高温情况下不管使用何种设备 

混合好后应立即使用油漆 

安全 





公布日期 2001年6月–4588011480CO006 

附物理参数与温度间的关系表



物理参数与干燥时间和重涂间隔随漆膜厚度温度及后期暴露环境的变化而变化 

温度间的关系 “老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880干膜厚度100-150微米刷涂 

表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

干燥时间(约) 3天 24小时 10小时 4小时 3小时 2小时 

固化时间(约) 2.5月 1月 14天 7天 5天 3天 


用“老人”牌环氧漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 4天 30小时 12小时 5小时 4小时 3小时 

大气环境严重 6天 42小时 18小时 7小时 5小时 4小时 

浸泡 

7天 50小时 22小时 8小时 6小时 5小时 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆重涂的间隔 



用“老人”牌丙烯酸漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境 

中等或严重 4天 30小时 12小时 5小时 4小时 3小时 

浸泡* 


用“老人”牌水性丙烯酸面漆重涂的间隔 

表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大气环境 

大气环境 

中等 

严重 

无关无关 12小时 

18小时 

5小时 

7小时 

4小时 

5小时 

3小时 

4小时 

仅“老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330适于浸泡 

注意 

• 干燥/初固化期间底材表面温度不得突然下降在使用丙烯酸或聚氨酯面漆时 

温度下降不能太快并要保持当的通风 

• 若需在较低温度下快速处理建议使用“老人”牌环氧漆45143 

• 低温情况下在使用本品之前应有一个适当的诱导时间在这种情况下认为油 

漆的温度与下降的温度相等并请参照第二页的规则 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880干膜厚度200微米无空气喷涂 

表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

干燥时间(约) 6天 36小时 15小时 6小时 5小时 4小时 

固化时间(约) 2.5月 1月 14天 7天 5天 3天 





浸泡 

8天 3天 30小时 12小时 10小时 8小时 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆重涂的间隔 




大气环境 


浸泡* 



表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大气环境 

大气环境 

中等 

严重 

无关无关 18小时 

25小时 

7小时 

10小时 

5小时 

8小时 

4小时 

6小时



仅“老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330适于浸泡 

注意 

• 干燥/初固化期间底材表面温度不得突然下降在使用丙烯酸或聚氨酯面漆时 

温度下降不能太快并要保持当的通风 

• 若需在较低温度下快速处理建议使用“老人”牌环氧漆45143 

• 低温情况下在使用本品之前应有一个适当的诱导时间在这种情况下认为油 

漆的温度与下降的温度相等并请参照第2页的说明 

“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880最大重涂间隔与干膜厚度无关 

表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 




大气环境 

浸泡 

严重 

无关 

无关 

90天 

无关 

无关 

90天 

无关 

无关 

60天 

无关 

无关 

30天 

无关 

无关 

23天 

无关 

无关 

15天 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆重涂的间隔 

大气环境中等 3月 2月 4周 21天 14天 10天 

大气环境严重 21天 14天 6天 3天 2天 36小时 


大气环境 


浸泡* 



表面温度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大气环境 

大气环境 

中等 

严重 

无关无关 

6天 

3天 

3天 

1.5天 

2天 

1天 

36小时 

18小时 

* 仅“老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330适于浸泡 

根据本地的实际情况可以适当的延长最大重涂间隔 

请与本公司联系 

聚氨酯面起重涂的特别说明 

如想获得进一步的建议 

在聚氨酯漆使用之前必须使表面完全清洁为了确定表面清洁度是否足够可以进 

行局部实验然而这种检测并不足以完全说明其耐久性如果结果可疑请重新 

清洁一个更安全的方法就是用稀释了的本品喷涂表面 

延长重涂间隔的一般注意事项 

除了在每个表后面提到的有关最小重涂间隔外的注意事项外还有下面一些注意事 

项 

表面必须完全干净以确保漆膜间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔较长时 

用适当的清洁剂去除一切灰尘油脂等再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉盐份 

另外必须去除由于长时间暴露引起的退化表面层可用水喷射 

去除退化表面层如使用得当水喷射也可以取代上述清洗方法如 

有疑问请向海虹老人牌涂料公司咨询 

为检查表面清洗质量可在小块面积做试验然而这种局部检验并不足以完全说 

明油漆耐久性

特性 

用途 

老人牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330 

“老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330是一种以氯化橡胶为基料的油漆属物理干燥型 

耐海水也耐矿物油脂族溶剂及多种化学品的溅污但不耐动植物油和芳烃溶剂 

使用温度见备注 

本品可自作底漆,或作为中间漆和面漆涂在中等至严重腐蚀性环境下(包括长期浸 

泡部位)的钢结构表面 


物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11480 红色/50630 可根据需求提供其它颜色 

漆面平光 



闪点 32 





510克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 



漆膜厚度干膜 80微米 (见备注) 



最大不限 (见备注) 

安全 






表面处理新钢材喷砂使表面达到Sa2.5级标准若需要涂一层适当的车间底漆临时保 

护钢面 

品修补 

涂漆前把储运和加工时被损坏的车间底漆以及污染物彻底清理干净用本 


或动力工具除去浮锈和其它松散物质扫除残留物修补至完整漆膜厚度

“老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330 


施工条件按照正常的良好施工条件进行 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应大量通风 


加涂油漆无或按规定加涂“老人”牌氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆系列船底根据配套加涂防污漆 

备注 

注意 

因本品是热塑型产品故在温度约40 以上时长时间受机械作用漆膜会凹陷 

一旦温度下降漆膜机械强度随之恢复 


涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为40-100微米反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜 

太厚因“截留”的溶剂而使漆膜起泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般 

建议施涂“老人”牌46330时不可太厚 

重涂若多层漆膜施工实际漆膜厚度和涂层数会影响干燥时间和最小重涂间隔 

请参阅相应的油漆配套 

无最大重涂间隔但在污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净 

任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月–4633011480CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370 

“老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370是一种具有最佳保色性用氯化增塑剂和丙烯酸树脂 

为基料配制的厚浆油漆属物理干燥型耐海水脂族溶剂和动植物油的溅污 

可作货柜的外部面漆 

可作为在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆系列的中间漆 

和面漆 


物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000* 




闪点 23 


表干约0.5小时 20 

指触干 


约4小时 20 


施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(20%) 08080(30%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.43-0.53毫米 







安全 






表面处理维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物对钢材 

用喷砂或动力工具除去全部锈迹和其它松散物质扫除残留物用适当的底漆和本 

品修补钢面裸露部位至完整漆膜厚度对其它金属和混凝土参照有关的油漆配套 

及底漆和封闭漆的产品说明书

“老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46370 




先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧富锌漆15360/15363 环氧底漆15300/15302,或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无或根据需要加涂“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360等 

备注 

注意 

颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能会变色当暴露 

在含硫大气中,含铅的可能会变色 

使用温度因本品是热塑型产品故在温度约40 以上时长时间受机械作用漆膜 

会凹陷一旦温度下降漆膜机械强度随之恢复 


涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为75-100微米反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜太 

厚因“截留”的溶剂而使漆膜起泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般建 

议施涂“老人”牌46370时不可太厚 

重涂若多层漆膜施工实际漆膜厚度和涂层数会影响最小重涂间隔请参阅相 

应的油漆配套 

无最大重涂间隔但在污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净 

任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月–4637010000CO015

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46410是一种具有良好保色性用丙烯酸树脂醇酸树脂和 

非氯化型增塑剂为基料配制的物理干燥型厚浆半平光油漆含磷酸锌缓蚀颜料 

耐海水也耐脂族溶剂和动植物油的溅污 

可作为在中等腐蚀性环境中氯化橡胶或丙烯酸漆配套的底漆中间漆和面漆 

本品可自作底漆用于修补集装箱漆层破损部位也可用于其它需要既经济 

又快捷补漆的场合 

可作集装箱面漆 


批准 

被澳大利亚CSIRO批准,可装载食品 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11480*- 红色/50630* 




闪点 24 



指触干 


约4小时 20 


*如果需要可以提供其他颜色 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.43-0.53毫米 





重涂间隔最小干燥后(见备注) 


安全 



但并不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或直接接触本品应立即求医必须采 

取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处 

或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风



表面处理新钢材用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物喷砂使 

表面达到Sa2.5 若需要涂一层适当的车间底漆临时保护钢面涂漆前把储运和 

加工时被损坏的车间底漆以及污染物彻底清理干净用本品修补 

维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清除盐份和其它污物用喷 

砂或动力工具除去浮锈和其它松散物质 

度 

扫除残留物用本品修补至完整漆膜厚 





备注 

注意 

颜色在含硫氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能会变色 

施工温度因本品是热塑型产品故在温度约40 以上时长时间受机械作用漆 

膜会凹陷一旦温度下降漆膜机械强度随之恢复 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率干燥时间和 

重涂间隔干膜厚度正常范围为75-125微米为获得一个均匀的干膜厚度 125 

微米建议采用双涂法施工湿碰湿若用滚涂法施工如甲板漆施工每 

度漆的干膜厚度通常约为50微米反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜太厚因 

“截留”的溶剂而使漆膜起泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般建议施涂 

“老人”牌46410时不可太厚 

甲板漆如需要形成防滑表面,宜趁本品第一层漆未干时用“老人”牌防滑粉67500 

均匀撒在漆面(每25平方米约2.5公斤) 漆膜干后把多余的防滑粉扫掉再涂第 

二层漆膜往20升本品中加入1公斤“老人”牌防滑粉67420可获得同样效果 

重涂若多层漆膜施工实际漆膜厚度和涂层数会影响最小重涂间隔请参阅 

相应的油漆配套 

无最大重涂间隔但在污染环境暴露后的表面重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干 

净任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月–4641011480CO003

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46820是一种具有最佳保色性以丙烯酸树脂为基料的油漆 

属物理干燥型耐海水也耐脂族溶剂和动植物油的溅污 

可作为集装箱和机车等的面漆 

可作为在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中钢结构的面漆关于施工和修补的注意事项 

参见备注 


物理参数 

颜色/色号浅铝色/19000 




闪点 25 


指触干 


3-4小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(20%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.43-0.53毫米(见备注) 





重涂间隔最小干后(见备注) 


安全 





流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

表面处理用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用高压淡水清洗掉盐份和其它污物,用喷砂法或动力工 

具除去浮锈和其它松散物质,扫除残渣先用适当的底漆补涂再用本品全面涂饰 

至漆膜厚度



施工条件施工时表面必须完全清洁干燥表面温度在露点以上以避免凝结在狭窄空间 

施工和干燥期间应大量通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧底漆15300/15302,环氧富锌漆15360/15363,或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无须加涂或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

使用温度因本品是热塑型产品故温度约40 以上时长时间受压会导致漆膜凹 

陷,一当温度下降,漆膜的机械性能又可恢复 

施工施工方法会影响漆膜外观喷涂法特别是传统喷涂法可以得到最佳铝金属 

色泽若刷涂可使用一种宽不过10厘米的平头漆刷涂料涂抹于表面后,用漆刷 

轻轻地向同一方向把漆面抹平如果漆刷或滚筒醮漆过多,漆面就会出现条纹以致 

表面变灰而失去光泽但这只影响外观并不破坏其保护性能施工期间不管采取何 

种措施修补都可能使修补部位的视觉效果如光泽有差别 


涂间隔通常干膜厚度范围为60-100微米反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜 

太厚因“截留”的溶剂而使漆膜起泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般 

建议施涂“老人”牌46820时不可太厚 

无论如何 

喷出压力 

漆膜应避免过厚因此在无空气喷涂时建议使用尽可能小的喷孔和 

重涂若是多层漆膜施工漆层数及每层的厚度将会影响干燥时间与最小重涂间 

隔参照相应的施工说明在污染环境暴露后重涂前须用高压淡水冲净表面任 

其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月 4682019000CO005

特性 

用途 


批准 

老人牌银仓漆51560 

“老人”牌银仓漆51560是一种空气干燥的铝粉漆具有良好的渗透性能对谷物无 

害 

作为反光漆涂于货仓表面 

作为耐热防护漆涂在热表面最大200 

本品经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会鉴定为对谷物无害产品符合美国食品和药物管 

理局审批的“联邦条例”中关于干食物运输规定的第175.300章 

物理参数 

颜色/色号铝色/19000(见备注) 

漆面有光(见备注) 



闪点 33 


指触干 


约5小时 20 


施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂一般喷涂刷涂/滚涂 

稀释剂无须稀释(见备注) 








最大不限 

安全 






“老人”牌银仓漆51560 


表面处理维修和保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂再用(高压)淡水清除盐份及其它污物,用喷 

砂法或动力工具除去铁锈及松散物质扫除残留物然后用指定底漆补涂 



先涂油漆钢板表面温度先涂油漆 

120 以下“老人”牌醇酸底漆 

120-200 之间自作底漆 


备注 

注意 

证书发布时 

本品适宜喷涂 

本品型号为5156 

施工若刷涂,可选用不宽于10厘米的平头刷,不必稀释涂漆后,宜轻轻向一个方 

向抹平漆面,如果漆刷或滚筒用力过大漆面就会出现皱纹变灰而失去光泽,但对 

漆膜的防护性能无影响 

坏漆膜的防护性能 

在高温下本品会变灰而失去光泽,这仅影响外观并不破 

铝粉漆光泽取决于使用方法 

如需要该光泽则应该以老人牌银粉漆51570为面漆 

漆面高温条件下本品会变得略带灰色并失去光泽这只是表面变化对其防 

护性能无影响 


公布日期 2000年5月–5156019000CO007

特性 

用途 


批准 

“老人”牌银粉漆51570是一种油性树脂铝粉漆反光性强 

老人牌银粉漆51570 

适宜涂在轻微至中等腐蚀性环境下需反光或有一定热度的钢材或木材内外表面 

符合美国食品和药物管理局审批的“联邦条例”中“食品附加条例”关于干食物运输方 

面规定的第175.300章 

经德国有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61 67 决议认可为“低火焰传播涂” 

已经获得了德国EC-型检验证书 

物理参数 

颜色/色号铝色/19000 

漆面有光见备注 



闪点 38 





500克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂一般喷涂刷涂/滚涂 

稀释剂无须稀释(见备注) 






湿膜 75微米; 


最大不限 

安全 



但并不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或直接接触本品应立即求医必须采 

取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处 

或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风

“老人”牌铝粉漆51570 


表面处理涂有"老人"牌醇酸底漆(温度范围见下面的"先涂油漆"栏)的完好表面在彻底清除储 

存和制造期间产生的污染之后即可施涂对于其它表面用动力工具清理至St3或喷 

砂处理至Sa2 除去铁锈及松散物质 

维修及保养用适当的清洁剂清除油脂再用(高压)淡水清除盐份及其它污物,用喷 

砂法或动力工具除去铁锈及松散物质扫除残留物然后用指定底漆补涂 



先涂油漆钢板表面温度先涂油漆 

120 以下 “老人”牌醇酸底漆 

120-200 之间自作底漆 


备注 

注意 


施工本品适宜喷涂 

若刷涂,可选用不宽于10厘米的平头刷,不必稀释涂漆后,宜轻轻向一个方向抹平漆 

面,如果漆刷或滚筒用力过大漆面就会出现皱纹变灰而失去光泽,但对漆膜的防 

护性能无影响 

防护性能 

在高温下本品会变灰而失去光泽,这仅影响外观并不破坏漆膜的 

漆 

响 

面高温条件下本品会变得略带灰色这只是表面变化对其防护性能无影 


公布日期 2000年5月–5157019000CO010

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸磁漆52140 

“老人”牌醇酸磁漆52140具有良好的光泽和耐候性,漆膜柔韧,耐盐水,也耐矿物油及 

脂肪烃类物质的泼溅 

.可作为醇酸漆系列的面漆涂在轻微至中等腐蚀环境下的钢板或木结构的内外表 

面 

.可作为机房(包括舱顶主机及辅助机械)的面漆 

使用温度干燥时最大耐温 120 在此温度下漆膜可能会泛黄/变色 

批准 

物理参数 

本品经丹麦德国比利时和意大利有关部门根据国际海事组织MSC61 67 决 

议认可为“低火焰传播涂料” 

已经获得了丹麦德国EC-型认证 

颜色/色号白色/10000 黑色/19990 可按实际要求提供其他颜色 

漆面有光有光 

体积固体含量% 46±1 43 1 


闪点 38 38 


表面干约2.5小时约2.5小时 20 

指触干 


6-8小时 6-8小时 20 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08230 08230 08230(见备注) 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 







重涂间隔最小 8小时 20 ) 


安全 






“老人”牌醇酸磁漆52140 




先涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆12050,“老人”牌厚浆底漆13200,“老人”牌中间漆42460或按规定 

先涂 


备注 

注意 


颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能会变色 

在含硫的大气环境中暴露后含铅的油漆的颜色可能会变色 

漆膜厚度根据使用目的和部位可选用不同的漆膜厚度,但这会影响涂布率干燥 

时间及重涂间隔,通常干膜厚度为30-40微米 

稀释喷涂时可用“老人”牌稀释剂08080,但用于“老人”牌醇酸漆的新涂层之上有 

起皱的可能 

重涂重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关(52140以30微米干膜计) 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 


轻微中等轻微中等 

52140 8小时 8小时无 5天 

如超过最大重涂间隔,必须磨粗表面,以保证漆层间的附着力 

若曾在污染环境中暴露过,重涂前用高压淡水冲洗干净任其自干 


公布日期 2000年5月 5214010000CO016

特性 

用途 

使用温度 

批准 

老人牌醇酸厚浆磁漆52220 

“老人”牌醇酸厚浆磁漆52220可用无空气喷涂法作厚漆膜喷涂 

可作为“老人”牌醇酸漆系列的面漆涂在轻微至中等腐蚀环境下的钢板内外表面 

干燥时最大耐温 120 

本品经丹麦有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61(67)决议认可为“低火焰传播涂料” 

已获得了德国和丹麦德EC-类型认识 

物理参数 


漆面有光 



闪点 38 



指触干 


6-8小时 20 


施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂补漆用 

稀释剂 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

喷孔 0.53-0.58毫米 




漆膜厚度干膜 60微米见备注 



安全 





流通处施工必须提供强力通风 


在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应大量通风

“老人”牌醇酸厚浆磁漆52220 


先涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸厚浆底漆13200,或按规定先涂 


备注 


重涂间隔重涂间隔与以后暴露环境有关(52220以60微米干膜计) 

注意 

最小最大 

表面温度 20 20 

重涂油漆 


轻微中等轻微中等 

52220 12小时 16小时不限 5天 

如超过最大重涂间隔,必须磨粗表面,以保证漆层间的附着力若曾在污染环境中暴 

露过,重涂前用高压淡水冲洗干净任其自干 

可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度这将改变涂布率,干燥时间和重涂间隔不 

可在超过40 的环境下储存和使用 


公布日期 1999年10月–5222010000CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌半光醇酸漆52360 

“老人”牌半光醇酸漆52360是一种多用途醇酸基经济涂料对粗糙多孔的表面有极 

好的渗透性能,对谷物无害 

使用温度干燥时最大耐温120 

批准 

可自作底漆涂于诸如干货舱内部钢面和木结构表面 

作为在轻微侵蚀性环境中醇酸基漆系列的底漆 

本品经德国有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61(67)决议认可为低火焰传播材料 

经英国纽卡斯尔职业健康协会鉴定为对谷物无害产品 

符合美国食品和药物管理局审批的“联邦条例”中“食品附加条例”关于干食品运输方 

面规定的第175.300章并且已获得了德国EC-类认证 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/10670 红色/50610 


体积固体含量% 56 1 57 1 


闪点 38 38 


指触干 


6-8小时(20 ) 6-8小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5%(见备注) 

喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 








安全 






“老人”牌半光醇酸漆52360 


表面处理新钢材喷砂使表面至少达到Sa2级标准,如需临时保护钢材表面,可涂用适当的 

车间底漆,最后涂漆前所有破损的车间底漆和在加工和贮运期间受污染的部分都必 

需清理干净,再用本品进行修补 

维修保养用适当的清洁剂除掉油脂,再用(高压)淡水清除盐份及其它污物用喷砂 

法或动力工具除掉锈迹及松散物质扫除残渣补涂使其达到规定的漆膜厚度 

施工条件按照正常良好条件进行,在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆 "老人"牌醇酸底漆12050或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆本品通常可自作配套使用亦可参照说明选用油性或醇酸基油漆加涂 

例如 

内表面 “老人”牌银舱漆51560 

外表面 “老人”牌醇酸中间漆42460,再涂上醇酸基面漆 

备注 

注意 

暴露于污染环境下重涂之前,必须用高压淡水将漆面冲洗干净,任其自干 

稀 

起皱 

释可以用“老人”牌稀释剂08080稀释本品但喷涂后会造成刚涂过的醇酸漆 


公布日期 1999年10月–5236010670CO011

特性 

用途 

老人牌快干甲板漆53240 

“老人”牌醇酸甲板漆53240是一种快干苯乙烯醇酸漆耐磨损抗日晒耐海水 

和油溅但不耐芳烃类物质如某些汽油有关表面防滑参见备注 

可作为通用面漆涂在轻微至中等腐蚀环境中的钢甲板舷梯船桥等结构的内外表 

面 

使用温度干燥时最大耐温120 

批准 

本品经丹麦德国及英国有关部门根据国际海事组织MSC61(67)决议认可为低火 

焰传播材料 

已经获得了德国和丹麦EC-类型的认证 

物理参数 

颜色/色号绿色/40640 红色/50630 


体积固体含量% 42 1 41 1 


闪点 28 28 


指触干 


约1小时(20 ) 约1小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 

喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 







最大 4小时(20 )(见备注) 

安全 






“老人”牌快干甲板漆53240 


施工条件按照正常良好条件进行,在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆12050或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 


重涂漆膜干后4小时之内必须重涂,超过4小时只能2周后重涂,对于附着力来说 

无最大重涂间隔 

干 

若曾在污染环境中暴露过,重涂前用高压淡水冲洗干净任其自 

如需防滑表面应趁本品第一层未干时用“老人”牌防滑粉67500均匀洒在漆面上 

20升53240配7.5kg防滑粉67500 

漆膜 

漆膜干后扫除多余的防滑粉后再涂第二层 

在20升53240中加入1kg“老人”牌防滑珠67420涂布可获得同样防滑效果 


公布日期 1999年10月–5324040640CO016

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌聚氨酯磁漆55100 

固化剂95370 

老人”牌聚氨酯磁漆55100是一种双组份高光丙烯酸聚氨酯涂料有极好的光泽和良 

好保色性 

可作为高光装饰面漆涂在严重污染环境下的钢结构铝材玻璃纤维聚酯夹板 

硬木表面最低固化温度为 10 

使用温度干燥条件下最大耐温 120 见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000 可根据需要提供其他颜色 

漆面高光 



闪点 31 



指触干 4-5小时 20 

完全固化 7天 20 



440克/升 

施工说明 

混合比率基料55109 固化剂95370=7 1 体积比 


稀释剂见备注见备注 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 

混合使用时间 2小时 20 

喷孔 0.43 0.48毫米 

喷出压力 7.5-10.0兆帕 


工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08080或08510 



重涂间隔最小 8小时 


安全 






施工和固化条件施工表面要求清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结最低固化温度为-10 

在冰点及冰点以下施工时必须注意表面结冰而影响漆膜的附着力施工期间及施工 

后16小时内(20 )小雨/湿度太大/凝露会影响漆膜的良好成形在狭窄的空间里施 

工和干燥期间需大量通风



先涂油漆 “老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45200/45201 环氧漆45304,“老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45880或按规 

定先涂 


备注 

注意 

颜色某些不含铅的红色和黄色暴露在含氯大气中可能会变色含铅的颜料所形 

成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大气中可能会变色 

使用温度当使用温度高于100 时可能会轻微褪色 

漆膜厚度根据不同的使用目的和区域可不按规定的漆膜厚度涂饰而其涂布率 

干燥时间和重涂间隔也相应改变干膜厚度范围为20 40微米 

稀释剂稀释剂类型和用量应根据施工的条件方法温度通风和底材来决定 

一般建议使用“老人”牌稀释剂08080 

替 

根据实际情况也可用“老人”牌稀释剂08510代 

无空气喷涂 

膜 

建议稀释剂用量15-20% 极端情况下用量可超过25%以获得良好漆 

空气喷涂 

涂 

稀释至DIN4杯17-20秒约35%体积比的稀释剂用低气压小喷孔喷 

为取得最佳喷涂效果两种喷涂方法都应先雾喷一度老人牌聚氨酯漆55100 2-15 

分钟后再喷涂至完整膜厚形成均匀漆膜 

重涂间隔和干燥/固化时间 

不要加厚漆膜 

温度变化的物理参数(35微米干膜厚通风充足) 

施工表面温度 10 0 10 20 30 

指触干约 45小时 20小时 9小时 5小时 3小时 

耐凝露/小雨 (7天) 3天 32小时 16小时 12小时 

完全固化(相对湿度 

70%) 

(60天) 32天 14天 7天 5天 

重涂间隔最小 3天 1.5天 16小时 8小时 6小时 

自重涂最大* (6月) (6月) (6月) 3月 2月 

*最大重涂间隔是指表面曝露在恶劣环境如周期性浸泡严重凝露温度巨大变化 

接触化学品或磨损的情况下的最大重涂间隔在其它情况下无最大重涂间隔任何 

情况下都要求表面绝对清洁以确保漆层间的附着力尤其是重涂间隔期长的情况 

用适当的清洁剂清除表面一切污物油脂等用淡水洗净表面的盐迹为保证表面 

足够清洁正式重涂之前应先取一小块面积做试验 

若超过最大重涂间隔须磨粗表面以确保漆膜间的附着力如果用其他品种重涂, 

最大重涂间隔为1-3天(20 ) 

固化剂95370很易受潮应密封桶盖储存于干燥处启封固化剂桶时应小心高压 

混合漆料中稍微一点水份也会减少混合使用时间并造成漆膜缺陷 


公布日期 1999年10月–5510010000CO005

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆55210 

固化剂95370 

“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆55210是一种双组份丙烯酸聚氨酯涂料保光性和保色性良好 

可作为保护面漆涂在严重污染环境下对油漆耐光和保色性等要求高的钢结构表面 

最低固化温度为-10 


批准 

本品经德国意大利有关机构根据国际海事组织MSC61(67)决议认可为“低火焰传 

播涂料” 

本品已获得了德国EC-类型的认证 

物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000 蓝色/30840 可根据需要提供其它颜色 


体积固体含量 52 1 51 1 


闪点 33 33 


表面干约2.5小时约2.5小时 20 

指触干约8小时约8小时 20 

完全固化 7天 7天 20 



440克/升 450克/升 

施工说明 

混合比率基料55219 固化剂95370 7 1 体积比 


稀释剂见备注 08080 



喷孔 0.43 0.48毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08080 或08510 




安全 

施工和固化条件 





施工表面要求清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结最低固化温度为 10 

在冰点及冰点以下施工时必须注意表面结冰而影响漆膜的附着力施工期间及施工 

后16小时内(20 )湿度太大/凝露会影响漆膜的良好成形在狭窄的空间里施工和 

干燥期间需大量通风



先涂油漆 “老人”牌厚浆环氧漆45200/45201 环氧漆45141/45143 “老人”牌厚浆环氧漆 

45880,或按规定先涂 


备注证书发布时本品型号为5521 

颜色某些不含铅的红色和黄色暴露在含氯大气中可能会变色含铅的颜料所形 

成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大气中可能会变色 

使用温度使用温度超过100 时可能会发生轻微变色 


干燥时间和重涂间隔也相应改变干膜厚度范围为40 60微米 

稀释稀释剂的类型和用量视施工条件施工方法温度通风和底材状况而定 

一般情况下 

08510代替 

建议使用“老人”牌稀释剂08080 根据实际情况可用"老人”牌稀释剂 

无空气喷涂稀释剂用量建议为5-15% 在某些特殊情况下稀释剂用量可超过 

20% 以保证漆面状况令人满意先雾喷一度 2-15分钟后再喷涂至完整漆膜厚 

度这样可使漆面均匀效果最佳 

静电喷涂推荐用指定的稀释剂稀释10% 如想获得进一步建议请与本公司联系 

重涂间隔和干燥/固化时间 

注意 

温度变化的物理参数 

施工表面温度 10 0 10 20 30 

指触干约 3天 36小时 16小时 8小时 6小时 

耐凝露/小雨* (7天) 3天 32小时 16小时 12小时 

完全固化 

(相对湿度 70%) 

2月 32天 14天 7天 5天 

重涂间隔最小 6天 3天 32小时 16小时 12小时 

自重涂最大不限不限不限不限不限 

*可通过加入促进剂来加速固化和干燥详情请咨询本公司 

任何情况下都要求表面绝对清洁以确保漆层间的附着力尤其是重涂间隔期长的 

情况用适当的清洁剂清除表面一切污物油脂等用淡水洗净表面的盐迹为保 

证表面足够清洁正式重涂之前应先取一小块面积做试验 

若利用一种“促进剂” 可加速漆膜干燥和固化有关详情请与海虹老人牌公司联 

系 

固化剂95370很易受潮应密封桶盖储存于干燥处启封固化剂桶时应小心高压 

混合漆料中稍微一点水份也会减少混合使用时间并造成漆膜缺陷 


公布日期 2000年12月-5521010000CO009

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌磁漆55850 

固化剂97550 

“老人”牌磁漆55850是一种双组份环氧乙烷酯面漆耐汽油矿物油和弱酸的溅污 

符合环保部门对VOC含量的要求 

作为双组份防锈漆配套的面漆涂用于安全规则禁止使用异氰酸酯固化的涂料的场 

合适用于中等至严重腐蚀性大气环境 

使用温度: 干燥条件下最大耐温:140 

物理参数 


漆面有光 



闪点 43 


表面干 : 约3小时 20 

指触干 8~10小时 20 




340克/升 

施工说明 



稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 15% 5% 


喷孔 0.46 0.53毫米 








安全 






“老人”牌磁漆55850 


施工条件仅在施工和固化能够进行的10 以上温度条件下使用本品施工表面温度和油漆 

本身的温度也应高于此温度施工表面要求清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免水汽凝 

结在冰点及冰点以下施工时必须注意表面结冰而影响漆膜的附着力 

先涂油漆按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 

颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色易变色在含硫的大气 

环境中暴露后含铅的颜色易变色 


干燥时间和重涂间隔也相应改变干膜厚度范围为50~75微米 

重涂:最大重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 

钢板温度 20 

大气环境 

重涂油漆轻度中等严重 

55850 无无 3个月 

任何情况下都要求表面绝对清洁以确保漆层间的附着力尤其是重涂间隔期长的 

情况用适当的清洁剂清除表面一切污物油脂等用淡水洗净表面的盐迹为保 

证表面足够清洁正式重涂之前应先取一小块面积做试验如试验表面层间附着力 

不够应打磨粗糙表面 

如超过最大重涂间隔应打磨粗糙表面以确保层间附着力 

光泽在室外暴露本品会轻微粉化但并不影响漆膜的保护性能 


公布日期 1999年10月-5585010000CO003

特性 

用途 


固化剂97050 

“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆55910是一种非常柔软的双组份聚氨酯面漆 

作为厚浆面漆用于保护在腐蚀性环境中的结构钢特别适用于维修符合环保部门 

对VOC含量的要求 

使用温度: 干燥条件下最大耐温:120 见备注 

物理参数 


漆面有光 



闪点 31 


表面干 : 约3小时 20 





340克/升 

施工说明 


施工方法无空气喷涂见备注刷涂见备注 

稀释剂 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5 5% 


喷孔 0.43 0.53毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀释剂08080/08880 




最大无见备注 

安全 








施工条件施工表面要求清洁干燥温度高于露点以避免水汽凝结最低固化温度为-10 

在冰点及冰点以下施工时必须注意表面结冰而影响漆膜的附着力在施工及以后的 

24小时内高湿度和/或凝露会严重影响成膜状况在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应大 

量通风 

先涂油漆按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 

颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能变色在含硫的大 

气环境中暴露后含铅的颜色可能变色 

使用温度如使用温度高于90 本品会变得更软 

颜色在含硫氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能变色 


干燥时间和重涂间隔也相应改变干膜厚度范围为最小75微米未稀释最大 

125微米 

重涂:最小重涂间隔与将来暴露环境有关 

表面温度 -10 0 10 20 30 

正常 

严重* 

3天 

3天 

36小时 

36小时 

16小时 

16小时 

11小时 

11小时 

6小时 

6小时 

最大重涂间隔要求表面绝对清洁以确保漆层间的附着力尤其在重涂间隔期长 

时用适当的清洁剂清除表面一切污物油脂等再用高压淡水清洗用淡水 

洗净表面的盐迹为保证表面足够清洁正式重涂之前应先取一小块面积做试验 

如用其它油漆重涂根据油漆类型最大重涂间隔为1~3天 20 

注意固化剂97050很易受潮应密封桶盖储存于干燥处启封固化剂桶时应小 

心高压混合漆料中稍微一点水份也会减少混合使用时间并造成漆膜缺陷 


公布日期 1999年10月-5591010000CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌抗锈斑面漆56220 

“老人”牌抗锈斑面漆56220是一种用于环氧和丙烯酸漆体系的改性面漆属物理干 

燥型耐盐水和脂肪碳氢化合物平滑表面和特殊化合物将使锈渍之类的污染减少 

至最低程度 

作为丙烯酸氯化橡胶和环氧漆体系的外用面漆用于中等至严重腐蚀性环境中 

使用温度干燥条件下最高耐温为80 见备注 

物理参数 

颜色/色号奶黄/20320 根据需要可提供其它色号 

漆面有光 



闪点 23 



指触干 3-4小时(20 ) 



565克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法刷涂/滚涂 

稀释剂 08080 

(最大用量) 5%(见备注 






安全 






“老人”牌抗锈斑面漆56220 


施工条件按照正常良好条件进行表面须干燥清洁温度要高于露点 


先涂油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸漆乙烯漆和环氧漆或按规定涂装 


备注 

注意 

使用温度由于“老人”牌抗锈斑面漆56220是一种热塑性产品在温度高于40 时 

长期的机械作用会引起漆膜凹陷当温度降低时则恢复其机械强度在污染环境 

中暴露后的表面重涂前须用高压淡水彻底冲洗干净任其自干 

无空气喷涂无空气喷涂应采取如下措施 

施工前需稀释油漆约10% 避免漆膜过厚不超过40微米使用喷涂法时 

喷枪要快速移动多次这样才能获得平滑均匀的外观 

建议喷孔 0.43-0.48毫米喷出压力 15.0兆帕 

为了校验喷涂条件建议在大规模实际施工前采用小片实验 


公布日期 1999年10月–5622020320CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸磁漆56360 

“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360是一种以丙烯酸树脂和非氯化增塑剂为基料而配制的面 

漆,具有理想的光泽和保色性属物理干燥型耐海水也耐脂烃类物质和动植物 

油的溅污 

作为“老人”牌氯化橡胶及丙烯酸漆配套的面漆涂在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中的内 

外表面 

使用温度干燥条件下最大耐温 80 (见备注) 

批准 

经英国“纽卡斯尔职业健康协会”试验对谷物无污染 

物理参数 

颜色/色号橙色/50040 黑色/19990(可根据需求提供其它颜色) 


体积固体含量% 33 1 31 1 


闪点 25 25 


表干约1小时约1小时(20 ) 

指触干 3-4小时 3-4小时(20 ) 



595克/升 610克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量 ) 5% 15% 5% 









安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360 


施工条件按照正常良好的条件施工待涂表面要求干燥洁净温度高于露点 

在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆,或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 


颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能会变色含铅的 

颜料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大气中可能会变色 

施工温度因为“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360是热塑型涂料,所以温度高于40 时,长 

时间的机械作用会使漆膜凹陷一旦温度降低漆膜的机械性能可以恢复 

漆膜厚度反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜太厚因“截留”的溶剂而使漆膜起 

泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般建议施涂“老人”牌56360时不可 

太厚 

重涂暴露于污染环境下漆膜在重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗表面,任其自干 

用其它油漆涂覆可能导致漆膜龟裂请参阅有关油漆配套的“备注” 

防滑表面如果需要形成防滑表面,宜趁本品第一层涂膜未干时,用“老人”牌防滑粉 

67500均匀地撒在漆面上(每25米 2 的表面约需2.5公斤防滑粉) 漆膜干后把表面 

多余的防滑粉扫下然后再涂以第二道56360 向20升的56360中加入1.0公斤的“老 

人”牌防滑珠67420可获得同样效果 

` 本品仅适于专业用途 

公布日期 2000年7月–5636019990CO009

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸漆56430 

“老人”牌丙烯酸漆56430是一种具有最佳保色性,物理干燥型,以丙烯酸树脂和非氯 

化增塑剂为基料的油漆耐海水也耐脂肪烃溶剂和动植物油的溅污 

1.可作为集装箱外表面面漆 

2.可作为在中等至严重腐蚀性环境中“老人”牌丙烯酸漆配套系列中的面漆 

使用温度干燥条件下最大耐温 80 (见备注) 

物理参数 

颜色/色号橙红色/54406 备有可供选择的其它颜色 

漆面平光 



闪点 24 


表干约15分种 20 




545克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

喷孔 0.43-0.53毫米 







安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸漆56430 


施工条件施工时,表面必须完全清洁干燥表面温度在露点以上以避免凝露在狭窄空间 


先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧底漆15300/15302,“老人”牌丙烯酸厚浆漆46410或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆无须加涂或根据使用部位按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

颜色在含氯的大气环境中暴露后某些不含铅的红黄色可能会变色 

某些含铅的颜料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大气中可能会变色 

本品因是热塑型产品故温度约40 以上时长时间受机械压力会导致漆膜凹陷,一 

但温度下降,漆膜的机械性能又可恢复 

漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整厚度调整范围通常为30-50微米这将改 

变涂布率干燥时间和重涂间隔反复多次的维修工作可能导致总漆膜太厚因“截 

留”的溶剂而使漆膜起泡由于每一涂层都可能残留溶剂因此一般建议施涂“老 

人”牌56430时不可太厚 

重涂若是多层漆膜施工实际漆膜厚度及涂层数将会影响最小重涂间隔参照 

相应的油漆配套无最大重涂间隔但是在污染环境暴露后重涂前需用高压淡水 

冲净表面任其自干 


公布日期 1999年10月–5643054406CS001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸荧光漆56540 

“老人”牌丙烯酸荧光漆56540是一种含荧光颜料的无遮盖力强反光丙烯酸漆,色感 

强,能见度高,本品在黑暗中无反光效果为提高其耐光性能,需在本品面上涂一层 

“老人”牌清漆06520 

可用于救生设施和警示牌作用的突出或移动物体表面 

使用温度在干燥条件下,最高使用温度 80 (见备注) 

物理参数 

颜色/色号橙色/50180(可根据需求提供其它颜色) 

光泽半光 

固体体积% 44 1 


闪点 38 


指触干 


1-2小时(20 ) 


施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂一般喷涂刷涂 

稀释剂 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 

喷孔 0.38-0.46毫米 






最大不限 

安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸荧光漆56540 


施工条件按照正常良好条件进行涂装在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 

先涂油漆 "老人"牌丙烯酸平光白漆或按规定先涂,本品需涂在白色表面以获得最佳的反光效 

果 

加涂油漆 “老人”牌清漆06520,可抗紫外线照射 

备注 

注意 

因本品是热塑型产品故在温度约40 以上时长时间受机械作用漆膜会凹陷一 

旦温度下降漆膜机械强度随之恢复 

无论是储存或者施工,都不允许将液体的油漆放于40 以上 


公布日期 1999年10月–5654050180CO002

特性 

用途 

"老人"牌硅酮面漆56900是一种耐热以惰性颜料着色的涂料 

老人牌硅酮面漆56900 

可用作热管道排气管烟囱和其它达200 的热表面的长效保护涂层在腐蚀环 

境中使用时见“先涂油漆”项 

使用温度干燥时最大耐温 200 

物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000 黑色/19990 

漆面半平光(见备注半平光见备注 

体积固体含量% 59 1 55 1 


闪点 25 25 


表干约1小时(20 ) 约1小时(20 ) 

指触干 


2-4小时(20 ) 2-4小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 080800808008080 

(最大用量) 25%40%25% (见备注) 




工具清洗稀释剂08080 

漆膜厚度湿膜 50微米(见备注) 



最大 (见备注) 

安全 





表面处理用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用(高压)淡水清除盐份和其它污物喷砂处理至Sa2.5 

级,如需涂车间底漆,建议只使用硅酸锌类型

“老人”牌硅酮面漆56900 


施工条件为避免水汽凝结,只能在干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面上施工在狭窄空间内 


先涂油漆可直接涂于喷砂清洁的钢材上为获得最大腐蚀保护建议使用下列一种底漆(40 

微米干膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富锌漆16900或含硅富锌漆15700 


备注 

注意 

光泽受热后会降低光泽 

热塑性受热后漆膜稍具热塑性 

漆膜厚度建议避免太厚的漆膜,因后来受热会引起起泡施工时必须加稀释剂 

08080,以确保形成较低的干膜厚度 

高温使用高温使用时,漆膜体系总的干膜厚度最好保持在75微米 

第一次受热漆膜未彻底干燥(20 最少24小时)前不要受热 

重涂彻底干燥(20 ,24小时)后可重涂在污染环境暴露后的表面,重涂前应用 

高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干 

硅酸锌底漆若施涂于硅酸锌漆之上,如“老人”牌含硅富锌漆15700,施工后或第一次 

加热后可能会出现爆孔 

避免爆孔的最好方法是在涂“老人”牌硅酮面漆的第一度漆时先施涂一层薄雾状涂 

层,让空气逸出, 然后再全涂一道56900 


公布日期 2001年6月–5690010000CO001

特性 

用途 

使用温度最大干燥 600 

老人牌硅酮铝粉漆56910 

"老人"牌硅酮铝粉漆56910是一种耐热以铝粉浆着色的涂料 

可用作热管道排气管烟囱和其它热表面的长效保护涂层用在腐蚀环境时见“先 

涂油漆”项 

物理参数 


漆面半平光(见备注 



闪点 25 



指触干 


2-4小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% (见备注) 





漆膜厚度湿膜 75微米(见备注) 




安全 






表面处理用适当的清洁剂清除油脂用(高压)淡水清除盐份和其它污物喷砂处理至Sa2.5 

级

“老人”牌硅酮铝粉漆56910 


施工条件为避免水汽凝结,只能在干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面上施工在狭窄空间内 



微米干膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富锌漆16900或含硅富锌漆15700 这会降低耐热性 

能,须参考以上两种底漆的产品说明书 


备注 

注意 




固化要使“老人”牌硅酮铝粉漆56910完全固化就需要在大于200 的情况下 

固化5天以上否则油漆将会存在一定的热塑性 

高温使用高温使用时,漆膜体系总的干膜厚度最好保持在最大75微米漆膜未彻 

底干燥(20 最少24小时)前不要受热 

重涂彻底干燥(20 ,24小时)或加热到约200 1小时后可重涂在污染环境暴 

露后的表面,重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干 


加热后可能会出现爆孔 

避免爆孔的最好方法是在涂“老人”牌硅酮面漆的第一度漆时先施涂一层薄雾状涂 

层,让空气逸出,然后再全涂一道56910 


公布日期 2000年5月–569109000CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940 

"老人"牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940是一种耐热的丙烯酸改性涂料在环境温度下空气干 

燥 

可用作热管道排气管烟囱和其它温度达到200 的热表面的长效保护涂层短 

暂耐温可达300 如加热到200 以上并持续较长时间漆膜可能变色但并 

不影响漆膜的保护性能在腐蚀环境时见“先涂油漆”项 

使用温度在干燥条件下最大耐温 600 

物理参数 


漆面半平光(见备注 



闪点 25 


表干约0.5小时(20 ) 

指触干 


1~2小时(20 ) 


施工说明 


稀释剂 08080 08080 08080 


(见备注) 

15% 5% 





漆膜厚度湿膜 50~100微米(视颜色而定) 


重涂间隔最小 (见备注) 


安全 






“老人”牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940 


表面处理用适当的清洁剂彻底清除油脂用(高压)淡水去除盐份和其它污物喷砂处理至 

Sa2.5级 SSPC-SP-10 如需车间底漆仅可使用硅酸锌类底漆 

施工条件为避免水汽凝结,只能在干燥洁净而温度又高于露点的表面上施工 

在狭窄空间内施工和干燥期间应大量通风 


微米干膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富锌漆16900或含硅富锌漆15700 


备注 

注意 


热塑性受热后漆膜稍具热塑性 



高温使用高温使用时,漆膜体系总的干膜厚度最好保持在最大75微米 

第一次受热漆膜未彻底干燥(20 最少24小时)前不要受热 

重涂彻底干燥(20 ,8小时)或加热到约200 1小时后可重涂在污染环境暴露 

后的表面,重涂前应用高压淡水彻底清洗干净任其自干 


加热后可能会出现爆孔避免爆孔的最好方法是在涂本品的第一度漆时先施涂 

一层薄雾状涂层,让空气逸出,然后再全涂一道56940 


公布日期 1999年10月-5694019000CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030是一种水性丙烯酸乳胶漆可形成耐黄变有光泽 

的涂层耐灰尘沾污具有良好的耐候性和保光性特别适用于无空气喷涂施工 

作为水性漆配套的有光面漆涂用于轻度至中等腐蚀性境下的内外表面如涂用于建 

筑表面应考虑对水蒸汽和二氧化碳渗出的阻滞作用如涂用于栏杆和类似部位 

建议用化学固化涂料代替 


批准 

经英国和加拿大有关机构认可为低火焰传播材料 

经丹麦有关机构根据国际海事组织的MSC61(67)的规定认可为低火焰传播材 

料 

具有丹麦EC型检测证书 

物理参数 


漆面有光 



闪点 >66 


表干约0.75小时(20 ) 

指触干 


约1.5小时(20 ) 见备注 


根据需要可提供其它颜色 

施工说明 



(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

喷孔 0.38~0.48毫米 








安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030 




先涂油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 水性环氧底漆18500或按规定先涂 

其它油漆也可作先涂油漆但要就近咨询海虹老人牌公司的办事处某些型号的油 

性旧漆在仔细清洁后可以加涂建议选取小块面积做试验旧的化学固化的涂料醇 

酸漆环氧漆和聚氨酯漆等也可作先涂油漆但是建议仅用在轻度暴露环境的场 

合 

加涂前应打磨粗糙表面并应选取小块面积做试验 

备注 

注意 

证书发布时本品的老型号为5803 




如干膜厚度要求50微米应对本品稀释3~5%以便成膜良好注意过度稀释会导致 

漆膜缺陷如鱼眼 

施工为成膜良好还应采用规定的喷孔尺寸 

如用刷涂或滚涂施工可以随意施工可用合成纤维制的刷子滚刷既可以毡制的 

也可以是毛制的如刷涂施工可按体积比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸刷涂 

剂99810 





公布日期 2000年12月–5803010000CO013

范围 










位 



灰色表面 








注意 








1 用淡水浸泡水泥表面 

2 用适当的清洁剂清洗然后用淡水冲洗 



扫除灰尘 


浸泡表面 






详细的情况 

施工和干燥期间应保证良好的通风尤其是在干燥期间确保已涂表面的各个部位都 

有良好的通风是非常重要的除去施工和干燥期间释放出的水份所需的通风量约为 

75米 3 /升漆 20 通风所输送的空气的相对湿度为40%

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030 

备注 

安全 

注意 











20 40~60%RH 12小时 10 40~60%RH 












明书

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230是一种水性丙烯酸乳胶漆可形成耐黄变半哑光 

的涂层耐灰尘沾污具有良好的耐候性具有优良的耐化学品沾污性和耐擦洗性 

特别适用于无空气喷涂施工 

作为水性漆配套的面漆涂用于轻度至中等腐蚀性境下的内外表面如涂用于建筑表 

面应考虑对水蒸汽和二氧化碳渗出的阻滞作用 


物理参数 

颜色/色号白色/10000* 

漆面半哑光 



闪点 : >66 


指触干 


约1.5小时(20 ) 见备注 


*根据需要可提供其它颜色 

施工说明 



(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

喷孔 0.38~0.48毫米 








安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230 




先涂油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 水性环氧底漆18500 

其它油漆也可作先涂油漆但要就近咨询海虹老人牌公司的办事处某些型号的油 

性旧漆在仔细清洁后可以加涂建议选取小块面积做试验旧的化学固化的涂料醇 

酸漆环氧漆和聚氨酯漆等也可作先涂油漆但是建议仅用在轻度暴露环境的场 

合 

加涂前应打磨粗糙表面并应选取小块面积做试验 

备注 

注意 

证书发布时本品的老型号为5823 



漆膜厚度可根据使用目的和部位调整漆膜厚度但是这会改变涂布率干燥时间 

和重涂间隔正常干膜范围为50~100微米如干膜厚度要求50微米应对本品稀 

释3~5%以便成膜良好注意过度稀释会导致漆膜缺陷如鱼眼 

施工为成膜良好还应采用规定的喷孔尺寸 

如用刷涂或滚涂施工可以随意施工可用合成纤维制的刷子滚刷既可以毡制的 

也可以是毛制的如刷涂施工按体积比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷涂 

剂99810 





公布日期 2001年3月–5823010000CO003

范围 










位 



灰色表面 








注意 












扫除灰尘 


浸泡表面 









“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230 

备注 

安全 

注意 









• 必须避免漆膜过厚 

• 在暴露于温度5 和凝露或水中的环境之前最后施工的漆层必须干燥至少6小 

时 20 40~60%RH 12小时 10 40~60%RH 












明书

特性 

用途 

物理参数 

颜色 

比重 

外型 

备注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌防滑珠67420 

“老人”牌防滑珠67420是一种空心的硅酸铝玻璃珠直径在5-200微米之间 

施工前与涂料混合,涂在诸如甲板等需要防滑的表面起防滑作用 

灰白色 

约0.7公斤/升 

圆珠型 

贮存环境要求干燥清洁 

用量所用漆料中加入下述重量的本品 

-在20升的56360丙烯酸磁漆中加入约0.8公斤本品 

-在20升快干甲板漆53240或丙烯酸厚浆漆46410中加入约1公斤本品 

-在20升聚氨酯漆55210中加入约1.2公斤本品 

-在20升厚浆环氧漆45200/45201中加入约1.3公斤本品 

本品加入漆料后应彻底搅拌均匀,用刷涂,滚涂或选用压力罐与大喷孔的 

一般喷涂设备施工 








特性 

用途 

物理参数 

颜色 

比重 

外型 

备注 

注意 

安全 

“老人”牌防滑粉67500是一种烘干的硅砂,平均直径约0.5毫米 

在诸如甲板等需要防滑的表面提供防滑效果 

灰白色 

约2.7公斤/升 

砂粒 

老人牌防滑粉67500 

因本品沉重而且粗糙,所以不能在施工前与涂料混合若要混合,建议用 “老人” 

牌防滑珠67420 

本品必须在油漆配套中倒数第二度漆涂后还湿时立即均匀地撒在漆面上 2.5公斤 

本品可撒25平方米的面积 

漆膜干后扫除多余的本品,再涂最后一度漆贮藏环境要求干燥清洁,不要将扫除后 

脏旧的本品与新品混合 








特性 

用途 

老人牌无锡自抛光防污漆7199B 

“老人”牌无锡防污漆7199B是一种无锡自抛光型防污漆,富含氧化亚铜与有机生物 

活性材料 

在不适宜用含锡涂料的情况下,本产品可作防污漆使用主要用于对航行范围广 

停泊时间短的轮船底部的维护 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50300 红色/51110 

漆面平光 


理论涂布率 5.8米 2 /升(以干膜100微米计) 

闪点 23 


指触干 4-5小时(20 ) 



375克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂/滚涂 (见注备) 

稀释剂 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

喷孔 0.58-0.68毫米 


工具清洗 

(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整) 

“老人”牌稀释剂08080 




最大见注备 

安全 





表面处理现有旧自抛光或抛光型无锡防污漆表面用适当的清洁剂除去油脂,再用高压淡水 

清洗确保“浸析”表面层被有效的除去涂装前应让表面干燥 

封闭漆是否使用封闭漆,取决于旧防污漆的类型和状态

老人牌无锡自抛光防污漆7199B 


施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以免凝露在诸如海底阀或平底下空气不流 

通处施工和干燥期间,应提供足够的通风 

先涂油漆 “老人”牌氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330,或按规定涂装 


备注 

注意 

本品含有重质颜料颗粒,因此使用前应彻底搅匀 

本品在使用过程中断地消耗自身,逐渐提供活跃的防污表面 

颜色油漆配套的颜色随着所涂油漆颜色的变化而变化最初的颜色可能稍有改 

变但一般在同一色号中改变浅红色50300表现尤为突出最终的颜色在暴露于 

海水后才能显现出来 

水接触后会变白 

这不会对油漆的防污性能产生影响浅红色50300直接与海 

按不同需要可以改变漆膜厚度,但涂布率和干燥时间也应相应改变若是多层漆施 

工,涂层数及每层的厚度将会影响干燥时间及最小重涂间隔(参考相应的施工指导) 

干膜厚度范围和控制干膜厚度控制在80-125微米之间保持最小稀释量以保证 

得到正确的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正确方法是先将待涂表面划分成若干小区 

域,计算每块区域的用漆量,然后将计算出的油漆用量准确均匀地涂在规定面积上 

详细情况请参考相应的施工指导 

涂层数根据不同的船体,航行方式,预期使用寿命等按规定涂饰 

无最大重涂间隔 

自干后才可重涂 

但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水冲洗干净,任其 

若用滚涂或刷涂,应反复多涂几次以确保漆膜厚度(如焊缝附近) 

坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决定 

最长坞修期取决于大气环境(紫外线辐射温度空气污染程度等最重要的是 

应在船体延长暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗 

方法清洗应无问题 

通常坞修期在6个月内的情况用上述 


公布日期 2000年9月–7199B50300CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌自抛光经济型防污漆SP-SEA74030 

“老人”牌自抛光经济型防污漆SP-SEA74030是一种厚浆高固体份自抛光型防 

污漆,以生物活性化合物强化的有机锡共聚物为主要成分 

本品在其有效期内可自动更新涂层,使船体漆膜持续保持抗生物活性表面 

使船体表面光滑平整 

可作为经济型自抛光防污漆,适用于中高速航行且活动较频繁的船只 

适用于旧船防污漆的更新换代而表面处理成本不高的情况 

可用本公司电脑辅助配套设计系统 CAS) 根据航行参数选择和设计油漆的 

配套 

物理参数 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50300--红色/51110(见备注) 

漆面平光 


理论涂布率 5.6米 2 /升(以干膜100微米计)(见备注) 

闪点 31 


指触干 3-4小时(20 ) 



395克/升 

施工说明 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂刷涂/滚涂 (见备注) 

稀释剂(最大) 080805% 080805% 

喷孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面处理表面处理表面处理残余的有机锡自抛光防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥 

残余的非自抛光防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水清洗 

并清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥是否需要涂封闭漆 

视残余的防污漆类型及情况而定

老人牌自抛光经济型防污漆SP-SEA74030 


施工条件施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以免凝露 

不流通处施工和干燥期间应大量通风 

在诸如海底阀或平底下空气 

先涂油漆先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧漆45182 氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330,或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆加涂油漆无,或按规定加涂 

备注 

注意 

由于本品含有重颜料颗粒,因此使用前应彻底搅匀 

消耗自身,逐渐提供活跃的防污表面 

本品在使用过程中不断地 

颜色油漆配套的颜色随着所涂油漆颜色的变化而变化,浅红色50300直接 

与海水接触后会变白最初的颜色可能稍有改变但一般在同一色号中改变浅红 

色50300表现尤为突出 

防污性能产生影响 

最终的颜色在露于海水后才能显现出来这不会对油漆的 

按不同需要可以改变漆膜厚度,但涂布率和干燥时间也应相应改变若是多层 

漆施工,涂层数及每层的厚度将会影响干燥时间及最小重涂间隔(参考相应的 

施工指导) 

干膜厚度的范围和控制 

干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在60-150微米之间保持最小稀释量 

以保证得到正确的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正确方法是先将待涂表面划分 

成若干小区域,计算每块区域的用漆量,然后将计算出的油漆用量准确均匀地 

涂在规定面积上详细情况请参考相应的施工指导 

推荐的涂层数和最大漆膜厚度根据“老人”牌自抛光经济型防污漆SP- 

SEA74030涂刷说明计算机辅助设计系统会给出一定的限制负责此事的 

老人公司相关部门将据此给出准确的说明 

重重涂 

涂无最大重涂间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水 

冲洗干净,任其自干后才可重涂 

几次以确保漆膜厚度 

若用滚涂或刷涂(如焊缝附近),应反复多涂 

坞坞修修期 

期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决 

定详细情况请参考相应的施工指导 

最长坞修期取决于空气污染程度和船体暴露环境,最重要的是应在船体延长 

暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗通常坞修期在6个月内用上述方法清洗应无问 

题,若坞修期超过6个月则要按不同的情况分别处理指定最长坞修期只与船 

底垂直面有关,平底由于没有直接暴露在阳光下,在实际修造期中无最长坞修 

期 


公布日期公布日期 2000年12月–7403050300CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌自抛光防污漆NAUTICSP-ACE79031 

“老人”牌自抛光防污漆NAUTICSP-ACE79031是一种厚浆高固体份自抛光型 

防污漆,以生物活性化合物强化的有机锡共聚物为主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恒定速度释放生物活性物质在其有效期内 

可自动更新涂层,使船体漆膜持续保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船体表面 

的粗糙度 

可作为高效船壳防污漆,适用于以中高速航行于全球海域的船只特别适合于 

经常航行短期停泊的船只例如远洋航行的船只 

可用本公司电脑辅助配套设计系统 CAS) 根据航行参数选择和设计“老人” 

牌自抛光防污漆的配套 

物理参数 

物理参数 


漆面平光 



闪点 31 





395克/升 

施工说明施工说明 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 080805% 080805% 

喷孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面处理残余的有机锡自抛光防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥



施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以免凝露在诸如海底阀或平底下空气 


先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧漆45182,或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 




颜色油漆配套的颜色随着所涂油漆颜色的变化而变化,最初的颜色可能稍有改 







干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在60-160微米之间保持最小稀释量 




若用滚涂或刷涂(如焊缝附近),应反复多涂几次以确保漆膜厚度 


重涂间隔无最大重涂间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡 

水冲洗干净,任其自干后才可重涂 

坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决 






期 


公布日期 2000年12月–7903150300CO004

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自抛光防污漆NAUTICSP-ACE79051是一种厚浆高固体份自抛光型 

防污漆,以生物活性化合物强化的有机锡共聚物为主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恒定速度释放生物活性物质在其有效期内 

可自动更新涂层,使船体漆膜持续保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船体表面 

的粗糙度 

可作为高效船壳防污漆,适用于以中速航行于全球海域的船只特别适合于中 

等至经常航行中短期停泊的船只 

可用本公司电脑辅助配套设计系统 CAS 根据航行参数选择和设计“老人” 

牌自抛光防污漆的配套 

物理参数 


漆面 

平光 



闪点 

31 

比重 

1.7公斤/升 

指触干 

约5小时(20 ) 



410克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 080805% 080805% 

喷孔 

0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面处理残余的有机锡自抛光防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥







备注 

注意 




颜色油漆配套的颜色随着所涂油漆颜色的变化而变化,最初的颜色可能稍有改 





按不同需要可以改变漆膜厚度,但涂布率和干燥时间也应相应改变若是多层 

漆施工,涂层数及每层的厚度将会影响干燥时间及最小重涂间隔(参考相应的 

施工指导) 

干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在60-160微米之间保持最小稀释量 






重涂无最大重涂间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水 

冲洗干净,任其自干后才可重涂 

坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决 






期 


公布日期 2000年12月–7905150300CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌自抛光防污漆79070 

“老人”牌自抛光防污漆79070是一种厚浆高固体份自抛光型防污漆,以生物活性化合 

物强化的有机锡共聚物为主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恒定速度释放生物活性物质在其有效期内可自动 

更新漆膜表面,使船体漆膜持续保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船体表面的粗糙 

度 

可作为高效船壳防污漆,适用于以低速航行或不经常航行的船只如生产石油用的浮 

动储油容器和某些渡轮 

可用本公司的电脑辅助配套设计系统 CAS) 根据航行参数选择和设计“老人”牌自 

抛光防污漆的配套 

物理参数 

颜色/色号红色/51110*--浅红色/50300*(见备注) 

漆面哑光 



闪点 27 





420克/升 

*根据需要可提供黑色19990 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080 5% 08080 5% 

喷孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





老人牌自抛光防污漆79070 


表面处理残余的有机锡自抛光防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水小心清 

洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥 

施工条件施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以免凝露在诸如海底阀或平底下空气不流通 

处施工和干燥期间应大量通风 



备注 

注意 

由于本品含有重颜料颗粒,因此使用前应彻底搅匀本品在使用过程中逐渐地消耗自 

身,持续提供活跃的防污表面 

油漆配套的颜色随着所涂油漆颜色的变化而变化,但这种变化仍在同一颜色范围内 

进行浅红色50300的变化最为明显直接与海水接触后会变白但这并不影响油 

漆的防污性能 



干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在60-160微米之间保持最小稀释量以保证 

得到正确的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正确方法是先将待涂表面划分成若干小区域, 

计算每块区域的用漆量,然后将计算出的油漆用量准确均匀地涂在规定面积上详细 

情况请参考相应的施工指导 



重涂间隔无最大重涂间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水冲洗 

干净,任其自干后才可重涂 

坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决定详细 

情况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于空气污染程度和船体暴露环境,最重 

要的是应在船体延长暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗通常坞修期在6个月内用上述方 

法清洗应无问题,若坞修期超过6个月则要按不同的情况分别处理指定最长坞修期 

只与船底垂直面有关,平底由于没有直接暴露在阳光下,在实际修造期中无最长坞修 

期 


公布日期 2000年9月-7907051110CO001

老人牌无锡自抛光防污漆81900 

特性 : “老人”牌自抛光防污漆81900是一种高固体份无锡自抛光型防污漆自抛光的产生 

是以离子交换产生可水解的活性表面层为基础的在树脂中填加无机纤维确保了对 

抛光率的有效控制并加强了漆膜的机械强度本品含有高效的生物活性化合物组 

合形成能自我更新的活性表面层适合保护在严重海生物污染的近海航行的船只 

本品可控制船体表面的粗糙度 

用途 : 可作为无锡防污漆涂用于在近海低中速航行温热气候条件下中长期停泊亚热带 

气候条件下短中期停泊的轮船船底和水线部位 

物理参数 

颜色/色号: 浅红色/50300-红色/51110 

漆面 : 哑光 

体积固体含量: 57±1% 

理论涂布率: 4.7米 2 /升(以干膜100微米计) 

闪点 : 19 

比重 : 1.9公斤/升 

指触干 : 4~5小时(20 ) 



375克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法: 无空气喷涂(见备注) 

稀释剂(最大): 08080 5% 

喷孔 : 0.69-0.79毫米 

喷出压力: 27.0兆帕(无空气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整) 


漆膜厚度: 湿膜:175微米 

干膜:100微米(见备注) 

重涂间隔: 见施工指导 

安全 







表面处理: 残余的自抛光或磨蚀型防污漆:用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水清 


封闭封闭漆的使用与否取决于残余防污漆的类型和条件 

施工条件: 施工表面必须干燥清洁,温度高于露点以免凝露在诸如海底阀或平底下空气不流通 


先涂油漆: “老人”牌环氧漆45182,氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330或按规定先涂 

加涂油漆: 无,或按规定加涂 

备注 



本品无需调色油漆中的大量氧化亚铜决定其颜色因此不同批次间的色差是允许 

的浅色批次间的色差最为明显的施工后即暴露于潮湿环境易使漆膜变色这仅 

是表面现象对油漆性能及其重涂性没有影响浅红色50300直接与海水接触后会 

变白 

下次入坞时在仔细清除掉防污漆涂层上的松散物质后可用本品重涂参照上述 

的表面处理项若用其它类型的防污漆重涂可能需要用其它的表面处理方法 

具体情况请向海虹老人牌公司咨询 

施工工具标准的高性能无空气喷涂设备 

泵比率至少45:1 见注意 


喷管最长15米内径9.5mm 

最长3米内径6.4mm 

注意如果需要较长的软管最长可以达到50米内径12.7mm 泵比率必须升 

至60:1以上并且保持较高的喷出量 

建议使用可逆喷嘴 

过滤建议用60目的槽式震动筛在接口处附加的过滤器应拆除定期清洗过滤器 

干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在80~150微米之间按不同需要可以改变 

漆膜厚度,但涂布率和干燥时间也应相应改变若是多层漆施工,涂层数及每层的厚 

度将会影响干燥时间及最小重涂间隔(参考相应的施工指导) 保持最小稀释量以保 

证得到正确的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正确方法是先将待涂表面划分成若干小区 



涂层数:根据不同的船体,航行方式,预期使用寿命等按规定涂饰 

无最大重涂间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水冲洗干净,任其 


坞修期:最短坞修期可按涂层数多少和漆膜厚度以及当时的温度条件来决定详细情 

况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于空气污染程度和船体暴露环境,最重要 

的是应在船体延长暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗通常坞修期在6个月内用上述方法 

清洗应无问题 

注意 : 本品仅适用于专业用途 

公布日期: 2001年6月-8190050300CR001

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自抛光防污漆81920是一种高固体份无锡自抛光型防污漆自抛光的产生 



合形成能自我更新的活性表面层适合保护在深海航行的船只本品可控制船体 

表面的粗糙度 

可作为无锡防污漆涂用于以中高速航行短期停泊的轮船船底和水线部位 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50300-红色/51110 

漆面哑光 



闪点 22 


指触干 4~5小时(20 ) 



380克/升 

施工说明 

施工方法无空气喷涂(见备注) 

稀释剂(最大) 08080 5% 

喷孔 0.69-0.79毫米 





重涂间隔见施工指导 

安全 







表面处理残余的自抛光或磨蚀型防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水清 

洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥封闭封闭漆的使用与 

否取决于残余防污漆的类型和条件 



先涂油漆 “老人”牌环氧漆45182,氯化橡胶厚浆漆46330或按规定先涂 


备注 

注意 




的浅色批次间的色差最为明显的施工后即暴露于潮湿环境易使漆膜变色这仅 

是表面现象对油漆性能及其重涂性没有影响浅红色50300直接与海水接触后会 

变白 





泵比率至少45 1 见注意 





至60 1以上并且保持较高的喷出量 













情况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于大气条件如紫外光辐射温度 

大气污染程度等 ,最重要的是应在船体延长暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗通常坞修 

期在6个月内用上述方法清洗应无问题, 


公布日期 2001年6月-8192051110CR002

特性 

用途 





合形成能自我更新的活性表面层适合保护在深海航行的船只本品可控制船体 


可作为无锡防污漆涂用于以中高速航行短期停泊的轮船船底和水线部位 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50300--红色/51110 

漆面哑光 



闪点 24 


指触干 4~5小时(20 ) 



350克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080 5% 

喷孔 0.69-0.79毫米 





重涂间隔见施工指导 

安全 







表面处理残余的自抛光或磨蚀型防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水清 







备注 

注意 




的浅色批次间的色差最为明显施工后即暴露于潮湿环境易使漆膜变色这仅是 

表面现象对油漆性能及其重涂性没有影响浅红色50300直接与海水接触后会变 

白 























情况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于大气条件如紫外光辐射温度 

大气污染程度等 ,最重要的是应在船体延长暴露后用高压淡水彻底冲洗通常坞修 

期在6个月内用上述方法清洗应无问题, 


公布日期 2001年6月-8195051110CR003

特性 

用途 




抛光率的有效控制并加强了漆膜的机械强度 

可作为经济型的无锡防污漆涂用于以中高速航行短期停泊垂直面坞修期 

为36个月平底坞修期为60个月的轮船船底和水线部位 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50220-棕色/60700(见备注) 

漆面哑光 



闪点 20 


指触干 4~5小时(20 ) 



390克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080 5% 

喷孔 0.69-0.79毫米 






安全 







表面处理新船根据相关的施工配套 

维修 

残余的自抛光或磨蚀型防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡水清 







备注 

注意 



在使用过程中防污漆的初始颜色可能会变化色号为50220的颜色变化最为明显 

和海水浸泡后防污漆膜呈显最终颜色颜色变化对油漆性能没有影响浅红色50220 

直接与海水接触后会变黄棕色60700直接与海水接触后会变灰 






喷出量至少12升/分钟理论 
















坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少漆膜厚度当时的温度条件以及将来的暴露 

环境来决定详细情况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于大气条件如紫 

外光辐射温度大气污染程度等通常在大气环境暴露6个月后用上述方法清 

洗应无问题若有异常的污染可用高压淡水冲洗具体情况请咨询海虹老人牌 

涂料有限公司 


公布日期 2001年10月-8492050220CR001

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自抛光防污漆84950是一种高固体份无锡自抛光型防污漆自抛光的 

产生是以离子交换产生可水解的活性表面层为基础的在树脂中填加无机纤 

维确保了对抛光率的有效控制并加强了漆膜的机械强度 

可作为经济型的无锡防污漆涂用于以中高速航行短期停泊垂直面坞修期 

为36个月平底坞修期为60个月的深海航行的轮船船底和水线部位 

物理参数 

颜色/色号浅红色/50220-棕色/60700(见备注) 

漆面哑光 



闪点 24 


指触干 4~5小时(20 ) 



385克/升 

施工说明 


稀释剂(最大) 08080 5% 

喷孔 0.69-0.79毫米 






见备注 

安全 







表面处理新船根据相关的施工配套 

维修 

残余的自抛光或磨蚀型防污漆用适当的清洁剂去除表面油脂等,再用高压淡 

水清洗清除所有的松散薄弱涂层重涂之前让表面充分干燥 






备注 

注意 

由于本品含有重颜料颗粒,因此使用前应彻底搅匀本品在使用过程中逐渐地 

消耗自身,持续提供活跃的防污表面 

在使用过程中防污漆的初始颜色可能会变化色号为50220的颜色变化最 

为明显和海水浸泡后防污漆膜呈显最终颜色颜色变化对油漆性能没有影 

响浅红色50220直接与海水接触后会变黄 

下次入坞时在仔细清除掉防污漆涂层上的松散物质后可用本品重涂参 

照上述的表面处理项若用其它类型的防污漆重涂可能需要用其它的 

表面处理方法具体情况请向海虹老人牌公司咨询 



喷出量至少12升/分钟理论 



注意如果需要较长的软管最长可以达到50米内径12.7mm 泵比率 

必须升至60 1以上并且保持较高的喷出量 


过滤建议用60目的槽式震动筛在接口处附加的过滤器应拆除定期清洗 

过滤器 

干膜厚度的范围和控制干膜厚度控制在80~150微米之间按不同需要可以 

改变漆膜厚度,但涂布率和干燥时间也应相应改变若是多层漆施工,涂层数及 

每层的厚度将会影响干燥时间及最小重涂间隔(参考相应的施工指导) 保持 

最小稀释量以保证得到正确的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正确方法是先将待 

涂表面划分成若干小区域,计算每块区域的用漆量,然后将计算出的油漆用量 

准确均匀地涂在规定面积上详细情况请参考相应的施工指导 

涂层数根据不同的船体,航行方式,预期使用寿命等按规定涂饰无最大重涂 

间隔但漆面在污染环境中长时间暴露后,需用高压淡水冲洗干净,任其自干后 

才可重涂 

坞修期最短坞修期可按涂层数多少漆膜厚度当时的温度条件以及将来 

的暴露环境来决定详细情况请参考相应的施工指导最长坞修期取决于大 

气条件如紫外光辐射温度大气污染程度等通常在大气环境暴露6 

个月后用上述方法清洗应无问题若有异常的污染可用高压淡水冲洗具 

体情况请咨询海虹老人牌涂料有限公司 


公布日期 2001年10月-8495050220CR001

特性 

用途 


固化剂97371 

老人牌环氧漆85671是一种双组份胺加成物固化的酚醛环氧涂料可形成附着力非 

常好的涂层,具有优良的耐高温水和化学品性能 

可作热水舱海水舱和原油舱等的内衬涂料 

可作饮水舱涂料 

可作规定油漆配套的底漆 

使用温度干燥在水中最大温差15 

最大耐温 160 90 

更高温度见备注 

批准 

本品符合ARAMCO的规定APCS2A,2B和2C 

经英国水研究中心认可为饮水舱涂料 

物理参数 

颜色/色号灰色/11630 浅红色/50900 

漆面哑光 

体积固含量 68±1% 


闪点 24 


表干 2~3小时 20 

指触干 6小时 20 

完全固化 


10天 20 

物含量(V.O.C.) 320克/升 

储存期半年 25 根据储存条件使用前应机械搅拌 

如超过储存期请咨询海虹老人牌涂料公司以了解进一步情况 

施工说明 

混合比率基料85675 固化剂97371=8.8 1.2(体积比) 

13.8 1.0 重量比 


稀释剂 08450 08450 

(最大用量) (见备注) (见备注) 

混合使用时间 3小时(20 ) 见备注 

诱导时间 15分钟 20 见备注 

喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 






安全小心使用本品使用前和使用时,请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外,还应参考老 






表面处理为获取最佳的漆膜性能应喷砂至非常接近金属白色Sa2.5~3,表面粗糙度相当于 

RugotestNo.3,BN10,Keane-Tator比较板3.0G/S,或ISO比较板中等粗糙 G 级 


必须高于15 如在17~23 之间可以获取最佳效果最大相对湿度为80% 最好 

在40~60%之间避免凝露,仅在露点以上温度的干燥和清洁的表面施涂此外请 

参照专门的施工指导在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间,应大量通风 



备注 

注意 

高温下使用本品可以作为单度或双度漆配套涂在绝缘材料底部管道及类似部位 

干膜厚度不得超过250微米但是如温度超过175 最大温度为260 

建议最大干膜厚度为125微米 

涂层在20 条件下至少固化7天才可暴露于高温环境在高温环境下使用本品涂 

层会变色 

漆膜厚度涂料配套总的最小干膜厚度一般为300微米根据使用目的和区域不同 

可改变漆膜厚度但这会导致涂布率干燥时间和重涂间隔的改变 

每度漆的干膜厚度可以达到125微米特殊情况下可以是150微米 

混合使用时间根据ARAMCO规定油漆温度23 时的胶化时间超过8小时 40 

时超过2小时为获取最佳的施工性能混合漆料应在2小时 20 内用完 

最小重涂间隔 

用于非饮用水舱时第一度和第二度之间的最小重涂间隔为36小时 20 第 

二度和第三度之间的最小重涂间隔为24小时 20 

用于饮用水舱时涂层间的最小重涂间隔为3天 20 

最大重涂间隔 21天 20 

如超过最大重涂间隔应将表面打磨粗糙以确保涂层间的附着力 

施工和重涂注意事项 

•干膜厚度应尽可能接近规定的100微米如有配套要求可大于100微米 

•要求每度漆的成膜状况良好无针孔和干喷等的缺陷 

•漆膜完全固化前干燥和固化条件必须符合施工条件项下的要求 

•表面不得有任何污染存在重涂前表面上的灰尘磨料和松散的干喷漆末可以 

用吸尘器清除 

重涂前表面必须完全清洁 

•涂层只可接受强烈的直射阳光紫外光短暂照射 

•必须仔细检查涂层确保涂层质地均匀无白斑和/或油脂以免影响加涂油漆的附 

着力 

注意固化剂的渗出会导致上述的质地不均匀白斑和/或油脂等现象如果在低 

温下未经适当的诱导时间施工本品和/或在施工和固化期间受雨水和凝露侵袭容 

易发生固化剂渗出现象 

混合彻底混合后的基料和固化剂在施工前必须预反应一段时间 20 时 15分 

钟稀释应保持最低限度不得分别稀释双组分仅可稀释混合物 


公布日期 2001年5月–8567111630CR002



规则,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的维修工程,需要时可作进一步的补充 

钢结构 

全部焊缝必须经适当的表面处理以确保漆膜质量,避免出现焊缝处的小孔咬边和 

裂缝等缺陷如发现有上述缺陷必须进行重新电焊和/或研磨以补救之 

去除全部松散的焊渣 

磨平全部尖锐边角以便在全部表面形成符合规定漆膜厚度的完整漆膜磨平半径约 

为1~2毫米 

选用的钢材要求质量最佳,锈蚀度不得超过国际标准B级(ISO8501-1 1988) 除掉 

全部松散层. 


表面处理喷砂前用适当的清洁剂清洗掉油脂再用高压淡水冲洗用淡水冲洗掉碱性焊迹 

及压力试验留下的肥皂痕迹 

其他污染物的控制参考另外条款 


旧钢材--尽管货舱清洗非常彻底;通常旧钢材的锈蚀部位还可能含有残余旧货和水 

溶性的盐份因此需反复多次用清洁剂清洗和喷砂处理首度喷砂后,真空吸尘 

清洁表面以确定货物是否会漏出及水溶性盐份是否还残留参考其它条款评估锈 

蚀部位时应特别细心 

为获取最佳的漆膜性能应粗粒喷砂至国际标准(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5-3级 

实际中该要求相当于喷砂时金属表面露白Sa3级,但油漆施工时,可略微降低要求 

喷砂后的表面粗糙度应至少相当于Rugotest标准的NO.3,最小BN10 Keane-Tator 

表面比较板G/S最小3.0或ISO/DIS8503/1中等粗糙 G 级 

选用无杂质和软颗粒的优质钢砂石英砂硅酸铝砂等类似的尖硬物作为喷砂材料 

杂质控制参见其它条款 

如果选用钢砂必须控制钢砂的粒径保证其有适当的粒径分布 

如喷出压力为0.6-0.7兆帕,可选用大小为0.2-1.2毫米的钢砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸 



喷砂结束后,用真空吸尘器清除残留表面的砂粒和尘埃不能吸走的砂粒,干净毛刷 

刷干净后再用真空吸尘器吸尘 

喷砂时要重视机器的运作状况由于表面有灰尘粗喷砂后的检查很难确定哪个部 


涂有车间底漆及其它油漆的表面–去除全部车间底漆和其它涂层尽可能避免使用 

含锌车间底漆 

然而如果钢板真的用了含锌车间底漆那么必须用喷砂法全部去除全部的锌有 

独立的检查程序检查去除锌的有效性可能有必要进行更细仔的喷砂处理为便于 

目测检查和得到适当的表面处理应使用红色的含锌车间底漆 

注意关于钢结构加工和表面处理在老人牌公司的舱漆施工技术标准中有 

详细的说明 

施工工具 “老人”牌环氧漆85671可使用无空气喷涂设备条涂或小面积修补可用漆刷进行施 

工 

无空气喷涂设备-选用大型活塞泵泵容量为8-12升/分钟 


喷孔 0.46-0.53毫米 


软管为避免在长软管中的大量压力损失应选用内径为12.7毫米的软管无空 

气喷涂资料仅供参考,实用时可以调整 )


稀释 


如果需要最大可加10%的稀释剂08450 如在高温下施工易干喷可加更大量 

的稀释剂稀释稀释只应在可接受的范围内进行以避免溶剂截留在漆膜中只可把 

稀释剂加入混合漆料中 

本品的喷涂性能受诱导时间预混时间影响随着混合组分进行一定程度的反应 

油漆的高触变性会消失 

工具清洗用老人牌工具清洗剂99610彻底清洗整套设备 

混合 

1.混合对应基料和固化剂包装桶内的全部漆料如要混合小量的油漆必须按照下 

列规定比例正确称取或量取基料固化剂=158 11.4 重量比或基料固化 

剂=8.8 1.2 体积比 

2.用干净的搅拌器彻底搅拌混合漆料直至混合漆料均匀 

3.施工前让混合漆料预反应一段时间具体时间见下表 

4.在规定的混合使用时间内用完全部混合漆料如下表对20升油漆桶有效所示 

混合使用时间取决于油漆温度 

混合油漆温度 15 20 25 30 

诱导时间 

混合使用时间 

25分钟 

4小时 

15分钟 

3小时 

10分钟 

2小时 

1 如在15 以下施工黏度太高而不适合用无空气喷涂施工 

2 不得在30 以上温度条件下施工以免干喷 

5分钟 

1小时 

施工程序通常喷砂清洁后应立即进行第一道全涂以保持喷砂表面然后再刷涂第一道成膜 

及连续性为了保证货舱耐腐蚀施工时每道漆膜必须连续且无针孔必须采用保 

证全部表面状态良好的施工技术 

喷孔不能太大对于复杂结构表面的喷涂应选用喷孔小的喷枪,一般表面用大孔喷 

枪 

喷枪与表面成直角距离保持在30-50厘米油漆粘度应合适以保证良好的雾化效 

果喷涂设备应有足够的喷出压力和喷出量高温时应加入较多稀释剂以避免干喷 


剂残留 

另外更应注意用刷涂法涂覆尖角空隙及边角等最后一道漆膜必须均匀平滑 

表面无灰尘粗粒及干喷现象 

注意对于有锈蚀孔的旧钢材建议用稀的油漆涂第一层以使油漆渗入微孔建 

议稀释5 10%进行刷涂湿膜厚度刚使表面达到饱和状态 

刷涂 

那些用喷涂施工困难的地方应在喷涂前刷涂两道通常在第一次全涂后刷涂第一 

遍而第二道刷涂在第二次全涂后进行第二道刷涂可用小孔喷枪喷涂代替但是 

在气空焊缝切口等类似部位仍需刷涂 

漆膜厚度涂完三道漆后的最后干膜厚度必须在300-600 15 以下时 450 微米范围对 

应于100微米干膜厚度湿膜厚度必须在150-175微米左右务必定期测量湿膜厚 

度通常每道200微米的湿膜厚度可以得到100微米的干膜厚度但是在温度低于 

15 时切记在任何部位都不可超过150微米





为保证全部钢材表面的温度达到10 以上要特别注意如船甲板的加强筋之类冷 

桥 

如果钢板温度低于10 极易产生不完全固化导致漆膜耐化学品性能减弱如 

果外面温度低于10 建议在甲板上盖上隔热垫并确保钢板温度在15 以便最大 

程度地减少钢板温度太低的现象 

此外钢板温度应保持恒定温差保持在 3 的范围之内因此要小心监视外 

面的温度变化并相应调节加热设备 

如施工后不久钢板温度突然下降会导致溶剂残留漆膜内产生空泡从而影响漆 

膜性能 

最大表面温度最好低于30 在炎热的气候条件下建议在夜间施工在更高温 

度条件下施工是可能的但应特别小心避免成膜不良和过度干喷 

钢板温度必须高于露点作为经验一般高于露点3 比较安全相对湿度最好保 

持在40~60% 最大80% 在狭窄空间施工和干燥期间应大量通风以助溶剂挥发 

干燥固化和通风在干膜100微米钢板温度为20 相对湿度40-80% 大量通风的条件下 85671 

指触干时间为4 6小时在以上条件下施工16小时以后漆膜可承受轻度负荷 

舱漆施工安全要求是在施工和干燥期间通风量达到低爆炸极限(LEL)的10% 一升 

未稀释的“老人”牌85671在干燥期间会挥发81升溶剂蒸气 

低爆炸极限为1.0% 

必须用大约82米 3 空气来稀释一升油漆干燥时挥发的溶剂蒸汽以满足一般的安全 

要求即10%LEL 

注意溶剂蒸汽比空气重因此需对船舱强力通风,并保证船舱的最低部位有通风出 

口 

在接下来的时间直至完全固化前每小时有几倍船舱体积的通风量就足够采取措 

施避免空气滞留 

详细情况请咨询海虹老人牌涂料公司有关部门 

实际的安全预防措施可能需要更大的通风量 



钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

固化时间 18天 14天 10天 8天 7天 6天 4天 

重涂间隔在满足前述通风和相对湿度的条件下重涂间隔与钢板温度之间的关系如下 

钢板温度 10 15 20 25 30 35 

最小重涂间隔(用于非 

饮用水舱时) 

-在第一度和第二度之间 

-在第二度和第三度之间 

最小重涂间隔(用于饮用 

水舱时全部涂层之间) 


90小时 

60小时 

7.5天 

53天 

60小时 

40小时 

5天 

36天 

36小时 

24小时 

3天 

21天 

24小时 

16小时 

2天 

14天 

18小时 

12小时 

36小时 

11天 

14小时 

14小时 

30小时 

8天 

施工期间的最大相对湿度不应超过80% 钢板温度维持在露点以上在实际情况下 

至少保持在露点以上3






使用较小的扇面及尽可能低的压力以避免干喷喷涂时喷涂扇面应小些用刷涂 

法涂覆肋板的背面 

每道涂层应按规格要求尽量涂布均匀无针孔和其它缺陷且干膜厚度尽可能接近 

100微米或稍厚些控制油漆使用量不使湿膜太厚以避免流挂起皱和溶剂残 

留 


如果漆层表面需要用砂纸打磨如舱底必须非常小心避免损坏表面若用机械方 

法只能使用轻型打磨机应避免打磨焊接处不规则处及垂直表面附近最后一 

道漆膜必须均匀无孔隙突起及其它污物 

干膜厚度标准施工干膜厚度 

最小干膜厚度为300微米最大干膜厚度约为600微米低于15 时 450微米 

用“80 20”规则估计最小干膜厚度即低于最小干膜厚度的测量值不得多于20% 

最低测量值应高于最小干膜厚度的80% 即240微米也可用 80-20 规则估计 

最大干膜厚度 

干膜厚度测量应在20 足够通风条件下24小时以后用电磁干膜仪经在平滑钢 

板上校正后进行 

饮水舱使用漆膜完全固化前不准投入使用参照本施工指导的固化时间完全固化后建 

议注水浸泡两次每次浸泡时间不得少于24小时最后用淡水冲洗方能使用 

修补 


修补应尽早进行对安装脚手架的部位在拆除脚手架时进行补涂在清洗船舱及 

船舱投入使用前修补的部分和被涂表面的其它部分必须完全固化 



修补过程修补一般过程在机械处理前修补的表面应清除表面盐分及其它污物 


打磨金属表面使之干净粗糙磨平边角稍微打磨周边 


用漆刷至少补涂3道85671至完整漆膜厚度 


用真空喷砂或开孔喷砂法处理表面至Sa3级(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接部位应打磨 

或扫砂以保证新涂层的附着力 


用漆刷至少补涂3道85671至完整漆膜厚度 



安全 





公布日期 2000年9月-8567111630CR002

特性 

用途 

物理参数 

漆面/色号透明/00000 

闪点不燃 


PH值约12 无稀释 



老人牌温和清洗剂99350 

“老人”牌温和清洗剂99350是一种用表面活性剂乳化剂和水配制而成的无溶剂的 

浓缩碱性清洗剂本品可生物降解 

用于重涂前清洗被油脂等污染的涂漆表面特别适用于清除灰尘油烟和被紫外光 

降解的油漆表层本品适合运用高压清洗设备 

施工方法低压喷射或用硬刷擦洗稀释比例最大可用淡水 99350=20 1 本品使用5分 

钟后必须用高压淡水冲洗或擦洗表面完全清除表面残余的99350 本品如果在 

表面留下一层白色的膜可用温水除去 

备注 

注意 

安全 

使用前摇晃本品 

本品有碱性不适宜清洗自抛光防污漆表面和铝表面 

本品不可暴露于霜冻 







公布日期 2000年5月-9935000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理参数 



闪点 

28 

比重 


0.9公斤/升 

物含量V.O.C . 890克/升 

备注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌工具清洗剂99610 

“老人”牌工具清洗剂99610是一种有多种强溶剂的混合物用于洗涤混合或施涂 

过双组份环氧漆的施工工具本品具有比环氧稀释剂更强的清洁性能本品不 

含氯化物溶剂 

用作洗涤混合和施涂过“老人”牌环氧漆的漆刷滚筒和喷涂设备不可用作任何 

油漆的稀释剂 

尽量在施工后立即清洗工具用本品洗涤后的喷涂设备不需要漂洗或冲刷勿 

使本品接触油毡布料有机玻璃塑料沥青地面和相同类型的其他物质 

施涂过聚氨酯漆的工具不得用本品清洗 


小心使用本品使用前和使用时请注意包装标签上的安全事项此外还应 

参考材料安全说明并遵守有关国家或当地政府规定的安全法规个人保护 

包括但并不限于肺眼及皮肤的保护如果吞服或直接接触本品应立即求医 

必须采取预防措施防火防爆及环境保护只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品 

在狭窄处或空气不流通处施工必须提供强力通风 

公布日期 1999年10月–9961000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理参数 


体积固体含量 0.9% 

闪点不燃 

比重 


1.0公斤/升 


备注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆稀释剂99800 

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸漆稀释剂99800是一种水性稀释剂含有增稠剂以免流挂 

如果相对湿度较低会导致令人讨厌的干喷现象可用本品稀释水性丙烯酸漆可以 

按体积比加入最大50%*的本品以延迟干燥时间而不致减少可能的最大干膜厚度 

建议作为老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030或水 

性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230稀释剂 

将本品加入涂料中并用机械搅拌器充分搅匀在涂料中加入本品后涂料会变成 

连续的胶状 

下表表明湿膜厚度在加入本品后增加以得到规定的干膜厚度由于加入稀释剂量 

的不同而不同程度地增加干燥时间干燥时间增加量的计算是以体积固体含量44% 

的涂料 58030 为基础的 

99800加入量体积比% 湿膜厚度增加量 % 最小重涂间隔 

10 10 2.25小时 

20 20 2.5小时 

30 30 2.5小时 

40 40 3.0小时 

50 50 3.0小时 

*建议对老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030加入本品的最大量不超过20% 




剂蒸汽皮肤眼睛不得接触本品禁止吞服必须采取预防措施防火防爆及保护环 

境只可在通风良好的情况下施工本品在狭窄处或空气不流通处施工,必须提供 

强力通风 

公布日期 2001年6月-99800000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理参数 



闪点不燃 

比重 


1.0公斤/升 


备注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷涂剂99810 

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸漆刷涂剂99810是一种含有能改善流动的增稠剂的水性化合物 

在老人牌水性丙烯酸漆中加入刷涂剂99810会增加涂料的高剪切黏度使之更易用漆 

刷或滚筒施工比如补涂施工时 

建议作为老人牌水性丙烯酸厚浆底漆18030 水性丙烯酸厚浆磁漆58030或水 

性丙烯酸厚浆面漆58230刷涂施工时的填加剂 

将本品按体积比3~8%加入涂料中并用机械搅拌器充分搅匀涂料的黏度将会按 

所加刷涂剂量的比例增加 

加入本品后再用无空气设备施工会在涂层表面形成微泡沫所以不适宜用无空 

气设备施工 







公布日期 2000年5月-99810000000CO002

老人牌老人牌品說明書 

品說明書 

海虹老人牌塗料有限公司 



目錄 

品說明書介紹 

閃鏽度評定 HEMP 標準 

常用單位換算表 

計算公式 

02220 

03330 

05150 

05170 

05970 

06520 

08xxx 

10220 

10880 

12050 

13140 

13200 

13624 

15030 

15100 

15130 

15280 

15300 

15341* 

15360* 

15400* 

15500* 

15552 

15560 

15570* 

15590/15591 

15700* 

15780* 

15890* 

16900 

17360 

17630/17633* 

18030* 

18200* 

18500 

18560 

19151 

35250 

35490/35493* 

35530* 

35920* 

42460 

45080 

45141/45143* 

45150* 

45182 

45200 

45221 

45540 

45742 

45751 

45880/45881* 

45880* 

46330 

46370 

46410 

46820 

51560 

51570 

52140 

52220 

52360 

53240 

55100 

55210 

55850 

55910 

56220 

56360 

56430 

56540 

56900 

56910 

56940 

58030* 

58230* 

67420 

67500 

7199B 

74030 

79031 

79051 

79070 

81900 

81920 

81950 

84920 

84950 

85671* 

99350 

99610 

99800 

99810 

*附施工指導

特性 

用途 

品說明書介紹 

品說明書中各標題的定義和範圍概述如下 

對品類型顏料組成基本特性和使用限度有重地作簡要的介紹 

闡述品的設計目的或特別用途品在其它方面的用途或其它配用品種在這一項 

內也有介紹 

使用溫度標出最大使用溫度在該溫度下漆膜不會立即破壞但漆膜長期處於最大使用溫度 

情況下將會縮短其預期使用壽命 

批準 

物理參數 

漆面 

列出官方或半官方認可或批準證書 

指漆膜乾後的光澤度分為高光澤有光半光半平光和平光實際狀態有賴於 

施工條件乾燥和固化條件 

顏色/色號油漆的顏色用標準色號標明不同顏色的物理參數可能有區別 

體積固體含量體積固體含量以下面的公式表示 

乾膜厚度 

SV ×100 

濕膜厚度 

這是在實驗室條件下按ISO3233或ASTMD2697方法測定的 

該方法測得的數值通常比理論計算值略高 

理論塗布率完全光滑表面在要求的乾膜厚度下的理論塗布率按下面公式計算 

SV ×10 

=米/升 

乾膜厚度(微米) 

由於不同的用途品的乾膜厚度可以變更因而其理論塗布率也會相應變更理 

論塗布率不適用於多孔的材料如木材混凝土等實際塗布率受到施工方法工 

人技術施工表面的形狀施工物的質地漆膜厚度和工作條件等因素的影響而有 

差別因此不可能在本說明書中提供通用的確切數據施工中不要求增加油漆的 

用量但要求達到漆膜的規定厚度 

實際消耗量以下列公式計算 

面積×CF 

=實際消耗量 

理論塗布率 

CF-消耗因子 

影響消耗因子的因素也很多因此也不可能給出一個通用確切的數據

閃 

比重 

表乾 

指觸乾 

油漆揮發出的氣體與空氣混合後飄浮在油漆的表面一接觸火就能生微弱的閃 

光但並不燃燒閃光時的最低溫度即為閃 

“老人”牌品的閃均用密封杯法測定雙組份品的閃除特別說明外均為混 

合後品的閃這一數據是按照各地的規定在貯存運輸和使用時為了防止火 

災發生而提供給用戶作為安全指南油漆裏加入稀釋劑後混合物的閃將有所變 

更 

即某品在溫度為25 時每升的重量(以公斤計) 雙組份品的比重均為混合後 

品的比重 

油漆表面不會粘附灰塵以前的時間 ISO1517) 

本說明書中所提到的“乾燥時間”除特別註明外均為指觸乾時間條件為20 氣溫 

與通風充足 “指觸乾”是指用手指輕輕壓漆膜而不留下印痕或覺得粘手對於車 

間底漆 “指觸乾”指表面已足夠硬化可以小心搬運漆膜在乾燥過程中乾燥時間 

與通風量溫度和漆膜厚度有關對於物理乾燥型油漆還與施塗的道數及總的漆 

膜厚度有關 

完全固化固化時間是對雙組份油漆品而言固化時間以周圍20 的平均溫度為準在整個 

固化過程中溫度高會促進固化而溫度低則減緩固化的過程根據經驗溫度在 

10 時固化時間比正常溫度條件下(20 )增加一倍溫度30 時固化時間減半 

固化在施工條件指定的最低溫度以下幾乎停止 

揮發性有機化合以克/升表示 

物含量(V.O.C) 對於水性漆標出兩種VOC值 

1.以總濕漆計算 2.扣除水含量的濕漆計算 ASTMD3960 

貯存時間是在正常貯存條件下品在原來密封容器中保持良好質量狀況的時間穩定貯存期 

限於一年以內是指存放在20 或以下的境溫度升高通常會縮短貯存期 

施工說明 

混合比率凡雙組份品供貨時均向用戶提供基料和固化劑的正確混合比例若分次使用也要 

保持混合比例不變除混合使用期非常短的品以外一般在塗用前半小時把固化 

劑加入基料中(20 ),同時攪拌均勻可用少量稀釋劑衝洗固化劑桶以保持混合比例 

不變雙組份油漆一旦混合均勻固化作用立即開始所以每次混合油漆的數量 

應不超過該品一次使用所需的數量否則將造成浪費 

施工方法提供必要或建議的施工方法按照一般規定第一層防鏽底漆應用刷塗或無空氣 

噴塗進行施工以取得最佳的濕潤性和穿透性如果用刷塗或滾塗一般建議多塗 

幾道以確保規定的乾膜厚度 

稀釋劑(最大用量) “老人”牌油漆在供貨時稀釋劑已調配妥可直接用刷塗或無空氣噴塗法施工如 

果油漆過稠(如在寒冷季節),或因特殊用法可加入少量在這欄所述的稀釋劑以達 

到理想稠度對不同施工方法規定了稀釋劑的最大用量稀釋劑使用過量會導致 

不良的效果稀釋劑的用量根據時的溫度和施工方法而定 

油漆中加入少許稀釋劑後不會對漆膜厚度造成明顯的差如果需要加入較多的稀 

釋劑時應切記稀釋劑的加入增多了液狀油漆的用量同時減低了該品的固體含 

量因此加入相用量的稀釋劑後只有合乎比例地施塗較厚的濕漆膜才會得到 

要求的乾膜厚度

SV (稀釋後)= 

注意應避免不必要的習慣性的稀釋 

SV ×100 

加入稀釋劑量 100 

混合使用時間即雙組份品混合後的安全使用期限溶劑型雙組份品的混合使用時間依油漆溫 

度而定一般地說溫度增加10 使混合使用時間減半溫度減少10 則混合使用 

時間加倍加稀釋劑不會延長混合使用時間氧漆的混合使用時間採用無空氣 

噴塗時比用刷塗為短對於要求高的漆膜厚度必須採用無空氣噴塗同時不能超 

過其混合使用時間才能達到目的水基型氧漆的混合使用時間不適用上述規律 

溫度的影響在說明書中已註明 

噴孔 

列出適用的噴孔尺寸或其範圍 

噴出壓力無空氣噴塗資料只作為參考可按施工時實際需要加以調整 

工具清洗指出工具使用後應使用何種稀釋劑或類似的溶劑清洗工具如需用專門清潔劑則另 

作推薦 

漆膜厚度即每層塗漆形成的濕漆膜厚度(以25微米的整數倍表示)和正常情況下油漆配套要 

求的乾漆膜厚度有些品由於不同的使用目的有不同漆膜厚度的規定測定乾 

膜厚度一般是在平滑參照板上進行車間底漆的厚度測量另有特別規定程序 

重塗間隔即加塗油漆前的間歇時間(20 或有關的溫度範圍) 重塗間隔與溫度漆膜厚度 

塗層數及將來暴露情況有關最大重塗間隔的溫度是指這一期間的最高表面溫度 

某些油漆的附著力所受重塗間隔的影響比其它種類油漆大如重塗間隔已超過規定 

的限度應將先塗漆膜磨粗以保證加塗油漆的附著力另外有些油漆品種的附著力 

不受重塗間隔過長的影響但必須注意底漆漆膜不應在惡劣境下不加保護地長 

期裸露這裏所指的重塗間隔是指同類型油漆前後塗用的間隔油漆的類型不同其 

重塗間隔也不同漆面在汙染境中暴露後加塗前需要用高壓淡水衝淨或用其它 

適的方法把先塗的漆面衝洗乾淨 

表面處理指出塗漆前鋼面應達到的清潔程度本說明書中提出的清潔程度是依照ISO8501-1 

1988的標準某些品還指出表面要求的形狀即粗糙程度用RUGOTESTNO.3對 

照板比較同時指出舊漆面重新塗飾時的方法和應達到的清潔度 

施工條件如果某種油漆對氣候或其它施工限制有特別的要求則在“施工條件”中註明總的 

要求是天氣惡劣時不應塗漆表面潮濕也會影響塗漆效果如果表面溫度等於或 

低於露會出水珠凝結象為了避免施工期間表面溫度的變化而影響效果最 

好在塗漆和乾燥期間保持表面溫度應至少高於露幾度一般認為高於3 是安全 

的在狹窄空間進行施工和乾燥期間須保持大量空氣流通這樣既有利於安全和健 

康又能幫助移去溶劑蒸汽或水蒸汽 

先塗油漆提供能與某品配套使用的預先塗用油漆一般不註明限制某些品可能根據使 

用的目的而另有專門說明 

車間底漆已經包括在表面處理部分

加塗油漆建議能與某品配套使用的後塗油漆一般不註明限制某些品可能根據使用的 

目的而另有專門說明 

備注 

安全 

在這一項中註明在上述各項中未包括在內的有關數字和資料 

為處理和使用各種油漆提供安全措施的說明另外在品包裝上還貼有標籤可 

指導實施同時還應遵守國家和地區安全條例 

公佈日期註明公佈的年和月份 

品數據可能需要隨時調整並自公佈日期起五年後自行失效

閃鏽 flashrust 度的評定老人牌標準 

定性描述 

FR―1 經處理的表面生鏽形成棕色鏽層但鏽很少原表面隱約可見 

鏽層可能均勻分布或散佈整個表面鏽層附著良好用乾燥的手輕輕擦拭不會脫落在 

手上留下痕跡 

FR―2 表面生鏽形成紅棕色鏽層鏽層能遮蓋住原表面 

鏽層可能均勻分布或散佈整個表面鏽層附著較好用乾燥的手輕輕擦拭只有少量脫 

落在手上留下痕跡 

FR―3 表面生鏽形成厚的紅棕色鏽層鏽層能完全遮蓋住原表面 

鏽層分布均勻鬆散用乾燥的手輕輕擦拭很容易脫落並在手上留下明顯痕跡 

定量描述 

作為參考老人牌建立了膠帶試驗方法來鑑別上述 FR―1 FR―2 FR―3 閃鏽等級 

試驗步驟 

1 選取一塊試驗區域 

2 取一塊膠帶符合 ASTMD3359 的要求長度不小於 5 釐米用手指不要用指 

甲將其緊貼於試驗區 

3 將膠帶撕下放在作參考的白紙上 

4 在同一區域每次用新的膠帶重複步驟 2 3 九次 

評價第十條膠帶後 

由第十條膠帶上鏽的量和類型以及試驗區與鄰近區域的外觀來評價閃鏽等級 

FR―1 膠帶上無鏽 

試驗區無變化或微小變化 

FR―2 膠帶上有微量局部的紅棕色鏽 

試驗區有明顯變化可能局部有黑鏽 

FR―3 膠帶上有明顯均勻的紅棕色鏽同時可見粒狀黑鏽 

試驗區有明顯變化局部有黑鏽 

公佈日期 2001 年 12 月

常用單位換算表 

由非法定單位換算為法定單位應乘以反換算 

長度 

密爾微米 25.4 0.0394 

英吋釐米 2.54 0.3937 

英尺米 0.3048 3.2808 

碼米 0.9144 1.0936 

海裏千米 1.853 0.5396 

面積 

英尺 2 米 2 0.093 10.764 

重量 

磅公斤 0.454 2.205 

體積 

美加升 3.785 0.264 

英加升 4.55 0.22 

面積/體積 

英尺 2 /美米 2 /升 0.0245 40.74 

英尺 2 /英米 2 /升 0.0204 48.93 

密度 

磅/美加公斤/升 0.120 8.344 

磅/美加克/升 120.48 0.0083 

壓力 

公斤力/釐米 2 兆帕 0.098 10.204 

巴兆帕 0.099 10.101 

大氣壓兆帕 0.101 9.90 

磅/英吋 2 兆帕 0.006 166.67 

溫度 

F 5/9×(F-32) (9/5× ) 32

漆膜厚度(微米) 

乾膜厚度= 

濕膜厚度= 

理論塗布率(完全光滑表面) 

每升塗蓋面積(米/升)= 

換算公式 

濕膜厚度×固體容積比率(SV ) 

100 

乾膜厚度×100 

固體容積比率(SV ) 

固體容積比率(SV )×10 

乾膜厚度(微米) 

理論油漆用量完全光滑表面 

塗布面積米 2 ×乾膜厚度微米 

濕膜厚度= ——————— 

固體容積比率(SV )×100 

船底(包括水線部位) 

水線 

乾舷 

甲板(包括上層甲板 

甲板艙蓋及船樓頂 

部) 

船舶表面面積計算公式 

A=[(2×d)+B]×LPP×P 

d 

B 

LPP 

P 

A=2×h×(LPP+0.5×B) 

h 

LPP 

B 

重載線最大吃水深度 

船的最大寬度 

兩柱間長度 

造船係數-- 

大油輪 0.90 

散裝船 0.85 

乾貨船 0.70-0.75 

水線之闊度 

兩柱間長度 


A=2×H×(Loa+0.5×B) 

H 

Loa 

B 

A=Loa×B×N 

Loa 

B 

N 

乾舷的高度 

船的全長 


船的全長 


大油輪及散裝船 0.91 

貨船 0.88 

沿海輪船 0.84

特性 

用途 

老人牌海洋性清漆02220 

“老人”牌海洋性清漆02220是一種快乾的氨基甲酸乙酯醇酸清漆 

適用於水線以上新木材及曾塗過清漆的舊木材的內外表面 

物理參數 

顏色(色號) 透明/00000 

漆面有光 

體積固體含量% 46±1 

理論塗布率 18.4米 2 /升(以25微米乾膜計) 

閃 

38 


指觸乾 

揮發性有機化合 

2-3小時(20 ) 


施工說明 

施工方法: 用平頭清漆刷刷塗效果最好稀釋後大多數噴塗設備都可使用但這種施工方法 

須根據不同部位的特殊情況而定所以沒有固定的工作方法 

工具清洗: “老人”牌稀釋劑08230 

漆膜厚度濕膜 50微米 

乾膜 25微米 

重塗間隔最小 6小時(20 ) 

最大見備註 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考 

材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規避免吸入和吞服 

也不要使本品接觸皮膚和眼睛必須採取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通 

風良好的情況下施工本品

“老人”牌海洋性清漆02220 

品說明書(續) 

表面處理新木材用防液最好是含殺菌劑的白節水浸透乾燥的木材表面然後用含 

有20%稀釋劑08230的“老人”牌清漆02220施塗第一度再用含有5-10%稀釋劑08230 

的本品塗第二度最後不加稀釋再用本品加塗3-5度若要效果好可在每一度間 

用乾或濕細砂紙將漆面磨光和去塵後再塗下一層漆 

曾塗過清漆的舊木材用適的清潔劑清洗施工表面一般不用脫脂劑除非脫脂 

劑使用後能完全被除淨因為殘留的脫脂劑會影響漆膜表面的乾燥性能和降低加塗 

漆膜的附著力施塗程序與“新木材”在有些情況下可省去防 

清漆的施塗 

處理及第一度稀釋的 

施工條件施工表面必須完全清潔乾燥在潮濕的情況下或氣溫低於5 時不宜塗漆木 

材內部的含水量不得超過16% 

加塗油漆無需加塗 

備注 

注意 

最大重塗間隔(與以後暴露境有關) 

表面溫度 20 

重塗油漆 

大氣境 

輕度中等 

02220 無 2天 

如超過最大重塗間隔應將表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力 

本品僅適於專業用途 

公佈日期 1999年10月 0222000000CO010

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌清漆03330是一種快乾的丙烯酸改性醇酸清漆 

老人牌清漆03330 

作為面漆塗用於敞開式貨櫃的頂部欄桿以免聚氯乙烯帆布與塗有乙烯基丙烯酸基 

或氯化橡膠基塗料的貨櫃粘在一起 

物理參數 

顏色(色號) 透明/00000 

漆面有光 

體積固體含量 32±1% 


閃 

25 


指觸乾約1小時(20 ) 



570克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法用平頭清漆刷刷塗效果最好用老人牌稀釋劑08080稀釋後可用空氣噴塗設 

備噴塗可就近咨詢海虹老人牌塗料公司的技術服務代表 




重塗間隔最小無關 

最大無 

安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考老 

人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規人身保護包 

括但不限於肺眼和皮膚的保護如果吞服或與皮膚直接接觸應立即求醫必須採 

取預防措施防火防爆及保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或 

空氣不流通處施工,必須提供強力通風

“老人”牌清漆03330 


表面處理舊漆表面用適的清潔劑如老人牌清洗劑99330清洗掉表面的油脂用高壓淡水 

衝洗掉殘餘的清潔劑份和其它汙染物 

施工條件施工表面必須完全清潔乾燥 

在氣溫低於5 或相對濕度高於85%時不宜塗漆 

先塗油漆老人牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370 46410或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 

本品在老人牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370或46410上的最小重塗間隔為4~6小時 20 

刷塗或滾塗施工時只可對施工工具施加輕微的壓力不可對已經塗過本品的表面 

再施工 


公佈日期 1999年10月–0333000000CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧清漆05150 

固化劑95030 

“老人”牌氧清漆05150是一種無溶劑低分子量胺固化的氧漆本品粘度小具 

有良好的滲透性耐磨性能好容易清洗 

可塗於與食物接觸的集裝箱內木質底板 

使用溫度與底材有關在乾燥條件下最大耐溫 140 在這種溫度下會氾發暗 

批準 

本品符合美國聯邦條例第175.300章“關於乾食品運載”的規定 

物理參數 

顏色/色號透明/00000 

光澤高光 

體積固體含量 100% 


閃 

110 以上 


表面乾約16小時(20 ) 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 

物含量V.O.C. 0克/升 

施工說明 

混合比例基料05159 固化劑95030=7 3(體積比) 

施工方法刷塗滾塗 (見"施工條件“) 

稀釋劑 


(見施工條件 

混合使用時間 1小時(20 ) 

工具清洗老人牌工具清洗劑99610 



重塗間隔見備註 

安全 


材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護包括但並 

不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或其它直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採取 

預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或空 

氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風

“老人”牌氧清漆05150 


表面處理表面要求清潔乾燥無油脂清除表面鬆散物質 

新木材如果必要用砂紙處理表面小心除去塵汙 

塗過清漆的木材如果不清楚舊清漆類型但舊漆膜堅硬完整可以先做小面積試 

驗再覆塗05150 如果需要可用適的清潔劑清洗表面然後小心除去表面殘餘 

的清潔劑和汙塵通常表面需要用砂紙進一步打磨然後小心除去汙塵 

施工條件對吸附性表面可以先用20%-30%“老人”牌稀釋劑08570稀釋本品浸透一層最小6 

小時(20 )後再用未稀釋的本品塗覆 

施工方法在施工地板時可把油漆倒在表面然後再滾塗或刮平 

條件施工與固化僅在10 以上才能進行木材含水份應不超過16% 


備注 

注意 

重塗間隔如果要塗二道塗層,那第二道塗層應在3天之內塗完(20 ),在塗層之間 

應避免汙染 

本品暴露於陽光下會引起氾 

本品僅適用於專業用途 

公佈日期 1999年10月 0515000000CO007

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧清漆05170 

固化劑95040 

老人牌氧清漆05170是一種聚酰胺固化的氧清漆耐磨性能好容易清洗 

可塗於與食物接觸的集裝箱內木質底板 

使用溫度與底材有關在乾燥條件下最大耐溫 140 在這種溫度下會氾發暗 

批準 

物理參數 

顏色/色號透明/00000 

光澤啞光 


理論塗布率無關參見備註 

閃 

26 以上 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 

物含量 480克/升 

本品符合美國聯邦條例第175.300章“關於乾食品運載”的規定 

施工說明: 

混合比例基料05179:固化劑95040=3:1(體積比) 

施工方法刷塗滾塗(見"施工條件“) 

稀釋劑 


見”施工條件” 



漆膜厚度濕膜無關 

乾膜無關 


安全 






“老人”牌氧清漆05170 


表面處理表面要求清潔乾燥無油脂清除表面鬆散物質 

新木材如果必要用砂紙處理表面小心除去塵汙 

塗過清漆的木材如果不清楚舊清漆類型但舊漆膜堅硬完整可以先用本品做小 

面積試驗如果需要可用適的清潔劑清洗表面然後小心除去表面殘餘的清潔 

劑和汙塵通常表面需要用砂紙進一步打磨然後小心除去汙塵 

施工條件表面浸泡對吸附性表面可以先用80%“老人”牌稀釋劑08570稀釋本品浸透一層 

最小20小時(20 )後再塗覆 

施工方法在施工地板時可把混合油漆倒在表面然後再滾塗或刮平 

施工條件施工與固化僅在10 以上才能進行木材含水份應不超過16% 


備注 

注意 

漆膜厚度使用本品的目的不是要在木板上形成一層清漆膜而是要浸透木板表面 

重塗間隔如果要塗二道塗層,那第二道塗層應在三天之內塗完(20 ) 在塗層之 

間應避免汙染 

本品暴露於陽光下會引起氾 


公佈日期 1999年10月–0517000000CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧封閉漆05970 

固化劑95950 

老人牌氧封閉漆05970是一種低分子量的芳香胺固化的氧清漆它具有粘度低 

滲透性好的特 

用於在色漆施工前,封閉乾淨的混凝土表面它的使用量以剛好能飽和混凝土表面 

為準且表面不能平滑特別適用於高性能油漆系統和抗化學性塗層配套 

使用溫度與底材和下一道塗層有關 05970本身可耐以下溫度 

乾燥在水中 

最大 140 60 

物理參數 

顏色/色號透明,綠色/04200 

光澤平光 

固體體積% 52±1 

理論塗布率見備註 

閃 

27 


指觸乾 2-4小時(20 ) 

完全固化 

揮發性有機化 

7天(20 ) 

合物含量(V.O.C) 430克/升 

施工說明 

混合比例基料05979 固化劑95950=4 1(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗 

稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 50% 50% 


噴孔 0.43-0.53毫米 

噴出壓力 10.0兆帕 

(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 ) 


漆膜厚度乾膜無關 

濕膜無關(見備註) 


最大無(見備註) 

安全 






老人牌氧封閉漆05970 


表面處理所有增滑劑油脂及其它汙染物必須通過噴砂揮發灼燒清潔或者使用適清潔劑 

除去最後採用淡水浸泡表面清潔劑後,再用淡水衝洗 

根據被塗物的結構和使用目的,可選用噴砂高壓淡水噴射或者使用動力工具處理 

混凝土表面以便除去殘渣和其它汙染物, 得一個粗糙而堅固的表面除去灰塵和 

疏松的物質如果機械處理的辦法不能使用,可採用酸洗的方法處理表面,使用 

5%(重量比)的硝酸或磷酸溶液清洗注意對於強酸,要採取必要的防護措施, 

遵循安全使用規則!在酸洗之前要用淡水浸泡混凝土以防止酸液腐蝕其中的鋼筋增 

強結構讓酸液浸洗3-4分鐘,然後用淡水衝洗首先用5%(重量比)的NaOH溶液-再用 

淡水仔細清洗經過上述步驟處理並均勻乾燥之後,表面應該平整粗糙,沒有疏松 

的物質表面PH值範圍必須在6.5-8.0之間如果達不到上述要求,必須重新處理 

表面必須經過至少2天的通風乾燥(相對濕度65%,溫度20 ) 預處理的質量控制一 

般使用較為堅硬的刀片劃刻,處理後的表面必須堅實,只允許留下一道清晰的刀痕 

施工條件混凝土必須完全固化,對於普通硅酸水泥大約28天徹底乾燥後表面濕度應在4% 

以下還必須控制混凝土的毛細管作用或地基水份 

僅在10 以上氣溫條件下施工和固化僅在沒有灰塵沒有油脂和其它汙染物的表 

面施工在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,必須提供足夠的通風 

加塗油漆根據規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

漆膜厚度/使用量老人牌氧封閉漆05970用於浸塗吸附性混凝土表面為了得到 

良好的使用效果使用前必須估計稀釋的程度如稀釋劑最大用量為50% 實際稀 

釋劑的需要量由溫度施工表面情況混凝土類型和施工技術決定 

另外實際理論塗布率無法計算根據混凝土表面粗糙度表面空隙率和施工方法, 

一般實際使用量大約為14米 2 /升 

外觀無論如何漆面不能有光澤多餘的05970在塗漆前要用砂紙除去 


公佈日期 2000年5月 0597004200CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌抗紫外線清漆06520 

“老人”牌抗紫外線清漆06520是一種以丙烯酸樹脂配制而成的不氾清漆屬物理 

乾燥型本品可保護先塗漆膜免受紫外線幅射同時也有防水和防塵作用 

作為“老人”牌熒光漆56540的保護材料尤其適用於室外暴露部位以保證漆層的熒 

光效果本品不適合塗在磨損嚴重的表面 

物理參數 

顏色/色號無色透明/00000 

漆面有光 



閃 

32 


指觸乾 


1-2小時(20 ) 


施工說明 

施工方法用平頭清漆刷刷塗效果最好用稀釋劑08230稀釋後大多數噴塗設備都可使用 

但這種施工方法須根據不同部位的特殊情況而定所以沒有固定的工作方法 

工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08230 




最大不限(見備註) 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考材 

料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護包括但不限於 

肺眼和皮膚的保護如果吞服或油漆直接接觸皮膚應立即求醫必須採取措施防 

火防爆和保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或空氣不流通 

處施工,必須提供強力通風 

施工條件在正常要求的最佳施工條件下使用本品 

在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌熒光漆56540 


備注 

注意 

無最大重塗間隔但長期暴露於汙染境中的施工表面在重塗之前需用(高壓)淡水 

清洗掉汙垢任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 0652000000CO007

概述 

備注 

注意 

老人牌稀釋劑08XX0 

“老人”牌油漆出廠時已調整好一般不需稀釋可直接塗用如果油漆變得過稠如 

天氣寒冷或要求的漆膜厚度很低如封閉漆可在施工時用品說明書指明的 

稀釋劑適調配以取得良好的效果根據一般規律稀釋劑應保持在最小的限量 

調整得太稀會影響油漆質量 

如果在高溫條件下施工為了能形成完好的漆膜並避免乾噴稀釋程度可以超出上 

述限制 

“老人”牌稀釋劑與“老人”牌油漆混合後用刷塗或噴塗均能取得良好效果在某些 

情況下一般溶劑可代替稀釋劑使用但此類溶劑不在我們控制之內所以本公司 

對其使用效果概不負責 

希望用戶在各種施工情況下都要參考本公司品說明書和施工指導 

有關將稀釋劑用作工具清洗劑的情況參見備註 

稀釋劑 

08080 25 

閃 (密封杯 

使用範圍 

防汙漆系列,快乾甲板漆53240 

快乾漆氯化橡膠漆及丙烯酸漆系列 

聚氨酯系列的面漆和磁漆 

08230 32 醇酸漆稀釋劑(除53240和快乾漆外) 

08450 23 氧系列漆的通用稀釋劑 

08510 3 (高度易燃) 聚氨酯磁漆55100和聚氨酯面漆55210的特 

殊用途稀釋劑 

08570 4 車間底漆15280,15722,15890 

08700 24 

含硅富鋅漆,用作封閉硅酸鋅漆防止"起泡" 

的氧漆 

稀釋劑08230比白節水或松香水的稀釋能力強一般可用該品的稀釋劑清洗工具 

對於施塗氧漆後的工具建議用工具清洗劑99610清洗但不可將其用作稀釋劑 

或施塗聚氨酯漆後的工具清洗劑 


公佈日期 1999年10月 0808000000CO004 

0823000000CO005 

0845000000CO009 

0851000000CO002 

0857000000CO007 

0870000000CO006

特性 

用途 

批準 

“老人”牌瀝青厚漿漆10220是一種物理乾燥型厚漿瀝青漆 

老人牌瀝青厚漿漆10220 

作為經濟型中短期防腐蝕保護塗料用於不暴露在陽光下的鋼結構內外表面不抗 

連續的機械壓力 

本品德國丹 EC型檢驗證書 

物理參數 

顏色/色號黑色/19990 

漆面平光 



閃 

38 


表乾約10小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 


約16小時(20 ) 


施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗 

稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 2% 15% 5% 

噴孔 0.53-0.64毫米 


(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 ) 



乾膜 175微米(見備註) 

重塗間隔最小乾後 

最大不限 

安全 





“老人”牌瀝青厚漿漆10220 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂使表面至少達到Sa2級標準或機械處理至St3級如需臨時保護鋼 

面,可塗用適的車間底漆最後復塗前所有破損的車間底漆和在加工和儲運期間 

受汙染的部分都必需清理乾淨再用本品進行修補 

維修保養用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份及其他汙物用 

噴砂法動力工具或水槍除掉鏽跡及鬆散物質掃除殘渣任其自乾補塗使其達 

到舊的漆膜厚度 

施工條件按照正常良好條件進行 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間需大量通風 

先塗油漆無,或根據配套施塗 

加塗油漆無 

備注 

注意 

根據使用目的和區域調整漆膜厚度但這會影響塗布率稀釋劑用量乾燥時間和 

重塗間隔乾膜正常範圍為125-200微米 


公佈日期 2000年9月 1022019990CO009

特性 

用途 

批準 

老人牌壓載艙漆10880 

“老人”牌壓載艙漆10880是一種單組份表面要求不高的半硬厚漿漆具有柔韌性 

耐水性防鏽性 

作為中短期修補漆塗用於壓載艙圍堰及無法噴砂處理的表面具有犧牲陽極保護 

陰極的性能在檢查船艙時可以腳踩但不抗連續的機械壓力 

經挪威有關機構批準為C1級塗料經勞氏船級社認可為二級修補漆 

物理參數 

顏色/色號鋁銅色/19820-黑色/19990 

漆面平光 



閃 

38 


表乾約10小時(20 ) 




375克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑 0808 008080 08080 

(最大用量) 2% 15% 5% 

噴孔 0.53-0.63毫米 







最大不限 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考老 





“老人”牌壓載艙漆10880 


表面處理維修保養用適的清潔劑除掉油脂汙泥及其它汙染物再用(高壓)淡水衝洗 

用噴砂法動力工具或水槍除掉鏽跡及鬆散物質至Sa1,St2(ISO8501 1988)或WJ- 

4(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 通過研磨掃砂或水噴洗均勻磨粗原有的氧或煤焦油 

氧配套掃除殘渣任其自乾補塗使其達到舊的漆膜厚度油漆配套的耐久性 

視表面處理的情況而定不完全清除鏽皮會導致漆膜脫落象 



先塗油漆無,或根據配套施塗 


備注 

注意 

可根據使用目的和區域調整漆膜厚度但這會影響塗布率稀釋劑用量乾燥時間 

和重塗間隔在雙度漆的配套中每度漆的乾膜正常範圍為125-200微米 

本品以單度法施工是可以的建議其乾膜厚度為300微米以單度法施工的漆膜的 

耐久性主要取決於施工方法 

壓載艙裝水前的固化壓載艙裝水時塗漆表面應完全乾燥建議裝水前徹底檢查漆 

膜的乾燥情況 

維修應定期維護漆膜配套按照上述方法進行表面處理後用本品補塗至完整漆 

膜厚度 


公佈日期 2000年5月-1088019820CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸防鏽底漆12050 

“老人”牌醇酸防鏽底漆12050是一種由長油醇酸樹脂和氨基甲酸乙酯醇酸樹脂配制 

成的相對快乾磷酸鋅底漆 

作為“老人”牌醇酸系列漆的通用底漆用於保護在輕微至中等腐蝕性境下的鋼 

板 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫為120 

批準 

根據國際海事組織MSC61 67 決議經丹德國有關機構批準本品為“低 

火焰傳播材料” 

本品得丹德國的EC型檢測認證 

請見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號綠色/40760—紅色/50410 

漆面平光 



閃 

38 


指觸乾 


2-4小時(20 ) 


施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗/滾塗 

稀釋劑 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 5% 

噴孔 0.46毫米 







安全 



不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採取預防 

措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或空氣不 

流通處施工必須提供強力通風

“老人”牌醇酸防鏽底漆12050 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂至少達到Sa2級如需臨時保護表面可塗上適的車間底漆最 

後噴塗前將儲存與加工中破損的車間底漆及汙染部位清理乾淨用本品進行補塗 

保養用適的清洗劑除去油和脂用高壓淡水清除和其他汙染物用噴 

砂或動力工具清除鏽跡和鬆散漆層掃除殘餘物補塗至完整漆膜厚度 



加塗油漆可根據使用區域按規定加塗“老人”牌醇酸系列漆 

備注 

注意 

某些證書發佈是本品型號為1205 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域調整漆膜厚度但這會影響塗布率乾燥時間和重 

塗間隔乾膜正常範圍為30-50微米 

重塗重塗間隔與以後所暴露的境有關以40微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

鋼板溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

除53240外的"老人"牌醇 

酸漆系列 

53240 

大氣境大氣境 

輕度中等輕度中等 

5小時 

2天 

8小時 

2天 

無關 

無關 

3天 

7天 

如果超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜間的附著力 

加塗前若先塗漆膜暴露於汙染境須用高壓淡水將表面衝淨任其自乾 


公佈日期 2000年5月 1205040760CO016

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧酯底漆13140 

“老人”牌氧酯底漆13140是一種含磷酸鋅防鏽顏料的單組份快乾改性氧酯底 

漆 

作為老人牌醇酸漆氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆的通用底漆塗用在輕微至中等腐蝕大氣 

境下的鋼材表面本品可減少維修時底漆的塗層數 

使用溫度最大(乾燥狀態) 140 或按照加塗的氯化橡膠或丙烯酸類漆面漆規定 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺灰色/12170-紅色/51320 

漆面平光 



閃 

30 


表乾約0.75小時 20 

指觸乾 


約2小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(10%) 08080(10%) 

噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 

噴出壓力 15.0兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 ) 





安全 




風良好的情況下施工本品 

表面處理新鋼材建議噴砂至Sa2.5級標準必要時可塗一層無鋅或低鋅車間底漆以臨時 

保護噴砂後的表面在最後噴塗前應徹底清理乾淨在儲運和加工過程中被損壞的車 

間底漆以及沾汙的部位用本品補塗 

光滑金屬表面小心除去油脂和其它汙染物 

保養用適的清潔劑去除油跡滑脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物 

用噴砂或動力工具清除所有鏽跡和鬆散漆膜 

漆膜厚度 

磨平邊角掃除殘留物補塗至完整

“老人”牌氧酯底漆13140 


施工條件在乾燥清潔的表面使用本品施工表面溫度高於露避免凝露在狹窄空間施 

工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風 

加塗油漆可按規定加塗“老人”牌醇酸漆系列氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆系列 

若加塗其它品種請參閱備註 

備注 

注意 

底材光滑金屬表面和鍍鋅鐵僅在輕微腐蝕境下用作底材 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率稀釋量乾燥 

時間和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為25-80微米 

重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關以50微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

鋼板溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 



"老人"牌醇酸漆系列 1 1小時 2小時無關 3天 

"老人"牌氯化橡膠 

或丙烯酸漆系列 2 4小時 6小時無關無關 

1 僅限溶於白節水的醇酸漆 

2 僅限溶於芳香族溶劑的氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆 

如超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜間的附著力 

用氧漆和聚氨酯漆重塗可用“老人”牌氧漆和聚氨酯漆重塗但是其漆膜應盡 

量薄以避免漆膜“咬起” 在這種情況下即本品用作“過渡塗層”時建議只塗乾膜厚 

度為25微米的漆膜厚度全面施塗前應作小試以確保新舊漆膜完全配套最小重 

塗間隔(20 時)為48小時,無最大重塗間隔 

在汙染境暴露後的重塗表面,應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾本品僅適 

於專業用途 

公佈日期 2001年5月 1314012170CO006

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸厚漿底漆13200 

“老人”牌醇酸厚漿底漆13200是一種含有磷酸鋅顏料的聚氨酯改性快乾醇酸底漆 

作為“老人”牌醇酸系列漆通用底漆,塗用在輕微至中等腐蝕性大氣境下在鋼板 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大耐溫 120 

批準 

被丹德國有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61 67 決議批準為低火焰傳播塗 

料本品得丹德國的歐共體證書 

物理參數 

顏色/色號色/22430 白色/10000 

漆面平光平光 

體積固體含量% 45±1 44±1 

理論塗布率 6.0米 2 /升 5.9米 2 /升(以75微米乾膜計) 

閃 

31 31 


表乾約1小時約1小時(20 ) 

指觸乾約4小時約4小時(20 ) 



450克/升 445克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗(補塗) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

噴出壓力 20.0兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 ) 





安全 






“老人”牌醇酸厚漿底漆13200 


表面處理新鋼材建議噴砂至Sa2.5級必要時可塗一層車間底漆以臨時保護噴砂後的表 

面最後塗漆之前應將儲存和加工時破損的車間底漆及汙物徹底清理乾淨,然後用 

本品進行補塗 

保養用適的清潔劑去除油跡滑脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物,用噴 

砂或動力工具清除所有鏽跡和鬆散漆膜掃除殘留物,補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

施工條件在正常要求的最佳施工條件下使用本品 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風 

加塗油漆可按規定加塗“老人”牌醇酸漆系列 

備注 

注意 

有些證書發佈時本品的型號為1320 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和重 

塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為50-75微米 

重塗重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 (以75微米乾膜計) 

最小最大 

鋼板溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

除53240和13200外的 

"老人"牌醇酸漆系列 

13200 

53240 



5小時 

5小時 

5天 

8小時 

8小時 

5天 

無關 

無關 

無關 

3天 

無關 

10天 

如超過最大重塗間隔,應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜間的附著力 

在汙染境暴露後的表面,重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨,任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 1320022430CO007

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌快乾醇酸底漆13624 

“老人”牌快乾醇酸底漆13624是一種含磷酸鋅的非常快乾的醇酸樹脂底漆 

可作為防鏽底漆塗用於需要快乾的鋼材機械部件等部位可用作車間底漆起臨時 

保護作用也可作為醇酸基油漆配套的通用底漆用於保護輕微至中等腐蝕性大氣 

境中的鋼材 

使用溫度乾燥狀態下最大耐溫 120 

批準 

經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會檢測,本品對穀物無污染 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺灰色/12170 紅色/50710 

漆面平光 

體積固體含量 47±1 


閃 

31 


表面乾約0.5小時 20 

指觸乾 


約1小時 20 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 10 15 5 

噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

噴出壓力 15.0兆帕無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 





安全 





“老人”牌快乾醇酸底漆13624 

品說明書續 

表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物用(高壓)淡水清洗掉跡和其它汙 

物噴砂處理至最少Sa2級或根據鏽蝕程度用動力工具清理至St3級 

機械表面經脫脂和機械清理後本品可直接塗在鋼材表面 

破損部位的修補用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物用高壓淡水清洗掉跡 

和其它汙物用噴砂法或動力工具清理掉全部鏽跡和鬆散物質然後用淡水衝洗表 

面補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

施工條件僅在乾燥潔淨和溫度高於露的條件下施工以避免凝露在狹窄處施工和乾燥期 

間應大量通風 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸漆或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

證書發佈時本品型號為1362 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以修改漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率稀釋 

劑用量乾燥時間和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為40 80微米 

重塗重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關以80微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

鋼板溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 



"老人"牌醇酸漆* 15分鐘 30分鐘無關無關 

*僅限溶解於二甲苯 

在汙染境暴露後重塗前,必須用高壓淡水徹底衝洗表面,任其自乾 


公佈日期 2000年9月 1362412170CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧低溫漆15030 

固化劑97030 

“老人”牌氧低溫漆15030是一種低溫固化雙組分聚酰胺加成物固化煤焦油氧塗 

料漆膜具有優的耐磨耐海水原油燃油的性能本品不耐芳烴類溶劑包 

括某些等級的汽油和強溶劑脂族溶劑會使漆膜變色 

可作嚴重腐蝕境下鋼板和混凝土的長效保護塗料適用於浸泡部位如船底 

原油燃油艙壓載水艙等施工溫度低於10 

使用溫度乾燥在油中在水中(無溫差) 

(最大) 90 60 45 

批準 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”測定對穀物無污染被“勞氏船級社”認可為抗腐蝕 

塗料經德國勞氏船級社認可為壓載艙塗料 

物理參數 

顏色/色號黑色/19990 棕色/60430 

漆面半光 



閃 

25 


表乾約4小時(20 ) 

10 0 +10 

指觸乾 60 24 12(小時) 

完全固化 


65 30 15(天) 


保存期生之日起1年 25 ,視儲存條件而定使用前需攪拌 

施工說明 

混合比率基料15039 固化劑97030=3 1(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗(修補) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(10%) 08450(5%) 


噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 


工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洗劑99610 




安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考 





“老人”牌氧低溫漆15030 


表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑除去油脂等汙物用高壓淡水衝洗掉 

份及其它汙物噴砂使表面達到Sa2.5級標準若需要塗一層適的車間底漆臨 

時保護鋼面 

用15030修補 

塗漆前把儲運和加工時被損壞的車間底漆以及汙染物徹底清理乾淨 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它汙染物,再用(高壓)淡水衝洗用噴砂或其它機 

械處理或酸蝕除去浮層和鬆散物使表面堅硬粗糙和均一用適的封閉漆封閉 

表面,如“老人”牌05970(詳見05970 品說明書) 

維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物用噴砂 

法或動力工具徹底清理破損區域也可用水噴射法至WJ-3級,最好為WJ-2級 

(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 塗漆前最大允許"閃蝕"為FR-2級("老人"牌標準) 磨平邊 

角掃除殘留物補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

施工條件表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露避免水汽凝結本品可在低至-10 的氣溫下施 

工及固化,油漆本身溫度最好10 以上如果低於10 就必須稀釋但這會降低 

漆膜厚度及延緩乾燥在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

先塗油漆鋼板無或按規定 

混凝土 “老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 

加塗油漆無須加塗或根據使用區域按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

證書發佈時本品的型號為1503 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域修改漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率乾燥時 

間稀釋量和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為100-125微米 

重塗間隔本品125微米乾膜的重塗間隔為 

在125微米 

最小最大 

的15030上 

的重塗間隔 -10 0 10 -10 0 10 

15030 

45182 

54小時 27小時 12小時 20天 10天 4.5天 

46330 45小時 23小時 10小時 68小時 34小時 15小時 

本品層間最大重塗間隔可以加倍,但漆膜重塗前不得暴露於陽光水/結露或其它汙 

染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何滲出象注意保證一定的施工乾燥 

和固化條件如注意通風溫度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀釋等就可避免滲出 

還應避免超溫如果超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜 

間的附著力漆膜完全固化後才可投入使用也許會滲色到後塗漆層但這只影 

響美觀不會影響整個油漆配套的抗腐蝕與防汙性能 


公佈日期 1999年10月 1503019990CO012

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧漆15100 

固化劑95100 

“老人”牌氧漆15100是一種雙組分胺加成物固化煤焦油氧厚漿塗料漆膜耐磨 

耐衝擊耐海水廢水燃油脂肪族溶劑等性能優也耐無機酸和芳香族溶劑 

的濺潑相對聚酰胺固化焦油氧漆而言有較高的抗溫和溫度梯度性能 

用作嚴重腐蝕和浸泡境下鋼板和混凝土的長效保護塗料如埋在浸濕土壤下的 

鋼材鋼和混凝土管道裝燃油或潤滑油或鑽井水和泥漿或熱水的儲罐汙水處理 

廠的鋼和混凝土結構 

使用溫度乾燥在水中(最大溫差35 ) 

(最大) 100 90 

物理參數 

顏色/色號黑色/19990 棕色/60420 


體積固體含量% 55±1 55±1 

理論塗布率 2.8米 2 /升 2.8米 2 /升 (以200微米乾膜計) 

閃 

13 13 


表乾約4小時約4小時 (20 ) 

指觸乾約6小時約6小時 (20 ) 

完全固化 


7天 7天 (20 ) 


保存期生之日起1年(25 ),視儲存條件而定使用前需攪拌 

施工說明 



稀釋劑(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用時間 2小時 6小時 (20 ) 







安全 





“老人”牌氧漆15100 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂使表面達到Sa2.5級標準若需要塗一層適的車間底漆臨時保 

護鋼面塗漆前把儲運和加工時被損壞的車間底漆以及汙染物徹底清理乾淨用 

15100修補如果系統將暴露於嚴重腐蝕性境用本品塗覆時建議先掃砂或噴砂 

清理掉全部車間底漆 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它汙染物,再用高壓淡水衝洗用噴砂或其它機 




法或動力工具徹底清理破損區域磨平邊角掃除殘留物補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

施工條件本品僅在溫度10 以上的氣溫下施工及固化,施工表面及油漆本身的溫度也必須在 

10 之上表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露避免水汽凝結 

在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

先塗油漆鋼材無 “老人”牌氧漆15590或按規定加塗 

混凝土 “老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 

加塗油漆無須加塗 

備注使用溫度本品高溫下受機械作用和化學作用的影響更明顯 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域修改漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率稀釋量乾燥時間和重塗 

間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為125-200微米 

重塗間隔重塗間隔與暴露境有關 (15100乾膜厚度200微米) 

注意 

最小最大 

鋼板溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

大氣境 

嚴重 

水浸泡 

大氣境 

嚴重 

水浸泡 

15100 6小時 6小時 36小時* 36小時* 

*本品層間最大重塗間隔在20 時可以延長至4天,但漆膜重塗前不得暴露於陽光 

水/結露或其它汙染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何滲出象注意保證 

一定的施工乾燥和固化條件如注意通風溫度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀釋 

等就可避免滲出還應避免超溫 



公佈日期 2001年5月 1510019990CO005

特性 

用途 


固化劑95140 

“老人”牌氧漆15130是一種雙組分聚酰胺固化煤焦油氧塗料漆膜耐磨耐海 

水礦物油等性能良好本品不耐多數溶劑脂肪族溶劑會使漆膜變色 

可自作底漆,用作嚴重腐蝕境下鋼板和混凝土的長效保護塗料作為原油和燃油 

儲罐的內襯可提供優良的保護如果暴露於酸性的或溫差較大的境,建議採用老 

人”牌氧漆15100 如在-10 至10 溫度範圍的低溫使用建議採用“老人”牌 

氧低溫漆15030 

使用溫度乾燥最大耐溫90 見備註 

壓載艙水中耐正常海水溫度 

其他水中 45 避免長期浸泡於負溫差中 

其它液體中請與老人牌辦事處聯繫 

批準 

被“勞氏船級社” 美國船舶局俄羅斯船級社認可為抗腐蝕塗料經英國“紐卡斯 

爾職業健康協會”測定對穀物無污染經挪威海事組織試驗,被列為最高類別,B1級 

經德國勞氏船級社認可為壓載艙塗料 

物理參數 

顏色/色號黑色/19990 棕色/60430 


體積固體含量% 70±1 70±1 

理論塗布率 5.6米 2 /升 5.6米 2 /升 (以125微米乾膜計) 

閃 

25 25 


表乾約6小時約5小時 (20 ) 

指觸乾 7-8小時 6-7小時 (20 ) 

完全固化 


7天 7天 (20 ) 


保存期生之日起1年 25 ,視儲存條件而定使用前需攪拌 

施工說明 


施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗(修補) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用時間 2小時 6小時(20 ) 






重塗間隔見備註

“老人”牌氧漆15130 


安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考 




氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風 

表面處理新鋼材噴砂使表面達到Sa2.5級若需要塗一層適的車間底漆臨時保護鋼 

面塗漆前把儲運和加工時被損壞的車間底漆以及汙染物徹底清理乾淨用15130 

修補 

混凝土用乳化液清洗滑脂和其它汙染物,再用(高壓)淡水衝洗用噴砂或其它機 



維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙沒物用噴砂 

法或動力工具徹底清理破損區域也可用水噴射法至WJ-3級,最好為WJ-2級 

(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 塗漆前最大允許"閃蝕"為FR-2級("老人"牌標準) 磨平邊 

角掃除殘留物補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

施工條件本品僅在溫度5 以上的氣溫下施工及固化,油漆本身溫度最好15 以上施工表面 

及油漆本身的最佳溫度範圍在15-25 之間表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露避 

免水汽凝結在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

加塗油漆無須加塗或根據使用區域按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 


耐候性/使用溫度在高溫下本品易受機械及化學作用的影響 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域修改漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率乾燥時 

間和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為125-200微米 

重塗間隔本品的重塗間隔為(在良好通風的情況下) 單位小時 

表面溫度 5 10 20 30 

本品乾膜厚度(um) 125 200 125 200 125 200 125 200 

"老人"牌氯化 

橡膠厚漿漆 

46330 

"老人"牌氧 

漆 

最小 

最大 

最小 

最大 

21 

54 

21 

7d 

39 

76 

39 

7d 

14 

36 

14 

4.5d 

本品層間最大重塗間隔可以加倍,但漆膜重塗前不得暴露於陽光水/結露或其它汙 

染物此外本品第一度漆的表面不得有任何滲出象注意保證一定的施工乾燥 

和固化條件如注意通風溫度漆膜厚度和按上述比例稀釋等就可避免滲出 

還應避免超溫如果超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜 

間的附著力 

也許會滲色到後塗漆層但這只影響美觀不會影響整個油漆配套的抗腐蝕與防汙 

性能 


公佈日期 2000年5月 1513019990CO004 

25 

48 

25 

4.5d 

6 

16 

6 

48 

11 

22 

11 

48 

4 

11 

4 

32 

7 

14 

7 

32

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧車間底漆15280 

固化劑95270 

“老人”牌氧車間底漆15280是一種雙組份氧聚酰胺底漆含磷酸鋅防鏽顏料 

專為自動噴塗施工而設計,也可手工施塗 

1.作為貯存和加工期間經噴砂除鏽的鋼板或其它結構鋼材的車間底漆 

2.可作為中間漆塗於噴塗有硅酸鋅或金屬塗層的表面以減少起泡象 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫達140 

批準 

物理參數 

顏色/色號紅色/50890 

漆面平光 



閃 

0 


指觸乾約5-10分鐘(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



640克/升 

經“勞氏船級社”和“挪威船級社”認可為焊接底漆經丹焊接協會和德國SV檢驗焊 

接煙霧無毒 

施工說明 



稀釋劑(最大) 08570(20%) 08570(20%) 08450(20%) 





漆膜厚度作車間底漆作封閉漆 

濕膜無關 125微米 

乾膜 15微米 25微米見備註 



安全 






“老人”牌氧車間底漆15280 


表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑除去油脂等汙物用高壓淡水衝洗掉份及其它汙物 

噴砂清潔度按油漆配套的要求而定,一般是Sa2.5 噴砂後應立即塗漆塗覆前先 

將貯存和運輸中損壞的車間底漆和汙染部位徹底清理乾淨採用油漆配套表中所指 

定的底漆補塗 

硅漆鋅塗料在硅酸鋅塗料達到“幾乎完全固化”階段可施塗本品用適的清潔劑 

除掉油脂等用高壓淡水衝掉份和其它汙物在高濕度境暴露後務必用高壓 

淡水衝洗若有必要用尼硬刷擦洗小心除掉鋅 (白鏽) 請參考有關的硅酸鋅 

塗料的施工指導 

施工條件僅在施工及固化得以正常進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品施工表面溫度和油 

漆本身溫度也必須在上述溫度範圍之內最高鋼板溫度限制為45 作為車間底漆 

溫度45 以上時施工必須採取特別措施(見備註) 表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露 

避免水汽凝結在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風 

先塗油漆無,或根據配套先塗“老人”牌硅酸鋅塗料 

加塗油漆按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 


平滑試板上理想乾膜厚度為20-25微米 

理論塗布率噴砂後在粗糙度Ra=12.5微米,相於Rugotest標準No.3,N10a-b的鋼板 

表面 Keane-Tator比較板3.0mils或ISO標準中等G級 15微米乾膜厚度相於光滑 

測試板上25微米厚度見品說明書相應的理論塗布率為8.4平方米/升在噴 

沙鋼板粗糙度Ra=6.3微米,相於Rugotest標準NO.3,N9a的鋼板表面 Keane-Tator 

比較板2.0mils或ISO標準細微G級 15微米乾膜厚度相於光滑測試板上20微米厚 

度相應的理論塗布率為10.5平方米/升作為封閉漆為8.8平方米/升塗膜必須均 

勻一致,避免乾噴和過厚 

為8.4米 

作為封閉漆一般的漆膜厚度為25微米相應的塗布率 

2 /升 

空氣噴塗通常用一個低壓活塞泵連續循抽送車間底漆 

“封閉漆 ” 本品一般用於“封閉漆”與其加塗油漆的重塗間隔為中等長度時的場 

合如作為硅酸鋅底漆的“封閉漆” 由於15280的重塗間隔短,硅酸鋅底漆必須完全 

固化(參考相應的品說明書)後,才可重塗必須留意沒有塗裝完全的體系(如只塗 

了硅酸鋅和15280)在長期暴露於濕境後會在薄的15280塗層下生“白鏽” 

重塗間隔對於附著力來說無最大重塗間隔但具體情況視漆膜暴露於汙染及加工 

中受損壞的程度而定 

稀釋劑在高溫下施工必須額外稀釋或使用“閃出”慢的稀釋劑以保證適的成膜 

性能施塗的漆膜必須均勻平滑作為封閉漆時,至少以10%的稀釋劑08700稀釋以 

達到好的抗起泡性暴露於汙染境重塗前用高壓淡水衝洗表面任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 15288050890CO00

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧底漆15300 

固化劑95040 

“老人”牌氧底漆15300是一種含有磷酸鋅防腐顏料的雙組份氧底漆可形成堅 

硬高效防鏽的漆膜 

可作為集裝箱配套中的底漆或中間漆也可按配套要求作為通用氧底漆 

使用溫度乾燥條件下在水中(無溫差) 

最大 140 35 

批準 

本品被“勞氏船級社”認可為焊接底漆 

物理參數 

顏色/色號紅色/50890 灰色/12170 

漆面平光 


理論塗布率 13.0米 2 /升(乾膜厚度40微米 

閃 

26 



指觸乾 2-3小時(20 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 



稀釋劑(最大) 08450(25%) 08450(50%) 08450(5%) 

混合使用時間 8小時(20 )(無空氣噴塗 

8小時 20 )(刷塗 


噴出壓力 17.5兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 





安全 






“老人”牌氧底漆15300 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂達到Sa2.5 必要時可塗一層車間底漆以臨時保護噴砂的表面最 

後噴塗前應徹底清理在貯運和加工過程中破損的車間底漆以及沾汙的部位再用本 

品修補 

其它金屬和輕合金 

面 

徹底清除油脂及份掃砂金屬表面以形成適密度的粗糙表 

維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物,用動力 

工具清理破損部位至St3級局部修補或用噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級,最好Sa2.5級 

良好的表面處理會改善“老人”牌 

塗至原漆膜厚度 

氧漆15300的性能磨平邊角清除殘餘物補 

對蝕表面殘留的分用高壓淡水噴洗濕噴砂清理或乾噴砂清理用高壓淡 

水衝洗乾後再乾噴砂一次 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度應 

在15 或以上以取得良好的施工效果在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 

表面必須完全清潔乾燥表面溫度在露以上以避免凝露 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

頒發證書時本品的編號為1530 

耐候性/使用溫度本品在戶外露天使用時表面有粉化傾向在高溫條件下受 

化學作用和機械作用影響更為明顯 

漆膜厚度可依照使用的目的和區域修改漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率乾燥 

時間重塗間隔和稀釋劑用量乾膜厚度正常範圍為25-75微米 

重塗重塗間隔 

最小主要與作為集裝箱漆有關 40微米厚的老人牌氧底漆15300以特定的集 

裝箱漆氧聚氨酯丙烯酸以及氯化橡膠類漆加塗時漆膜至少應有有20分鐘 

的閃乾時間 

最小重塗間隔只適用於強力通風 

腐蝕性的介質接觸 

正確施工的情況並且漆膜在完全乾燥前不能與 

最大在無浸泡使用條件下丙烯酸類或氯化橡膠類需要24小時重塗間隔聚氨酯 

類需要3天氧類無重塗間隔 

如果重塗間隔很長為了保證漆膜間良好的附著力漆膜表面必須是清潔的必須 

用合適的清潔劑和高壓清水清除汙物油脂清水衝去份因長時間暴露而表面 

狀況變差的漆層必須除去 

有疑問可向海虹公司咨詢 

可用高壓噴水代替以上幾種清洗方法除去上述漆層如 

為檢查表面清洗的情況可作局部試驗 


公佈日期 2000年5月-1530050890CO003

特性 

用途 

使用溫度乾燥時最大140 

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15341 

固化劑95740 

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15341是一種雙組份富鋅氧漆可固化形成堅硬耐腐蝕塗層 

可用於集裝箱生線上的塗裝根據油漆的配套可以作為其他用途的含鋅氧底 

漆 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰紅色/19830 


體積固體含量 48 1 

理論塗布率 12米 2 /升以40微米乾膜計) 

閃 

30 


表乾約0.5小時(20 ) 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 

混合比率基料15349 固化劑95740 

3 1 體積比 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 15 5 

混合使用期 8小時(20 )(無空氣噴塗) 

8小時(20 )(刷塗) 

噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 


無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 

工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清潔劑99610 



重塗間隔見本品施工指導 

安全 

: 小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考 







表面處理新鋼板用適的清潔劑除去油脂等汙染物用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其 

它汙染物噴砂至Sa2.5級 ISO8501-1 1988 

若需臨時保護可使用適的含鋅車間底漆在進行最後塗裝之前儲存和裝配期 

間造成的車間底漆損壞和汙染必須徹底清理修補和保養時可使用本品 

維修用適的清潔劑除去油和脂等汙染物用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙 

染物最好採用乾噴砂法除去所有鏽和疏松物質較小的區域可用動力工具清理 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上的溫度條件下使用油漆本身的溫度應 

高於15 以確保其固有的施工性能在狹窄處施工和乾燥期間應提供大量通風 

只能在乾燥清潔的表面上施工溫度須高於露以避免冷凝 

先塗油漆無或按規定塗裝 

加塗油漆按規定加塗“老人”牌氧漆氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆 

備注 

注意 

注意如果絕緣條件下用作高溫設備的防腐蝕保護漆為了避免因溫度升高而造 

成濕腐蝕必須使之在停機期間無濕氣滲透 

根據使用目的和區域可以調整漆膜厚度 

乾膜厚度正常範圍為30-50微米 

這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和重塗間隔 

重塗間隔重塗間隔與以後暴露的境有關參閱本品施工指導在汙染境 

中暴露後的表面重塗前須用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾 

若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力為了確保 

漆膜間的附著力表面必須完全乾淨特別是在較長重塗間隔時必須用適的洗 

滌劑除去灰塵油脂和其它外來物質並用高壓淡水衝洗另外必要時用 

硬刷掃除鋅腐蝕性物白鏽 

稀釋使用稀釋劑08570會比稀釋劑08450閃出稍快但會有較大的乾噴危險 


公佈日期 2000年5月–1534119830CO001

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15341施工指導 

固化劑 95740 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域的不同可以在30-50微米範圍內調整乾膜厚度這將改變塗 

布率稀釋劑用量乾燥時間和重塗間隔 

建議漆膜厚度如下 

箱漆配套底漆用作箱漆配套的底漆時其乾膜厚度約為30-40微米相應的濕膜厚度為60-80微米 

無空氣噴塗時稀釋5-10% 

塗布率 

稀釋劑 

漆膜厚度與塗布率成反比關係通過控制塗布率能控制漆膜厚度 

未稀釋油漆的理論塗布率計算如下 

漆膜厚度(微米) 理論塗布率(米 2 /升) 

30 16.0 

50 9.6 

無空氣噴塗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08450或08570 如稀釋劑加入越多所用噴出壓力應 

越小稀釋劑08570適用於車間快乾施工應小心乾噴 

空氣噴塗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08450 

刷塗 

“老人”牌稀釋劑08450


施工指導續 

物理參數與乾燥時間重塗間隔與漆膜厚度使用固化劑乾燥和固化溫度及以後的暴露 

溫度間的關係境有關 

15341 固化劑95740 以30-40微米乾膜厚度計 

表面溫度 10 20 30 

乾燥時間分鐘 1小時 30 20 

固化時間天 18 7 4 

最小重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關 

用46330 46370 46410 58030重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等 40分鐘 15分鐘 7分鐘 

大氣境:嚴重 2.5小時 1小時 30分鐘 

浸泡 

無關無關無關 

用“老人”牌氧漆系列和聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等 5小時 2小時 1小時 

大氣境:嚴重 8小時 3小時 1.5小時 

浸泡* 

15小時 6小時 3小時 

最大重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關 

用46330 46370 46410重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等 40小時 16小時 8小時 

大氣境:嚴重 30小時 12小時 6小時 

浸泡 


用58030重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等 10天 4天 2天 

大氣境:嚴重 5天 2天 1天 

浸泡 


用“老人”牌氧漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等無關無關無關 

大氣境:嚴重** 75天 30天 15天 

浸泡** 

75天 30天 15天 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境:中等 25天 10天 5天 

大氣境:嚴重 7.5天 3天 1.5天 

浸泡 


*對“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列無關 

**根據本地的實際情況,可以延長最大重塗間隔 

如需進一步意見,請與本公司聯繫


安全 


上述最小重塗間隔是以足夠的通風和正確的施工為前提的允許強力通風或在較高 

溫度下乾燥有足夠的“閃出”時間 20 時 30微米乾膜厚度應最小有15分鐘“閃出” 

時間 50微米乾膜厚度應最小有30分鐘“閃出”時間 

用46330 46370 46410重塗時只有在整個油漆配套完成並徹底乾燥後才暴露 

於境中時方可採用短的最小重塗間隔 

如果超過最大重塗間隔無論隨後用何種油漆重塗都必須將底漆表面打磨粗糙再 

加塗以確保漆層間的附著力 

加塗前若先塗漆膜暴露於汙染境則不考慮重塗間隔需先用高壓淡水將表面徹 

底衝洗乾淨任其自乾 






公佈日期 2000年5月–1534119830CO001

特性 

用途 


固化劑95740 

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15360是一種雙組份富鋅氧底漆可形成堅硬耐磨耐候 

的漆膜本品對局部破損區域提供陰極保護 

可用於集裝箱生線上的塗裝根據油漆的配套可以用作為其他用途的富鋅氧底 

漆 

使用溫度乾燥時最大160 取決於加塗油漆 

批準 

經“勞氏船級社”認可為焊接底漆 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰紅色/19830 



理論塗布率 12.5米 2 /升以40微米乾膜計) 

閃 

30 


表面乾 30分鐘(20 ) 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 

混合比率基料15369 固化劑95740 

4 1 體積比 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 30 50 5 

混合使用期 8小時(20 ) 無空氣噴塗 

8小時(20 ) 刷塗 

噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 







安全 








表面處理用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物用高壓淡水清洗掉跡和其它汙物噴砂至 

Sa2.5級表面粗糙度相於Rugotest No.3,BN9a 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上的溫度條件下使用施工表面溫度也 

應分別高於這個限度油漆本身的溫度應高於15 為避免水汽凝結須在乾 

燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面上施工在狹窄處施工和乾燥期間應大量通 

風 


備注 

注意 

發佈證書時本品型號為1536 

注意如果絕緣條件下用作高溫設備的防腐蝕保護漆為了避免因溫度升高而 

造成濕腐蝕必須使之在停機期間無濕氣滲透 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率稀釋劑用 

量乾燥時間和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為15─50微米 

重塗間隔重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關參閱本品施工指導 

若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力在汙染 

境暴露後重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗表面任其自乾另外還應用硬刷刷除 

鋅蝕物白鏽 


公佈日期 2000年5月 – 1536019830C0005

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15360施工指導 

固化劑95740 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以在15─50微米範圍內調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率 

稀釋劑用量乾燥時間和重塗間隔建議漆膜厚度如下 

箱漆配套的車間底漆 

本品用作箱漆配套的車間底漆其典型的乾膜厚度為15微米無空氣噴塗時本品 

稀釋100 150%,相應濕膜厚度為60 75微米注意大量稀釋時須不停地攪 

拌和循混合漆料直至用完 

箱漆配套的底漆本品用作箱漆配套的底漆其乾膜厚度約為30-40微米無空氣噴塗時本品稀釋5 

10% 相應濕膜厚度為60 80微米 

塗布率 

稀釋劑 

漆膜厚度與塗布率成反比關係通過控制塗布率能控制漆膜厚度未稀釋油漆的 

理論塗布率計算如下 

漆膜厚度(微米) 理論塗布率(米 2 /升) 

15 33.3 

30 16.7 

50 10.0 

無空氣噴塗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08450或08570 如稀釋劑加入越多所用噴出壓力 

應越小稀釋劑08570適用於車間快乾施工小心乾噴 

空氣噴塗和刷塗一般使用 “老人”牌稀釋劑08450



物理參數與乾燥時間重塗間隔與漆膜厚度乾燥和固化溫度及以後的暴露境有關 

溫度間的關係 

“老人”牌氧富鋅漆15360以30-40微米乾膜厚度計 

表面溫度 10 20 30 

乾燥時間分鐘 

1小時 30 20 

固化時間天 

18 7 4 


用46330 46370 46410 58030重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 40分鐘 15分鐘 7分鐘 

大氣境嚴重 2.5小時 1小時 30分鐘 

浸泡 



大氣境中等 5小時 2小時 1小時 

大氣境嚴重 8小時 3小時 1.5小時 

浸泡* 

15小時 6小時 3小時 


用46330 46370 46410重塗的間隔 


大氣境嚴重 30小時 12小時 6小時 

浸泡 



大氣境中等 

10天 4天 2天 

大氣境嚴重 

5天 2天 1天 

浸泡 





大氣境嚴重** 75天 30天 15天 

浸泡** 

75天 30天 15天 



25天 10天 5天 


7.5天 3天 1.5天 

浸泡 


* 對“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列無關 

**根據本地的實際情況, 可以延長最大重塗間隔 

如需進一步意見,請與本公司聯繫



上述最小重塗間隔是以足夠的通風和正確的施工為前提的允許強力通風或在較 

高溫度下乾燥有足夠的“閃出”時間 20 時 15 微米乾膜厚度應最小有10分鐘" 

閃出"時間, 30微米乾膜厚應最小有15分鐘"閃出"時間, 50微米乾膜厚度應最小有30 

分鐘"閃出"時間 

用46330,46370,46410重塗時, 只有整個油漆配套完成並徹底乾燥後方暴露於 

境中時, 方可採用短的最小重塗間隔 

如果超過最大重塗間隔無論隨後用何種油漆重塗都必須將底漆表面打磨粗糙 

再加塗以確保漆層間的附著力 

加塗前若先塗漆膜暴露於汙染境則不考慮重塗間隔需先用高壓淡水將表面 

徹底衝洗乾淨任其自乾必須去除全部鋅 “白鏽” 必要時用硬刷和大 

量的淡水擦洗 

安全小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考材 

料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護包括但並不 

限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或其它直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採取 

預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或 

空氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風 

公佈日期 2000年5月 – 1536019830C0004

特性 

用途 


固化劑95100 

“老人”牌氧漆15400是一種雙組份胺加成固化的氧塗料,具有耐多種化學品 

貨物保護指南中列及的的優良性能 

作艙用內襯漆 

使用溫度乾燥在水中無溫差 

最大 140 50 

在其它液體中的使用溫度參見貨物保護指南 

批準 

符合美國食品和藥物管理局審批的“聯邦條例”中關於乾和濕食物運輸規定的第 

175.300章經“勞氏船級社”認可為防腐蝕塗料經中國船級社科威特及挪威有 

關機構認可為飲水艙用漆經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會鑑定為對穀物無害品 

經丹焊接協會測定焊接煙霧無毒 

物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000——淺紅色/50900 


體積固體含量% 48 1 


閃 

26 



指觸乾 8-10小時(20 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


儲存期 1年(25 )儲存期視儲存條件而定,使用前必須進行機械攪拌 

施工說明 


施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗(修補用) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08450(5%)(見備註) 08450(5%) 





漆膜厚度濕膜 175微米; 



最大 21天 20 

安全 







表面處理噴砂至接近於出白級-Sa2.5級表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10 

Keane-Tator比較板3.0G/S或ISO比較板粗糙度中等G級參閱本品備註中注意項 

施工條件僅在施工與固化得以正常進行的10 以上的溫度條件下使用施工表面與油漆本身 

的溫度也不得低於10 溫度15-25 之間施工噴塗效果最佳施工表面必須清 

潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免凝露最大相對濕度為80% 最好在40%-60%之間 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間必須大量通風 

先塗油漆無或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 




重塗若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力 

固化漆膜完全固化後貨艙才可以投入使用參閱相應的貨物保護指南和 

施工指導 

本品塗用於飲水艙時必須確認溶劑已全部揮發漆膜已完全固化建議注水浸泡 

兩次每次浸泡時間不得少於24小時最後用淡水衝洗方能使用 

本品說明書只簡略地概括了主要事項詳細內容請參閱相應的油漆配套並且施工 

過程中應嚴格遵守貨物保護指南及相應配套還可以調整以滿足上述條件以外 

的其它特殊條件調整的內容可能包括表面處理施工條件乾膜厚度及重塗間隔 


公佈日期 1999年10月–1540010000CO012

老人牌氧漆15400施工指導 

固化劑95100 

內容範圍本施工指導內容包括表面處理施工工具及15400作為倉漆的施工方法以下 

只是一般規則,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的維修工程需要時可作進一步的補 

充 

鋼結構 

全部銲縫必須經過適的表面處理以確保漆膜質量在各方面完好銲縫應無針孔 

斷裂和裂縫如有發必須焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部銲濺 

除掉或磨平尖銳邊緣,使規定的漆膜厚度均勻地塗布在全部表面上磨平半徑約1-2 

毫米 

選用的鋼材要求質量最佳,鏽蝕度不得超過國際標準B級(IS08501-1 1988) 所有切 

割電銲磨平鋼板的工序均必須在表面處理之前完成 

表面處理噴砂前先用適的清潔劑除去鋼板表面上的油跡滑脂和其它汙染物再用高壓淡 

水衝洗用淡水和硬刷洗去電銲留下的堿跡及壓力試驗時留下的肥皂痕跡其他汙 

染物的控制參考另外條款維修時可能需要掃砂以除去鬆散物然後除油和清洗 

舊鋼材儘管貨艙清洗非常徹底;通常舊鋼材的鏽蝕部位還可能含有殘餘舊貨和 

水溶性的份因此需反復多次用清潔劑清洗和噴砂處理 

首度噴砂後,真空吸塵清潔表面以確定滲漏的舊貨物及水溶性份是否還殘留參 

考其它條款評估鏽蝕部位時應特別細心 

為達到“貨物保護指南”所要求的良好耐化學性,必須對鋼材表面進行噴砂處理直至 

金屬表面接近露白,相於國際標準(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5級噴砂後的表 

面粗糙度應至少相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10 Keane-Tator表面比較板3.0G/S 

或ISO/DIS8503/1標準的粗糙度中等G級選用無雜質和軟顆粒的優質鋼砂硅酸鋁 

砂等類似的尖硬物作為噴砂材料雜質控制參見其它條款 

如噴出壓力為0.6-0.7兆帕,可選用大小為0.2-1.2毫米的粗鋼砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸 

鋁砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

壓縮空氣要求乾燥清潔壓縮機需備有合適的油閥及水閥 

噴砂結束後,用真空吸塵器清除殘留表面的砂粒和塵埃 

刷刷乾淨後再用真空吸塵器吸塵 

不能吸走的砂粒,用乾淨毛 

噴砂時要重視機器的運作狀況 

位的噴砂處理不理想 

由於表面有灰塵粗噴砂後的檢查很難確定哪個部 

塗有車間底漆和舊艙漆的表面必須去除全部舊艙漆根據車間底漆的類型和所需 

的耐化學性能可將車間底漆部分或全部除去 

規定 

參閱貨物保護指南和艙漆配套的 

注鋼鐵表面及處理在關於艙漆施工的老人技術標準中有詳細的描述 

施工工具 “老人”牌氧漆15400可使用無空氣噴塗設備,小面積修補可用刷塗 

無空氣噴塗設備--選用大型泵泵容量為8-12升/分鐘 


噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 


傳送管為了避免壓力損失傳送管的內徑須達到12.7 

(空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 )


稀釋 


若需要稀釋,使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08450不超過10% 如果可能出乾噴就需要更 

高的稀釋量稀釋只有達到要求的標準才能避免溶劑截留 

只在混合油漆中加入稀釋劑 

工具清洗施工後,用“老人”牌工具清洗劑99610徹底清洗整套設備 

混合及混合 1 必須混合兩個包裝內的全部基料及固化劑如需較小量應按基料固化劑 

使用時間 87 13 重量比或4 1 體積比混合 

2 使用乾淨的混合器攪拌達到完全均勻 

3 讓混合好的油漆預反應一段時間見下表 

4 在混合使用時間內必須用完油漆混合使用時間與油漆溫度關係見下表對 

20升包裝而言 

混合後油漆溫度 10 15 20 25 30 

預反應時間分鐘 

混合使用時間小時 

30 

4 

25 

3 

15 

2 

注 1)溫度低於15 時粘度會太高而不適合無空氣噴塗 

2)避免溫度高於30 以防乾噴或成膜不佳 

施工程序真空吸塵清潔後應立即進行第一道全塗然後補塗一道最後噴塗塗完三道漆後 

乾膜厚度必須在240-500微米之間 

塗漆時應經常測量濕膜厚度以保證每道漆的濕膜厚度控制在175-200微米之間 

成膜及連續性為了保證貨艙耐腐蝕施工時每道漆膜必須連續且無針孔必須採 

用保證全部表面狀態良好的施工技術噴孔不能太大對於複雜結構表面的噴塗應 

選用噴孔小的噴槍,一般表面用大孔噴槍噴槍與表面成直角距離保持在30-50釐 

米油漆粘度應合適以保證良好的霧化效果噴塗設備應有足夠的噴出壓力和噴出 

量高溫時應加入較多稀釋劑以避免乾噴 

塗層應按規格要求盡量塗布均勻控制油漆用量不可太厚以避免流掛起皺和溶 

劑殘留另外更應注意用刷塗法塗覆尖角空隙及邊角等最後一道漆膜必須均 

勻平滑表面無灰塵粗粒及乾噴象 

注意對於有鏽蝕孔的舊鋼材宜用稀的油漆塗第一層以使油漆滲入微孔建 

議約稀釋10%進行刷塗濕膜厚度剛使表面達到飽和狀態 

刷塗 

那些用噴塗施工困難的地方應刷塗兩道在第一次全塗前或後刷塗第一遍第二道 

刷塗在第二次全塗後進行施工方法依工作境而定第二道刷塗也可應用小噴孔 

小角度噴塗代替但是對減重孔及類似部位和凹坑及類似部位仍然要求進行刷 

塗 

氣候條件施工期間底材的氣候條件 

施工表面最低溫度是10 

表面最高溫度最好低於30 若在熱帶地區,建議在夜間施工在高於40 下施工 

應多加小心以防成膜不佳和過度乾噴必要時可額外稀釋 

鋼板表面溫度必須高於露一般高於露 3 比較安全在狹窄空間內施工與乾 

燥期間應大量通風以幫助溶劑揮發 

10 

1.5 

5 

1



乾燥固化及通風在乾膜80微米鋼板溫度為20 相對濕度80% 大量通風的條件下 15400指觸 

乾時間為8-10小時在以上條件下施工24小時以後漆膜可承受輕度負荷 

漆膜成型有賴於乾燥期間足夠的通風 

艙漆施工時須保持足夠的通風至爆炸下限的10% 直到漆膜乾燥為止 

一升未稀釋的“老人”牌15400在乾燥期間會揮發出123升溶劑蒸氣 

爆炸極限的低限為0.5% 

為了滿足一般的安全要求爆炸下限的10% 1升油漆揮發出的溶劑蒸汽須要約 

250米 3 空氣“稀釋” 注意溶劑蒸汽比空氣重因此需對船艙強力通風,並保證船艙的 

最低部位有通風出口 

在完全固化以前要保持空氣流通避免空氣滯留 

如需更詳細的建議請與本公司聯繫 

實際安全預防可能需要更強的通風 

固化時間提供足夠的通風在前述的相對濕度乾膜厚度條件下以及在最小重塗間隔內重塗 

時固化時間如下 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 35 


注水時間天 

18 

18 

11 

11 

*不得在高溫下施工以避免乾噴或成膜不佳 

重塗間隔提供足夠的通風在前述的相對濕度條件下重塗間隔與鋼板溫度關係 

7 

7 

5 

5 

3.5 

3.5 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 35 

最小小時 

最大天 

30 

28 

14 

25 

重塗前後最大相對濕度不超過80%,鋼板溫度應高於露 ,最少3 

最大重塗間隔只在漆膜完好沒有乾噴及表面沒有真空除塵所不能除去的汙物條件 

下有效另外漆膜在陽光下曝晒不允許超過天 

施工條件乾噴會降低漆膜防護性能且使以後清洗變得困難可以使用足夠的腳手架轉換 

噴塗設備和改變噴塗方法得以避免 

噴槍與表面角度要適宜距離保持在30-50釐米平行移動並按要求控制濕膜厚度 

使用較小的扇面及盡可能低的壓力以避免乾噴噴塗扇面應小些用刷塗法塗覆邊 

角每道塗層應按規格要求盡量塗布均勻且乾膜厚度約為80微米或稍厚些控制油 

漆使用量因為濕膜太厚會引起流掛起皺和溶劑殘留 

對於漆膜病態如乾噴流掛超厚粗粒等必須進行修整 

如果在漆層表面需要打磨如艙底必須非常小心避免損壞表面建議使用輕型打 

磨機應避免打磨焊接處不規則處及垂直表面附近 

最後一道漆膜必須均勻無孔隙突起及其它汙物 

標準施工乾膜厚度 

最小乾膜厚度為240微米最大乾膜厚度約為500微米用“80-20”規則估計乾膜厚 

度即低於最小乾膜厚度的測量值不得多於20% 最低測量值應高於最小乾膜厚度 

的80% 即192微米乾膜厚度測量應在20 足夠通風條件下24小時以後用磁 

電乾膜儀經校正後進行最大乾膜厚度同樣用“80-20”規則估計厚度 

10 

21 

7 

18 

5 

14 

2.5 

2.5 

4 

10


修補 


對漆膜的缺陷進行修補是相重要的 

修補應盡早進行修補應在安裝腳手架的同時進行在拆除腳手架時進行補塗在 

清洗船艙及船艙投入使用前修補的部分必須完全固化 

漆膜的損壞程度可用海水測試用乾淨的海水清洗船艙至艙頂的加熱管和頂部將 

水至少保留3天然後排空水用淡水洗掉份 

修補過程修補一般過程在機械處理前必須修補表面清除表面分及其它汙物 

修補小於5×5釐米的表面 

打磨金屬表面使之乾淨粗糙磨薄補塗部位稍微打磨週邊 

用“老人”牌稀釋劑08450清洗 

用漆刷補塗4道或噴塗3道15400至完整漆膜厚度 

修補約平方米表面 

用真空噴砂或開孔噴砂法處理表面至Sa2.5-3級(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接 

部位應打磨或掃砂以保證新塗層的附著力 



修補大於平方米表面或有多個損壞部位的表面 

處理方法按原來的規定進行處理 

安全 






公佈日期 2000年5月–1540010000CO012

特性 

用途 


固化劑97580 

“老人”牌氧漆15500是一種雙組份胺加成固化的酚醛氧塗料,具有耐多種化學 

品貨物保護指南中列及的的優良性能 

用作艙用內襯漆 

使用溫度乾燥在海水中無溫差 

最大 160 50 

在其它液體中使用溫度參閱相應的貨物保護指南 

批準 

經“勞氏船級社”和俄羅斯船級社認可為防腐蝕塗料經意大利有關部門認可為飲水 

艙用漆符合美國FDA關於食物運載的聯邦條例第175.300條款適用於體積大於 

2006米 3 的糧艙 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰白色/11630-淺紅色/50900 

漆面平光 



閃 

26 


表面乾 2-3小時(20 ) 


完全固化 10天(20 )(見備註) 



325克/升 

儲存期 1年(25 )儲存期視儲存條件而定,使用前必須進行機械攪拌 

施工說明 

混合比率基料15509 固化劑97580 =8.9 1.1(體積比) 

=93.8 6.2(重量比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗(修補用) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08450 08450(見備註) 


預反應時間 15分鐘見備註 

噴孔 0.46-0.58毫米 





重塗間隔最小 36/24小時(20 )(見備註) 

最大 21天(20 )(見備註) 

安全 







表面處理為使油漆性能更好地發揮,適應貨物保護指南所述的化學制品,應噴砂至接近於 

出白級Sa2.5-3級標準,表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10 Keane-Tator 

比較板3.0G/S或ISO比較板中等G級參照相應的施工指導 

施工條件僅在施工與固化得以正常進行的10 以上的溫度條件下使用漆膜完全固化前鋼 

板溫度不得底於此溫度油漆本身的溫度不得低於15 最好在17 23 之間,施 

工效果最佳施工表面必須清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免凝露最大相對濕度為 

80% 最好在40%-60%之間在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間必須大量通風參閱相應 

的施工指導 

先塗油漆無 


備注 

注意 

有些證書發佈時本品型號為1550 

漆膜厚度配套體系最小乾膜總厚度為300微米可根據使用目的和部位調高漆膜 

厚度這將改變塗布率和乾燥時間關於漆膜厚度的詳細情況 

請參閱本品的 

重塗間隔 

施工指導 

最小用於飲水艙 3天 20 時每道之間 

不用於飲水艙 36小時 20 時第一道與第二道之間 

24小時 20 時第二道與第三道之間 

最大 21天 20 

若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙 

混合完全混合基料和固化劑後需預反應15分鐘 20 再施工其它溫度下預 

反應時間見施工指導 

稀釋盡量少使用稀釋劑僅對混合後油漆進行稀釋 

固化通過加熱固化可耐多種化學品參閱施工指導和貨物保護指南 


公佈日期 2001年6月–1550011630CR006


固化劑97580 

內容範圍本施工指導內容包括表面處理施工工具及15500的施工方法以下只是一般 

規則,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的維修工程需要時可作進一步的補充 

鋼結構 

全部銲縫必須經適表面處理以確保漆膜質量銲縫應無針孔凹坑和裂縫等如 

有發應含接和/或研磨以修正之 

所有焊接處必須完整無影響塗層連續的斷裂和裂縫去除銲濺 

除掉或磨平尖銳邊緣,使規定的漆膜厚度均勻地塗布在全部表面上磨平半徑約1-2 

毫米 

選用的鋼材要求質量最佳,鏽蝕度不得超過國際標準B級 ISO8501-1 1988) 所有 

的鏽蝕物必須除去 

所有切割電銲磨平鋼板的工序均必須在表面處理之前完成 



染物的控制參考另外條款 

維修時可能需要掃砂以除去鬆散物然後除油和清洗 



首度噴砂後,真空吸塵清潔表面以確定滲漏的舊貨物及水溶性份是否還殘留參 

考其它條款評估鏽蝕部位時應特別細心 

粗粒噴砂至最少Sa2.5級 ISO8501-1 1988 為達到“貨物保護指南”所要求的良 

好耐化學性,必須對鋼材表面進行噴砂處理直至金屬表面接近露白,相於國際標準 

(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5 Sa3級實際中該要求相於噴砂時金屬表面露白Sa3 

級,但油漆施工時,可略微降低要求 

噴砂後的表面粗糙度應至少相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10 Keane-tator表面比 

較板3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙度中等G級 

選用無雜質和軟顆粒的優質鋼砂硅酸鋁砂等類似的尖硬物作為噴砂材料雜質控 

制參見其它條款如選用鋼砂必須確保鋼砂有適的粒徑分布 

如噴出壓力為0.6-0.7兆帕,可選用大小為0.2-1.2毫米的粗鋼砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸 

鋁砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

壓縮空氣要求乾燥清潔壓縮機需備有合適的油閥及水閥 







塗有車間底漆和舊艙漆的表面 

間底漆 

必須去除全部的車間底漆和舊艙漆免使用富鋅車 

如果已使用富鋅車間底漆必須用噴砂法徹底除去檢查噴砂除漆效果以保證徹底 

有必要時要重新噴砂如富鋅車間底漆是紅色的用肉眼很容易判定除漆效果這 

對於得良好的表面十分必要 

注意在“老人”牌艙漆施工的技術標準中有關於鋼結構表面處理更詳細的描述



施工工具 “老人”牌氧漆15500可使用無空氣噴塗設備,小面積修補可用刷塗 

無空氣噴塗設備選用大型泵泵容量為8-12升/分鐘 


噴孔 0.46 0.58毫米 


軟管為避免過多的壓力損失所使用的軟管內徑不應超過12.7cm 


稀釋 

若需要稀釋,使用稀釋劑08450不超過10% 只加入混合後的塗料中在易噴的情況 

下如高溫下稀釋劑用量可以超過10% 一般稀釋劑用量不得超過需要量以免 

溶劑殘留 

工具清洗施工後,用“老人”牌工具清洗劑99610徹底清洗整套設備 

混合及混合使用時間 

1.必須混合兩個包裝內的全部基料和固化劑如需較小量應按基料固化劑 93.8 

6.2 重量比或8.9 1.1 體積比混合 

2.使用乾淨的混合器攪拌達到完全均勻徹底攪拌混合漆料 

3.施工前讓混合好的油漆預反應一段時間見下表 

4.在混合使用時間內必須用完油漆 

升包裝而言 

混合使用時間與油漆溫度關係見下表對20 

混合後油漆溫度 15 20 25 30 

預反應時間分鐘 

25 15 10 

混合使用時間小時 4 3 2 

注 1)溫度等於或低於15 時粘度太高不適合用無空氣噴塗 

2)為避免乾噴施工溫度最好不超過30 

施工程序真空吸塵清潔後應立即進行第一道全塗然後再刷塗第一道 

成膜及連續性為了保證貨艙耐腐蝕施工時每道漆膜必須連續且無針孔必須採 

用保證全部表面狀態良好的施工技術 

噴孔不能太大對於複雜結構表面的噴塗應選用噴孔小的噴槍,一般表面用大孔噴 

槍噴槍與表面成直角距離保持在30-50釐米油漆粘度應合適以保證良好的霧 

化效果 

乾噴 

噴塗設備應有足夠的噴出壓力和噴出量高溫時應加入較多稀釋劑以避免 


劑殘留另外更應注意用刷塗法塗覆尖角空隙及邊角等最後一道漆膜必須均 

勻平滑表面無灰塵粗粒及乾噴象 

注意對於有鏽蝕孔的舊鋼材宜用稀的油漆塗第一層以使油漆滲入微孔建 

議稀釋5 10%進行刷塗濕膜厚度剛使表面達到飽和狀態 

刷塗 

那些用噴塗施工困難的地方應在噴塗前刷塗兩道通常在第一次全塗後刷塗第一 

遍而第二道刷塗在第二次全塗後進行第二道刷塗可用小孔噴槍噴塗代替但是 

在氣空銲縫切口等類似部位仍需刷塗 

漆膜厚度塗完三道漆後的最後乾膜厚度必須在300-600微米 15 以下450微米範圍內對 

應於100微米乾膜厚度濕膜厚度必須在150-175微米左右務必定期測量濕膜厚度 

通常每道200微米的濕膜厚度可以得到100微米的乾膜厚度但是在溫度低於15 

時切記在任何部位都不可超過150微米 

5 

1





要確保全部鋼板的溫度最低為10 就需特別注意諸如甲板加強筋等溫度較低的部 

位 

如果鋼板溫度低於10 油漆就很有可能固化不完全從而導致漆膜不致密耐化 

學腐蝕性降低外界溫度低於10 時建議在甲板上用隔熱氈盡可能使鋼板溫 

度接近15 以最小化上述危險 

而且鋼板溫度應保持恆定溫差變化應在 3 範圍內須密切注意外界溫差變 

化以對加熱設備相應調整 

施工不久鋼板溫度突然降低會導致溶劑滯留和乾膜中有氣泡使漆膜性能降低 

表面最高溫度最好低於30 若在熱帶地區,建議在夜間施工在高達40 的高溫 

下施工應多加小心以避免差的成膜性或乾噴鋼板表面溫度必須高於露一般 

高於露 3 比較安全在狹窄空間內施工與乾燥期間應大量通風以幫助溶劑揮發 

乾燥和固化在乾膜100微米鋼板溫度為20 相對濕度80% 大量通風的條件下 15500指觸 

乾時間為4 6小時在以上條件下施工16小時以後漆膜可承受輕度負荷 

漆膜成型有賴於乾燥期間足夠的通風 

一升未稀釋的“老人”牌15500在乾燥期間會揮發82升溶劑蒸氣 

爆炸極限的低限為1.0% 為滿足一般的安全要求爆炸極限的低限的10% 理 

論通風量必須達到82m 3 每升漆 

注意溶劑蒸汽比空氣重因此需對船艙強力通風,並保證船艙的最低部位有通風出 

口在完全固化以前要保持通風防止空氣滯留 

如需更詳細的建議請與本公司聯繫 

實際中的安全防範可能需要更強的通風 



鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 )* 

固化時間天 18 14 10 8 7 6 

*為避免乾噴和漆膜狀況不佳禁止在高溫下施工 

快速固化快速固化必須在塗層質量被認可或輪船交貨以後的3個月內進行 

可通過裝入加熱的貨物使之快速固化如注入熱的油性潤滑油或動植物油使艙內鋼 

板溫度達到60 並保持5天或50 保持10天快速固化必須在油漆塗裝被最後認可 

或船舶交付的三個月內進行在相臨的壓載艙全部空載相臨的貨艙全部空載或裝 

有溫度大於40 的液體貨物時也可以通過裝載最小溫度為45 最大溫度為50 的 

乾淨海水進行快速固化海水中固化需14天 

重塗間隔提供足夠的通風在前述的相對濕度條件下重塗間隔與鋼板溫度關係 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 

不用於飲水艙 

最小塗第一道後 

塗第二道後 

用於飲水艙 

每一道後最小 

最大 

90小時 

60小時 

7.5天 

53天 

60小時 

40小時 

5天 

36天 

36小時 

24小時 

3天 

21天 

24小時 

16小時 

2天 

14天 

重塗前後最大相對濕度不超過80%,鋼板溫度應高於露 ,最少3 

18小時 

12小時 

36小時 

11天






使用較小的扇面及盡可能低的壓力以避免乾噴噴塗時噴塗扇面應小些用刷塗 

法塗覆肋板的背面 

每道塗層應按規格要求盡量塗布均勻且乾膜厚度約為100微米或稍厚些 

控制油漆使用量避免濕膜太厚因為會引起流掛起皺和溶劑殘留 


如果漆層表面需要用砂紙打磨如艙底必須非常小心避免損壞表面若用機械方 

法只能使用輕型打磨機應避免打磨焊接處不規則處及垂直表面附近 

最後一道漆膜必須均勻無孔隙突起及其它汙物 

乾膜厚度標準施工乾膜厚度 

最小乾膜厚度為300微米最大乾膜厚度約為600微米低於15 時 450微米 

用“80 20”規則估計乾膜厚度即低於最小乾膜厚度的測量值不得多於20% 最低 

測量值應高於最小乾膜厚度的80% 即240微米乾膜厚度測量應在20 足夠通 

風條件下24小時以後用電磁乾膜儀經在平滑鋼板上校正後進行最大乾膜厚度可 

用“80-20”規則估計厚度 

飲水艙使用漆膜完全固化前不準投入使用可參考第5頁的固化時間表完全固化後建議注 

水浸泡兩次每次浸泡時間不得少於24小時最後用淡水衝洗方能使用 

修補 


修補應盡早進行對安裝腳手架的部位在拆除腳手架時進行補塗在清洗船艙及 

船艙投入使用前修補的部分必須完全固化 



修補過程修補一般過程在機械處理前修補的表面應清除表面分及其它汙物 


打磨金屬表面使之乾淨粗糙磨薄補塗部位稍微打磨週邊 


用漆刷補塗4道15500至完整漆膜厚度 


用真空噴砂或開孔噴砂法處理表面至Sa3級(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接部位應打磨或 

掃砂以保證新塗層的附著力 





安全 





公佈日期 2000年9月–1550011630CR006

特性 

用途 


固化劑97290 

“老人"牌氧漆15552是一種雙組份聚酰胺加成物固化氧漆可形成柔韌附著良 

好的漆膜具有良好的耐磨擦性和耐撞擊性本品含有磷酸鋅可在溫度低至-10 

下固化 

作為底漆用於冷藏集裝箱的在線施工 

作為老人牌氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆氧漆及聚氨酯漆配套的底漆塗用於中等腐 

蝕性境下的熱浸鍍鋅表面和不鏽鋼表面本品也適用於不能打磨粗糙的表面 

請參見“表面處理”項 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高使用溫度為140 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰白/11630 

漆面平光 


理論塗布率 8.2米 2 /升以50微米乾膜計 

閃 : 30 




完全固化 7天(20 ) 



535克/升 

儲存期半年 25 儲存期視儲存條件而定使用前應機械攪拌如超過儲存期請向 

海虹老人牌公司有關部門咨詢 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 


噴孔 0.43~0.48毫米 







安全 


人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規避免吸入溶 

劑蒸汽皮膚和眼睛不得接觸本品禁止吞服必須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護 

境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品

“老人”牌氧漆15552 

品說明(續) 

表面處理不鏽鋼表面或集裝箱鋼鐵表面用適的清潔劑去除灰塵油和脂等用高壓 

淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物必須將汙染物和灰塵全部清除為取得最佳附著力 

建議將待塗表面打磨粗糙 

鍍鋅表面硅酸鋅表面或金屬噴塗表面用適的清潔劑除去灰塵油和脂等用 

高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物高壓水衝洗必要時加上硬尼刷擦洗去除鋅 

白鏽對金屬噴塗表面應儘快覆塗以免汙染 

施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔溫度高於露以避免冷凝在冰以下時要注意表面上的 

結冰它們會影響附著力 

只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的-10 以上溫度條件下使用本品表面溫度也必 

須在此溫度以上 

油漆本身溫度必須在15-25 之間 


加塗油漆按規定塗裝“老人”牌氧漆聚氨酯漆丙烯酸或氯化橡膠漆 

備注 

注意 

鈍化在鍍鋅表面施塗時表面上須無氯化銨或其它鈍化劑存在禁止用水對鋼板 

降溫除非鋼板溫度低於30 否則不得清洗鋼板 

施工由於鍍鋅板可能多孔故建議先霧噴一度未經稀釋的本品讓空氣逸出數 

分鐘後再全塗一度 



重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露的條件有關以50微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 


重塗油漆輕度中等嚴重輕度中等嚴重 

老人牌丙烯酸或 

氯化橡膠漆 

15分鐘 15分鐘 2小時無 24小時 

老人牌氧漆 2小時 2小時 6小時無無 

老人牌聚氨酯漆 2小時 2小時 6小時無 

* 

10天 * 

12小時 

無 * 

3天 

*除非在輕微氣候條件下否則僅薄塗一層油漆的鍍鋅鐵不適合長時間暴露以避免 

因長時間暴露後在漆層底部生白鏽 

如超過最大重塗間隔不管何種後加塗層都應將表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附 

著力或者在用非老人牌氧漆重塗時在上述重塗條件下額外施塗一層薄薄的本 

品 

必須保證漆膜表面完全清潔尤其在重塗間隔較長的情況下以確保層間的附著力 

用適的清潔劑清除表面的灰塵和油脂然後用高壓淡水衝洗淡水衝洗除去份 

另外必須去除長時間暴露後形成的退化的表面層有關的水噴射可以去除退化的 

表面層只要使用得也可以取代上述清理方法如有疑問請向海虹老人牌公 

司的有關部門咨詢 

為檢查表面清理的質量可用小塊面積做試驗 


公佈日期 2001年4月–1555211630CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌快乾氧漆15560 

固化劑97560 

“老人"牌氧漆15552是一種雙組份聚胺加成物固化的非常快乾氧漆本品含有 

磷酸鋅 

作為老人牌氧漆配套的快乾底漆或中間漆尤其適用於快速重塗的室內施工 

場合 

如要求遵守VOC含量符合規定本品也可用於場施工 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高使用溫度為140 參見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/12170*–淺灰色/12430* 參見備註 

漆面平光 



閃 : 27 


表乾約0.5小時(20 ) 

指觸乾約1.5~2小時(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



330克/升 

*另一種顏色紅色50630可供選擇 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 


噴孔 0.48~0.53毫米 







安全小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考老 




空氣不流通處施工,必須提供強力通風 

表面處理新鋼材乾燥條件下噴砂至Sa2.5級必要時用車間底漆作臨時保護最後塗 

漆前必須徹底清理掉破損的車間底漆及儲存和加工期間形成的汙染物可用本品 

維修和補塗 

維修用適的清潔劑清洗掉油脂等高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物用濕 

/乾噴砂或動力工具徹底清理掉鏽跡及鬆散物質磨平邊角濕噴砂後用淡水衝洗 

表面任其自乾補塗裸露部位至完整漆膜厚度

“老人”牌氧漆15560 


施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的0 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身溫度必 

須在15 以上以取得適宜的施工性能 



加塗油漆按規定塗裝“老人”牌氧漆聚氨酯漆丙烯酸或氯化橡膠漆或水性丙烯酸漆 

備注 

注意 

顏色儲存期間固化劑97560會變暗導致灰色12170變暗顏色變化對漆膜性能 

沒有任何影響 

耐候性/使用溫度本品也有氧塗料的天然缺陷室外曝晒易粉化以及在高溫下 

易受機械及化學作用的影響 



重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露的條件有關乾膜厚度見下表 

最小 

場施工* 

100微米乾膜 

最小 

室內施工 

75微米乾膜 

最大 

表面溫度 20 20 20 

暴露境大氣境大氣境大氣境 

重塗油漆中等嚴重中等嚴重中等嚴重 

老人牌丙烯酸或氯 

化橡膠漆 

老人牌氧漆 


58030 

1小時 

2小時 

2小時 

1小時 

2小時 

3小時 

3小時 

2小時 

15分鐘 

1小時 

1小時 

1小時 

1小時 

1.5小時 

1.5小時 

1.5小時 

8小時 

無 

10天 

24小時 

8小時 

無 

3天 

8小時 

*如果一般維修牽涉到高乾膜厚度的氧塗料最小重塗間隔可以加倍 

除非在輕微氣候條件下否則僅薄塗一層油漆的鍍鋅鐵不適合長時間暴露以避免因 

長時間暴露後在漆層底部生白鏽 

如超過最大重塗間隔不管何種後加塗層都應將表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附 

著力或者在用非老人牌氧漆重塗時在上述重塗條件下額外施塗一層薄薄的本 

品 

必須保證漆膜表面完全清潔尤其在重塗間隔較長的情況下以確保層間的附著力 

用適的清潔劑清除表面的灰塵和油脂然後用高壓淡水衝洗淡水衝洗除去份 

另外必須去除長時間暴露後形成的退化的表面層有關的水噴射可以去除退化的 

表面層只要使用得也可以取代上述清理方法如有疑問請向海虹老人牌公 

司的有關部門咨詢 

為檢查表面清理的質量可用小塊面積做試驗 


公佈日期 1999年10月–1556012170CO005

特性 

用途 


固化劑95570 

“老人"牌氧漆15570是一種雙組份聚酰胺加成物固化氧漆在氣溫低至 10 

時也可形成堅硬耐腐蝕的漆膜以雲母氧化鐵顏料配制的品種(淺灰12430)也很 

適於在潮濕條件下施工,即可塗在微濕表面及潮濕表面 

可在嚴重腐蝕性境下作為“老人”牌氧漆系列的修補底漆中間漆或面漆 

如裝飾性要求不高可作面漆 

可作規定的油漆配套的低溫固化氧底漆中間漆或面漆也適用於煤焦油 

氧漆的底漆在溫暖的氣候條件下 “老人”牌氧底漆15300可以代替本品 

使用溫度乾燥最大140 見備註 

壓載艙水中耐海水中正常溫度* 

其它場合水中 40 無溫差 

其它液體請向老人牌公司有關部門咨詢 

*不得長期暴露於負溫差境 

批準 

本品經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會檢驗證明對穀物無污染得了德國和丹 EC- 

類檢測認證 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺灰色/12430——紅色/50630 可根據需要提供其它顏色 

漆面平光 



閃 

25 


指觸乾約3-4小時(20 ) 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



430克/升 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 


噴孔 0.48-0.53毫米 





乾膜 100微米 (見備註) 

重塗間隔見本品施工指導

“老人”牌氧漆15570 

安全 






表面處理新鋼材 (乾燥條件下) 噴砂至Sa2.5級標準若需要可塗適的車間底漆臨時保護 

噴砂後的表面最後塗漆之前應將儲運和加工時破損的車間底漆及汙物徹底清理 

乾淨然後用本品進行補塗 

輕合金徹底除脂和輕微噴砂以除去表面汙染物和保證附著力表面粗糙度視 

乎日後曝露情況而定 

不鏽鋼對化學品貨輪的壓載艙須噴砂至Rugotest標準的No.3,BN9a 相於ISO 

比較板中等G級 Keane-Tator比較板 2.0G/S 或Rz最小50微米形成均勻尖銳 

致密的粗糙表面噴砂處理前清除全部的份和油脂等 

保養用適的清潔劑去除油和脂用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物用 

動力工具徹底清理損傷的區域至St3級標準細小區域或噴砂達到至少Sa2級 

最好Sa2.5級標準表面處理後會提高本品的性能也可使用水噴射到至少WJ-3級 

標準最好為WJ-2級(NACENo.5/SSPC-SP12) 施工前可以接受最大FR-2 Hempel 

標準的閃鏽度磨平邊角清除殘餘物待表面達到潮濕或微濕時用本品補塗 

至完整的漆膜厚度 

濕噴砂時可用適的緩蝕劑最後塗覆之前必須用高壓淡水將多餘的緩蝕劑和殘 

砂清洗乾淨建議用熱水衝洗 

注1 緩蝕劑一般不適於用在將浸泡的表面 

注2 微濕表面表面上的水份肉眼不易看出但表面溫度低於露 

潮濕表面表面的水珠已抹去但肉眼可見一層水膜 

濕潤表面表面上可見小水滴 

施工條件僅在施工及固化得以正常進行的 10 以上溫度條件下使用本品溫度在冰或 

冰以下時表面可能會結冰而影響漆膜的附著力油漆本身的溫度必須在15 以上 

以保證施工效果在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風剛塗過的表面 

上有水珠出會導致漆膜褪色 


加塗油漆無或按規定加塗“老人”牌氧漆聚氨酯漆水性丙烯酸漆氯化橡膠或丙烯酸 

漆系列 

備注 

注意 


耐候性/使用溫度作為氧塗料本品在室外暴露容易粉化並在高溫下易受 

機械損傷和化學作用的影響 



重塗重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關參見本品施工指導在汙染境暴露 

後的重塗表面應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾如超過最大重塗間隔 

應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜間的附著力 


公佈日期 2000年9月–1557012430CO007


固化劑95570 

物理參數與溫乾燥時間和重塗間隔受漆膜厚度溫度及以後暴露境影響戶外施工時物 

度間的關係理參數與溫度間的關係以100微米乾膜計 

表面溫度 -10 0 10 20 30 

乾燥時間小時 36 16 8 4 3 

固化時間天 2個月 1個月 14 7 5 


用老人牌丙烯酸厚漿漆 

和58030重塗的間隔使用58030時溫度應不低於10 

大氣境中等 18小時 9小時 4小時 2小時 1.5小時 

大氣境嚴重 36小時 18小時 8小時 4小時 3小時 


大氣境中等 36小時 18小時 8小時 4 小時 3 小時 

大氣境嚴重 36小時 18小時 8小時 4 小時 3 小時 

浸泡** 

3天 36小時 16小時 8小時 6小時 


用老人牌丙烯酸厚漿漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 3天 36小時 16小時 8 小時 6 小時 

大氣境嚴重 2天 23小時 10小時 5小時 4小時 


大氣境中等無關無關 6天 3 天 1.5 天 

大氣境嚴重無關無關 3天 1.5天 1天 


大氣境中等無無無無無 

大氣境嚴重無無無無無 

浸泡*** 

(90天) (90天) 60天 30天 23天 


大氣境中等 90天 45天 20天 10 天 5 天 

大氣境嚴重 27天 14天 6天 3天 1.5天 

**對“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列無關 

***根據具體情況超過最大重塗間隔也可以施工 

欲知詳情請向“老人”牌公司有關部門咨詢

“老人”牌氧漆15570 

安全 

施工指導(續) 

車間施工時物理參數與溫度間的關係以75微米乾膜計 

表面溫度 10 20 30 

乾燥時間約小時 4 2 1.5 

固化時間約天 14 7 5 

最小重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 

用老人牌丙烯酸漆和58030重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 30分鐘 15分鐘 10分鐘 


用“老人”牌氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 4小時 2小時 1.5小時 


浸泡* 16小時 8小時 6小時 

*對“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列無關 

最大重塗間隔請參照前表 

最大重塗間隔如超過最大重塗間隔不管何種加塗油漆都應將底漆表面打磨粗 

糙再加塗或在用非“老人”牌氧漆重塗時施塗一層薄薄的15570以確保漆膜間的最 

佳附著力 

重塗間隔較長為保證塗層間的附著力待塗表面必須完全清潔尤其在重塗間隔 

較長的情況下先用適的清潔劑清洗再用高壓淡水衝洗去除灰塵和油脂等淡 

水衝洗清除份 

另外必須清除全部由於長期暴露形成的退化表面層有關的水噴射可以去除退化 

表面層因此只要進行適可以取代前述清理方法如有疑問請向“老人”牌公司 

有關部門咨詢 

為檢查表面清理質量狀況可用一塊小布片做試驗 

用46330,46370,46410和58030 及在車間施工的情況下用“老人”牌氧漆和聚氨酯 

漆重塗時較短的最小重塗間隔以已塗油漆配套暴露境前已完全乾燥為條件 

不論重塗間隔之大小在汙染境暴露後的表面重塗前應用“高壓”淡水衝洗乾淨 

任其自乾 






公佈日期 1999年10月–1557012430CO007

特性 

用途 

使用溫度乾燥 

最大 140 

老人牌氧漆15590/15591 

中高溫固化劑95100 

低溫固化劑97430 

“老人”牌氧漆15590/15591是一種雙組份胺加成固化的氧底漆,特別適合使用於 

將受嚴重磨損的表面 

作氧重防腐配套中的噴砂底漆以氨加成物95100為固化劑的老人牌氧漆15590 

適用於5-10 或更高溫度 

以聚纖氨加成物97430為固化劑的老人牌氧漆15591適用於-10到10 之間更高溫 

度 

物理參數 

混合品 15590 15591 

顏色/色號紅色/56880 紅色/56880 


體積固體含量% 44 1 45 1 

理論塗布率 11.0米 2 /升(以40微米乾膜計) 11.3米 2 /升(以40微米乾膜計) 

閃 

26 26 


指觸乾約3小時(20 ) 約9小時(5 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 20天(5 ) 


施工說明 15590 15591 

混合比率基料15599 固化劑95100 基料15599 固化劑97430 

15 4(體積比) 3 1(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗 

稀釋劑(最大) 08450(5%) 08450(15%) 08450(5%) 08450(15%) 

混合使用時間 2小時(20 ) 2小時(20 ) 







最大 1月(20 )(見備註) 

安全 






老人牌氧漆15590/老人牌氧漆15591 


表面處理新鋼材根據所在區域噴砂至Sa2.5-3級表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的 

NO.3,BN11a Keane-Tator比較板5.5G/S或ISO比較板粗糙度 G 或按加塗油漆規 

定的粗糙度噴砂前用適的清潔劑除去油脂等汙物用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份及 

其它汙物噴砂後仔細清除表面砂粒和灰塵 

保養在曝露於水的舊鋼板表面有大量的份殘留在鏽瘢中可能需濕噴砂 

再乾噴砂將其除去也可採取乾噴砂--高壓淡水清洗--乾燥--再乾噴砂的方法 

施工條件施工表面必須清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免凝露老人牌氧漆15590施工的最 

低溫度5 ,最好高於10 相對濕度最大為80% 最好低於60% 老人牌氧漆15591 

只可在高於-10 的情況下使用油漆本身的溫度最好在15 -25 之間在狹窄空 

間施工和乾燥期間必須大量通風 


加塗油漆老人牌氧漆或按規定加塗 

15590 老人牌氧超強漆35530和老人牌氧超強漆45750在老人牌氧15400系列 

中可以作為噴沙底漆 

15591 老人牌氧超強漆45742 

備注 

注意 



在不會被水浸到的地方上述最小重塗間隔可以減半為保證最好的附著力和機械 

性能前述最大重塗間隔隱含下列條件 

----乾膜厚盡可能接近規定的40微米 

----成膜良好沒有乾噴 

----完全固化前乾燥和固化條件符合“施工條件” 見前述 

----表面無污物可被吸塵器吸走或可被水衝走的汙物如塵等除外重塗前表面 

必須乾淨塗層必須仔細檢查不可存在疤痕發白油脂狀的象因為這種東 

西可能會減弱後塗油漆的附著力注意如果低溫施工15590/15591而沒有適的 

誘導時間或漆膜在乾燥期間遇水(雨水露水) 固化劑會滲出生疤痕發白油 

脂狀的象 

----根據本地的實際情況可適增加最大重塗間隔欲知詳情請向老人公司咨 

詢 

如果超過最大重塗間隔需打毛表面以增加層間附著力曝露於汙染境後重塗 

前需用高壓淡水徹底清洗表面並任其自乾在鋼板溫度為20 時施工8小時 

後才可以用水衝洗 


公佈日期 2000年5月–1559056880CO005/1559156880CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌含硅富鋅漆15700 

老人牌鋅粉97170 

“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700是一種雙組份溶劑基自固化的無機硅酸鋅塗料耐候 

耐磨性能優在PH值6-9的介質中有優良的耐化學品性能耐溫性能見後述可 

用無空氣噴塗法施工可提供局部機械破損的陰極保護 

用作通用的高性能防鏽底漆 

作為單一完整的長效保護漆塗用於暴露在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中及易於磨 

損的鋼材表面 

用作艙漆參照貨物保護指南 

使用溫度乾燥境下 

• 耐持久高溫達500 

• 施工溫度有波動且通常溫度低於400 時耐偶然的短暫高溫達500 

• 如果施工溫度存在著有規律的高低波動則溫度應保持在400 以下 

如果使用溫度高於400 最好使用老人牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910 

濕潤境下見備註 

批準 

符合美國FDA提出的聯邦條例之食物附加條例關於乾食物運輸第175.300章;經 

科技部確認符合美國FDA低水份脂肪和油的要求;經“勞氏船級社”認可為防腐蝕塗 

料符合ASTMA-490B級規定的關於滑動係數及蠕變阻力的條件. 

物理參數 

顏色/色號金屬灰色/19840 

漆面平光 



閃 

14 


指觸乾約30分鐘(20 ,65-75%RH) 

完全固化 


約3天(20 ,65-75%RH)(見備註) 


儲存期 1年(25 ) 

儲存期視儲存溫度而定如溫度高於25 ,儲存期相應減少本品儲存溫度不得高 

於40 如液體膠化或混合漆料施工前膠化說明儲存時間已超過儲存期 

施工說明 

混合比率基料15709 鋅粉97170=3.2 6.8(重量比) 

7.4 2.6(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗(修補用) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08700(30%) 08700(50%) 08700(10%) 


噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 


工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08700

“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700 



重塗間隔最小見備註 


安全 







表面處理用適的清潔劑去除油跡滑脂用(高壓)淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物粗粒噴砂 

至少達到Sa2.5級標準,表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10a,Keane-Tator 

比較板最小3.0G/S或ISO比較板的中等粗糙度 G 新鋼材暴露於不超過中等 

腐蝕工業級境中且鋼材對壽命沒有特殊要求表面處理達到SSPC-SP6級 

就可 

參閱本品施工指導及有關貨艙的油漆配套 

施工條件表面清潔乾燥,溫度高於露 ,避免凝露施工溫度範圍在-10 -40 之間,固化要求 

的最低相對濕度為65% 請參閱本品施工指導 

加塗油漆作為艙漆無或根據配套加塗 

備注 

注意 

某些證書發佈時,本品型號為1570 

注意如果用作帶絕緣的高溫設備的防腐蝕漆,特別注意在停機期間不能有水汽 

滲透,這可避免在溫度升高時出 "濕腐蝕"的危險 

潮濕境下使用溫度(不含水) 最大60 

潮濕境下使用溫度(其它液體) 參照相應的貨物保護指南 

在投入使用不到一個月的表面上禁止用熱海水及低壓蒸汽清洗可以向海虹老人 

牌塗料有限公司有關部門咨詢允許溫度 

漆膜厚度如面漆塗用高性能油漆系列乾膜厚度要求50微米濕膜75微米重 

塗前參考施工指南 ;不塗面漆的長效保護建議乾膜厚度75微米(濕膜100-125 

微米);塗在船艙內部時,建議乾膜厚度100微米(濕膜 150微米),但實際施工時乾膜厚 

度也可達125微米(濕膜 200微米) 

高溫施工要避免漆膜裂縫首要的就是保證乾膜厚度在40-50微米之間在溫度 

會發生突變的情況下施工更須如此 

稀釋高溫條件下施工須用指定稀釋劑 

重塗間隔相對濕度為65-75% 20 時最小重塗間隔, 

“老人”牌氧漆系列(厚漿)3天完全固化(見施工指導 ) 

“老人”牌氧漆(25微米)24小時 

溫度和濕度對重塗間隔影響很大若不按標準條件施工則重塗間隔會相應地延長或 

縮短參閱施工指導 

25微米“老人”牌氧漆的24小時重塗間隔僅適於一周以後才加塗油漆的情況,否則 

最小重塗間隔也應與厚漿漆相同 

固化只有在漆膜完全固化後才可將貨艙投入使用建議用低壓淡水衝洗貨艙 

2-3次,兩次衝洗之間,應保持貨艙潮濕請參閱施工指導 


公佈日期 1999年10月–1570019840CO026

老人牌含硅富鋅漆15700施工指導 


規則,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的維修工程需要時可作進一步的補充 

鋼結構 


斷裂和裂縫如有發必須焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部銲濺除掉或 

磨平尖銳邊緣,使規定的漆膜厚度均勻地塗布在全部表面上磨平半徑約1-2毫米 

選用的鋼材要求質量最佳,鏽蝕度不得超過國際標準B級(IS08501-1 1988) 

注意硅酸鋅塗料不適用於保護諸如鑄鐵這樣的多孔材料腐蝕嚴重的鋼板也不 

適用硅酸鋅塗料保護 




染物的控制參考另外條款 




首度噴砂後,真空吸塵清潔表面以確定貨物是否會漏出及水溶性份是否還殘留 

參考其它條款評估鏽蝕部位時應特別細心 

粗粒噴砂至國際標準(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5級 

為達到“貨物保護指南”所要求的良好耐化學性,必須對鋼材表面進行噴砂處理直至 

金屬表面露白,相於國際標準(ISO8501-1 1988)的Sa2.5-Sa3級實際中該要求相 

於噴砂時金屬表面露白Sa3級,但油漆施工時,可略微降低要求 

噴砂後的表面粗糙度應至少相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN10a Keane-Tator表面比 

較板3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙度中等G級 

新鋼材暴露於不超過中等腐蝕 

表面處理達到SSPC-SP6級就可 

工業級境中且鋼材對壽命沒有特殊要求 

注意如果表面粗糙度比規定要求低,會減少漆膜附著力,並使其易於破裂選用 

無雜質和軟顆粒的優質鋼砂 

見其它條款 

硅酸鋁砂等類似的尖硬物作為噴砂材料雜質控制參 

如噴出壓力為0.6-0.7兆帕,可選/用大小為0.2-1.2毫米的鋼砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸鋁 

砂,通常可得到理想的表面粗糙度 

壓縮空氣要求乾燥純淨壓縮機需備有合適的油閥及水閥 







舊艙漆 

的規定 

必須去除全部舊艙漆如果鋼材鏽蝕嚴重必須遵守上述“舊鋼材”項下 

塗有車間底漆的表面 

牌車間底漆15722 

如果需要施塗車間底漆,僅可用硅酸鋅車間底漆如“老人” 

用本品塗覆前,必須粗粒掃砂去除完整車間底漆,然後真空吸塵去除表面汙物和鋅 

並確保漆膜附著力 

銲縫鏽斑燒焦部位和所有塗過非硅酸鋅車間底漆的部位必須按照上述方法進行 

徹底的粗粒噴砂處理



施工工具 “老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700可使用傳統噴塗設備(壓力罐型) 無空氣噴塗設備或漆刷 

進行施工 

稀釋劑 

傳統的噴塗設備--使用配有機械攪拌壓力調節器空氣過濾器和水分離器的標準 

工業噴塗設備 

空氣軟管內徑10毫米 

材料軟管內徑13毫米 

此類軟管應盡量短些,最好不超過10米 

壓力罐壓力 0.25-0.5兆帕 

霧化壓力 0.15-0.25兆帕 

噴孔 1.8-2.2毫米 

(噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 ) 

若需要稀釋,使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08700不超過50% 

由於塗料重,所以噴塗時要使壓力罐與噴槍保持在同一水平線上或略高於噴槍也 

可使用活塞泵(如 10 1)代替壓力罐因為這有利於使用較長的軟管及使噴槍高 

於泵 

下側施工時噴槍要間斷的用稀釋劑08700清洗以防堵塞噴孔傳統噴塗施工時 

壓力罐及霧化氣壓的的調節如下 

1 關閉霧化氣 

2 調節壓力罐的壓力使漆料在落地前的水平噴出距離達到60cm 

3 以盡可能低的壓力打開霧化氣體 

無空氣噴塗設備--選用大型慢速活塞泵,如 30 1 泵容量為8-12升/分鐘內襯網 

篩為60目 

墊圈聚四氟乙烯 

噴孔 0.43-0.58毫米 

噴塗扇面 40-70° 

噴出壓力 10.0-15.0兆帕 


若需要稀釋,使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08700不超過30% 

必要的稀釋量取決於溫度濕度風力通風施工方法和施工設備等條件 

如果稀釋量大或施工中長時間停頓應保持混合漆料回流來避免鋅粉沉澱在管道 

中應採用正確的噴塗技術和正確的稀釋劑用量以保證漆膜在剛施工完後濕潤光 

滑太少的稀釋劑會導致乾噴太多的稀釋劑會導致流掛和鋅粉在罐中沉澱 

工具清洗施工後,用“老人”牌稀釋劑08700徹底清洗整套設備 

此外,用傳統噴槍時應注意噴塗暫停時,為防止鋅粉堵塞槍頭,應將噴槍浸在“老人” 

牌稀釋劑08700中,並讓少量空氣通過噴槍噴槍較長時間不用,應用稀釋劑08700清 

洗乾淨 

混合 

1.使用時才得打開包裝每次必須用完兩個包裝內的全部材料以確保正確混合比 

例桶內剩下的殘餘不得留待下次再用混合前應避免鋅粉受潮 

2.混合前徹底搖晃或攪拌15709液體 

3.持續機械攪拌的同時將鋅粉慢慢地倒入液體中不得反向操作繼續攪拌直至混 

合體內無團塊 

4.用60-80目的篩過濾混合材料




油漆溫度在夏天,裝液體的罐不能置於陽光下,液體溫度應保持在30 以下,以避免乾噴 

施工程序施工時不停地攪拌混合塗料直至該桶用完 

噴槍與表面成直角距離保持在30-50釐米,噴槍平穩平行地向前移動,約50%的重 

噴塗 

除了正確的噴塗技術稀釋劑的加入量也應仔細掌握以確保最佳成膜剛塗好的漆 

膜必須是濕潤光滑狀須避免乾噴對於複雜結構表面的噴塗應選用噴孔小的噴槍, 

一般表面用大孔噴槍 

塗完立即測量濕膜厚度,由於乾燥迅速,測量結果僅可作為粗略的參考 

艙漆施工作為艙用塗料時塗層的正常規格為1X100微米最小80微米最大150微米) 

為保證漆膜在規定的厚度範圍內狀況良好一般建議雙度漆施工 

即施塗第一道漆後15-30分鐘內施塗第二道漆第一度漆膜表面未乾透但已變暗 

時用這種方法施工時必須稀釋本品約15%以避免漆膜太厚如角銲縫處的漆 

膜太厚可用寬約2.5釐米的平頭漆刷刷平 

噴塗船艙時必須避免因乾噴引起的成膜不佳 

如果類似乾膜厚度為100微米的本品的單塗層艙漆配套漆膜狀況不良 

會立刻受到破壞 

其防護性能 

任何乾噴部位漆膜必須用刮刀刮除 

棉("3M","Scotch-brite"型)磨平. 

磨平邊角或用砂紙輕度掃砂或用清理用海 

上述清理過的部位如必要先用真空吸塵法清理,再用稀釋20-25%的本品薄塗一層. 

注意如果工作條件要求在兩道漆施工之間有幾個小時的時間應確保境的相 

對濕度一直保持在較低水平 

工 

但也建議盡可能快地在同樣的工班內完成雙度漆施 

刷塗 

那些噴塗不到的地方應先刷塗一遍再噴塗或噴塗後再刷塗一次 


施工表面最低溫度是-10 

表面最高允許溫度是40 如果不是乾噴而是經過稀釋並且操作正確鋼板表面 

溫度也可稍高一些個別情況下有必要減少乾膜厚度若在熱帶地區,建議在夜 

間施工 

鋼板表面溫度必須高於露一般高於露 3 比較安全溫度0 或0 以下表面 

會結冰從而影響漆膜的附著力用相對濕度測量儀測量相對濕度 

在狹窄空間內施工與乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風以幫助溶劑的揮發通風僅是指不 

停地有微風吹拂表面而不是用鼓風機對著剛塗過的漆面吹



乾燥固化及通風完好的漆膜取決於漆膜乾燥時是否有足夠的通風 

艙漆施工時要保持通風達到爆炸極限的下限的10% 直到漆膜乾燥為止 

在沒完全乾燥前 1升沒兌稀的15700釋放160升溶劑氣體 

要達到爆炸下限的10 這一安全要求理論的通風量為1升油漆320 3 

因為溶劑揮發氣體的比重比空氣大要保證有效的通風就要在船艙最低部提供強力 

通風 

在以後直至漆膜完全固化前每小時通風量達到船艙體積的幾倍即已夠但也得採 

取措施避免空氣滯留 

欲知詳情請與老人公司聯繫 

實際應用中的安全預防可能要求更強力的通風 

在施工和乾燥期間要求保持較低的相對濕度乾燥後讓相對濕度自然上升關閉 

減濕器並採用自然通風要求檢查完乾膜厚度後才關閉減濕器必要時可再塗一度 

以補漆膜厚度不足 

固化時間鋼材表面溫度和相對濕度決定固化速率 

在溫度為20 相對濕度65-75%的條件下固化大約需3天時間如果溫度濕度都 

較低固化時間會顯著延長詳情請聯絡海虹老人牌公司技術服務部 

固化期間最低的相對濕度為65%,最低的溫度為-10 對船艙衝水有助於漆膜固 

化但衝水要在漆膜接近固化時才進行 

在溫度為20 相對濕度75%的條件下漆層經過1-2小時後可耐小雨在相對濕 

度低時若想加速固化可在施工4小時後用水衝洗表面保持表面濕潤以促使固 

化的完成若使用海水表面在塗覆前必須用淡水衝洗 

固化狀態用浸透“老人”牌稀釋劑08700的抹布擦拭漆面若漆層不受影響說明漆膜已接近 

完全固化適合重塗 ( 用作貨艙漆時,此種固化狀態被認為是"接近完全固化".) 

船艙漆投入使用前艙漆必須完全固化漆膜接近完全固化後用低壓淡水衝洗2-3 

次用船艙專用清洗工具清洗船艙正常清洗每次需用0.5小時兩次清洗的間隔 

為半天至一天兩次衝洗之間要保持船艙濕潤 

用甲乙酮擦拭漆面以確定漆膜是否已經完全固化 

這時船艙漆膜已符合“貨物保護指南” 但若漆膜細孔未被鋅填實就會發生細 

孔吸附貨物的象這可能使清洗變得更困難 

也可用下法檢查固化程度用一硬幣或小刀劃刮漆面若僅留下帶鋅粉的發亮劃 

痕而無明顯破損表面漆膜的固化已經完成 

暴露放置一段時間漆膜會更堅硬 

漆膜厚度作為長久保護塗層而以重防腐漆系列為面漆時 

乾膜50微米;濕膜約75微米(無稀釋) 

作為長久保護塗層而不塗面漆時 

乾膜75-100微米;濕膜約125-150微米(無稀釋) 

塗在船艙部位乾膜為100微米;濕膜為150微米(無稀釋) 

艙漆配套的漆膜厚度必須符合80-20規則,即80%的乾膜厚度測量結果必須等於或大 

於規定的漆膜厚度100微米,而小於規定漆膜厚度的數據應都不小於規定漆膜厚度 

100微米的80% 狹窄結構樑及類似不易施工部位漆膜厚度的 

控制可以符合70-30規則 

為避免漆膜破裂或脫落乾膜應避免太厚即不大於150微米請注意根據通行測 

量方法 “每個測量結果”都是附近三測量結果的平均值 

注意在銲縫邊角肋材等部位塗漆時應特別小心以保證適的漆膜厚度



補塗油漆漆膜厚度若不夠要求必須在漆膜完全固化以前加塗一道稀釋的15700 如果需要 

表面處理過程和油漆的稀釋可參考第5頁的艙漆施工 

重塗時相對濕度應保持在60%以下決不可超過65% 在這種情況下最大重塗 

間隔為7天重塗以前油漆表面不應暴露於戶外或汙染的境中 

塗布率 

在光滑表面上的理論塗布率實際塗布率(以消耗率為1.8計) 

乾膜厚度(微米) 塗布率(米 2 /升) 乾膜厚度(微米) 塗布率(米 2 /升) 

50 12.8 50 7.1 

75 8.5 75 4.7 

100 6.4 100 3.6 

重塗間隔 15700必須完全固化後才可重塗如果用25微米厚的封閉漆重塗,則重塗間隔可減少 

至24小時(20 ,RH65-75%) 但其後的塗層必須在15700完全固化後才可重塗 

塗面漆的程序未老化的硅酸鋅塗層是多孔的若直接塗覆其上易使漆膜起泡因此應先薄薄地掃 

塗一次讓氣體逸出然後再塗覆全部塗層一些“老人”牌品塗在硅酸鋅漆上可 

大大地避免塗層起泡表面塗覆建議選用較高級的油漆系列如“老人”牌氧漆系 

列 

表面清理塗飾面漆前清潔情況視表面條件而定 

1.完整的硅酸鋅漆膜表面有少量"白鏽"(鋅腐蝕物)形成時 

1)用清潔劑去除表面油脂灰塵等汙物 

2)用20.0-35.0兆帕,與表面噴距為15-20釐米的高壓淡水洗去"白鏽" 

如果表面只受輕微汙染,其程度相於在溫和的氣候中暴露1-2個月,則一般衝洗 

表面,再用硬刷(尼刷)刷淨表面塗復前應確保表面已完全乾燥 

2.硅酸鋅表面生大量“白鏽”,以致無法用上述方法除掉時 


2)掃砂清除“白鏽”,然後用真空清潔法去除砂粒及灰塵 

3)用富鋅類漆補塗,如溶劑型“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆, 氧富鋅漆 

3.破損部位,燒傷和焊接處等 


2)除掉銲渣 

3)噴砂處理至Sa2.5級,用真空清潔法去除砂粒灰塵 

4)用富鋅類漆補塗,如溶劑型“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆, 氧富鋅漆 

安全 






公佈日期 2000年5月–1570019840CO026

特性 

用途 

老人牌含硅富鋅漆15780 

老人牌鋅粉97170 

“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15780是一種雙組份溶劑型自固化無機硅酸鋅塗料可用無空 

氣噴塗法施工 

可作為長效油漆配套中的通用防鏽底漆塗用於暴露在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中的 

鋼材表面 

使用溫度最高使用溫度取決於加塗油漆 

批準 

符合美國FDA提出的聯邦條例之食物附加條例關於乾食物運輸第175.300章;符 

合ASTMA-490B級規定的關於滑動係數及蠕變阻力的條件. 

物理參數 


漆面平光 



閃 

14 


指觸乾約30分鐘(20 ,75%RH) 

完全固化 


約3天(20 ,75%RH) 


儲存期 6個月(25 ) 

儲存期視儲存溫度而定如溫度高於25 儲存期相應減少本品儲存溫度不得高 

於40 如液體膠化或混合漆料施工前膠化,說明儲存時間已超過儲存期 

施工說明 

混合比率液體15789 鋅粉97170 = 4.1 5.9 重量比 

= 15.4 3.8 體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗修補用 

稀釋劑 08700 08700 08700 

(最大用量) 30% 50% 10% 


噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 





乾膜 50微米見備註 


最大見"加塗油漆"項



表面處理用適的清潔劑除去油汙在用高壓淡水衝掉其它附著物粗粒噴砂至少達到Sa2.5 

級標準表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的No.3,BN10a Keane-Tator比較板最小 

3.0G/S或ISO比較板中等G級新鋼材暴露於不超過中等腐蝕工業級的境 

且對壽命沒有特殊要求時表面處理達SSPC-SP6級即可 

參閱本品施工指導 

施工和固化施工溫度範圍在-10 -40 之間固化需要的最低相對濕度為65% 

條件 

請參閱本品施工指導 

加塗油漆按規定加塗“老人”牌氧漆系列加塗應在施塗本品後6個月內進行 

備注 

注意 

證書發佈時,本品型號為1578 

注意如果在絕緣情況下用作高溫設備防鏽保護那在停機期間無水汽滲透 

是非常重要的這樣可避免溫度升高時的“濕腐蝕”危險 

漆膜厚度如本品用作高性能油漆配套的底漆乾膜厚度要求50微米,然而乾膜厚 

度75微米(濕膜125微米)也是可行的這會改變塗布率影響乾燥時間和重塗間隔 

重塗間隔重塗前應參照施工指導 

最小重塗間隔 20 ,相對濕度75% 

“老人”牌氧漆系列(厚漿) 72小時,(完全固化) 

“老人”牌氧漆(25微米) 24小時 

溫度和濕度對重塗間隔影響很大若不按標準條件施工則重塗間隔會相應延長或縮 

短參閱施工指導 

25微米“老人”牌氧漆的24小時重塗間隔僅適於在(20 ),75%RH,潮濕天氣下7天 

以後才加塗油漆的情況否則最小重塗間隔也應與厚漿漆相同 


公佈日期 2000年12月 1578019840CO009

老人牌含硅富鋅漆15780施工指導 

內容範圍本施工指導涉及“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15780的表面處理施工設備和施工方法 

鋼結構 

為了得最優性能應如下操作 


斷裂和裂縫如有發必須焊接和/或研磨以修正之去除全部銲濺 

除掉或磨平尖銳邊緣使規定的漆膜厚度均勻地塗布在全部表面上磨平半徑約1-2 

毫米除掉全部鬆散層. 

選用的鋼材要求質量最佳,鏽蝕度不得超過國際標準B級(ISO8501-1 1988) 

注意硅酸鋅塗料不適用於保護諸如鑄鐵這樣的多孔材料腐蝕嚴重的鋼板也不 

適用硅酸鋅塗料保護 



水衝洗用淡水和硬刷洗去電銲留下的堿跡及測試船艙壓力時留下的肥皂痕跡 

粗粒噴砂至少達到國際標準(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5級噴砂後的表面粗糙度相 

於Rugotest標準的No.3,BN10a 

度中等G級 

Keane-Tator比較板最小3.0G/S或ISO/DIS8503/1粗糙 

新鋼材暴露於不超過中等腐蝕 

表面處理達到SSPC-SP6級就可 

工業級境中且鋼材對壽命沒有特殊要求 

選用不含雜質和軟顆粒的優質鋼砂 

據相關的說明控制磨料純度 

硅酸鋁砂等類似的尖硬物作為噴砂材料可依 


如噴出壓力為0.6-0.7兆帕,可選用大小為0.2-1.0毫米的鋼砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸鋁 


噴砂結束後真空吸塵清除殘留表面的砂粒和塵埃 

注意如果表面粗糙度比規定要求低會減少漆膜附著力並使其易於破裂另 

外也應避免表面粗糙度過高以防蝕 

塗有車間底漆的表面 

如果表面塗有諸如“老人”牌車間底漆15722或其它硅酸鋅品作臨時性保護漆,用 

本品塗覆前,必須掃砂整個表面以去除表面汙物和鋅並確保漆膜附著力



施工說明 “老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15780可使用傳統噴塗設備(壓力罐型) 無空氣噴塗設備或漆刷 

進行施工 

施工工具 

傳統的噴塗 

噴塗設備 

使用配有機械攪拌壓力調節器空氣過濾器和水分離器的標準工業 



此類軟管應盡量短些最好不超過10米 


霧化壓力 0.15-0.25兆帕 

噴孔 1.8-2.2毫米 

噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 

若需要稀釋使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08700不超過50% (見“注意”項 

由於塗料重所以噴塗時要使壓力罐與噴槍保持在同一水平線上或略高於噴槍也 

可使用低壓活塞泵 

噴槍高於泵 

如 10 1 代替壓力罐因為這有利於使用較長的軟管及使 

施工時不停地攪拌混合塗料直至該桶用完噴槍與表面的最大距離保持在25-30釐 

米噴槍平穩平行地向前移動與表面角度適宜約50%的重噴塗除了正確的 

噴塗技術稀釋劑的加入量也應仔細掌握以確保最佳成膜剛塗過的漆膜必須是 

濕潤光滑狀 

若在下側施工應間斷地用稀釋劑08700清洗噴槍以防噴孔堵塞 

噴塗暫停時為防止鋅粉堵塞槍頭應將噴槍浸在“老人”牌稀釋劑08700中,並讓少 

量空氣通過噴槍噴槍較長時間不用應用稀釋劑清洗乾淨施工後用“老人” 

牌稀釋劑08700徹底清洗整套設備 

無空氣噴塗設備 

為60目 

選用大型慢速活塞泵,如30 1 泵容量為8-12升/分鐘內襯網篩 


噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米;40°-70°角 

噴出壓力 10.0-15.0兆帕 

若需要稀釋使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08700不超過30% 


施工完成後立即用稀釋劑08700清洗全部設備 

注意必要的稀釋量取決於溫度濕度風力通風和施工方法等條件在高度 

稀釋和長時間停止施工情況下,必須循混合的油漆,以免鋅粒在噴管中沉降 

剛塗過的漆膜必須是濕潤光滑狀 

掌握以確保最佳成膜 

除了正確的噴塗技術稀釋劑的加入量也應仔細 

對於複雜結構表面的噴塗應選用噴孔小的噴槍 

孔 

對大面積的表面則選擇較大的噴 

稀釋不夠會導致乾噴過度稀釋會引起流掛和鋅粒沉降於罐中 

塗完立即測量濕膜厚度由於乾燥迅速測量結果僅可作為粗略的參考 

混合 

1 使用時才得打開包裝每次必須用完兩個包裝內的材料以確保正確的混合比例 

桶內剩下的殘餘不得留待下次再用混合前應避免鋅粉受潮 

2 混合前徹底搖晃或攪拌15789液體 

3 持續機械攪拌的同時將鋅粉慢慢地倒入液體中不得反向操作繼續攪拌直至 

混合體內無團塊 

4 用60-80目的篩過濾混合材料




油漆溫度若天氣炎熱務必保存裝有15789液體的容器在蔭涼處保證液體溫度不高於30 

以避免乾噴過度 

刷塗 

那些噴塗不到的地方應先刷塗一遍再噴塗為達到規定的漆膜厚度噴塗後還得再 

刷塗一次 

氣候條件施工表面的實際氣候條件 

施工期間施工表面最低溫度是-10 表面最高允許溫度約40 如果通過額外 

稀釋漆料並且施工操作正確鋼板表面溫度也可稍高一些個別情況下有必要減 

少乾膜厚度 

鋼板表面溫度必須高於露一般高於露 3 比較安全如境溫度低於0 ,施 

工時應特別小心,並用相對濕度測量儀測量相對濕度 

在狹窄空間內施工與乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風以幫助溶劑的揮發建議在表面上 

的通風量應幾倍於船艙體積但不是用鼓風機對著剛塗過的漆面吹 

在施工後直至漆膜完全固化前施工表面最低溫度為 10 ,最低相對濕度65% 

固化時間鋼材表面溫度和相對濕度決定固化速率 

在溫度為20 相對濕度75%的條件下固化需要約3天在較低溫度和濕度下 

固化時間會明顯延長請向海虹老人牌公司進一步咨詢 

漆層塗過1-2小時後可耐小雨 20 ,75%RH) 

若相對濕度低可在施工4小時後用水衝洗表面以加速固化進程保持表面濕潤直 

至固化完成 

用浸透“老人”牌稀釋劑08700的抹布擦拭漆面若漆層不受影響說明漆膜已完全 

固化適合重塗 

也可用下法檢查固化程度用一小刀劃刮漆面若僅留下帶鋅粉的發亮劃痕而無 

明顯破損表面漆膜的固化已經完成而漆膜要在耐候一段時間後才能完全堅硬 

漆膜厚度作為長久保護塗層而塗有面漆時建議 

乾膜50微米;濕膜約75微米,或乾膜75微米濕膜約125微米如塗用長效耐久油漆配 

套,加塗油漆的總漆膜厚度至少為150微米. 

在銲縫邊角肋材等部位塗漆時應特別小心以保證適的漆膜厚度 

補塗油漆(自重塗) 

漆膜厚度若不夠要求可補塗一道稀釋的15780 如需要表面處理及油漆稀釋,請參 

照"老人"牌含硅富鋅漆15700的施工指導中的"施工程序,艙漆"項 

只要重塗前的相對濕度一直保持在60%(最大65%)以下,以及塗漆表面不暴露於露 

天及類似的汙染物,補塗的最大重塗間隔為7天. 

若漆膜過厚乾膜厚度超過125微米容易乾裂或剝落


塗布率 


理論塗布率在光滑表面上 

實際塗布率消耗率為1.8 

微米平方米/升 

50 

12.4 

75 

8.3 

50 

6.9 

75 

4.6 

其它油漆重塗面漆塗覆建議選用較高級的油漆系列如“老人”牌氧漆系列面漆塗覆應在施塗 

本品後6個月內進行 

重塗間隔完全固化時見“固化時間”項 

未老化的硅酸鋅塗層是多孔的若直接塗覆其上易使漆膜起泡因此應先薄薄地 

掃塗一層讓氣體逸出然後再塗覆全部塗層 

一些“老人”牌品塗在硅酸鋅漆上可大大地避免塗層起泡參閱油漆配套 

塗飾面漆的程序視下列表面條件而定 

1.完整的硅酸鋅漆膜表面有少量“白鏽”(鋅腐蝕物)形成時 

1)用清潔劑清洗去除表面油脂灰塵等汙物 

2)用25.0-30.0兆帕噴嘴距表面15-20釐米的高壓淡水洗去“白鏽” 

如果表面只受輕微汙染其程度相於在溫和的氣候中暴露1-2個月則一般衝 

洗表面再用硬刷(尼刷)刷淨表面 

塗覆前應確保表面已完全乾燥 

2.硅酸鋅表面生大量“白鏽” 以致無法用上述方法除掉時 

1)用清潔劑或溶劑去除表面油脂灰塵汙物 

2)掃砂清除“白鏽” 然後真空清潔法去除灰塵 

3)用“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆氧富鋅漆15360/15363 或富鋅底漆16490補塗 

3.破損部位燒傷和焊接處等 

1)用清潔劑或溶劑去除表面油脂灰塵等汙物 

2)除掉銲渣 

3)噴砂處理至少達Sa2.5級,用真空清潔法去除砂粒灰塵 

4)用“老人”牌含硅富鋅類漆,或氧富鋅漆15360/15363,或富鋅底漆16490補塗 

安全 






公佈日期 2000年5月—1578019840CO009

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酸鋅車間底漆15890 

老人牌液體99751 

“老人”牌硅酸鋅車間底漆15890是一種雙組份低鋅溶劑型硅酸乙酯車間底漆專為 

自動噴塗施工而設計特別適用於要求焊接(惰性氣體保護銲)和氣割的場合 

在儲存裝配和建造期間用於噴砂清潔的鋼板和其他鋼結構的短到中期保護 

批準證書本品被勞氏船級社美國船檢局挪威船級社德國勞氏南韓船級社意大利船 

檢局和俄羅斯船級社認可為焊接底漆 

見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號紅灰色/19890——灰色/19840 

漆面平光 



閃 

5 


指觸乾 3-4分鐘(20 ) 

完全固化 


4天(20 相對濕度 75%) 


儲存期 6個月(25 ) 

儲存期視儲存溫度而定如溫度高於25 儲存期相應減少本品儲存溫度不得高 

於40 

期 

或低於5 如液體膠化或混合漆料施工前膠化說明儲存時間已超過儲存 

施工說明 

混合比率基料15899 液體99751=2 3(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗空氣噴塗刷塗補漆用 

稀釋劑 08570或08700 08700 08570或08700 

(最大用量) 30% 

見備註 

30% 15% 

混合使用時間 24小時(20 )(漆桶密封持續攪拌見備註 

噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08570或08700 

漆膜厚度濕膜不確定 


重塗間隔最小完全固化 

最大不限見備註

“老人”牌硅酸鋅車間底漆15890 

安全 





預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或 


表面處理用適的清潔劑除去油和脂噴砂至少達到Sa2.5級表面粗糙度相於Rugotes標 

準的No.3 最少N9a或Keane-Tator比較板2mils的粗糙度或ISO比較板中等(G,S 

必要時可採用粗粒噴砂 

施工條件施工表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結鋼板最低溫度在0 ,最高約 

55 固化需要的最低溫度為0 ,最低相對濕度為50% 最好在65%以上請參閱 

本品施工指導 


備注 

注意 


漆膜厚度和理論塗布率噴砂後在粗糙度Ra=12.5微米相於Rugotest標準的 

No.3,N10a-b或Keane-Tator比較板3mils粗糙度的鋼板表面 15微米乾膜厚度相於 

光滑測試板上25微米厚度,相應的理論塗布率為10.0米 2 /升紅灰色19890 

粗糙度Ra=6.3微米相於Rugotest標準的No.3 N9a或Keane-Tator比較板2mils粗 

糙度的鋼板表面 15微米乾膜厚度相於光滑測試板上20微米厚度相應的理論塗 

布率為12.5米 2 /升(紅灰色19890) 

車間底漆的漆膜厚度必須均勻一致避免乾噴和過厚 

根據規定的塗層保護壽命 

微米 

可改變乾膜厚度最小乾膜厚度約10微米最大為20 

稀釋稀釋劑的選擇與施工條件有關在高溫下可選用“閃出”非常慢的特殊稀 

釋劑08740 請參閱本品的施工指導 

固化相對濕度低於75%時固化時間相應延長 

重塗對於附著力來說無最大重塗間隔由加工和暴露時間漆膜逐漸破損的情況 

而定重塗前的處理請參閱本品的施工指導 

儲存期如果超過了儲存期但漆料可以攪拌均勻則鋅漿仍然可以使用如果 

液體沒有明顯渾濁則液體也仍然可以使用但混合使用期會縮短對於液體來說 

超過儲存期最大只能1 2個月(20 ) 

混合使用期油漆儲存在良好的境中時混合使用期會隨著儲存期的結束而逐 

漸縮短到8小時 20 


公佈日期 1999年10月—1589019890CO008

老人牌硅酸鋅車間底漆15890施工指導 

老人”牌液體99751 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌車間底漆15890 品說明書的補充說明內容包括表面 

處理施工工具及15890的施工方法 

表面處理 1 噴砂前先用適的清潔劑除去表面油脂和其它汙染物再用高壓淡水衝洗 

2 噴砂至Sa2.5級 ISO8501-1 1988標準噴砂後的鋼板表面粗糙度應相於 

Rugotest標準的No.3,N9a-N10a(Ra=6-12.5微米)或Keane-Tator標準板2-3mils 粗糙表 

面上波峰到波谷的平均粗糙度為50-75微米)或ISO標準板中級 G S 

注意如果用鋼丸而不是用粗砂噴砂表面的粗糙度就不足以滿足附著力需要而 

降低漆膜的機械性能若要塗覆“老人”牌氧漆高性能系列一般要求非常徹底的 

粗粒掃砂處理另外若用硅酸鋅漆如“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700重塗,也必須做 

徹底的粗粒掃砂以達到規定的粗糙度 

3 噴砂完成後用真空清潔法清除所有的砂粒和灰塵 

注意因為噴砂後的鋼板很容易生鏽所以必須馬上施塗“老人”牌硅酸鋅車間底 

漆15890 如果已經生鏽則需重新噴砂 

施工工具 “老人”牌硅酸鋅車間底漆15890可使用傳統噴塗設備(壓力罐型) 無空氣噴塗設備或 

漆刷進行施工 

傳統的噴塗設備 

工業噴塗設備 

使用配有機械攪拌壓力調節器空氣過濾器和水分離器的標準 


霧化壓力 0.15-0.25兆帕 



(噴塗資料僅供參考實用時可以調整 ) 

注意軟管應盡量短最好不長於10米由於塗料重所以噴塗時要使壓力罐與 

噴槍保持在同一水平線上或略高於噴槍 

使用低壓活塞泵代替壓力罐比較好 

噴塗暫停時可能的話應使油漆在整個軟管中再循以免沉降 

施工後立即用配套的稀釋劑徹底清洗整個施工設備 

設備不用時應使稀釋劑留在軟管裏 

無空氣噴塗設備選用大型慢速活塞泵 


噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 

噴塗扇面 65º-80º 

噴孔壓力 8.0兆帕 


注意噴塗暫停時可能的話應使油漆在整個軟管中再循以免沉澱施工後 

立即用配套的稀釋劑徹底清洗整個施工設備 

設備不用時應使稀釋劑留在軟管裏


混合 

稀釋 


1.使用時才得打開包裝每次必須用完兩個包裝內的全部材料以確保正確的混合比 

例桶內剩下的殘餘不得留待下次再用 

2.混合前徹底搖晃或攪拌液體 

3.只能用提供的比例混合不得任意更改 

4.持續機械攪拌的同時將液體慢慢的倒入含鋅粉的基料中不得反向操作繼續攪 

拌直至混合體內無團塊 

5.用60-80目的篩過濾混合材料 

6.若用在車間底漆自動塗裝流水線上則應用規定的稀釋劑把混合物的黏度調至 

15-18秒/DIN4 

僅稀釋已混合的品 

無空氣噴塗稀釋劑用量最大30% 

傳統噴塗稀釋劑用量最大30% 

刷漆修補稀釋劑用量最大15% 

注意 “老人”牌稀釋劑08570的揮發迅速所以適於用在低溫施工用在高溫下 

有乾噴的危險一般不適合傳統噴塗 

“老人”牌稀釋劑08700的揮發相對慢些 

燥慢 

適合高溫下施工而成膜好,若低溫施工則乾 

在40-55 高溫下施工時可選用“閃出”慢的特殊稀釋劑08740 正確選用稀釋劑應 

根據實際的施工條件 

混合使用期 24小時(20 儲存於密封容器內) 

注意混合的漆料正好夠這段時間使用施工時不停地攪拌混合漆料直至該桶用 

完一旦超過混合使用時間剩下的混合漆料不得再用儘管它表面上沒有變化 

油漆儲存在良好的境中時混合使用期會隨著儲存期的結束而逐漸縮短到8小 

時 20 

施工 

剛施工後的漆面呈濕潤光滑狀避免乾噴和漆膜過厚手工噴塗尤其容易生這種 

缺陷 

氣候條件鋼板表面溫度最低0 ,最高約55 

注 

冰 

意鋼板表面溫度必須高於露幾度以避免凝露溫度在冰時注意表面會結 

施工時若不符規定應與海虹老人牌公司技術服務部聯繫 

乾燥時間 15微米乾膜厚在充足通風 20 條件下需3-4分鐘便可達指觸乾階段 

注意此乾燥時間是指鋼板溫度和境溫度無明顯差別的情況指觸乾後鋼板 

便可運輸放漆膜完全固化後方可加工 

固化時間根據溫度和濕度而定 

相對濕度最低50%,最好在65%以上 

固化的最低溫度在0 

在20 相對濕度75%以上的條件下,漆膜4天便可完全固化 

濕度低時通過施塗24小時後用淡水衝洗表面及持續保持漆面濕潤的方法可加速 

固化過程 

漆膜在可用於重塗意義上的完全固化可用下法檢查用一浸滿稀釋劑08700的布抹 

擦漆面若漆膜不受損壞則說明已達到完全固化


重塗間隔 15890必須完全固化後才可重塗 


重塗程序先用適的清潔劑再用淡水清除表面油脂汙垢等除去銲疤破損燒灼等部位 

用轉式鋼刷或噴砂根據規定清理及用配套的底漆補塗若完整的表面有“白鏽” 建 

議用淡水清洗而後用硬刷刷洗 

用鋼刷磨擦或打磨漆面會使漆面光滑從而降低後塗漆膜的附著力 

如果後塗漆膜是“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700或類似品或車間底漆被拋光而後塗 

配套將暴露於嚴重汙染境,則表面無論如何要求粗粒掃砂 

若漆膜需接觸重磨損而加塗高強度油漆系列則建議進行徹底的全面掃砂若磨損 

嚴重則要求二次全面噴砂 

重塗前必須掃除表面灰塵 

安全 






公佈日期 1999年10月–1589019890CO008

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酮富鋅漆16900 

“老人”牌硅酮富鋅漆16900是耐熱的硅酮富鋅底漆可在常溫下空氣乾燥耐熱溫 

度高達400 見備註 

可作為長效防護底漆塗在暴露於高溫下的鋼板 100 400 ) 

使用溫度最高使用溫度取決於加塗油漆使用“老人”牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910為面漆時乾燥 

時最大耐溫400 

物理參數 


漆面平光 



閃 

25 



指觸乾 


2 3小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 







重塗間隔最小 4小時(20 )(見備註) 


安全 






“老人”牌硅酮富鋅漆16900 


表面處理用適的清潔劑清除油脂再用高壓淡水清除份及其它汙物噴砂至Sa2.5級 

如果需用車間底漆建議僅使用硅酸鋅系列 

施工條件施工表面必須清潔乾燥且溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結在狹窄空間施工和乾燥 

期間,應足夠的通風 

先塗油漆無或硅酸鋅系列車間底漆 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌硅酮面漆56900 硅酮鋁粉漆56910 硅酮丙烯酸漆56940或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

注意如果用作帶絕緣的高溫設備的防腐蝕漆特別注意在停機期間不能有水汽 

滲透這可避免在溫度升高時出濕腐蝕的危險 

在油漆未完全乾燥以前避免受熱 20 時最少24小時 

漆膜厚度避免漆膜厚度過高否則在隨後加熱下可能會起泡在高溫條件下使用 

塗層體系乾膜總厚度最好在75微米 

重塗間隔在常溫下或加熱至200 以上1小時後可以重塗暴露於汙染境中重塗 

前必須用高壓淡水徹底衝洗表面任其自乾 

重塗前如果暴露於汙染的境中須用高壓淡水完全清潔表面並使其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 1690019840CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧富鋅底漆17360 

固化劑97040 

“老人"牌氧富鋅底漆17360是一種雙組份富鋅氧漆可形成堅韌耐磨耐候性優 

的漆膜提供局部機械破損部位的陰極保護 

本品是一種VOC含量符合規定的通用型長效防鏽底漆可作為老人牌氧漆 

乙烯漆及丙烯酸漆配套的底漆塗用於中等至嚴重腐蝕性境下的鋼材表面 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高使用溫度為160 但是要視加塗油漆而定 

物理參數 

顏色/色號紅灰色/19830 

漆面平光 



閃 : 24 


表乾約0.5小時(20 ) 


完全固化 7天(20 ) 



335克/升 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 參見備註 


噴孔 0.43~0.48毫米 







安全 





“老人”牌氧富鋅底漆17360 


表面處理用適的清潔劑徹底去除油和脂等用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物 

噴砂至Sa2.5級表面呈尖銳狀相於RugotestNo.3的BN9a,Keane-Tator比較板的 

2.0G/S之2S,或ISO比較板的中等(G)級. 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的-10 以上溫度條件下使用本品表面溫度也必 

須在此溫度以上油漆本身溫度必須15 以上施工表面必須乾燥清潔溫度高於 

露以避免冷凝 


加塗油漆如下表所示 

備注 

注意 

注意如用作高溫設備絕緣層底下的防鏽保護塗層必須注意在停機狀態時不得讓 

任何水蒸汽滲透進入以免溫度升高時生濕腐蝕 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度大多數情況下乾膜範圍為40~50 

微米但是可以低至15微米也可以高至80微米這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和重 

塗間隔以及稀釋劑用量 

重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露的條件有關以50微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

大氣 

中等 

境 

嚴重 

水浸** 

大氣 

中等 

境 

嚴重 

58030 

30分鐘 1小時無關 12小時 8小時 

46410 46370 30分鐘 1小時無關 8小時 5小時 

46330 

17630 

45880 

30分鐘 

2小時 

2小時 

1小時 

4小時 

4小時 

無關 

4小時 

無關 

12小時 

無 

無 

8小時 

30天* 

30天 * 

水浸** 

無關 

無關 

無關 

30天* 

無關 

*視具體情況超過最大重塗間隔也可施工請向海虹老人牌公司咨詢 

**水浸僅適用於本品最大乾膜厚度為30~40微米並用250~300微米氧塗料重塗的 

情況 

如超過最大重塗間隔必須將表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力 

在汙染境暴露後的表面重塗前必須用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨任其自乾此外還 

應用硬刷刷除鋅腐蝕物白鏽 


公佈日期 2001年3月–1736019830CO007

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633 


低中溫固化劑98420 

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633厚漿聚酰胺加成物固化氧漆固化後形成的堅韌漆 

膜具有很好的耐海水耐磨損和耐原油性能 

本品可自作底漆用於壓載水倉或類似部位可作為大氣和水下境氧配套中的 

底漆可在低至-10 的溫度境下施工 

老人牌氧漆17633主要在寒帶或溫帶使用老人牌氧漆17630主要在熱 

帶使用 


壓載倉水中抗常溫下的海水* 

其他水境 40 無溫差 

其他液體中與老人公司聯繫 

*避免長期暴露於負溫差境中 

批準 

老人牌氧漆17630/17633已經經不列顛紐卡斯爾職業健康組織檢測對穀物 

無污染 

物理參數 

混合品 17630 17633 

顏色/色號灰色/12170 色/20320 灰色/12170 色/20320 

漆面半平光半平光 

體積固體含量 68 1 68 1 

理論塗布率 4.5米 2 /升以150微米乾膜計 4.5米 2 /升以150微米乾膜計 

閃 

32 32 


指觸乾 7-8小時(20 ) 約20小時(5 ) 

完全固化 


7天(20 ) 20天(5 ) 


施工說明 17630 17633 

混合比例基料17639 固化劑97330 基料17639 固化劑98420 

=4 1 體積比 =4 1 體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗無空氣噴塗刷塗 

稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 5 5 

混合使用期 2小時(20 ) 2小時(20 ) 

預反應時間見備註 

噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 






重塗間隔最小 8小時 20 ) 

最大見備註

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633 

安全 






表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物高壓淡水清洗掉跡和其它汙物 

噴砂至Sa2.5級如需臨時保護表面可塗上適的車間底漆最後塗漆前將儲 

存與加工中破損的車間底漆及汙染部位清理乾淨用17630補塗 

維修與保養用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物高壓淡水清洗掉跡和其它汙物 

用動力工具徹底清除破損區域至St3級(小面積)或噴砂處理到至少Sa2級,最好至 

Sa2.5級良好的表面處理將提高17630/17633的性能也可用水噴至WJ-2級 

(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12) 施工前可允許閃鏽等級最大FR-2級(HEMPEL標準),磨平 

邊角掃除殘餘物補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

在蝕的表面,過量的殘留物需用水噴或濕噴砂除去也可採取乾噴砂--高壓淡水 

清洗--乾燥--再乾噴砂的方法 

施工條件僅在溫度高於-10 固化劑98420 和高於0 固化劑97330 施工和固化得以進 

行的條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度最好高於15 施工表面必須清潔乾燥 

溫度高於露以避免凝露在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間必須大量通風 


備注 

注意 


耐候性/使用溫度作為氧塗料本品在室外暴露容易粉化並在高溫下更易 

受機械損傷和化學作用的影響 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和 

重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為125─200微米 

混合/誘導反應時間為了發揮更好的施工性能最好在施工以前完全混合基料和 

固化劑以進行預反應如果使用雙組分噴塗設備基料和固化劑需要加熱才可請 

參考使用說明書 


公佈日期 2001年6月 1763012170CO004/1763312170CO001

老人牌氧漆17630/17633施工指導 


低中溫固化劑98420 

內容範圍本施工指導是對老人牌氧漆17630/17633的祥細說明內容包括表面處理 

施工工具及17630/17633的施工方法 

壓載艙/鋼結構為最佳性能推薦如下 

全部銲縫必須經適的表面處理以確保漆膜質量,避免在銲縫咬邊等部位出小 

孔如發有小孔需額外刷塗一道或填實小空但應遵守船級社的有關規定 

根據實際條件和設計壽命磨平全部尖銳邊角去除剝離層通常紮鋼的曲面被視為 

已磨平 

去除全部鬆散的銲渣 

附著良好分布稀疏的銲渣雖無需去除但需額外補塗稠密的銲渣必須通過研磨 

去除 

銲縫“表面質量”至少應達到WELDREPLICANACERP0178標準的E級 NACE標準的 

RP0178-95 

噴砂/掃砂噴砂前用適的清潔劑清洗掉油脂再用高壓淡水衝洗用稀釋劑和乾淨的布碎 

擦洗掉小塊油脂應避免直接抹擦油跡用淡水衝洗掉堿性銲跡用於電銲測試的 

化學品及壓力試驗留下的肥皂痕跡 

維修噴砂前須檢查舊鋼材表面的汙染情況清除表面浮泡在去除較厚的鏽 

片後或遇到嚴重蝕的部位時必須設法清除臟物如噴砂處理過的鋼鐵表面仍有 

汙染需清洗多次以去除份及油脂最後噴砂清理 

新造船/新鋼結構為使壓載艙塗層防護性能最佳須噴砂處理電銲灼傷的部位 

破損及鏽蝕的車間底漆,使表面粗糙度達到Sa2.5級 

級 

如面積不大可機械清理至St3 

如在電銲後即在銲縫處塗上車間底漆為保證漆膜最佳性能須噴砂除掉車 

間底漆 

完整的車間底漆輕度掃砂以清除掉表面鋅等離子切割生的黑色氧化鐵殘跡 

及類似的雜質同時須去除無相容性的粉筆記號及鋼板上的標記 

隨機抽檢車間底漆的漆膜厚度如膜厚超過40微米在光滑鋼板上校正過的乾膜儀 

直接在車間底漆表面上測得的值須噴砂以去除車間底漆的大部分 

掃砂前後都需局部檢查表面是否有份殘留 

噴砂時必須重視機器的運轉狀況 

部位的噴砂處理不理想 

由於表面有灰塵粗噴砂後的檢查很難確定哪個 

噴砂處理後的表面粗糙度必須相於Rugotest標準的No.3,BN9-BN10,或Keane-Tator 

比較板的3.0G/S 根據ISO8503-1標準應達到中級 G 注意如對初級表面 

處理施工車間底漆前的質量存有疑問必須依照上述要求場進行重新噴砂 

組裝部位小心處理重部位避免過度噴砂造成的破損磨平漆膜稜邊後塗層 

比先塗層的重部位要一層比一層大磨粗重部位的先塗層可用80#砂紙打磨 

此外為保證重部位盡可能窄可用膠帶蓋住或在組裝階段的二級表面處理後 

對這些部位施塗一層薄薄的氧富鋅底漆 

重部位的二級表面處理最好採用局部噴砂法如重部位較窄且要額外施塗一度 

可機械清理至St3級 

比較有利 

這時按照上述方法用膠帶蓋住或施塗氧富鋅底漆可能

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633 

水噴射 

翻新 


維修 

對鏽蝕深度超過2毫米且未經電銲修補的部位 

35250填實 

噴砂後可用“老人”牌氧修補漆 

不鏽鋼化學品貨輪的壓載艙對不鏽鋼表面進行噴砂處理使其形成均勻稠 

密的尖銳粗糙表面表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的No.3,BN9-10 ISO比較板的 

中等 G 或Keane-Tator比較板的2.0G/S或Rz最小50微米) 噴紗前須清除掉全部 

的份油脂等汙物 

水噴射主要和維修有關但由於能有效清除水溶性份水噴射也可用於其它場合 

經水噴射處理的表面應達到聯合標準WJ-2級 NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12 鋼材和其他 

堅硬原材料表面重塗以前須經高壓和超高壓水噴處理及清潔 1995 

經水噴射的船艙施塗前應儘快乾燥因此須採用足夠的去濕設備使用通風設備使 

乾燥空氣在艙內分布均勻 “汙泥”乾燥前將其全部清除由於新生成的鏽跡只是顏 

色變化並未形成粉末狀的疏松的鐵鏽所以無需清除閃鏽最大允許為FR-2 

級老人標準不得使用緩蝕劑待塗的全部表面必須無污染相對濕度不超過 

85% 

建議採用粗噴砂或水噴射以便對存的鋼結構目測檢查並進行必要的維修 

粗噴砂也有利於決定對蝕的艙底採用電銲修補還是採用修補漆填實 

用大量淡水徹底清洗海水汙染水溶性腐蝕性的份的表面參見下文待塗的 

鋼鐵表面上氯化物的最大容許含量為7.0毫克/釐米 2 (依照“Bresle法”測定 

如有汙染應反復多次清洗特別是對蝕部位需要特別關注去除蝕部位汙 

染物的唯一方法是噴砂後用淡水徹底清洗經多次清洗乾燥後需對全部表面進行 

噴砂處理以達到規定的等級另外也可用高速淡水衝洗蝕部位用抹布擦去殘 

餘的水或用真空清潔法去除任其自乾 

注意實際上鋼結構及表面處理的類型取決於下列因素船舶製造技術合共 

規定使用壽命等請參考關於壓載艙塗裝的老人技術標準 

施工設備因老人牌氧17630/17633是一種高粘度的塗料所以對施工有特殊要求 

無空氣噴塗設備─ 


噴出量 12升/分鐘理論 

進料壓力最小0.6兆帕 

噴管最長100米/內徑12.7毫米 

最長30米/內徑9.5毫米 


篩網 60目 

一般表面─ 

噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

扇面 60-80° 

複雜表面─ 


扇面 40°

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633 

施工 


施工完成後立即用“老人”牌工具清洗劑99610清洗設備 

注意增加軟管內徑會增加油漆流量同時使噴塗扇面擴大如果需要較長的軟 

管泵比率必須升至60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 


心謹慎 

的稀釋劑08450,但過多的稀釋會減少漆膜厚度所以稀釋時必須小 


成膜塗裝壓載艙時每一度油漆的施塗必須形成一個連貫的無針孔的漆膜 

因此施工人員必須採用能確保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的噴塗技術施工時噴孔 

尺寸必須適宜不要太大噴槍離表面的距離必須適均勻保持在30─50cm 

之間對邊角小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗通常在這些部位採取刷塗 

為保證噴出的漆料霧化良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴塗設備有較高的噴 

出壓力和噴出量如果施工溫度較高可多加些稀釋劑以免乾噴 

噴塗後的漆層必須均勻並盡可能符合規定要求此外,還必須通過控制油漆消耗量或 

測量濕膜厚度來控制油漆消耗成膜必須均勻光滑如有灰塵砂粒乾噴等 

象必須清除乾淨 

混合使用時間/混合/預反應時間 

標準條件下測得的混合使用時間為3小時 15 和2小時 20 但是在20升 

混合量中基料和固化劑的化學反應所生的熱相對縮短了實際的混合使用時間 

1 必須混合兩個包裝內的全部基料及固化劑如需較少量應按基料固化劑 86 

14 重量比或4 1 體積比混合 

2 使用乾淨的混合器攪拌達到完全均勻 

3 在混合使用時間內必須用完油漆混合使用時間與油漆溫度關係見下表對 

20升包裝而言 

混合後油漆溫度 15 20 25 30 

混合使用時間小時 3 2 1.5 1 

注 1)溫度低於15 時粘度會太高而不適合無空氣噴塗 

2)避免溫度高於30 

預反應時間 

鋼鐵溫度低於5 

間越長 

時最好在噴塗施工前預反應10 20分鐘溫度越低預反應時 

用雙組份雙面進料的噴塗設備施工時是否能夠得適的噴塗扇面和均勻光 

滑的漆膜與加熱有關可以對雙組份預熱或用流體加熱器在加壓側加熱油漆溫度 

約40 可作為參考溫度但根據具體情況須作調整

“老人”牌氧漆17630/17633 


溫度時間的關係 17630 以150微米乾膜計 

表面溫度 0 10 20 30 

乾燥時間約小時 32 14 7 5 

重塗 

安全 

固化時間約天 28 14 7 3.5 

初固化* 

約天 20 10 5 2.5 

17633 以150微米乾膜計 

表面溫度 -10 0 10 

乾燥時間約小時 63 32 14 

固化時間約天 56 28 14 

初固化* 約天 40 20 10 

*達到“初固化”階段時只要漆膜厚度在規定的範圍內並且已塗的全部表面經過徹 

底通風那在特殊情況下初固化的塗層可以暴露於壓載水中 

重塗間隔提供適的通風以150微米乾膜計 

17630 17633 


鋼板溫度 10 20 10 20 -10 0 -10 0 

重塗油漆 

自塗壓載 

艙 

16小時 8小時 90天* 30天* 3天 36小時 

90 

天 

90天* 

45182 16小時 8小時 90天 30天 3天 36小時 

90 

天 

90天 

46330 16小時 8小時 24小時 12小時 3天 36小時 108小 

時 

54小時 

*根據本地的實際情況 

塗間隔 

適增大重塗間隔欲知詳情請於本公司聯繫最大重 

如果延長最大重塗間隔無論是那種加塗油漆都要磨粗表面以確保最佳層間附著 

力若用非氧漆重塗就要按下列說明施塗一層薄薄的老人牌氧17630/17633 

. 較長重塗間隔 

完全清潔的表面可以確保層間附著力特別是在重塗間隔較長時任何汙垢油脂 

都必須用適的洗滌劑除去再用高壓淡水衝洗跡用淡水衝洗 

. 由於長期暴露導致的退化表面層也必須被除去如果使用得水噴可以去 

除退化表面層也可以取代上述清潔方法如有疑問請與本公司聯繫 

小面積的實驗可以檢測表面清潔度是否足夠 





公佈日期 2001年3月 1763012170CO004/1763312170CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030是一種水性丙烯酸乳膠漆具有良好的防鏽性能 

特別適用於無空氣噴塗施工 

作為水性漆配套的底漆塗用於輕度至中等腐蝕性境下的內外鋼材表面也可作為 

水性漆配套的底漆塗用於輕度腐蝕境下的熱浸鍍鋅鋼板鋁板及不鏽鋼板表面 


物理參數 

顏色/色號淺灰色/12170–紅色/50710 

漆面平光 



閃 

>66 


表乾約0.5小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 


約1.5小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑淡水老人牌丙烯酸乳膠漆刷塗劑99810 

(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

噴孔 0.38~0.48毫米 



工具清洗淡水參見施工指導 



重塗間隔最小 2小時 20 


安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 


表面處理參見老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指導 

施工條件參見老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指導 

加塗油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿面漆58030 或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度正常乾膜範圍為50~100微米如 

乾膜厚度要求50微米應對本品稀釋3~5%以便成膜良好為成膜良好還應採用 

規定的噴孔尺寸 

刷塗按體積比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷塗劑99810 每度的乾膜厚度 

為30~40微米 

重塗無最大重塗間隔但是在汙染大氣境暴露後應用高壓淡水清洗掉累積的汙 

染物任其自乾 

其它參見老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指導 


公佈日期 2000年12月–1803012170CO009

範圍 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆施工指導 


有關品性能請參照品說明書本施工指導包括表面處理和施工條件 

表面處理/底漆新鋼材用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份和其它汙染物噴 

砂至最小Sa2.5 如必要用適的車間底漆臨時保護最後塗漆前必須清理掉儲 

存和裝配期間生的破損的車間底漆及汙染物用本品按規定維修和補塗 

維修用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份和其它汙染物重塗 

前用噴砂法去除鏽跡和鬆散漆層或用動力工具清理至St3級用本品補塗裸露部 

位 

鋁材去除油脂應非常徹底然後用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙染物必須全部 

去除氧化膜可用砂紙徹底打磨或用礦物磨料掃砂處理對鑄鋁應掃砂至均勻的 

灰色表面 

不鏽鋼用堿性脫脂劑即老人牌清洗劑99350非常徹底地清除油脂然後用淡水衝 

洗掉全部汙染物 

熱浸鍍鋅鋼板用1 20的氨水濕擦洗或研磨然後用淡水衝洗如本法不可行 

可用不鏽鋼項下的方法 

硅酸鋅塗層表面用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份和其它汙 

染物在高濕境暴露後必須用高壓淡水清洗掉鋅白鏽如必要用 

硬尼刷擦洗參照有關老人牌硅酸鋅塗料的施工指導 

注意 

在所有的老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆中老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200作為第 

一度漆專門塗用於鋁材熱浸鍍鋅鋼板不鏽鋼及硅酸鋅塗層表面 

表面處理/面漆先塗油漆應完好並附著良好用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉 

份和其它汙染物用噴砂法或動力工具清理掉鏽跡及鬆散物質掃除殘餘物用老 

人牌水性丙烯酸面漆塗覆前補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

水泥用火焰燃燒法或用適的清潔劑去除掉全部的油脂和其它汙染物按下列步 

驟 

用清潔劑清洗 


2) 用適的清潔劑清洗然後用淡水衝洗 

用硬刷或噴砂高壓水噴射或火焰燃燒法去除表面的鬆散物質然後視情況用淡水 

衝洗如必要也可用上述三種方法清除浮渣層表面處理後的表面應堅硬結實 

掃除灰塵 

用適的封閉劑如丙烯酸型乳液或經水稀釋15~20%的老人牌水性丙烯酸面漆 

浸泡表面 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的5 以上最好10 以上溫度條件下使用本品 

施工表面必須乾燥清潔溫度高於露以避免冷凝 

相對濕度施工期間要求濕度60%以上最好75~90% 以避免乾噴如相對濕度 

低於60% 應添加特殊的稀釋劑以避免乾噴乾燥期間相對濕度應低於80% 最 

好在40~60%的範圍內請向海虹老人牌塗料有限公司的有關部門咨詢以瞭解更 

詳細的情況施工和乾燥期間應保證良好的通風尤其是在乾燥期間確保已塗表 

面的各個部位都有良好的通風是非常重要的除去施工和乾燥期間釋放出的水份所 

需的通風量約為75米 3 /升漆 20 通風所輸送的空氣的相對濕度為40%


備注 

安全 

注意 

公佈日期 2000年12月 

施工指導 

水性塗料的耐久性在很大程度上取決於良好施工比如在尖銳邊角鉚釘和跳銲部 

位的施工需額外仔細避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好額外條塗一邊 

邊角效應由於水性塗料很容易從尖銳邊角部位流開為保護邊角免遭腐蝕 

需磨平邊角連接部位的漆膜必須完全封閉和結實 

施工後即暴露於低溫境如果塗漆部件在完成塗漆後馬上暴露於5~10 以下的潮 

濕境下遵守下列規則是極其重要的 

•必須避免漆膜過厚 

•在暴露於溫度5 和凝露或水中的境之前最後施工的漆層必須乾燥至少6小時 

20 40~60%RH 12小時 10 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚溫度較低霜冬及霜冬兼有凝露或雨水的季節戶外施工 

儲存期/儲存儲存溫度保持在5~40 之間溫度超過30 時儲存期相應減少 

在儲存和運輸或在漆膜乾燥期間不得暴露於霜凍境 

工具清洗使用後的工具必須立即用溫熱的肥皂水和/或淡水清洗然後徹底衝洗 

以清除掉清潔劑殘餘物 

乾燥後的油漆殘餘物可用老人牌工具清潔劑99610去除 




境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品 

某一特定的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆與上述內容的不同部分陳述在該品的品說 

明書

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200是一種水性丙烯酸乳膠漆具有良好的附著力 

作為底漆塗用於輕度至中等腐蝕性境下的熱浸鍍鋅鋼板鋁板及不鏽鋼板表面參 

見加塗油漆項下 


物理參數 

顏色/色號紅色/50710 

漆面平光 



閃 >66 


表乾約15分鐘(20 ) 

指觸乾 


約30分鐘(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑淡水淡水 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

噴孔 0.38~0.43毫米 






重塗間隔最小 24小時 20 見備註 

最大無見備註 

安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸底漆18200 




加塗油漆按規定加塗老人牌水性丙烯酸漆醇酸漆氯化橡膠漆丙烯酸漆或老人 

牌聚氨酯面漆 

備注 

注意 

重塗如果加塗油漆是老人牌水性丙烯酸漆在20 及通風條件下最小重塗間 

隔可以減少至2小時參見本品施工指導 

無最大重塗間隔但是在汙染大氣境暴露後應用高壓淡水清洗掉累積的汙染物 

任其自乾 



公佈日期 2000年12月–1820050710CO008

範圍 









位 



灰色表面 








注意 







驟用清潔劑清洗 





掃除灰塵 


浸泡表面 










備注 

安全 

注意 


施工指導 









20 40~60%RH 12小時 10 40~60%RH 












明書

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性氧底漆18500 

固化劑97710 

“老人"牌水性氧底漆18500是一種水性雙組份聚胺固化氧底漆含有腐蝕抑制劑 

可形成堅韌的防鏽漆膜 

作為通用底漆塗用於輕度至中等腐蝕性境下的鋼結構表面見備註 


物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11150 




閃 : >66 




完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 

混合比例基料18509 固化劑97710=2 3 體積比 



(最大用量) 5%5% 

混合使用期 1小時 20 見備註 

30分鐘 15 

噴孔 0.38~0.48毫米 

噴出壓力最小15.0兆帕 


工具清洗淡水見備註 



重塗間隔重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關以75微米乾膜厚度計 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 



老人牌水性丙烯酸漆 2小時 6小時 6小時無* 1周* 24小時* 

老人牌水性氧漆 2小時 6小時 6小時無* 無* 3周* 

*重塗前 

局部試驗 

必須徹底清除全部汙染物為檢驗表面清洗的質量建議實際重塗前作 

如超過最大重塗間隔應打磨粗糙表面以確保層見附著力 

安全 





“老人”牌水性氧底漆18500 


表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份和其它汙染物噴 





位 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的15 以上溫度條件下使用本品 


相對濕度乾燥期間相對濕度應低於80% 最好在40~60%的範圍內施工和乾 

燥期間應保證良好的通風尤其是在乾燥期間確保已塗表面的各個部位都有良好的 

通風是非常重要的除去施工和乾燥期間釋放出的水份所需的通風量約為75米 3 /升 

漆 20 通風所輸送的空氣的相對濕度為40% 

先塗油漆無老人牌富鋅底漆15360 老人牌水性氧富鋅底漆18560或按規定加塗 

加塗油漆老人牌水性氧漆水性丙烯酸漆或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

施工應選用規定的噴孔尺寸以便成膜良好 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度正常乾膜範圍為50~100微米更 

低漆膜厚度的施工也是可能的但是應稀釋本品以便成膜良好 


位的施工需額外仔細避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好額外條塗一遍 

邊角效應由於水性塗料很容易從尖銳邊角流開為保護邊角免遭腐蝕需磨 

平邊角連接部位的漆膜必須完全封閉和結實 

施工後即暴露於低溫境如果塗漆部件在完成塗漆後馬上暴露於15 以下的潮濕 

境遵守下列規則是極其重要的 


•在暴露於溫度低於15 和凝露或水中的境之前最後施工的漆層必須乾燥至少6 

小時 20 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚溫度較低尤其是在兼有凝露或雨水的季節戶外施工 


以清除掉清潔劑殘餘物乾燥後的油漆殘餘物可用老人牌工具清潔劑99610去 

除 


在儲存和運輸期間不得暴露於霜凍境 

混合使用期混合使用期並不是由黏度增加表征的雖然在20 條件下 1小時後 

的混合物看上去仍然可用但是這時的油漆的保護性能已經大受影響所以不可再 

用必須注意溫度降低時混合使用期會降低在15 時降低至30分鐘最好用鬧鐘 

提示混合使用期什時候到了 


公佈日期 2000年12月–1850011150CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性氧富鋅底漆18560 

鋅粉97110 

固化劑97700 

“老人"牌水性氧富鋅底漆18560是一種水性三組份富鋅氧底漆可形成堅韌的防 

鏽漆膜對局部破損部位可提供陰極保護 

作為水性漆配套的底漆塗用於輕度至嚴重腐蝕性境下的鋼結構表面 


物理參數 


漆面平光 



閃 : >66 




完全乾 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 

混合比例基料18569 鋅粉97110 固化劑97700=4.3 6.7 3.3 體積比一邊攪拌一邊慢慢 

加入鋅粉至基料中 

與固化劑97700混合 

用一台高效的機械攪拌機不停的攪拌直至混合物均勻然後再 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗補塗 


(最大用量) 10% 5% 

混合使用期 3小時 20 見備註 

1.5小時 15 

噴孔 0.38~0.48毫米 



工具清洗淡水見備註 



重塗間隔重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關乾膜厚度50微米鋼板溫度為20 

最小最大 



老人牌水性丙烯酸漆 2小時 3小時 3小時無** 1周** 24小時** 

老人牌水性氧漆 2小時* 3小時 3小時無** 無** 3周** 

*本品可用老人牌水性氧底漆18500重塗如果兩層的乾膜厚度均為30微米且 

在完全乾燥後加塗第三度漆那其最小重塗間隔為10分鐘 

**重塗前必須徹底清除全部汙染物如有白鏽可用硬刷和大量水擦洗 

如超過最大重塗間隔應打磨粗糙表面以確保層見附著力

“老人”牌水性氧富鋅底漆18560 

安全 






表面處理用適的清潔劑除掉油脂再用(高壓)淡水衝洗掉份和其它汙染物用噴砂法噴 

砂至Sa2.5 形成的尖銳粗糙表面相於RugotestNo.3的BN9a,Keane-Tator比較板的 

2.0G/S或ISO比較板的中等 G 級 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的15 以上溫度條件下使用本品施工表面必須乾 

燥清潔溫度高於露以避免冷凝 

相對濕度乾燥期間相對濕度應低於80% 最好在40~60%的範圍內 

施工和乾燥期間應保證良好的通風 

在乾燥期間確保已塗表面的各個部位都有良好的通風是非常重要的除去施工和乾 

燥期間釋放出的水份所需的通風量約為75米 3 /升漆 20 通風所輸送的空氣 

的相對濕度為40% 

加塗油漆老人牌水性氧漆水性丙烯酸漆或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

注意如用作高溫設備絕緣層底下的防鏽保護塗層必須注意在停機狀態時不得讓 

任何水蒸汽滲透進入以免溫度升高時生濕腐蝕 

施工應選用規定的噴孔尺寸以便成膜良好 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度正常乾膜範圍為30~75微米更 

低漆膜厚度的施工也是可能的但是應稀釋本品以便成膜良好 


位的施工需額外仔細避免每度漆的漆膜太厚最好額外條塗一遍 

邊角效應由於水性塗料很容易從尖銳邊角流開為保護邊角免遭腐蝕需磨 

平邊角連接部位的漆膜必須完全封閉和結實 

施工後即暴露於低溫境如果塗漆部件在完成塗漆後馬上暴露於15 以下的潮濕 

境下遵守下列規則是極其重要的 


•在暴露於溫度低於15 和凝露或水中的境之前最後施工的漆層必須乾燥至少6 

小時 20 40~60%RH 

避免在夜晚溫度較低尤其是在兼有凝露或雨水的季節戶外施工 


以清除掉清潔劑殘餘物乾燥後的油漆殘餘物可用老人牌工具清潔劑99610去 

除 


在儲存和運輸期間不得暴露於霜凍境 

混合使用期混合使用期並不是由黏度增加表征的雖然在20 條件下 3小時後 

的混合物看上去仍然可用但是這時的油漆的保護性能已經大受影響所以不可再 

用必須注意溫度降低時混合使用期會降低在15 時降低至1.5小時最好用鬧 

鐘提示混合使用期什時候到了 


公佈日期 2001年9月–1856019840CO001

特性 

用途 

批準 

老人牌防鏽底漆19151 

老編號 19151D 

“老人”牌防鏽底漆19151是一種由特殊樹脂配制的用於高溫設備臨時保護的防鏽 

漆 

作為高溫設備諸如管道加熱繞管和熱風煙道的儲存和製作期間的臨時防鏽保護 

受熱時油漆本身緩慢分解逐漸釋放出氣體 

根據DAST-Richtlinie006(20微米乾膜厚度)認可為防鏽底漆 

物理參數 

顏色(色號) 紅色/50670 

漆面平光 


理論塗布率 8米 2 /升(以25微米乾膜計) 

閃 

24 


指觸乾約30分鐘(20 ) 



405克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗滾塗 

稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 5% 

噴孔 0.33~0.46毫米 






最大無 

安全 






“老人”牌防鏽底漆19151 


表面處理用適的清潔劑清洗掉表面的油脂去除份和鬆散物質噴砂清理會改善防鏽性 

能 

施工和固化條件施工表面必須完全清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免凝露僅在施工和乾燥得以進 

行的溫度高於0 和相對濕度低於80%時使用本品 


備注 

注意 

可根據使用目的調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥時間 


公佈日期 1999年10月–1915150670CS002

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧修補漆35250 

固化劑95250 

“老人”牌氧修補漆35250是一種無溶劑雙組份氧填料完全固化時耐水脂肪 

烴溶劑和類似物漆膜厚度可達約5毫米而無流掛象 

1.可作為金屬硬木和其它硬質材料的修補漆 

2.適用於修補以後暴露於強化學溶劑下的銲縫針孔或類似結構 

使用溫度乾燥條件在水中(無溫差) 

最高耐溫 140 35 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺灰/19810 

漆面半光 

固體體積 100% 

閃 

92 



完全固化 


約5天(20 ) 


施工說明 


施工方法用油灰刀刮塗或類似方法 

稀釋劑不必稀釋 




最大 24小時(20 )(參見備註) 

安全 





“老人”牌氧修補漆35250 


表面處理金屬用適的清潔劑去除油脂用(高壓)淡水除去份和其它汙物根據材料 

和表面條件選擇噴砂動力工具和砂磨處理表面剝蝕鋼材必須用噴砂或用高速磨 

處理磨平尖銳邊角最後用“老人”牌稀釋劑08450清洗表面經噴砂處理的表面 

可噴塗一層薄薄的底漆,如“老人”牌氧漆15590 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的5 以上溫度條件下使用本品施工表面溫度也應 

高於此限度施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露以避免凝露 

加塗油漆按規定加塗“老人”牌醇酸漆氯化橡膠或氧漆高光面漆如“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆 

不能直接塗覆於本品上建議先塗一層“老人”牌氧中間漆 

備注 

注意 

將兩組份充分混合併攪拌至顏色為均勻淺灰色即可使用然後準備好要使用的填充 

料 

混合使用期內,一次不可混合過多 

如果超過最大重塗間隔,應將底漆表面打磨粗糙再加塗以確保漆膜間的附著力 

在20 條件下16小時後可用砂紙磨粗 


公佈日期 1999年10月 3525019810CO006

特性 

用途 

批準 

老人牌氧漆35490/35493 

高溫 35490固化劑95690 

中等溫度 35493固化劑95790 

“老人"牌氧漆35490/35493是一種無溶劑雙組份氧漆可形成堅韌耐磨的保護 

漆膜可單度漆施工最小漆膜厚度為2.5毫米 

作為高性能塗料塗用於暴露於嚴重腐蝕性 

機坪的鋼材和混凝土表面 

境和/或摩擦部位諸如濺區甲板和停 

固化劑95690 適宜於20 以上施工 

固化劑95790 適宜於10 和20 之間施工 

本品符合NORSOKM-501系統號4 高溫版的規定 


最大使用溫度 140 35 

見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰綠色/41690 

漆面平光浮雕面 



閃 

>60 


表乾見備註 

指觸乾見備註 

完全固化見備註 



0 

施工說明 35490 35493 

混合比率基料35499 固化劑95690 基料35499 固化劑95790 

=5.6 1.0(體積比) =5.7 1.0 體積比 

=23.0 2.0 重量比 =23.0 2.15 重量比 

施工方法噴塗小面積用凹槽泥刀抹平噴塗小面積用凹槽泥刀抹平 

稀釋劑無需稀釋見備註無需稀釋見備註 

(最大用量) 參考本品施工指導參考本品施工指導 

混合使用時間見備註見備註 

施工設備用蝸輪泵軟管泵或改良滑塞泵噴塗設備進行空氣噴塗參見施工指導對 

於小面積可用漏斗式快速噴槍 


漆膜厚度濕膜 2.5毫米 

乾膜 2.5毫米 



安全 






“老人”牌氧漆35490/35493 


表面處理鋼材根據使用部位噴砂至Sa2.5或Sa3 表面粗糙度相於 

RugotestNo.3,BN11,Keane-Tator比較板5.5G/S,或ISO比較板粗糙度G級.用適的 

清潔劑徹底去除油和脂等噴砂前用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物噴砂後 

仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和灰塵經過清洗和噴砂處理的表面施塗老人牌氧漆 

15590作底漆 

混凝土用乳化劑清洗掉脫模劑及汙物再用高壓淡水衝洗最好用噴砂法也可用 

機械處理火焰清理法或酸蝕法清除鬆散物質得到堅固粗糙的均一表面用封 

閉漆如“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 參見“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 品說明書 

封閉表面關於表面處理的更詳細情況請參照本品的施工指導 

施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔溫度高於露以避免冷凝施工和固化按如下條件進行 

固化劑 95690 95790 

底材最小施工溫度 20 10 

最低固化溫度 10 2 

完全固化 7天 20 7天 10 

表乾 ISO1517 約3小時 20 約3小時 10 

指觸乾約8小時 20 約8小時 10 

搬運乾約3天 20 約3天 10 

為加快攪拌和混合漆料溫度不得低於20 

先塗油漆無老人牌封閉底漆05970 氧底漆15590 或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無或按規定加塗老人牌氧漆系列如需光滑表面可加塗老人牌超強 

度氧漆45750 

備注 

注意 

本品在室外暴露時容易粉化在高溫下易受機械和化學作用的影響 

漆膜厚度實際施工時的漆膜厚度比規定值高漆膜厚度不得低於2.5毫米因為 

如果漆膜厚度較低就不能形成致密無針孔的漆膜 

附著力將本品直接噴塗到鋼材表面可以得良好的俯著力如果需要噴砂底漆 

可用老人牌氧底漆15590 

稀釋無須稀釋稀釋會影響油漆配套的附著力和內聚力 

混合使用時間 

材料溫度 30 20 10 

固化劑95690 30分鐘 1小時無關 

固化劑95790 

重塗 

無關 30分鐘 1小時 

底材溫度 30 20 10 

固化劑95690最小 4小時 

8小時 

無關 

最大 

2周 

1個月 

2個月 

固化劑95790最小 2小時 

4小時 

8小時 

最大 

2周 

1個月 

2個月 

汙染境暴露後的表面重塗前必須進行仔細清洗 

修補工作應包括周圍部分無損原漆膜的重塗 

並打磨粗糙 

對這部分漆膜重塗前必須清洗乾淨 

詳細情況請參閱本品施工指導 


公佈日期 2001年9月–3549041690CO007/3549341690CO002


內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌氧漆35490/35493 品說明書的補充說明,內容包括“老 

人”牌氧漆35490/35493的表面處理,施工設備及施工的詳細說明 

表面處理鋼材對鏽蝕嚴重的鋼材表面噴砂處理前應進行機械如鐵鎚敲打除鏽處理 

噴砂前磨平粗糙銲縫和尖銳邊角去除銲渣 

噴砂清理鋼板前用適的清潔劑去除油脂和其它汙物然後用高壓淡水清晰中 

性化處理和/或衝洗掉其它化學品汙染 

用淡水去除新銲縫上的堿跡全部被保護的鋼材表面必須噴砂處理至最少近白色 

金屬級粗糙度即Sa2.5 ISO8501-1 1988 

如使用境非常惡劣噴砂至白色金屬級粗糙度即Sa3(ISO8501-1 1988) 

規定的最小粗糙度為RA=25微米相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN11 Keane-Tator 

比較板5.5G/S 或ISO比較板粗糙度G級用尖銳磨料噴砂可以得規定的粗糙度 

塗漆前全部噴砂表面必須無灰塵及磨料顆粒等雜質 

混凝土 

混凝土要求質量好並且完全固化如普通水泥固化時間為28天表面濕度達到4% 

以下對毛細管作用及地下水也必須控制 

修補好所有劃痕裂縫及空隙表面處理後最小拉脫強度值應達到20千磅/釐米 2 

用噴砂法灼燒法或適的清洗劑清洗掉潤滑劑油脂及汙物如使用清洗劑應 

先使混凝土表面吸水達到飽和用清洗劑清洗後再用淡水衝洗 

為了得到堅固粗糙的無灰塵及汙物的表面根據具體的結構和用途可用噴砂法 

高壓淡水衝洗或動力工具處理去除灰塵和鬆散物質 

如不能使用機械處理可用酸蝕法建議使用5%的硝酸或磷酸溶液 

注意使用強酸必須特別小心必須懂得其安全使用方法 

為了防止酸腐蝕鋼筋結構酸蝕前應用淡水使混凝土表面飽和讓酸反應3-4分鐘 

後用淡水衝洗最好使用5%的氫氧化鈉溶液擦洗乾燥後表面應粗糙且無鬆散 

物質 

PH值在6.5—8.0之間如不符合以上條件則重新處理混凝土表面必須在20 65% 

相對濕度及良好通風條件下至少乾燥2天表面預處理後表面必須堅硬用小刀劃 

時僅有劃痕 

用“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970剛好封閉表面必須去除多餘的封閉漆參見“老人” 

牌氧封閉漆05970 品說明書 

施工工具下列幾種泵可用於施工本品 

大工程 

a 直立式蝸輪泵噴塗設備如 

PUTZMEISTERSPRAYBOY 

型號 20975.005 氣動 

電動或氣動蝸輪泵泵室D41/2,Art.70829004 

外殼材質耐苯聚氯丁橡膠 70827006 

最佳工作溫度 10 ~30 

b 軟管泵 Carrousel 泵噴塗設備如 

BREDEL軟管泵噴塗設備型號SP40 軟管內徑40毫米最好用合成橡膠製 

造 

電動或氣動電動功率為1.5kw 轉速為7~55rpm 

最佳工作溫度 10 ~30 

c 帶漏斗滑塞泵噴塗設備如 

GROVERMFGCORP 型號 473TSD 

10 1 7.5 1也可用改良分離式滑塞泵

混合 

最佳工作溫度 20 以上 

大小工程通用 

d GRACOPresident,改良型225-841 10 1滑塞泵 

維修和小工程 

e PUTZMEISTER快速噴塗機 

注意也有其它漏斗式噴槍 

噴槍 

球閥噴槍於瑞典MaskinA/BTumac公司 

No.04131.001,Putzmeister,WestGermany. 

Serie22517,Grover,Texas. 

噴孔 

根據具體情況選定在3~7毫米範圍內的孔徑 

軟管 

內襯軟管建議用UniroyalMamiliSAE16CR1T3434 軟管長度可達15米 

對滑塞泵最長10米 

對軟管泵最長20米 

混合機 

對大工程混合機可用英國PENNINE工業設備公式生的PENNINEG5混合機 

注意其它噴塗和混合設備也是可用的 

不得稀釋 

可用泥工刀施工但主要用於水平的小面積施工用一種開口為10毫米的寬槽口泥 

工刀以確保有足夠的漆膜厚度用在老人牌稀釋劑裏浸過的平頭刮刀刮平油漆 

對刮刀的用力要均勻最後如想要得到浮雕漆面的效果可用在老人牌稀釋劑 

08080浸過的浮雕尼輥滾過濕膜表面 

本品是以雙組份包裝即基料35499和固化劑95690 溫度20 以上或基料35499 

和固化劑95790 溫度在10 和20 之間 

用功率強大的機械混合器徹底攪拌基料數分鐘然後把小罐的固化劑到入大罐的基 

料中再攪拌保證小罐的固化劑殘餘量最少 

全部基料和固化劑混合徹底均勻後即可用於施工 

如果少量混合本品稱量之前徹底攪拌基料和固化劑確保基料和固化劑分別混合均 

勻 

混合比率 

中溫 35493 

基料35499 10.7 重量比或5.7 體積比 

固化劑95790 1.0 重量比或1.0 體積比 

高溫 35490 

基料35499 11.5 重量比或5.6 體積比 

固化劑95690 1.0 重量比或1.0 體積比 

混合使用時間固化劑95690 固化劑95790 

30 30分鐘 20 30分鐘 

25 45分鐘 15 45分鐘 

20 1小時 10 1小時 

不過量混合在前溫度下的混合使用期內能夠使用的漆料如氣候炎熱僅在使用 

前一次只混合一組油漆

使用步驟蝸輪泵和軟管泵 

用老人牌工具清洗劑99610清洗泵 

泵清空後混合基料和固化劑並將混合漆料倒入漏斗中 

噴孔約5毫米氣壓為0.4~0.6兆帕 

蝸輪泵氣動機壓力空氣壓縮機 0.15~0.2兆帕 

噴槍和底材之間的最佳距離為25~50釐米 

漏斗用本品重先裝料前必須乾淨無殘留漆料 

為避免漆料壓入噴槍氣室先打開霧化氣再啟動泵 

滑塞泵 

用老人牌工具清洗劑99610清洗泵和軟管 

打開底部球閥去除泵中的清洗劑混合本品的基料和固化劑然後將混合漆料倒 

入泵中 

噴孔約7毫米 

氣壓 

噴出壓力 0.3~0.6兆帕 

輸入壓力 10 1泵 0.15~0.4兆帕 

噴塗前先打開緩衝閥門少許 

噴槍和底材之間的最佳距離為25~40釐米 

噴塗施工關機即使短暫停止噴塗也必須同時停止噴槍和泵以防在軟管和噴槍中積累油漆用於 

此種場合的自動裝置為適用於大多數設備的標準裝置 

如噴孔堵塞必須遵守下列步驟 

●拆開噴嘴帽和噴嘴並分別清洗 

●在同等壓力下循漆料不得增加材料軟管的壓力 

濕膜厚度控制濕膜厚度的測量必須在施工後立即進行所用的濕膜厚度儀的量度範圍應符合實際 

的濕膜厚度範圍量度範圍 1~5毫米此外應定期控制每平方米已塗面積所 

用的油漆量 2.5毫米濕膜厚度的單位面積油漆消耗量的理論值相於每平方米2.5 

升如厚度不足以及成膜不必須額外噴塗 

工具清洗要使設備連續正常運行必須徹底清洗設備 

施工期間 

定期用刮刀刮漏斗的四壁以保持乾淨無殘餘的油漆 

施工後 

施工完成以後立即在設備中泵入高黏度潤滑油以壓出本品的砂狀殘餘物以防堵塞 

噴嘴滑塞等部件然後用老人牌工具清洗劑99610衝洗泵軟管和緩衝閥 

卸下噴槍的噴嘴帽和噴嘴並以最大的速度衝洗整個設備為使清洗方便可在材 

料軟管中塞進一塊海綿啟動泵令海棉通過軟管該過程應反復數次如材料軟管 

無內襯須用高黏度潤滑油衝洗以防軟管硬化若不採取上述預防措施將來啟動 

設備會 

有危險 

拆下泵室並徹底清洗蝸輪泵潤滑蝸輪泵清洗後無需裝將蝸輪泵裝上噴塗設備 

對於滑塞泵式噴塗設備本品對設備中的密封件磨損較嚴重因此應常備此種備件 

乾膜檢查用高壓 12kv 探測器檢查全部乾漆膜表面上的不連續性並修正最小漆摸厚度 

對老人牌氧漆35490的檢查應在用固化劑95690在20 溫度條件下最少固化24 

小時後進行對老人牌氧漆35493的檢查應在用固化劑95790在10 溫度條件 

下最少固化24小時後進行在檢查過程中乾膜不連續的部位和漆摸膜厚度太低的 

部位會生火花該部位必須補塗


補塗 

安全 

可用本品維修和補塗對小面積部位可用刮刀施工對大面積部位按照上述方 

法在進行適的表面處理後補塗至規定的漆摸厚度 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考 

老人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規人身保 

護包括但不限於肺眼和皮膚的保護如果吞服或與皮膚直接接觸應立即求醫必 

須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄 

處或空氣不流通處施工,必須提供強力通風 

公佈日期 2000年5月-3549041690CO007/3549341690CO002

老人牌氧漆35490/35493手工施工說明書 

本章為老人牌氧漆35490/35493 品說明書和施工指導的補充說明 

表面處理根據品說明書 

可用乾膜厚度為50微米的老人牌氧底漆15590作為噴砂底漆請參考本品品說明 

書 

施工 

檢查 


仔細混合後可用槽隙為10毫米的寬槽口泥工刀施工 

為填實這種泥工刀施工引起的縫隙並使塗層平整用浸過老人牌稀釋劑08080的刮刀抹 

平對刮刀的用力要均勻 

為使漆面平整可用中等毛長的尼輥滾過漆面尼輥應先在老人牌稀釋劑浸過 

漆膜厚度的檢查可直接測量濕膜也可以通過計算對應面積的油漆消耗量來取得漆膜厚度值 

2.5毫米厚的單位面積油漆消耗量的理論值相於每平方米2.5升油漆 

用高壓 12kv 針孔探測器檢查全部乾漆膜表面上的針孔在檢查過程中將生 

火花的部位作上記號並至少補塗至規定的漆膜厚度

特性 

用途 

老人牌超強度氧漆35530 

固化劑95530 

"老人"牌超強度氧漆35530是一種雙組份無溶劑厚漿聚胺固化氧塗料固化後 

的漆膜具有良好的耐淡水海水原油及磨蝕性能本品可以使用標準的高性能無 

空氣噴塗設備做厚塗層塗裝本品對穀物無害 

1.作為高性能塗料用於顏色保持不是很重要磨損嚴重而要求無溶劑的鋼板表面 

如允許使用帶溶劑的油漆可用“老人”牌超強度氧漆45750代替本品 

2.作為飲用水艙內襯用漆請參見批準如用於溫暖境請參閱施工條件 

使用溫度乾燥時在淡水中無溫差 

最大 140 35 

見備註 

批準 

經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會鑑定為對穀物無害品 

經英國水研究中心認可為不高於23 的飲水艙塗料 

經巴林電力及水利部認可為飲水艙塗料 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/10500 紅色/51320 

漆面半光 



閃 

>100 


表乾約12小時 20 


完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


施工說明 

混合比率基料35539 固化劑95530=3.0 1.0(體積比) 

施工方法 

固化劑加入基料前必須攪勻 

無空氣噴塗或刷塗(補塗用) 

參見本品施工指導 

稀釋劑不必稀釋參見本品施工指導 

混合使用時間 1小時(20 ) 參見本品施工指導 

噴孔 0.48-0.79毫米 




漆膜厚度濕膜 300微米; 見備註 


重塗間隔見備註及本品施工指導

"老人"牌超強度氧漆35530 

安全 





預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處 

或空氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風 

表面處理作為高性能塗料或淡水艙用漆時 

噴砂至少達Sa2.5級標準表面粗糙度推薦為Rz最小100微米最大150微米相 

ISO粗糙度G級噴砂前用適宜的清潔劑去除油跡滑脂,用高壓淡水清除跡 

和其它汙物噴砂後仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和灰塵 

塗用於在水中暴露過的舊鋼材表面因在蝕部位鏽積垢嚴重,要求噴砂高 

壓淡水衝洗乾燥後,再乾噴砂一次如果鋼板表面已經達到了上面要求的粗糙度 

可直接用水衝洗 

混凝土用乳化劑清洗掉潤滑劑及汙物再用高壓淡水衝洗最好用噴砂法也可 

用機械處理火焰清理法或酸蝕法清除鬆散物質得到堅固粗糙的表面用封閉 

漆如“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 參見“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970 品說明書封 

閉表面 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品 

油漆本身的溫度最好高於15 而低於25 以利於施工為避免水汽凝結只能在乾 

燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面上施工相對濕度不超過85% 

在溫暖條件下最好用老人牌超強度氧漆45750替代本品作為高性能對於飲 

用水艙漆請查閱該品說明書 

先塗油漆無 “老人”牌封閉漆05970 “老人”牌氧漆15590 或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無 "老人"牌氧漆系列 "老人"牌聚氨酯漆系列或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 



漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥 

時間和重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為200-300微米 

重塗重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關(以300微米乾膜計) 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

大氣境 

腐蝕嚴重 

大氣境 

浸於水中腐蝕嚴重浸於水中 

“老人”牌氧漆 24小時 24小時 5天 5天 

“老人”牌聚氨酯 

漆 

12小時無關 24小時無關 

混合併攪拌本品雙組分至漆料顏色均勻才可施工 

如果要求暴露於日曬而顏色穩定則建議塗用"老人"牌聚氨酯面漆55210 

飲水艙漆膜乾透以前不得投入使用漆膜乾透以後裝飲用水前先灌滿水兩次 

每次至少浸泡24小時最後再用淡水衝洗也可用熱水衝洗水溫最高50 此 

類清洗必須遵守地有關規定 


公佈日期 2000年5月 3553010500CO002

老人牌超強度氧漆35530施工指導 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌超強度氧漆35530 品說明書的補充說明,內容包括“老 

人”牌超強度氧漆35530的表面處理,施工設備及施工的詳細說明 

表面處理作為高性能塗層或用於淡水艙時 

噴砂至少達Sa2.5 推薦表面粗糙度為Rz最小100微米最大150微米於ISO標準 

粗糙度G級噴砂前用適的清潔劑清洗掉表面的油脂,用高壓淡水清洗份及其 

它汙物 

底漆 

噴砂後,仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和灰塵老人牌氧漆15590可以用作噴沙 

塗用於暴露在水中的舊鋼材表面因鏽積垢嚴重,要求乾噴砂並高壓淡水衝洗; 

乾燥後,再乾噴砂一次 

混凝土混凝土要求質量好並且完全固化如普通水泥固化時間為28天表面濕度 

達到4%以下對毛細管作用及地下水也必須控制 

修補好所有劃痕裂縫及空隙表面處理後最小拉脫強度應達到20千磅/cm2 用噴 

砂法灼燒法或用適的清潔劑洗掉潤滑劑油脂及汙物使用清潔劑來處理時 

按下列方法 

再用淡水衝洗 

用淡水濕潤使混凝土表面吸水達到飽和用適合的清潔劑清洗後 

為了得到堅固粗糙的無灰塵及汙物的表面可用噴砂法高壓淡水衝洗或動力工 

具處理除去灰塵及鬆散物 

如不能使用機械處理可用酸蝕法建議使用5% w/w 的硝酸或磷酸溶液 

注意使用強酸必須特別小心必須懂得其安全使用方法 

為了防止酸腐蝕鋼筋結構酸蝕前應用淡水使混凝土表面飽和讓酸反應3-4分鐘 

後用淡水衝洗最好使用5%(w/w)的氫氧化鈉溶液擦洗乾燥後表面應粗糙且無 

鬆散物質 PH值在6.5—8.0之間如不符合以上條件則重新處理 

混凝土表面必須在20 65%相對濕度及良好通風條件下至少乾燥2天表面預處 

理後表面必須堅硬用小刀劃時僅有劃痕 

用“老人”牌氧封閉漆05970封閉表面除去多餘的油漆參見“老人”牌氧封閉 

漆05970 品說明書 

施工工具因 

求 

老人牌超強氧漆35530是一種無溶劑高粘度的塗料,所以對施工有特殊要 

標準的高效無空氣噴塗設備 

泵比率 

至少45 1(見注意事項) 

泵出量 

12升/分鐘(理論) 

進泵壓力最小0.6兆帕 

噴管 

最長15米內徑9.5毫米 


一般表面 

噴孔 

0.58-0.79毫米 

扇面 

40-60° 

複雜表面 

噴孔 

0.48-0.58毫米 

扇面 

40° 

注意事項避免使用吸管,選用可更換的管道以便清理硬化的漆塊如果需要較長 

的軟管,泵比率必須升至60 1及以上,並且保持較高的泵出量

“老人”牌超強度氧漆35530 

稀釋 

混合 


可加入1-2%的稀釋劑08450,但過量的稀釋會引起流掛,所以稀釋時必須小心謹慎 

塗裝飲用水艙不要稀釋 


固化劑95530與基料混合前應徹底攪勻 

無空氣熱噴塗設備 

使用與上述相同的無空氣噴塗泵 

混合後攪至顏色完全均勻 

在泵的輸出部位必須配有電加熱的防爆的耐高壓的物料加熱裝置 

可用最大功率為2500瓦工作壓力最好大於30兆帕(安全係數4-1)或類似的設備 

噴管 

45米,內徑9.5毫米; 

3米,內徑6.4毫米 

一般表面 

噴孔 

0.58-0.79毫米 

扇面 

40-60° 

複雜表面 

噴孔 

0.48-0.58毫米 

扇面 

40° 

無空氣熱噴塗的工序 

1)根據泵的說明書使用加熱器 

2)在周圍溫度低於15 時,使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08450或工具清洗劑 

99610循回流加熱軟管 

3)隨時備有稀釋劑08450或清洗劑99610供設備的快速清洗之用 

4)適 

塗 

的混合和機械攪拌基料35539與固化劑95530,在混合達到要求後,立即開始噴 

5)把加熱器溫度調至50 左右,並經常檢查 

6)噴塗應盡量不間斷地進行任何間斷若超過2-3分鐘,即關閉加熱器用第3)條提及 

的任一種溶劑迅速徹底清洗設備 

7)噴塗完成後,關閉加熱器,立即用08450或99610清洗設備至少連續 

循清洗30分鐘以上 

混合使用時間標準條件下測得的混合使用期為1小時(20 ) 但是,在20升混合量中基料與固化劑 

劇烈的化學反應使實際的混合使用時間縮短因此 

•無論何種設備,混合好後都應立即使用油漆正常的塗漆速度是約在10分鐘內用完20升油漆 

•隨時觀察油漆的溫度,可用手觸摸容器,若比手溫熱,則不管何種設備都應丟棄油漆並立即清洗設備 

油漆溫度若油漆混合溫度約15 以下,則其粘度在施工時會太高 

若混合時漆溫高於25 ,則很可能使油漆混合使用時間縮短,並在混合容器和噴塗設 

備中發生固化若在溫帶亞熱帶及熱帶境中施工,則施工前可用冷藏箱儲存並 

冷卻本品 

施工 

漆膜形成及連續性用本品施塗一度艙漆時重要的就是要得一個連續的無針 

孔的漆膜全部表面必須採用一種恰的施工方法以確保完好的漆膜組成噴嘴 

尺寸不能太大噴槍和地面之間的距離要適並保持不變一般在30 50釐米之間 

對邊角小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗一般的方法是全塗一度以後再在 

上述部位分別施塗一度而且通常在這些部位採取刷塗為保證噴出的漆料霧化 

良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴塗設備有較高的噴出壓力和噴出量


刷塗 


諸如邊角銲縫以及噴塗難以覆蓋到的部位,必須用漆刷在噴塗前或噴塗後手工刷 

塗一般需要刷塗一至二度,視具體情況而定本品除用在飲用水艙刷塗外,可用稀 

釋劑08450稍微稀釋 

額外漆膜厚度對於剝蝕嚴重或需要高抗磨蝕性的區域,有必要額外塗厚漆膜 

雙度施工若雙度漆施工,建議首度漆塗得比二度漆厚一 ,例如第一度300微米厚,第二度200 

微米厚 

重塗間隔下列重塗間隔是以最大相對濕度85%為條件的 h表示小時 d表示天 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

“老人”牌氧 

漆系列 

“老人”牌聚氨 

酯漆系列 

最小 

最大 

最小 

最大 

60h 

13d 

30h 

60h 

38h 

8d 

19h 

38h 

24h 

5d 

12h 

24h 

16h 

3.5d 

8h 

16h 

12h 

2.5d 

6h 

12h 

9h 

44h 

4.5h 

9h 

8h 

36h 

本品漆層在重塗前不可暴露於(鋼板)溫度10 以下或凝露濕度或相對濕度高於85% 

的境中 

固化時間不同條件下的固化時間如下 

鋼板溫度 

完全固化天 

初固化時間天 

4h 

8h 

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

水艙啟用通常本品漆膜完全固化之前不得使用船艙見上表 

飲用水艙必須等漆膜完全固化後才可使用 

壓載水艙及原油艙特殊情況下可在初固化後使用(見上表) 

耐水性 

18 

7.5 

11 

5 

本品初固化後耐微雨和凝露的時間如下表 

7 

3 

5 

2 

3.5 

1.5 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 

最短時間 60小時 32小時 24小時 20小時 15小時 

注意 35530系列多塗層配套時,每一塗層間不得暴露於水中或高濕度情況下否則 

會使固化劑滲出從而減弱附著力如果表面已有滲出物用接近手溫且壓力約6兆 

帕淡水全面清洗以除掉滲出的固化劑在上表提到的得耐水性的最小固化時間以 

前不應進行上述清潔 

若有疑問請與海虹老人牌公司技術服務部聯繫 

2.5 

1 

2 

1



通風要求油漆乾燥和固化時不需要大量通風但需要適量的通風以除去施工生的漆霧 

最小下水間隔出塢後塗漆表面將即刻暴露於磨蝕境時,所需要的最短固化時間如下 

備注 

安全 

鋼板溫度( ) 10 15 20 25 30 (35) (40) 

最小(天) 12.5 8 5 3.5 2.5 (2) (1.5) 

若船只下水的水溫在10 或以上漆膜暴露於磨蝕境前有足夠的時間可完全固 

化,下水前的最短固化時間為 

鋼板溫度( ) 10 15 20 25 30 (35) (40) 

最小(天) 7.5 5 3 2 1.5 (1) (1) 

注意 1.上表中的溫度只是個平均值但是固化期間的溫度不得低於10 

2.如果水溫在10 以上,固化可在水中進行 

船艙建議用刷塗法施工 

鏽蝕嚴重的部位經處理後漆膜應塗厚一 






公佈日期 2000年5月 3553010500CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920 

硬化劑99020 

"老人"牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920是一種雙組份高固體份高性能內襯塗料以間苯二甲 

酸聚酯丙烯酸共聚物為基料並經玻璃鱗片強化本品可以使用標準的高性能無空 

氣噴塗設備做厚塗層塗裝 

1.作為易受磨損和衝撞表面的防鏽塗料 

2.作為施工和海水浸泡之間需短暫間隔(如在20 時間隔6小時)的待塗表面的防鏽 

塗料 

使用溫度乾燥時在水中(最大溫差35 ) 

(最大) 140 80 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11630——黄色/20820(RAL1006) 

漆面啞光 



閃 

26 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


儲存期半年(25 ) 儲存期視儲存溫度而定如儲存溫度超過25 儲存期相應減少如 

超過儲存期儲存溫度不得超過40 

施工說明 

混合比率基料35929 硬化劑99020=97.5 1.5(體積比) 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗/滾塗(參見本品施工指導 ) 

稀釋劑不必稀釋(參見本品施工指導 ) 

混合使用時間 45分鐘(20 )(參見本品施工指導 ) 

噴孔 0.76~1.52毫米 



工具清洗苯乙烯和甲乙酮(參見本品施工指導 ) 



最小重塗間隔自重塗 2小時(20 ) 它重塗 16小時(20 ) 

最大重塗間隔 3天(20 ) 

安全 





"老人"牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂至少達Sa2.5級標準表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的 

No.3,BN11,Keane-Tator比較板5.5G/S或ISO粗糙度G級噴砂前用適宜的清潔劑去除 

油跡滑脂,用(高壓)淡水清除跡和其它汙物噴砂後仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和 

灰塵 

維修在暴露過的舊鋼材表面因在蝕部位鏽積垢嚴重,要求先水噴洗或濕噴 

砂再乾噴砂或者先乾噴砂再高壓淡水衝洗乾燥後再乾噴砂一次 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度最 

好高於15 而低於25 以利於施工為避免水汽凝結只能在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高 

於露的表面上施工相對濕度不超過85% 在狹窄空間施工和固化期間須提供足 

夠通風 



備注漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度乾膜厚度正常範圍為650~750微 

米最小乾膜厚度為500微米最大乾膜厚度為1250微米 

體積固體含量本品的理論固體含量為100% 但是在實際施工過程中過量加 

入的某組份反應物會揮發掉揮發量約為0.035千克/升而且固化後的漆膜會收 

縮約6% 這些因素決定了本品的體積固體含量為90% 塗布率為1.4米 2 /升(以650 

微米乾膜計) 

如果施工在極端不利的條件下進行油漆的損耗會更大從而使本品的理論塗 

布率降低至約1.2米 2 /升(以650微米乾膜計) 但是這並不影響漆膜的固化 

注意 


公佈日期 2000年7月-3592011630

老人牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920施工指導 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920 品說明書的補充說明,內容包括“老 

人”牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920的表面處理,施工設備及施工的詳細說明 

表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑清洗掉表面的油脂,用高壓淡水清洗份及其它汙物 

噴砂至Sa2.5 表面粗糙度相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,BN11 Keane-Tator比較板 

5.5G/S或ISO粗糙度G級噴砂後,仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和灰塵在蝕表面因 

鏽積垢嚴重,要求乾噴砂並高壓淡水衝洗;乾燥後,再乾噴砂一次 

施工工具因35920是一種高粘度的塗料,所以對施工有特殊要求 

標準的高效無空氣噴塗設備 

泵比率至少45 1(見注意事項) 

泵出量 12升/分鐘(理論) 

進泵壓力最小0.6兆帕 

噴管最長15米內徑9.5毫米(尼內襯); 


一般表面 

噴孔 0.76~1.52毫米 

扇面 40~60° 

注意事項避免使用吸管,選用可更換的管道以便清理硬化的漆塊雖然特氟隆 

(PTFE)密封圈對小工程來說是可行的但是最好用皮革密封圈如果需要較長的軟 

管可以加長50米(內徑12.7毫米) 泵比率必須升至60 1以上,並且保持較高的泵 

出量施工開始前應拆掉過濾器並用苯乙烯清洗軟管 

稀釋 

混合 

可加入最大量為5%的苯乙烯,但過量的稀釋會引起流掛,所以稀釋時必須小心謹慎 


鋼板溫度在10 ~20 之間 

在基料35929中加入半瓶硬化劑99020 混合1分鐘加入另一半瓶硬化劑99020 繼 

續攪拌直至徹底攪勻(約2分鐘) 

啟動前必須用苯乙烯清洗泵 

噴塗停止時應用少量苯乙烯衝洗設備再用甲乙酮衝洗至少15分鐘什時候繼 

續噴塗什時候用苯乙烯衝洗 

在衝洗操作時泵的運行速度應較快並小心謹慎確保設備徹底衝洗乾淨 

鋼板溫度20 以上 

1 在基料35929中加入一瓶硬化劑99020 用機械攪拌器徹底攪勻 

在基料35929中加入阻聚劑99190後必須等待至少5分鐘才可加入硬化劑99020 

2 按照混合項下所述的方法加入硬化劑 

阻聚劑決不可以在加入硬化劑99020以後加入如若不然阻聚劑的加入會嚴重影 

響固化反應 

混合使用時間標準條件下測得的混合使用期為45分鐘(20 ) 但是,在20升混合量中基料與硬化劑 

劇烈的化學反應生大量的熱使實際的混合使用時間大大縮短因此 

•無論何種設備,混合好後都應立即使用油漆正常的塗漆速度是約在10分鐘內用完 

20升油漆 

•隨時觀察油漆的溫度,可用手觸摸容器,若比手溫熱,則不管何種設備都應丟棄油漆 

並立即清洗設備

老人牌玻璃鱗片聚酯漆35920 


油漆溫度若油漆混合溫度約15 以下,則其粘度在施工時會太高若混合時漆溫高於25 ,則 

很可能使油漆混合使用時間縮短,並在混合容器和噴塗設備中發生固化若在溫帶 

亞熱帶及熱帶境中施工,則施工前可用冷藏箱儲存並冷卻本品 

刷塗諸如邊角銲縫以及噴塗難以覆蓋到的部位,必須用漆刷在噴塗前後手工補塗一 

般需要刷塗一至二度視具體情況而定 

額外漆膜厚度對於剝蝕嚴重或需要高抗磨蝕性的區域,有必要額外塗厚漆膜 

漆膜厚度濺汙區 1500微米濺汙區以下的浸泡區 1000微米甲板 750微米 

重塗間隔下列重塗間隔是以最大相對濕度85%為條件的 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

用35920 最小 5小時 3小時 2小時 1.5小時 1小時 (45分) 

重塗最大 7.5天 5天 3天 2天 1.5小時 (1天) 

用其它油 

漆重塗 

最小 

最大 

32小時 

7.5天 

24小時 

5天 

16小時 

3天 

12小時 

2天 

8小時 

1.5天 

(6小時) 

(1天) 

本品漆層在重塗前不可暴露於(鋼板)溫度10 以下或凝露或相對濕度高於85%的 

境中 

工具清洗先用苯乙烯衝洗設備然後用甲乙酮清洗乾淨 

固化時間不同條件下的固化時間如下 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

完全固化 18天 11天 7天 5天 3.5天 (2.5天) 

啟用 

備注 

安全 


若啟用後塗漆表面將暴露於惡劣境(如暴露於化學品重載磨損和拉扯等) 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化時間 7.5天 5天 3天 2天 1.5天 (1天) 

若啟用後塗漆表面將不暴露於惡劣境(如僅暴露於輕載磨損等) 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化時間 60小時 40小時 24小時 16小時 12小時 (8小時) 

按下列時間初固化後本品耐平靜海水浸泡 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 (35 ) 

最小固化時間 15小時 10小時 6小時 5小時 4小時 (3小時) 

注意 

1 上表中的溫度為平均值但是固化期間的溫度不得低於10 

2 如水溫高於10 那即使在水下本品也會固化 

3 如不按上述要求在暴露海水前完全固化那漆膜表面會顯著變色 

對於噴塗難以覆蓋到的部位,建議用刷塗對於剝蝕嚴重的部位建議塗厚一 

為保證在低表面溫度下充分固化以及在任何溫度下形成無針孔的漆膜施工本品的 

濕膜厚度必須高於600微米 





特性 

用途 

“老人”牌醇酸中間漆42460是一種頗為快乾的醇酸漆 

老人牌醇酸中間漆42460 

作為醇酸系列漆的中間漆塗用在輕微至中等腐蝕性境下的鋼板木材和灰泥等 

材料的內外表面 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫為120 

批準 

經丹德國有關構根據“國際海事組織”MSC61 67 決議批準本品為“低火 

焰傳播材料” 

本品已經得了德國和丹 EC-類檢驗認證 

物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000 

漆面平光 



閃 

38 


指觸乾 


約4小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 082300823008230 

(最大用量) 5%15%5% 

噴孔 0.38-0.46毫米 







安全 






“老人”牌醇酸中間漆42460 




先塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆或按規定塗裝 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸磁漆或按規定塗裝 

備注 

注意 

部分證書頒發時本品編號為4246 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域調整漆膜厚度但這會影響塗布率乾燥時間稀 

釋 “老人”牌稀釋劑08080適用於噴塗法施工但有造成剛施工不久的“老人”牌醇 

酸漆起皺的危險 

重塗重塗間隔與以後所暴露的境有關以40微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 

老人牌醇酸漆(僅以 

白節水為稀釋劑) 



5小時 8小時無關 7天 


加塗前若先塗漆膜暴露於汙染境須用高壓淡水將表面衝淨任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 4246010000CO017

特性 

用途 


固化劑95010 

老人牌氧漆45080是一種厚漿改性雙組份氧漆其漆膜具有良好的抗水, 

抗礦物油和脂肪族碳氫化合物的能力耐磨損,耐撞擊耐芳烴強溶劑及酸和氧 

化性物質的能力有限最小固化溫度為-10 

作為無最大重塗間隔要求的“老人”牌氧漆或聚氨酯漆配套的中間漆 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫達120 見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰白/11630-灰色/12170 可根據需要提供其它顏色 

漆面啞光 


理論塗布率 6.4米 2 /升(以75微米乾膜厚計) 

閃 

30 


表面乾約1.5小時(20 ) 


完全固化 7天(20 ) 



495克/升 

施工說明 

混合比率基料45089 固化劑95010=8.4 1.6(體積比) 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 


噴孔 0.38-0.53毫米 

噴出壓力 15.0兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整) 

工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清洗劑99610或稀釋劑08450 





安全 





“老人”牌氧漆45080 


施工條件為避免水汽凝結,表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露僅在施工及固化得以正常進行 

的-10 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度一定要高於-10 在狹窄空間 

施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧底漆/中間漆或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌聚氨酯面漆或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 



漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域改變漆膜厚度,這樣會影響塗布率,乾燥時間和重 

塗間隔一般乾膜厚度在50—125微米 

重塗重塗前徹底清除雜質在長間隔後更需仔細清潔建議在重塗前作小塊試驗 

檢查清洗是否乾淨 

重塗間隔(與以後暴露境有關) 以75微米乾膜計 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 

大氣境 

重塗油漆中等嚴重中等嚴重 

老人牌聚氨酯面漆 4小時 8小時無* 無* 

*如對表面處理是否適有疑問可以再薄薄施塗一度本品以確保加塗油漆的附著力 

本品僅適用於專業用途

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 

高溫固化劑97820 

低到中溫固化劑97430 

“老人”牌氧漆4514是一種雙組份聚酰胺加成物固化氧漆良好的濕潤性和較低 

水滲透率本品可自作底漆堅韌的漆膜可耐磨損碰撞耐海水礦物油和脂肪 

烴溶劑也耐柴油汽油潤滑油及相應品的濺汙本品對穀物無害 

1.可作為高性能漆配套的厚漿底漆中間漆和/或面漆 (外觀在裝飾性要求不高時 

可作面漆) 

2.可作為氧漆系列的修補漆在溫度 10 以上施工用於高標準的表面處理難以 

達到的艙蓋甲板貨艙等部位 

3.可作為壓載艙漆 

45143在低溫條件下使用 45141在較高溫條件下使用參見施工指導 

使用溫度乾燥最大150 

壓載艙水中耐正常的周圍海水溫度* 


其它液體請向海虹老人牌塗料有限公司有關部門咨詢 

*不得長時間浸泡在負溫差海水中 

物理參數 

混合品 45141 45143 

顏色/色號紅色/50630 紅色/50630 可根據需求提供其它顏色 


體積固體含量 60 1 60 1 

理論塗布率 4.0米 2 /升 4.0米 2 /升以150微米乾膜計 

閃 

25 25 


表面乾 : 約4小時(20 ) 約5小時(5 ) 

指觸乾約7小時(20 ) 約11小時(5 ) 

完全固化 


約7天(20 ) 約20天(5 ) 

物含量(V.O.C): 385克/升 385克/升 

施工說明 

45141 45143 

混合比例基料45148 固化劑97820 基料45148 固化劑97430 

3 1 體積比 3 1 體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗無空氣噴塗刷塗 

稀釋劑 08450 08450 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 5 5 

(見備註) (見備註) 

混合使用期 2小時(20 ) 4小時(20 ) 2小時(15 ) 4小時(15 )(見備註) 

噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌工具清潔劑99610或稀釋劑08450

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 




安全 




不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護. 如果吞服或其它直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採 

取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或 


表面處理新鋼材─ 自作底漆時表面處理根據配套說明而定用作高性能配套的中間塗 

層時噴砂至Sa2.5級參閱本品的施工指導 

新鋼材壓載艙及類似部位─噴砂至Sa2.5級,SSPC-SP-10 如需臨時保護表面可 

塗上適的車間底漆最後塗漆前將儲存與加工中破損的車間底漆及汙染部位清理 

乾淨最好噴砂處理用4514補塗 

不鏽鋼(裝化學品的壓載艙)--噴砂至均勻尖銳密集的粗糙表面,ISO比較板的中 

等(G),相於Rz最小50微米噴砂前需清除所有的份,油脂等汙物 

維修與保養─用適的清潔劑去除油脂等汙物高壓淡水清洗掉跡和其它汙物 

用動力工具清除鏽跡及鬆散物質至St3級局部修補或噴砂處理至Sa2級,最好至 

Sa2.5級良好的表面處理將提高4514的性能也可用水噴至最小WJ-3級,最好是 

WJ-2級(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12),施工前可允許閃鏽等級最大FR-2級(HEMPEL標 

準),磨平邊角掃除殘餘物 

在蝕的表面,過量的殘留物需用水衝洗,濕噴砂後,用高壓淡水衝洗,乾燥,最後再 

乾噴砂 

施工條件為避免水汽凝結須在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面才能施工 45143的固 

化條件在-10 以上,而45141則在較溫暖的氣候條件下使用溫度在15 -25 之 

間時,從45143到45141轉換最方便在不被浸泡的地方 45143的固化條件最低可到 

0 油漆溫度在18-22 時噴塗效果最佳本品應存放在陰涼處油漆溫度低於 

15 或噴塗設備軟管很長時須稀釋本品但這將降低漆膜厚度並延長乾燥時間 

在狹窄處施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 


加塗油漆無或按規定塗飾 

備注 

請參閱本品的施工指導 


批準 :經“勞氏船級社”認可為防腐蝕塗料經英國"紐卡斯爾職業健康協會"檢測 

本品對穀物無污染經德國勞氏船級社認可作為壓載艙漆 

根據BS476Part7:1987(耐火試驗)標準,本品屬一級材料 

符合美國食品和藥物管理局審批的 

1000m 

聯邦條例第175.300章關於在內表面積大於 

2 空間運輸乾食物的規定 

耐老化/使用溫度作為氧塗料本品露天暴露易粉化並且在高溫下更易受機 

械和化學作用的影響 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和 

重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為125─175微米 

稀釋 :稀釋量超過5%會引起膜厚降低和延長乾燥/固化時間兩組份須充分混合

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 

注意 


誘導時間:如果油漆溫度低於10 混合後應預反應30分鐘後方可施塗 

重塗間隔重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關參閱本品施工指導 

在汙染境暴露後重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗表面任其自乾 

若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力 


公佈日期 2000年5月—4514350630CO002/4514150630CO003

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143施工指導 


低到中溫固化劑97430 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌氧漆4514 品說明書的補充說明內容包括“老人”牌 

氧漆4514的表面處理施工設備及塗裝 

表面處理一般情況─ 

建議採取噴砂清潔表面以發揮最佳油漆性能但是對於那些要求高性能塗層而不 

能作機械清理和除塵清除跡和油性汙染除外的表面本品也可塗在鏽蝕的鋼 

板表面 

用適的清潔劑去除油脂與油汙物用高壓淡水清洗掉份及其它汙物 

維修與保養─ 

局部修補用動力工具清除鏽跡及鬆散物質至St3級或噴砂處理至Sa2級,最好至 

Sa2.5級良好的表面處理將提高4514的性能也可使用水噴至最小WJ-3級,最好是 

WJ-2級(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12),施工前可允許閃鏽等級一級最大FR-2級 

(HEMPEL標準),磨平邊角掃除鬆散物質補塗至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性─除氧漆與聚氨酯漆外本品還可與其它普通油漆聯用但在補塗前絕對 

要求舊漆膜附著緊實而且處理良好建議做小試檢查 

全塗 

與舊配套相溶─本品可直接塗在附著力尚強的舊醇酸漆表面另外舊漆膜厚度最 

好少於500微米在決定全部塗漆前應做小試本品甚至也可塗在舊氯化橡膠或 

丙烯酸漆和乙烯漆配套表面但日後在機械損傷部位和類似的薄弱節漆膜容易咬 

起這主要是因為下面一層熱塑性舊漆膜與較硬的4514漆膜的物理性質不同造成 

的 

舊油漆配套的清除─也可以機械清除掉全部舊漆層再塗本品但必須考慮到機械處 

理會使表面太光滑從而降低漆膜的附著力 

注意機械處理時,殘留的堅硬的黑色鏽片因被打磨得很光滑將會引起漆膜脫落 

清潔階段堅硬的黑鏽片不斷氧化變得薄弱無法牢牢地附在鋼板表面在日後的使 

用中這些鏽片連同上面的漆膜會一起剝落下來 

用於浸泡區域─ 

噴砂至Sa2.5級噴砂後仔細清掃掉表面的砂粒和塵埃若需要臨時保護 

可塗用適的車間底漆最後塗裝之前徹底清理掉儲存與裝配期間破損的車間底 

漆和沾上的汙物 

不鏽鋼─ 化學物品貨輪的壓載艙對不鏽鋼表面進行噴砂處理使其形成均勻稠 

密的尖銳粗糙表面表面粗糙度為ISO比較板中等G級相於Rz最小 50微米 

噴砂前須清除掉全部跡和油脂等汙物 

若本品用作高性能漆配套中的一部分以防止碰撞和磨損時將其直接塗在噴砂 

清潔過的鋼板表面可得最佳效果另外也可用“老人”牌氧漆15590作“噴砂底 

漆” 

注意塗用於舊船底和類似的腐蝕表面因鏽積垢嚴重要求濕噴砂乾噴砂交 

替進行再用高壓淡水衝洗乾燥後再乾噴砂一次

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 


施工設備因4514是一種高粘度的塗料所以對施工有特殊要求 








篩網 60目 


噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 

扇面 60─80° 



扇面 40° 

施工 

施工完成後立即用“老人”牌工具清洗劑99610清洗設備 

注意增加軟管內徑將會增加油漆流量從而增大噴塗扇面如果需要較長的軟 

管泵比率必須升至60:1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 


小心謹慎 

的稀釋劑08450,但過多的稀釋會減少漆膜厚度所以稀釋時必須 


成膜施工時經過一度或數度的塗裝必須形成一個連貫的無針孔的漆膜因此 

施工人員必須採用能確保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的噴塗技術施工時噴孔尺寸必 

須適宜不要太大噴槍離表面的距離必須適均勻保持在30─50cm之間 

對邊角小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗通常在這些部位採取刷塗為保 

證噴出的漆料霧化良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴塗設備有較高的噴出壓 

力和噴出量如果施工溫度較高可多加些稀釋劑以免乾噴 

噴塗後的漆層必須均勻並盡可能符合規定要求此外,還必須控制油漆消耗,避免漆 

層過厚以免流掛乾裂和溶劑殘留成膜必須均勻光滑如有灰塵砂粒乾噴 

等象必須清除乾淨 

對於表面處理較差的部位 

但需要多塗一層 

建議首度採用刷塗額外的稀釋有利於油漆的滲透性 

濕/乾膜厚度 4514的觸變性使剛施工過的表面很不平坦而乾後就可平整光滑所以要求實際的 

濕膜厚度略比規定的高一一般情況實際濕膜厚度比規定的高出25─50微米 

由於波浪狀的漆膜乾後變得較為平整所以濕膜厚度略高不會造成比規定更多的消 

耗 

混合使用時間標準條件下測得的混合使用時間為2小時 15 固化劑97430 但是在20 

升混合量中基料和固化劑的化學反應所生的熱相對縮短了實際的混合使用時間 

因此在以上溫度下混合好後應立即使用油漆正常的塗漆速度是在約10分鐘內 

用完20升油漆若漆料溫度低於15 先讓混合漆料預反應30分鐘再立刻施塗

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 


安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參考 





發佈日期 2001年9月 4514350630CO001/4514150630CO003 

附物理參數與溫度關係表 

關於重塗間隔下列內容是非常重要的 

最大重塗間隔 

如超過最大重塗間隔不論何種加塗油漆都需要磨粗表面以確保漆磨間的附著力 

或者在用非“老人”牌氧塗料重塗時根據下列有關重塗的指引額外施塗一層薄 

薄的本品 

較長的重塗間隔 

表面必須完全乾淨以確保漆膜間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔較長時 

用適的清潔劑去除一切灰塵油脂等再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份 

另外必須去除由於長時間暴露引起的退化表面層可用水噴射去除退化表面層 

如使用得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑問請向海虹老人牌塗料公 

司咨詢 

為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試驗

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 

物理參數與以45141,150微米乾膜厚度計 

溫度間的關係 


表面溫度 20 30 

乾燥時間小時 


7小時 

7天 


用46330 46410 56360重塗的間隔 



浸泡 




6小時 

8小時 

8小時 

11小時 

11小時 

3.5小時 

3.5天 

3小時 

4小時 

4小時 

6小時 

6小時 




浸泡** 

8小時 

9小時 

12小時 


用46410,46330重塗的間隔 



浸泡* 







12小時 

12小時 

10小時 

10小時 

10小時 

3天 

1.5天 




浸泡*** 

無關 

無關 

30天 




浸泡 

10天 

3天 

無關 

4小時 

5小時 

6小時 

6小時 

6小時 

5小時 

5小時 

5小時 

36小時 

18小時 

無關 

無關 

15天 

5天 

36小時 

無關 

*僅46330適於浸泡 


***根據本地的實際情況適的延長最大重塗間隔 

如想得進一步的建議請與本公司聯繫

“老人”牌氧漆45141/45143 


物理參數與 

溫度間的關係以45143,150微米乾膜厚度計 

表面溫度 -10 0 10 20 

乾燥時間小時 


35小時 

2月 


用46330 46410 56360重塗的間隔 



浸泡 




28小時 

36小時 

36小時 

無關 

無關 

14小時 

28天 

14小時 

18小時 

18小時 

無關 

無關 




浸泡** 

36小時 

45小時 

54小時 


用46410,46330重塗的間隔 



浸泡* 







4天 

4天 

3天 

2.5天 

2.5天 

無關 

無關 




浸泡*** 

無關 

無關 

(90天) 




90天 

30天 

18小時 

23小時 

27小時 

45小時 

45小時 

36小時 

34小時 

34小時 

無關 

無關 

無關 

無關 

90天 

45天 

15天 

*僅46330適於此種浸泡 


***根據本地的實際情況適的延長最大重塗間隔 

如想得進一步的建議請與本公司聯繫 

7小時 

14天 

6小時 

8小時 

8小時 

12小時 

12小時 

8小時 

10小時 

12小時 

20小時 

20小時 

16小時 

15小時 

15小時 

6天 

3天 

無關 

無關 

60天 

20天 

6天 

4小時 

7天 

3小時 

4小時 

4小時 

6小時 

6小時 

4小時 

5小時 

6小時 

10小時 

10小時 

8小時 

7.5小時 

7.5小時 

3天 

1.5天 

無關 

無關 

30天 

10天 

3天

特性 

用途 


固化劑95450 

“老人”牌氧漆45150是一種雙組份高固體份聚胺固化氧漆本品可形成較 

好自作底漆 

1.特別適於作為修補漆用於那些無法達到高質量表面處理而需和舊漆有良好相容 

性的部位有利於在補塗時形成高乾漆模厚度的塗層 

2.可作為油漆配套中的厚漿底漆中間漆和/或面漆用於那些要求低溶劑含量及高漆 

膜厚度的部位作為面漆只適用於對面漆裝飾性要求不高的地方 


最高耐溫 80 30 

見備註 

批準 

物理參數 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”檢測本品對穀物無害根據1987年版英國標準 

BS476第七章本品屬於級材料耐火試驗 

顏色/色號紅色/50630——灰色/12170 * 

漆面半光 


理論塗布率 4.1米 2 /升(以200微米乾膜厚計) 

閃 

25 




完全固化 7天(20 ) 



170克/升 

施工說明 

混合比率基料45159 固化劑95450 1 1(體積比) 


稀釋劑 08450 08450(見施工指導) 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

混合使用時間 2小時(20 ) 3小時(20 ) 

噴孔 0.48-0.58毫米(見施工指導) 



漆膜厚度乾膜 200微米 

濕膜 250微米; 


安全 





“老人”牌氧漆45150 


表面處理維修和保養—用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物,用動力 

工具清理破損部位至St3級局部修補或用乾噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級,最好Sa2.5 

級良好的表面處理會改善“老人”牌氧漆4515的性能可用水噴代替乾洗清理 

至WJ-3級,最好WJ-2級 NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12 施工前許可的最大閃蝕度為FR-2 

級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角清除殘餘物補塗使其達到原漆膜厚度 

對蝕表面殘留的分用水噴濕噴砂清理用高壓淡水衝洗乾後再乾噴砂一 

次 

新鋼材—若用作中間漆和/或面漆,表面處理按照" 品說明書"中關於先塗底漆("老 

人"牌氧底漆)的說明若用作底漆使用表面處理按照規定進行含硅富鋅漆 

見施工指導 

施工條件施工表面須乾燥潔淨僅在施工及固化得以正常進行的15 以上溫度條件下使用 

本品油漆本身的溫度也不得低於15 

若高溫下施工,應在徹底混合與攪拌後立即施塗見備註 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

先塗油漆無,或按規定先塗本品可直接塗用於已噴塗有硅酸鋅漆和金屬的表面參見本 

品施工指導 

加塗油漆無,或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

請參閱本品的施工指導 


耐老化/使用溫度本品露天暴露易粉化漆膜在高溫下更易受機械和化學作用的 

影響 

可根據使用目的和區域改變漆膜厚度,這樣會影響塗布率,乾燥時間和重塗間隔乾 

膜厚度正常範圍為150—250微米關於濕膜厚度測量,請參閱本品的施工指導 

若刷塗施工每度漆的乾膜厚度範圍為100 125微米 

注意在某些倉儲為便於乾膜厚度要求為75 150微米的噴塗施工可提供與 

本品配套使用的低粘度固化劑95454 刷塗法施塗本品如要求漆面平滑也應使 

用此種固化劑如想瞭解更多的信息請與海虹老人牌公司聯繫 

混合使用時間取決於包裝規格和溫度若包裝規格較大且溫度為35 ,混合使用時 

間就減至15分鐘 

淺色在陽光中暴露後會氾 ,而遇熱會變暗 

重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關參閱本品的施工指導 

在汙染境暴露後重塗前用高壓淡水徹底衝洗表面任其自乾 

若超過最大重塗間隔應將底漆表面打磨粗糙以確保漆膜間的附著力 


公佈日期 2000年9月–4515050630CO005

“老人”牌氧漆45150施工指導 

固化劑95450 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌氧漆45150 品說明書的補充說明內容包括“老人” 

牌氧漆45150的表面處理施工設備及塗裝 

表面處理一般情況─ 

建議採取噴砂或高壓淡水噴洗清潔表面以發揮最佳油漆性能但是對於那些要求 

高性能塗層而不能作機械清理和除塵清除跡和油汙除外的表面本品也可塗 

在表面清潔不好的鋼板表面提供最好的防護 

“老人”牌氧漆45150含較高的固體份,可減少溶劑截留和增強與其它種類油漆的 

相溶性 

用適的清潔劑去除油脂與油汙等用高壓淡水清洗掉份及其它汙物 

維修與保養─ 

破損區域的修補─用動力工具清理破損部位至St3級小面積或用乾噴砂法清理 

至最小Sa2級,最好Sa2.5級良好的表面處理會改善“老人”牌氧漆45150的性能 

可用水噴代替乾洗清理至WJ-3級,最好WJ-2級 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施 

工前許可的最大閃蝕度為FR 2級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角掃刷掉鬆散物質 

補塗至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性─除氧漆與聚氨酯漆外本品還可與其它普通油漆聯用但在補塗前絕對 

要求舊漆膜附著緊實而且處理良好建議做小試檢查 

全塗 

與舊配套相溶─因溶劑含量較低本品可直接塗在附著力尚強的舊醇酸漆表面另 

外舊漆膜厚度最好少於500微米在決定全部塗漆前應做小試本品甚至也可 

塗在舊氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆和乙烯漆配套表面但日後在機械損傷部位和類似的薄 

弱節漆膜容易咬起這主要是因為下面一層熱塑性舊漆膜與較硬的45150漆膜的 

物理性質不同造成的 

舊油漆配套的清除─也可以機械清除掉全部舊漆層再塗本品但必須考慮到機械處 

理會使表面太光滑從而降低漆膜的附著力 

注意機械處理時會把堅硬的黑色鏽片打磨得很光滑而顯不出任何影響附著力的跡 

象但是清潔階段表面暴露於空氣而使堅硬的黑鏽片不斷氧化變得薄弱無法牢牢 

地附在鋼板表面在日後的使用中這些鏽片連同上面的漆膜會一起剝落下來 

用於浸泡區域─ 

用適的清潔劑去除油脂與油汙等用高壓淡水清洗掉份及其它汙物用動 

力工具清理破損部位至St3級小面積或用乾噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級,最好噴砂 

至Sa2.5級良好的表面處理會改善“老人”牌氧漆45150的性能可用水噴代替乾 

洗清理至WJ-3級,最好WJ-2級 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前許可的最大 

閃蝕度為FR-2級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角掃刷掉鬆散物質補塗至原漆膜厚 

度 

注意塗用於在海水中浸泡過的舊鋼板表面因蝕部位的鏽積垢嚴重要求濕 

噴砂乾噴砂交替進行再用高壓淡水衝洗乾燥後再乾噴砂一次 

新鋼材 

用作中間漆和/或面漆時按先塗底漆 “老人”牌氧底漆品說明書的要求進 

行表面處理自作底漆時按規定進行在“老人”牌硅酸鋅底漆上施塗本品時硅 

酸鋅塗層經過固化充分後可以施塗“老人”牌45150 

參照有關硅酸鋅底漆的施工指導用適的清潔劑除去油脂等 

用高壓淡水衝洗去除份和其它汙物在高濕度境暴露後必須用高淡水衝洗 

仔細清除鋅和“白鏽” 若有必要還可用堅硬的尼刷刷除

“老人”牌氧漆45150 











噴孔 0.53 0.64毫米 

扇面 60° 


噴孔 0.48 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 

施工完成後立即用“老人”牌稀釋劑08450或工具清洗劑99610清洗設備 

注意增加軟管內徑將會增加油漆流量從而增大噴塗扇面如果需要較長的軟管 

泵比率必須升至60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量也可最多加入5 的稀釋劑 

08450 但過多的稀釋會引起流掛所以稀釋時必須小心謹慎 


施工 

成膜施工時每一度的塗裝必須形成一個連續的無針孔的漆膜因此施工人員 

必須採用能確保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的噴塗技術施工時噴孔尺寸必須適宜 

不要太大噴槍離表面的距離必須適均勻保持在30─50cm之間對邊角 

小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗通常在這些部位採取刷塗為保證噴出的 

漆料霧化良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴塗設備有較高的噴出壓力和噴 

出量如果施工溫度較高可多加些稀釋劑以免乾噴 

噴塗後的漆層必須均勻並盡可能符合規定要求此外還必須控制油漆消耗避免 

漆層過厚以免流掛和乾裂 

成膜必須均勻光滑如有灰塵砂粒乾噴等象必須清除乾淨 

對於表面處理較差的部位建議首度採用刷塗額外的稀釋有利於油漆的滲透性 


確保在噴塗有硅酸鋅漆 “老人”牌硅酸鋅底漆或金屬塗層的表面上施塗本品時沒 

有起泡象用至少30%的“老人”牌稀釋劑08450稀釋閃噴一度約24小時 20 

後再全塗一度本方法僅適用於“老人”牌氧漆45150或45150/55210配套 

濕/乾膜厚度注意 45150的觸變性使剛施工過的表面很不平坦尤其在使用厚漿固化劑95450 

時,而乾後就可平整光滑所以要求實際的濕膜厚度略比規定的高一一般情況 

實際濕膜厚度比規定的高出25─50微米由於波浪狀的漆膜乾後變得較為平整所 

以濕膜厚度略高不會造成比規定更多的消耗 

混合使用時間標準條件下測得的混合使用時間為2小時 20 但是如果在炎熱氣候條件(比 

如溫度達到約35 )下施塗20升混合漆料,基料和固化劑的化學反應所生的熱相 

對縮短了實際的混合使用時間因此不管使用何種設備混合好後應立即使用油 

漆 (正常的塗漆速度是在約10分鐘內用完20升油漆 ) 

低溫條件下施工若氣溫低於15 請參閱"老人"牌氧漆45143的品說明書

“老人”牌氧漆45150 

安全 




不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或其他直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採取 



公佈日期 2000年5月–4515050630CO005 

附物理參數與溫度間的關係表

“老人”牌氧漆45150 


物理參數與 

溫度間的關係以200微米乾膜厚度計 

表面溫度 15 20 30 

乾燥時間 

24 小時 

固化時間 

12 天 


用 46330,46410,56360 重塗的間隔 


大氣 

浸泡* 

境嚴重 

用 58030 重塗的間隔 



7 小時 

10 小時 

14 小時 

14 小時 

7 天 

4 小時 

6 小時 

8 小時 

27 小時 16 小時 

27 小時 16 小時 

用“老人”牌氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 


20 小時 12 小時 


27 小時 16 小時 

浸泡** 

27 小時 16 小時 


用 46330,46410 重塗的間隔 


40 小時 24 小時 


40 小時 24 小時 

浸泡* 

30 小時 18 小時 



27 小時 16 小時 


20 小時 12 小時 



12 小時 7 小時 


7 天 4 天 




浸泡*** 

無 

無 

5 個月 

無 

無 

90 天 

7 小時 

3.5 天 

2 小時 

3 小時 

4 小時 

8 小時 

8 小時 

6 小時 

8 小時 

8 小時 

12 小時 

12 小時 

9 小時 

8 小時 

6 小時 

3.5 小時 

2 天 

無 

無 

45 天 



無 

無 

無 


10 天 6 天 3 天 

*僅46330適於浸泡 


***根據本地的實際情況適的延長重塗間隔 

如想得進一步的建議請與本公司聯繫 



或者在用非“老人”牌 

薄的本品 

較長的重塗間隔 

氧塗料重塗時根據上述有關重塗的指引額外施塗一層薄 

表面必須完全乾淨以確保漆膜間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔較長時用適的清潔 

劑去除一切灰塵油脂等再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份 


如使用得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑問請向海虹老人牌塗料 

公司咨詢為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試驗

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧過渡漆45182 

固化劑98180 

“老人"牌氧過渡漆45182是一種雙組份低溫固化改性聚酰胺加成物固化的氧 

漆 

在船舶漆和工業漆配套中作為氧漆和物理乾塗層之間的過渡漆在船舶漆配套中 

本品也可作為舊防汙漆的封閉底漆 


物理參數 


漆面啞光 



閃 : 23 



完全固化 7天(20 ) 



490克/升 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 









最大防汙漆 3天 20 水線以上部位的其它面漆根據油漆配套規定 

安全 





“老人”牌氧過渡漆45182 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂至Sa2.5級若需要臨時保護可用適的車間底漆最後噴塗前應 

將儲存和製造期間破損的車間底漆及汙染物徹底清理掉噴砂底漆可用規定的老 

人牌氧漆 

維修用適的清潔劑去除油脂等高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物 

如用作過渡漆噴砂處理或動力工具清理掉全部的鏽跡和其它鬆散物質磨平邊角 

掃除殘餘物用規定的老人牌氧漆見備註補塗至完整漆膜厚度 

若用作舊防汙漆的封閉漆用高壓淡水徹底清洗或噴洗如需要以去除防汙漆的 

析出層確保層間附著力脆弱的舊漆層確實已經清除掉 

施工條件只能在施工和固化得以正常進行的-10 以上溫度條件下使用本品表面溫度油漆 

本身的溫度也必須在此溫度以上施工表面必須乾燥清潔溫度高於露以避免冷 

凝在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠的通風 

先塗油漆按規定先塗老人牌氧漆或經過良好清理的舊防汙漆層 

加塗油漆防汙漆或按規定加塗物理乾油漆 

備注 

注意 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變乾燥時間和重塗間隔 

正常乾膜範圍為75~125微米作為封閉漆典型的乾膜厚度範圍為50~75微米可 

能需要稀釋以使成膜良好 

漆膜厚度/加塗油漆本品的設計目的是用防汙漆以任何正常的規定的總漆膜厚度 

重塗而不是用高性能氧塗料重塗對以本品作為一部分的油漆配套的維修可 

用老人牌氧漆45880補塗並與周圍完好漆膜有部分重 

重塗表面必須完全乾淨以確保漆膜間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔較長時用適 

的清潔劑去除一切灰塵油脂等再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份另外 

必須去除由於長時間暴露引起的退化表面層可用水噴射去除退化表面層如使用 

得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試 

驗 

如對清洗過程是否適有疑問可以再薄薄施塗一度本品 


公佈日期 2001年6月–4518225150CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌氧厚漿漆45200 

固化劑95040 

“老人”牌氧厚漿漆45200是一種雙組份厚漿氧漆可形成堅韌的漆膜,耐磨耐碰 

撞,耐海水和柴油也耐汽油燃油潤滑油及相應品的的濺汙對穀物無污染 

可用作在嚴重腐蝕境下自作底漆的配套或氧漆系列的中間漆和面漆如裝飾性 

要求不高可作面漆也可作金屬噴塗或硅酸鋅底漆的封閉底漆用於氧漆系列 


(最大溫度 140 35 

見備註 

批準 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/12170* 



理論塗布率 5.9米 2 /升 

閃 

26 



指觸乾 6-8小時 20 

完全固化 


7天 20 


本品經德國有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61 67 決議認可為低火焰傳播塗料 

符合美國聯邦條例關於運載乾食物的175.300條款經“英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會” 

檢驗對穀物無污染 

施工說明 

混合比率基料45209 固化劑95040=3.0 1.0體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗補塗用 

稀釋劑 08450 08450 見備註 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

混合使用時間 5小時(20 )8小時(20 ) 

噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 




漆膜厚度乾膜 100微米(見備註) 

濕膜 175微米 

重塗間隔見備註

“老人”牌氧厚漿漆45200 

安全 






表面處理新鋼材噴砂至Sa2.5級標準,必要時,為保護剛噴砂的表面可塗上一層適的車間 

底漆最後施工前徹底清理在貯運和加工過程中被損壞的車間底漆以及沾汙的部 

位用本品修補損壞部分 

保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物用噴砂或動 

力工具除去浮鏽和其它鬆散物質 

到原漆膜厚度 

磨平邊角掃除殘渣補上完整的漆膜使其達 

施工條件施工表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結在10 以上,最好在15 以 

上的溫度條件下,施工和固化可以正常進行表面溫度也必須高於這一限度油漆 

本身溫度應高於15 以保證正常的施工性能在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量 

通風 

先塗油漆無,或塗“老人”牌氧底漆15300 氧富鋅漆15360,或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無,或塗“老人”牌聚氨酯漆系列,或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 


顏色某些無鉛的紅顏料所形成的漆膜暴露在含氯的大氣中可能會褪色含 

鉛的顏料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大氣中可能會褪色 

氣候/施工溫度本品在戶外暴露易粉化在高溫下易受機械和化學作用的影響 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域修改漆膜厚度,但這會相應改變塗布率,乾燥時間 

和重塗間隔乾膜正常修改範圍在100-125微米 

封閉漆作為封閉漆用在金屬噴塗塗層或硅酸鋅底漆上時必須用稀釋劑08700 

稀釋10-15% 建議乾漆膜厚度 40微米,必須應用“閃塗”法施工 

重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關 

表面溫度 

重塗油漆 

老人牌氯化橡膠或 

丙烯酸漆 


老人牌氧漆 

最小最大 

45200 

20 

以100微米乾膜計 

中等嚴重中等嚴重 

6小時 

12小時 

12小時 

6小時 

16小時 

16小時 

16小時 

10天 

無 

12小時 

3天 

無 


或者在用非“老人”牌氧塗料重塗時根據上述有關重塗的指引額外施塗一層薄 

薄的本品表面必須完全乾淨以確保漆膜間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔較長時用 

適的清潔劑去除一切灰塵油脂等再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份另 

外必須去除由於長時間暴露引起的退化表面層可用水噴射去除退化表面層如 

使用得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法如有疑問請向海虹老人牌塗料公司 

咨詢為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試驗 


公佈日期 2001年6月–4520012170CO011


固化劑97220 

特性老人牌氧厚漿漆45221是一種雙組份厚漿氧漆可形成堅韌的漆膜耐磨耐 

碰撞耐海水和柴油也耐汽油及相應品的濺汙對植物油及強溶劑如酮酯類 

的耐力有限不耐酸堿或強氧化性溶液 

用途可作為集裝箱流水線施工的中間漆或面漆 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫達140 

批準本品符合美國聯邦條例關於運載乾食物的第175.300條款 

物理參數 


漆面半啞光 


理論塗布率 8.0米 2 /升 (以60微米乾膜計) 

閃 22 


表面乾約1小時 20 

指觸乾約4小時 20 


揮發性有機化合 465克/升 


施工說明 

混合比例基料45225 固化劑97220 = 3.0 1.0 體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗修補 

稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 5 5 

混合使用期 8小時 20 12小時 20 

噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 






重塗間隔最小: 見備註 

最大: 見備註 

安全: 小心使用本品使用前和使用時, 請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外, 還應參考 

老人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規人身 

保護包括但不限於肺眼和皮膚的保護如果吞服或與皮膚直接接觸應立即求醫 

必須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹 

窄處或空氣不流通處施工, 必須提供強力通風



施工條件為避免水汽凝結須在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面才能施工僅在施工和固 

化得以進行的10 以上最好15 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度應在 

18~25 範圍內以保證正常的施工性能 


先塗油漆無 “老人”牌氧底漆15300 氧富鋅底漆15360 或按規定先塗 

備注證書發佈時本品型號為4522 

老化/使用溫度本品在露天暴露後易自然粉化使得漆膜在高溫下更易受機械和化學 

作用的影響 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和區域可以調整漆膜厚度但這會相應改變塗布率乾燥時 

間和重塗間隔正常乾膜範圍在30~60微米 

施工若硅酸鋅底漆先塗本品可採用特殊的薄塗法施工對硅酸鋅漆層霧噴一度最 

大乾膜厚度為40微米的本品─外觀質地不太均勻讓空氣逸出不超過10分鐘後 

20 再按說明全塗一度 

重塗間隔參照有關的箱漆配套 

注意本品僅適用於專業用途 

公佈日期 2000年5月 – 4522111150CO001


固化劑97531 

特性老人牌超強度氧漆45540是一種胺加成物固化的氧漆可形成堅韌的漆膜 

耐磨耐碰撞可用於濺汙區 

用途作為可自作底漆的厚漿塗料主要用於濺汙區碼頭和橋底板的維修 


最大耐溫 140 80 見備註 

批準本品符合NORSOK M-501(第4修訂本)第7系統號的關於濺汙區塗裝的規定 

物理參數 

顏色/色號黑色/19990 

漆面有光 


理論塗布率 2.4米 2 /升 (以350微米乾膜計) 

閃 14 


表面乾約4小時 20 



揮發性有機化合 170克/升 


施工說明 

混合比例基料45549 固化劑97531 = 4.0 1.0 體積比 

施工方法無空氣噴塗 

稀釋劑 08450 


混合使用期 1小時 20 

噴孔 0.53 0.58毫米 






重塗間隔最小: 16小時 

最大: 5 天見備註 

安全小心使用本品使用前和使用時, 請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外, 還應參考 

老人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規避免吸 

入溶劑蒸汽皮膚和眼睛不得接觸本品禁止吞服必須採取預防措施防火防爆及 

保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品



表面處理: 新鋼材乾燥噴砂至Sa2.5級 ISO 8501-1 1988 表面粗糙度相於 

Rugotest標準的No.3, BN10b, Keane-Tator比較板3.0G/S或ISO 粗糙度中等 G 

級噴砂前用適宜的清潔劑去除油跡滑脂和其它汙物, 用高壓淡水清除跡 

噴砂後仔細清理掉表面的砂粒和灰塵 

維修用適的清潔劑清洗掉油脂等高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物用濕/ 

乾噴砂或動力工具徹底清理掉鏽跡及鬆散物質磨平邊角濕噴砂後用熱淡水衝洗 

蒸汽清洗表面任其自乾目測表面乾燥時補塗裸露部位至完整漆膜厚 

度 

施工條件本品可在溫度低至5 條件下施工和固化油漆本身的溫度應15 以上最好在 

20~30 範圍內 



加塗油漆無或按規定先塗 

備注使用溫度在水中的最大峰值溫度為90 

重塗如超過最大重塗間隔應將表面打磨粗糙以確保附著力 

注意本品僅適用於專業用途 

公佈日期 2001年5月 –4554019990CR002

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌超強氧漆45742 

固化劑97360 

“老人”牌超強氧漆45742是一種可自作底漆的雙組份厚漿聚酰胺加成物固化氧 

漆固化後形成耐磨塗層,具有良好的耐海水性可用標準高效無空氣噴塗設備施 

工最小固化溫度為-10 

作為高性能塗料,用於要求耐磨損的鋼板上,如台階,船殼和乾貨艙可用作壓載艙塗 

層 

如裝飾性要求不高可用作面漆 





*不得在負溫差的海水中長期浸泡 

批準 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”檢測對穀物無污染德國勞氏船級社認可為壓載艙 

塗料 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/12340——紅色/50630 

漆面半光 

固體體積% 57±1 


閃 

25 



完全固化 


約20天(5 ) 


施工說明 

混合比率基料45749:固化劑97360=3:1(體積比) 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 2% 2% 










安全 



也不要使本品接觸皮膚和眼睛 


必須採取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通

“老人”牌超強氧漆45742 


表面處理新鋼材,“高性能用途” 噴砂至最小Sa2.5 表面粗糙度Rz最小 100微米,最大 150 

微米,相於ISO比較板Coarse(G) 用適的清潔劑除去油脂噴砂前用(高壓)淡水 

衝洗除去份和其它汙物噴砂後仔細清潔表面除去磨料和灰塵 

新鋼材,壓載艙及類似區域噴砂至Sa2.5 如需臨時保護,則塗以適的車間底漆 

在終塗前,車間底漆的損傷儲存和組裝期間的汙染必須徹底清除對整個車間底 

漆的噴和掃噴處理將得最好的效果用45742進行修補 

不鏽鋼 (化學品輪壓載艙)噴砂清潔成為一個均勻尖銳致密的表面,表面粗糙 

度相於ISO比較板中等(G) 相於Ra最小50微米在噴砂前除去任何份油 

脂等汙物 

維修和保養用適的清潔劑去除油脂用(高壓)淡水衝洗除去份和其它汙物 

用噴砂或動力工具(適於較小區域)徹底清理破損區域 

補使其達到漆膜厚度 

磨平邊角清除殘餘物修 

舊船底部及類似腐蝕區域由於積存有過多的份,需要依次用乾噴砂高壓淡水 

衝洗乾燥,最後再乾噴砂如果鋼鐵表面已經處理達到新鋼材,“高性能用途”要求 

的粗糙度,也可用水噴射清洗 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以進行的-10 以上使用本品油漆本身的溫度應該在15 以上, 

最好在20 以上以利於施工為避免水汽凝結,施工表面要求乾燥清潔,溫度高於露 

相對濕度不超過90% 在狹窄處施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧漆15591 或用本品自作底漆 

加塗油漆無,或者根據使用區域按配套加塗 

備注 

注意 


本品在室外暴露時容易粉化在高溫下易受機械和化學作用的影響使用標準高效 

無空氣噴塗設備,泵壓輸出比為60 1(約),理論輸出量為每分鐘最少12升 

下列重塗間隔適用於通風良好的區域(以175微米乾膜計) 

表面溫度 5 20 


氧漆 

16小時 60天 6小時 30天 

聚氨酯漆 

16小時 3天 6小時 1天 

對氧漆來說,即使短時間暴露於陽光直射之下,也會導致最大重塗間隔的縮短 

如果超過最大重塗間隔,必須磨粗表面以保證塗層間的附著力一般情況下不必稀 

釋,如需稀釋則加1-2%的稀釋劑08450 


公佈日期 2001年3月–4574212430CO003


固化劑97652 

特性 “老人”牌超強度氧漆45751是一種可自作底漆的雙組份厚漿聚酰胺/胺固化的 

氧漆固化後形成耐磨塗層,具有良好的耐海水性可用標準高效無空氣噴塗設備 

施工最小固化溫度為10 

用途作為高性能塗料,用於要求耐磨損的鋼板上,如台階,船殼和乾貨艙 

可用作特殊用途如運載熱貨物的化學品輪的壓載艙塗層 

如裝飾性要求不高可用作面漆 





批準 

*不得在負溫差的海水中浸泡 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”檢測對穀物無污染 

經勞氏船級社認可為防腐蝕塗料 

經勞氏船級社認可為第一年航行在結冰水域的輪船的低摩擦表面塗料 

符合NorsokM-501第7系統號的規定 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/12340-紅色/50630 

漆面半光 

固體體積 75±1% 


閃 

25 


指觸乾 7~8小時 20 

完全固化 7天(20 ) 



255克/升 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 2% 2% 


噴孔 0.53~0.58毫米 



工具清洗老人”牌工具清洗劑99610 



重塗間隔最小 6小時 

最大 30天 

安全 



劑蒸汽皮膚和眼睛不得接觸本品禁止吞必須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護 




表面處理新鋼材,“高性能用途” 噴砂至最小Sa2.5 經表面噴砂後的表面粗糙度Rz最小 100 

微米,最大 150微米,相於ISO比較板的Coarse(G)級用適的清潔劑除去油脂 

噴砂前用(高壓)淡水衝洗除去份和其它汙物噴砂後仔細清潔表面除去磨料和灰 

塵 

新鋼材,壓載艙及類似區域噴砂至Sa2.5 如需臨時保護,則塗以適的車間底漆 

最後塗漆前,破損的車間底漆及儲存和組裝期間的汙染必須徹底清除對銲縫和鏽 

蝕部位的局部噴砂以及對完好車間底漆的掃噴處理可得最好的效果用本品修 

補 

不鏽鋼 (化學品輪壓載艙)噴砂清潔成為一個均勻尖銳致密的表面,表面粗糙度 

相於ISO比較板中級(G) 相於Rz最小50微米在噴砂前去除全部份油脂 

等汙物 

維修和保養用適的清潔劑去除油脂用(高壓)淡水衝洗除去份和其它汙物 

用噴砂或動力工具(適於較小區域)徹底清理破損區域磨平邊角清除殘餘物修 

補至完整漆膜厚度 

舊船底部及類似腐蝕區域由於積存有過多的份,需要依次用乾噴砂高壓淡水 

衝洗乾燥,最後再乾噴砂如果鋼鐵表面已經達到新鋼材,“高性能用途”要求的粗 

糙度,也可用水噴射清洗 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以進行的10 以上使用本品油漆本身的溫度應該在15 以上, 

最好在20 以上以利於施工為避免水汽凝結,施工表面要求乾燥清潔,溫度高於露 

相對濕度不超過90% 在狹窄處施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆無但是“老人”牌氧漆15590可作噴砂底漆 

加塗油漆無,或者根據使用區域按配套加塗老人牌氧漆 

備注 

注意 

除混合比率和觸變性為滿足特定施工需要如雙組分施工設備及以1000升容器包裝 

而有所調整本品完全等同於以前的品45750 



漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域改變漆膜厚度,這樣會影響乾燥時間和重塗間隔 

一般乾膜厚度在150—250微米 

使用標準高效無空氣噴塗設備,泵壓輸出比為60 1(約),理論輸出量為每分鐘最少12 

升 

對氧漆來說,即使在重塗前短時間暴露於陽光直射之下,也會導致最大重塗間隔的 

縮短 

如果超過最大重塗間隔,必須磨粗表面以保證塗層間的附著力 

一般情況下不必稀釋 


公佈日期 2001年6月—4575112340CO001

老人牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


中低溫固化劑95880 

特性 : “老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881是一種雙組份聚酰胺加成物固化高固份厚 

漿氧漆其漆膜堅韌,具有良好的濕潤性可低溫固化 

用途 

可作為自做底漆的油漆配套也可在氧配套中做中間漆和/或面漆使用於 

中至嚴重腐蝕性大氣境或使用於要求高固份的場合 

如需要延長重塗間隔以加塗聚氨酯面漆可以配套使用本品的雲母氧化鐵 

MIO 漆常稱為過渡塗層 

如室外暴露的氧塗料外觀可以接受本品可作為面漆 

可直接塗在已固化的硅酸鋅底漆或金屬噴塗表面以減少起泡 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大 120 

批準 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”檢測本品對穀物無害 

符合美國聯邦條例關於在內部表面積大於1000m 2 的空間的乾食物運載的第 

175.300章的規定 

老人牌厚漿氧漆45881符合Aramco規定中的第APCS 26和26T條 

物理參數: 

混合品 45880 45881 

顏色/色號: 灰色/12170* 灰色/12170* 

漆面 : 半光半光 

體積固體含量: 80±1% 80±1% 

理論塗布率: 5.3米 2 /升 5.3米 2 /升 (以150微米乾膜厚計) 

閃 : 35 35 

比重 : 1.4公斤/升 1.4公斤/升 

指觸乾 : 約4小時(20 ) 約3小時(30 ) 

完全固化: 


7天(20 ) 5天(30 ) 


*其它顏色包括本品的雲母氧化鐵漆顏色12430和根據需要提供的其它顏色 

施工說明: 45880 45881 

混合比率: 基料45889:固化劑95880 基料45889:固化劑95881 

=3:1(體積比) =3:1(體積比) 

施工方法: 無空氣噴塗刷塗修補無空氣噴塗刷塗修補 

稀釋劑(最大用量): 視使用目的而定一般用少於5%的老人牌稀釋劑08450 見備註 

混合使用期: 1小時(20 ) 無空氣噴塗 1.5小時(30 ) 無空氣噴塗 

2小時(20 ) 刷塗 2小時(30 ) 刷塗 

(見施工指導 ) (見施工指導 ) 

噴孔 : 0.43-0.58毫米(見施工指導 ) 

噴出壓力: 25.0兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整) 

工具清洗: “老人”牌工具清洗劑99610或稀釋劑08450 

漆膜厚度: 濕膜:200微米 

乾膜:150微米(見備註) 

重塗間隔: 見施工指導

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用時, 請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外, 還應參 

考老人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規避免 

吸入溶劑蒸汽皮膚和眼睛不得接觸本品禁止吞必須採取預防措施防火防爆及 

保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品 

公佈日期 2001年6月

老人牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881施工指導 


中低溫固化劑95880 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 品說明書的補充說明 

內容包括“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881的表面處理施工設備及塗裝 

表面處理一般情況:建議採取噴砂清潔表面以發揮最佳油漆性能但是本品對表面處理 

的要求不高如塗用於僅經過機械清潔過的表面份油脂等已被去除 

本品的性能要比許多其它塗料性能更好 

用適的清潔劑去除油脂等用高壓淡水清洗掉份及其它汙物 

新鋼材 

作中間漆和/或面漆時表面處理參考先塗底漆(“老人”牌氧底漆)的品說 

明書作自作底塗層時根據規定進行表面處理 

硅酸鋅底漆 

在硅酸鋅底漆固化時施工本品參考硅酸鋅底漆施工指導用適的清 

潔劑清除油脂用(高壓)淡水清除份和其它汙物暴露於高濕度境後 

必須用高壓淡水小心衝洗掉鋅 (“白鏽”),必要時可用硬尼刷擦洗 

維修與保養: 

破損區域的修補: 

用動力工具清理破損部位至St3級小面積或用乾噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級, 

最好Sa2.5級良好的表面處理會改善本品的性能可用水噴代替乾洗清理 

至最少WJ-2級 NACE-NO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前許可的最大閃蝕度為FR 

2級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角掃刷掉鬆散物質補塗至原漆膜厚度 

相容性除氧漆與聚氨酯漆外本品還可與其它品種油漆聯用但在補塗 

前絕對要求舊漆膜附著緊實而且處理良好建議做小試檢查 

全塗 

與舊配套相容一般而言與舊的氧漆能完全相容在全部塗漆前也應做小 

試檢查如果舊的氧漆未經老化/粉化或塗有聚氨酯面漆建議塗漆前打磨 

表面必須徹底清洗表面用適的清潔劑去除塵粉化物油脂等用高 

壓淡水清洗整個表面 

除去舊配套也可在機械清除舊配套後全部塗漆但必須考慮機械清除會使 

表面光滑而影響附著力 

注意清理至表面發亮的堅硬黑色鏽斑看似對附著力沒有影響實際上有危 

險在清理過程中堅硬的黑鏽暴露在空氣中繼續氧化導致其與金屬底材間 

附著力減弱在後期的使用中鏽斑連同其上的漆層可能會脫落 

注意在水中暴露過的舊鋼板表面由於鏽積垢嚴重, 可用水噴或濕噴 

砂進行表面處理也可按照乾噴砂-高壓淡水衝洗-乾燥-再乾噴砂的過程進行 

處理

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


施工設備因本品是一種高粘度的塗料所以對施工有特殊要求 





噴管最長100米直徑12.5mm 

最長30米直徑9.5mm 

最長6 米直徑6.4mm 

一般表面: 

噴孔 0.53 0.58毫米 

扇面 60° 

複雜表面(和補塗): 

噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 


注意增大軟管直徑可增加油漆的流量由此改善噴塗閃面如果需要較長 

的軟管泵比率必須升至60:1以上並且保持較高的噴出量也可最多加入5 

的稀釋劑08450 但過多的稀釋劑會引起流掛所 

以稀釋時必須小心謹慎 


誘導期 

施工 

漆料溫度低於15 時特別是底材溫度也低於15 時在施工前最好讓兩 

組份預反應一段時間漆料溫度15 時建議預反應15分鐘漆料溫度10 

時建議預反應25分鐘為得好的施工性能漆料溫度決不能低於10 

成膜施工時每一度的塗裝必須形成一個連續的無針孔的漆膜因此施 

工人員必須採用能確保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的噴塗技術施工時噴孔尺 

寸必須適宜不要太大噴槍離表面的距離必須適均勻保持在30─50cm 

之間對邊角小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗通常在這些部位採 

取刷塗為保證噴出的漆料霧化良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴 

塗設備有較高的噴出壓力和噴出量如果施工溫度較高可多加些稀釋劑以 

免乾噴 

噴塗後的漆層必須均勻並盡可能符合規定要求避免漆層過厚以免流掛,乾裂 

和溶劑殘留必須控制油漆消耗量 

成膜必須均勻光滑如有灰塵砂粒乾噴等象必須補救處理對於 

表面處理較差的部位建議首度採用刷塗額外的稀釋有利於油漆的滲透性 


濕膜/乾膜厚度請注意在剛施工完後因為本品的觸變性漆膜表面會呈波紋狀乾燥過程 

中波紋會變平由於波紋實測濕膜厚度應比規定的厚一般情況下實測 

濕膜厚度應比計算值厚25-50微米由於乾燥過程中波紋變平額外的漆膜厚 

度不會導致油漆消耗量增加 

混合使用時間在標準條件下老人牌厚漿氧漆45880的混合使用時間為1小時 20 

而45881的混合使用時間為1.5小時 30 但是如果在炎熱氣候條件下 

施塗20升混合漆料, 基料和固化劑的化學反應所生的熱相對縮短了 

實際的混合使用時間因此在這種溫度下不管使用何種設備混合好後 

應立即使用油漆 

附錄 

物理參數與溫度之間關係表

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


物理參數與溫度 

之間關係乾燥時間和重塗間隔會隨著漆膜厚度溫度和將來暴露境的變化而變化 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的乾膜厚度為100~150微米 

表面溫度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

乾燥時間約 

6天 3天 24小時 10小時 4小時 3小時 

固化時間約 5個月 2.5個月 1個月 14天 7天 5天 


用老人牌氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 8天 4天 30小時 12小時 5小時 4小時 

大氣境嚴重 12天 6天 42小時 18小時 7小時 5小時 

用老人牌氯化橡膠漆或丙烯酸漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境 

中等或嚴重 8天 4天 30小時 12小時 5小時 4小時 

用老人牌水性丙烯酸面漆重塗的最小間隔 

大氣境中等無關無關無關 12小時 5小時 4小時 

大氣境嚴重無關無關無關 18小時 7小時 5小時 

注意 

在乾燥/初固化期間底材溫度不得突然下降尤其重要的是在丙烯 

酸或聚氨酯面漆施工前底材溫度不得顯著下降並保持充足的通風 

若需要儘快處理被塗物件或在較低溫度下重塗可使用老人牌氧厚 

漿漆45143 

若溫度較低建議本品在施工前有適的誘導期在這樣的情況下油漆 

溫度應相等於底材溫度並遵守前述規則 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的乾膜厚度為200微米 

表面溫度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

乾燥時間約 12天 6 天 36小時 15小時 6小時 4.5小時 

固化時間約 5個月 2.5個月 1個月 14天 7天 5天 


用老人牌氧漆和聚氨酯漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 10天 5天 42小時 18小時 7小時 5小時 

大氣境嚴重 14天 7天 60小時 25小時 10小時 8小時 


大氣境 



大氣境中等無關無關無關 18小時 7小時 5小時 

大氣境嚴重無關無關無關 25小時 10小時 8小時 

注意 

在乾燥/初固化期間底材溫度不得突然下降尤其重要的是在丙烯 

酸或聚氨酯面漆施工前底材溫度不得顯著下降並保持充足的通風 

若需要儘快處理被塗物件或在較低溫度下重塗可使用老人牌氧厚 

漿漆45143 

若溫度較低建議本品在施工前有適的誘導期在這樣的情況下油漆 

溫度應相等於底材溫度並遵守前述規則

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880 與乾膜厚度無關 

表面溫度 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 

最大重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 

用老人牌氧漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等無無 

無無無無 

大氣境嚴重無無 

無無無無 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 4個月 3個月 2個月 4星期 21天 14天 

大氣境嚴重 4星期 21天 14天 6天 3天 2天 


大氣境 



大氣境中等無關無關無關 6小時 3天 2天 

大氣境嚴重無關無關無關 3小時 1.5天 1天 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45881的乾膜厚度為100~150微米 

表面溫度 20 30 40 

乾燥時間約 4小時 3小時 2小時 

固化時間約 7小時 5天 

3天 


用老人牌氧漆聚氨酯漆氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆和水性丙 

烯酸漆重塗的間隔 


大氣境嚴重 7小時 5小時 4小時 

*在乾燥/初固化期間底材溫度不得突然下降 

*若需要儘快處理被塗物件或在較低溫度下重塗 

漆45143 

可使用老人牌氧厚漿 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45881的乾膜厚度為200微米 

表面溫度 20 30 40 

乾燥時間約 6小時 5小時 4小時 

固化時間約 7小時 5天 

3天 


用老人牌氧漆聚氨酯漆氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆和水性丙 

烯酸漆重塗的間隔 


大氣境嚴重 10小時 8小時 6小時

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881 


“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45881 與乾膜厚度無關 

表面溫度 20 30 40 

最大重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 

用老人牌氧漆系列重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等無 

無 

無 

大氣境嚴重無 

無 

無 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 21天 

14天 

7天 

大氣境嚴重 3天 

2天 

1天 


大氣境 12小時 9小時 6小時 




3天 

1.5天 

2天 

1天 

1天 

12小時 

用老人牌聚氨酯面漆重塗時的特殊注意事項 

°I 根據具體情況可以延長最大重塗間隔詳細情況請咨詢海虹老人牌塗料公 

司有關部門 

°ii 如果色號為12430的老人牌厚漿氧漆45880/45881的漆膜厚度利於雲母氧 

化鐵結構形成那本品的重塗間隔可以延長利於雲母氧化鐵結構形成的乾膜厚 

度範圍為50~100微米為此需要額外稀釋請參照前述有關內容 

施工老人牌聚氨酯面漆前必須徹底清洗表面以去除粗糙雲母氧化鐵表面結構 

上的汙染物 

為檢查表面清潔的程度可在小塊面積做試驗而此種試驗並不是漆膜長效耐久性 

的最終證明因此如對結果有懷疑需再次清洗一種更安全的辦法是用稀釋 

過的本品在表面上重新薄薄噴塗一層 

雲母氧化鐵結構這一概念適用於工業構件的過渡塗層 

在選擇加塗油漆的顏色時應考慮雲母氧化鐵顏料的深顏色 

如用於船舶漆塗層以老人牌氧漆45080作為先塗油漆時可以延長本品的 

重塗間隔 

延長重塗間隔的一般注意事項 

除了在最小重塗間隔關係表中陳述的注意事項外還應遵守下列要求 

必須徹底清潔表面以確保層間附著力尤其是在重塗間隔較長時必須用適的清 

潔劑去除灰塵和油脂再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份 


如使用得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法 

為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試驗 

安全 : 小心使用本品使用前和使用時, 請注 

意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考老人牌公司材料安全說明並遵守有關 

國家或地政府規定的安全法規避免吸入溶劑蒸汽皮膚和眼睛不得接觸本品 

禁止吞服 

本品 

必須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護境只可在通風良好的情況下施工 

公佈日期 2001年6月–4588012170CO009/4588112170CO0056

特性 

用途 

批準 

老人牌厚漿氧漆45880 

固化劑95880 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880是一種雙組份高固份氧漆其漆膜堅韌,具有良好的 

濕潤性耐磨耐礦物油耐海水性是低溫固化型漆 

本品用於輪船外殼貨艙及暴露甲板的修補和維護適用於大多數海洋輪船的修復 

和補塗工作 

在氧配套中可作為厚漿底漆中間漆和/或面漆特別適合於中等至嚴重腐蝕大氣 

境或使用於要求高固體份和每層都要求高漆膜厚度的場合 

如室外暴露的氧塗料外觀可以接受本品可作為面漆 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”檢測本品對穀物無害 

根據1987年版英國標準BS476第七章本品屬於1級材料耐火試驗 

在內表面積大於1000m 2 時符合美國聯邦條例關於運載乾食物的175.300條款 

本品已經得了德國和丹 EC類型的檢驗認證 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大 120 見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11480–綠色/40640 

漆面半光 


理論塗布率 4.0平方米/升(以200微米乾膜厚計) 

閃 

35 



完全固化 


7天(20 ) 


另一種顏色紅50630可供選擇 

施工說明 

混合比率基料45889:固化劑95880=3:1(體積比) 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) 根據用途稀釋劑08450最大用量不超過5% 見備註 

混合使用期 1小時(20 ) 無空氣噴塗 

2小時(20 ) 刷塗 

見"施工指導" 

噴孔 0.43-0.58毫米 





重塗間隔見"施工指導"

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880 

安全 






表面處理新鋼材若作為中間漆或面漆,請參考先塗含硅富鋅漆或氧底漆的品說明書 

若作為底漆根據規定進行底材處理 

修補和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物,徹底清理 

破損區域用動力工具處理至不低於Sa2級(小面積)或噴砂至Sa2-Sa2.5級表面處理 

越好漆膜表越好也可用水噴進行表面處理至WJ-3(NACENO.5/SSPC-SP12),施工 

前最大閃鏽等級FR-2(“老人”牌標準) 磨平邊角補塗至原漆膜厚度清理殘餘物 

浸泡部分的修補要求同上在蝕表面;由於鏽積垢嚴重,可用水噴或濕噴砂進 

行表面處理也可用乾噴砂-高壓淡水衝洗-乾燥-再乾噴砂進行處理 

施工條件為避免水汽凝結,表面要求清潔乾燥,溫度高於露推薦的最低溫度為0 但在大 

於-10 的情況下固化仍可進行油漆本身的溫度一定要高於15 但最好低於 

30 以保證施工性能溫度在18-22 可得最佳施工效果在溫暖的氣候下漆 

料應儲存在涼爽的地方在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應提供足夠通風 

在很低的氣溫下要求快速乾燥是可以用老人牌氧漆45143代替“老人”牌厚漿氧 

漆45880 請同時參照施工說明 

先塗油漆無,或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 

該品以舊型號4588認可 


漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和區域改變漆膜厚度,這樣會影響塗布率,乾燥時間和重 

塗間隔一般乾膜厚度在125—200微米避免漆膜過厚 

如果因某種目的要求更薄的漆膜那就需要額外加入稀釋劑請看單獨的使用說明 

如果油漆本身溫度低於20 也需另加稀釋劑不大於15% 

雙度漆對於雙度漆其每度乾膜的厚度一般為150微米 

硅酸鋅漆或金屬噴塗表面建議在油漆溫度高於20 時採用“霧噴”法施工噴一度 

薄的未稀釋過的塗層幾分鐘後再噴塗規定厚度的漆膜 


公佈日期 2001年6月–45880011480CO006

老人牌厚漿氧漆45880施工指導 

固化劑95880 

內容範圍本施工指導是“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880 品說明書的補充說明內容包括”老 

人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的表面處理施工設備及塗裝 

表面處理一般情況建議採取噴砂清潔表面以發揮最佳油漆性能但是,“老人”牌厚漿氧漆 

45880有較好的表面適應性對於只經過機械清潔跡和油汙等被除去的表面 

本品與其他許多油漆相比可以得更好的效果 

維修與保養 

在大氣中暴露的情況 

破損區域的修補 

用動力工具清理破損部位至St2級小面積或用乾噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級,最好 

Sa2.5級良好的表面處理會改善“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的性能可用水噴代替 

乾洗清理至最少WJ-3級 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前許可的最大閃蝕度 

為FR 2級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角掃刷掉鬆散物質補塗至原漆膜厚度 

相溶性除氧漆與聚氨酯漆外本品還可與其它品種油漆聯用但在補塗前絕 

對要求舊漆膜附著緊實而且處理良好建議做小試檢查 

全塗 

與舊配套相容一般而言與舊的氧漆能完全相容在全部塗漆前也應做小試檢查 

如果舊的氧漆已經粉化或塗有聚氨酯面漆建議塗漆前打磨表面徹底清洗表面 

用適的清潔劑去除塵粉化物油脂等用高壓淡水清洗整個表面 

除去舊配套也可在機械清除舊配套後全部塗漆但必須考慮機械清除會使表面光 

滑而影響附著力 

注意清洗至表面發白的堅硬黑色鏽斑對附著力沒有影響但有潛在危險在清洗 

過程中黑鏽暴露在空氣中繼續氧化導致其與金屬底材間附著力減弱在後期的使 

用中鏽斑連同其上的漆層可能會脫落 

在水中浸泡的情況 

用適的清潔劑除去油汙然後用高壓淡水除去跡和其他汙染物用動力工具清 

理破損部位至St3級小面積或用乾噴砂法清理至最小Sa2級,最好Sa2.5級良好 

的表面處理會改善“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的性能可用水噴代替乾洗清理至 

最少WJ-2級 NACENO.5/SSPC SP12 施工前許可的最大閃蝕度為FR 2級 

最好為FR 1級 HEMPEL標準磨平邊角掃刷掉鬆散物質補塗至原漆膜厚 

度 

注意在暴露於水的舊鋼板表面由於鏽積垢嚴重,可用水噴或濕噴砂進行表面 

處理也可用乾噴砂-高壓淡水衝洗-乾燥-再乾噴砂進行處理 

新鋼材 

作中間漆和面漆時表面處理參考先塗底漆的品說明書(“老人”牌氧底漆) 作 

自作底塗層時根據規定進行表面處理








噴管最長100米直徑12.7mm 



一般表面 

噴孔 0.53 0.58毫米 

扇面 60° 

複雜表面(和補塗) 

噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 

扇面 40° 


注意增加軟管的直徑會使油漆流量相應增加從而導致噴吐扇面增加如果需要 

較長的軟管泵比率必須升至60:1以上並且保持較高的噴出量也可最多加入5 

的稀釋劑08450 但過多的稀釋會引起流掛所以稀釋時必須小心謹慎 


誘導期 

漆料溫度低於15 時特別是底材溫度低於15 時在施工前最好讓兩組份預反 

應一段時間 

漆料溫度15 時建議預反應15分鐘漆料溫度10 時建議預反應25分鐘為 

得好的施工性能漆料溫度決不能低於10 

較大面積施工成膜施工時每一度的塗裝必須形成一個連續的無針孔的漆膜因此施工人 

員必須採用能確保漆料在全部表面成膜良好的噴塗技術施工時噴孔尺寸必須適 

宜不要太大噴槍離表面的距離必須適均勻保持在30─50cm之間對邊角 

小孔加強筋背側等部位必須仔細噴塗通常在這些部位採取刷塗是比較好的一種 

方法為保證噴出的漆料霧化良好且穩定漆料粘度必須適並保證噴塗設備有 

較高的噴出壓力和噴出量如果施工溫度較高可多加些稀釋劑以免乾噴 

噴塗後的漆層必須均勻並盡可能符合規定要求避免漆層過厚以免流掛,乾裂和溶劑 

殘留此外還必須控制油漆消耗 

成膜必須均勻光滑如有灰塵砂粒乾噴等象必須補救處理 

刷塗 

對於表面處理較差的部位建議首度採用刷塗額外的稀釋有利於油漆的滲透性 


噴塗施工的 

濕膜/乾膜厚度請注意在剛施工完後因為“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880的觸變性漆膜表面會呈波 

紋狀乾燥過程中波紋會變平由於波紋實測濕膜厚度應比預定的厚一般情況 

下實測濕膜厚度應比預定的厚25-50微米由於乾燥過程中波紋變平這種明顯 

較高的膜厚度不會導致油漆消耗量增加 

漆膜厚度/稀釋 ”老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880一般厚度在125-200微米間對於雙層漆其每層乾膜的 

厚度一般為150微米一般情況下用稀釋劑08450稀釋最大不超過5% 但根據 

實際情況可能會需要額外加入稀釋劑漆膜厚度可以低至75微米在乾膜厚度低 

於125微米的情況下為了得最佳漆膜推薦用稀釋劑08450稀釋5-10%



混合使用時間對於”老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880 標準條件下測得的混合使用時間為1小時 20 

但是如果在炎熱氣候條件下施塗20升混合漆料,基料和固化劑的化學反應所生的 

熱相對縮短了實際的混合使用時間因此在高溫情況下不管使用何種設備混 

合好後應立即使用油漆 

安全 





公佈日期 2001年6月–4588011480CO006 

附物理參數與溫度間的關係表



物理參數與乾燥時間和重塗間隔隨漆膜厚度溫度及後期暴露境的變化而變化 

溫度間的關係 “老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880乾膜厚度100-150微米刷塗 

表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

乾燥時間(約) 3天 24小時 10小時 4小時 3小時 2小時 

固化時間(約) 2.5月 1月 14天 7天 5天 3天 


用“老人”牌氧漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 4天 30小時 12小時 5小時 4小時 3小時 

大氣境嚴重 6天 42小時 18小時 7小時 5小時 4小時 

浸泡 

7天 50小時 22小時 8小時 6小時 5小時 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆重塗的間隔 



用“老人”牌丙烯酸漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境 

中等或嚴重 4天 30小時 12小時 5小時 4小時 3小時 

浸泡* 


用“老人”牌水性丙烯酸面漆重塗的間隔 

表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大氣 

大氣 

境 

境 

中等 

嚴重 

無關無關 12小時 

18小時 

5小時 

7小時 

4小時 

5小時 

3小時 

4小時 

僅“老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330適於浸泡 

注意 

• 乾燥/初固化期間底材表面溫度不得突然下降在使用丙烯酸或聚氨酯面漆時 

溫度下降不能太快並要保持的通風 

• 若需在較低溫度下快速處理建議使用“老人”牌氧漆45143 

• 低溫情況下在使用本品之前應有一個適的誘導時間在這種情況下認為油 

漆的溫度與下降的溫度相等並請參照第二頁的規則 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880乾膜厚度200微米無空氣噴塗 

表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

乾燥時間(約) 6天 36小時 15小時 6小時 5小時 4小時 

固化時間(約) 2.5月 1月 14天 7天 5天 3天 





浸泡 

8天 3天 30小時 12小時 10小時 8小時 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯漆重塗的間隔 




大氣境 


浸泡* 



表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大氣 

大氣 

境 

境 

中等 

嚴重 

無關無關 18小時 

25小時 

7小時 

10小時 

5小時 

8小時 

4小時 

6小時



僅“老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330適於浸泡 

注意 

• 乾燥/初固化期間底材表面溫度不得突然下降在使用丙烯酸或聚氨酯面漆時 

溫度下降不能太快並要保持的通風 

• 若需在較低溫度下快速處理建議使用“老人”牌氧漆45143 

• 低溫情況下在使用本品之前應有一個適的誘導時間在這種情況下認為油 

漆的溫度與下降的溫度相等並請參照第2頁的說明 

“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880最大重塗間隔與乾膜厚度無關 

表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 




大氣 

浸泡 

境嚴重 

無關 

無關 

90天 

無關 

無關 

90天 

無關 

無關 

60天 

無關 

無關 

30天 

無關 

無關 

23天 

無關 

無關 

15天 

用“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆重塗的間隔 

大氣境中等 3月 2月 4周 21天 14天 10天 

大氣境嚴重 21天 14天 6天 3天 2天 36小時 


大氣境 


浸泡* 



表面溫度 -5 0 10 20 30 40 

大氣 

大氣 

境 

境 

中等 

嚴重 

無關無關 

6天 

3天 

3天 

1.5天 

2天 

1天 

36小時 

18小時 

* 僅“老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330適於浸泡 

根據本地的實際情況可以適 

請與本公司聯繫 

聚氨酯面起重塗的特別說明 

的延長最大重塗間隔如想得進一步的建議 

在聚氨酯漆使用之前必須使表面完全清潔為了確定表面清潔度是否足夠可以進 

行局部實驗然而這種檢測並不足以完全說明其耐久性如果結果可疑請重新 

清潔一個更安全的方法就是用稀釋了的本品噴塗表面 

延長重塗間隔的一般注意事項 

除了在每個表後面提到的有關最小重塗間隔外的注意事項外還有下面一些注意事 

項 

表面必須完全乾淨以確保漆膜間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔較長時 

用適的清潔劑去除一切灰塵油脂等再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉份 

另外必須去除由於長時間暴露引起的退化表面層可用水噴射 

去除退化表面層如使用得水噴射也可以取代上述清洗方法如 

有疑問請向海虹老人牌塗料公司咨詢 

為檢查表面清洗質量可在小塊面積做試驗然而這種局部檢驗並不足以完全說 

明油漆耐久性

特性 

用途 

老人牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330 

“老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330是一種以氯化橡膠為基料的油漆屬物理乾燥型 

耐海水也耐礦物油脂族溶劑及多種化學品的濺汙但不耐動植物油和芳烴溶劑 

使用溫度見備註 

本品可自作底漆,或作為中間漆和面漆塗在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境下(包括長期浸 

泡部位)的鋼結構表面 


物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11480 紅色/50630 可根據需求提供其它顏色 

漆面平光 



閃 

32 





510克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 



漆膜厚度乾膜 80微米 (見備註) 



最大不限 (見備註) 

安全 






表面處理新鋼材噴砂使表面達到Sa2.5級標準若需要塗一層適的車間底漆臨時保 

護鋼面 

品修補 

塗漆前把儲運和加工時被損壞的車間底漆以及汙染物徹底清理乾淨用本 


或動力工具除去浮鏽和其它鬆散物質掃除殘留物修補至完整漆膜厚度

“老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330 


施工條件按照正常的良好施工條件進行 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 


加塗油漆無或按規定加塗“老人”牌氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆系列船底根據配套加塗防汙漆 

備注 

注意 

因本品是熱塑型品故在溫度約40 以上時長時間受機械作用漆膜會凹陷一 

旦溫度下降漆膜機械強度隨之恢復 


塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為40-100微米反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太 

厚因“截留”的溶劑而使漆膜起泡由於每一塗層都可能殘留溶劑因此一般建 

議施塗“老人”牌46330時不可太厚 

重塗若多層漆膜施工實際漆膜厚度和塗層數會影響乾燥時間和最小重塗間隔 

請參閱相應的油漆配套 

無最大重塗間隔但在汙染 

任其自乾 

境暴露後的表面重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨 


公佈日期 1999年10月–4633011480CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370 

“老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370是一種具有最佳保色性用氯化增塑劑和丙烯酸樹脂 

為基料配制的厚漿油漆屬物理乾燥型耐海水脂族溶劑和動植物油的濺汙 

可作貨櫃的外部面漆 

可作為在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆系列的中間漆 

和面漆 


物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000* 




閃 

23 


表乾約0.5小時 20 

指觸乾 


約4小時 20 


施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(20%) 08080(30%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.43-0.53毫米 







安全 






表面處理維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物對鋼材 

用噴砂或動力工具除去全部鏽跡和其它鬆散物質掃除殘留物用適的底漆和本 

品修補鋼面裸露部位至完整漆膜厚度對其它金屬和混凝土參照有關的油漆配套 

及底漆和封閉漆的品說明書

“老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46370 




先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧富鋅漆15360/15363 氧底漆15300/15302,或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無或根據需要加塗“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360等 

備注 

注意 

顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能會變色暴露 

在含硫大氣中,含鉛的可能會變色 

使用溫度因本品是熱塑型品故在溫度約40 以上時長時間受機械作用漆膜會 

凹陷一旦溫度下降漆膜機械強度隨之恢復 


塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為75-100微米反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太 



重塗若多層漆膜施工實際漆膜厚度和塗層數會影響最小重塗間隔請參閱相 

應的油漆配套 

無最大重塗間隔但在汙染 

任其自乾 

境暴露後的表面重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨 


公佈日期 1999年10月–4637010000CO015

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46410是一種具有良好保色性用丙烯酸樹脂醇酸樹脂和 

非氯化型增塑劑為基料配制的物理乾燥型厚漿半平光油漆含磷酸鋅緩蝕顏料 

耐海水也耐脂族溶劑和動植物油的濺汙 

可作為在中等腐蝕性境中氯化橡膠或丙烯酸漆配套的底漆中間漆和面漆 

本品可自作底漆用於修補集裝箱漆層破損部位也可用於其它需要既經濟 

又快捷補漆的場合 

可作集裝箱面漆 


批準 

被澳大利亞CSIRO批準,可裝載食品 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11480*- 紅色/50630* 




閃 

24 



指觸乾 


約4小時 20 


*如果需要可以提供其他顏色 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.43-0.53毫米 





重塗間隔最小乾燥後(見備註) 


安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參 

考材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護包括 

但並不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採 

取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處 

或空氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風



表面處理新鋼材用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物噴砂使 

表面達到Sa2.5 若需要塗一層適的車間底漆臨時保護鋼面塗漆前把儲運和 

加工時被損壞的車間底漆以及汙染物徹底清理乾淨用本品修補 

維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清除份和其它汙物用噴 

砂或動力工具除去浮鏽和其它鬆散物質 

度 

掃除殘留物用本品修補至完整漆膜厚 





備注 

注意 

顏色在含硫氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能會變色 

施工溫度因本品是熱塑型品故在溫度約40 以上時長時間受機械作用漆 

膜會凹陷一旦溫度下降漆膜機械強度隨之恢復 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率乾燥時間和 

重塗間隔乾膜厚度正常範圍為75-125微米為得一個均勻的乾膜厚度 125微 

米建議採用雙塗法施工濕碰濕若用滾塗法施工如甲板漆施工每度 

漆的乾膜厚度通常約為50微米反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太厚因“截 

留”的溶劑而使漆膜起泡由於每一塗層都可能殘留溶劑因此一般建議施塗“老 

人”牌46410時不可太厚 

甲板漆如需要形成防滑表面,宜趁本品第一層漆未乾時用“老人”牌防滑粉67500 

均勻撒在漆面(每25平方米約2.5公斤) 漆膜乾後把多餘的防滑粉掃掉再塗第 

二層漆膜往20升本品中加入1公斤“老人”牌防滑粉67420可得同樣效果 

重塗若多層漆膜施工實際漆膜厚度和塗層數會影響最小重塗間隔請參閱 

相應的油漆配套 

無最大重塗間隔但在汙染境暴露後的表面重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾 

淨任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月–4641011480CO003

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46820是一種具有最佳保色性以丙烯酸樹脂為基料的油漆 

屬物理乾燥型耐海水也耐脂族溶劑和動植物油的濺汙 

可作為集裝箱和機車等的面漆 

可作為在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中鋼結構的面漆關於施工和修補的注意事項 

參見備註 


物理參數 

顏色/色號淺鋁色/19000 




閃 

25 


指觸乾 


3-4小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(20%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.43-0.53毫米(見備註) 





重塗間隔最小乾後(見備註) 


安全 





流通處施工必須提供強力通風 

表面處理用適的清潔劑清除油脂用高壓淡水清洗掉份和其它汙物,用噴砂法或動力工 

具除去浮鏽和其它鬆散物質,掃除殘渣先用適的底漆補塗再用本品全面塗飾 

至漆膜厚度



施工條件施工時表面必須完全清潔乾燥表面溫度在露以上以避免凝結在狹窄空間 

施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧底漆15300/15302, 氧富鋅漆15360/15363,或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無須加塗或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

使用溫度因本品是熱塑型品故溫度約40 以上時長時間受壓會導致漆膜凹陷, 

一溫度下降,漆膜的機械性能又可恢復 

施工施工方法會影響漆膜外觀噴塗法特別是傳統噴塗法可以得到最佳鋁金屬 

色澤若刷塗可使用一種寬不過10釐米的平頭漆刷塗料塗抹於表面後,用漆刷 

輕輕地向同一方向把漆面抹平如果漆刷或滾筒醮漆過多,漆面就會出條紋以致 

表面變灰而失去光澤但這只影響外觀並不破壞其保護性能施工期間不管採取何 

種措施修補都可能使修補部位的視覺效果如光澤有差別 


塗間隔通常乾膜厚度範圍為60-100微米反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太 



無論如何 

噴出壓力 

漆膜應避免過厚因此在無空氣噴塗時建議使用盡可能小的噴孔和 

重塗若是多層漆膜施工漆層數及每層的厚度將會影響乾燥時間與最小重塗間 

隔參照相應的施工說明在汙染境暴露後重塗前須用高壓淡水衝淨表面任 

其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月 4682019000CO005

特性 

用途 


批準 

老人牌銀倉漆51560 

“老人”牌銀倉漆51560是一種空氣乾燥的鋁粉漆具有良好的滲透性能對穀物無 

害 

作為反光漆塗於貨倉表面 

作為耐熱防護漆塗在熱表面最大200 

本品經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會鑑定為對穀物無害品符合美國食品和藥物管 

理局審批的“聯邦條例”中關於乾食物運輸規定的第175.300章 

物理參數 

顏色/色號鋁色/19000(見備註) 

漆面有光(見備註) 



閃 

33 


指觸乾 


約5小時 20 


施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗一般噴塗刷塗/滾塗 

稀釋劑無須稀釋(見備註) 








最大不限 

安全 






“老人”牌銀倉漆51560 


表面處理維修和保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂再用(高壓)淡水清除份及其它汙物,用噴 

砂法或動力工具除去鐵鏽及鬆散物質掃除殘留物然後用指定底漆補塗 



先塗油漆鋼板表面溫度先塗油漆 

120 以下“老人”牌醇酸底漆 

120-200 之間自作底漆 


備注 

注意 

證書發佈時 

本品適宜噴塗 

本品型號為5156 

施工若刷塗,可選用不寬於10釐米的平頭刷,不必稀釋塗漆後,宜輕輕向一個方 

向抹平漆面,如果漆刷或滾筒用力過大漆面就會出皺紋變灰而失去光澤,但對 

漆膜的防護性能無影響 

壞漆膜的防護性能 

在高溫下本品會變灰而失去光澤,這僅影響外觀並不破 

鋁粉漆光澤取決於使用方法 

如需要該光澤則應該以老人牌銀粉漆51570為面漆 

漆面高溫條件下本品會變得略帶灰色並失去光澤這只是表面變化對其防 

護性能無影響 


公佈日期 2000年5月–5156019000CO007

特性 

用途 


批準 

“老人”牌銀粉漆51570是一種油性樹脂鋁粉漆反光性強 

老人牌銀粉漆51570 

適宜塗在輕微至中等腐蝕性境下需反光或有一定熱度的鋼材或木材內外表面 

符合美國食品和藥物管理局審批的“聯邦條例”中“食品附加條例”關於乾食物運輸 

方面規定的第175.300章 

經德國有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61 67 決議認可為“低火焰傳播塗” 

已經得了德國EC-型檢驗證書 

物理參數 

顏色/色號鋁色/19000 

漆面有光見備註 



閃 38 





500克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗一般噴塗刷塗/滾塗 

稀釋劑無須稀釋(見備註) 






濕膜 75微米; 


最大不限 

安全 

小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應參 

考材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護包括 

但並不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或直接接觸本品應立即求醫必須採 

取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處 

或空氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風

“老人”牌鋁粉漆51570 


表面處理塗有"老人"牌醇酸底漆(溫度範圍見下面的"先塗油漆"欄)的完好表面在徹底清除儲 

存和製造期間生的汙染之後即可施塗對於其它表面用動力工具清理至St3或噴 

砂處理至Sa2 除去鐵鏽及鬆散物質 

維修及保養用適的清潔劑清除油脂再用(高壓)淡水清除份及其它汙物,用噴 

砂法或動力工具除去鐵鏽及鬆散物質掃除殘留物然後用指定底漆補塗 



先塗油漆鋼板表面溫度先塗油漆 

120 以下 “老人”牌醇酸底漆 

120-200 之間自作底漆 


備注 

注意 


施工本品適宜噴塗 

若刷塗,可選用不寬於10釐米的平頭刷,不必稀釋塗漆後,宜輕輕向一個方向抹平漆 

面,如果漆刷或滾筒用力過大漆面就會出皺紋變灰而失去光澤,但對漆膜的防 

護性能無影響 

防護性能 

在高溫下本品會變灰而失去光澤,這僅影響外觀並不破壞漆膜的 

漆 

響 

面高溫條件下本品會變得略帶灰色這只是表面變化對其防護性能無影 


公佈日期 2000年5月–5157019000CO010

特性 

用途 

老人牌醇酸磁漆52140 

“老人”牌醇酸磁漆52140具有良好的光澤和耐候性,漆膜柔韌,耐水,也耐礦物油及 

脂肪烴類物質的潑濺 

.可作為醇酸漆系列的面漆塗在輕微至中等腐蝕境下的鋼板或木結構的內外表 

面 

.可作為機房(包括艙頂主機及輔助機械)的面漆 

使用溫度乾燥時最大耐溫 120 在此溫度下漆膜可能會氾 /變色 

批準 

物理參數 

本品經丹德國比利時和意大利有關部門根據國際海事組織MSC61 67 決 

議認可為“低火焰傳播塗料” 

已經得了丹德國EC-型認證 

顏色/色號白色/10000 黑色/19990 可按實際要求提供其他顏色 

漆面有光有光 

體積固體含量% 46±1 43 1 


閃 38 38 


表面乾約2.5小時約2.5小時 20 

指觸乾 


6-8小時 6-8小時 20 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08230 08230 08230(見備註) 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 







重塗間隔最小 8小時 20 ) 


安全 






“老人”牌醇酸磁漆52140 




先塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆12050,“老人”牌厚漿底漆13200,“老人”牌中間漆42460或按規定 

先塗 


備注 

注意 


顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能會變色 

在含硫的大氣境中暴露後含鉛的油漆的顏色可能會變色 

漆膜厚度根據使用目的和部位可選用不同的漆膜厚度,但這會影響塗布率乾燥 

時間及重塗間隔,通常乾膜厚度為30-40微米 

稀釋噴塗時可用“老人”牌稀釋劑08080,但用於“老人”牌醇酸漆的新塗層之上有 

起皺的可能 

重塗重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關(52140以30微米乾膜計) 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 


輕微中等輕微中等 

52140 8小時 8小時無 5天 

如超過最大重塗間隔,必須磨粗表面,以保證漆層間的附著力 

若曾在汙染境中暴露過,重塗前用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨任其自乾 


公佈日期 2000年5月 5214010000CO016

特性 

用途 

使用溫度 

批準 

老人牌醇酸厚漿磁漆52220 

“老人”牌醇酸厚漿磁漆52220可用無空氣噴塗法作厚漆膜噴塗 

可作為“老人”牌醇酸漆系列的面漆塗在輕微至中等腐蝕境下的鋼板內外表面 

乾燥時最大耐溫 120 

本品經丹有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61(67)決議認可為“低火焰傳播塗料” 

已得了德國和丹德EC-類型認識 

物理參數 


漆面有光 



閃 38 



指觸乾 


6-8小時 20 


施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗補漆用 

稀釋劑 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

噴孔 0.53-0.58毫米 




漆膜厚度乾膜 60微米見備註 



安全 





流通處施工必須提供強力通風 


在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應大量通風

“老人”牌醇酸厚漿磁漆52220 


先塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸厚漿底漆13200,或按規定先塗 


備注 


重塗間隔重塗間隔與以後暴露境有關(52220以60微米乾膜計) 

注意 

最小最大 

表面溫度 20 20 

重塗油漆 


輕微中等輕微中等 

52220 12小時 16小時不限 5天 

如超過最大重塗間隔,必須磨粗表面,以保證漆層間的附著力若曾在汙染境中暴 

露過,重塗前用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨任其自乾 

可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度這將改變塗布率,乾燥時間和重塗間隔不 

可在超過40 的境下儲存和使用 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5222010000CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌半光醇酸漆52360 

“老人”牌半光醇酸漆52360是一種多用途醇酸基經濟塗料對粗糙多孔的表面有極 

好的滲透性能,對穀物無害 

使用溫度乾燥時最大耐溫120 

批準 

可自作底漆塗於諸如乾貨艙內部鋼面和木結構表面 

作為在輕微侵蝕性境中醇酸基漆系列的底漆 

本品經德國有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61(67)決議認可為低火焰傳播材料 

經英國紐卡斯爾職業健康協會鑑定為對穀物無害品 

符合美國食品和藥物管理局審批的“聯邦條例”中“食品附加條例”關於乾食品運輸 

方面規定的第175.300章並且已得了德國EC-類認證 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/10670 紅色/50610 


體積固體含量% 56 1 57 1 


閃 

38 38 


指觸乾 


6-8小時(20 ) 6-8小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5%(見備註) 

噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 








安全 






“老人”牌半光醇酸漆52360 


表面處理新鋼材噴砂使表面至少達到Sa2級標準,如需臨時保護鋼材表面,可塗用適的車 

間底漆,最後塗漆前所有破損的車間底漆和在加工和貯運期間受汙染的部分都必需 

清理乾淨,再用本品進行修補 

維修保養用適的清潔劑除掉油脂,再用(高壓)淡水清除份及其它汙物用噴砂 

法或動力工具除掉鏽跡及鬆散物質掃除殘渣補塗使其達到規定的漆膜厚度 

施工條件按照正常良好條件進行,在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆 "老人"牌醇酸底漆12050或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆本品通常可自作配套使用亦可參照說明選用油性或醇酸基油漆加塗 

例如 

內表面 “老人”牌銀艙漆51560 

外表面 “老人”牌醇酸中間漆42460,再塗上醇酸基面漆 

備注 

注意 

暴露於汙染境下重塗之前,必須用高壓淡水將漆面衝洗乾淨,任其自乾 

稀 

起皺 

釋可以用“老人”牌稀釋劑08080稀釋本品但噴塗後會造成剛塗過的醇酸漆 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5236010670CO011

特性 

用途 

老人牌快乾甲板漆53240 

“老人”牌醇酸甲板漆53240是一種快乾苯乙烯醇酸漆耐磨損抗日曬耐海水 

和油濺但不耐芳烴類物質如某些汽油有關表面防滑參見備註 

可作為通用面漆塗在輕微至中等腐蝕境中的鋼甲板舷梯船橋等結構的內外表 

面 

使用溫度乾燥時最大耐溫120 

批準 

本品經丹德國及英國有關部門根據國際海事組織MSC61(67)決議認可為低火焰 

傳播材料 

已經得了德國和丹 EC-類型的認證 

物理參數 

顏色/色號綠色/40640 紅色/50630 


體積固體含量% 42 1 41 1 


閃 

28 28 


指觸乾 


約1小時(20 ) 約1小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 

噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 







最大 4小時(20 )(見備註) 

安全 






“老人”牌快乾甲板漆53240 


施工條件按照正常良好條件進行,在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌醇酸底漆12050或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 


重塗漆膜乾後4小時之內必須重塗,超過4小時只能2周後重塗,對於附著力來說無 

最大重塗間隔若曾在汙染境中暴露過,重塗前用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨任其自乾 

如需防滑表面應趁本品第一層未乾時用“老人”牌防滑粉67500均勻灑在漆面上 

20升53240配7.5kg防滑粉67500 漆膜乾後掃除多餘的防滑粉後再塗第二層漆 

膜 

在20升53240中加入1kg“老人”牌防滑珠67420塗布可得同樣防滑效果 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5324040640CO016

特性 

用途 


固化劑95370 

老人”牌聚氨酯磁漆55100是一種雙組份高光丙烯酸聚氨酯塗料有極好的光澤和良 

好保色性 

可作為高光裝飾面漆塗在嚴重汙染境下的鋼結構鋁材玻璃纖維聚酯夾板 

硬木表面最低固化溫度為 10 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大耐溫 120 見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000 可根據需要提供其他顏色 

漆面高光 



閃 

31 



指觸乾 4-5小時 20 




440克/升 

施工說明 

混合比率基料55109 固化劑95370=7 1 體積比 


稀釋劑見備註見備註 08080 


混合使用時間 2小時 20 

噴孔 0.43 0.48毫米 

噴出壓力 7.5-10.0兆帕 


工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08080或08510 



重塗間隔最小 8小時 


安全 






施工和固化條件施工表面要求清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結最低固化溫度為-10 

在冰及冰以下施工時必須注意表面結冰而影響漆膜的附著力施工期間及施工 

後16小時內(20 )小雨/濕度太大/凝露會影響漆膜的良好成形在狹窄的空間裏施工 

和乾燥期間需大量通風



先塗油漆 “老人”牌厚漿氧漆45200/45201 氧漆45304,“老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880或按規定 

先塗 


備注 

注意 

顏色某些不含鉛的紅色和色暴露在含氯大氣中可能會變色含鉛的顏料所形 

成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大氣中可能會變色 

使用溫度使用溫度高於100 時可能會輕微褪色 

漆膜厚度根據不同的使用目的和區域可不按規定的漆膜厚度塗飾而其塗布率 

乾燥時間和重塗間隔也相應改變乾膜厚度範圍為20 40微米 

稀釋劑稀釋劑類型和用量應根據施工的條件方法溫度通風和底材來決定 

一般建議使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08080 

替 

根據實際情況也可用“老人”牌稀釋劑08510代 

無空氣噴塗建議稀釋劑用量15-20% 極端情況下用量可超過25%以得良好漆膜 

空氣噴塗 

塗 

稀釋至DIN4杯17-20秒約35%體積比的稀釋劑用低氣壓小噴孔噴 

為取得最佳噴塗效果兩種噴塗方法都應先霧噴一度老人牌聚氨酯漆55100 2-15 

分鐘後再噴塗至完整膜厚形成均勻漆膜 

重塗間隔和乾燥/固化時間 

不要加厚漆膜 

溫度變化的物理參數(35微米乾膜厚通風充足) 

施工表面溫度 10 0 10 20 30 

指觸乾約 45小時 20小時 9小時 5小時 3小時 

耐凝露/小雨 (7天) 3天 32小時 16小時 12小時 

完全固化(相對濕度 

70%) 

(60天) 32天 14天 7天 5天 

重塗間隔最小 3天 1.5天 16小時 8小時 6小時 

自重塗最大* (6月) (6月) (6月) 3月 2月 

*最大重塗間隔是指表面曝露在惡劣境如周期性浸泡嚴重凝露溫度巨大變化 

接觸化學品或磨損的情況下的最大重塗間隔在其它情況下無最大重塗間隔任何 

情況下都要求表面絕對清潔以確保漆層間的附著力尤其是重塗間隔期長的情況 

用適的清潔劑清除表面一切汙物油脂等用淡水洗淨表面的跡為保證表面 

足夠清潔正式重塗之前應先取一小塊面積做試驗 

若超過最大重塗間隔須磨粗表面以確保漆膜間的附著力如果用其他品種重塗, 

最大重塗間隔為1-3天(20 ) 

固化劑95370很易受潮應密封桶蓋儲存於乾燥處啟封固化劑桶時應小心高壓 

混合漆料中稍微一水份也會減少混合使用時間並造成漆膜缺陷 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5510010000CO005

特性 

用途 


固化劑95370 

“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆55210是一種雙組份丙烯酸聚氨酯塗料保光性和保色性良好 

可作為保護面漆塗在嚴重汙染境下對油漆耐光和保色性等要求高的鋼結構表面 

最低固化溫度為-10 


批準 

本品經德國意大利有關機構根據國際海事組織MSC61(67)決議認可為“低火焰傳 

播塗料” 

本品已得了德國EC-類型的認證 

物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000 藍色/30840 可根據需要提供其它顏色 


體積固體含量 52 1 51 1 


閃 

33 33 


表面乾約2.5小時約2.5小時 20 

指觸乾約8小時約8小時 20 

完全固化 7天 7天 20 



440克/升 450克/升 

施工說明 

混合比率基料55219 固化劑95370 7 1 體積比 


稀釋劑見備註 08080 



噴孔 0.43 0.48毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08080 或08510 




安全 

施工和固化條件 





施工表面要求清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結最低固化溫度為 10 

在冰及冰以下施工時必須注意表面結冰而影響漆膜的附著力施工期間及施工 

後16小時內(20 )濕度太大/凝露會影響漆膜的良好成形在狹窄的空間裏施工和乾 

燥期間需大量通風



先塗油漆 “老人”牌厚漿氧漆45200/45201 氧漆45141/45143 “老人”牌厚漿氧漆45880, 

或按規定先塗 


備注證書發佈時本品型號為5521 

顏色某些不含鉛的紅色和色暴露在含氯大氣中可能會變色含鉛的顏料所形 

成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大氣中可能會變色 

使用溫度使用溫度超過100 時可能會發生輕微變色 


乾燥時間和重塗間隔也相應改變乾膜厚度範圍為40 60微米 

稀釋稀釋劑的類型和用量視施工條件施工方法溫度通風和底材狀況而定 

一般情況下 

08510代替 

建議使用“老人”牌稀釋劑08080 根據實際情況可用"老人”牌稀釋劑 

無空氣噴塗稀釋劑用量建議為5-15% 在某些特殊情況下稀釋劑用量可超過20% 

以保證漆面狀況令人滿意先霧噴一度 2-15分鐘後再噴塗至完整漆膜厚度這 

樣可使漆面均勻效果最佳 

靜電噴塗推薦用指定的稀釋劑稀釋10% 如想得進一步建議請與本公司聯繫 

重塗間隔和乾燥/固化時間 

注意 

溫度變化的物理參數 

施工表面溫度 10 0 10 20 30 

指觸乾約 3天 36小時 16小時 8小時 6小時 

耐凝露/小雨* (7天) 3天 32小時 16小時 12小時 

完全固化 

(相對濕度 70%) 

2月 32天 14天 7天 5天 

重塗間隔最小 6天 3天 32小時 16小時 12小時 

自重塗最大不限不限不限不限不限 

*可通過加入促進劑來加速固化和乾燥詳情請咨詢本公司 

任何情況下都要求表面絕對清潔以確保漆層間的附著力尤其是重塗間隔期長的 

情況用適的清潔劑清除表面一切汙物油脂等用淡水洗淨表面的跡為保 

證表面足夠清潔正式重塗之前應先取一小塊面積做試驗 

若利用一種“促進劑” 可加速漆膜乾燥和固化有關詳情請與海虹老人牌公司聯 

繫 

固化劑95370很易受潮應密封桶蓋儲存於乾燥處啟封固化劑桶時應小心高壓 

混合漆料中稍微一水份也會減少混合使用時間並造成漆膜缺陷 


公佈日期 2000年12月-5521010000CO009

特性 

用途 

“老人”牌磁漆55850 

固化劑97550 

“老人”牌磁漆55850是一種雙組份氧乙烷酯面漆耐汽油礦物油和弱酸的濺汙 

符合保部門對VOC含量的要求 

作為雙組份防鏽漆配套的面漆塗用於安全規則禁止使用氰酸酯固化的塗料的場 

合適用於中等至嚴重腐蝕性大氣境 

使用溫度: 乾燥條件下最大耐溫:140 

物理參數 


漆面有光 



閃 

43 


表面乾 : 約3小時 20 

指觸乾 8~10小時 20 




340克/升 

施工說明 



稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 15% 5% 


噴孔 0.46 0.53毫米 








安全 






“老人”牌磁漆55850 


施工條件僅在施工和固化能夠進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品施工表面溫度和油漆本 

身的溫度也應高於此溫度施工表面要求清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結 

在冰及冰以下施工時必須注意表面結冰而影響漆膜的附著力 

先塗油漆按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 

顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色易變色在含硫的大氣 

境中暴露後含鉛的顏色易變色 


乾燥時間和重塗間隔也相應改變乾膜厚度範圍為50~75微米 

重塗:最大重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 

鋼板溫度 20 

大氣境 

重塗油漆輕度中等嚴重 

55850 無無 3個月 

任何情況下都要求表面絕對清潔以確保漆層間的附著力尤其是重塗間隔期長的 

情況用適的清潔劑清除表面一切汙物油脂等用淡水洗淨表面的跡為保 

證表面足夠清潔正式重塗之前應先取一小塊面積做試驗如試驗表面層間附著力 

不夠應打磨粗糙表面 

如超過最大重塗間隔應打磨粗糙表面以確保層間附著力 

光澤在室外暴露本品會輕微粉化但並不影響漆膜的保護性能 


公佈日期 1999年10月-5585010000CO003

特性 

用途 


固化劑97050 

“老人”牌聚氨酯面漆55910是一種非常柔軟的雙組份聚氨酯面漆 

作為厚漿面漆用於保護在腐蝕性境中的結構鋼特別適用於維修符合保部門 

對VOC含量的要求 

使用溫度: 乾燥條件下最大耐溫:120 見備註 

物理參數 


漆面有光 



閃 

31 


表面乾 : 約3小時 20 





340克/升 

施工說明 


施工方法無空氣噴塗見備註刷塗見備註 

稀釋劑 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5 5% 


噴孔 0.43 0.53毫米 



工具清洗 “老人”牌稀釋劑08080/08880 




最大無見備註 

安全 








施工條件施工表面要求清潔乾燥溫度高於露以避免水汽凝結最低固化溫度為-10 

在冰及冰以下施工時必須注意表面結冰而影響漆膜的附著力在施工及以後的 

24小時內高濕度和/或凝露會嚴重影響成膜狀況在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應大 

量通風 

先塗油漆按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 

顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能變色在含硫的大 

氣境中暴露後含鉛的顏色可能變色 

使用溫度如使用溫度高於90 本品會變得更軟 

顏色在含硫氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能變色 


乾燥時間和重塗間隔也相應改變乾膜厚度範圍為最小75微米未稀釋最大125 

微米 

重塗:最小重塗間隔與將來暴露境有關 

表面溫度 -10 0 10 20 30 

正常 

嚴重* 

3天 

3天 

36小時 

36小時 

16小時 

16小時 

11小時 

11小時 

6小時 

6小時 

最大重塗間隔要求表面絕對清潔以確保漆層間的附著力尤其在重塗間隔期長 

時用適的清潔劑清除表面一切汙物油脂等再用高壓淡水清洗用淡水 

洗淨表面的跡為保證表面足夠清潔正式重塗之前應先取一小塊面積做試驗 

如用其它油漆重塗根據油漆類型最大重塗間隔為1~3天 20 

注意固化劑97050很易受潮應密封桶蓋儲存於乾燥處啟封固化劑桶時應小 

心高壓混合漆料中稍微一水份也會減少混合使用時間並造成漆膜缺陷 


公佈日期 1999年10月-5591010000CR001

特性 

用途 

老人牌抗鏽斑面漆56220 

“老人”牌抗鏽斑面漆56220是一種用於氧和丙烯酸漆體系的改性面漆屬物理乾 

燥型耐水和脂肪碳氫化合物平滑表面和特殊化合物將使鏽漬之類的汙染減少 

至最低程度 

作為丙烯酸氯化橡膠和氧漆體系的外用面漆用於中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最高耐溫為80 見備註 

物理參數 

顏色/色號奶 /20320 根據需要可提供其它色號 

漆面有光 



閃 

23 



指觸乾 3-4小時(20 ) 



565克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法刷塗/滾塗 

稀釋劑 08080 

(最大用量) 5%(見備註 






安全 






“老人”牌抗鏽斑面漆56220 


施工條件按照正常良好條件進行表面須乾燥清潔溫度要高於露 


先塗油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸漆乙烯漆和氧漆或按規定塗裝 


備注 

注意 

使用溫度由於“老人”牌抗鏽斑面漆56220是一種熱塑性品在溫度高於40 時 

長期的機械作用會引起漆膜凹陷溫度降低時則恢復其機械強度在汙染境 

中暴露後的表面重塗前須用高壓淡水徹底衝洗乾淨任其自乾 

無空氣噴塗無空氣噴塗應採取如下措施 

施工前需稀釋油漆約10% 避免漆膜過厚不超過40微米使用噴塗法時 

噴槍要快速移動多次這樣才能得平滑均勻的外觀 

建議噴孔 0.43-0.48毫米噴出壓力 15.0兆帕 

為了校驗噴塗條件建議在大規模實際施工前採用小片實驗 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5622020320CO001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸磁漆56360 

“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360是一種以丙烯酸樹脂和非氯化增塑劑為基料而配制的面 

漆,具有理想的光澤和保色性屬物理乾燥型耐海水也耐脂烴類物質和動植物 

油的濺汙 

作為“老人”牌氯化橡膠及丙烯酸漆配套的面漆塗在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中的內 

外表面 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大耐溫 80 (見備註) 

批準 

經英國“紐卡斯爾職業健康協會”試驗對穀物無污染 

物理參數 

顏色/色號橙色/50040 黑色/19990(可根據需求提供其它顏色) 


體積固體含量% 33 1 31 1 


閃 

25 25 


表乾約1小時約1小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 3-4小時 3-4小時(20 ) 



595克/升 610克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量 ) 5% 15% 5% 









安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360 


施工條件按照正常良好的條件施工待塗表面要求乾燥潔淨溫度高於露 

在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆,或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 


顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能會變色含鉛的 

顏料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大氣中可能會變色 

施工溫度因為“老人”牌丙烯酸磁漆56360是熱塑型塗料,所以溫度高於40 時,長時 

間的機械作用會使漆膜凹陷一旦溫度降低漆膜的機械性能可以恢復 

漆膜厚度反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太厚因“截留”的溶劑而使漆膜起 

泡 

太厚 

由於每一塗層都可能殘留溶劑因此一般建議施塗“老人”牌56360時不可 

重塗暴露於汙染境下漆膜在重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗表面,任其自乾 

用其它油漆塗覆可能導致漆膜裂請參閱有關油漆配套的“備註” 

防滑表面如果需要形成防滑表面,宜趁本品第一層塗膜未乾時,用“老人”牌防滑粉 

67500均勻地撒在漆面上(每25米 2 的表面約需2.5公斤防滑粉) 漆膜乾後把表面多 

餘的防滑粉掃下然後再塗以第二道56360 向20升的56360中加入1.0公斤的“老人” 

牌防滑珠67420可得同樣效果 

` 本品僅適於專業用途 

公佈日期 2000年7月–5636019990CO009

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸漆56430 

“老人”牌丙烯酸漆56430是一種具有最佳保色性,物理乾燥型,以丙烯酸樹脂和非氯 

化增塑劑為基料的油漆耐海水也耐脂肪烴溶劑和動植物油的濺汙 

1.可作為集裝箱外表面面漆 

2.可作為在中等至嚴重腐蝕性境中“老人”牌丙烯酸漆配套系列中的面漆 

使用溫度乾燥條件下最大耐溫 80 (見備註) 

物理參數 

顏色/色號橙紅色/54406 備有可供選擇的其它顏色 

漆面平光 



閃 24 


表乾約15分種 20 




545克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080(5%) 08080(15%) 08080(5%) 

噴孔 0.43-0.53毫米 







安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸漆56430 


施工條件施工時,表面必須完全清潔乾燥表面溫度在露以上以避免凝露在狹窄空間 


先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧底漆15300/15302,“老人”牌丙烯酸厚漿漆46410或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆無須加塗或根據使用部位按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

顏色在含氯的大氣境中暴露後某些不含鉛的紅色可能會變色 

某些含鉛的顏料所形成的漆膜暴露在含硫的大氣中可能會變色 

本品因是熱塑型品故溫度約40 以上時長時間受機械壓力會導致漆膜凹陷,一 

但溫度下降,漆膜的機械性能又可恢復 

漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整厚度調整範圍通常為30-50微米這將改 

變塗布率乾燥時間和重塗間隔反復多次的維修工作可能導致總漆膜太厚因“截 

留”的溶劑而使漆膜起泡由於每一塗層都可能殘留溶劑因此一般建議施塗“老 

人”牌56430時不可太厚 

重塗若是多層漆膜施工實際漆膜厚度及塗層數將會影響最小重塗間隔參照 

相應的油漆配套無最大重塗間隔但是在汙染境暴露後重塗前需用高壓淡水 

衝淨表面任其自乾 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5643054406CS001

特性 

用途 

老人牌丙烯酸熒光漆56540 

“老人”牌丙烯酸熒光漆56540是一種含熒光顏料的無遮蓋力強反光丙烯酸漆,色感 

強,能見度高,本品在黑暗中無反光效果為提高其耐光性能,需在本品面上塗一層 

“老人”牌清漆06520 

可用於救生設施和警示牌作用的突出或移動物體表面 

使用溫度在乾燥條件下,最高使用溫度 80 (見備註) 

物理參數 

顏色/色號橙色/50180(可根據需求提供其它顏色) 

光澤半光 

固體體積% 44 1 


閃 

38 


指觸乾 


1-2小時(20 ) 


施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗一般噴塗刷塗 

稀釋劑 08230 08230 08230 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% 

噴孔 0.38-0.46毫米 






最大不限 

安全 






“老人”牌丙烯酸熒光漆56540 


施工條件按照正常良好條件進行塗裝在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 

先塗油漆 "老人"牌丙烯酸平光白漆或按規定先塗,本品需塗在白色表面以得最佳的反光效 

果 

加塗油漆 “老人”牌清漆06520,可抗紫外線照射 

備注 

注意 

因本品是熱塑型品故在溫度約40 以上時長時間受機械作用漆膜會凹陷一旦 

溫度下降漆膜機械強度隨之恢復 

無論是儲存或者施工,都不允許將液體的油漆放於40 以上 


公佈日期 1999年10月–5654050180CO002

特性 

用途 

"老人"牌硅酮面漆56900是一種耐熱以惰性顏料著色的塗料 

老人牌硅酮面漆56900 

可用作熱管道排氣管煙囪和其它達200 的熱表面的長效保護塗層在腐蝕 

境中使用時見“先塗油漆”項 

使用溫度乾燥時最大耐溫 200 

物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000 黑色/19990 

漆面半平光(見備註半平光見備註 

體積固體含量% 59 1 55 1 


閃 

25 25 


表乾約1小時(20 ) 約1小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 


2-4小時(20 ) 2-4小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 080800808008080 

(最大用量) 25%40%25% (見備註) 




工具清洗稀釋劑08080 

漆膜厚度濕膜 50微米(見備註) 



最大 (見備註) 

安全 





表面處理用適的清潔劑清除油脂用(高壓)淡水清除份和其它汙物噴砂處理至Sa2.5 

級,如需塗車間底漆,建議只使用硅酸鋅類型

“老人”牌硅酮面漆56900 


施工條件為避免水汽凝結,只能在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面上施工在狹窄空間內 


先塗油漆可直接塗於噴砂清潔的鋼材上為得最大腐蝕保護建議使用下列一種底漆(40 

微米乾膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富鋅漆16900或含硅富鋅漆15700 


備注 

注意 

光澤受熱後會降低光澤 

熱塑性受熱後漆膜稍具熱塑性 

漆膜厚度建議避免太厚的漆膜,因後來受熱會引起起泡施工時必須加稀釋劑 

08080,以確保形成較低的乾膜厚度 

高溫使用高溫使用時,漆膜體系總的乾膜厚度最好保持在75微米 

第一次受熱漆膜未徹底乾燥(20 最少24小時)前不要受熱 

重塗徹底乾燥(20 ,24小時)後可重塗在汙染境暴露後的表面,重塗前應用 

高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾 

硅酸鋅底漆若施塗於硅酸鋅漆之上,如“老人”牌含硅富鋅漆15700,施工後或第一次 

加熱後可能會出爆孔 

避免爆孔的最好方法是在塗“老人”牌硅酮面漆的第一度漆時先施塗一層薄霧狀塗 

層,讓空氣逸出, 然後再全塗一道56900 


公佈日期 2001年6月–5690010000CO001

特性 

用途 

使用溫度最大乾燥 600 

老人牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910 

"老人"牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910是一種耐熱以鋁粉漿著色的塗料 

可用作熱管道排氣管煙囪和其它熱表面的長效保護塗層用在腐蝕境時見“先 

塗油漆”項 

物理參數 


漆面半平光(見備註 



閃 

25 



指觸乾 


2-4小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 15% 5% (見備註) 





漆膜厚度濕膜 75微米(見備註) 




安全 






表面處理用適的清潔劑清除油脂用(高壓)淡水清除份和其它汙物噴砂處理至Sa2.5 

級

“老人”牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910 


施工條件為避免水汽凝結,只能在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面上施工在狹窄空間內 



微米乾膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富鋅漆16900或含硅富鋅漆15700 這會降低耐熱性 

能,須參考以上兩種底漆的品說明書 


備注 

注意 




固化要使“老人”牌硅酮鋁粉漆56910完全固化就需要在大於200 的情況下固 

化5天以上否則油漆將會存在一定的熱塑性 

高溫使用高溫使用時,漆膜體系總的乾膜厚度最好保持在最大75微米漆膜未徹 

底乾燥(20 最少24小時)前不要受熱 

重塗徹底乾燥(20 ,24小時)或加熱到約200 1小時後可重塗在汙染境暴露 

後的表面,重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾 


加熱後可能會出爆孔 

避免爆孔的最好方法是在塗“老人”牌硅酮面漆的第一度漆時先施塗一層薄霧狀塗 

層,讓空氣逸出,然後再全塗一道56910 


公佈日期 2000年5月–569109000CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940 

"老人"牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940是一種耐熱的丙烯酸改性塗料在境溫度下空氣乾 

燥 

可用作熱管道排氣管煙囪和其它溫度達到200 的熱表面的長效保護塗層短 

暫耐溫可達300 如加熱到200 以上並持續較長時間漆膜可能變色但並不 

影響漆膜的保護性能在腐蝕境時見“先塗油漆”項 

使用溫度在乾燥條件下最大耐溫 600 

物理參數 


漆面半平光(見備註 



閃 

25 


表乾約0.5小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 


1~2小時(20 ) 


施工說明 


稀釋劑 08080 08080 08080 


(見備註) 

15% 5% 





漆膜厚度濕膜 50~100微米(視顏色而定) 


重塗間隔最小 (見備註) 


安全 






“老人”牌硅酮丙烯酸漆56940 


表面處理用適的清潔劑徹底清除油脂用(高壓)淡水去除份和其它汙物噴砂處理至 

Sa2.5級 SSPC-SP-10 如需車間底漆僅可使用硅酸鋅類底漆 

施工條件為避免水汽凝結,只能在乾燥潔淨而溫度又高於露的表面上施工 

在狹窄空間內施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 


微米乾膜厚度) “老人”牌硅酮富鋅漆16900或含硅富鋅漆15700 


備注 

注意 


熱塑性受熱後漆膜稍具熱塑性 



高溫使用高溫使用時,漆膜體系總的乾膜厚度最好保持在最大75微米 

第一次受熱漆膜未徹底乾燥(20 最少24小時)前不要受熱 

重塗徹底乾燥(20 ,8小時)或加熱到約200 1小時後可重塗在汙染境暴露 

後的表面,重塗前應用高壓淡水徹底清洗乾淨任其自乾 


加熱後可能會出爆孔避免爆孔的最好方法是在塗本品的第一度漆時先施塗 

一層薄霧狀塗層,讓空氣逸出,然後再全塗一道56940 


公佈日期 1999年10月-5694019000CO002

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030是一種水性丙烯酸乳膠漆可形成耐變有光澤 

的塗層耐灰塵沾汙具有良好的耐候性和保光性特別適用於無空氣噴塗施工 

作為水性漆配套的有光面漆塗用於輕度至中等腐蝕性境下的內外表面如塗用於建 

築表面應考慮對水蒸汽和二氧化碳滲出的阻滯作用如塗用於欄桿和類似部位 

建議用化學固化塗料代替 


批準 

經英國和加拿大有關機構認可為低火焰傳播材料 

經丹有關機構根據國際海事組織的MSC61(67)的規定認可為低火焰傳播材料 

具有丹 EC型檢測證書 

物理參數 


漆面有光 



閃 >66 


表乾約0.75小時(20 ) 

指觸乾 


約1.5小時(20 ) 見備註 


根據需要可提供其它顏色 

施工說明 



(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

噴孔 0.38~0.48毫米 








安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030 




先塗油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 水性氧底漆18500或按規定先塗 

其它油漆也可作先塗油漆但要就近咨詢海虹老人牌公司的辦事處某些型號的油 

性舊漆在仔細清潔後可以加塗建議選取小塊面積做試驗舊的化學固化的塗料醇 

酸漆氧漆和聚氨酯漆等也可作先塗油漆但是建議僅用在輕度暴露境的場 

合 

加塗前應打磨粗糙表面並應選取小塊面積做試驗 

備注 

注意 

證書發佈時本品的老型號為5803 



漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度正常乾膜範圍為50~100微米如 

乾膜厚度要求50微米應對本品稀釋3~5%以便成膜良好注意過度稀釋會導致漆 

膜缺陷如魚眼 

施工為成膜良好還應採用規定的噴孔尺寸 

如用刷塗或滾塗施工可以隨意施工可用合成纖維制的刷子滾刷既可以氈制的 

也可以是毛制的如刷塗施工可按體積比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸刷塗 

劑99810 





公佈日期 2000年12月–5803010000CO013

範圍 









位 



灰色表面 








注意 








1 用淡水浸泡水泥表面 

2 用適的清潔劑清洗然後用淡水衝洗 



掃除灰塵 


浸泡表面 






詳細的情況 

施工和乾燥期間應保證良好的通風尤其是在乾燥期間確保已塗表面的各個部位都 

有良好的通風是非常重要的除去施工和乾燥期間釋放出的水份所需的通風量約為 

75米 3 /升漆 20 通風所輸送的空氣的相對濕度為40%

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030 

備注 

安全 

注意 











20 40~60%RH 12小時 10 40~60%RH 












明書

特性 

用途 

老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230 

“老人"牌水性丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230是一種水性丙烯酸乳膠漆可形成耐變半啞光 

的塗層耐灰塵沾汙具有良好的耐候性具有優良的耐化學品沾汙性和耐擦洗性 

特別適用於無空氣噴塗施工 

作為水性漆配套的面漆塗用於輕度至中等腐蝕性境下的內外表面如塗用於建築表 

面應考慮對水蒸汽和二氧化碳滲出的阻滯作用 


物理參數 

顏色/色號白色/10000* 

漆面半啞光 



閃 : >66 


指觸乾 


約1.5小時(20 ) 見備註 


*根據需要可提供其它顏色 

施工說明 



(最大用量) 5% 3~8% 

噴孔 0.38~0.48毫米 








安全 





“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230 




先塗油漆老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 水性氧底漆18500 

其它油漆也可作先塗油漆但要就近咨詢海虹老人牌公司的辦事處某些型號的油 

性舊漆在仔細清潔後可以加塗建議選取小塊面積做試驗舊的化學固化的塗料醇 

酸漆氧漆和聚氨酯漆等也可作先塗油漆但是建議僅用在輕度暴露境的場 

合 

加塗前應打磨粗糙表面並應選取小塊面積做試驗 

備注 

注意 

證書發佈時本品的老型號為5823 



漆膜厚度可根據使用目的和部位調整漆膜厚度但是這會改變塗布率乾燥時間 

和重塗間隔正常乾膜範圍為50~100微米如乾膜厚度要求50微米應對本品稀釋 

3~5%以便成膜良好注意過度稀釋會導致漆膜缺陷如魚眼 

施工為成膜良好還應採用規定的噴孔尺寸 

如用刷塗或滾塗施工可以隨意施工可用合成纖維制的刷子滾刷既可以氈制的 

也可以是毛制的如刷塗施工按體積比加3~8%的老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷塗 

劑99810 





公佈日期 2001年3月–5823010000CO003

範圍 









位 



灰色表面 








注意 












掃除灰塵 


浸泡表面 









“老人”牌水性丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230 

備注 

安全 

注意 









• 必須避免漆膜過厚 

• 在暴露於溫度5 和凝露或水中的境之前最後施工的漆層必須乾燥至少6小 

時 20 40~60%RH 12小時 10 40~60%RH 












明書

特性 

用途 

物理參數 

顏色 

比重 

外型 

備注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌防滑珠67420 

“老人”牌防滑珠67420是一種空心的硅酸鋁玻璃珠直徑在5-200微米之間 

施工前與塗料混合,塗在諸如甲板等需要防滑的表面起防滑作用 

灰白色 

約0.7公斤/升 

圓珠型 

貯存境要求乾燥清潔 

用量所用漆料中加入下述重量的本品 

-在20升的56360丙烯酸磁漆中加入約0.8公斤本品 

-在20升快乾甲板漆53240或丙烯酸厚漿漆46410中加入約1公斤本品 

-在20升聚氨酯漆55210中加入約1.2公斤本品 

-在20升厚漿氧漆45200/45201中加入約1.3公斤本品 

本品加入漆料後應徹底攪拌均勻,用刷塗,滾塗或選用壓力罐與大噴孔的 

一般噴塗設備施工 








特性 

用途 

物理參數 

顏色 

比重 

外型 

備注 

注意 

安全 

“老人”牌防滑粉67500是一種烘乾的硅砂,平均直徑約0.5毫米 

在諸如甲板等需要防滑的表面提供防滑效果 

灰白色 

約2.7公斤/升 

砂粒 

老人牌防滑粉67500 

因本品沉重而且粗糙,所以不能在施工前與塗料混合若要混合,建議用 “老人” 

牌防滑珠67420 

本品必須在油漆配套中倒數第二度漆塗後還濕時立即均勻地撒在漆面上 2.5公斤 

本品可撒25平方米的面積 

漆膜乾後掃除多餘的本品,再塗最後一度漆貯藏境要求乾燥清潔,不要將掃除後 

臟舊的本品與新品混合 








特性 

用途 

老人牌無錫自拋光防汙漆7199B 

“老人”牌無錫防汙漆7199B是一種無錫自拋光型防汙漆,富含氧化亞銅與有機生物 

活性材料 

在不適宜用含錫塗料的情況下,本品可作防汙漆使用主要用於對航行範圍廣 

停泊時間短的輪船底部的維護 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50300 紅色/51110 

漆面平光 


理論塗布率 5.8米 2 /升(以乾膜100微米計) 

閃 

23 


指觸乾 4-5小時(20 ) 



375克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗/滾塗 (見注備) 

稀釋劑 08080 08080 

(最大用量) 5% 5% 

噴孔 0.58-0.68毫米 


工具清洗 

(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整) 

“老人”牌稀釋劑08080 




最大見注備 

安全 





表面處理有舊自拋光或拋光型無錫防汙漆表面用適的清潔劑除去油脂,再用高壓淡水 

清洗確保“浸析”表面層被有效的除去塗裝前應讓表面乾燥 

封閉漆是否使用封閉漆,取決於舊防汙漆的類型和狀態

老人牌無錫自拋光防汙漆7199B 


施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露以免凝露在諸如海底閥或平底下空氣不流 

通處施工和乾燥期間,應提供足夠的通風 

先塗油漆 “老人”牌氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330,或按規定塗裝 


備注 

注意 

本品含有重質顏料顆粒,因此使用前應徹底攪勻 

本品在使用過程中斷地消耗自身,逐漸提供活躍的防汙表面 

顏色油漆配套的顏色隨著所塗油漆顏色的變化而變化最初的顏色可能稍有改 

變但一般在同一色號中改變淺紅色50300表尤為突出最終的顏色在暴露於 

海水後才能顯 

水接觸後會變白 

出來這不會對油漆的防汙性能生影響淺紅色50300直接與海 

按不同需要可以改變漆膜厚度,但塗布率和乾燥時間也應相應改變若是多層漆施 

工,塗層數及每層的厚度將會影響乾燥時間及最小重塗間隔(參考相應的施工指導) 

乾膜厚度範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在80-125微米之間保持最小稀釋量以保證得 

到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待塗表面劃分成若干小區域, 

計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量準確均勻地塗在規定面積上 

細情況請參考相應的施工指導 

詳 

塗層數根據不同的船體,航行方式,預期使用壽命等按規定塗飾 

無最大重塗間隔 

自乾後才可重塗 

但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨,任其 

若用滾塗或刷塗,應反復多塗幾次以確保漆膜厚度(如銲縫附近) 

塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決定 

最長塢修期取決於大氣境(紫外線輻射溫度空氣汙染程度等最重要的是 

應在船體延長暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗 

方法清洗應無問題 

通常塢修期在6個月內的情況用上述 


公佈日期 2000年9月–7199B50300CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌自拋光經濟型防汙漆SP-SEA74030 

“老人”牌自拋光經濟型防汙漆SP-SEA74030是一種厚漿高固體份自拋光型防 

汙漆,以生物活性化合物強化的有機錫共聚物為主要成分 

本品在其有效期內可自動更新塗層,使船體漆膜持續保持抗生物活性表面 

使船體表面光滑平整 

可作為經濟型自拋光防汙漆,適用於中高速航行且活動較頻繁的船只 

適用於舊船防汙漆的更新換代而表面處理成本不高的情況 

可用本公司電腦輔助配套設計系統 CAS) 根據航行參數選擇和設計油漆的 

配套 

物理參數 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50300--紅色/51110(見備註) 

漆面平光 


理論塗布率 5.6米 2 /升(以乾膜100微米計)(見備註) 

閃 

31 


指觸乾 3-4小時(20 ) 



395克/升 

施工說明 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗刷塗/滾塗 (見備註) 

稀釋劑(最大) 080805% 080805% 

噴孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面處理表面處理殘餘的有機錫自拋光防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥 

殘餘的非自拋光防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水清洗 

並清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥是否需要塗封閉漆 

視殘餘的防汙漆類型及情況而定

老人牌自拋光經濟型防汙漆SP-SEA74030 


施工條件施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露 

不流通處施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 

以免凝露在諸如海底閥或平底下空氣 

先塗油漆先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧漆45182 氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330,或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆加塗油漆無,或按規定加塗 

備注 

注意 

由於本品含有重顏料顆粒,因此使用前應徹底攪勻 

消耗自身,逐漸提供活躍的防汙表面 

本品在使用過程中不斷地 

顏色油漆配套的顏色隨著所塗油漆顏色的變化而變化,淺紅色50300直接 

與海水接觸後會變白最初的顏色可能稍有改變但一般在同一色號中改變淺紅 

色50300表尤為突出最終的顏色在露於海水後才能顯出來這不會對油漆的 

防汙性能生影響 

按不同需要可以改變漆膜厚度,但塗布率和乾燥時間也應相應改變若是多層 

漆施工,塗層數及每層的厚度將會影響乾燥時間及最小重塗間隔(參考相應的 

施工指導) 

乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在60-150微米之間保持最小稀釋量以 

保證得到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待塗表面劃分成 

若干小區域,計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量準確均勻地塗 

在規定面積上詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導 

推薦的塗層數和最大漆膜厚度根據“老人”牌自拋光經濟型防汙漆SP- 

SEA74030塗刷說明計算機輔助設計系統會給出一定的限制負責此事的老 

人公司相關部門將據此給出準確的說明 

重重重塗 

塗無最大重塗間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水 

衝洗乾淨,任其自乾後才可重塗 

幾次以確保漆膜厚度 

若用滾塗或刷塗(如銲縫附近),應反復多塗 

塢塢修修期 

期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決 

定詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導 

最長塢修期取決於空氣汙染程度和船體暴露境,最重要的是應在船體延長 

暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗通常塢修期在6個月內用上述方法清洗應無問 

題,若塢修期超過6個月則要按不同的情況分別處理指定最長塢修期只與船 

底垂直面有關,平底由於沒有直接暴露在陽光下,在實際修造期中無最長塢修 

期 


公佈日期公佈日期 2000年12月–7403050300CO003

特性 

用途 

老人牌自拋光防汙漆NAUTICSP-ACE79031 

“老人”牌自拋光防汙漆NAUTICSP-ACE79031是一種厚漿高固體份自拋光型 

防汙漆,以生物活性化合物強化的有機錫共聚物為主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恆定速度釋放生物活性物質在其有效期內 

可自動更新塗層,使船體漆膜持續保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船體表面 

的粗糙度 

可作為高效船殼防汙漆,適用於以中高速航行於全球海域的船只特別適合於 

經常航行短期停泊的船只例如遠洋航行的船只 

可用本公司電腦輔助配套設計系統 CAS) 根據航行參數選擇和設計“老人” 

牌自拋光防汙漆的配套 

物理參數 

物理參數 


漆面平光 



閃 

31 





395克/升 

施工說明施工說明 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 080805% 080805% 

噴孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面處理殘餘的有機錫自拋光防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥



施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露以免凝露在諸如海底閥或平底下空氣 


先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧漆45182,或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 




顏色油漆配套的顏色隨著所塗油漆顏色的變化而變化,最初的顏色可能稍有改 







乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在60-160微米之間保持最小稀釋量 

以保證得到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待塗表面劃分 

成若干小區域,計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量準確均勻地 

塗在規定面積上詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導 

若用滾塗或刷塗(如銲縫附近),應反復多塗幾次以確保漆膜厚度 


重塗間隔無最大重塗間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡 

水衝洗乾淨,任其自乾後才可重塗 

塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決 






期 


公佈日期 2000年12月–7903150300CO004

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自拋光防汙漆NAUTICSP-ACE79051是一種厚漿高固體份自拋光型 

防汙漆,以生物活性化合物強化的有機錫共聚物為主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恆定速度釋放生物活性物質在其有效期內 

可自動更新塗層,使船體漆膜持續保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船體表面 

的粗糙度 

可作為高效船殼防汙漆,適用於以中速航行於全球海域的船只特別適合於中 

等至經常航行中短期停泊的船只 

可用本公司電腦輔助配套設計系統 CAS 根據航行參數選擇和設計“老人” 

牌自拋光防汙漆的配套 

物理參數 


漆面 

平光 



閃 

31 

比重 

1.7公斤/升 

指觸乾 

約5小時(20 ) 



410克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 080805% 080805% 

噴孔 

0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





表面處理殘餘的有機錫自拋光防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水 

小心清洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥







備注 

注意 




顏色油漆配套的顏色隨著所塗油漆顏色的變化而變化,最初的顏色可能稍有改 





按不同需要可以改變漆膜厚度,但塗布率和乾燥時間也應相應改變若是多層 

漆施工,塗層數及每層的厚度將會影響乾燥時間及最小重塗間隔(參考相應的 

施工指導) 

乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在60-160微米之間保持最小稀釋量 

以保證得到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待塗表面劃分 

成若干小區域,計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量準確均勻地 

塗在規定面積上詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導 



重塗無最大重塗間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水 

衝洗乾淨,任其自乾後才可重塗 

塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決 






期 


公佈日期 2000年12月–7905150300CO004

特性 

用途 

老人牌自拋光防汙漆79070 

“老人”牌自拋光防汙漆79070是一種厚漿高固體份自拋光型防汙漆,以生物活性化合 

物強化的有機錫共聚物為主要成分 

共聚物在海水中水解以受控的恆定速度釋放生物活性物質在其有效期內可自動 

更新漆膜表面,使船體漆膜持續保持抗生物活性表面本品可控制船體表面的粗糙 

度 

可作為高效船殼防汙漆,適用於以低速航行或不經常航行的船只如生石油用的浮 

動儲油容器和某些渡輪 

可用本公司的電腦輔助配套設計系統 CAS) 根據航行參數選擇和設計“老人”牌自 

拋光防汙漆的配套 

物理參數 

顏色/色號紅色/51110*--淺紅色/50300*(見備註) 

漆面啞光 



閃 

27 





420克/升 

*根據需要可提供黑色19990 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080 5% 08080 5% 

噴孔 0.58-0.68毫米 







安全 





老人牌自拋光防汙漆79070 


表面處理殘餘的有機錫自拋光防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水小心清 

洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥 

施工條件施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露以免凝露在諸如海底閥或平底下空氣不流通 

處施工和乾燥期間應大量通風 



備注 

注意 

由於本品含有重顏料顆粒,因此使用前應徹底攪勻本品在使用過程中逐漸地消耗自 

身,持續提供活躍的防汙表面 

油漆配套的顏色隨著所塗油漆顏色的變化而變化,但這種變化仍在同一顏色範圍內 

進行淺紅色50300的變化最為明顯直接與海水接觸後會變白但這並不影響油 

漆的防汙性能 



乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在60-160微米之間保持最小稀釋量以保證 

得到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待塗表面劃分成若干小區域, 

計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量準確均勻地塗在規定面積上詳細 

情況請參考相應的施工指導 



重塗間隔無最大重塗間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水衝洗 

乾淨,任其自乾後才可重塗 

塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決定詳細 

情況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於空氣汙染程度和船體暴露境,最重 

要的是應在船體延長暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗通常塢修期在6個月內用上述方 

法清洗應無問題,若塢修期超過6個月則要按不同的情況分別處理指定最長塢修期 

只與船底垂直面有關,平底由於沒有直接暴露在陽光下,在實際修造期中無最長塢修 

期 


公佈日期 2000年9月-7907051110CO001

老人牌無錫自拋光防汙漆81900 

特性 : “老人”牌自拋光防汙漆81900是一種高固體份無錫自拋光型防汙漆自拋光的生 

是以離子交換生可水解的活性表面層為基礎的在樹脂中填加無機纖維確保了對 

拋光率的有效控制並加強了漆膜的機械強度本品含有高效的生物活性化合物組 

合形成能自我更新的活性表面層適合保護在嚴重海生物汙染的近海航行的船只 

本品可控制船體表面的粗糙度 

用途 : 可作為無錫防汙漆塗用於在近海低中速航行溫熱氣候條件下中長期停泊亞熱帶 

氣候條件下短中期停泊的輪船船底和水線部位 

物理參數 

顏色/色號: 淺紅色/50300-紅色/51110 

漆面 : 啞光 

體積固體含量: 57±1% 

理論塗布率: 4.7米 2 /升(以乾膜100微米計) 

閃 : 19 

比重 : 1.9公斤/升 

指觸乾 : 4~5小時(20 ) 



375克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法: 無空氣噴塗(見備註) 

稀釋劑(最大): 08080 5% 

噴孔 : 0.69-0.79毫米 

噴出壓力: 27.0兆帕(無空氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整) 


漆膜厚度: 濕膜:175微米 

乾膜:100微米(見備註) 

重塗間隔: 見施工指導 

安全 







表面處理: 殘餘的自拋光或磨蝕型防汙漆:用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水清 


封閉封閉漆的使用與否取決於殘餘防汙漆的類型和條件 

施工條件: 施工表面必須乾燥清潔,溫度高於露以免凝露在諸如海底閥或平底下空氣不流通 


先塗油漆: “老人”牌氧漆45182,氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330或按規定先塗 

加塗油漆: 無,或按規定加塗 

備注 



本品無需調色油漆中的大量氧化亞銅決定其顏色因此不同批次間的色差是允許 

的淺色批次間的色差最為明顯的施工後即暴露於潮濕境易使漆膜變色這僅 

是表面象對油漆性能及其重塗性沒有影響淺紅色50300直接與海水接觸後會 

變白 

下次入塢時在仔細清除掉防汙漆塗層上的鬆散物質後可用本品重塗參照上述 

的表面處理項若用其它類型的防汙漆重塗可能需要用其它的表面處理方法 

具體情況請向海虹老人牌公司咨詢 

施工工具標準的高性能無空氣噴塗設備 

泵比率至少45:1 見注意 


噴管最長15米內徑9.5mm 

最長3米內徑6.4mm 

注意如果需要較長的軟管最長可以達到50米內徑12.7mm 泵比率必須升至 

60:1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 

建議使用可逆噴嘴 

過濾建議用60目的槽式震動篩在接口處附加的過濾器應拆除定期清洗過濾器 

乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在80~150微米之間按不同需要可以改變漆 

膜厚度,但塗布率和乾燥時間也應相應改變若是多層漆施工,塗層數及每層的厚度 

將會影響乾燥時間及最小重塗間隔(參考相應的施工指導) 保持最小稀釋量以保證 




塗層數:根據不同的船體,航行方式,預期使用壽命等按規定塗飾 

無最大重塗間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨,任其 


塢修期:最短塢修期可按塗層數多少和漆膜厚度以及時的溫度條件來決定詳細情 

況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於空氣汙染程度和船體暴露境,最重要 

的是應在船體延長暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗通常塢修期在6個月內用上述方法 

清洗應無問題 

注意 : 本品僅適用於專業用途 

公佈日期: 2001年6月-8190050300CR001

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自拋光防汙漆81920是一種高固體份無錫自拋光型防汙漆自拋光的生 



合形成能自我更新的活性表面層適合保護在深海航行的船只本品可控制船體 


可作為無錫防汙漆塗用於以中高速航行短期停泊的輪船船底和水線部位 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50300-紅色/51110 

漆面啞光 



閃 

22 


指觸乾 4~5小時(20 ) 



380克/升 

施工說明 

施工方法無空氣噴塗(見備註) 

稀釋劑(最大) 08080 5% 

噴孔 0.69-0.79毫米 





重塗間隔見施工指導 

安全 







表面處理殘餘的自拋光或磨蝕型防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水清 

洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥封閉封閉漆的使用與 

否取決於殘餘防汙漆的類型和條件 



先塗油漆 “老人”牌氧漆45182,氯化橡膠厚漿漆46330或按規定先塗 


備注 

注意 




的淺色批次間的色差最為明顯的施工後即暴露於潮濕境易使漆膜變色這僅 

是表面象對油漆性能及其重塗性沒有影響淺紅色50300直接與海水接觸後會 

變白 





泵比率至少45 1 見注意 





60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 













情況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於大氣條件如紫外光輻射溫度 

大氣汙染程度等 ,最重要的是應在船體延長暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗通常塢修 

期在6個月內用上述方法清洗應無問題, 


公佈日期 2001年6月-8192051110CR002

特性 

用途 





合形成能自我更新的活性表面層適合保護在深海航行的船只本品可控制船體 


可作為無錫防汙漆塗用於以中高速航行短期停泊的輪船船底和水線部位 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50300--紅色/51110 

漆面啞光 



閃 

24 


指觸乾 4~5小時(20 ) 



350克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080 5% 

噴孔 0.69-0.79毫米 





重塗間隔見施工指導 

安全 







表面處理殘餘的自拋光或磨蝕型防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水清 







備注 

注意 




的淺色批次間的色差最為明顯施工後即暴露於潮濕境易使漆膜變色這僅是 

表面象對油漆性能及其重塗性沒有影響淺紅色50300直接與海水接觸後會變 

白 









注意如果需要較長的軟管最長可以達到50米內徑12.7mm 泵比率必須升 

至60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 













情況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於大氣條件如紫外光輻射溫度 

大氣汙染程度等 ,最重要的是應在船體延長暴露後用高壓淡水徹底衝洗通常塢修 

期在6個月內用上述方法清洗應無問題, 


公佈日期 2001年6月-8195051110CR003

特性 

用途 




拋光率的有效控制並加強了漆膜的機械強度 

可作為經濟型的無錫防汙漆塗用於以中高速航行短期停泊垂直面塢修期 

為36個月平底塢修期為60個月的輪船船底和水線部位 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50220-棕色/60700(見備註) 

漆面啞光 



閃 

20 


指觸乾 4~5小時(20 ) 



390克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080 5% 

噴孔 0.69-0.79毫米 






安全 







表面處理新船根據相關的施工配套 

維修 

殘餘的自拋光或磨蝕型防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡水清 







備注 

注意 



在使用過程中防汙漆的初始顏色可能會變化色號為50220的顏色變化最為明顯 

和海水浸泡後防汙漆膜呈顯最終顏色顏色變化對油漆性能沒有影響淺紅色50220 

直接與海水接觸後會變棕色60700直接與海水接觸後會變灰 






噴出量至少12升/分鐘理論 




60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 












塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少漆膜厚度時的溫度條件以及將來的暴露 

境來決定詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於大氣條件如紫 

外光輻射溫度大氣汙染程度等通常在大氣境暴露6個月後用上述方法清 

洗應無問題若有常的汙染可用高壓淡水衝洗具體情況請咨詢海虹老人牌 

塗料有限公司 


公佈日期 2001年10月-8492050220CR001

特性 

用途 


“老人”牌自拋光防汙漆84950是一種高固體份無錫自拋光型防汙漆自拋光的 

生是以離子交換生可水解的活性表面層為基礎的在樹脂中填加無機纖 

維確保了對拋光率的有效控制並加強了漆膜的機械強度 

可作為經濟型的無錫防汙漆塗用於以中高速航行短期停泊垂直面塢修期 

為36個月平底塢修期為60個月的深海航行的輪船船底和水線部位 

物理參數 

顏色/色號淺紅色/50220-棕色/60700(見備註) 

漆面啞光 



閃 

24 


指觸乾 4~5小時(20 ) 



385克/升 

施工說明 


稀釋劑(最大) 08080 5% 

噴孔 0.69-0.79毫米 






見備註 

安全 







表面處理新船根據相關的施工配套 

維修 

殘餘的自拋光或磨蝕型防汙漆用適的清潔劑去除表面油脂等,再用高壓淡 

水清洗清除所有的鬆散薄弱塗層重塗之前讓表面充分乾燥 






備注 

注意 

由於本品含有重顏料顆粒,因此使用前應徹底攪勻本品在使用過程中逐漸地 

消耗自身,持續提供活躍的防汙表面 

在使用過程中防汙漆的初始顏色可能會變化色號為50220的顏色變化最為 

明顯和海水浸泡後防汙漆膜呈顯最終顏色顏色變化對油漆性能沒有影響 

淺紅色50220直接與海水接觸後會變 

下次入塢時在仔細清除掉防汙漆塗層上的鬆散物質後可用本品重塗參 

照上述的表面處理項若用其它類型的防汙漆重塗可能需要用其它的 

表面處理方法具體情況請向海虹老人牌公司咨詢 



噴出量至少12升/分鐘理論 



注意如果需要較長的軟管最長可以達到50米內徑12.7mm 泵比率必 

須升至60 1以上並且保持較高的噴出量 


過濾建議用60目的槽式震動篩在接口處附加的過濾器應拆除定期清洗 

過濾器 

乾膜厚度的範圍和控制乾膜厚度控制在80~150微米之間按不同需要可以 

改變漆膜厚度,但塗布率和乾燥時間也應相應改變若是多層漆施工,塗層數及 

每層的厚度將會影響乾燥時間及最小重塗間隔(參考相應的施工指導) 保持 

最小稀釋量以保證得到正確的漆膜厚度掌握漆膜厚度的正確方法是先將待 

塗表面劃分成若干小區域,計算每塊區域的用漆量,然後將計算出的油漆用量 

準確均勻地塗在規定面積上詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導 

塗層數根據不同的船體,航行方式,預期使用壽命等按規定塗飾無最大重塗 

間隔但漆面在汙染境中長時間暴露後,需用高壓淡水衝洗乾淨,任其自乾後 

才可重塗 

塢修期最短塢修期可按塗層數多少漆膜厚度時的溫度條件以及將來 

的暴露境來決定詳細情況請參考相應的施工指導最長塢修期取決於大 

氣條件如紫外光輻射溫度大氣汙染程度等通常在大氣境暴露6 

個月後用上述方法清洗應無問題若有常的汙染可用高壓淡水衝洗具 

體情況請咨詢海虹老人牌塗料有限公司 


公佈日期 2001年10月-8495050220CR001

特性 

用途 


固化劑97371 

老人牌氧漆85671是一種雙組份胺加成物固化的酚醛氧塗料可形成附著力非 

常好的塗層,具有優良的耐高溫水和化學品性能 

可作熱水艙海水艙和原油艙等的內襯塗料 

可作飲水艙塗料 

可作規定油漆配套的底漆 

使用溫度乾燥在水中最大溫差15 

最大耐溫 160 90 

更高溫度見備註 

批準 

本品符合ARAMCO的規定APCS2A,2B和2C 

經英國水研究中心認可為飲水艙塗料 

物理參數 

顏色/色號灰色/11630 淺紅色/50900 

漆面啞光 

體積固含量 68±1% 


閃 

24 


表乾 2~3小時 20 

指觸乾 6小時 20 

完全固化 


10天 20 


儲存期半年 25 根據儲存條件使用前應機械攪拌 

如超過儲存期請咨詢海虹老人牌塗料公司以瞭解進一步情況 

施工說明 

混合比率基料85675 固化劑97371=8.8 1.2(體積比) 

13.8 1.0 重量比 


稀釋劑 08450 08450 

(最大用量) (見備註) (見備註) 

混合使用時間 3小時(20 ) 見備註 

誘導時間 15分鐘 20 見備註 

噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 






安全小心使用本品使用前和使用時,請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外,還應參考老 






表面處理為取最佳的漆膜性能應噴砂至非常接近金屬白色Sa2.5~3,表面粗糙度相於 

RugotestNo.3,BN10,Keane-Tator比較板3.0G/S,或ISO比較板中等粗糙 G 級 

施工條件僅在施工和固化得以正常進行的10 以上溫度條件下使用本品油漆本身的溫度必 

須高於15 如在17~23 之間可以取最佳效果最大相對濕度為80% 最好在 

40~60%之間避免凝露,僅在露以上溫度的乾燥和清潔的表面施塗此外請參 

照專門的施工指導在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間,應大量通風 



備注 

注意 

高溫下使用本品可以作為單度或雙度漆配套塗在絕緣材料底部管道及類似部位 

乾膜厚度不得超過250微米但是如溫度超過175 最大溫度為260 

建議最大乾膜厚度為125微米 

塗層在20 條件下至少固化7天才可暴露於高溫境在高溫境下使用本品塗 

層會變色 

漆膜厚度塗料配套總的最小乾膜厚度一般為300微米根據使用目的和區域不同 

可改變漆膜厚度但這會導致塗布率乾燥時間和重塗間隔的改變 

每度漆的乾膜厚度可以達到125微米特殊情況下可以是150微米 

混合使用時間根據ARAMCO規定油漆溫度23 時的膠化時間超過8小時 40 

時超過2小時為取最佳的施工性能混合漆料應在2小時 20 內用完 

最小重塗間隔 

用於非飲用水艙時第一度和第二度之間的最小重塗間隔為36小時 20 第二 

度和第三度之間的最小重塗間隔為24小時 20 

用於飲用水艙時塗層間的最小重塗間隔為3天 20 

最大重塗間隔 21天 20 

如超過最大重塗間隔應將表面打磨粗糙以確保塗層間的附著力 

施工和重塗注意事項 

•乾膜厚度應盡可能接近規定的100微米如有配套要求可大於100微米 

•要求每度漆的成膜狀況良好無針孔和乾噴等的缺陷 

•漆膜完全固化前乾燥和固化條件必須符合施工條件項下的要求 

•表面不得有任何汙染存在重塗前表面上的灰塵磨料和鬆散的乾噴漆末可以 

用吸塵器清除 

重塗前表面必須完全清潔 

•塗層只可接受強烈的直射陽光紫外光短暫照射 

•必須仔細檢查塗層確保塗層質地均勻無白斑和/或油脂以免影響加塗油漆的附 

著力 

注意固化劑的滲出會導致上述的質地不均勻白斑和/或油脂等象如果在低 

溫下未經適的誘導時間施工本品和/或在施工和固化期間受雨水和凝露侵襲容 

易發生固化劑滲出象 

混合徹底混合後的基料和固化劑在施工前必須預反應一段時間 20 時 15分鐘 

稀釋應保持最低限度不得分別稀釋雙組分僅可稀釋混合物 


公佈日期 2001年5月–8567111630CR002



規則,如遇大型新造船的施工或全面的維修工程,需要時可作進一步的補充 

鋼結構 

全部銲縫必須經適的表面處理以確保漆膜質量,避免出銲縫處的小孔咬邊和 

裂縫等缺陷如發有上述缺陷必須進行重新電銲和/或研磨以補救之 

去除全部鬆散的銲渣 

磨平全部尖銳邊角以便在全部表面形成符合規定漆膜厚度的完整漆膜磨平半徑約 

為1~2毫米 

選用的鋼材要求質量最佳,鏽蝕度不得超過國際標準B級(ISO8501-1 1988) 除掉全 

部鬆散層. 


表面處理噴砂前用適的清潔劑清洗掉油脂再用高壓淡水衝洗用淡水衝洗掉堿性銲跡 

及壓力試驗留下的肥皂痕跡 

其他汙染物的控制參考另外條款 


舊鋼材--儘管貨艙清洗非常徹底;通常舊鋼材的鏽蝕部位還可能含有殘餘舊貨和水 

溶性的份因此需反復多次用清潔劑清洗和噴砂處理首度噴砂後,真空吸塵 

清潔表面以確定貨物是否會漏出及水溶性份是否還殘留參考其它條款評估鏽 

蝕部位時應特別細心 

為取最佳的漆膜性能應粗粒噴砂至國際標準(ISO8501-1 1988)Sa2.5-3級實 

際中該要求相於噴砂時金屬表面露白Sa3級,但油漆施工時,可略微降低要求 

噴砂後的表面粗糙度應至少相於Rugotest標準的NO.3,最小BN10 Keane-Tator表 

面比較板G/S最小3.0或ISO/DIS8503/1中等粗糙 G 級 

選用無雜質和軟顆粒的優質鋼砂石英砂硅酸鋁砂等類似的尖硬物作為噴砂材料 

雜質控制參見其它條款 

如果選用鋼砂必須控制鋼砂的粒徑保證其有適的粒徑分布 

如噴出壓力為0.6-0.7兆帕,可選用大小為0.2-1.2毫米的鋼砂,或0.4-1.8毫米的硅酸鋁 



噴砂結束後,用真空吸塵器清除殘留表面的砂粒和塵埃不能吸走的砂粒,乾淨毛刷 

刷乾淨後再用真空吸塵器吸塵 

噴砂時要重視機器的運作狀況由於表面有灰塵粗噴砂後的檢查很難確定哪個部 


塗有車間底漆及其它油漆的表面–去除全部車間底漆和其它塗層盡可能避免使用 

含鋅車間底漆 

然而如果鋼板真的用了含鋅車間底漆那必須用噴砂法全部去除全部的鋅有 

獨立的檢查程序檢查去除鋅的有效性可能有必要進行更細仔的噴砂處理為便於 

目測檢查和得到適的表面處理應使用紅色的含鋅車間底漆 

注意關於鋼結構加工和表面處理在老人牌公司的艙漆施工技術標準中有 

詳細的說明 

施工工具 “老人”牌氧漆85671可使用無空氣噴塗設備條塗或小面積修補可用漆刷進行施 

工 

無空氣噴塗設備-選用大型活塞泵泵容量為8-12升/分鐘 


噴孔 0.46-0.53毫米 


軟管為避免在長軟管中的大量壓力損失應選用內徑為12.7毫米的軟管無空 

氣噴塗資料僅供參考,實用時可以調整 )

“老人”牌氧漆85671 

稀釋 


如果需要最大可加10%的稀釋劑08450 如在高溫下施工易乾噴可加更大量 

的稀釋劑稀釋稀釋只應在可接受的範圍內進行以避免溶劑截留在漆膜中只可把 

稀釋劑加入混合漆料中 

本品的噴塗性能受誘導時間預混時間影響隨著混合組分進行一定程度的反應 

油漆的高觸變性會消失 

工具清洗用老人牌工具清洗劑99610徹底清洗整套設備 

混合 

1.混合對應基料和固化劑包裝桶內的全部漆料如要混合小量的油漆必須按照下 

列規定比例正確稱取或量取基料固化劑=158 11.4 重量比或基料固化劑 

=8.8 1.2 體積比 

2.用乾淨的攪拌器徹底攪拌混合漆料直至混合漆料均勻 

3.施工前讓混合漆料預反應一段時間具體時間見下表 

4.在規定的混合使用時間內用完全部混合漆料如下表對20升油漆桶有效所示 

混合使用時間取決於油漆溫度 

混合油漆溫度 15 20 25 30 

誘導時間 

混合使用時間 

25分鐘 

4小時 

15分鐘 

3小時 

10分鐘 

2小時 

1 如在15 以下施工黏度太高而不適合用無空氣噴塗施工 

2 不得在30 以上溫度條件下施工以免乾噴 

5分鐘 

1小時 

施工程序通常噴砂清潔後應立即進行第一道全塗以保持噴砂表面然後再刷塗第一道成膜 

及連續性為了保證貨艙耐腐蝕施工時每道漆膜必須連續且無針孔必須採用保 

證全部表面狀態良好的施工技術 

噴孔不能太大對於複雜結構表面的噴塗應選用噴孔小的噴槍,一般表面用大孔噴 

槍 

噴槍與表面成直角距離保持在30-50釐米油漆粘度應合適以保證良好的霧化效 

果噴塗設備應有足夠的噴出壓力和噴出量高溫時應加入較多稀釋劑以避免乾噴 


劑殘留 

另外更應注意用刷塗法塗覆尖角空隙及邊角等最後一道漆膜必須均勻平滑 

表面無灰塵粗粒及乾噴象 

注意對於有鏽蝕孔的舊鋼材建議用稀的油漆塗第一層以使油漆滲入微孔建 

議稀釋5 10%進行刷塗濕膜厚度剛使表面達到飽和狀態 

刷塗 

那些用噴塗施工困難的地方應在噴塗前刷塗兩道通常在第一次全塗後刷塗第一 

遍而第二道刷塗在第二次全塗後進行第二道刷塗可用小孔噴槍噴塗代替但是 

在氣空銲縫切口等類似部位仍需刷塗 

漆膜厚度塗完三道漆後的最後乾膜厚度必須在300-600 15 以下時 450 微米範圍對應 

於100微米乾膜厚度濕膜厚度必須在150-175微米左右務必定期測量濕膜厚度 

通常每道200微米的濕膜厚度可以得到100微米的乾膜厚度但是在溫度低於15 

時切記在任何部位都不可超過150微米

“老人”牌氧漆85671 




為保證全部鋼材表面的溫度達到10 以上要特別注意如船甲板的加強筋之類冷 

橋 

如果鋼板溫度低於10 極易生不完全固化導致漆膜耐化學品性能減弱如果 

外面溫度低於10 建議在甲板上蓋上隔熱墊並確保鋼板溫度在15 以便最大程度 

地減少鋼板溫度太低的象 

此外鋼板溫度應保持恆定溫差保持在 3 的範圍之內因此要小心監視外 

面的溫度變化並相應調節加熱設備 

如施工後不久鋼板溫度突然下降會導致溶劑殘留漆膜內生空泡從而影響漆 

膜性能 

最大表面溫度最好低於30 在炎熱的氣候條件下建議在夜間施工在更高溫度 

條件下施工是可能的但應特別小心避免成膜不良和過度乾噴 

鋼板溫度必須高於露作為經驗一般高於露 3 比較安全相對濕度最好保 

持在40~60% 最大80% 在狹窄空間施工和乾燥期間應大量通風以助溶劑揮發 

乾燥固化和通風在乾膜100微米鋼板溫度為20 相對濕度40-80% 大量通風的條件下 85671 

指觸乾時間為4 6小時在以上條件下施工16小時以後漆膜可承受輕度負荷 

艙漆施工安全要求是在施工和乾燥期間通風量達到低爆炸極限(LEL)的10% 一升 

未稀釋的“老人”牌85671在乾燥期間會揮發81升溶劑蒸氣 

低爆炸極限為1.0% 

必須用大約82米 3 空氣來稀釋一升油漆乾燥時揮發的溶劑蒸汽以滿足一般的安全 

要求即10%LEL 

注意溶劑蒸汽比空氣重因此需對船艙強力通風,並保證船艙的最低部位有通風出 

口 

在接下來的時間直至完全固化前每小時有幾倍船艙體積的通風量就足夠採取措 

施避免空氣滯留 

詳細情況請咨詢海虹老人牌塗料公司有關部門 

實際的安全預防措施可能需要更大的通風量 



鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 

固化時間 18天 14天 10天 8天 7天 6天 4天 

重塗間隔在滿足前述通風和相對濕度的條件下重塗間隔與鋼板溫度之間的關係如下 

鋼板溫度 10 15 20 25 30 35 

最小重塗間隔(用於非 

飲用水艙時) 

-在第一度和第二度之間 

-在第二度和第三度之間 

最小重塗間隔(用於飲用 

水艙時全部塗層之間) 


90小時 

60小時 

7.5天 

53天 

60小時 

40小時 

5天 

36天 

36小時 

24小時 

3天 

21天 

24小時 

16小時 

2天 

14天 

18小時 

12小時 

36小時 

11天 

14小時 

14小時 

30小時 

8天 

施工期間的最大相對濕度不應超過80% 鋼板溫度維持在露以上在實際情況下 

至少保持在露以上3

“老人”牌氧漆85671 





使用較小的扇面及盡可能低的壓力以避免乾噴噴塗時噴塗扇面應小些用刷塗 

法塗覆肋板的背面 

每道塗層應按規格要求盡量塗布均勻無針孔和其它缺陷且乾膜厚度盡可能接近 

100微米或稍厚些控制油漆使用量不使濕膜太厚以避免流掛起皺和溶劑殘 

留 


如果漆層表面需要用砂紙打磨如艙底必須非常小心避免損壞表面若用機械方 

法只能使用輕型打磨機應避免打磨焊接處不規則處及垂直表面附近最後一 

道漆膜必須均勻無孔隙突起及其它汙物 

乾膜厚度標準施工乾膜厚度 

最小乾膜厚度為300微米最大乾膜厚度約為600微米低於15 時 450微米 

用“80 20”規則估計最小乾膜厚度即低於最小乾膜厚度的測量值不得多於20% 

最低測量值應高於最小乾膜厚度的80% 即240微米也可用 80-20 規則估計最 

大乾膜厚度 

乾膜厚度測量應在20 足夠通風條件下24小時以後用電磁乾膜儀經在平滑鋼板 

上校正後進行 

飲水艙使用漆膜完全固化前不準投入使用參照本施工指導的固化時間完全固化後建 

議注水浸泡兩次每次浸泡時間不得少於24小時最後用淡水衝洗方能使用 

修補 


修補應盡早進行對安裝腳手架的部位在拆除腳手架時進行補塗在清洗船艙及 

船艙投入使用前修補的部分和被塗表面的其它部分必須完全固化 



修補過程修補一般過程在機械處理前修補的表面應清除表面分及其它汙物 


打磨金屬表面使之乾淨粗糙磨平邊角稍微打磨週邊 


用漆刷至少補塗3道85671至完整漆膜厚度 


用真空噴砂或開孔噴砂法處理表面至Sa3級(ISO8501-1 1988) 搭接部位應打磨或 

掃砂以保證新塗層的附著力 


用漆刷至少補塗3道85671至完整漆膜厚度 



安全 





公佈日期 2000年9月-8567111630CR002

特性 

用途 

物理參數 

漆面/色號透明/00000 

閃不燃 


PH值約12 無稀釋 



老人牌溫和清洗劑99350 

“老人”牌溫和清洗劑99350是一種用表面活性劑乳化劑和水配制而成的無溶劑的 

濃縮堿性清洗劑本品可生物降解 

用於重塗前清洗被油脂等汙染的塗漆表面特別適用於清除灰塵油煙和被紫外光 

降解的油漆表層本品適合運用高壓清洗設備 

施工方法低壓噴射或用硬刷擦洗稀釋比例最大可用淡水 99350=20 1 本品使用5分鐘 

後必須用高壓淡水衝洗或擦洗表面完全清除表面殘餘的99350 本品如果在表 

面留下一層白色的膜可用溫水除去 

備注 

注意 

安全 

使用前搖晃本品 

本品有堿性不適宜清洗自拋光防汙漆表面和鋁表面 

本品不可暴露於霜凍 







公佈日期 2000年5月-9935000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理參數 



閃 

28 

比重 


0.9公斤/升 

物含量V.O.C . 890克/升 

備注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌工具清洗劑99610 

“老人”牌工具清洗劑99610是一種有多種強溶劑的混合物用於洗滌混合或施塗 

過雙組份氧漆的施工工具本品具有比氧稀釋劑更強的清潔性能本品不 

含氯化物溶劑 

用作洗滌混合和施塗過“老人”牌氧漆的漆刷滾筒和噴塗設備不可用作任 

何油漆的稀釋劑 

盡量在施工後立即清洗工具用本品洗滌後的噴塗設備不需要漂洗或衝刷勿 

使本品接觸油氈布料有機玻璃塑料瀝青地面和相同類型的其他物質 

施塗過聚氨酯漆的工具不得用本品清洗 


小心使用本品使用前和使用時請注意包裝標籤上的安全事項此外還應 

參考材料安全說明並遵守有關國家或地政府規定的安全法規個人保護 

包括但並不限於肺眼及皮膚的保護如果吞服或直接接觸本品應立即求醫 

必須採取預防措施防火防爆及境保護只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品 

在狹窄處或空氣不流通處施工必須提供強力通風 

公佈日期 1999年10月–9961000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理參數 


體積固體含量 0.9% 

閃 

不燃 

比重 


1.0公斤/升 


備注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆稀釋劑99800 

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸漆稀釋劑99800是一種水性稀釋劑含有增稠劑以免流掛 

如果相對濕度較低會導致令人討厭的乾噴象可用本品稀釋水性丙烯酸漆可以 

按體積比加入最大50%*的本品以延遲乾燥時間而不致減少可能的最大乾膜厚度 

建議作為老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030或水性 

丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230稀釋劑 

將本品加入塗料中並用機械攪拌器充分攪勻在塗料中加入本品後塗料會變成 

連續的膠狀 

下表表明濕膜厚度在加入本品後增加以得到規定的乾膜厚度由於加入稀釋劑量 

的不同而不同程度地增加乾燥時間乾燥時間增加量的計算是以體積固體含量44% 

的塗料 58030 為基礎的 

99800加入量體積比% 濕膜厚度增加量 % 最小重塗間隔 

10 10 2.25小時 

20 20 2.5小時 

30 30 2.5小時 

40 40 3.0小時 

50 50 3.0小時 

*建議對老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030加入本品的最大量不超過20% 




劑蒸汽皮膚眼睛不得接觸本品禁止吞服必須採取預防措施防火防爆及保護 

境只可在通風良好的情況下施工本品在狹窄處或空氣不流通處施工,必須提供 

強力通風 

公佈日期 2001年6月-99800000000CO003

特性 

用途 

物理參數 



閃 

不燃 

比重 


1.0公斤/升 


備注 

注意 

安全 

老人牌水性丙烯酸漆刷塗劑99810 

“老人”牌水性丙烯酸漆刷塗劑99810是一種含有能改善流動的增稠劑的水性化合物 

在老人牌水性丙烯酸漆中加入刷塗劑99810會增加塗料的高剪切黏度使之更易用漆 

刷或滾筒施工比如補塗施工時 

建議作為老人牌水性丙烯酸厚漿底漆18030 水性丙烯酸厚漿磁漆58030或水性 

丙烯酸厚漿面漆58230刷塗施工時的填加劑 

將本品按體積比3~8%加入塗料中並用機械攪拌器充分攪勻塗料的黏度將會按 

所加刷塗劑量的比例增加 

加入本品後再用無空氣設備施工會在塗層表面形成微泡沫所以不適宜用無空 

氣設備施工 







公佈日期 2000年5月-99810000000CO002

hempel product data sheets

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?